Vous êtes sur la page 1sur 705

CONDENSED CATALOGUE 2016

ID 249140 | 03/2016 / EN | Printed in Germany

CONDENSED CATALOGUE 2016


R. STAHL • Automation • Operating • Monitoring
Am Bahnhof 30 • Lighting • Alarms • Signalling
74638 Waldenburg, Germany
T +49 7942 943-0 • Installation • Control • Distribution
F +49 7942 943-4333 • Systems • Applications
r-stahl.com
THE NEXT LEVEL OF
EXPLOSION PROTECTION

WELCOME TO R. STAHL, THE HOME OF EX 4.0

The world is changing – and As an expert we can support You can always rely on us as
companies change along with it. you in facing up to these new your partner in all situations, from
Digital progress is altering entire challenges and rising demands. planning and implementation to
industries and becoming the key We ensure dependable explosion whatever the future hold in store.
lever for future competitiveness. protection with maximum reliabili-
ty and quality and offer future-fo-
cused products and solutions for
your specif c needs under the
motto of EX 4.0.
Condensed Catalogue 2016
valid as of January 2016

0
0 General Information 4
Terms of Sale and Delivery | Preferred Products | Pictograms | WebCode

A2 Safety Barriers 6
General | Single-Channel-Safety Barriers | Dual-Channel-Safety Barriers

A3 Isolators 14
Overview | Power Supply | Transmitter | Isolating Repeater | Switching Repeater |
Relay Module | Binary Output | HART-Multiplexer | System Components | pac-Bus |
pac-Carrier

A4 Remote I/O 74
General Information | CPU & Power Modules | BusRail | Temperature Input Modules |
Input/Output Modules for Analog Signals | Input/Output Modules for Digital Signals

A5 Fieldbus Technology 118


General Information | Power Supply and Diagnosis | Field Device Coupler | System
Components and Accessories

A6 Wireless 140
General Information | WLAN Access Point | Localisation System | WirelessHART
Gateway

A7 Operating and Monitoring Systems 154


System Description | Remote HMI | Open HMI | Operator Interfaces Eagle | Operator
Interfaces Falcon | Enclosures

A8 Camera and Video Systems 242


Camera Systems for all Areas | Cameras | Video Software

2 Contents 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
Condensed Catalogue 2016
valid as of January 2016

E2 Lighting 266
Compakt Light Fittings | Linear Luminaires for Fluorescent Lamps | Emergency
Luminaires | Bulkhead Light Fittings | Pendant Light Fittings | Floodlights | Tank
Inspection Lights | Portable Lamps | Hand Lamps

E3 Installation Equipment 380


Installation Switches | Junction Boxes | Terminal Boxes | Connection Technology for
Data Networks | Cable Reel | Plugs and Sockets | Couplers | Coupler Sockets | Socket
Outlet Assemblies | Maintenance Socket Isolators | Plug Connectors

E4 Control Devices 440


Position Switches | Radio Position Switches | Control Devices for Panel Mounting |
Control Equipment for Surface Mounting | Control Stations | Grounding Systems and
Grounding Monitoring Devices

E5 Signalling Devices 516


Visual Signalling Devices | Audible and Visual Signalling Devices | Audible Signalling
Devices | Operator Panels

E6 Components for Heating Systems 576


TRANBERG Solutions | Junction Boxes for Heat Tracing | Thermostats | Accessories

E7 Load Disconnected Switches and Motor Starters 594


Safety Switches | Load and Motor Switchgear | Motor Protection Circuit-Breakers |
Standard Motor Starters | Direct On-Line Motor Starters | Star-Delta Starter
Combinations | Reversing Starter Combinations

E8 Integrated Solutions · Low Voltage Systems 612


Power Distribution | Lighting and Heating Panels | Machine Controls | Battery Boxes |
UPS Uninterrupted Power Supply

E9 Components for System Solutions 624


Ex d Technology | Ex e Technology | Components for Use in Ex d and Ex e Enclosures

E10 Installation Equipment and Accessories 628


Cable Glands | Cable Glands with Strain Relief | Cable Glands in Brass | Breather |
Stopping Plugs | Accessories

2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Contents 3
Condensed Catalogue 2016
Conditions of Sales and Delivery, Preferred Products, Pictograms and Webcode

0
Conditions of Sales and Delivery
The list on hand will be valid as of 2016-01-01. Product Segments PS
All lists published up to now, including the technical In the present “Condensed Catalogue“ you will find an
specifications and the conditions of sale and delivery, associated product segment with every item number.
will then be no longer valid and will be replaced by the This allows a computerized classification of defined
list on hand. product segments and delivery conditions.

All deliveries and services are based on our Mark-up for small-volume purchases
“General Terms and Conditions of Delivery“. For purchase orders with a net order value < 100 Euro we will
They become an integral part of the contract with each order charge a mark-up for small-volume purchases of 25 Euro net.
and can be viewed under the link:
www.stahl.de / DOWNLOADS
Changes of technical data, dimensions, weights, design and Cancellation
availability are reserved. We will charge a processing fee of 50 Euro net for the
cancellation of an order. With special productions according to
The items in this list form a focus of our program of delivery. the orders the cancellation costs will depend on the production
This “Condensed Catalogue“ will be run with a higher stage.
stockpiling of devices and component parts.
With our “Condensed Catalogue“ we want to make your Repurchase
scheduling and warehousing easier. Repurchases are only possible for unopened regular stock
If you will favour these devices during construction and project on hand, within 6 months after delivery and only with prior
planning you will secure yourself particularly convenient consultation. If the goods have been returned freight prepaid
delivery times. and after the quality of the returned goods has been accepted
we will credit 70% of the product invoice value.
You may find the complete delivery program in our
general catalogue and up-to-date on the internet
www.stahl.de.

Preferred Products Description

...... Products marked with ◄ :


These products are in stock or available at short notice, so fast delivery is guaranteed.

Pictograms Application of the Pictograms


Ex Symbol
for all devices in explosion-protected design

Offshore
for all devices that are suitable for offshore applications.
When the materials are selected special importance is put on the harsh conditions of
seawater atmosphere.

Shipping
for all devices with ship approval

Low temperature
for all devices that may be used in temperatures below -20 °C

High temperature
for all devices that may be used in temperatures higher than +40 °C

4 R. STAHL Schaltgeräte GmbH 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en


Condensed Catalogue 2016
Conditions of Sales and Delivery, Preferred Products, Pictograms and Webcode

0
WebCode Description
By entering the WebCode on our homepage www.stahl.de you will be led directly
WebCode XXXXXXX to the respective documents.

WebCode Example: Tubular Light Fittings with LED Series 6036

WebCode 6036A

2015-10-01·KP00·III·en R. STAHL Schaltgeräte GmbH 5


Kapitel_A2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 6 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 10:08 10

Safety Barriers

6 Safety Barriers 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en


◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 7 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 10:08 10

Contents

A2
Safety Barriers
Single-Channel Safety Barriers INTRINSPAK 9001 8
Dual-Channel Safety Barriers INTRINSPAK 9002 10
Safety Barriers with Electronic Current Limitation INTRINSPAK 9004 12

You will find further information on the Internet www.stahl.de


General Information
Engineering
Application Examples
Accessories and Spare Parts

2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Safety Barriers 7


◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 8 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 10:08 10

Safety Barriers
Series 9001 / 9002 / 9004

A2
> Complete product range
for all standard applications
> Flexible and space saving - single and
A2 dual channel versions on 12 mm only
> Time-saving installation
thanks to simultaneous
– snapping onto the rail and
A2 – connecting to PE and earth
> Reduced inventory
due to uniform exchangeable fuse

A2
Series 9001 / 9002 / 9004 A2

10064E00

WebCode 900XA
A2
ATEX / IECEX NEC 505 NEC 506 NEC 500
Class I Class I Class II Class III
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Division 1 2 1 2 1 2

A2 9001, 9002:
Ex i interfaces
x x x x x x 9001, 9002:
Ex i interfaces
9001, 9002:
Ex i interfaces
x x x x x x

9004: x x x x 9004: 9004: x x x


Ex i interfaces Ex i interfaces Ex i interfaces
Installation in x x Installation in x x Installation in x x*) x*)
A2 *) Restrictions see table explosion protection

Technical Data
Version 9001 9002 9004
Explosion protection
A2 Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx PTB 09.0001X IECEx PTB 08.0057X IECEx PTB 12.0003X
Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc Ex nA [ib Gb] IIC T4 Gc
[Ex ia Da] IIIC [Ex ia Da] IIIC Ex nA [ib Gb] IIB T4 Gc
[Ex ib Db] IIIC
A2 Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust PTB 01 ATEX 2088 X PTB 01 ATEX 2053 X PTB 02 ATEX 2008
E II 3 (1) G Ex nA [ia Ga] I E II 3 (1) G Ex nA [ia Ga] E II (2) GD [EEx ib] IIB/IIC
IC/IIB T4 Gc IIC/IIB T4 Gc E II 3 G EEx nA II T4
E II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC E II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC (Installation in Zone 2)

A2 Certifications and certificates


Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Canada (CSA), IECEx, ATEX, Brasil IECEx, ATEX, Canada (CSA),
Kazakhstan (TR), Russia (TR), (INMETRO), Canada (CSA), Kazakhstan (TR), Russia (TR),
Serbia (SRPS), Ukraine (TR), Kazakhstan (TR), Serbia (SRPS), Ukraine (TR),
Belarus (TR) Korea (KCs), Russia (TR), Belarus (TR)
Serbia (SRPS), Ukraine (TR),
A2 Further parameters
USA (FM, UL), Belarus (TR)

Installation in Zone 2, Division 2 and in safe area


Further information see respective certificate and operating instructions
Enclosure material Polyamide 6 GF

A2 Degree of protection according to IEC 60529


terminal enclosure: IP20
housing: IP40

Connection type 4 cage terminals, each maximum 1.5 mm2 flexible / solid
2 PA-terminals, each maximum 4 mm2 flexible / solid
A2 Ambient temperature
Ambient temperature -20 ... +60 °C
Storage -20 ... +75 °C
Dimensions 12 x 104 x 70 mm
Weight approx. 0.115 kg
A2
8 Safety Barriers 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 9 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 10:08 10

Safety Barriers
Series 9001 / 9002 / 9004

A2
Selection Table
UN Rmax Safety data Schematic Order number Art. no. PS
Uo Io Po
V Ω V mA mW
A2
Single-Channel Safety Barriers for Negative Polarity Series 9001/00
6 32 8.6 390 839 Pic. A 9001/00-086-390-101 158434 20
24 375 28 85 595 Pic. A 9001/00-280-085-101 158344 20 A2
320 28 100 700 Pic. A 9001/00-280-100-101 158356◄ 20
Single-Channel Safety Barriers for Positive Polarity Series 9001/01
6 28 8.3 442 917.2 Pic. B 9001/01-083-442-101 158338 20
218 8.6 50 107.5 Pic. B 9001/01-086-050-101 158379 20 A2
73 8.6 150 322.5 Pic. B 9001/01-086-150-101 158418◄ 20
32 8.6 390 839 Pic. B 9001/01-086-390-101 158439 20
8 106 12.6 150 473 Pic. B 9001/01-126-150-101 158502 20
A2
12 135 15.8 150 593 Pic. B 9001/01-158-150-101 158535◄ 20
57 15.8 390 1541 Pic. E 9001/01-158-390-101 158509 20
262 16.8 75 315 Pic. B 9001/01-168-075-101 158568 20
16 241 19.9 100 498 Pic. B 9001/01-199-100-101 158632◄ 20 A2
168 19.9 150 746.3 Pic. B 9001/01-199-150-101 158638 20
71 19.9 390 1940 Pic. E 9001/01-199-390-101 158519◄ 20
20 ... 35 506 25.2 57 359.1 Pic. C 20
A2
9001/01-252-057-141 158689
506 25.2 60 378 Pic. D 9001/01-252-060-141 158693◄ 20
268 25.2 100 630 Pic. M 9001/01-252-100-141 158697◄ 20
24 666 28 50 350 Pic. B 9001/01-280-050-101 158665 20
375 28 85 595 Pic. B 9001/01-280-085-101 158351◄ 20 A2
320 28 100 700 Pic. B 9001/01-280-100-101 158365◄ 20
294 28 110 770 Pic. B 9001/01-280-110-101 158380◄ 20
198 28 165 1155 Pic. B 9001/01-280-165-101 20
A2
158392◄
128 28 280 1960 Pic. E 9001/01-280-280-101 158722 20
Single-Channel Safety Barriers for Alternating Polarity Series 9001/02
0.7 134 1.6 15 6 Pic. F 9001/02-016-015-101 158669 20
43 1.6 50 20 Pic. F 9001/02-016-050-101 158673 20 A2
21 1.6 150 60 Pic. F 9001/02-016-150-101 158681 20
20.1 1.6 150 60 Pic. F 9001/02-016-150-111 158685◄ 20
6 355 9.3 30 69.8 Pic. F 9001/02-093-030-101 158743◄ 20
80 9.3 150 348.8 Pic. F 9001/02-093-150-101 158753 20
A2
36 9.3 390 906.8 Pic. F 9001/02-093-390-101 158755◄ 20
Single-Channel Diode Return Barriers for Positive Polarity Series 9001/03
16 –– 19.9 0 0 Pic. G 9001/03-199-000-101 158475 20
A2
24 –– 28 0 0 Pic. G 9001/03-280-000-101 158486 20
Single-Channel Safety Barriers for Transmitter Series 9001/51
20 ... 35 –– 28 110 770 Pic. K 9001/51-280-110-141 158530◄ 20
–– 28 91 637 Pic. L 9001/51-280-091-141 158524◄ 20 A2

A2
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Safety Barriers 9
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 10 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 10:08 10

Safety Barriers
Series 9001 / 9002 / 9004

A2
Schematic for Single-Channel Safety Barriers Series 9001

A2

09405E00 09406E00 09407E00

A2 Picture A Picture B Picture C

A2

09408E00 09409E00 09410E00

Picture D Picture E Picture F


A2

A2
+ UN + UN Ex i

09411E00 09415E00 09416E00

A2 Picture G Picture K Picture L

A2
09417E00

Picture M
A2
Selection Table
Channel UN Rmin Rmax Safety data Schematic Order number Art. no. PS
Uo Io Po
A2 V Ω Ω V mA mW
Dual-Channel Safety Barriers Polarity: - / - Series 9002/00
1 22.5 321 358 26 87 540 Pic. C 9002/00-260-138-001 158867 20
2 17.5 416 463 20 51 245
1+2 -- 26 138 785
A2 -- --
Dual-Channel Safety Barriers Polarity: + / - Series 9002/10
1 6 490 543 9.33 20 50 Pic. A 9002/10-187-020-001 158937◄ 20
2 6 490 543 9.33 20 50
1+2 -- -- -- 18.7 20 90

A2 1
2
6
6
42
42
49
49
9.33
9.33
270
270
630
630
Pic. A 9002/10-187-270-001 158933◄ 20
1+2 -- -- -- 18.7 270 1260

A2

A2
10 Safety Barriers 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 11 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 10:08 10

Safety Barriers
Series 9001 / 9002 / 9004

A2
Selection Table
Channel UN Rmin Rmax Safety data Schematic Order number Art. no. PS
Uo Io Po
V Ω Ω V mA mW
A2
Dual-Channel Safety Barriers Polarity: + / + Series 9002/11
1 16 1423 1576 19.9 15 75 Pic. B 9002/11-199-030-001 158929◄ 20
2 16 1423 1576 19.9 15 75
1+2 -- -- -- 19.9 30 150 A2
1 22.5 321 358 26 87 540 Pic. B 9002/11-260-138-001 158870 20
2 17.5 416 463 20 51 245
1+2 -- -- -- 26 138 785
1 25 321 358 28 93 650 Pic. B 9002/11-280-186-001 158848◄ 20
2
1+2
25
--
321 358 28
28
93
186
650
1300
A2
-- --
Dual-Channel Safety Barriers Safety Barrier Polarity: + / Signal Barrier Polarity: + Series 9002/13
1 16 95 108 19.9 222 1100 Pic. F 9002/13-199-225-001 158921◄ 20
2 16 -- -- 19.9 3 15
1+2 -- -- -- 19.9 225 1120 A2
1 20 - 35 216 243 25.2 118 740 Pic. N 9002/13-252-121-041 158830◄ 20
2 22 -- -- 25.2 0 20
1+2 -- -- -- 25.2 121 760
1 24 321 358 28 90 630 Pic. F 9002/13-280-093-001 158852◄ 20
2
1+2
24
--
--
--
--
--
28
28
3
93
21
651
A2
1 20 - 35 292 327 28 97 679 Pic. G 9002/13-280-100-041 158818 20
2 26 -- -- 28 0 21
1+2 -- -- -- 28 100 700
1
2
24
24
269
--
290
--
28
28
107
3
749
21
Pic. F 9002/13-280-110-001 158857◄ 20 A2
1+2 -- -- -- 28 110 770
Dual-Channel Safety Barriers Polarity: ~ / ~ Series 9002/22
1 0.7 19.9 20.1 1.6 150 60 Pic. J 9002/22-032-300-111 158954◄ 20
2
1+2
0.7
1.4
19.9
--
20.1
--
1.6
3.2
150
300
60
120
A2
1 9 158 177 12 80 240 Pic. M 9002/22-240-160-001 158948 20
2 9 158 177 12 80 240
1+2 18 -- -- 24 160 480
Dual-Channel Safety Barriers Signal Barrier Polarity: + / Signal Barrier Polarity: + Series 9002/33 A2
1 25.5 0 0 28 0 0 Pic. I 9002/33-280-000-001 158913 20
2 25.5 -- -- 28 0 0
1+2 -- -- -- 28 0 0
Dual-Channel Safety Barriers Star Barrier / Star Barrier Series 9002/77
1 492 545 9.3 20 50 Pic. K 9002/77-093-040-001 158905◄ 20 A2
2 492 545 9.3 20 50
1+2 6 -- -- 9.3 40 90
1 71 82.1 9.3 150 350 Pic. K 9002/77-093-300-001 158897◄ 20
2 71 82.1 9.3 150 350
1+2 6 -- -- 9.3 300 700 A2
1 111 126 15 150 560 Pic. K 9002/77-150-300-001 158889◄ 20
2 111 126 15 150 560
1+2 12 -- -- 15 300 1130
1 657 730 28 47 330 Pic. K 9002/77-280-094-001 20
A2
158877
2 657 730 28 47 330
1+2 24 -- -- 28 94 660

A2

A2
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Safety Barriers 11
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 12 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 10:08 10

Safety Barriers
Series 9001 / 9002 / 9004

A2
Schematic for Dual-Channel Safety Barriers Series 9002

A2

09418E00 09419E00 09420E00

A2 Picture A Picture B Picture C

A2
09422E00 09423E00 09424E00

Picture E Picture F Picture G


A2

A2
09425E00 09426E00 09427E00

Picture H Picture I Picture J

A2

A2
09428E00 09430E00 11030E00

Picture K Picture M Picture N

A2 Selection Table
UN Rmax Safety data Schematic Order number Art. no. PS
Uo Io Po
V Ω V mA mW
A2 Single-Channel Safety Barriers with Electronic Current Limitation for Positive Polarity Series 9004/01
12 30 16.8 50 840 Pic. A 9004/01-168-050-001 159060 20
24 56 28 45 1260 Pic. A 9004/01-280-045-001 159082 20
26 73 31.5 25 787.5 Pic. A 9004/01-315-025-001 20
A2
159086
Single-Channel Safety Barriers with Electronic Current Limitation for Positive Polarity with Voltage Limitation Series 9004/51
23 ... 27 –– 20.6 50 1030 Pic. B 9004/51-206-050-001 159090 20

A2 Schematic
Single-Channel Safety Barriers with Electronic Current Limitation, Polarity +

A2
10013E00 10014E00

Picture A Picture B

A2
12 Safety Barriers 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 13 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 10:08 10

Safety Barriers
Series 9001 / 9002 / 9004

A2

A2

A2

A2

A2

A2

A2

A2

A2

A2

A2

A2

A2

A2
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Safety Barriers 13
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 14 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 10:25 10

Isolators

Isolators
Overview of the System Components ISpac 16
General ISpac 17
Applications ISpac 18

Ex i Isolators
Power Supply
Ex i Power Supply ISpac 9143 20
Transmitter
Frequency Transmitter ISpac 9146 22
Vibration Transducer Supply Unit ISpac 9147 24
Transmitter Supply Unit ISpac 9160 26
Transmitter Supply Unit with Limit Value ISpac 9162 29
Temperature Transmitter ISpac 9182 51
Isolating Repeater
Isolating Repeater HART Input ISpac 9163 31
mA-Isolating Repeater ISpac 9164 33
Isolating Repeater ISpac 9165 35
Isolating Repeater Loop Powered ISpac 9167 37
Resistance Isolator ISpac 9180 49

14 Isolators 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 15 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 10:25 10

Contents

Ex i Isolators
Isolating Repeater
Fieldbus Isolating Repeater ISpac 9185 53
A3
Fibre Optics Fieldbus Isolating Repeater ISpac 9186 55
Switching Repeater
Switching Repeater ISpac 9170 39
Relay Module
I.S. Relay Module ISpac 9172 41
Electronic Relay ISpac 9174 43
Binary Output
Binary Output ISpac 9175 45
Binary Output without Power Supply ISpac 9176 47

Non-Ex i Isolators
Transmitter
Transmitter Supply Unit ISpac 9160 66
Transmitter Supply Unit with Limit Value ISpac 9162 68
Isolating Repeater ISpac 9165 70
Relay Module ISpac 9172 71
Temperature Transmitter ISpac 9182 72

System Components
Supply Module ISpac 9193 59
HART Termination Board ISpac 9196 64
HART-Multiplexer ISpac 9192 57
pac-Bus ISpac 9194 60
pac-Carrier ISpac 9195 62

You will find further information on the Internet www.stahl.de


Engineering ISpac

2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Isolators 15
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 16 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 10:25 10

General

Overview of the System Components

Asset
A3 Management
Level

Control Level
PLC / DCS PLC / DCS

Control Level
Zone 2 / Division 2

Field Circuit Non-Ex i

Field Circuit Ex i

Classic/HART
f eld devices

Control Level
Zone 1 / Division 1

Classic/HART
f eld devices

15801E00

16 Isolators 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 17 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 10:25 10

General

A3
> Versions Ex i and non-Ex i
> All functions with 2 channels per module
> Galvanic isolation between inputs,
outputs and power supply A3
> Modules for DIN-rail installation or
comfortable system integration
via pac-Carrier
> Detachable terminals available in screw terminal
and spring clamp terminal versions A3
> Extended temperature range -20 … +70 °C
> Installation possible in Zone 2 resp. Div. 2
> Most isolator versions can be used for applications
according to „functional safety“ SIL (IEC 61508)
A3
A3

11748E00 > Customer-specific engineering by R. STAHL’s


competence center
> macros for easier planning and
WebCode ISpacA engineering available
A3
ATEX / IECEx NEC 505 NEC 506 NEC 500
Class I Class I Class II Class III
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Division 1 2 1 2 1 2
Ex i interface x x x x x x Ex i interface x x x Ex i interface x x x x x x A3
Installation in x*) x*) Installation in x*) x*) Installation in x*) x*) x*)
*) Restrictions see table explosion protection

Technical Data
Mounting type on DIN-rail (NS35/15, NS35/7.5) or in pac-Carrier A3
Versions - Screw terminals (standard)
- Spring clamp terminals
Removable, for wire cross-section 0.2 ... 2.5 mm2 or 2 x 1.5 mm2 flexible with or
without splay protection or single-wire
Degree of protection
Enclosure
Terminals
IP30
IP20
A3
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature
Single device -20 ... +65 °C
Group assembly -20 ... +65 °C
The installation conditions affect the ambient temperature. A3
Observe the "Cabinet installation guide"
Storage temperature -40 ... +80 °C
Galvanic isolation Between inputs, outputs and power supply
Voltage range 18 ... 31.2 V DC / 96 ... 253 V AC (only 9170)
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), India (PESO), Kazakhstan (TR), Korea (KCs), Russia (TR),
A3
Ukraine (TR), USA (FM, UL), Belarus (TR)
Ship approval DNV, GL
Installation in Zone 2, Div. 2 and in the safe area

Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm / inches) - Subject to Alterations A3


X Dim. X
Y
99 mm / 3.90 "
Screw terminals 108 mm / 4.25 in
Spring clamp terminals 128 mm / 5.04 in

A3
Dim. Y
114,5 mm / 4.51 "
122 mm / 4.80 "

Series 9143, 9185, 9192 35.2 mm / 1.39 in


Series 9146, 9147, 9160, 9162, 17.6 mm / 0.69 in
9163, 9165, 9167, 9170, 9172,
9175, 9176, 9180, 9182, 9193
A3

06812E00

A3
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Isolators 17
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 18 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 10:25 10

ISpac

Application of Isolators
Symbol Application ISpac Type Ex i Non Ex i
Signal circuit Signal circuit
A3 2-, 3-, 4-wire transmitters and 9160 Page 26 Page 66
current sources 9162 (with limit value) Page 29 Page 68

06861E00

2-wire HART transmitter 9160 Page 26 Page 66


9162 (with limit value) Page 29 Page 68

06329E00

4-wire HART transmitter 9163 Page 31


9164 Page 33

07649E00

I/P converter, HART control valve 9165 Page 35 Page 70


9167 Page 37

06321E00

Resistance thermometers / 9182 Page 51 Page 72


Resistance temperature 9180 Page 49
detectors

06331E00

Thermocouple 9182 Page 51 Page 72

06332E00

Contact, optocouple output 9170 Page 39


9172 Page 41 Page 71

06333E00

NAMUR proximity switch 9170 Page 39

06334E00

Speed control, 9146 Page 22


Flow measurement

06326E00

Solenoid valve, 9175 Page 45


LED indicating lamp, horn 9176 Page 47
9172 Page 41 Page 71
9174 Page 43

06324E00

Fire & gas detectors 9167 Page 37

06327E00

18 Isolators 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 19 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 10:25 10

ISpac

Application of Isolators
Symbol Application ISpac Type Ex i Non Ex i
Signal circuit Signal circuit
Alarm contact 9146
9162
Page 22
Page 29 Page 68
A3
9182 Page 51 Page 72

06317E00

HART Multiplexer 9192 Page 57


9196 Page 64
HART
06330E00

Modbus, Profibus DP, 9185 Page 53


ServiceBus R.STAHL 9186 Page 55

06328E00

Power supply 9143 Page 20


of intrinsically safe users
Ex i

06318E00

Vibration sensor 9147 Page 24

06892E00

Voltage source 9163 Page 31

15280E00

2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Isolators 19
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 20 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 10:25 10

Ex i Power Supply
Series 9143

A3
> For intrinsically safe power supply of
3- or 4-wire transmittters,
light barriers and controllers
A3 > Intrinsically safe output [Ex ib] IIC/IIB
> Stable output voltage
> Galvanic isolation between output
and power supply
A3 > Power supply 24 V AC / DC or
85 ... 230 V AC
> Compact design
A3
Series 9143 A3

07673E00

WebCode 9143A ATEX / IECEx

A3 Zone
Ex i interface
0 1
x
2
x
20 21
x
22
x
Installation in x*) x*)
*) Restrictions see table explosion protection

A3
Selection Table
Version Auxiliary power Ex i output Order number Art. no. PS
Nominal Max.
voltage UN nominal current IN
A3 Power supply, 24 V AC / DC 4.0 ... 5.6 V 160 mA 9143/10-065-200-10s 159820◄ 29
intrinsically safe 8.8 ... 9.1 V 200 mA 9143/10-099-220-10s 168213 29
Series 9143
8.7 ... 9.5 V 200 mA 9143/10-104-220-10s 159814 29
9.4 ... 10.4 V 180 mA 9143/10-114-200-10s 159788 29
A3 9.5 ... 11.8 V 130 mA 9143/10-124-150-10s 159823◄ 29
12.5 ... 14.7 V 140 mA 9143/10-156-160-10s 159797◄ 29
14.6 ... 17.6 V 35 mA 9143/10-187-050-10s 159800 29
18.9 ... 23.0 V 40 mA 9143/10-244-060-10s 159843 29

A3 85 ... 230 V AC 4.0 ... 5.6 V 160 mA 9143/10-065-200-20s 159785 29


8.7 ... 9.5 V 200 mA 9143/10-104-220-20s 159817 29
9.4 ... 10.4 V 180 mA 9143/10-114-200-20s 159804 29
9.5 ... 11.8 V 130 mA 9143/10-124-150-20s 159791 29

A3 12.5 ... 14.7 V


14.6 ... 17.6 V
140 mA
35 mA
9143/10-156-160-20s
9143/10-187-050-20s
159829◄
159832
29
29
18.9 ... 23.0 V 40 mA 9143/10-244-060-20s 159846 29
Note Other versions - see Automation Catalogue
The order code above is with screw type removable terminals.
A3

A3

A3

A3
20 Isolators 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 21 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 10:25 10

Ex i Power Supply
Series 9143

A3
Technical Data
Explosion protection
Version 9143/10-...-...-10. 9143/10-...-...-20.
24 V AC / DC 115 / 230 V AC
Global (IECEx) A3
Gas, dust and mining IECEx BVS 12.0009X IECEx BVS 12.0009X
Ex nA [ib Gb] IIC/IIB T4 Gc [Ex ib Gb] IIC/IIB
[Ex ib Db] IIIC [Ex ib Db] IIIC
[Ex ib Mb] I [Ex ib Mb] I
Europe (ATEX) A3
Gas, dust and mining BVS 05 ATEX E 152X BVS 05 ATEX E 152X
E II 3 (2) G Ex nA [ib Gb] IIC/IIB T4 Gc E II (2) G [Ex ib Gb] IIC/IIB
E II (2) D [Ex ib Db] IIIC E II (2) D [Ex ib Db] IIIC
E I (M2) [Ex ib Mb] I E I (M2) [Ex ib Mb] I
Certifications and certificates A3
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), India (PESO), Canada (CSA), Kazakhstan (TR),
Korea (KCs), Russia (TR), Belarus (TR)
Ship approval DNV GL
Safety data
Version 9143/10-065-200-.0. 9143/10-124-150-.0. 9143/10-156-160-.0. 9143/10-187-050-.0. A3
Max. voltage Uo 6.5 V 12.4 V 15.6 V 18.7 V
Max. current Io 200 mA 150 mA 160 mA 50 mA
Max. power Po 1.3 W 1.86 W 2.496 W 0.935 W
Safety-related 253 V AC 253 V AC 253 V AC 253 V AC
maximum voltage A3
Further parameters
Version 9143/10-...-...-10. 9143/10-...-...-20.
24 V AC / DC 115 / 230 V AC
Installation in Zone 2, 22 and in the safe area in Zone 22 and in the safe area
Further information see respective certificate and
operating instructions
see respective certificate and
operating instructions
A3
Auxiliary power
Version 9143/10-...-...-10. 9143/10-...-...-20.
24 V AC / DC 115 / 230 V AC
Rated voltage UN
Voltage range
24 V AC / DC
AC: 20 ... 28 V
85 ... 230 V AC
85 ... 230 V AC A3
DC: 18 ... 35 V

A3

A3

A3

A3

A3

A3
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Isolators 21
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 22 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 10:25 10

Frequency Transmitter
Field Circuit Ex i
Series 9146

A3
> Speed control of rotating parts in
hazardous areas
> Most compact device in its class,
A3 2 versions available:
– limit value switch, frequency/current
conversion, impulse divider function
within 17.6 mm width
A3 – dual channel frequency/current conversion
within 17.6 mm width
> Line fault monitoring indicated by LED and
fault-contact contact enables easy monitoring
A3 and prompt troubleshooting
Series 9146 A3

11024E00

> Broad input frequency range 0.001 ... 20 kHz

WebCode 9146A
A3
ATEX / IECEx NEC 505 NEC 506 NEC 500
Class I Class I Class II Class III
A3 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Division 1 2 1 2 1 2
Ex i interface x x x x x x Ex i interface x x x Ex i interface x x x x x x
Installation in x x Installation in x x Installation in x x x

A3 Selection Table
Version Channels Output Limit value contact Impulse output Order number Art. no. PS
(per channel)
Frequency 1 0/4 ... 20 mA 2 NO / NC one NO 9146/10-11-12s 159883 21

A3 Transmitter
Field Circuit
2 0/4 ... 20 mA without
selectable
one NO 9146/20-11-11s 159886 21
Ex i
selectable
Series 9146
Note The order numbers listed in the table are for devices equipped with screw terminals.
For devices equipped with springclamp terminals, replace the ending "s" for screw terminals
A3 with "k" for spring clamp terminals.

Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
A3 Gas, dust and mining IECEx BVS 13.0095X
Ex nA nC [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc
[Ex ia Da] IIIC
[Ex ia Ma] I
Europe (ATEX)
A3 Gas and dust BVS 05 ATEX E 0171 X
E II 3 (1) G Ex nAc nCc [ia] IIC T4
E II (1) D [Ex ia] IIIC
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), India (PESO), Canada (cFM), Kazakhstan (TR),
A3 Russia (TR), USA (FM), Belarus (TR)
Ship approval DNV GL

A3

A3
22 Isolators 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 23 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 10:25 10

Frequency Transmitter
Field Circuit Ex i
Series 9146

A3
Technical Data
Safety data
Max. voltage Uo 10.5 V
Max. current Io
Max. power Po
23.4 mA
61.4 mW (linear characteristic curve)
A3
Safety-related 253 V
maximum voltage
Auxiliary power
Nominal voltage UN
Nominal current at UN,
24 V DC
A3
20 mA
1 channel 55 mA
2 channels 75 mA
Ex i input
Input signal acc. to EN 60947-5-6 (NAMUR)
A3
Input frequency 0.001 ... 20000 Hz
Output see selection table
Error detection Ex i input
Message of line fault and
auxiliary power failure
- contact (30 V / 100 mA) closed to earth in case of error
- pac-Bus, potential-free contact (30 V / 100 mA) A3

A3

A3

A3

A3

A3

A3

A3

A3

A3
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Isolators 23
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 24 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 10:25 10

Vibration Transducer Supply Unit


Series 9147

A3
> For vibration, acceleration and
speed sensors in 2- and 3-wire design
> Space-saving dual-channel version
A3 > Signal frequencies up to 50 kHz
> Easy setting by means of
front-side rotary switch
Galvanic isolation between inputs and
A3 >
outputs and auxiliary power
> For use up to SIL 2 (IEC 61508)

A3
Series 9147 A3

14793E00

WebCode 9147A
A3
ATEX / IECEx NEC 505 NEC 506 NEC 500
Class I Class I Class II Class III

A3 Zone
Ex i interface
0 1 2 20 21 22
x x x x x x
Zone
Ex i interface
0 1 2 20 21 22
x x x
Division
Ex i interface
1 2 1 2
x x x x
1
x
2
x
Installation in x*) x*) Installation in x*) x*) Installation in x*) x*) x*)
*) Restrictions see table explosion protection

A3 Selection Table
Version Channels Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
Vibration transducer 1 9147/10-99-10s 212432◄ 21 0.150
supply unit 2 9147/20-99-10s 212433 21 0.210
A3 Series 9147
Note The order numbers listed in the table are for devices equipped with screw terminals.
For devices equipped with springclamp terminals, replace the ending "s" for screw terminals
with "k" for spring clamp terminals.

A3 Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas, dust and mining IECEx BVS 12.0001 X
Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc

A3 [Ex ia Da] IIIC


[Ex ia Ma] I
Europe (ATEX)
Gas, dust and mining BVS 12 ATEX E 007 X
E II 3 (1) G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc

A3 E II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC


E I (M1) [Ex ia Ma] I
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), Canada (cFM), Kazakhstan (TR),
Russia (TR), USA (FM), Belarus (TR)

A3 Ship approval
Safety data
DNV GL

Max. voltage Uo 26.3 V


Max. current Io 88.3 mA
Max. power Po 579 mW
A3 Safety-related
maximum voltage
253 V

Further parameters
Installation in Zone 2
Further information see respective certificate and operating instructions

A3
24 Isolators 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 25 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 10:25 10

Vibration Transducer Supply Unit


Series 9147

A3
Technical Data
Electrical data
Version 1 channel 2 channels
9147/10-99-10 9147/20-99-10
Auxiliary power A3
Nominal voltage UN 24 24
Voltage range 18 ... 31.2 V 18 ... 31.2 V
Residual ripple within ( 3.6 VSS ( 3.6 VSS
voltage range
Nominal current at UN A3
1 channel 75 mA ––
2 channels –– 88 mA
Power consumption at UN
1 channel
2 channels
1.8 W
––
––
2.1 W A3
Power dissipation at UN
1 channel 1.4W ––
2 channels –– 1.8W
Polarity reversal protection
Operation indication
yes
LED green "PWR"
yes
LED green "PWR"
A3
Undervoltage monitoring yes (no faulty devices / output states) yes (no faulty devices / output states)
Ex i input
Input resistance 10 kΩ
Input signal
Functional range
-20 ... -0.5 V
-24 ... 0 V
A3
Output current
For 3-wire operation 10 mA at -21 V
20 mA at -18 V
For 2-wire operation 2.6 / 4.3 / 7.9 mA at -10 V A3
Output
Output signal -20 ... -0.5 V
Internal resistance < 30 Ω
Load resistance
1 channel > 2 kΩ A3
2 channels > 10 kΩ
Signal transmission
Delay input / output < 7 μs
Phase fluctuation
Transferable frequency range
< 0.6 % / period
0 ... 50 kHz
A3
Ripple at a load resistance < 60 mVss at a bandwidth of 20 MHz
of 10 kΩ
Error limits

Temperature influence
relative to the measuring span -20 ... -0.5 V
< 0.05 % / 10 K
A3
Auxiliary power influence < 0.05 %
Load resistance influence
At RL = 3 ... 10 kΩ < 0.35 % / kΩ
DC transmission fault
At UN and 20 °C < 0.5 %
A3
AC transmission fault
At UN and 20 °C Frequency Phase fault Amplitude fault
and an offset of 10 V
0 ... 200 Hz ( 0.5° ±1 %
< 400 Hz ( 1.0° ±1 % A3
> 600 Hz ( 1.5° ±1 %
< 1 Hz ( 2.5° ±1 %
< 10 kHz ( 25° +1 / -5 %
< 20 kHz
< 50 kHz
( 50°
( 125°
+1 / -5 %
-30 %
A3
Electromagnetic compatibility Tested to the following standards and regulations:
EN 61326-1 Use in industrial environment

A3
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Isolators 25
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 26 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 10:25 10

Transmitter Supply Unit


Field Circuit Ex i
Series 9160

A3
> Suitable for 2-, 3-wires transmitter,
2-wires HART transmitter and
mA-sources (4-wires transmitter)
A3 > Intrinsically safe input [Ex ia] IIC
> Galvanic isolation between input,
output and power supply
For use up to SIL 2,
A3
>
special version up to SIL 3 (IEC 61508)
> High accuracy

A3
Series 9160 A3

09745E00

WebCode 9160A
A3

A3 ATEX / IECEx NEC 505 NEC 506 NEC 500


Class I Class I Class II Class III
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Division 1 2 1 2 1 2
Ex i interface x x x x x x Ex i interface x x x Ex i interface x x x x x x
A3 Installation in x x Installation in x x Installation in x x x
Variants with UL certificate on request

A3 Selection Table
Output version Channels Input Output A Output B SIL LFD* Order number Art. no. PS
(control)
0/4 ... 20 mA 1 0/4 ... 20 mA 0/4 ... 20 mA –– 2 no 9160/13-11-10s 214893◄ 21
active / source
A3 with HART 3 yes 9160/13-11-13s 214897 21
0/4 ... 20 mA 2 no 9160/19-11-10s 214901◄ 21
0/4 ... 20 mA 0/4 ... 20 mA –– 2 yes 9160/14-11-11s 214899 21
High Power

A3 2 0/4 ... 20 mA 0/4 ... 20 mA 0/4 ... 20 mA 2 no 9160/23-11-10s 214905◄ 21


0/4 ... 20 mA 1 0/4 ... 20 mA passive –– 2 no 9160/13-10-10s 214837 21
passive / sink
with HART 2 0/4 ... 20 mA passive passive 2 no 9160/23-10-10s 214903 21

Note The order numbers listed in the table are for devices equipped with screw terminals.
A3 For devices equipped with springclamp terminals, replace the ending "s" for screw terminals
with "k" for spring clamp terminals.
* LFD - line fault diagnosis
no - Device transmits line fault on the field side via the 4 ... 20 mA signal. Without LED / relay contact.
yes - Device transmits line fault on the field side via the 4 ... 20 mA signal. With LED / relay contact.

A3 Further variants with line fault diagnosis are available on request.

A3

A3
26 Isolators 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 27 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 10:25 10

Transmitter Supply Unit


Field Circuit Ex i
Series 9160

A3
Technical Data
Output version 0/4 ... 20 mA active / source with HART
(control)
Design 9160/xx-11-10 9160/13-11-13 9160/14-11-11
Explosion protection A3
Global (IECEx)
Gas, dust and mining IECEx BVS 08.0050X IECEx BVS 08.0050X IECEx BVS 08.0050X
Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc Ex nA nC [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc Ex nA nC [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc
[Ex ia Da] IIIC [Ex ia Da] IIIC [Ex ia Da] IIIC
[Ex ia Ma] I [Ex ia Ma] I [Ex ia Ma] I A3
Europe (ATEX)
Gas, dust and mining DMT 03 ATEX E 010 X DMT 03 ATEX E 010 X DMT 03 ATEX E 010 X
E II 3 (1) G Ex nA [ia Ga] E II 3 (1) G Ex nA nC [ia Ga] E II 3 (1) G Ex nA nC [ia Ga]
IIC T4 Gc IIC T4 Gc IIC T4 Gc
E II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
E I (M1) [Ex ia Ma] I
E II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
E I (M1) [Ex ia Ma] I
E II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
E I (M1) [Ex ia Ma] I
A3
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brasil (INMETRO), Canada (cFM), Kazakhstan (TR), Russia (TR),
Ukraine (TR), USA (FM), Belarus (TR)
Ship approval
Design
DNV GL
9160/xx-11-10 9160/13-11-13 9160/14-11-11 A3
Safety data
Max. voltage Uo 27 V 27 V 27 V
Max. current Io 88 mA 88 mA 112.5 mA
Max. power Po
Safety-related
576 mW
253 V
576 mW
253 V
731 mW
253 V
A3
maximum voltage
Auxiliary power
Nominal voltage UN 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC
Nominal current at UN,
20 mA
A3
1 channel 75 mA 113 mA 87 mA
2 channels 131 mA –– ––
Ex i input
Input signal
Supply voltage for
0/4 ... 20 mA with HART
) 16 V at 20 mA
0/4 ... 20 mA with HART
) 16 V at 20 mA
0/4 ... 20 mA with HART
) 18 V at 20 mA
A3
transmitter (for 2-, 3-wire) (for 2-, 3-wire) (for 2-, 3-wire)
Output
Output signal 0/4 ... 20 mA with HART 0/4 ... 20 mA with HART 0/4 ... 20 mA with HART
Load resistance RL 0 ... 600 Ω
(terminal 1+ / 2- or 5+ / 6-)
0 ... 600 Ω
(terminal 1+ / 2-)
0 ... 600 Ω
(terminal 1+ / 2- or 5+ / 6-)
A3
0 ... 379 Ω 0 ... 379 Ω 0 ... 379 Ω
(terminal 3+ / 2- or 4+ / 6-) (terminal 3+ / 2-) (terminal 3+ / 2- or 4+ / 6-)
(with internal 221 Ω (with internal 221 Ω (with internal 221 Ω
resistor for HART) resistor for HART) resistor for HART)
Ambient conditions A3
Ambient temperature
Single device -40 ... +70 °C -40 ... +70 °C -40 ... +70 °C
Group assembly -40 ... +60 °C -40 ... +60 °C -40 ... +60 °C
Storage temperature -40 ... +80 °C -40 ... +80 °C -40 ... +80 °C
Relative humidity ( 95 % ( 95 % ( 95 % A3
(no condensation)

A3

A3

A3
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Isolators 27
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 28 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 10:25 10

Transmitter Supply Unit


Field Circuit Ex i
Series 9160

A3
Technical Data
Output version 0/4 ... 20 mA passive / sink with HART
(control)
Design 9160/xx-10-10
A3 Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas, dust and mining Ex nA nC [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc
[Ex ia Da] IIIC
[Ex ia Ma] I
A3 Ex nA nC [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc
[Ex ia Da] IIIC
[Ex ia Ma] I
Europe (ATEX)
Gas, dust and mining DMT 03 ATEX E 010 X

A3 E II 3 (1) G Ex nA nC [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc


E II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
E I (M1) [Ex ia Ma] I
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brasil (INMETRO), Canada (cFM), Kazakhstan (TR), Russia (TR),
Ukraine (TR), USA (FM), Belarus (TR)
A3 Ship approval DNV GL
Safety data
Max. voltage Uo 27 V
Max. current Io 88 mA

A3 Max. power Po
Auxiliary power
576 mW

Nominal voltage UN 24 V DC
Nominal current at UN,
20 mA

A3 1 channel
2 channels
57 mA
97 mA
Ex i input
Input signal 0/4 ... 20 mA with HART
Supply voltage for ) 16 V at 20 mA (for 2-, 3-wire)
A3 transmitter
Output
Output signal Current sink, max. 30 V with HART
Load resistance RL see Data sheet

A3

A3

A3

A3

A3

A3
28 Isolators 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 29 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 10:25 10

Transmitter Supply Unit with Limit Contact


Field Circuit Ex i
Series 9162

A3
> Compact trip amplifier with
2 configurable limit values and
4 ... 20 mA output
> Suitable for 2- and 3-wire transmitter, A3
2-wire HART transmitter and mA-sources
> Intrinsically safe input [Ex ia] IIC
Open circuit and short circuit monitoring
A3
>
and signalisation
> For use up to SIL 2 (IEC 61508)

A3
Series 9162 A3

11025E00

WebCode 9162A
A3
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
Ex i interface x x x x x x
Installation in x x
A3

Selection Table
Version Channels Input Output Limit contact Order number Art. no. PS
A3
Transmitter supply 1 4 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA 2 NO 9162/13-11-14s 238251 21
unit with limit contact with HART with HART
Series 9162
Note The order numbers listed in the table are for devices equipped with screw terminals.
For devices equipped with springclamp terminals, replace the ending "s" for screw terminals
with "k" for spring clamp terminals. A3
Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx BVS 15.0013X A3
Ex nA nC [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc
[Ex ia Da] IIIC
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust BVS 15 ATEX E018X
E II 3 (1) G Ex nA nC [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc A3
E II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Canada (cFM), USA (FM)
Ship approval
Safety data
DNV GL A3
Max. voltage Uo 27 V
Max. current Io 87.9 mA
Max. power Po 574 mW
Safety-related
maximum voltage
253 V A3

A3

A3
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Isolators 29
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 30 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 10:25 10

Transmitter Supply Unit with Limit Contact


Field Circuit Ex i
Series 9162

A3
Technical Data
Auxiliary power
Nominal voltage UN 24 V DC

A3 Nominal current at UN,


20 mA
85 mA

Output
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA with HART
Load resistance RL 0 ... 600 Ω (terminal 1+ / 2-)

A3 Limiting values
Configuration using ISpac Wizard (V3.04.00 and following)
Message 2 NO
Switching voltage ( ± 30 V
Switching current ( 100 mA
A3 (resistive load)
Error detection Ex i input
Message of line fault and - contact (30 V / 100 mA) closed to earth in case of error
auxiliary power failure - pac-Bus, potential-free contact (30 V / 100 mA)
Ambient conditions

A3 Ambient temperature
Single device -40 ... +70 °C
Group assembly -40 ... +60 °C
The installation conditions affect the ambient temperature.
Observe the "Cabinet installation guide".

A3 Storage temperature
Relative humidity
-40 ... +80 °C
( 95 %
(no condensation)
Use at the height of < 2000 m

A3

A3

A3

A3

A3

A3

A3

A3
30 Isolators 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 31 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 10:25 10

Isolating Repeater Input


Series 9163

A3
> Suitable for 4-wire HART transmitters and
voltage sources
> Intrinsically safe input [Ex ia] IIC
> Galvanic Isolation between input, A3
output and power supply
> Open-circuit and short-circuit monitoring and
messaging (can be switched off)
> For use up to SIL 2 (IEC 61508)
A3
> High accuracy

A3
Series 9163 A3

15281E00

WebCode 9163A
A3
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
Ex i interface x x x x x x A3
Installation in x x
Variants with FM/cFM approval on request

Selection Table
Version Channels Input Output LFD* Order number Art. no. PS
A3
Isolating repeater 1 0/4 ... 20 mA 0/4 ... 20 mA no 9163/13-11-10s 214914 21
input with HART with HART
Series 9163 0/1 ... 5 V, 0/2 ... 10 V 0/4 ... 20 mA no 9163/11-81-10s 214910 21
2 0/4 ... 20 mA 0/4 ... 20 mA no 9163/23-11-10s 214920 21 A3
with HART with HART
Note The order numbers listed in the table are for devices equipped with screw terminals.
For devices equipped with springclamp terminals, replace the ending "s" for screw terminals
with "k" for spring clamp terminals.
* LFD - line fault diagnosis,
no - The device transmits a line fault detected in the field circuit via the 4 ... 20 mA signal.
A3
Without LED / relay contact.

Technical Data
Version 9163/.3-1.-1.. 9163/11-81-10.
Explosion protection A3
Global (IECEx)
Gas, dust and mining IECEx BVS 08.0050X IECEx BVS 08.0050X
Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc
[Ex ia Da] IIIC [Ex ia Da] IIIC
[Ex ia Ma] I [Ex ia Ma] I A3
Europe (ATEX)
Gas, dust and mining DMT 03 ATEX E010X DMT 03 ATEX E010X
E II 3 (1) G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc E II 3 (1) G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc
E II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC E II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
E I (M1) [Ex ia Ma] I E I (M1) [Ex ia Ma] I A3
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), IECEx, ATEX, Kazakhstan (TR),
Kazakhstan (TR), Russia (TR), Russia (TR), Belarus (TR)
Serbia (SRPS), Ukraine (TR),
Belarus (TR) A3
Ship approval DNV GL DNV GL

A3
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Isolators 31
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 32 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 10:25 10

Isolating Repeater Input


Series 9163

A3
Technical Data
Version 9163/.3-1.-1.. 9163/11-81-10.
Safety data
Max. voltage Ui 30 V 30 V
A3 Max. current Ii 150 mA internally limited
Max. power Pi 1000 mW internally limited
Max. voltage Uo negligible 4.1 V
Max. current Io negligible negligible

A3 Max. power Po
Safety-related
negligible
253 V AC
negligible
253 V AC
maximum voltage
Auxiliary power
Nominal voltage UN 24 V DC 24 V DC

A3 Nominal current at UN,


20 mA
1 channel 46 mA 46 mA
2 channels 76 mA ––
Input signal 0/4 ... 20 mA with HART 0 ... 5 V resp. 0 ... 10 V
Output
A3 Output signal 9163/.3-11-10.: 0/4 ... 20 mA with HART 0/4 ... 20 mA
Load resistance RL 0 ... 600 Ω (terminal 1+/2- resp. 5+/6-) 0 ... 600 Ω (terminal 1+/2- resp. 5+/6-)
0 ... 479 Ω (terminal 3+/2- resp. 4+/6-)
(with internal 221 Ω resistor for HART)

A3

A3

A3

A3

A3

A3

A3

A3

A3
32 Isolators 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 33 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 10:25 10

mA - Isolating Repeater
Series 9164

A3
> Interconnection of two mA-sources
and active 2-wire inputs is possible
> Perfect solution for integrating 4-wire
transmitters into analogue input supplies A3
> Intrinsically safe input Ex i or
increased safety protection Ex e
Bidirectional HART transmission 4 ... 20 mA
A3
>

> Galvanic isolation between input and output


> Installation in Zone 1

A3
Series 9164 A3

01730E00

WebCode 9164A
A3
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
Ex i interface x x x x x x A3
Installation in x x x

Selection Table
Version Channels Input Output Order number Art. no. PS
A3
mA - Isolating 1 Ex e: 4 ... 20 mA HART Ex i: passive HART 9164/13-20-06 224365 21
repeater (sink) (sink)
Series 9164
Ex i: 4 ... 20 mA HART Ex i: passive HART 9164/13-20-08 224364 21
(sink) (sink) A3
Note The transmission of the HART signal can be deactivated by means of a DIP switch.

Technical Data
Design 9164/13-20-06 (Ex e Input) 9164/13-20-08 (Ex i Input)
Explosion protection A3
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx BVS 15.0062X IECEx BVS 15.0062X
Ex e mb [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gb Ex ib [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gb
[Ex ia Da] IIIC [Ex ia Da] IIIC
Europe (ATEX) A3
Gas and dust BVS 15 ATEX E 068 X BVS 15 ATEX E 068 X
E II 2 (1) G Ex e mb [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gb E II 2 (1) G Ex ib [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gb
E II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC E II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX IECEx, ATEX
A3
Ship approval DNV GL DNV GL
Safety data
Input Nominal voltage UN: 30 V Max. voltage Ui: 30 V
Nominal current IN: 30 mA
Safety-related
Max. current Ii: 150 mA
Max. power Pi: 1 W A3
maximum voltage: 253 V AC
Output Max. voltage Ui: 30 V Max. voltage Ui: 30 V
Max. current Ii: 150 mA Max. current Ii: 150 mA
Max. power Pi: 1 W Max. power Pi: 1 W
A3

A3
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Isolators 33
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 34 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 10:25 10

mA - Isolating Repeater
Series 9164

A3
Technical Data
Design 9164/13-20-06 (Ex e Input) 9164/13-20-08 (Ex i Input)
Auxiliary power without without

A3 Ex e Input
Version passive (current sink) ––
Input signal 3.7 ... 20.5 mA with / without HART ––
Ex i input
Version –– passive (current sink)

A3 Input signal
Ex i output
–– 3.7 ... 20.5 mA with / without HART

Version passive (current sink) passive (current sink)


Output signal 3.8 ... 20.5 mA with HART 3.8 ... 20.5 mA with HART
Ambient conditions
A3 Ambient temperature
Storage temperature
-40 ... +75 °C
-40 ... +80 °C
-40 ... +75 °C
-40 ... +80 °C
range
Relative humidity ( 90 % ( 90 %
(no condensation)

A3 Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm [inches]) – Subject to Alterations

A3
103 [4,06]

A3

A3 12 [0,47] 72 [2,83]
01924E00

A3

A3

A3

A3

A3

A3
34 Isolators 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 35 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 10:25 10

Isolating Repeater
Field Circuit Ex i
Series 9165

A3
> For intrinsically safe operation of
(HART)-control valves, i/p transmitters,
displays
> For HART output signals 0/4 ... 20 mA A3
> Intrinsically safe output [Ex ia] IIC
> Galvanic isolation between input,
output and power supply
> Open circuit / short-circuit monitoring and
A3
messaging (can be switched off)
> For use up to SIL 2 (IEC 61508)
A3
Series 9165 A3

09734E00

WebCode 9165A
A3

A3
ATEX / IECEx NEC 505 NEC 506 NEC 500
Class I Class I Class II Class III
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Division 1 2 1 2 1 2
Ex i interface x x x x x x Ex i interface x x x Ex i interface x x x x x x A3
Installation in x x Installation in x x Installation in x x x

Selection Table
A3
Version Channels Input Ex i output signal LFD relay Order number Art. no. PS
Isolating Repeater 1 0/4 ... 20 mA 0/4 ... 20 mA yes 9165/16-11-11s 201270◄ 21
Field Circuit Ex i with HART with HART
Series 9165 no 9165/16-11-10s 207909◄ 21 A3
2 0/4 ... 20 mA 0/4 ... 20 mA yes 9165/26-11-11s 201272◄ 21
with HART with HART
no 9165/26-11-10s 207910◄ 21
Note The order numbers listed in the table are for devices equipped with screw terminals.
For devices equipped with springclamp terminals, replace the ending "s" for screw terminals
with "k" for spring clamp terminals. A3
* LFD - Line fault diagnostic
no - device transmits field-side line fault via 4 ... 20 mA signal via LED
yes - device transmits field-side line fault via 4 ... 20 mA signal via LED and relay contact

A3

A3

A3

A3
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Isolators 35
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 36 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 10:25 10

Isolating Repeater
Field Circuit Ex i
Series 9165

A3
Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)

A3 Gas and dust IECEx BVS 10.0011X


Ex nA nC [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc
[Ex ia Da] IIIC
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust DMT 03 ATEX E 012 X
A3 E II 3 (1) G Ex nA nC [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc
E II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), India (PESO), Canada (cFM), Kazakhstan (TR),
Korea (KCs), Russia (TR), Ukraine (TR), USA (FM, UL*), Belarus (TR)
A3 Ship approval
* for UL approval - special version on request
DNV GL
Safety data
Max. voltage Uo 25.6 V
Max. current Io 96 mA
A3 Max. power Po 605 mW
Safety-related 253 V
maximum voltage
Auxiliary power
Nominal voltage UN 24 V DC
A3 Nominal current at UN,
20 mA
1 channel 55 mA
2 channels 90 mA
Input signal 0/4 ... 20 mA with HART
A3 Ex i output
Output signal 0/4 ... 20 mA with HART
Connectable 0 ... 800 Ω
load resistance
Fault detection Ex i
A3 output
Signalization of faulty line - Contact (30 V / 100 mA) closed to ground in case of fault
and power supply failure - pac-Bus, floating contact (30 V / 100 mA)
(only for 9165/.6-11-11.)

A3

A3

A3

A3

A3

A3
36 Isolators 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 37 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 10:25 10

Isolating Repeater Loop Powered


Field Circuit Ex i
Series 9167

A3
> For intrinsically safe operation of
(HART)-control valves, i/p transmitters,
displays, fire and gas detectors
> For HART output signals 0/4 ... 20 mA A3
> Intrinsically safe output [Ex ia] IIC
> Galvanic isolation between inputs and
outputs
> Without power supply
A3
> Very low internal resistance
> HART communication signal transmitting,
bidirectionally A3
Series 9167 A3

08577E00

> For use up to SIL 3 (IEC 61508)

WebCode 9167A
A3

ATEX / IECEx NEC 505 NEC 506 NEC 500 A3


Class I Class I Class II Class III
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Division 1 2 1 2 1 2
Ex i interface x x x x x x Ex i interface x x x Ex i interface x x x x x x
Installation in x x Installation in x x Installation in x x x A3

Selection Table
Version Channels Ex i output
Uo / Io / Po
max. load
resistance RL
Order number Art. no. PS
A3
Isolating Repeater 1 15.7 V / 60 mA / 233 mW 360 Ω 9167/11-11-00s 160238 21
Loop Powered
Field Circuit Ex i 25 V / 99 mA / 613 mW 800 Ω 9167/13-11-00s 160244◄ 21
Series 9167 18.8 V / 107 mA / 503 mW 590 Ω 9167/14-11-00s 160250 21
A3
2 15.7 V / 60 mA / 233 mW 360 Ω 9167/21-11-00s 160241 21
25 V / 99 mA / 613 mW 800 Ω 9167/23-11-00s 160247 21
18.8 V / 107 mA / 503 mW 590 Ω 9167/24-11-00s 160253 21
Note The order numbers listed in the table are for devices equipped with screw terminals. A3
For devices equipped with springclamp terminals, replace the ending "s" for screw terminals
with "k" for spring clamp terminals.

A3

A3

A3

A3
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Isolators 37
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 38 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 10:25 10

Isolating Repeater Loop Powered


Field Circuit Ex i
Series 9167

A3
Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)

A3 Gas and dust IECEx BVS 11.0089X


Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc
[Ex ia Da] IIIC
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust BVS 04 ATEX E 082 X
A3 E II 3 (1) G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc
E II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), India (PESO), Canada (cFM), Kazakhstan (TR),
Korea (KCs), Russia (TR), Ukraine (TR), USA (FM, UL), Belarus (TR)
A3 Ship approval
Safety data
DNV GL

Version 9167/.1-11-00, max. 360 Ω 9167/.3-11-00, max. 800 Ω 9167/.4-11-00, max. 590 Ω
Max. voltage Uo 15.7 V 25 V 18.8 V
Max. current Io 60 mA 99 mA 107 mA
A3 Max. power Po 233 mW 613 mW 503 mW
Auxiliary power without without without
Input signal IE 0/4 ... 20 mA with HART 0/4 ... 20 mA with HART 0/4 ... 20 mA with HART
Ex i output
Output signal 0/4 ... 20 mA with HART 0/4 ... 20 mA with HART 0/4 ... 20 mA with HART
A3 Function range 0 ... 40 mA 0 ... 40 mA 0 ... 40 mA

A3

A3

A3

A3

A3

A3

A3

A3
38 Isolators 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 39 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 10:25 10

Switching Repeater
Field Circuit Ex i
Series 9170

A3
> For operation of contacts,
proximity sensors (NAMUR), optocouplers
> Intrinsically safe input [Ex ia] IIC
> Galvanic isolation between input, A3
output and auxiliary power
> Open-circuit / short-circuit monitoring and
messaging (can be switched off)
> Inversion of output signal can be adjusted
A3
> Transmission frequency up to 10 kHz
> For use up to SIL 2 (IEC 61508)
A3
Series 9170 A3

06528E00

WebCode 9170A
A3
ATEX / IECEx NEC 505 NEC 506 NEC 500
Class I Class I Class II Class III
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Division 1 2 1 2 1 2 A3
Ex i interface x x x x x x Ex i interface x x x Ex i interface x x x x x x
Installation in x*) x*) Installation in x*) x*) Installation in x*) x*) x*)
*) Restrictions see table explosion protection Special versions with UL approval on request
A3
Selection Table
Output version Channels Power supply Output / channel Order number Art. no. PS
(control)
Signal relay 1 24 V DC 2 change-over contacts 9170/11-11-11s 203283◄ 21 A3
(125 V / 1 A)
120 ... 230 V AC 2 change-over contacts 9170/11-11-21s 203290 21
2 24 V DC 1 change-over contact 9170/21-10-11s 203143◄ 21
2 NO 9170/21-11-11s 203145◄ 21
120 ... 230 V AC 1 change-over contact 9170/21-10-21s 203155 21
A3
2 NO 9170/21-11-21s 203157 21
Power relay 1 24 V DC 1 change-over contact 9170/11-12-11s 203285◄ 21
(250 V / 4 A)
120 ... 230 V AC 1 change-over contact 21
A3
9170/11-12-21s 203292
2 change-over contacts 9170/11-13-21s 203294◄ 21
2 24 V DC 1 change-over contact 9170/21-12-11s 203147◄ 21
120 ... 230 V AC 1 change-over contact 9170/21-12-21s 203281◄ 21
Electronic
(35 V / 50 mA)
1 24 V DC 1 electronic output 9170/11-14-11s 203287◄ 21 A3
1 electronic output LFT 9170/11-14-12s 203288 21
2 24 V DC 1 electronic output 9170/21-14-11s 203152◄ 21
1 electronic output LFT 9170/21-14-12s 203153 21
Note The order numbers listed in the table are for devices equipped with screw terminals.
For devices equipped with springclamp terminals, replace the ending "s" for screw terminals
A3
with "k" for spring clamp terminals.
LFT - line fault transparency,
device signals line fault on field side to the control directly via the signal output.
A3

A3
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Isolators 39
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 40 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 10:25 10

Switching Repeater
Field Circuit Ex i
Series 9170

A3
Technical Data
Version 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC
9170/.1-11-11., 9170/21-10-11. 9170/.1-11-14., 9170/.1-14-12. 9170/.1-12-11.
Explosion protection
A3 Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx BVS 09.0041X IECEx BVS 09.0041X IECEx BVS 09.0041X
Ex nA nC [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc Ex nA nC [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc [Ex ia Ga] IIC
[Ex ia Da] IIIC [Ex ia Da] IIIC [Ex ia Da] IIIC
Europe (ATEX)

A3 Gas and dust DMT 02 ATEX E 195 X


E II 3 (1) G Ex nA nC [ia Ga]
DMT 02 ATEX E 195 X
E II 3 (1) G Ex nA nC [ia Ga]
DMT 02 ATEX E 195 X
E II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC
IIC T4 Gc IIC T4 Gc E II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
E II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC E II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO),

A3 Canada (cFM), Kazakhstan (TR),


Korea (KCs), Russia (TR),
USA (FM), Belarus (TR)
Canada (cFM), Kazakhstan (TR),
Korea (KCs), Russia (TR),
USA (FM), Belarus (TR)
Canada (cFM), Kazakhstan (TR),
Korea (KCs), Russia (TR),
Ukraine (TR), USA (FM),
Belarus (TR)
Ship approval DNV GL DNV GL DNV GL
Further parameters
Installation in Zone 2, Div. 2 and in the in Zone 2, Div. 2 and in the in safe area
A3 Further information
safe area
see respective certificate and
safe area
see respective certificate and see respective certificate and
operating instructions operating instructions operating instructions
Version 120 ... 230 V AC 120 ... 230 V AC
9170/.1-11-21., 9170/21-10-21. 9170/.1-12-21., 9170/.1-13-21.
Explosion protection
A3 Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx BVS 09.0041X IECEx BVS 09.0041X
[Ex ia Ga] IIC [Ex ia Ga] IIC
[Ex ia Da] IIIC [Ex ia Da] IIIC
Europe (ATEX)

A3 Gas and dust DMT 02 ATEX E 195 X


E II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC
DMT 02 ATEX E 195 X
E II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC
E II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC E II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), Canada (cFM), IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), Canada (cFM),
Kazakhstan (TR), Korea (KCs), Russia (TR), Kazakhstan (TR), Korea (KCs), Russia (TR),
A3 Ship approval
USA (FM), Belarus (TR)
DNV GL
Ukraine (TR), USA (FM), Belarus (TR)
DNV GL
Further parameters
Installation in safe area in safe area
Further information see respective certificate and operating instructions see respective certificate and operating instructions
Safety data
A3 Version 9170/11-..-..
(1 channel)
9170/21-..-..
(2 channels)
Inputs (channels individually)
Max. voltage Uo 9.6 V 9.6 V
Max. current Io 10 mA 10 mA

A3 Max. power Po
Safety-related
24 mW
253 V
24 mW
253 V
maximum voltage
Inputs (2 channels parallel)
Max. voltage Uo –– 9.6 V
Max. current Io –– 20 mA
A3 Max. power Po
Safety-related
––
253 V
48 mW
253 V
maximum voltage
Version 24 V DC 120 ... 230 V AC
9170/..-1.-1. 9170/.1-1.-21.
Auxiliary power
A3 Nominal voltage UN
Input signal
24 V DC
acc. to EN 60947-5-6 (NAMUR)
120 ... 230 V AC
acc. to EN 60947-5-6 (NAMUR)
Output see selection table see selection table
Error detection Ex i input
Message of line fault and - Contact in the output circuit (35 V / 50 mA) none
auxiliary power failure opens in case of fault (only at 9170/.1-14-12.)
A3 - contact (30 V / 100 mA), closed to ground
in case of fault *)
- pac-Bus, floating contact (30 V / 100 mA) *)
*) not at 9170/.1-11-13.

A3
40 Isolators 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 41 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 10:25 10

I.S. Relay Module


Series 9172

A3
> For binary signal and control circuits
> Intrinsically safe inputs or outputs [Ex ia] IIC
Galvanic isolation between
A3
>
inputs and outputs
> For use up to SIL 2 (IEC 61508)

A3

A3
Series 9172 A3

08578E00

WebCode 9172A
A3
ATEX / IECEx NEC 505 NEC 506 NEC 500
Class I Class I Class II Class III
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Division 1 2 1 2 1 2 A3
Ex i interface x x x x x x Ex i interface x x x Ex i interface x x x x x x
Installation in x x Installation in x x Installation in x x x

A3
Selection Table
Version Channels Input Output / channel Order number Art. no. PS
I.S. relay module 1 Ex i signal 1 change over contact 9172/10-11-00s 160359 21
Series 9172 (250 V / 4 A)
Ex i, 1 change over contact 9172/12-11-00s 169651 21 A3
(125 V / 4 A, 30 V / 4 A)
Non-Ex i signal Ex i, 1 change over contact 9172/11-11-00s 160366◄ 21
(125 V / 4 A, 30 V / 4 A)
2 Ex i signal 1 change over contact 9172/20-11-00s 160363 21
(250 V / 4 A) A3
Ex i, 1 change over contact 9172/22-11-00s 169653 21
(125 V / 4 A, 30 V / 4 A)
Non-Ex i signal Ex i, 1 change over contact (125 V 9172/21-11-00s 160369◄ 21
/ 4 A, 30 V / 4 A)
Note The order numbers listed in the table are for devices equipped with screw terminals.
For devices equipped with springclamp terminals, replace the ending "s" for screw terminals
A3
with "k" for spring clamp terminals.

Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx) A3
Gas and dust IECEx BVS 09.0002X
Ex nA nC [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc
[Ex ia Da] IIIC
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust BVS 04 ATEX E 097 X
A3
E II 3 (1) G Ex nA nC [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc
E II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), India (PESO), Canada (cFM), Kazakhstan (TR),
Russia (TR), Ukraine (TR), Belarus (TR), USA (FM, UL)
A3
Ship approval DNV GL

A3
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Isolators 41
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 42 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 10:25 10

I.S. Relay Module


Series 9172

A3
Technical Data
Safety data
Version 9172/.0-11-00 9172/.1-11-00 9172/.2-11-00

A3 Inputs
Max. voltage Ui 30 V –– 30 V
Max. current Ii 150 mA –– 150 mA
Max. power Pi 1.3 W –– 1.3 W
Outputs (contact) –– for connection of intrinsically safe circuits with:
A3 Max. voltage Ui
Max. current Ii
125 V AC
4A
125 V DC
0.8 A
60 V DC 30 V DC
0.25 A 4A

Internal capacitance Ci negligible negligible negligible


Internal inductance Li negligible negligible negligible

A3 Safety-related
maximum voltage
253 V AC 253 V AC 253 V AC

Further parameters
Version 9172/.0-11-00 9172/.1-11-00 9172/.2-11-00
Installation in Zone 2, Div. 2 and in Zone 2, Div. 2 and in Zone 2, Div. 2 and
in the safe area *) in the safe area in the safe area *)
A3 *) in Zone 2 max. contact –– *) in Zone 2 max. contact

load capacity 125 V / 4 A load capacity 125 V / 4 A


Further information see respective certificate and see respective certificate and see respective certificate and
operating instructions operating instructions operating instructions
Auxiliary power
A3 Supply without without without
Max. power losses 0.4 W 0.4 W 0.4 W
per channel
Input
Input signal Ex i non-Ex i Ex i
A3 Switching signal 12 ... 30 V 12 ... 31.2 V 12 ... 30 V
Current consumption < 16 mA at 12 V < 16 mA at 12 V < 16 mA at 12 V
< 11 mA at 24 ... 30 V < 11 mA at 24 ... 31.2 V < 11 mA at 24 ... 30 V
Output see Selection Table see Selection Table see Selection Table

A3 Accessories and Spare Parts


Designation Description Art. no. PS Weight
kg
Relay modules for The modules 8510/122-06-6..-00 contain relay modules of Series 9172.
A3 installation in Zone 1 If 8510 modules are installed in an enclosure of the degree of protection
Ex e (e.g. Type 8150 or 8146), installation in Zone 1 is possible.
Relay modules Type 9172 Modules Type 8510

9172/10-11-00s 8510/122-06-600-00 165514 19 1.470

A3 9172/20-11-00s 8510/122-06-601-00 165531 19 1.470

9172/21-11-00s 8510/122-06-602-00 200381 19 1.470

9172/22-11-00s 8510/122-06-604-00 220076 19 1.470


A3

A3

A3

A3
42 Isolators 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 43 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 10:25 10

Electronic Relay
Series 9174

A3
> Ex i control for switching Ex e loads
> Maintenance-free and electronic switching
Compact design (width 12 mm)
A3
>

> Installation in Zone 1 together with


I/O IS1 or FF Digital I/O coupler Series 9413
> Galvanic isolation between input and output
A3

A3
Series 9174 A3

02133E00

WebCode 9174A ATEX


Zone
Ex i interface
0 1
x
2
x
20 21
x
22
x
A3
For use in x x x x

Selection Table A3
Version Channels Input Output Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
Electronic relay 1 Ex i Ex e, 48 V DC, 2 A 9174/10-14-00 212340 29 0.110
Series 9174
Ex e, 250 V UC, 1 A 9174/10-15-00 212431 29 0.110
A3
Technical Data
Explosion protection
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust applied for
A3
EII 2 G Ex e mb [ib Gb] IIC T4 Gb
E II (2) D [Ex ib Db] IIIC
Version 9174/10-14-00 9174/10-15-00
Safety data A3
Max. voltage Ui 28 V 28 V
Max. current Li 150 mA 150 mA
Max. power Pi 780 mW 780 mW
Internal capacitance Ci negligible negligible
Internal inductance Li negligible negligible A3
Safety-related 253 V 253 V
maximum voltage
Rated operational current
Ex e back-up fuse 2A 3.15 A
Max. power dissipation 0.85 W 1.6 W A3
Ex i input
Switching level for ON / OFF
ON 11 ... 28 V 11 ... 28 V
OFF 0 ... 5 V 0 ... 5 V
Control current < 15 mA < 15 mA A3
Ex e output
Voltage 5 V AC / V DC ... 53 V DC / 40 V AC 90 V AC / 40 V DC ... 250 V DC / V AC
Current 0.002 ... 2 A 0.02 ... 1 A
Max. switching frequency 300 Hz 300 Hz
A3

A3
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Isolators 43
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 44 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 10:25 10

Electronic Relay
Series 9174

A3
Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm [inches]) - Subject to Alterations
108,80 [4,28]

A3
92 [3,62]
90 [3,54]

A3

79 [3,11]
7,50 [0,29]

A3
101,50 [3,99] 12,20 [0,48]

A3
14836E00

A3

A3

A3

A3

A3

A3

A3

A3

A3
44 Isolators 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 45 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 10:25 10

Binary Output
Series 9175

A3
> For intrinsically safe operation of
I.S. solenoid valves and indicators
> Intrinsically safe output [Ex ia] IIC / [Ex ib] IIC
> Galvanic isolation between input, A3
output and power supply
> Open-circuit and short-circuit monitoring
(can be switched off)
> For use up to SIL 3 (IEC 61508)
A3

A3
Series 9175 A3

09822E00

WebCode 9175A
A3
ATEX / IECEx NEC 505 NEC 506 NEC 500
Class I Class I Class II Class III
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Division 1 2 1 2 1 2 A3
Ex i interface x x x x x x Ex i interface x x x Ex i interface x x x x x x
Installation in x x Installation in x x Installation in x x x

Selection Table A3
Version Channels No-load Max. output Internal Order number Art. no. PS
voltage Uout current Iout max resistance Ri
Binary output 1 10 V 60 mA 150 Ω 9175/10-12-11s 160398 21
Series 9175
17.5 V 45 mA 130 Ω 9175/10-14-11s 160410 21 A3
25 V 35 mA 250 Ω 9175/10-16-11s 160416◄ 21
2 10 V 60 mA / 120 mA *) 150 Ω / 75 Ω *) 9175/20-12-11s 160404 21
17.5 V 45 mA / 90 mA *) 130 Ω / 65 Ω *) 21
A3
9175/20-14-11s 160413
25 V 35 mA / 70 mA *) 250 Ω / 125 Ω *) 9175/20-16-11s 160419◄ 21
*) Parallel connection of the outputs possible; thus, doubling of the output current.
Note The order numbers listed in the table are for devices equipped with screw terminals.
For devices equipped with springclamp terminals, replace the ending "s" for screw terminals
with "k" for spring clamp terminals. A3

A3

A3

A3

A3
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Isolators 45
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 46 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 10:25 10

Binary Output
Series 9175

A3
Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)

A3 Gas and dust IECEx BVS 10.0050X


Ex nA nC [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc
[Ex ia Da] IIIC
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust DMT 03 ATEX E 043 X
A3 E II 3 (1) G Ex nA nC [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc
E II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), India (PESO), Canada (cFM), Kazakhstan (TR),
Russia (TR), Ukraine (TR), USA (FM, UL), Belarus (TR)
A3 Ship approval
Safety data
DNV GL

Version 9175/.0-12-11. 9175/.0-14-11. 9175/.0-16-11.


Max. values per output
Max. voltage Uo 11.3 V 19.6 V 27.6 V
A3 Max. current Io 75 mA 150 / 60 mA 110 / 50 mA
Max. power Po 210 mW 732 mW 760 mW
Safety-related 253 V AC 253 V AC 253 V AC
maximum voltage
Auxiliary power
A3 Nominal voltage UN 24 V DC
Nominal current 80 mA / 140 mA
(at UN, Iout max)
Input
Voltage for ON / OFF
A3 ON 15 ... 31.2 V
OFF 0 ... 5 V
Control circuit < 5 mA
Ex i output see selection table
Fault detection Ex i output
A3 Signalization of faulty line - Contact (30 V / 100 mA) closed to ground in case of fault
- pac-Bus, floating contact (30 V / 100 mA)
and power supply failure

A3

A3

A3

A3

A3

A3
46 Isolators 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 47 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 10:25 10

Binary Output without Power Supply


Series 9176

A3
> For intrinsically safe operation of
Ex i solenoid valves, indicators and horns
> Power supply by control circuit, loop powered
> Intrinsically safe output [Ex ia] IIC / [Ex ib] IIC A3
> Galvanic isolation between
inputs and outputs
For use up to SIL 3 (IEC 61508)
>
A3

A3
Series 9176 A3

10495E00

WebCode 9176A
A3
IECEx / ATEX NEC 505 NEC 506 NEC 500
Class I Class I Class II Class III
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Division 1 2 1 2 1 2 A3
Ex i interface x x x x x x Ex i interface x x x Ex i interface x x x x x x
Installation in x x Installation in x x Installation in x x x

Selection Table A3
Version Channels No-load Max. output Internal Order number Art. no. PS
voltage Uout current Iout max resistance Ri
Binary output 1 10 V 60 mA 150 Ω 9176/10-12-00s 222160 21
without
power supply 17.5 V 45 mA 130 Ω 9176/10-14-00s 222174 21 A3
Series 9176 25 V 29 mA 320 Ω 9176/10-15-00s 222178 21
35 mA 250 Ω 9176/10-16-00s 222182 21
43 mA 460 Ω 9176/10-17-00s 21
A3
222186
2 10 V 60 mA / 120 mA *) 150 Ω / 75 Ω *) 9176/20-12-00s 222172 21
17.5 V 45 mA / 90 mA *) 130 Ω / 65 Ω *) 9176/20-14-00s 222176 21
25 V 29 mA / 58 mA *) 320 Ω / 160 Ω *) 9176/20-15-00s 222180 21
35 mA / 70 mA *) 250 Ω / 125 Ω *) 9176/20-16-00s 222184 21 A3
43 mA / 86 mA *) 460 Ω / 230 Ω *) 9176/20-17-00s 222188 21
*) Parallel connection of the outputs possible. Doubling of the output current.
Note The order numbers listed in the table are for devices equipped with screw terminals.
For devices equipped with springclamp terminals, replace the ending "s" for screw terminals
with "k" for spring clamp terminals. A3

A3

A3

A3
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Isolators 47
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 48 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 10:25 10

Binary Output without Power Supply


Series 9176

A3
Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)

A3 Gas and dust IECEx BVS 13.0012X


Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc
[Ex ia Da] IIIC
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust BVS 04 ATEX E 075 X
A3 E II 3 (1) G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc
E II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), India (PESO), Canada (cFM), Kazakhstan (TR),
Korea (KCs), Russia (TR), Ukraine (TR), USA (FM), Belarus (TR)
A3 Ship approval
Safety data
DNV GL

Version 9176/..-12-.. 9176/..-14-.. . 9176/..-15-.. 9176/..-16-.. 9176/..-17-..


Max. values per output
Max. voltage Uo 11.3 V 19.6 V 27.6 V 27.6 V 27.6 V
A3 Max. current Io
[Ex ia] 75 mA 150 mA 86.5 mA 110 mA 60 mA
[Ex ib] –– 60 mA 44 mA 50 mA ––
Max. power Po 210 mW 732 mW 596 mW 760 mW 415 mW
Safety-related 253 V AC 253 V AC 253 V AC 253 V AC 253 V AC
A3 maximum voltage
Auxiliary power without
Input
Voltage for ON / OFF
ON 18 ... 31.2 V
A3 OFF 0 ... 5 V
Ex i output see selection table

A3

A3

A3

A3

A3

A3

A3
48 Isolators 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 49 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 10:25 10

Resistance Isolator
Series 9180

A3
> For intrinsically safe operation of
resistance thermometers or
other resistance sensors
> World-wide unique dual channel solution A3
– space saving, only 8.8 mm per channel
> For 2-, 3- and 4-wire circuits
Resistance range from
A3
>
18 ... 391 Ω or 180 ... 3910 Ω
> Intrinsically safe input [Ex ia] IIC
> Galvanic isolation between input,
output and power supply
A3
Series 9180 A3

11026E00

WebCode 9180A
A3
ATEX / IECEx NEC 505 NEC 506 NEC 500
Class I Class I Class II Class III
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Division 1 2 1 2 1 2 A3
Ex i interface x x x x x x Ex i interface x x x Ex i interface x x x x x x
Installation in x x Installation in x x Installation in x x x

Selection Table
A3
Version Channels Measuring range Order number Art. no. PS
Resistance isolator 1 18 ... 391 Ω (Pt100) 9180/10-77-11s 160491◄ 21
Series 9180
180 ... 3910 Ω (Pt1000) 9180/11-77-11s 160499 21 A3
2 18 ... 391 Ω (Pt100) 9180/20-77-11s 160494◄ 21
180 ... 3910 Ω (Pt1000) 9180/21-77-11s 160502 21
Note The order numbers listed in the table are for devices equipped with screw terminals.
For devices equipped with springclamp terminals, replace the ending "s" for screw terminals
with "k" for spring clamp terminals. A3
Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx BVS 10.0055X A3
Ex nA nC [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc
[Ex ia Da] IIIC
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust BVS 05 ATEX E 176 X
E II 3 (1) G Ex nA nC [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc A3
E II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), China (China-Ex), India (PESO), Canada (cFM),
Kazakhstan (TR), Russia (TR), USA (FM), Belarus (TR)
Ship approval DNV GL A3

A3

A3
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Isolators 49
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 50 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 10:25 10

Resistance Isolator
Series 9180

A3
Technical Data
Version 9180/.0 9180/.1
Safety data

A3 Max. voltage Uo
Max. current Io
6.5 V
16.5 mA
6.5 V
16.5 mA
Max. power Po 27 mW 27 mW
Safety-related 250 V 250 V
maximum voltage

A3 Ex i input
Connection type (no. of wires) 2-, 3-, 4-wire circuits 2-, 3-, 4-wire circuits
Measuring range 18 ... 391 Ω (Pt100) 180 ... 3910 Ω (Pt1000)
Middle resolution 10 m Ω 100 m Ω
Output
A3 Output signal
Response time (10 ... 90 %)
equals input signal (resistance)
< 10 ms
Multiplexer operation
Response time < 1sec
(Input = Output)

A3 Error detection Ex i input


Message of line fault and - contact (30 V / 100 mA) closed to earth in case of error
auxiliary power failure - pac-Bus, potential-free contact (30 V / 100 mA)

A3

A3

A3

A3

A3

A3

A3

A3

A3
50 Isolators 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 51 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 10:25 10

Temperature Transmitter
Field Circuit Ex i
Series 9182

A3
> For intrinsically safe operation of
thermocouples, resistance thermometers,
resistance transmitters, mV-sources
> One unit individually configurable for A3
nearly all temperature sensors
> Intrinsically safe input [Ex ia] IIC
Signal duplication possible
A3
>

> Galvanic isolation between input,


output, power supply and
configuration interface
Open-circuit and short-circuit monitoring and
>
A3
Series 9182 A3

09746E00
messaging (can be switched off)
> Simple configuration with PC or DIP-switches
WebCode 9182A > Versions can be used up to SIL 2
(IEC 61508) A3

ATEX / IECEx NEC 505 NEC 506 NEC 500


Class I Class I Class II Class III A3
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Division 1 2 1 2 1 2
Ex i interface x x x x x x Ex i interface x x x Ex i interface x x x x x x
Installation in x x Installation in x x Installation in x x x
A3
Selection Table
Version Channels Output Limit value contact SIL Order number Art. no. PS
(per channel)
Temperature 1 0/4 ... 20 mA without –– 9182/10-51-11s 160546◄ 21 A3
transmitter active / source
Series 9182, 2 9182/10-51-13s 201653◄ 21
field circuit Ex i 2 NO / NC –– 9182/10-51-12s 160549◄ 21
2 9182/10-51-14s 201682 21
A3
0/4 ... 20 mA without 2 9182/10-59-13s 201657 21
passive / sink
2 0/4 ... 20 mA without –– 9182/20-51-11s 160541◄ 21
active / source
Note The order numbers listed in the table are for devices equipped with screw terminals. A3
For devices equipped with springclamp terminals, replace the ending "s" for screw terminals
with "k" for spring clamp terminals.
Signal duplication due to parallel connection of inputs of 9182/20-51-.. (dual channel).
Further information see operating instruction.
A3

A3

A3

A3
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Isolators 51
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 52 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 10:25 10

Temperature Transmitter
Field Circuit Ex i
Series 9182

A3
Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)

A3 Gas IECEx BVS 09.0046X


Ex nAc nCc [ia] IIC T4
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust DMT 02 ATEX E 243 X
E II 3 (1) G Ex nA nC [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc
A3 E II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), India (PESO), Canada (cFM), Kazakhstan (TR),
Korea (KTL), Russia (TR), Ukraine (TR), USA (FM, UL), Belarus (TR)
Ship approval DNV GL
A3 Safety data
Max. voltage Uo 6.5 V
Max. current Io 19.7 mA
Max. power Po 32 mW (linear characteristic)
Safety-related 253 V
A3 maximum voltage
Auxiliary power
Nominal voltage UN 24 V DC
Nominal current at UN
1 channel 70 mA
A3 2 channels 80 mA
Ex i Input The input parameters can be set via the parameterising software ISpac Wizard or DIP switch
(only type 9182/.0-5.-11.).
Input resistance
temperature detector (RTD)

A3 Types Pt 100, Pt 500, Pt 1000


Ni 100, Ni 500, Ni 1000

Type of circuit 2-, 3-, 4-wire circuit


Input thermocouple Types B, E, J, K, N, R, S, T, L, U, XK
Input Potentiometer up to 100 k Ω
A3 Output
(only for 9182/.0-51-1.)
Output signal 0/4 ... 20 mA (configurable)
Connectable
load resistance RL
A3 1 channel 0 ... 750 Ω
2 channels 0 ... 600 Ω
Limiting values
Message 2 NO / NC per channel
(configurable using ISpac Wizard)
A3 Switching voltage ( ± 30 V
Switching current ( 100 mA
(resistive load)
Error detection Ex i input
Message of line fault and - contact (30 V / 100 mA) closed to earth in case of error
A3 auxiliary power failure - pac-Bus, potential-free contact (30 V / 100 mA)

A3

A3

A3
52 Isolators 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 53 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 10:25 10

Fieldbus Isolating Repeater


Series 9185

A3
> For isolation between an intrinsically safe or
non-intrinsically safe RS 422 / RS 485 bus
and a non-intrinsically safe RS 232, RS 422,
RS 485 interface A3
> For operation of the intrinsically safe
Profibus DP (RS 485 IS to PNO standard)
> Transmission speed adjustable
between 1.2 kbit/s and 1.5 Mbit/s A3
> Automatic setting of transmission speed
for Profibus DP
> Bitrefresh
A3
Series 9185 A3

09812E00

WebCode 9185A
A3
ATEX / IECEx NEC 505 NEC 506 NEC 500
Class I Class I Class II Class III
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Division 1 2 1 2 1 2 A3
Ex i interface x x x x Ex i interface x x Ex i interface x x x x x x
Installation in x x Installation in x x Installation in x x x

Selection Table A3
Version Interfaces field area Interfaces safe area Order number Art. no. PS
Fieldbus isolating RS-485 IS (PNO) RS-232, RS-422, RS-485 9185/11-35-10s 227598◄ 21
repeater
Series 9185 RS-422, RS-485 RS-232, RS-422, RS-485 9185/12-45-10s 227600 21
A3
Note The order numbers listed in the table are for devices equipped with screw terminals.
For devices equipped with springclamp terminals, replace the ending "s" for screw terminals
with "k" for spring clamp terminals.

Technical Data
Version 9185/11-35-10 9185/12-45-10
A3
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx BVS 06.0004X IECEx BVS 06.0004X
Ex nA [ib Gb] IIC T4 Gc
[Ex ib Db] IIIC
Ex nA IIC T4 Gc
A3
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust DMT 02 ATEX E 246 X BVS 10 ATEX E 105 X
E II 3 (2) G Ex nA [ib Gb] IIC T4 Gc E II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc
E II (2) D [Ex ib Db] IIIC A3
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), India (PESO), Canada (cFM), Kazakhstan (TR),
Korea (KCs), Russia (TR), Ukraine (TR), USA (FM), Belarus (TR)
Ship approval ABS, BVIS, ClassNK, DNV GL, LR, RS
A3

A3

A3
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Isolators 53
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 54 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 10:25 10

Fieldbus Isolating Repeater


Series 9185

A3
Technical Data
Version 9185/11-35-10 9185/12-45-10
Safety data

A3 Max. voltage Uo
Max. current Io
3.73 V
149 mA
––
––
Max. power Po 139 mW ––
For connection RS-485 IS
Safety-related 253 V ––
A3 maximum voltage
Internal capacity Ci and negligible ––
inductivity Li
Max. permissible ± 4.2 V ––
voltage Ui

A3 Auxiliary power
Nominal voltage UN 24 V UC 24 V UC
Nominal current (24 V) 66 mA 66 mA
Interface field area
Version RS 485 IS RS 485 / RS 422 (can be set)

A3 Level setting: RS-485 IS (PNO specification)


and RS-485 IS (R. STAHL specification)
EIA RS 485, EIA RS 422

Connections Sub-D socket X3, 9-pole Sub-D socket X3, 9-pole


Transfer speed 1.2 kbit/s ... 1.5 Мbit/s 1.2 kbit/s ... 1.5 Мbit/s
Settings fixed transmission speed or fixed transmission speed or
automatic detection > 9.6 kBit/s automatic detection > 9.6 kBit/s
A3 (only with Profibus DP) (only with Profibus DP)
Line length depends on transmission speed and cable depends on transmission speed and cable
Terminating resistor to be set in external plug to be set in external plug
Data transmission LED green "RxD3" LED green "RxD3"
indication
A3 Interface safe area
Version RS 232 C, RS 422, RS 485 RS 485 / RS 422 (can be set)
Settings fixed transmission speed or fixed transmission speed or
automatic detection > 9.6 kBit/s automatic detection > 9.6 kBit/s
(only with Profibus DP) (only with Profibus DP)
A3

A3

A3

A3

A3

A3

A3
54 Isolators 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 55 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 10:25 10

Fibre Optics Fieldbus Isolating Repeater


Series 9186

A3
> Easy installation and maintenance due to:
– Intrinsically safe optical interface
– Intrinsically safe bus connection via
RS-485 IS (PNO) A3
> High availability due to:
– Build-up of ring structures, redundant
Point-to-Point, line structures
– Integrated analysis of optical input signal A3
– Error message if critical levels of
input signal reached
> Transmission of Profibus DP, Modbus,
HART on RS-485, R. STAHL Servicebus A3
Series 9186 A3

08579E00

> 9186/12
– Installation in Zone 1 and Zone 2 possible
WebCode 9186A – Fieldbus interface for intrinsically safe
Profibus DP (PNO) A3
> 9186/.5
– Installation in Zone 2 possible

IECEx / ATEX NEC 505 NEC 506 NEC 500 A3


Class I Class I Class II Class III
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 0 1 2 20 21 22 Division 1 2 1 2 1 2
9186/12-11-11: x x x x x x x x x 9186/12-11-11: x x x x x x
Ex i interface Ex i interface
9186/.5-..-..:
Ex i interface
x x x 9186/.5-..-..:
Ex i interface
x x x A3
9186/12-11-11: x x x x x x x 9186/12-11-11: x x x
Installation in Installation in
9186/.5-..-..: x*) x*) x*) x*) 9186/.5-..-..: x*) x*) x*)
Installation in
*) Restrictions see table explosion protection
Installation in
A3
Selection Table
Version Installation Network structure Order number Art. no. PS
Fibre optics fieldbus Zone 1 Ring, point-to-point redundant, line 9186/12-11-11 160623◄ 25
isolating repeater
Series 9186
Zone 2 and Point-to-point, end of line 9186/25-12-11 160625 25 A3
in the safe area Ring, point-to-point redundant, line 9186/15-12-11 160624◄ 25

Technical Data
Version 9186/12-11-11 9186/.5-12-11
Installation Zone 1 Zone 2 and in the safe area A3
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx BVS 12.0081 X IECEx BVS 13.0107 X
Ex e mb ib [ia op is Ga] IIC T4 Gb Ex nA nC [op is T6 Ga] IIC T4 Gc
[Ex ia Da] IIIC [Ex op is Da] IIIC A3
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust BVS 06 ATEX E 145 X BVS 07 ATEX 068 X
E II 2 (1) G Ex e mb ib [ia op is Ga] IIC T4 Gb E II 3 (1) G Ex nA nC [op is T6 Ga] IIC T4 Gc
E II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC E II (1) D [Ex op is Da] IIIC
Certifications and certificates A3
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), IECEx, ATEX, Canada (UL),
India (PESO), Canada (cFM), Kazakhstan (TR), Russia (TR), USA (UL),
Kazakhstan (TR), Russia (TR), USA (FM), Belarus (TR)
Belarus (TR)
Ship approval
Safety data
ABS, DNV GL ABS, DNV GL
A3
Max. voltage Uo ± 3.7 V ––
Max. current Io 148 mA ––
Max. power Po 137 mW ––

A3
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Isolators 55
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 56 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 10:25 10

Fibre Optics Fieldbus Isolating Repeater


Series 9186

A3
Technical Data
Version 9186/12-11-11 9186/.5-12-11
Installation Zone 1 Zone 2 and in the safe area
Safety data
A3 For connection RS-485 IS
Max. permissible ± 4.2 V ––
voltage Ui
Internal capacity Ci and negligible ––
inductivity Li
A3 Ex i fault-contact
Max. permissible 24 V ––
voltage Ui
Max. permissible 600 mA ––
current Ii
A3 Internal capacity Ci and
inductivity Li
negligible ––

Auxiliary power
Nominal voltage UN 24 V DC 24 V DC
Nominal current (at UN) 67 mA 130 mA

A3 Optical interface
Protocols protocol transparent for RS-485 interface protocol transparent for RS-485 interface
Network topologies Ring topology, line topology, Ring topology, line topology,
point-to-point connection point-to-point connection
Redundancy automatic switching in case of line fault automatic switching in case of line fault
(except 9186/25-12-11)
A3 Connection ST®, BFOC/2.5 connector ST®, BFOC/2.5 connector
Wavelength 850 nm 850 nm
Transmission distance ( 2000 m ( 2000 m
Electrical interfaces
Protocols PROFIBUS DP, Modbus, HART, ServiceBus PROFIBUS DP, Modbus, HART, ServiceBus
A3 R. STAHL (IS1) R. STAHL (IS1)
Version RS-485 IS (PNO) RS-485
Connection Sub-D socket X1, 9-pole Sub-D socket X1, 9-pole
Bit rate 1.2 kbit/s ... 1.5 Mbit/s 9.6 kbit/s ... 1.5 Mbit/s
Fault control
A3 Power supply failure
Transmission level is good
Fault-contact is open
LED green and yellow "FO signal",
Fault-contact is open
LED green and yellow "FO signal",
fault-contact is closed fault-contact is closed
Transmission level reduced LED yellow "FO signal", LED yellow "FO signal",
(-1,5 dBm) fault-contact is open fault-contact is open

A3 Fibre breakage or
transmission level is too low
LED red "FO ERR", fault-contact is open LED red "FO ERR", fault-contact is open

(-3 dBm)
Switching capacity of see Ex i values max. 60 V DC, 42 V AC, 0.46 A
fault-contact
Mechanical data
A3 Weight approx. 330 g approx. 200 g
Mounting type on DIN rail (NS35/15; NS35/7.5) on DIN rail (NS35/15; NS35/7.5)

Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm [inches]) – Subject to Alterations

A3
126,50 [4,98]

114,20 [4.49]

114,20 [4.49]

A3
106,70 [4.20]

106,70 [4.20]
119 [4,67]

99 [3,89] 35,20

A3 106 [4,17] 99 [3.89] 35,20 99 [3.89] 35,20


[1,38]
106 [4.17] [1.38] 106 [4.17] [1.38]
06251E00 11335E00 11328E00

9186/12-11-11 9186/15-12-11 9186/25-12-11

A3
56 Isolators 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 57 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 10:25 10

HART-Multiplexer
Series 9192

A3
> Used for connection of up to
32 HART capable field devices to an
HART management system
> Compatible to Cornerstone, AMS, FDM, A3
Fieldcare, PDM, PRM etc. and
FDT application
> CommDTM for integration into FDT tools
> Up to 128 HART-Multiplexer on A3
one PC interface
> Up to 3968 HART field devices
Galvanic isolation between
>
A3
Series 9192 A3

09730E00
power supply, RS 485 bus and
HART channels
For use up to SIL 3 (IEC 61508)
WebCode 9192A >

A3

ATEX / IECEx NEC 505 NEC 506 NEC 500


A3
Class I Class I Class II Class III
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Division 1 2 1 2 1 2
Installation in x x Installation in x x Installation in x x x
A3
Selection Table
Version Channels Order number Art. no. PS
HART-Multiplexer
Series 9192
32 9192/32-10-10 160695◄ 21
A3
incl. 14-core connection cable for pac-Carrier Series 9195 or HART connection board Series 9196
CommDTM available, download under the given WebCode 9192A

Technical Data A3
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas IECEx BVS 10.0042X
Ex nA IIC T4 Gc
Europe (ATEX) A3
Gas BVS 03 ATEX E 213 X
E II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), Canada (cFM), Kazakhstan (TR), Russia (TR),
USA (FM), Belarus (TR) A3
Ship approval DNV GL

A3

A3

A3
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Isolators 57
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 58 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 10:25 10

HART-Multiplexer
Series 9192

A3
Technical Data
Auxiliary power
Nominal voltage UN 24 V DC

A3 Nominal current (24 V)


System configuration
55 mA

A3

A3
09237E00

Field device interface (HART)


Number of channels 16 or 32, setting via switch
Connection Ribbon cable, 14-pole (inclusive)
A3 Signal HART FSK
HART Specification HART Field Communication Protocal Rev. 7.1
(downwards compatible to Rev. 4.0); FSK Physical Layer Specification (Rev. 7.1)
RS-485 interface
Number 1
A3 Connection Sub-D socket, 9-pole
Signal RS-485
Protocol compatible to Cornerstone, AMS, PDM, PRM, FDM
Number of HART-Multiplexer maximum 31
per bus segment
A3

A3

A3

A3

A3

A3

A3

A3
58 Isolators 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 59 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 10:25 10

Supply Module
Series 9193

A3
> Supply of 24 V DC power supply
into the pac-Bus
> Supply current up to 4 A
(for approx. 30 - 50 modules) A3
> Single or redundant supply,
decoupled via diodes, with LED indication
Exchangeable fuses for both supply circuits
A3
>

> Power supply failure and line fault messaging


via relay contacts
> Different operating modes
can be selected via DIP-switches
A3
Series 9193 A3

09814E00
(error signal and single / redundant supply)
> Any installation on the pac-Bus
(beginning, end, middle, both sides)
WebCode 9193A
A3

ATEX / IECEx NEC 505 NEC 506 NEC 500


Class I Class I Class II Class III
A3
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Division 1 2 1 2 1 2
Installation in x x Installation in x x Installation in x x x

A3
Selection Table
Version Supply Error messaging Order number Art. no. PS
Supply module 24 V / 4 A, Line fault and power supply failure 9193/20-11-11s 160717◄ 21
Series 9193 primary + redundant
Note The order numbers listed in the table are for devices equipped with screw terminals.
A3
For devices equipped with springclamp terminals, replace the ending "s" for screw terminals
with "k" for spring clamp terminals.

Technical Data
Explosion protection A3
Global (IECEx)
Gas IECEx BVS 10.0042X
Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc
Europe (ATEX)
Gas BVS 03 E 213 X A3
E II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), Canada (cFM), Kazakhstan (TR), Korea (KCs),
Russia (TR), Ukraine (TR), USA (FM), Belarus (TR)
Ship approval DNV GL A3
Input
Power supply 24 V DC
Input range 18 ... 31.2 V
Redundant supply yes, decoupled with diodes
Safety fuse 5 x 20 mm; 2 x T 4.0 A; exchangeable for prim. and red. supply A3
Output Supply into the pac-Bus
24 V / maximum 4 A
Error message
Power fail PF Contact (35 V / 100 mA)
Line fault LF Contact (35 V / 100 mA), closed in good conditions A3

A3
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Isolators 59
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 60 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 10:25 10

pac-Bus
Series 9194

A3
> Supply for approx. 40 modules
per segment
> Usabel for high and low profile DIN rails
A3 (NS35/15 and NS35/7.5)
> Just snap on DIN rail without tools
> Elements can be appended at any time
Potential free error messaging contact
A3 >
for common error signal
> Gold plated contacts for
highest contact safety
A3 > Low cost supply via terminals
Series 9194 A3

02710E00

> Supply module with integrated replaceable


fuses and redundant supply available
WebCode 9194A
A3

ATEX / IECEx NEC 505 NEC 506 NEC 500


A3 Class I Class I Class II Class III
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Division 1 2 1 2 1 2
Installation in x x Installation in x x Installation in x x x

A3
Selection Table
Version Picture Description Order number Art. no. PS
pac-Bus pac-Bus single element, 9194/31-17 160731◄ 21
A3 Series 9194 raster distance 17.6mm

09885E00

Terminal set 5-pole, (set begin + end) 9194/50-01 160730◄ 21


A3 for pac-Bus with bridge for error message chain

10374E00

A3 Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas IECEx BVS 10.0042X
Ex nA IIC T4 Gc
A3 Europe (ATEX)
Gas BVS 03 E 213 X
E II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), Canada (CSA), Kazakhstan (TR), Russia (TR),
A3 Ship approval
USA (FM), Belarus (TR)
DNV GL
Auxiliary power
Max. current 4A
Connection Screw terminals, 5-pole, maximum 1.5 mm2 or via supply module Series 9193
A3 Mounting type
Mounting orientation
on DIN rail (NS35/15, NS35/7.5)
horizontal or vertical

A3
60 Isolators 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 61 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 10:25 10

pac-Bus
Series 9194

A3
Dimensional Drawing (All Dimensions in mm [inches]) - Subject to Alterations
15 [0,59]

A3

21 [0,82]
3,80 [0,15] 17,60 [0,69]
24,20 [0,95]
A3

A3
22 [0,87]
37 [1,45]
09858E00

A3

A3

A3

A3

A3

A3

A3

A3

A3

A3
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Isolators 61
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 62 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 10:25 10

pac-Carrier
Series 9195

A3
> pac-Carrier for 8 or 16 modules,
up to 32 signals
> All standard ISpac isolators can be used
A3 > Integration of Ex i and non-Ex i field circuits
in one carrier
> Easy and quick installation due to:
– customized system cables to
A3 automation system
– installation of the carrier on DIN rail
or mounting plate
> Very robust chassis proven by
A3
Series 9195 A3

14224E00 the DNV approval for ship building


> Suitable for the following systems:
– Emerson Delta V and SIS 1508
WebCode 9195A – Invensys
A3 – Honeywell C300
– Siemens ET200M and ET200F
– Yokogawa Centum VP and ProSafe-RS

A3 ATEX / IECEx NEC 505 NEC 506 NEC 500


Class I Class I Class II Class III
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Division 1 2 1 2 1 2

A3 Ex i interface
Installation in
x x x
x
x x x
x
Ex i interface
Installation in
x x x
x x
Ex i interface
Installation in
x x
x
x x
x
x x
x

Selection Table

A3 Version I/O-cards
type
Signal
type
Number
of slots
Connection
HART-Multiplexer
Redun-
dancy
Order number Art. no. PS Weight

kg
pac-Carrier all DI, DO, 8 no no 9195/08A-EP1-05A5 221914 27 0.356
Type 9195 AI, AO
A3 universal 16 no no 9195/16A-XX0-03B3 221918 27 0.834
9192/32 no 9195/16H-XX0-01C 209268 27 0.843
Customer specific versions for the following DCS: Yokogawa Centum VP,
Yokogawa Pro-Safe-RS, Emerson Delta V, TRICONEX, Invensys, Honeywell, Siemens.
Detailed information about the available pac-carrier versions as well as technical documentation you may download from
A3 the internet under WebCode 9195 A. Development and delivery of new versions within 8 weeks.

Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)

A3 Gas IECEx BVS 10.0042X


Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc
Europe (ATEX)
Gas BVS 03 ATEX E 213 X
E II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc

A3 Certifications and certificates


Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), India (PESO), Canada (cFM), Kazakhstan (TR),
Russia (TR), Ukraine (TR), USA (FM), Belarus (TR)
Ship approval DNV GL
Auxiliary power
Nominal voltage UN 24 V DC
A3 Redundant supply yes, decoupled with diodes
Fuse 2 x TR5; T 2.0 A; exchangeable, for primary and redundant supply

A3
62 Isolators 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 63 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 10:25 10

pac-Carrier
Series 9195

A3
Technical Data
Connection of field devices
Number of channels 8, 16, 32
System configuration
PLC or DCS
Asset
Management System
A3
System cable System cable HART RS485
redundant

HART Mux
A3
pac Carrier 9195

Ex i A3
i
p

HART interface
10154E02
A3
Connection - via connection of automation systems
- via HART multiplexer 9192 (only at 9195/..H-...-...)
Error message
Power fail PF Contact (35 V / 100 mA), closed in good conditions
A3
Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm [inches]) – Subject to Alterations

A3
155 [6,10]
130 [5,12]

A3

149 [5,87] 130 [5,12]


150 [5,91] A3
09826E00

Type 9195/08.-...-..., 8 slots

A3
155 [6,10]

A3
130 [5,12]

149 [5,87] 130 [5,12] A3


292 [11,50] 150 [5,91]
09854E00

Type 9195/16.-...-..., 16 slots


A3

A3
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Isolators 63
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 64 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 10:25 10

HART Termination Board


Series 9196

A3
> Cost and space saving system for HART
> Processing of 4 ... 20 mA
Non-Ex signals
A3 > Simple installation on DIN rail

A3

A3
Series 9196 A3

07858E00

WebCode 9196A
A3

ATEX / IECEx NEC 505 NEC 506 NEC 500


A3 Class I Class I Class II Class III
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Division 1 2 1 2 1 2
Installation in x x Installation in x x Installation in x x x

A3 Selection Table
Version Channels Application Signal to the Additional Order number Art. no. PS
automation output for
system recorder, etc.
HART 16 2-, 3- or 1 ... 5 V yes 9196/16H-XX0-01c 160888 21
A3 termination board 4-wire transmitter
Series 9196
2-, 3- or 4 ... 20 mA no 9196/16H-XX0-03c 160891◄ 21
4-wire transmitter,
positioner 1 ... 5 V no 9196/16H-XX0-04c 160897 21

Screw terminal Detachable terminals for the connection of the HART Termination Board
A3 type 9196/...-...-03c. Two terminals per board required.
16 poles, horizontal wire connection 112992 24
16 poles, vertical wire connection 112993◄ 24
32 channels if two HART Termination Boards Series 9196 are connected to HART Multiplexer Series 9192
A3

A3

A3

A3

A3
64 Isolators 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 65 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 10:25 10

HART Termination Board


Series 9196

A3
Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas IECEx BVS 10.0042X
Ex nA IIC T4 Gc
A3
Europe (ATEX)
Gas BVS 03 ATEX E 213 X
E II 3G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), Canada (cFM), Kazakhstan (TR), Russia (TR),
A3
Ukraine (TR), USA (FM), Belarus (TR)
Ship approval DNV GL
Auxiliary power
Nominal voltage UN
System configuration
24V DC
A3
Asset
PLC or DCS Management System

HART RS485
HART Mux
ISpac 9192 A3
HART
Termination Board
9196

A3
I.S. Isolators
ISpac

Ex i
A3
i
p

Connection isolators /
11343E02
A3
9196/xxx-xxx-01c, 9196/xxx-xxx-04c via integrated screw terminal
Non-Ex field devices
9196/xxx-xxx-03c via pluggable terminal, connected to
the field device in parallel /
automation system; in or output
Connection
9196/xxx-xxx-01c, 9196/xxx-xxx-04c via integrated screw terminal
A3
automation system

Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm [inches]) – Subject to Alterations

A3
125 [4,92]
125 [4,92]

A3

70 [2,76] 80 [3,15]
A3
84 [3,31] 130 [5,12]
11336E00 11337E00

HART Termination Board Type 9196/16H-xx0-01c / -04c HART Termination Board Type 9196/16H-xx0-03c

A3

A3
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Isolators 65
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 66 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 10:25 10

Transmitter Supply Unit


Field Circuit Non-Ex i
Series 9160

A3
> Suitable for 2-, 3-wire transmitter, 2-wire
HART transmitter and mA-sources
> Galvanic isolation between input,
A3 output and power supply
> For use up to SIL 2 (IEC 61508)

A3

A3
Series 9160 A3

06290E00

WebCode 9160D
A3

A3
ATEX / IECEx NEC 505 NEC 506 NEC 500
Class I Class I Class II Class III
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Division 1 2 1 2 1 2

A3 Installation in x x Installation in x x Installation in x x x


Variants with UL certificate on request

Selection Table

A3 Output version Channels


(control)
Input Output A Output B Order number Art. no. PS

0/4 ... 20 mA 1 0/4 ... 20 mA 0/4 ... 20 mA –– 9160/13-11-60s 222784◄ 29


active / source with HART with HART 0/4 ... 20 mA with HART 9160/19-11-60s 222788 29
with HART (AMS direction)

A3 2 0/4 ... 20 mA
with HART
0/4 ... 20 mA
with HART
0/4 ... 20 mA with HART 9160/23-11-60s 222790◄ 29

Note The order numbers listed in the table are for devices equipped with screw terminals.
For devices equipped with springclamp terminals, replace the ending "s" for screw terminals
with "k" for spring clamp terminals.

A3 Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas IECEx BVS 08.0050X
Ex nA IIC T4 Gc
A3 Europe (ATEX)
Gas BVS 07 ATEX E 176 X
E II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc
Certifications and certificates

A3 Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Canada (cFM), Kazakhstan (TR), Russia (TR), Ukraine (TR), USA (FM),
Belarus (TR)
Ship approval DNV GL

A3

A3
66 Isolators 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 67 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 10:25 10

Transmitter Supply Unit


Field Circuit Non-Ex i
Series 9160

A3
Technical Data
Auxiliary power
Nominal voltage UN 24 V DC
Nominal current at UN,
20 mA A3
1 channel 75 mA
2 channels 115 mA
Input
Input signal
Supply voltage for
0/4 ... 20 mA with HART
) 16 V at 20 mA (for 2-, 3-wire)
A3
transmitter
Output
Output signal type variant 9160/.3-11-60. 0/4 ... 20 mA with HART
type variant 9160/19-11-60. Output A
Output B
0/4 ... 20 mA with HART
0/4 ... 20 mA with HART (AMS direction)
A3
Load resistance RL 0 ... 600 Ω (terminal 1+ / 2- or 5+ / 6-)
0 ... 379 Ω (terminal 3+ / 2- or 4+ / 6-)
(with internal 221 Ω resistor for HART)
A3

A3

A3

A3

A3

A3

A3

A3

A3

A3
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Isolators 67
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 68 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 10:25 10

Transmitter Supply Unit with Limit Contact


Field Circuit Non-Ex i
Series 9162

A3
> Compact trip amplifier with
2 configurable limit values and
4 ... 20 mA output
A3 > Suitable for 2- and 3-wire transmitter,
2-wire HART transmitter and mA-sources
> Open circuit and short circuit monitoring
and signalisation
A3 > For use up to SIL 2 (IEC 61508)

A3
Series 9162 A3

06292E00

WebCode 9162B
A3
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
A3 Installation in x x

Selection Table

A3 Version Channels Input Output Limit contact Order number Art. no. PS
Transmitter supply 1 4 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA 2 NO 9162/13-11-64s 238253 29
unit with limit contact with HART with HART
Series 9162
Note The order numbers listed in the table are for devices equipped with screw terminals.
A3 For devices equipped with springclamp terminals, replace the ending "s" for screw terminals
with "k" for spring clamp terminals.

Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
A3 Gas IECEx BVS 15.0013X
Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc
Europe (ATEX)
Gas BVS 15 ATEX E017X

A3 Certifications and certificates


E II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc

Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Canada (cFM), USA (FM)


Ship approval DNV GL
Auxiliary power
A3 Nominal voltage UN
Nominal current at UN,
24 V DC
85 mA
20 mA
Output
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA with HART
A3 Load resistance RL
Limiting values
0 ... 600 Ω (terminal 1+ / 2-)

Configuration using ISpac Wizard (V3.04.00 and following)


Message 2 NO
Switching voltage ( ± 30 V
A3 Switching current
(resistive load)
( 100 mA

A3
68 Isolators 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 69 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 10:25 10

Transmitter Supply Unit with Limit Contact


Field Circuit Non-Ex i
Series 9162

A3
Technical Data
Error detection input
Message of line fault and - contact (30 V / 100 mA) closed to earth in case of error
auxiliary power failure - pac-Bus, potential-free contact (30 V / 100 mA)
Ambient conditions A3
Ambient temperature
Single device -40 ... +70 °C
Group assembly -40 ... +60 °C
The installation conditions affect the ambient temperature.
Observe the "Cabinet installation guide". A3
Storage temperature -40 ... +80 °C
Relative humidity ( 95 %
(no condensation)
Use at the height of < 2000 m
A3

A3

A3

A3

A3

A3

A3

A3

A3

A3

A3
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Isolators 69
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 70 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 10:25 10

Isolating Repeater
Field Circuit Non-Ex i
Series 9165

A3
> For operation of (HART)-control valves,
i/p transmitters, displays
> For HART output signals 0/4 ... 20 mA
A3 > Galvanic isolation between input,
output and power supply
> Open circuit / short-circuit monitoring and
messaging (can be switched off)
A3 > For use up to SIL 2 (IEC 61508)

A3
Series 9165 A3

07191E00

WebCode 9165B
A3

ATEX / IECEx NEC 505 NEC 506 NEC 500


A3 Class I Class I Class II Class III
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Division 1 2 1 2 1 2
Installation in x x Installation in x x Installation in x x x

A3 Selection Table
Version Channels Input Output Order number Art. no. PS
Isolating Repeater 1 0/4 ... 20 mA 0/4 ... 20 mA 9165/16-11-61s 165695 29
Field Circuit with HART with HART
Non-Ex i
A3 Series 9165
2 0/4 ... 20 mA
with HART
0/4 ... 20 mA
with HART
9165/26-11-61s 165697 29

Note The order numbers listed in the table are for devices equipped with screw terminals.
For devices equipped with springclamp terminals, replace the ending "s" for screw terminals
with "k" for spring clamp terminals.

A3 Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx BVS 10.0011X
Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc
A3 Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust BVS 10 ATEX E 025 X
E II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc
Certifications and certificates

A3 Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), India (PESO), Canada (cFM), Kazakhstan (TR),
Russia (TR), Ukraine (TR), USA (FM), Belarus (TR)
Ship approval DNV GL
Auxiliary power
Nominal voltage UN 24 V DC
Input
A3 Input signal 0/4 ... 20 mA with HART
Output
Output signal 0/4 ... 20 mA with HART
Load resistance 0 ... 800 Ω

A3 Fault detection output


Signalization of faulty line - Contact (30 V / 100 mA) closed to ground in case of fault
and power supply failure - pac-Bus, floating contact (30 V / 100 mA)
Further parameters
Installation in Zone 2 and in the safe area

A3
70 Isolators 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 71 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 10:25 10

Relay Module
Series 9172

A3
> For binary signal and control circuits
> Galvanic isolation between
inputs and outputs
> For use up to SIL 2 (IEC 61508) A3

A3

A3
Series 9172 A3

15746E00

WebCode 9172B ATEX


Zone
Installation in
0 1 2
x
20 21 22
x
A3
Note: on the basis of the manufacturer's declaration

Selection Table A3
Version Channels Input Output / channel Order number Art. no. PS
Relay Module 1 Switching signal 24 V 1 change over contact 9172/11-11-50s 221740◄ 29
Series 9172 (250 V / 4 A)
2 Switching signal 24 V 1 change over contact 9172/21-11-50s 221742 29 A3
(250 V / 4 A)
Note The order numbers listed in the table are for devices equipped with screw terminals.
For devices equipped with springclamp terminals, replace the ending "s" for screw terminals
with "k" for spring clamp terminals.

Technical Data
A3
Auxiliary power
Supply without
Max. power losses per channel 0.4 W
Input A3
Switching signal 12 ... 31.2 V
Current consumption < 16 mA at 12 V
< 11 mA at 24 ... 30 V
Output
Minimum load
Maximum load DC
5 V / 5 mA
220 V / 0.1 A
A3
125 V / 0.25 A
60 V / 0.3 A
30 V / 4 A
Maximum load AC 250 V / 4 A cos φ > 0.7
Max. switching capacity 100 W / 100 VA A3
Electrical service life
Resistive load ) 1 x 105 operating cycles
Mechanical service life ) 1 x 107 operating cycles
Maximum switching frequency
Switching delay ON / OFF
( 15 Hz
( 10 ms
A3
Switching delay OFF / ON ( 10 ms

A3

A3
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Isolators 71
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 72 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 10:25 10

Temperature Transmitter
Field Circuit Non-Ex i
Series 9182

A3
> For operation of thermocouples,
resistance thermometers, mV sources
> One device individually configurable
A3 for almost all temperature sensors
> Galvanic isolation between input,
output, auxiliary power and
configuration interface
A3 > Wire-breakage and short-circuit monitoring
and messaging (can be switched off)
> Versions with limit contact or
passive output available
A3
Series 9182 A3

06296E00
> Easy configuration via PC or DIP switches

WebCode 9182B ATEX / IECEx

A3 Zone
Installation in
0 1 2
x
20 21 22
x

Selection Table
A3 Version Channels Output Limit value contact SIL Order number Art. no. PS
(per channel)
Temperature 1 0/4 ... 20 mA without 2 9182/10-51-63s 201655 29
transmitter active / source
Series 9182, 2 NO / NC 2 9182/10-51-64s 201684 29
A3 field circuit
Non-Ex i
2 0/4 ... 20 mA without –– 9182/20-51-61s 165706 29
active / source
Note The order numbers listed in the table are for devices equipped with screw terminals.
For devices equipped with springclamp terminals, replace the ending "s" for screw terminals
with "k" for spring clamp terminals.
A3 Signal duplication due to parallel connection of inputs of 9182/20-51-.. (dual channel).
Further information see operating instruction.

A3

A3

A3

A3

A3

A3
72 Isolators 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 73 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 10:25 10

Temperature Transmitter
Field Circuit Non-Ex i
Series 9182

A3
Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas IECEx BVS 09.0046X
Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc
A3
Europe (ATEX)
Gas BVS 08 ATEX E 016 X
E II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), Canada (cFM), Kazakhstan (TR), Korea (KCs),
A3
Russia (TR), Ukraine (TR), USA (FM), Belarus (TR)
Ship approval DNV GL
Auxiliary power
Nominal voltage UN
Nominal current at UN
24 V DC
A3
1 channel 70 mA
2 channels 80 mA
Input The input parameters can be set via the parameterising software ISpac Wizard or DIP switch

Input resistance
(only type 9182/.0-51-61.).
A3
temperature detector (RTD)
Types Pt 100, Pt 500, Pt 1000
Ni 100, Ni 500, Ni 1000

Type of circuit
Input thermocouple
2-, 3-, 4-wire circuit
Types B, E, J, K, N, R, S, T, L, U, XK
A3
Input Potentiometer up to 100 k Ω
Output
(only for 9182/.0-51-6.)
Output signal 0/4 ... 20 mA (configurable) A3
Connectable
load resistance RL
1 channel 0 ... 750 Ω
2 channels 0 ... 600 Ω
Limiting values A3
Message 2 NO / NC
(configurable using ISpac Wizard)
Switching voltage ±30 V
Switching current ( 100 mA
(resistive load) A3
Error detection input
Message of line fault and - Contact (30 V / 100 mA) closed to ground in case of fault
auxiliary power failure - pac-Bus, floating contact (30 V / 100 mA)

A3

A3

A3

A3

A3
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Isolators 73
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 74 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 11:05 11

Remote I/O

Remote I/O System


Overview of the System Components IS1+ 76
General Information IS1+ 77
CPU & Power Modules
CPU & Power Modules for Zone 1 / Div. 1 IS1+ 9440/22 78
Sockets for CPU & Power Module IS1+ 9490 78
CPU & Power Module for Zone 2 / Div. 2 IS1+ 9440/15 79
Ethernet CPU-Module & Power Module for Zone 1 / Div. 1 IS1+ 9441/12 9444/12 80
Ethernet CPU-Module & Power Module for Zone 2 / Div. 2 IS1+ 9441/15 9444/15 82
Analog Universal Modules
Analog Universal Module HART for Zone 1 IS1+ 9468/32 84
Analog Universal Module HART for Zone 2 IS1+ 9468/33 86
Analog Output Modules
Analog Output Module HART Ex n Outputs, 8 Channels IS1+ 9466/15 88
Digital Input Modules
Digital Input Output Module for Zone 1 IS1+ 9470/32 90
Digital Input Output Module for Zone 2 IS1+ 9470/33 92
Digital Input Output Module NAMUR for Zone 2 Ex n IS1+ 9471/35 94
Digital Input Output Module 24 V for Zone 2 Ex n IS1+ 9472/35 96

74 Remote I/O 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en


◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 75 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 11:05 11

Contents

Remote I/O System


Digital Output Module
Digital Output Module 4-Channel Version for Zone 1 IS1+ 9475/32-04-72 98
with „Plant STOP“
Digital Output Module 8-Channel Version for Zone 1 IS1+ 9475/32-04-.2 100
with „Plant STOP“
Digital Output Module 8-Channel Version for Zone 1 IS1+ 9475/32-08-.2 102
with „Plant STOP“ A4
Digital Output Module 8-Channel Version for Zone 2 IS1+ 9475/33-08-.0 104
without „Plant STOP“
Digital Output Module Relay for Zone 1 / Div. 1 IS1+ 9477/12 106
Sockets for Digital Output Module Relay IS1+ 9490 106 A4
Digital Output Module Valve IS1+ 9478 107
Temperature Input Modules
Temperature Input Module for Zone 1 IS1+ 9482/32 108
Temperature Input Module for Zone 2 IS1+ 9482/33 110
System Components and Accessories
BusRail IS1+ 9494 112
Standard Enclosure for Remote I/O IS1+ 8150 113
Accessories IS1+ 114
Media Converter IS1+ 9721/13-11-14 116

You will find further information on the Internet www.stahl.de


System Description IS1+
Engineering Examples IS1+
Digital Input Module 24 V for Zone 2 / Div. 2 IS1+ 9471
PC Software IS Wizard IS1+ 9499
DTM HART Gateway DP IS IS1+ 9499/DTM
Enclosure for Fieldstations IS1+
Dimensional Drawings IS1+

2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Remote I/O 75


◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 76 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 11:05 11

General

A4
A4

Overview of the System Components

A4

A4

A4

A4

A4

A4

A4

A4

A4

06912E00

A4 Overview of Functions IS1+


Gateway DTM

HART support
COM/Device/

redundancy

redundancy
FO ex op is

Web server
ServiceBus
ServiceBus
Installation

Installation

RS485-IS

IS Wizard
in Zone 2

in Zone 1

System

A4
DTM

Line

PROFIBUS DP x x x 1) x x x x x x x
Modbus RTU x x x 1) x x x x x x
PROFINET x x x x x
A4 Modbus TCP x x x x x x x
EtherNet/IP x x x x x x x 2)
FF HSE x x x x x 2)
1) when installed in Zone 1 only; in Zone 2: RS485
2) in preparation
A4
76 Remote I/O 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 77 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 11:05 11

General

A4
> Inputs and outputs for intrinsically safe (Ex i)
and non-intrinsically safe (Ex e/d/q/nA)
field devices
> Fieldbus communication: Modbus RTU, A4
Profibus DP V0 and DP V1 HART,
Industrial Ethernet, Modbus TCP,
EtherNet/IP, PROFINET
> Hot swap for all modules A4
> Full redundancy or media redundancy
> Option ServiceBus for diagnostics and
integration into Asset-Management systems
A4
A4

04124E00
> DTM technology for full access to
all system and HART field device information
Field enclosures in many versions available,
WebCode IS1A >
freely configurable
A4

ATEX / IECEx NEC 505 NEC 506 NEC 500


Class I Class I Class II Class III A4
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Division 1 2 1 2 1 2
Ex interface x x x x x x Ex interface x x x x x x Ex interface x x x x x x
Installation in x x x x Installation in x x x x Installation in x x x x x x
A4
IS1+ is exceptionally easy: communication and power modules are installed on a DIN rail together
with the different input/output modules. The system's internal, intrinsically safe power supply and
data communication is via the bus rail, which is snapped into the DIN rail. The unique power supply concept
which was developed specially for hazardous areas makes planning as easy as for normal industrial
A4
I/O systems. Plug & Play without separate engineering tools.

IS1 is particularly flexible: it can be used for small and large signal volumes, intrinsically safe and
non-safe signals and installation in hazardous areas of Zone 1 and 2 or Division 1 and 2. Intrinsically safe A4
fieldbuses with copper or fibre glass technology and different redundancy structures link the field stations
to all conventional automation systems. Modern standard technologies such as completely transparent
HART transmission and FDT/DTM are supported throughout.
A4
IS1+ is extremely cost-efficient: modules with up to 16 channels, partly free for parameterization as
input or output, ensure a low signal price. Special modules optimised for Zone 2 / Div. 2 installation allow
for additional cost reduction. High performance interfaces, e.g. with DTM support, and the integrated
diagnostic functions according to NAMUR NE107, allow easy integration of the system into
asset management and engineering systems and thus help to significantly reduce costs for operation,
A4
troubleshooting and maintenance.

IS1+ is truly universal: the application options are versatile, IS1 can be used effectively in virtually all
applications. No matter whether for installation according to ATEX, IECEx, NEC or elsewhere in the world, A4
on land, offshore platforms or in shipbuilding - IS1 offers the broadest spectrum of certificates and
approvals. Add to this, our competence in system solutions with over 30 years of experience for making
your bespoke solution from universal remote I/O.
A4

A4
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Remote I/O 77
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 78 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 11:05 11

CPU & Power Module for Zone 1 / Div. 1


Series 9440/22, 9490

A4
> Intrinsically safe fieldbus and ServiceBus
acc. to RS 485-IS (PNO-Standard)
> Integrated Ex i power supply
A4 for up to 8 I/O modules
> Profibus DP V0 and V1 HART; Modbus RTU
> System redundancy (Profibus standard) and
media redundancy
A4 > DTM and ServiceBus interface
for fault diagnostics and
Asset Management System
LCD for local display of diagnostic data,
A4 >
Series 9440/22, 9490 A4

10065E00
input and output values
> Module can be replaced in Zone 1 / Div. 1
in operation (hot swap)
WebCode 9440A
A4
ATEX / IECEx NEC 505 NEC 506 NEC 500
Class I Class I Class II Class III
A4 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Division 1 2 1 2 1 2
Ex interface x x x x Ex interface x x x x Ex interface x x x x x x
Installation in x x x x Installation in x x x x Installation in x x x x x x

A4 Selection Table
Version Installation in Fieldbus Power supply Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
CPU & Power Modules Zone 1 / Profibus DP V1 HART 24 V DC 9440/22-01-11-C1243 162218◄ 22 2.963
(without sockets) Division 1
Profibus DP V1 120 / 230 V AC 9440/22-01-21-C1243 162211◄ 22 2.963

A4 Profibus DP V1 HART +
PNO-redundancy
24 V DC 9440/22-01-11-C1455 203585 22 2.963

Profibus DP V1 HART + 120 / 230 V AC 9440/22-01-21-C1455 203586 22 2.963


PNO-redundancy
Modbus RTU 24 V DC 9440/22-01-11-C1202 162221 22 2.963

A4
Modbus RTU 120 / 230 V AC 9440/22-01-21-C1202 162214 22 2.963
Sockets for Zone 1, –– 24 V DC, 9490/11-12 162707◄ 22 0.482
CPU & Power Modules connection 120 / 230 V AC
by means of
Ex e terminals

Technical Data
A4 Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas KEM 08.0038X
9440/22-01-.1: Ex d [ia] [ib] IIC T4 Gb
9490/11-12: Ex d e [ia] [ib] IIC T4 Gb
A4 Europe (ATEX)
Gas KEMA 02 ATEX 1333 X
9440/22-01-.1: E II 2 G Ex d [ia] [ib] IIC T4 Gb
9490/11-12: E II 2 G Ex d e [ia] [ib] IIC T4 Gb
Certifications and certificates
A4 Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), India (PESO), Canada (CSA), Kazakhstan (TR), Russia (TR),
Serbia (SRPS), USA (FM), Belarus (TR)
Ship approval ABS, BV, CCS, ClassNK, DNVGL, LR, RINA, RS
Fieldbus
Protocols Profibus DP; Modbus RTU

A4
Interface RS 485-IS acc. to Profibus specification
Dimensions L = 250 mm, W = 96.5 mm, H = 170 mm

A4
78 Remote I/O 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 79 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 11:05 11

CPU & Power Module for Zone 2 / Div. 2


Series 9440/15

A4
> Integrated Ex i power supply
for up to 16 I/O modules
> Profibus DP V0 and V1 HART; Modbus RTU
> System redundancy (Profibus standard) and A4
media redundancy
> DTM and ServiceBus interface
for fault diagnostics and
Asset Management System A4
> LCD for local display of diagnostic data,
input and output values

A4
Series 9440/15 A4

05637E00

WebCode 9440B
A4
ATEX / IECEx NEC 505 NEC 506 NEC 500
Class I Class I Class II Class III
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Division 1 2 1 2 1 2 A4
Ex interface x x x Ex interface x x x Ex interface x x x
Installation in x x x Installation in x x x Installation in x x x

Selection Table
Version Fieldbus Power supply Order number Art. no. PS Weight
A4
kg
CPU & Power Module Profibus DP V1 HART 24 V DC 9440/15-01-11-C1243 162201◄ 22 0.610
Profibus DP V1 HART + 24 V DC 9440/15-01-11-C1455 203584 22 0.610

A4
PNO-redundancy
Modbus RTU 24 V DC 9440/15-01-11-C1198 162188 22 0.610

Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas IECEx PTB 14.0039 A4
Ex nA [ia, ib Gb] IIC T4 Gc
Europe (ATEX)
Gas PTB 99 ATEX 2222
E II 3 (2) G Ex nA [ia, ib Gb] IIC T4 Gc
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), Canada (CSA), Kazakhstan (TR), Russia (TR),
A4
Serbia (SRPS), USA (FM), Belarus (TR)
Ship approval ABS, BV, CCS, ClassNK, DNVGL, LR, RINA, RS
Fieldbus
Protocols Profibus DP; Modbus RTU
Interface RS 485 A4
Max. internal signal delay
for 8 I/O modules
(without I/O module delay)
for Digital Modules 7 ms

A4
for Analog Modules 10 ms
Auxiliary power
Nominal voltage 24 V DC
Current consumption
without I/O modules 0.3 A at 24 V
with 8 I/O modules approx. 2.5 A at 24 V
with 16 I/O modules
Power dissipation
approx. 4.9 A at 24 V A4
without I/O modules 7.2 W
per I/O module approx. 1 W
Dimensions L = 167 mm, W = 96.5 mm, H = 136 mm

A4
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Remote I/O 79
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 80 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 11:05 11

Ethernet CPU Module & Power Module for Zone 1 / Div. 1


Series 9441/12 and 9444/12

A4
> Fieldbus connection Industrial Ethernet
PROFINET, Modbus TCP or
EtherNet/IP with 100 MBit/s
A4 > Redundant Ethernet connection
(Modbus TCP) is possible
> Explosion protected, optical inherently
safe fibre optic cable, „Ex op is“
A4 > Integrated Ex i power supply for up to
8 I/O modules incl. connected field devices
> Configuration and diagnosis
via Ethernet and DTM
A4
Series 9441/12 and 9444/12 A4

06458E00
> LCD display to indicate diagnostic data and
determine IP addresses
Modules can be replaced in operation
WebCode 9441A >
(hot swap)
A4

ATEX / IECEx NEC 505 NEC 506 NEC 500


A4 Class I Class I Class II Class III
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Division 1 2 1 2 1 2
Ex interface x x x x Ex interface x x x x Ex interface x x x x x x
Installation in x x x x Installation in x x x x Installation in x x x x x x
A4
Selection Table
Version Installation in Fieldbus Power supply Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
A4 CPU Module Zone 1 /
Division 1
PROFINET,
Modbus TCP,
–– 9441/12-00-00 211045◄ 22 1.300

EtherNet/IP
Power Module (PM) Zone 1 / –– 24 V DC 9444/12-11 166178◄ 22 2.410
Division 1
A4 Sockets for Zone 1 Modbus TCP, 24 V DC 9492/12-11-11 166176◄ 22 1.100
CPU & Power Module simplex
Modbus TCP, 24 V DC 9492/12-11-12 166324 22 2.200
redundant

A4 PROFINET,
simplex
24 V DC 9492/12-11-31 166321 22 1.100

EtherNet/IP, 24 V DC 9492/12-11-41 166322 22 1.100


simplex
Note Sockets and accessories for Div. 1 installation on request
A4

A4

A4

A4
80 Remote I/O 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 81 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 11:05 11

Ethernet CPU Module & Power Module for Zone 1 / Div. 1


Series 9441/12 and 9444/12

A4
Technical Data
Version CPU Module Power Module (PM) Sockets for
CPU & Power Module Zone 1
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx) A4
Gas and dust IECEx KEM 08.0035X IECEx KEM 08.0035X IECEx KEM 08.0035X
Ex d [ia Ga] [op is T6 Ga] Ex d e [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gb Ex d e [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gb
IIC T4 Gb
[Ex ia Da] [Ex op is Da] IIIC [Ex ia Da] IIIC [Ex ia Da] IIIC
Europe (ATEX) A4
Gas and dust KEMA 08 ATEX 0155 X KEMA 08 ATEX 0155 X KEMA 08 ATEX 0155 X
E II 2 (1) G Ex d [ia Ga] E II 2 (1) G Ex d e [ia Ga] E II 2 (1) G Ex d e [ia Ga]
[op is T6 Ga] IIC T4 Gb IIC T4 Gb IIC T4 Gb
E II (1) D [Ex ia Da] E II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC E II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
[Ex op is Da] IIIC A4
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), India (PESO), Canada (cFM), Kazakhstan (TR),
Russia (TR), Serbia (SRPS), USA (FM), Belarus (TR)
Ship approval ABS, BV, CCS, ClassNK, DNVGL, LR, RS
Ethernet interface
Interface Fibre optic cable, 100BASE-FX, Ex op is (IEC 60079-28)
A4
Communication protocols Modbus TCP, EtherNet/IP, PROFINET
Transfer rate max. 100 MBit/s
Max. line length 2000 m
Auxiliary power A4
Nominal voltage 24 V DC
Current consumption approx. 0.36 A at 24 V DC
without I/O modules
Actual current approx. 2.6 A at 24 V DC
consumption
with 8 I/O modules
A4
Power dissipation
without I/O modules 8.6 W
with 8 I/O modules 14 W
Degree of protection
(IEC 60529)
IP30
A4
Dimensions L = 125 mm, W = 340 mm, H = 172 mm

A4

A4

A4

A4

A4

A4
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Remote I/O 81
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 82 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 11:05 11

Ethernet CPU Module & Power Module for Zone 2 / Div. 2


Series 9441/15 and 9444/15

A4
> Fieldbus connection Industrial Ethernet
PROFINET, Modbus TCP or
EtherNet/IP with 100 MBit/s
A4 > Redundant Ethernet connection
(Modbus TCP) is possible
> Explosion protected, optical inherently
safe fibre optic cable, „Ex op is“
A4 > Integrated Ex i power supply for up to
8 I/O modules incl. connected field devices
> LCD display to indicate diagnostic data and
determine IP addresses
A4
Series 9441/15 and 9444/15 A4

09733E00
> Modules can be replaced in operation
(hot swap)

WebCode 9441B
A4

ATEX / IECEx NEC 505 NEC 506 NEC 500


A4 Class I Class I Class II Class III
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Division 1 2 1 2 1 2
Ex interface x x x Ex interface x x x Ex interface x x x
Installation in x x x Installation in x x x Installation in x x x
A4
Selection Table
Version Installation in Fieldbus Power supply Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
A4 CPU Module Zone 2 /
Division 2
PROFINET,
Modbus TCP,
–– 9441/15-00-00 211046◄ 22 1.300

EtherNet/IP
Power Module (PM) Zone 2 / –– 24 V DC 9444/15-11 203883◄ 22 2.410
Division 2
A4 Sockets for Zone 2 / Modbus TCP, 24 V DC 9492/15-11-11 208893◄ 22 1.100
CPU & Power Module Division 2 not redundant
Modbus TCP, 24 V DC 9492/15-11-12 208899 22 2.200
redundant

A4 PROFINET,
simplex
24 V DC 9492/15-11-31 208895 22 1.100

EtherNet/IP, 24 V DC 9492/15-11-41 208896 22 1.100


simplex

A4

A4

A4

A4
82 Remote I/O 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 83 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 11:05 11

Ethernet CPU Module & Power Module for Zone 2 / Div. 2


Series 9441/15 and 9444/15

A4
Technical Data
Version CPU Module Power Module (PM) Sockets for
CPU & Power Module
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx) A4
Gas and dust IECEx KEM 10.0051X IECEx KEM 10.0051X IECEx KEM 10.0051X
Ex nA d [ia Ga] [op is T6 Ga] Ex nA d [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc Ex nA d [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc
IIC T4 Gc
[Ex ia Da] [Ex op is Da] IIIC [Ex ia Da] IIIC [Ex ia Da] IIIC
Europe (ATEX) A4
Gas and dust KEMA 10 ATEX 0118 X KEMA 10 ATEX 0118 X KEMA 10 ATEX 0118 X
E II 3 (1) G Ex nA d [ia Ga] E II 3 (1) G Ex nA d [ia Ga] E II 3 (1) G Ex nA d [ia Ga]
[op is T6 Ga] IIC T4 Gc IIC T4 Gc IIC T4 Gc
E II (1) D [Ex ia Da] E II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC E II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
[Ex op is Da] IIIC A4
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), Canada (cFM), Kazakhstan (TR), Russia (TR), USA (FM),
Belarus (TR)
Ship approval ABS, BV, CCS, ClassNK, DNVGL, LR, RS
Ethernet interface
Interface Fibre optic cable, 100BASE-FX, Ex op is (IEC 60079-28)
A4
Communication protocols Modbus TCP, EtherNet/IP, PROFINET
Transfer rate max. 100 MBit/s
Max. line length 2000 m
Auxiliary power A4
Nominal voltage 24 V DC
Current consumption approx. 0.36 A at 24 V DC
without I/O modules
Actual current approx. 2.6 A at 24 V DC
consumption
with 8 I/O modules
A4
Power dissipation
without I/O modules 8.6 W
with 8 I/O modules 14 W
Degree of protection
(IEC 60529)
IP30
A4
Dimensions L = 125 mm, W = 340 mm, H = 172 mm

A4

A4

A4

A4

A4

A4
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Remote I/O 83
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 84 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 11:05 11

Analog Universal Module HART for Zone 1


Series 9468/32

A4
> 8 channels can be adjusted individually
as analog inputs or outputs
> Intrinsically safe inputs/outputs Ex ia
A4 > For 0/4…20 mA + HART signals
> Line fault monitoring and
LED display per channel
Diagnostics based on NE107
A4 >

> Module can be replaced in the


hazardous area under voltage (hot swap)
> Compatible spare for IS1+ I/O modules:
A4 Series 9460/12, 9461/12, 9465/12
Series 9468/32 A4

and 9466/12
15230E00

WebCode 9468A
A4

A4 ATEX / IECEx NEC 505 NEC 506 NEC 500


Class I Class I Class II Class III
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Division 1 2 1 2 1 2

A4 Ex interface
Installation in
x x x
x x
x x
x
x
x
Ex interface
Installation in
x x
x
x
x
x x
x
x
x
Ex interface
Installation in
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

Selection Table
Version Description Installation Order number Art. no. PS Weight
A4 kg
Analog Universal 8 channels with adjustable parameters Zone 1 9468/32-08-11 210659◄ 22 0.275
Module HART for 2-wire transmitters or positioners *);
with channel status LEDs
A4 *) to operate active 4-wire HART transmitters, a 9164 must be connected in between for each channel
Note Please order terminal separately - see Accessories

Technical Data
Explosion protection
A4 Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx DEK 12.0054X
Ex ia [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gb
[Ex ia Da] IIIC
Europe (ATEX)
A4 Gas and dust DEKRA 12 ATEX0173 X
E II 2 (1) G Ex ia [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gb
E II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
Certifications and certificates

A4 Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), Canada (cFM), Kazakhstan (TR), Russia (TR), USA (FM),
Belarus (TR)
Ship approval ABS, CCS, ClassNK, DNVGL, LR, RINA, RS

A4

A4
84 Remote I/O 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 85 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 11:05 11

Analog Universal Module HART for Zone 1


Series 9468/32

A4
Technical Data
Safety data
Max. voltage Uo 24.4 V
2-wire input
Max. current Io 80 mA
A4
Max. power Po 488 mW
Max. connectable
inductance Lo/
capacity Co
IIC Lo [mH] 3.8 2 1 0.5 0.2 A4
Co [nF] 53 59 71 88 119

IIB Lo [mH] 23 10 2 1 0.5 0.2 0.1 0.05


Co [nF] 370 430 430 470 550 700 860 890
A4
3-wire input
Max. current Io 81.8 mA
Max. power Po 499 mW
Max. connectable
inductance Lo/ A4
capacity Co
IIC Lo [mH] 3.6 2 1 0.5 0.2
Co [nF] 53 58 70 87 119

IIB Lo [mH] 21 10 2 1 0.5 0.2 0.1 0.05 A4


Co [nF] 380 420 420 470 550 700 860 890

Ex i inputs/outputs
Nominal signal range 0 … 20 мA / 4 … 20 мA
Digital communication HART protocol A4
Supply voltage for 16 V (at 20 mA)
2-wire transmitter
Max. load resistance 750 Ω at 20 mA
(output) 700 Ω at 21.8 mA
Signal transmission Filter time constant (adjustable parameters)
A4
small medium 50 Hz, 60 Hz
Resolution in the range 14.75 bit 14.75 bit 14.75 bit
4 ... 20 mA (with HART: 12.75 bit)
Maximum delay from
signal / internal bus
32 ms 120 ms 500 ms
A4
Transient response output 40 ms
(10...90 %)
Auxiliary power
Max. power consumption
Max. power dissipation
5.3 W (at 20 mA per channel)
A4
Only outputs 3.7 W
(at 20 mA, 500 Ω per channel)
Only inputs 2.7 W

Dimensions
(at 20 mA per channel)
L = 128 mm, W = 96.5 mm, H = 67 mm
A4

A4

A4

A4
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Remote I/O 85
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 86 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 11:05 11

Analog Universal Module HART for Zone 2


Series 9468/33

A4
> 8 channels can be adjusted individually
as analog inputs or outputs
> Intrinsically safe inputs/outputs Ex ia
A4 > For 0/4…20 mA + HART signals
> Line fault monitoring per channel
> Diagnostics based on NE107
A4 > Module can be replaced in the
hazardous area under voltage (hot swap)
> Compatible spare for IS1+ I/O modules:
Series 9460/12, 9461/12, 9465/12
A4 and 9466/12
Series 9468/33 A4

15231E00

WebCode 9468B
A4

A4 ATEX / IECEx NEC 505 NEC 506 NEC 500


Class I Class I Class II Class III
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Division 1 2 1 2 1 2

A4 Ex interface
Installation in
x x x
x
x x
x
x
x
Ex interface
Installation in
x x x
x
x x
x
x
x
Ex interface
Installation in
x x
x
x x
x
x x
x

Selection Table
Version Description Installation Order number Art. no. PS Weight
A4 kg
Analog Universal 8 channels with adjustable parameters Zone 2 9468/33-08-10 210660◄ 22 0.275
Module HART for 2-wire transmitters or positioners *)
*) to operate active 4-wire HART transmitters, a 9164 must be connected in between for each channel
A4 Note Please order terminal separately - see Accessories

Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
A4 Gas and dust IECEx DEK 12.0054X
Ex nA ia [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc
[Ex ia Da] IIIC
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust DEKRA 12 ATEX0173 X
A4 E II 3 (1) G Ex nA ia [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc
E II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), Canada (cFM), Kazakhstan (TR), Russia (TR), USA (FM),
A4 Belarus (TR)
Ship approval ABS, CCS, ClassNK, DNVGL, LR, RINA, RS

A4

A4
86 Remote I/O 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 87 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 11:05 11

Analog Universal Module HART for Zone 2


Series 9468/33

A4
Technical Data
Safety data
Max. voltage Uo 24.4 V
2-wire input
Max. current Io 80 mA
A4
Max. power Po 488 mW
Max. connectable
inductance Lo/
capacity Co
IIC Lo [mH] 3.8 2 1 0.5 0.2 A4
Co [nF] 53 59 71 88 119

IIB Lo [mH] 23 10 2 1 0.5 0.2 0.1 0.05


Co [nF] 370 430 430 470 550 700 860 890
A4
3-wire input
Max. current Io 81.8 mA
Max. power Po 499 mW
Max. connectable
inductance Lo/ A4
capacity Co
IIC Lo [mH] 3.6 2 1 0.5 0.2
Co [nF] 53 58 70 87 119

IIB Lo [mH] 21 10 2 1 0.5 0.2 0.1 0.05 A4


Co [nF] 380 420 420 470 550 700 860 890

Ex i inputs/outputs
Nominal signal range 0 … 20 мA / 4 … 20 мA
Digital communication HART protocol A4
Supply voltage for 16 V (at 20 mA)
2-wire transmitter
Max. load resistance 750 Ω at 20 mA
(output) 700 Ω at 21.8 mA
Signal transmission Filter time constant (adjustable parameters)
A4
small medium 50 Hz, 60 Hz
Resolution in the range 14.75 bit 14.75 bit 14.75 bit
4 ... 20 mA (with HART: 12.75 bit)
Maximum delay from
signal / internal bus
32 ms 120 ms 500 ms
A4
Transient response output 40 ms
(10...90 %)
Auxiliary power
Max. power consumption
Max. power dissipation
5.3 W (at 20 mA per channel)
A4
Only outputs 3.7 W
(at 20 mA, 500 Ω per channel)
Only inputs 2.7 W

Dimensions
(at 20 mA per channel)
L = 128 mm, W = 96.5 mm, H = 67 mm
A4

A4

A4

A4
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Remote I/O 87
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 88 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 11:05 11

Analog Output Module HART Ex n Outputs, 8 Channels for Zone 2


Series 9466/15

A4
> 8 channels for controlling
HART control valves and positioners
> Outputs for Ex nL and Ex nA
A4 > Galvanic isolation between
outputs and system
> Open-circuit and short-circuit monitoring
for each field circuit
A4 > Module can be replaced in operation
(hot swap)

A4
Series 9466/15 A4

06017E00

WebCode 9466B
A4

ATEX NEC 505 NEC 506 NEC 500


A4 Class I Class I Class II Class III
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Division 1 2 1 2 1 2
Ex interface x x Ex interface x x Ex interface x x x
Installation in x x Installation in x x Installation in x x x
A4
Selection Table
Version Description Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
A4 Analog Output
Module HART
8 channels for controlling
HART control valves and positioners
9466/15-08-12 168678 22 0.321

Note Please order terminal separately - see Accessories

Technical Data
A4 Explosion protection
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust KEMA 06 ATEX 0291 X
E II 3 (2) GD Ex nA [nL] [ib] IIC T4
Certifications and certificates
A4 Certificates ATEX, India (PESO), Canada (CSA), Kazakhstan (TR), Russia (TR), Serbia (SRPS),
USA (FM), Belarus (TR)
Ship approval ABS, BV, CCS, ClassNK, DNVGL, LR, RINA, RS
Safety data
Maximum values max. voltage Uo 23.8 V
A4 max. voltage Ui 32 V
max. current Io 36 mA
max. current Ii any
max. power Po 553 mW
max. power Pi any
A4 Cable parameters (ATEX) max. capacitance Co for IIC 94 nF
(for inductive or max. capacitance Co for IIB 0.88 μF
capacitive circuits) max. inductance Lo for IIC 2 mH
max. inductance Lo for IIB 20 mH

A4 effective internal capacitance Ci


effective internal inductance Li
1.2 nF
0

A4
88 Remote I/O 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 89 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 11:05 11

Analog Output Module HART Ex n Outputs, 8 Channels for Zone 2


Series 9466/15

A4
Technical Data
Ex n outputs
Signal range 0 ... 20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA + HART (adjustable parameters for each channel)
Resolution in the range
Maximum delay from
14 Bit at 0 ... 21.8 mA
5 ms A4
internal bus to outputs
Auxiliary power
Maximum power 6 W (8 channels at 20 mA)
consumption
Maximum power 4.4 W (8 channels at 20 mA and 500 Ω ) A4
dissipation
Dimensions L = 128 mm, W = 96.5 mm, H = 67 mm

A4

A4

A4

A4

A4

A4

A4

A4

A4

A4

A4
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Remote I/O 89
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 90 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 11:05 11

Digital Input Output Module for Zone 1


Series 9470/32

A4
> 16 channels can be adjusted in pairs
as digital input or output
> Intrinsically safe inputs/outputs Ex ia
A4 > For contacts, NAMUR proximity switches
and low-power solenoid valves
> Up to 8 channels can be used as
frequency/counter input;
A4 with rotation direction recognition
> Line fault monitoring and
LED display per channel
Diagnostics based on NE107
A4 >
Series 9470/32 A4

Module can be replaced in the


15232E00
>
hazardous area under voltage (hot swap)
WebCode 9470C > Compatible spare for IS1+ I/O modules:
A4 Series 9470/12, 9470/22, 9475/12-08-41

ATEX / IECEx NEC 505 NEC 506 NEC 500


A4 Class I Class I Class II Class III
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Division 1 2 1 2 1 2
Ex interface x x x x x x Ex interface x x x x x x Ex interface x x x x x x
Installation in x x x x Installation in x x x x Installation in x x x x x x
A4
Selection Table
Version Description Installation Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
A4 Digital Input
Output Module
16 channels with adjustable parameters
for contacts, NAMUR proximity switches
Zone 1 9470/32-16-11 210447◄ 22 0.275

or low-power solenoid valves,


with channel status LEDs
Note Please order 2 terminals separately - see Accessories
A4 Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx DEK 12.0044X
A4 Ex ia [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gb
[Ex ia Da] IIIC
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust DEKRA 12ATEX0099X
E II 2 (1) G Ex ia [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gb
A4 E II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
Certifications and certificates
Certificates ATEX, IECEx, Brazil (INMETRO), India (PESO), Canada (cFM), Kazakhstan (TR),
Russia (TR), Serbia (SRPS), USA (FM), Belarus (TR)
Ship approval ABS, CCS, ClassNK, DNVGL, LR, RINA, RS
A4

A4

A4
90 Remote I/O 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 91 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 11:05 11

Digital Input Output Module for Zone 1


Series 9470/32

A4
Technical Data
Safety data
Max. voltage Uo 9.8 V
1 channel
Max. current Io 10.4 mA
A4
Max. power Po 25.5 mW
Max. connectable
inductance Lo/
capacity Co
IIC Lo [mH] 280 100 50 20 10 5 2 1 0.5 0.2 0.1 0.02 A4
Co [μF] – 0.49 0.56 0.64 0.72 0.81 0.96 1.1 1.3 1.6 2 3.3

IIB/IIIC Lo [mH] 1000 100 50 20 10 5 2 1 0.5 0.2 0.1 0.01


Co [μF] – 2.6 2.8 3.3 3.7 4.2 5.1 6 7.2 9.3 12 23
A4
2 channels in parallel
Max. current Io 20.8 mA
Max. power Po 51 mW
Max. connectable
inductance Lo/ A4
capacity Co
IIC Lo [mH] 100 50 20 10 5 2 1 0.5 0.2 0.1 0.02
Co [μF] 0.3 0.44 0.57 0.67 0.77 0.93 1.1 1.3 1.6 2 3.3

IIB/IIIC Lo [mH] 270 100 50 20 10 5 2 1 0.5 0.2 0.1 0.01 A4


Co [μF] – 2.3 2.6 3.1 3.6 4.1 5.1 6 7.2 9.3 12 23

Ex i inputs/outputs
EN 60947-5-6 (NAMUR)
Ex i inputs A4
Supply voltage 8.2 V

Output characteristic 9470/3. - Output


U [V]

A4
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0 2 4 6 8

A4
I [mA]
15284E00

Signal transmission
Max. delay from < 1 ms
signal / internal bus
Max. delay from Filter without small medium large
frequency input /
internal bus
Frequency A4
0.1 Hz ( f < 1 Hz 1/f + 1 ms 2/f 3/f 6/f
1 Hz ( f < 10 Hz 1/f + 1 ms 4/f 9/f 18/f
10 Hz ( f < 100 Hz 1/f + 1 ms 8/f 27/f 54/f
100 Hz ( f < 1 kHz
1 kHz ( f < 1960 Hz
1/f + 1 ms
1.5 ms
16/f
32/f
81/f
243/f
162/f
486/f
A4
1960 Hz ( f < 10 kHz 1.5 ms 16.5 ms 124 ms 248 ms
10 kHz ( f < 20 kHz 1.5 ms 33 ms 372 ms 744 ms
f ) 20 kHz 1.5 ms 66 ms 372 ms 744 ms
Auxiliary power A4
Max. power consumption 2.5 W
Max. power dissipation 2.5 W
Mechanical data
Dimensions L = 128 mm, W = 96.5 mm, H = 67 mm
A4

A4
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Remote I/O 91
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 92 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 11:05 11

Digital Input Output Module for Zone 2


Series 9470/33

A4
> 16 channels can be adjusted in pairs
as digital input or output
> Intrinsically safe inputs/outputs Ex ia
A4 > For contacts, NAMUR proximity switches
and low-power solenoid valves
> Up to 8 channels can be used as
frequency/counter input;
A4 with rotation direction recognition
> Line fault monitoring per channel
> Diagnostics based on NE107
A4 > Module can be replaced in the
Series 9470/33 A4

hazardous area under voltage (hot swap)


15233E00

> Compatible spare for IS1+ I/O modules:


WebCode 9470D Series 9470/12, 9470/22, 9475/12-08-41
A4

ATEX / IECEx NEC 505 NEC 506 NEC 500


A4 Class I Class I Class II Class III
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Division 1 2 1 2 1 2
Ex interface x x x x x x Ex interface x x x x x x Ex interface x x x x x x
Installation in x x x Installation in x x x Installation in x x x
A4
Selection Table
Version Description Installation Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
A4 Digital Input
Output Module
16 channels with adjustable parameters
for contacts, NAMUR proximity switches or
Zone 2 9470/33-16-10 210448◄ 22 0.275

low-power solenoid valves


Note Please order 2 terminals separately - see Accessories

A4 Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx DEK 12.0044X
Ex nA ia [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc
A4 [Ex ia Da] IIIC
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust DEKRA 12ATEX0099X
E II 3 (1) G Ex nA ia [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc
E II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
A4 Certifications and certificates
Certificates ATEX, IECEx, Brazil (INMETRO), India (PESO), Canada (cFM), Kazakhstan (TR),
Russia (TR), Serbia (SRPS), USA (FM), Belarus (TR)
Ship approval ABS, CCS, ClassNK, DNVGL, LR, RINA, RS

A4

A4

A4
92 Remote I/O 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 93 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 11:05 11

Digital Input Output Module for Zone 2


Series 9470/33

A4
Technical Data
Safety data
Max. voltage Uo 9.8 V
1 channel
Max. current Io 10.4 mA
A4
Max. power Po 25.5 mW
Max. connectable
inductance Lo/
capacity Co
IIC Lo [mH] 280 100 50 20 10 5 2 1 0.5 0.2 0.1 0.02 A4
Co [μF] – 0.49 0.56 0.64 0.72 0.81 0.96 1.1 1.3 1.6 2 3.3

IIB/IIIC Lo [mH] 1000 100 50 20 10 5 2 1 0.5 0.2 0.1 0.01


Co [μF] – 2.6 2.8 3.3 3.7 4.2 5.1 6 7.2 9.3 12 23
A4
2 channels in parallel
Max. current Io 20.8 mA
Max. power Po 51 mW
Max. connectable
inductance Lo/ A4
capacity Co
IIC Lo [mH] 100 50 20 10 5 2 1 0.5 0.2 0.1 0.02
Co [μF] 0.3 0.44 0.57 0.67 0.77 0.93 1.1 1.3 1.6 2 3.3

IIB/IIIC Lo [mH] 270 100 50 20 10 5 2 1 0.5 0.2 0.1 0.01 A4


Co [μF] – 2.3 2.6 3.1 3.6 4.1 5.1 6 7.2 9.3 12 23

Ex i inputs/outputs
EN 60947-5-6 (NAMUR)
Ex i inputs A4
Supply voltage 8.2 V

Output characteristic 9470/3. - Output


U [V]

A4
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0 2 4 6 8

A4
I [mA]
15284E00

Signal transmission
Max. delay from < 1 ms
signal / internal bus
Max. delay from Filter without small medium large
frequency input /
internal bus
Frequency A4
0.1 Hz ( f < 1 Hz 1/f + 1 ms 2/f 3/f 6/f
1 Hz ( f < 10 Hz 1/f + 1 ms 4/f 9/f 18/f
10 Hz ( f < 100 Hz 1/f + 1 ms 8/f 27/f 54/f
100 Hz ( f < 1 kHz
1 kHz ( f < 1960 Hz
1/f + 1 ms
1.5 ms
16/f
32/f
81/f
243/f
162/f
486/f
A4
1960 Hz ( f < 10 kHz 1.5 ms 16.5 ms 124 ms 248 ms
10 kHz ( f < 20 kHz 1.5 ms 33 ms 372 ms 744 ms
f ) 20 kHz 1.5 ms 66 ms 372 ms 744 ms
Auxiliary power A4
Max. power consumption 2.5 W
Max. power dissipation 2.5 W
Mechanical data
Dimensions L = 128 mm, W = 96.5 mm, H = 67 mm
A4

A4
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Remote I/O 93
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 94 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 11:05 11

Digital Input Output Module NAMUR for Ex n Zone 2


Series 9471/35

A4
> 16 channels can be adjusted in pairs
as digital inputs or outputs
> Suitable for NAMUR proximity switches,
A4 3-wire PNP proximity switches,
contacts and low-power solenoid valves
> Up to 8 channels can be used as
frequency/counter inputs;
A4 with rotation direction recognition
> Line fault monitoring
> LED display for signal and errors
for each channel
A4
Series 9471/35 A4

17617E00
> Energized module can be replaced in
hazardous areas (hot swap)
Function-compatible replacement for
WebCode 9471B >
IS1 I/O modules: Series 9470/25 and
A4 9471/15

A4 Zone
ATEX / IECEx
0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x

A4
Selection Table
Version Description Installation Order number Art. no. PS Weight

A4 kg
Digital input output 16 channels with adjustable parameters Zone 2, 9471/35-16-11 230225◄ 22 0.275
module NAMUR, for NAMUR proximity switches / contacts, 22 and
Series 9471/35 3-wire PNP proximity switches, safe area
low-power solenoid valves,
with channel status LEDs
A4 Note Order 2 terminals separately - see Accessories

Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
A4 Gas and dust Ex ec [Ex ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc
[Ex ia IIIC Da]
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust E II 3 (1) G Ex ec [Ex ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc

A4 Certifications and certificates


E II (1) D [Ex ia IIIC Da]

Certificates IECEx, ATEX


Ship approval In progress

A4

A4

A4
94 Remote I/O 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 95 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 11:05 11

Digital Input Output Module NAMUR for Ex n Zone 2


Series 9471/35

A4
Technical Data
Ex n inputs / outputs
Ex n inputs
Supply voltage
Signal
8.0 V ± 5%
IEC 60947-5-6-1999 (NAMUR) or 3-wire PNP proximity switches with and A4
without 10 kΩ / 47 kΩ resistance connected in parallel
Frequency input
Max. number of 8
channels
Max. switching NAMUR input: 20 kHz A4
frequency (at frequencies > 1 kHz the maximum conductor length is reduced, e.g. at 5 kHz to approx. 75 m)
3-wire PNP proximity switches: ( 500 Hz
Ex n outputs
Output characteristic 9470/3. - Output
A4
U [V]

8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0

A4
0 2 4 6 8
I [mA]
15282E00

Signal transmission
Max. delay from < 1 ms
signal / internal bus
Max. delay from
frequency input /
Filter without small medium large A4
Frequency
internal bus
0.1 Hz ( f < 1 Hz 1/f + 1 ms 2/f 3/f 6/f
1 Hz ( f < 10 Hz 1/f + 1 ms 4/f 9/f 18/f
10 Hz ( f < 100 Hz 1/f + 1 ms 8/f 27/f 54/f
100 Hz ( f < 1 kHz 1/f + 1 ms 16/f 81/f 162/f A4
1 kHz ( f < 1960 Hz 1.5 ms 32/f 243/f 486/f
1960 Hz ( f < 10 kHz 1.5 ms 16.5 ms 124 ms 248 ms
10 kHz ( f < 20 kHz 1.5 ms 33 ms 372 ms 744 ms
f ) 20 kHz 1.5 ms 66 ms 372 ms 744 ms A4
Note: for 3-wire PNP proximity switches f < 1 kHz
Auxiliary power
Max. power < 2.2 W
consumption
Max. power dissipation < 0.7 W A4
Dimensions L = 128.5 mm, W = 98 mm, H = 64 mm

A4

A4

A4

A4

A4
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Remote I/O 95
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 96 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 11:05 11

Digital Input Output Module 24 V for Ex n Zone 2


Series 9472/35

A4
> 16 channels can be adjusted in pairs
as digital inputs or outputs
> Suitable for NAMUR proximity switches,
A4 3-wire PNP proximity switches,
contacts and solenoid valves (24 V / 0.5 A).
> Up to 8 channels can be used as
frequency/counter inputs;
with rotation direction recognition
A4 > Line fault monitoring
> LED display for signal and errors
for each channel
Additional control input for "Plant STOP"
A4 >
Series 9472/35 A4

17616E00
(in accordance with IEC 61508 up to SIL2)
> Energized module can be replaced in
hazardous areas (hot swap)
WebCode 9472A Function-compatible replacement for
A4
>
IS1 I/O modules: Series 9470/25 and
9471/15

A4 ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x

A4

Selection Table
A4 Version Description Installation Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
Digital input output 16 channels with adjustable parameters Zone 2, 9472/35-16-12 230239◄ 22 0.275
module 24 V, for NAMUR proximity switches / contacts, 22 and
3-wire PNP proximity switches with 24 V
A4 Series 9472/35
power supply, solenoid valves
safe area
(24 V / 0.5 A), with channel status LEDs
and "Plant STOP"
Note Order 2 terminals separately - see Accessories

A4 Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust Ex ec [Ex ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc
[Ex ia IIIC Da]
A4 Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust E II 3 (1) G Ex ec [Ex ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc
E II (1) D [Ex ia IIIC Da]
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX
A4 Ship approval In progress

A4

A4
96 Remote I/O 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 97 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 11:05 11

Digital Input Output Module 24 V for Ex n Zone 2


Series 9472/35

A4
Technical Data
Ex n inputs / outputs
Ex n inputs
Supply voltage
Signal
8.0 V ± 5%
IEC 60947-5-6-1999 (NAMUR) or 3-wire PNP proximity switches with and A4
without 10 kΩ / 47 kΩ resistance connected in parallel
Frequency input
Max. number of channels 8
Max. switching frequency NAMUR input: 20 kHz
(at frequencies > 1 kHz the maximum conductor length is reduced, A4
e.g. at 5 kHz to approx. 75 m)
3-wire PNP proximity switches: ( 500 Hz
Ex n outputs
Output voltage UH -0.5 V
Output current 5 mA ... 0.5 A per channel (electrically limited) A4
X0 external supply
Supply voltage UH 18 ... 32 V DC
Signal transmission
Max. delay from < 1 ms
signal / internal bus A4
Max. delay from Filter without small medium large
frequency input /
Frequency
internal bus
0.1 Hz ( f < 1 Hz 1/f + 1 ms 2/f 3/f 6/f
1 Hz ( f < 10 Hz 1/f + 1 ms 4/f 9/f 18/f A4
10 Hz ( f < 100 Hz 1/f + 1 ms 8/f 27/f 54/f
100 Hz ( f < 1 kHz 1/f + 1 ms 16/f 81/f 162/f
1 kHz ( f < 1,960 Hz 1.5 ms 32/f 243/f 486/f
1,960 Hz ( f < 10 kHz 1.5 ms 16.5 ms 124 ms 248 ms A4
10 kHz ( f < 20 kHz 1.5 ms 33 ms 372 ms 744 ms
f ) 20 kHz 1.5 ms 66 ms 372 ms 744 ms
Note: for 3-wire PNP proximity switches f < 1 kHz
X0 "Plant STOP" A4
control input
Function "Plant STOP" to switch off all outputs
Suitability Switch off at SIL 2 (IEC 61508)
Auxiliary power
Max. power consumption < 2.2 W A4
Max. power dissipation < 4.7 W
Dimensions L = 139.5 mm, W = 98 mm, H = 64 mm

A4

A4

A4

A4

A4
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Remote I/O 97
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 98 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 11:05 11

Digital Output Module 4-Channel Version for Zone 1


Series 9475/32-04-72

A4
> 4-channel digital output
> Intrinsically safe outputs Ex ib
Suitable for Ex i hydraulic valves
A4
>
and solenoid valves
> Additional Ex i control input for
"System OFF" (acc. IEC61508 up to SIL2)
Line fault monitoring and
A4 >
LED displays per channel
> LED display for output signal per channel
> Diagnostics based on NE107
A4 Module can be replaced in the
Series 9475/32-04-72 A4

15278E00
>
hazardous area under voltage (hot swap)

WebCode 9475F
A4
ATEX / IECEx NEC 505 NEC 506 NEC 500
Class I Class I Class II Class III
A4 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Division 1 2 1 2 1 2
Ex interface x x x x Ex interface x x x x Ex interface x x x x x x
Installation in x x x x Installation in x x x x Installation in x x x x x x

A4 Selection Table
Version Installation Open-circuit Max. output Internal Order number Art. no. PS Weight
voltage current resistance
kg
Digital Output Module Zone 1 13.8 V 95 / 75 mA 23.2 Ω 9475/32-04-72 218063 22 0.275
A4 with "Plant STOP"
Note Please order terminal separately - see Accessories

Technical Data
Explosion protection
A4 Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx DEK 12.0070X
Ex ia [ib Gb] IIC T4 Gb
[Ex ib Db] IIIC
Europe (ATEX)
A4 Gas and dust DEKRA 12 ATEX0232X
E II 2 (2) G Ex ia [ib Gb] IIC T4 Gb
E II (2) D [Ex ib Db] IIIC
Certifications and certificates
Certificates ATEX, IECEx, Brazil (INMETRO), India (PESO), Canada (cFM), Kazakhstan (TR),
A4 Russia (TR), Serbia (SRPS), USA (FM), Belarus (TR)
Ship approval ABS, CCS, ClassNK, DNVGL, LR, RINA, RS
Safety data
Max. voltage Uo 15.4 V
Output ib
A4 Max. current Io 115.4 mA
Max. power Po 1475 mW
Max. connectable
inductance Lo/capacity Co
IIC Lo [mH] 0.11 0.1 0.05 0.02 0.01
A4 Co [nF] 257 267 337 477 488

IIB / IIIC LO [mH] 2.9 2.0 1.0 0.5 0.05 0.02


CO [nF] 1467 1767 2367 2667 2767 3157

A4
98 Remote I/O 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 99 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 11:05 11

Digital Output Module 4-Channel Version for Zone 1


Series 9475/32-04-72

A4
Technical Data
Ex i outputs
Output characteristic

U [V]
15

A4
2)
12
1)
9
6
3

0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100

A4
I [mA]
15287E00
1)4 channels 2) max. 3 channels
Notice: In case of operation with 4 outputs and a total current > 320 mA,
output 4 will be pulsed. Reduce the load current to < 320 mA!
Ex i control input X3
Function "Plant STOP" to switch off all outputs
Suitability Switch-off up to SIL 2 (IEC61508) A4
Auxiliary power
Max. power consumption 6W
Max. power dissipation 5.8 W
Dimensions L = 128 mm, W = 96.5 mm, H = 67 mm
A4

A4

A4

A4

A4

A4

A4

A4

A4

A4
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Remote I/O 99
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 100 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 11:05 11

Digital Output Module 4-Channel Version for Zone 1


Series 9475/32-04-.2

A4
> 4-channel digital output
> Intrinsically safe outputs Ex ia
For Ex i solenoid valves and display elements
A4
>

> Additional Ex i control input for


"System OFF" (acc. IEC61508 up to SIL2)
> Line fault monitoring and
LED display per channel
A4
> LED display for output signal per channel
> Diagnostics based on NE107
> Module can be replaced in the
A4 hazardous area under voltage (hot swap)
Series 9475/32-04-.2 A4

15236E00

> Compatible spare for IS1+ I/O modules:


Series 9475/12-04-11, 9475/12-04-21
WebCode 9475E and 9475/22-04-21
A4

ATEX / IECEx NEC 505 NEC 506 NEC 500


A4 Class I Class I Class II Class III
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Division 1 2 1 2 1 2
Ex interface x x x x x x Ex interface x x x x x x Ex interface x x x x x x
Installation in x x x x Installation in x x x x Installation in x x x x x x
A4
Selection Table
Version Installation Open-circuit Max. output Internal Order number Art. no. PS Weight
voltage current resistance

A4 Digital output Zone 1 17.9 V 40 mA 170 Ω 9475/32-04-12 210651 22


kg
0.275
module with
"Plant STOP" 23.6 V 40 mA 287 Ω 9475/32-04-22 210652 22 0.275

Note Please order terminal separately - see Accessories


A4 Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx PTB 06.0001X
A4 Ex ib [ia] IIC T4 Gb
[Ex iaD]
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust DEKRA 12 ATEX0232X
E II 2 (1) G Ex ib [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gb
A4 E II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
Certifications and
certificates
Certificates ATEX, IECEx, Brazil (INMETRO), India (PESO), Canada (cFM), Kazakhstan (TR),
Russia (TR), Serbia (SRPS), USA (FM), Belarus (TR)
A4 Ship approval ABS, CCS, ClassNK, DNVGL, LR, RINA, RS

A4

A4
100 Remote I/O 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 101 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 11:05 11

Digital Output Module 4-Channel Version for Zone 1


Series 9475/32-04-.2

A4
Technical Data
Safety data
Design 9475/32-04-12
Max. voltage Uo
Output ia
19.7 V
A4
Max. current Io 142 mA
Max. power Po 698 mW
Max. connectable
inductance Lo/capacity Co
IIC Lo [mH] 1.3 1.1 0.5 0.2 0.1 0.05
A4
Co [nF] 99 109 119 149 189 220
IIB / IIIC Lo [mH] 7.5 5.0 2.0 0.5 0.2 0.1 0.05

Output ib
Co [nF] 669 879 889 889 989 1189 1439
A4
Max. current Io 53.8 mA
Max. power Po 617 mW
Max. connectable
inductance Lo/capacity Co
IIC Lo [mH] 3.1 2.0 0.6 0.5 0.2 0.1 0.05
A4
Co [nF] 109 109 119 119 149 189 220
IIB / IIIC Lo [mH] 27 20 10 5.0 0.2 0.1 0.05

Design
Co [nF] 499
9475/32-04-22
609 869 899 1089 1189 1439
A4
Max. voltage Uo 25.7 V
Output ia
Max. current Io 110 mA
Max. power Po
Max. connectable
708 mW
A4
inductance Lo/capacity Co
IIC Lo [mH] 1.45 0.75 0.5 0.37 0.25 0.1 0.05
Co [nF] -- 56 67 76 93 95 95
IIB / IIIC Lo [mH] 10 5 2.0 1.0 0.5 0.2 0.1 A4
Co [nF] 323 323 333 393 473 633 783
Output ib
Max. current Io 49.5 mA
Max. power Po
Max. connectable
648 mW
A4
inductance Lo/capacity Co
IIC Lo [mH] 1.5 1.0 0.86 0.5 0.37 0.2 0.1
Co [nF] 43 51 55 69 760 93 95
IIB / IIIC Lo [mH] 24 20 2.0 1.0 0.5 0.2 0.1 A4
Co [nF] 333 333 343 393 483 633 783
Design 9475/32-04-12 9475/32-04-22
Ex i outputs
Output characteristic
A4
U [V]

U [V]

25 25
20 20
15 15
10 10
5 5

A4
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
I [mA] I [mA]
15285E00 15286E00

Ex i control input X3
Function "Plant STOP" to switch off all outputs "Plant STOP" to switch off all outputs
Suitability Switch-off up to SIL 2 (IEC61508) Switch-off up to SIL 2 (IEC61508)
Auxiliary power A4
Max. power consumption 5W 5.8 W
Max. power dissipation 4W 4.5 W
Dimensions L = 128 mm, W = 96.5 mm, H = 67 mm L = 128 mm, W = 96.5 mm, H = 67 mm

A4
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Remote I/O 101
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 102 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 11:05 11

Digital Output Module 8-Channel Version for Zone 1


Series 9475/32-08-.2

A4
> 8-channel digital output
> Intrinsically safe outputs Ex ia
For Ex i solenoid valves and display elements
A4
>

> Additional Ex i control input for


"System OFF" (acc. IEC61508 up to SIL2)
> Line fault monitoring and
LED display per channel
A4
> LED display for output signal per channel
> Diagnostics based on NE107
> Module can be replaced in the
A4 hazardous area under voltage (hot swap)
Series 9475/32-08-.2 A4

15237E00

> Compatible spare for IS1+ I/O modules:


Series 9475/12-08-51, 9475/12-08-61,
WebCode 9475C 9475/22-08-51 and 9475/22-08-61
A4

ATEX / IECEx NEC 505 NEC 506 NEC 500


A4 Class I Class I Class II Class III
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Division 1 2 1 2 1 2
Ex interface x x x x x x Ex interface x x x x x x Ex interface x x x x x x
Installation in x x x x Installation in x x x x Installation in x x x x x x
A4
Selection Table
Version Installation Open-circuit Max. output Internal Order number Art. no. PS Weight
voltage current resistance

A4 Digital Output Zone 1 17.5 V 30 mA 170 Ω 9475/32-08-52 210655◄ 22


kg
0.275
Module with
"Plant STOP" 23.5 V 20 mA 315 Ω 9475/32-08-62 210656◄ 22 0.275

Note Please order terminal separately - see Accessories


A4 Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx PTB 06.0001X
A4 Ex ib [ia] IIC T4
[Ex iaD]
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust DEKRA 12 ATEX0232X
E II 2 (1) G Ex ib [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gb
A4 E II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
Certifications and
certificates
Certificates ATEX, IECEx, Brazil (INMETRO), India (PESO), Canada (cFM), Kazakhstan (TR),
Russia (TR), Serbia (SRPS), USA (FM), Belarus (TR)
A4 Ship approval ABS, CCS, ClassNK, DNVGL, LR, RINA, RS

A4

A4
102 Remote I/O 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 103 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 11:05 11

Digital Output Module 8-Channel Version for Zone 1


Series 9475/32-08-.2

A4
Technical Data
Safety data
Design 9475/32-08-52
Max. voltage Uo
Output ia
19.4 V
A4
Max. current Io 143 mA
Max. power Po 692 mW
Max. connectable
inductance Lo/capacity Co
IIC Lo [mH] 1.44 1.4 0.65 0.5 0.2 0.1 0.05
A4
Co [nF] -- 103 113 113 153 183 227
IIB / IIIC Lo [mH] 7.5 5.0 2.0 0.5 0.2 0.1 0.02
Co [nF] 673 883 943 943 1083 1283 1493
Output ib
A4
Max. current Io 37.8 mA
Max. power Po 506 mW
Max. connectable
inductance Lo/capacity Co
IIC Lo [mH] 6.3 2.0 0.65 0.5 0.2 0.1 0.05
A4
Co [nF] 113 113 123 123 153 193 227
IIB / IIIC Lo [mH] 58 20 10 5.0 0.2 0.1 0.02
Co [nF] 363 723 953 963 1083 1283 1493
Design 9475/32-08-62 A4
Max. voltage Uo 25.7
Output ia
Max. current Io 107 mA
Max. power Po
Max. connectable
688 mW
A4
inductance Lo/capacity Co
IIC Lo [mH] 1.57 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.5 0.2 0.1
Co [nF] -- 49 52 54 69 95 97
IIB / IIIC Lo [mH] 11 5.0 1.0 0.5 0.2 0.1 0.05 A4
Co [nF] 335 335 395 485 635 785 785
Output ib
Max. current Io 26.3 mA
Max. power Po
Max. connectable
468 mW A4
inductance Lo/capacity Co
IIC Lo [mH] 7.0 5.0 2.0 1.0 0.5 0.2 0.05
Co [nF] 32 36 49 64 81 97 97
IIB / IIIC Lo [mH] 100 50 1.0 0.5 0.2 0.1 0.05 A4
Co [nF] 245 365 425 505 655 785 785
Design 9475/32-08-52 9475/32-08-62
Ex i outputs
Output characteristic A4
U [V]

U [V]

25 25
20 20
15 15
10 10
5 5
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
I [mA]
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
I [mA]
A4
15283E00 15284E00

Ex i control input X3
Function "Plant STOP" to switch off all outputs "Plant STOP" to switch off all outputs
Suitability
Auxiliary power
Switch-off up to SIL 2 (IEC61508) Switch-off up to SIL 2 (IEC61508)
A4
Max. power consumption 6W 5.8 W
Max. power dissipation 4.8 W 4W
Dimensions L = 128 mm, W = 96.5 mm, H = 67 mm L = 128 mm, W = 96.5 mm, H = 67 mm

A4
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Remote I/O 103
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 104 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 11:05 11

Digital Output Module 8-Channel Version for Zone 2


Series 9475/33-08-.0

A4
> 8-channel digital output
> Intrinsically safe outputs Ex ia
For Ex i solenoid valves and display elements
A4
>

> Line fault monitoring per channel


> Diagnostics based on NE107
> Module can be replaced in the
A4 hazardous area under voltage (hot swap)
> Compatible spare for IS1+ I/O modules:
Series 9475/12-08-51, 9475/12-08-61,
9475/22-08-51 (without System OFF) and
A4 9475/22-08-61 (without System OFF)
Series 9475/33-08-.0 A4

15238E00

WebCode 9475D
A4

ATEX / IECEx NEC 505 NEC 506 NEC 500


A4 Class I Class I Class II Class III
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Division 1 2 1 2 1 2
Ex interface x x x x x x Ex interface x x x x x x Ex interface x x x x x x
Installation in x x x Installation in x x x Installation in x x x
A4
Selection Table
Version Installation Open-circuit Max. output Internal Order number Art. no. PS Weight
voltage current resistance

A4 Digital Output Modul Zone 2 17.5 V 30 mA 170 Ω 9475/33-08-50 210657◄ 22


kg
0.275
23.5 V 20 mA 315 Ω 9475/33-08-60 210658◄ 22 0.275
Note Please order terminal separately - see Accessories
A4 Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx DEK 12.0070X

A4 Ex nA ia [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc


[Ex ia Da] IIIC
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust DEKRA 12 ATEX0232X
E II 3 (1) Ex nA ia [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc
A4 E II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
Certifications and
certificates
Certificates ATEX, IECEx, Brazil (INMETRO), India (PESO), Canada (cFM), Kazakhstan (TR),
Russia (TR), Serbia (SRPS), USA (FM), Belarus (TR)

A4 Ship approval ABS, CCS, ClassNK, DNVGL, LR, RINA, RS

A4

A4
104 Remote I/O 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 105 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 11:05 11

Digital Output Module 8-Channel Version for Zone 2


Series 9475/33-08-.0

A4
Technical Data
Safety data
Design 9475/33-08-50
Max. voltage Uo
Output ia
19.4 V
A4
Max. current Io 143 mA
Max. power Po 692 mW
Max. connectable
inductance Lo/capacity Co
IIC Lo [mH] 1.44 1.4 0.65 0.5 0.2 0.1 0.05
A4
Co [nF] -- 103 113 113 153 183 227

IIB / IIIC Lo [mH] 7.5 5.0 2.0 0.5 0.2 0.1 0.02
Co [nF] 673 883 943 943 1083 1283 1493 A4
Output ib
Max. current Io 37.8 mA
Max. power Po 506 mW
Max. connectable
inductance Lo/capacity Co A4
IIC Lo [mH] 6.3 2.0 0.65 0.5 0.2 0.1 0.05
Co [nF] 113 113 123 123 153 193 227

IIB / IIIC Lo [mH] 58 20 10 5.0 0.2 0.1 0.02


Co [nF] 363 723 953 963 1083 1283 1493 A4
Design 9475/33-08-60
Max. voltage Uo 25.7 V
Output ia
Max. current Io
Max. power Po
107 mA
688 mW
A4
Max. connectable
inductance Lo/capacity Co
IIC Lo [mH] 1.57 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.5 0.2 0.1
Co [nF] -- 49 52 54 69 95 97 A4
IIB / IIIC Lo [mH] 11 5.0 1.0 0.5 0.2 0.1 0.05
Co [nF] 335 335 395 485 635 785 785
Output ib
Max. current Io 26.3 mA A4
Max. power Po 468 mW
Max. connectable
inductance Lo/capacity Co
IIC Lo [mH] 7.0 5.0 2.0 1.0 0.5 0.2 0.05
Co [nF] 32 36 49 64 81 97 97 A4
IIB / IIIC Lo [mH] 100 50 1.0 0.5 0.2 0.1 0.05
Co [nF] 245 365 425 505 655 785 785
Design
Ex i outputs
9475/33-08-50 9475/33-08-60 A4
Output characteristic
U [V]

U [V]

25 25
20 20
15 15
10
5
10
5
A4
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
I [mA] I [mA]
15283E00 15284E00

Auxiliary power
Max. power consumption 6W 5.8 W A4
Max. power dissipation 4.8 W 4W
Dimensions L = 128 mm, W = 96.5 mm, H = 67 mm L = 128 mm, W = 96.5 mm, H = 67 mm

A4
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Remote I/O 105
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 106 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 11:05 11

Digital Output Module Relay and Socket for Zone 1 / Div. 1


Series 9477/12, 9490

A4
> 6 or 8 channels:
volt-free relay contact, normally open
> High switching capacity, up to 100 VA
A4 > Galvanic isolation
between outputs and system
> Connection of the field cables to
Ex e terminals
A4 > Module can be replaced in operation
(hot swap)

A4
Series 9477/12, 9490 A4

12771E00

WebCode 9477A
A4
ATEX / IECEx NEC 505 NEC 506 NEC 500
Class I Class I Class II Class III
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Division 1 2 1 2 1 2

A4 Ex interface
Installation in
x x
x x
Ex interface
Installation in
x x
x x
Ex interface
Installation in
x x
x x

Selection Table
Version Installation in Order number Art. no. PS Weight
A4 kg
Digital Output Module Zone 1 / Division 1 8 contacts, 60 V 9477/12-08-12 162627◄ 22 2.570
Relay 6 contacts, 250 V 9477/12-06-12 162630 22 2.566
Sockets for Zone 1, for digital output module 9490/11-33 162703◄ 22 0.560
Digital Output Modul connection by relay 9477/12-08-12
A4 Relay means of for digital output module 9490/11-34 162705 22 0.527
Ex e terminals relay 9477/12-06-12
Note Please order terminal separately - see Accessories
Sockets and accessories for Div. 1 installation on request

A4 Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas IECEx PTB 06.0001X
Ex d e [ia, ib] IIC T4
A4 Europe (ATEX)
Gas PTB 01 ATEX 2205 X
E II 2 G Ex d e [ia, ib] IIC T4
Certifications and certificates

A4 Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), Canada (CSA), Kazakhstan (TR), Russia (TR),
Serbia (SRPS), USA (FM), Belarus (TR)
Ship approval ABS, BV, CCS, ClassNK, DNVGL, LR, RINA, RS
Design 9477/12-08-12 (60 V) 9477/12-06-12 (250 V)
Ex outputs
Maximum switching voltage 60 V AC 30 V DC 250 V AC 30 V DC 110 V DC 220 V DC
A4 Maximum switching current 2A 2A 2A 2A 0.3 A 0.12 A
Maximum switching capacity 100 VA 60 W 100 VA 60 W 33 W 26 W
Contact normally open normally open
Auxiliary power
A4 Behaviour during Output = OFF Output = OFF
undervoltage
Maximum power consumption 4.8 W 3.6 W
Maximum power dissipation 4.8 W 3.6 W
Dimensions L = 208 mm, W = 96.5 mm, H = 170 mm L = 208 mm, W = 96.5 mm, H = 170 mm
A4
106 Remote I/O 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 107 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 11:05 11

Digital Output Module Valve for Zone 1


Series 9478

A4
> 8 integrated 3/2-port directional control
valves for pneumatic valves
> Additional Ex i control input for
"System OFF" (acc. IEC 61508 up to SIL2) A4
> Monitoring of the electronic control of the
3/2-port directional control valves in regard
to short circuit and wire breakage
> Functions adjustable A4
> Live module can be replaced
(hot swap)

A4
Series 9478 A4

14200E00

WebCode 9478A
A4
ATEX / IECEx NEC 505 NEC 506 NEC 500
Class I Class I Class II Class III
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Division 1 2 1 2 1 2
Installation in x x x x Installation in x x x x Installation in x x x x x x
A4
Selection Table
Version Channels Pressure range Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
Digital Output Module Valve
for Zone 1
8 2.5 ... 7 bar 9478/22-08-51 203599◄ 22 0.950
A4
Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas PTB 06.0001X A4
Ex ib IIC T4
Europe (ATEX)
Gas PTB 10 ATEX 2030
E II 2 G Ex ib IIC T4
Certifications and certificates A4
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), Kazakhstan (TR), Russia (TR), Serbia (SRPS),
USA (FM), Belarus (TR)
Ship approval ABS, CCS, DNVGL, RINA, RS
Pneumatic data
Media Compressed air oiled, oil-free, dry
neutral gases, (5 mm filter recommended) A4
Sealing material FPM, NBR
Manual actuation yes
Switching times ca. 1000 c.p.m.
Qn value at 20 °C air temperature, 6 bar at the valve inlet and 1 bar of differential pressure: 300 l/min
Ex i control input X3 A4
Function System OFF, outputs are depressurized
Suitability Switch-off up to SIL 2 (IEC61508)
Module enclosure Polyamide 6GF
Material
Valve block PPS, PA A4
Fire resistance (UL 94) V2
Degree of protection (IEC 60529) IP20
Pneumatic connections P, R: plug connector d 8 mm
Y0 ... Y7: plug connector d 6 mm
X: standard silencer (included in the delivery and already fitted) A4
Auxiliary power
Behaviour during undervoltage All outputs are depressurized
Typical power input 5.75 W with activated pilot valves
Dimensions L = 126 mm, W = 96.5 mm, H = 163 mm
A4
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Remote I/O 107
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 108 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 11:05 11

Temperature Input Module Zone 1


Series 9482/32

A4
> 8 channels for temperature sensors
> Intrinsically safe inputs Ex ia
For Pt-, Ni- and Cu-resistance temperature
A4
>
detectors according to DIN, IEC and GOST
in 2-, 3- and 4-wire circuits
> For thermocouples according to IEC,
DIN and GOST with internal or
A4 external reference junction
> For resistance transmitter, mV sensors
and joystick application
Line fault monitoring and
A4 >
Series 9482/32 A4

15234E00
LED indication per channel
> Diagnostics based on NE107
WebCode 9482A > Module can be replaced in hazardous area
A4 under voltage (hot swap)
> Compatible spare for IS1 I/O modules:
– Series 9480 and 9481

A4 ATEX / IECEx NEC 505 NEC 506 NEC 500


Class I Class I Class II Class III
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Division 1 2 1 2 1 2
Ex interface x x x x x x Ex interface x x x x x x Ex interface x x x x x x
A4 Installation in x x x x Installation in x x x x Installation in x x x x x x

Selection Table
Version Description Installation Order number Art. no. PS Weight
A4 kg
Temperature 8 channels with adjustable in Zone 1, Zone 2, 9482/32-08-11 217643◄ 22 0.275
Input Module parameters for resistance Zone 21, Zone 22
for Zone 1 temperature detectors, and in the safe area
thermocouples; potentiometers
A4 with channel status LEDs
Note Please order 2 terminals separately - see Accessories

Technical Data
Explosion protection
A4 Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx DEK 13.0046X
Ex ia [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gb
[Ex ia Da] IIIC
Europe (ATEX)
A4 Gas and dust DEKRA 13 ATEX 0140 X
E II 2 (1) G Ex ia [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gb
E II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
Certifications and certificates

A4 Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), India (PESO), Canada (cFM), Kazakhstan (TR),
Russia (TR), Serbia (SRPS), USA (FM), Belarus (TR),
Ship approval ABS, CCS, ClassNK, DNVGL, LR, RINA, RS

A4

A4
108 Remote I/O 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 109 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 11:05 11

Temperature Input Module Zone 1


Series 9482/32

A4
Technical Data
Ex i inputs
connectable resistance Type Reference Measuring range Medium resolution
temperature detectors / (ITS-90)
resistance transmitters Pt100 IEC 60751 -200 ... +850 °C 0.1 K A4
Pt500 IEC 60751 -200 ... +850 °C 0.1 K
Pt1000 IEC 60751 -200 ... +850 °C 0.1 K
Ni100 DIN 43760 -60 ... +180 °C 0.1 K
Ni500 DIN 43760 -60 ... +180 °C 0.1 K
Ni1000 DIN 43760 -60 ... +180 °C 0.1 K A4
Pt462) GOST 6651-94 -200 ... +1100 °C 0.15 K
Pt502) GOST 6651-94 -200 ... +1100 °C 0.15 K
Pt1001) GOST 6651-94 -200 ... +1100 °C 0.1 K
Cu532) GOST 6651-94 -50 ... +180 °C 0.1 K
M501) GOST 6651-94 -200 ... +200 °C 0.15 K A4
M1001) GOST 6651-94 -200 ... +200 °C 0.1 K
Resistance transmitter (3-wire) – 0 ... 500 O 0.02 O
Resistance transmitter (3-wire) – 0 ... 2.5 kO 0.10 O
Resistance transmitter (3-wire) – 0 ... 5 kO 0.20 O
Resistance transmitter (3-wire) – 0 ... 10 kO 0.4 O A4
Resistance transmitter (3-wire) – -200 ... +850 °C 0.1 K
Joystick (4-wire) – 500 ... 10 kO
connectable Type Reference Measuring range Medium resolution Medium error
thermocouples /
mV sensors
(ITS-90) of measurement
with regard to A4
measuring range
B IEC 60584-1 +400 ... +1800 °C 0.25 K 0.1 %
E IEC 60584-1 200 ... +1000 °C 0.1 K 0.013 %
J IEC 60584-1 -200 ... +1200 °C 0.1 K 0.014 %
K IEC 60584-1 -200 ... +1370 °C 0.1 K 0.02 % A4
N IEC 60584-1 -200 ... +1300 °C 0.1 K 0.02 %
R IEC 60584-1 -50 ... +1767 °C 0.2 K 0.05 %
S IEC 60584-1 -50 ... +1767 °C 0.2 K 0.053 %
T IEC 60584-1 -200 ... +400 °C 0.1 K 0.042 %
L DIN 43710 -200 ... +900 °C 0.1 K 0.027 % A4
U DIN 43710 -200 ... +600 °C 0.1 K 0.038 %
XK GOST 8.585 -50 ... +800 °C 0.1 K 0.02 %
mV – 0 ... +100 mV 3.6 μV 0.01 %
Auxiliary power
Maximum power 1W
A4
consumption
Maximum power 1W
dissipation
Dimensions L = 128 mm, W = 96.5 mm, H = 67 mm
A4

A4

A4

A4

A4
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Remote I/O 109
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 110 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 11:05 11

Temperature Input Module for Zone 2


Series 9482/33

A4
> 8 channels for temperature sensors
> Intrinsically safe inputs Ex ia
For Pt-, Ni- and Cu-resistance temperature
A4
>
detectors according to DIN, IEC and GOST
in 2-, 3- and 4-wire circuits
> For thermocouples according to IEC,
DIN and GOST with internal or
A4 external reference junction
> For resistance transmitter, mV sensors
and joystick application
Line fault monitoring per channel
A4 >
Series 9482/33 A4

Diagnostics based on NE107


15235E00
>

> Module can be replaced in hazardous area


WebCode 9482B under voltage (hot swap)
A4 > Compatible spare for IS1 I/O modules:
– Series 9480 and 9481

ATEX / IECEx NEC 505 NEC 506 NEC 500


A4 Class I Class I Class II Class III
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Division 1 2 1 2 1 2
Ex interface x x x x x x Ex interface x x x x x x Ex interface x x x x x x
Installation in x x x Installation in x x x Installation in x x x
A4
Selection Table
Version Description Installation Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
A4 Temperature
Input Module
8 channels with adjustable
parameters for resistance
in Zone 2, Zone 22
and in the safe area
9482/33-08-10 217644◄ 22 0.275

for Zone 2 temperature detectors,


thermocouples
Note Please order 2 terminals separately - see Accessories

A4 Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx DEK 13.0046X

A4 Ex nA ia [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gb


[Ex ia Da] IIIC
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust DEKRA 13 ATEX 0140 X
E II 3 (1) G Ex nA ia [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc
A4 Certifications and certificates
E II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC

Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), India (PESO), Canada (cFM), Kazakhstan (TR),
Russia (TR), Serbia (SRPS), USA (FM), Belarus (TR),
Ship approval ABS, CCS, ClassNK, DNVGL, LR, RINA, RS
A4

A4

A4
110 Remote I/O 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 111 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 11:05 11

Temperature Input Module for Zone 2


Series 9482/33

A4
Technical Data
Ex i inputs
connectable resistance Type Reference Measuring range Medium resolution
temperature detectors / (ITS-90)
resistance transmitters Pt100 IEC 60751 -200 ... +850 °C 0.1 K A4
Pt500 IEC 60751 -200 ... +850 °C 0.1 K
Pt1000 IEC 60751 -200 ... +850 °C 0.1 K
Ni100 DIN 43760 -60 ... +180 °C 0.1 K
Ni500 DIN 43760 -60 ... +180 °C 0.1 K
Ni1000 DIN 43760 -60 ... +180 °C 0.1 K A4
Pt462) GOST 6651-94 -200 ... +1100 °C 0.15 K
Pt502) GOST 6651-94 -200 ... +1100 °C 0.15 K
Pt1001) GOST 6651-94 -200 ... +1100 °C 0.1 K
Cu532) GOST 6651-94 -50 ... +180 °C 0.1 K
M501) GOST 6651-94 -200 ... +200 °C 0.15 K A4
M1001) GOST 6651-94 -200 ... +200 °C 0.1 K
Resistance transmitter (3-wire) – 0 ... 500 O 0.02 O
Resistance transmitter (3-wire) – 0 ... 2.5 kO 0.10 O
Resistance transmitter (3-wire) – 0 ... 5 kO 0.20 O
Resistance transmitter (3-wire) – 0 ... 10 kO 0.4 O A4
Joystick (4-wire) – 500 ... 10 kO
connectable Type Reference Measuring range Medium resolution Medium error
thermocouples / (ITS-90) of measurement
mV sensors with regard to
measuring range A4
B IEC 60584-1 +400 ... +1800 °C 0.25 K 0.1 %
E IEC 60584-1 200 ... +1000 °C 0.1 K 0.013 %
J IEC 60584-1 -200 ... +1200 °C 0.1 K 0.014 %
K IEC 60584-1 -200 ... +1370 °C 0.1 K 0.02 %
N IEC 60584-1 -200 ... +1300 °C 0.1 K 0.02 % A4
R IEC 60584-1 -50 ... +1767 °C 0.2 K 0.05 %
S IEC 60584-1 -50 ... +1767 °C 0.2 K 0.053 %
T IEC 60584-1 -200 ... +400 °C 0.1 K 0.042 %
L DIN 43710 -200 ... +900 °C 0.1 K 0.027 %
U DIN 43710 -200 ... +600 °C 0.1 K 0.038 % A4
XK GOST 8.585 -50 ... +800 °C 0.1 K 0.02 %
mV – 0 ... +100 mV 3.6 μV 0.01 %
Auxiliary power
Maximum power
consumption
1W
A4
Maximum power 1W
dissipation
Dimensions L = 128 mm, W = 96.5 mm, H = 67 mm

A4

A4

A4

A4

A4
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Remote I/O 111
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 112 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 11:05 11

BusRail
Series 9494

A4
> Backplane bus for the IS1+ system,
consisting of data bus, Ex i PowerBus and
address circuits
A4 > For 2 or 4 modules
> Installation on 35 mm DIN rails NS 35/15
> The BusRail can be interconnected
for up to 18 modules
A4 > Passive component with redundancy
and high availability

A4
Series 9494 A4

02076E00

WebCode 9494A
A4

ATEX / IECEx NEC 505 NEC 506 NEC 500


A4 Class I Class I Class II Class III
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Division 1 2 1 2 1 2
Ex interface x x x x Ex interface x x x x x x Ex interface x x x x x x
Installation in x x x x Installation in x x x x Installation in x x x x x x
A4
Selection Table
Version Description Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
A4 BusRail for 4 modules 9494/S1-M4 162853◄ 22 0.100

04829E00

for 2 modules begin 9494/S1-B2 162857◄ 22 0.062


A4 for 2 modules end 9494/S1-E2 162855◄ 22 0.062
07005E00

End cover BusRail begin 9494/A1-B0 162859◄ 22 0.044

A4
04826E00

end 9494/A1-E0 162861◄ 22 0.044

A4 04810E00

End cover with 0.7 m 9494/L1-V7 162865 22 0.210


connection cable
1.10 m 9494/L1-V8 162866◄ 22 0.260

A4 04769E00
length acc. specification 9494/L1-V9 162867 22 0.069

DIN rail For inserting the BusRail 103714 103714◄ 16 1.410


(> 0.5 m and < 2 m),
35 x 15 x 1.5 mm
04768E00 (EN 50022)
A4

A4
112 Remote I/O 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 113 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 11:05 11

Standard Enclosure for Remote I/O


Series 8150

A4
> Stainless steel enclosure for
installation in Zone 1
> Standard versions -
available in max. 3 weeks A4
> Prepared for the installation of
IS1+ Remote I/O
For up to 112 analog or
A4
>
224 digital signals
> Pre-configured with all accessories
> Additional options and customer specific
designs available.
A4
Series 8150 A4

17505E00

WebCode 8150D ATEX / IECEx


Zone
For use in
0 1
x
2 20 21 22
A4

Selection Table
Version Dimensions
(W x H x D)
Number
of module
Max. number
I/O signals
Order number Art. no. PS Weight
A4
mm slots (analog/digital) kg
Standard 750 x 360 x 230 6 40 / 80 IS1 RIO Station 244147◄ 22 25.000
enclosure for 360x750x230_6 Slot_Z1
Remote I/O,
Zone 1
600 x 600 x 230 8 56 / 112 IS1 RIO Station
600x600x230_8 Slot_Z1
244142◄ 22 35.000
A4
760 x 760 x 300 10 64 / 128 IS1 RIO Station 244144◄ 22 55.000
760x760x300_10 Slot_Z1
1300 x 360 x 230 10 64 / 128 IS1 RIO Station 244143◄ 22 45.000
360x1300x230_10 Slot_Z1
A4
800 x 1000 x 300 16 112 / 224 IS1 RIO Station 244146◄ 22 70.000
800x1000x300_2x8 Slot_Z1
Note Weight and delivery without modules

Technical Data A4
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas IECEx PTB 09.0049
Ex de ib [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gb
Europe (ATEX) A4
Gas PTB 09 ATEX 1109
E II 2 G Ex de ib [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gb
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), India (PESO), Kazakhstan (TR), Russia (TR),
Serbia (SRPS), Belarus (TR) A4
Ship approval Available for customized versions:
Electrical data
Rated operational voltage 24 V DC (20 ... 35 V DC)
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature -20 ... +50 °C A4
Mechanical data
Degree of protection IP65
Material
Enclosure Stainless steel, brush finished 1.4301 (V2A, AISI 304)
Applicable IS1+ modules A4
CPM 9440/22-01-11-C1243 (PROFIBUS DP V1 HART)
9440/22-01-11-C1455 (PROFIBUS DP V1 HART for PNO redundancy)
9440/22-01-11-C1202 (Modbus RTU)
I/O modules Types 9468/32, 9470/32, 9475/32, 9482/32
A4
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Remote I/O 113
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 114 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 11:05 11

Accessories

A4
A4

Accessories and Spare Parts


Designation Figure Description Art. no. PS
Plug-in terminal 2.5 mm2 with lock, 16-pole, screw connector, 24
A4
162702
blue, for connecting the field signals to I/O modules,
for intrinsically safe field circuits
Labelling: 1 ... 16
02079E00 Attention: An additional terminal is necessary for
I/O module Series 9470 and 9480.
Designation: 17 ... 32
A4 2.5 mm2 with lock, 16-pole, screw connector, 162718 24
blue, for connecting the field signals to I/O modules,
for intrinsically safe field circuits
Labelling: 17 ... 32
2.5 mm2 with lock, 16-pole, spring clamp connection, 162695◄ 24
A4 blue, for connecting the field signals to I/O modules,
for intrinsically safe field circuits, incl. test jacks
Labelling: 1 ... 16
02077E00
Attention: An additional terminal is necessary for
I/O module Series 9470 and 9480.
Designation: 17 ... 32

A4 2.5 mm2 with lock, 16-pole, spring clamp connection,


blue, for connecting the field signals to I/O modules,
162716◄ 24

for intrinsically safe field circuits, incl. test jacks


Labelling: 17 ... 32
Screw connection, 2.5 mm2 with screw lock, 16 pin, 162708 24
black, for connecting Ex nL/Ex nA field signals
A4 Labelling: 1 ... 16
09898E00
Screw connection, 2.5 mm2 with screw lock, 16 pin, 162719 24
black, for connecting Ex nL/Ex nA field signals
Labelling: 17 ... 32
Spring connection, 2.5 mm2 with screw lock and 162710◄ 24
A4 test jacks, 16 pin, black,
for connecting Ex nL/Ex nA field signals
Labelling: 1 ... 16
09899E00 Spring connection, 2.5 mm2 with screw lock and 162720◄ 24
test jacks, 16 pin, black,
for connecting Ex nL/Ex nA field signals
A4 Labelling: 17 ... 32
1.5 mm2 with lock, 24-pole, spring clamp connection, 245090◄ 24
black, for connecting the field signals to I/O modules,
for non-intrinsically safe field circuits
Caution: only for 9471/35 and 9472/35 I/O modules
A4 Labelling: 1 ... 24
17743E00

1.5 mm2 with lock, 24-pole, spring clamp connection, 245091◄ 24


black, for connecting the field signals to I/O modules,
for non-intrinsically safe field circuits
Caution: only for 9471/35 and 9472/35 I/O modules
17744E00
Labelling: 25 ... 48
A4 Sub-D plug 9-pin for connection of the fieldbus or ServiceBus 162693◄ 24
to the CPU & power module Series 9440/22 and
fieldbus-isolating repeater 9185.
Integrated terminator can be switched on or off.
09868E00
For RS-485 IS to PNOstandard.

A4 9-pin for connection of the fieldbus or ServiceBus


to the CPU & power module Series 9440/15 and
105715◄ 22

fieldbus-isolating repeater 9185.


Integrated terminator can be switched on or off.
For non-intrinsically safe RS-485.
09813E00

A4

A4

A4
114 Remote I/O 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 115 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 11:05 11

Accessories

A4
Accessories and Spare Parts
Designation Figure Description Art. no. PS
Fieldbus • Equipment for installation in safe areas or Zone 2 / Div. 2 21
A4
160587
isolating repeater, • For fieldbusses with RS-485 interface -
up to 1.5 Mbit/s Zone 1 / Class I, II, III Division 1 and Class I, II, III Zone 1
• Suitable for Profibus DP, Modbus, R. STAHL ServiceBus
• Interface to automation system RS-232, RS-422, RS-485
• Automatic setting of transfer rate for Profibus DP
• Adjustable transfer rate (1.2 kBit/s to 1.5 MBit/s)
• Power supply 24 V AC/DC A4
09867E00 • Further information see data sheet Series 9185/11
Optical fieldbus • Isolating repeater for installation in Zone 1 and 160623◄ 25
isolating repeater, Zone 2 / Class I Division 2 and Class I Zone 1
Zone 1 • For fieldbus via fibre optic intrinsically safe cables „ex op is“
into Zone 1 / Class I, II, III Division 1 and Class I, II, III Zone 0 A4
• Redundant construction possible using optical ring
• Extensive diagnostic function and fault-contact
• Suitable for Profibus DP up to 1.5 MBit/s
• Further versions and information see data sheet of
Series 9186 optical fieldbus-isolating repeater
A4
11131E00

Optical fieldbus • Isolating repeater for installation in Zone 2 / Div. 2 160624◄ 25


isolating repeater, • For fieldbus via fibre optic intrinsically safe cables „ex op is“
Zone 2 into Zone 1 / Div. 1
• Optical ring possible
• Extensive diagnostic function and fault-contact
• Suitable for Profibus DP up to 1.5 MBit/s A4
• Further versions and information see data sheet of
Series 9186 optical fieldbus-isolating repeater
11550E00

mA - isolating The mA isolating repeaters are used for the connection of 224365◄ 21
repeater
Type 9164/13-20-06
4-wire transmitters to active 2-wire inputs and
for the galvanic separation.
A4
Input: sink, Ex e
Output: sink, Ex i

A4
10389E00

mA - isolating The mA isolating repeaters are used for the connection of 224364◄ 21
repeater 4-wire transmitters to active 2-wire inputs and
Type 9164/13-20-08 for the galvanic separation.
Input: sink, Ex i
Output: sink, Ex i
A4

04653E00
A4
Electronic relay The electronic relay module 9174 is used to switch 212340 29
Model 9174/10-14-00 Ex e loads by using intrinsically safe control signals.
input: Ex i
output: 48 V / 2 A DC, Ex e
Electronic relay
Model 9174/10-15-00
The electronic relay module 9174 is used to switch
Ex e loads by using intrinsically safe control signals.
212431 29
A4
input: Ex i
output: 250 V / 1 A DC, Ex e

04036E00

A4

A4

A4
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Remote I/O 115
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 116 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 11:05 11

Accessories

A4
Accessories and Spare Parts
Designation Figure Description Art. no. PS
Resistor error The resistors are used to suppress error messages
A4 message suppression for unused I/O channels
Resistance value: 5K6 / 0.5 W 244911 24
17310E00 Suitable for: AIM 9468; DIOM 9470; DOM 9475
Resistance value: 62R / 0.5 W 244912 24
Suitable for: AOM 9468; TIM 9482
A4 Partition For mounting between intrinsically safe and 220101◄ 24
non-intrinsically safe connections of the I/O modules,
in order to adhere to the required 50 mm distance

A4 Media converter
15196E00

Media Converter of 10/100 Base-Tx (1 x RJ45 port) 220381◄ 22


9721/13-11-14 to 100 Base-Fx "Ex op is" (1 x FO port SC);
Multi mode (up to 4 km range); Webcode: 9721A

A4
16364E00

Unmanaged Switch Unmanaged Switch FX op is to TX; SC plug connector 243427◄ 24


FX op is / TX SC FO cable 4 multi mode (MM), Installation in Zone 2
A4

17417E00

A4 FO patch cable Patch cable for connection of IS1+ Ethernet CPU 9441 with 220911◄ 24
media converter 9721; plug LC / SC; lenght 3 m

A4
15289E00

Device DTM IS1+ • Parameterization, configuration and diagnostics of the on request


DTM IS1+ system and connected HART devices
• Communication via PROFIBUS DP, Modbus RTU,
Modbus TCP, EtherNet/IP and PROFINET
• Supports all FDT applications
A4 12564E00
(e.g. FieldCare, PactWare, PRM etc.)
• Condition monitoring for HART field devices
(depending on FDT frame)
• Further functions: e.g. HART-Life list,
device and network scan, I&M

A4 IS1 PCS7 APL


field device library CFC
Easy connection of IS1+ modules to the
SIEMENS control system PCS7 via PROFIBUS DP.
on request

The library contains CFC driver modules created


in conformance with PCS7 modules, and documentation in English.
HOTLINE support inclusive.
Order, processing and support are carried out directly via
SIEMENS: function.blocks.industry@siemens.com
A4
15667E00
Hardware/software requirements:
SIEMENS PCS7 V7.1 to 8.0 SP1 and
IS1+ CPM 9440/…C1455 from V03.45 and GSD from V03.05

A4

A4

A4
116 Remote I/O 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 117 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 11:05 11

Accessories

A4

A4

A4

A4

A4

A4

A4

A4

A4

A4

A4

A4

A4

A4
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Remote I/O 117
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 118 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 12:45 12

Fieldbus Technology

118 Fieldbus Technology 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en


◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 119 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 12:45 12

Contents

Fieldbus Technology
Overview of the System Components ISbus 120
General ISbus 121
Power Supply and Diagnosis
Fieldbus Power Supply ISbus 9412 122
Diagnosis Communication Module ISbus 9415 123
bus-Carrier for Fieldbus Power Supply Series 9412 ISbus 9419 124
bus-Carrier, Yokogawa ALF111 Version ISbus 9419 126
Field Device Coupler
Zone 1 Ex i Field Device Coupler ISbus 9411/21 128
Zone 1 Ex e Field Device Coupler ISbus 9411/11 130
A5
Digital I/O Coupler (4-Wire) ISbus 9413/21 132
Zone 2 Ex i Field Device Coupler ISbus 9411/24 133
Zone 2 Ex n Field Device Coupler ISbus 9410/34 135
System Components and Accessories
Fieldbus Terminator ISbus 9418 137
Accessories ISbus 139

You will find further information on the Internet www.stahl.de


Fieldbus System Solution ISbus
Fieldbus Modules ISbus
Software ISbus
Drivers ISbus

2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Fieldbus Technology 119


◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 120 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 12:45 12

General

A5
A5

A5

A5

A5

A5

A5

A5

A5

A5

A5

A5
07644E00

Overview of Functions ISbus


Field device coupler
A5 Field device Installation
9410/34
Zone 2
9411/24
Zone 2
9411/21
Zone 1
9411/11
Zone 1
9413/21
Zone 1
FISCO/Entity (ia, ib) Zone 0/1 x x
Zone 2 x
FISCO/entity (ic) Zone 2 x *) x
Ex ic (entity) Zone 2 x *) x
A5 Ex d/q/m Zone 1 x x
Zone 2 x
Ex nA Zone 2 x
Ex i solenoid valve Zone 0/1 x
Ex i contact Zone 0/1 x

A5
*) feldbus power supply with Ex ic parameters suitable for field device required

120 Fieldbus Technology 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en


◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 121 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 12:45 12

General

A5
> Components and systems for use on
Profibus PA and FOUNDATIONTM
fieldbus H1 systems
> Full product range for fieldbus installations A5
based on the „High Power Trunk“ concept in
Zone 1 and Zone 2 / Div. 2.
> Integration of simple, discrete signals onto
the fieldbus via intelligent Digital I/O Couplers A5
> Redundant fieldbus power supply with
galvanic isolation for FOUNDATIONTM
fieldbus H1
A5
A5

09085E00 > Advanced physical layer diagnostics,


optional integrated into fieldbus power supply
or via H1 network
WebCode ISBUSA > Field housings of different sizes and
materials, such as plastic, stainless steel A5
and aluminium

A5

Fieldbus technology has become established in recent years alongside conventional field devices
and field devices with HART support. The solutions from the Profibus Organisation or the
Fieldbus FOUNDATIONTM are now used in the majority of new installations. Solutions with fieldbus barriers
A5
have largely replaced the FISCO installations.The R. STAHL product range includes field device couplers
for installation in Zone 1, Zone 2 and Class 1 Div. 2 for connection of e.g. I.S. or FISCO and non-I.S.
fieldbus devices, simple discrete I.S. signals and more. The bus is supplied with the necessary power
using a simplex or redundant power supply. Physical Layer Diagnostics is integrated as standard in the A5
fieldbus power supply and can also be transmitted via FF H1 on asset management systems.

Besides the new ISbus components for FOUNDATIONTM fieldbus and Profibus PA, R. STAHL also
supplies all-inclusive system solutions. These range from different types of field housings, A5
made from plastic, stainless steel, or aluminium, and innovative solutions with Ex-plug connectors
for the non-intrinsically safe fieldbus to complete system solutions for all different forms of field signals.
Depending on the application and customer requirements, R. STAHL optimally combines the components
and systems from the Fieldbus ISbus and Remote I/O IS1+ sectors to create the most efficient and A5
low-cost solution.

A5

A5

A5

A5
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Fieldbus Technology 121
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 122 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 12:45 12

Fieldbus Power Supply


Series 9412

A5
> Single or redundant supply of
FOUNDATIONTM fieldbus H1 segments.
> Galvanic isolation between fieldbus segment
A5 and power supply unit
> High output power of up to 28 V and 1 A
> Integrated fieldbus diagnosis
(physical layer) with signalling contact
A5 > Integrated, switchable terminator

A5
Series 9412 A5

13055E00

WebCode 9412A
A5
ATEX / IECEx NEC 505 NEC 506 NEC 500
Class I Class I Class II Class III
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Division 1 2 1 2 1 2
A5 Installation in x x Installation in x x Installation in x x x

Selection Table
Version Description Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
A5 Fieldbus fieldbus power supply and diagnostics 9412/00-310-11s 200586◄ 23 0.135
power supply fieldbus power supply, 9412/00-320-11s 200588◄ 23 0.135
diagnostics and adjustable warning level

Technical Data
A5 Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas IECEx BVS 09.0043X
Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc
Europe (ATEX)
A5 Gas BVS 09 ATEX E 099 X
E II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Canada (cFM), Kazakhstan (TR), Russia (TR), Serbia (IZP),
USA (FM), Belarus (TR)
A5 Ship approval DNVGL
Auxiliary power
Nominal voltage 24 V DC
Power dissipation 2.75 W at 500 mA output current and 24 V
Fieldbus
A5 Specification IEC 61158-2, FOUNDATIONTM fieldbus H1 FF-831
Segment supply
Supply voltage ) 28 V DC
Note: other output voltages for FNICO and Entity upon request
Supply current
A5 Simplex mode 10 ... 500 mA
Redundant mode 10 ... 500 mA (= 2 x 250 mA in redundant operation 2 x 9412)
Boost mode 10 mA ... 1 A (= 2 x 500 mA in parallel operation 2 x 9412)
Diagnostics
Fault detection 9412/0.-310-11s: overload and short circuit
A5 9412/0.-320-11s: overload, short circuit and Physical Layer values:
trunk voltage/current, signal level, noise, jitter, unbalance
Error message relay contact (30 V DC / 100 mA)
Ambient temperature -20 ... +70 °C (observe operating instructions)
Dimensions 108 x 114.5 x 17.6 mm
A5
122 Fieldbus Technology 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 123 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 12:45 12

Diagnosis Communication Module (DCM)


Series 9415

A5
> Online diagnosis in combination with
fieldbus power supplies Series 9412
> Transmission of diagnostics data
of up to 8 FF H1 segments A5
> Diagnostics physical layer values:
voltage / current, jitter, noise,
signal level, unbalance
> Simple integration into asset management A5
systems via FF H1 and EDD or DTM
> Diagnostics handling acc. to
NAMUR NE 107 and FF-912
A5
Series 9415 A5

14240E00
> Various bus-Carriers for 4 and 8 segments,
simplex and redundant available

WebCode 9415A
A5

ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
Ex interface x
A5
Installation in x

Selection Table
Version Description Order number Art. no. PS A5
Diagnosis transmission of diagnostics data 9415/00-310-42 207903◄ 23
communication from up to 8 via FF H1
module (DCM)
Note installation in bus-Carriers with 8 (simplex / redundant) or 16 (redundant) slots

Technical Data
A5
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas IECEx BVS 11.0054X

Europe (ATEX)
Ex nA [ic] IIC T4 Gc A5
Gas BVS 11 ATEX E 104 X
E II 3 G Ex nA [ic] IIC T4 Gc
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Canada (cFM), Kazakhstan (TR), Russia (TR), USA (FM), Belarus (TR) A5
Ship approval DNVGL
Power supply from the bus-Carriers Series 9419
Diagnostics interface
For connection to ISbus Fieldbus Power Supplies 9412 (via bus-Carrier 9419)
Physical layer via Fieldbus Power Supplies 9412: A5
measurement Segment: voltage / current, jitter, signal level, noise, balance, current and voltage
(acc. to NAMUR NE 123) Fieldbus devices: jitter, signal level
Fieldbus interface
For connection to Host and Asset Management Systems with H1 interface
Functions A5
Technology EDD and DTM
Cyclic data transmission 10 DI function blocks for status information / common error per segment
Acyclic data transmission 9 Transducer blocks for detailed information: physical layer values, HI-alarm,
HIHI-alarm, LO-alarm, LOLO-alarm, status DCM, status segment, status fieldbus devices
Ambient temperature -20 ... +70 °C A5
Dimensions 108 x 114.5 x 35.2 mm

A5
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Fieldbus Technology 123
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 124 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 12:45 12

bus-Carrier
Series 9419

A5
> For Fieldbus Power Supplies Series 9412
for supplying FF H1 segments with power
> for 4 or 8 fieldbus segments,
A5 simplex or redundant
> Slot for the diagnosis communication
module (DCM) 9415 for the transmission
of physical layer data via FF H1
A5 > Mounting on DIN rail or mounting plate
> High availability through:
– Redundant auxiliary power supply
with signalling contact
A5
Series 9419 A5

14710E00 – Separate signalling contact


for segment fault

WebCode 9419A
A5

ATEX / IECEx
A5 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
Installation in x

Selection Table

A5 Version Connection Trunk


supply
Number
of segments
Number
of slots
Order number Art. no. PS

bus-Carrier, to any simplex 8 8 FPS + 9419/08F-XX1-01C1 208745 23


universal FF H1 hosts 1 DCM
redundant 4 8 FPS + 9419/04R-XX1-02C1 208746◄ 23
1 DCM
A5 8 16 FPS + 9419/08R-XX1-02C1 208747◄ 23
1 DCM
Note Shield clamps have to be ordered separately for carriers 08R and 04R.

Technical Data
A5 Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas IECEx BVS 09.0042X
Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc
Europe (ATEX)
A5 Gas BVS 09 ATEX E 100 X
E II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX

A5 Ship approval
Auxiliary power
DNVGL

Nominal voltage UN 24 V DC
Redundant supply yes, diode-decoupled
Error detection
A5 Power Fail (pri / red)
Diagnostics
Contact "PF" (35 V /100 mA) closed in good conditions
Contact "Dia" (35 V /100 mA) closed in good conditions
Ambient temperature -20 ... +70 °C
for further information, see operating instructions for Type 9412
Connection
A5 Trunk
Host / red. host
to the terminals of the bus-Carrier or of the fieldbus power supply
to the terminals of the bus-Carrier or of the Fieldbus Power Supplies
DCM via ribbon cable using plug connectors
Shield via integrated shield bar with strain relief

A5
124 Fieldbus Technology 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 125 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 12:45 12

bus-Carrier
Series 9419

A5
Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm [inches]) - Subject to Alterations

A5

144 [5,67]
154 [6,06]

A5

130 [5,12]
A5
X 160 [6,30] 62 [2,30]
14791E00

Type Dimension X
9419/04R-XX1-02C1 217 mm [8.55] A5
9419/08F-XX1-01C1 217 mm [8.55]
9419/08R-XX1-02C1 359 mm [14.13]

A5

A5

A5

A5

A5

A5

A5

A5

A5
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Fieldbus Technology 125
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 126 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 12:45 12

bus-Carrier
Series 9419, Yokogawa ALF111 Version

A5
> For Fieldbus Power Supplies Series 9412
for supplying FF H1 segments with power
> For 4 or 8 fieldbus segments,
A5 simplex or redundant
> With connecting plugs for
Yokogawa ALF111 host sub-assembly
Slot for the diagnosis communication
A5
>
module (DCM) 9415 for the transmission
of physical layer data via FF H1
> Mounting on DIN rail or mounting plate
High availability through:
A5 >
Series 9419, Yokogawa ALF111 Version A5

15302E00
– Redundant auxiliary power supply
with signalling contact
– Separate signalling contact
WebCode 9419B for segment fault
A5
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
A5 Installation in x

Selection Table
Version Connection Trunk Number Number Order number Art. no. PS
supply of segments of slots
A5 bus-Carrier, to Yokogawa simplex 8 8 FPS + 9419/08F-YO1-01A5 221454 23
Yokogawa ALF111 FF 1 DCM
H1 hosts
redundant 4 8 FPS + 9419/04R-YO1-02A5 221455◄ 23
1 DCM
8 16 FPS + 23
A5
9419/08R-YO1-02A5 221456◄
1 DCM
Note Shield clamps have to be ordered separately for carriers 08R and 04R.

Technical Data
Explosion protection
A5 Global (IECEx)
Gas IECEx BVS 09.0042X
Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc
Europe (ATEX)
Gas BVS 09 ATEX E 100 X
A5 E II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX
Ship approval DNVGL

A5 Auxiliary power
Nominal voltage UN 24 V DC
Redundant supply yes, diode-decoupled
Error detection
Power Fail (pri / red) Contact "PF" (35 V /100 mA) closed in good conditions
A5 Diagnostics
Ambient temperature
Contact "Dia" (35 V /100 mA) closed in good conditions
-20 ... +70 °C
for further information, see operating instructions for Type 9412
Connection
Trunk to the terminals of the bus-Carrier or of the fieldbus power supply
A5 Host / red. host
DCM
via system plug for Yokogawa AKB336 system cable
via ribbon cable using plug connectors
Shield via integrated shield bus or to terminal connections "S"

A5
126 Fieldbus Technology 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 127 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 12:45 12

bus-Carrier
Series 9419, Yokogawa ALF111 Version

A5
Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm [inches]) - Subject to Alterations

A5
129 [5,08]

A5
160 [6,30]

A5

129 [5,08]
A5
160 [6,30]
358 [14,09]

A5
217 [8,54]

A5

A5
15455E00 11560E00 15300E00 11561E00

9419/08R bus-Carrier for 8 fieldbus segments 9419/04R bus-Carrier for 4 fieldbus segments

A5
129 [5,08]

A5
160,5 [6,32]

A5
217 [8,54]

A5
130 [5,12]
144 [5,67]
252 [9,92]

A5
160 [6,30] 62 [2,30]
15301E00 11562E00 11559E00

9419/08F bus-Carrier for 8 fieldbus segments 9419 bus-Carrier with modules

A5
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Fieldbus Technology 127
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 128 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 12:45 12

Zone 1 Ex i Field Device Coupler


Series 9411/21

A5
> For FOUNDATIONTM fieldbus H1
and PROFIBUS PA
> Connection of 4 or 8 intrinsically safe
A5 (FISCO/Entity) fieldbus devices
> Galvanic isolation between intrinsically
safe field devices and non-intrinsically
safe fieldbus
A5 > Reduced starting and low short-circuit current
due to power management
> Capacitive or direct earthing of cable screens
LED indication of status and faults
A5 >
Series 9411/21 A5

16694E00
on each spur
> Integrated fieldbus termination can be
4 Spurs: WebCode 9411C activated
A5 8 Spurs: WebCode 9411D

ATEX / IECEx NEC 505 NEC 506 NEC 500


A5 Class I Class I Class II Class III
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Division 1 2 1 2 1 2
Ex interface x x x x x x Ex interface x x x x x x Ex interface x x x x x x
Installation in x x x x Installation in x x x x Installation in x x x
A5
Selection Table
Version Field enclosure Terminals Number of channels Order number Art. no. PS
(spurs)

A5 Ex i field device
coupler without
without,
DIN rail mount
screw terminals 4 9411/21-210-31 161843 23

enclosure 8 9411/21-210-41 161887 23


detachable 4 9411/21-230-31 206826◄ 23
screw terminals
8 9411/21-230-41 206829◄ 23
A5 Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx BVS 08.0057X
A5 IECEx Ex marking without enclosure:
Ex mb e b ib [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gb
[Ex ia Da] IIIC
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust BVS 06 ATEX E 004 X
A5 ATEX Ex marking without enclosure:
E II 2 (1) G Ex mb e ib [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gb
E II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), India (PESO), Canada (cFM), Kazakhstan (TR),
A5 Ship approval
Russia (TR), Serbia (SRPS), USA (FM), Belarus (TR)
DNVGL
Safety data each spur FISCO (IEC 60079-11, IEC 60079-27)

A5

A5
128 Fieldbus Technology 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 129 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 12:45 12

Zone 1 Ex i Field Device Coupler


Series 9411/21

A5
Technical Data
Power supply not required, the field device coupler is powered from the trunk
Version 4 spurs 8 spurs
Trunk,
non-intrinsically safe / Ex e A5
Voltage range 16 ... 32 V 16 ... 32 V
Max. current consumption at 24 V at 24 V
0 mA each spur 24 mA 0 mA each spur 26 mA
20 mA each spur 80 mA 20 mA each spur 147 mA A5
Max. power dissipation 1.8 W 1.8 W
Spurs,
intrinsically safe FISCO Ex i
Quantity
Current range
4
0 ... 41 mA per spur
8
0 ... 41 mA per spur
A5
Ambient temperature Coupler mounted on DIN rails: Coupler mounted on DIN rails:
-40 ... +75 °C -40 ... +75 °C
Dimensions
Type W [mm] H [mm] D [mm]
9411/21-2.0-31 208.5 83.3 128.2 A5
9411/21-2.0-41 208.5 83.3 128.3

A5

A5

A5

A5

A5

A5

A5

A5

A5
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Fieldbus Technology 129
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 130 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 12:45 12

Zone 1 Ex e Field Device Coupler


Series 9411/11

A5
> For FOUNDATIONTM fieldbus H1
and Profibus PA
> Connection of up to 4 or 8 explosion
A5 protected (Ex d / Ex m) field devices to
a non-intrinsically safe / Ex e fieldbus
> Short-circuit protection for each spur
Reduced starting and low short-circuit current
A5
>
through power management
> LED indication of faults on each spur
> Switchable termination on board
A5 > Screw or cage clamp terminals
Series 9411/11 A5

16693E00

> Customer specific enclosures available in


different versions
WebCode 9411B
A5

ATEX / IECEx NEC 505 NEC 506 NEC 500


A5 Class I Class I Class II Class III
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Division 1 2 1 2 1 2
Ex interface x x x x Ex interface x x x x Ex interface x x x
Installation in x x x x Installation in x x x x Installation in x x x
A5
Selection Table
Version Field enclosure Terminals Number of channels Order number Art. no. PS
(spurs)

A5 Ex e field device
coupler without
without,
DIN rail mount
screw terminals 4 9411/11-210-30 161849◄ 23

enclosure 8 9411/11-210-40 161855◄ 23

Technical Data
Explosion protection
A5 Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx BVS 08.0056X
Ex mb e IIC T4 Gb
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust BVS 06 ATEX E 003 X
A5 E II 2 G Ex mb e IIC T4 Gb
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Belarus (TR), Brazil (INMETRO), Canada (cFM), India (PESO), Kazakhstan (TR),
Russia (TR), Serbia (SRPS), USA (FM)
Ship approval DNVGL
A5

A5

A5

A5
130 Fieldbus Technology 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 131 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 12:45 12

Zone 1 Ex e Field Device Coupler


Series 9411/11

A5
Technical Data
Power supply not required, the field device coupler is powered from the trunk
Trunk, non-intrinsically safe / Ex e
Rated operational voltage
Max. current consumption
9 ... 32 V
9411/11-...-30 9411/11-...-40
A5
(4 spurs) (8 spurs)
0 mA each spur 25 mA 25 mA
20 mA each spur 105 mA 185 mA
41 mA each spur 189 mA 353 mA A5
3 or 7 spurs with 41 mA each spur, 198 mA 362 mA
1 spur in short circuit
Short-circuit all spurs 75 mA 75 mA

Max. power dissipation 1.1 W A5


Spurs, Ex e
Quantity 4/8
Current range 0 ... 41 mA per spur
Ambient temperature Coupler mounted on DIN rails: -40 ... +75 °C
Dimensions A5
Type W [mm] H [mm] D [mm]
9411/11-2.0-30 208.5 82 128.2
9411/11-2.0-40 208.5 82 128.2
A5

A5

A5

A5

A5

A5

A5

A5

A5
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Fieldbus Technology 131
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 132 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 12:45 12

Digital I/O Coupler


Series 9413

A5
> For FOUNDATIONTM fieldbus H1
> Connection of 8 intrinsically safe contacts
or proximity sensors and 4 intrinsically
A5 safe solenoid valves
> Galvanic isolation between input,
output and fieldbus
Fieldbus operation can be intrinsically safe
A5
>
(FISCO) or non-intrinsically safe
(high power trunk)
> LED indicator of power supply and fieldbus

A5
Series 9413 A5

06148E

WebCode 9413A ATEX / IECEx

A5 Zone
Ex interface
0
x
1
x
2
x
20
x
21
x
22
x
Installation in x x x x

A5 Selection Table
Version Field enclosure Power supply Fieldbus Order number Art. no. PS
Digital I/O coupler without external Ex e or Ex i, 9413/21-210-84-FF 161991◄ 23
without enclosure Ex nL *)

A5 Note *) acc. to FISCO specification IEC 60079-27

Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)

A5 Gas and dust IECEx PTB 13.0038


Ex e mb [ia IIC Ga] IIC T4 Gb
Ex tb [ia IIIC Da ] IIIC T65 °C Db IP 65
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust PTB 07 ATEX 2029

A5 E II 2 (1) G Ex e mb [ia IIC Ga] IIC T4 Gb


E II 2 (1) D Ex tb [ia IIIC Da ] IIIC T65 °C Db IP 65
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), India (PESO), Canada (FM), Kazakhstan (TR),
Russia (TR), Serbia (SRPS), USA (FM), Belarus (TR)

A5 Power supply
Power supply external
Voltage range 17 ... 32 V
Nominal voltage UN 24 V DC
Max. nominal current (inputs short circuited; outputs full load; LED module installed)
consumption
A5 at 17 V
200 mA
at 22 V
150 mA
at 24 V
140 mA
at 28 V
120 mA
Discrete inputs, Ex i
Input signal acc. to EN 60947-5-6 (NAMUR)
Digital outputs, Ex i
A5 No load voltage 23.5 V
Internal resistance ( 340Ω
Min. starting current 30 mA
(0 ... 50 ms)
Min. holding current (> 50 ms) 15 mA
A5 Ambient temperature without enclosure: -20 ... +65 °C
Function blocks for FF DO, DI, MDO, MDI, AI, CI, MDO, MDI, LTB
Dimensions Type W [mm] H [mm] D [mm]
9413/21-210-84-FF 253 143 76.5

A5
132 Fieldbus Technology 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 133 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 12:45 12

Zone 2 Ex i Field Device Coupler


Series 9411/24

A5
> For FOUNDATIONTM
fieldbus H1
and PROFIBUS PA
> Connection of 4 or 8 intrinsically safe
(FISCO/Entity) fieldbus devices A5
> Galvanic isolation between intrinsically
safe field devices and non-intrinsically
safe fieldbus
> Reduced starting and low short-circuit current A5
due to power management
> LED indication of status and faults
on each spur
A5
Series 9411/24 A5

14217E00
> Integrated fieldbus termination can be
activated
4 Spurs: WebCode 9411E
8 Spurs: WebCode 9411F A5

ATEX / IECEx NEC 505 NEC 506 NEC 500


Class I Class I Class II Class III A5
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Division 1 2 1 2 1 2
Ex interface x x x x x x Ex interface x x x x x x Ex interface x x x x x x
Installation in x x x Installation in x x x Installation in x x x
A5
Selection Table
Version Field Number of channels Terminals Order number Art. no. PS
enclosure (spurs)
Zone 2 Ex i
field device coupler
without,
DIN rail mount
4 screw terminals 9411/24-310-31 203616 23
A5
detachable 9411/24-330-31 206838◄ 23
screw terminals
8 screw terminals 9411/24-310-41 203617◄ 23
detachable
screw terminals
9411/24-330-41 206839◄ 23
A5
Note Field enclosures in polyester or stainless steel: Customer specific solutions on request

A5

A5

A5

A5

A5
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Fieldbus Technology 133
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 134 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 12:45 12

Zone 2 Ex i Field Device Coupler


Series 9411/24

A5
Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)

A5 Gas and dust IECEx BVS 08.0057 X


IECEx Ex marking without enclosure:
Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc
[Ex ia Da] IIIC
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust BVS 06 ATEX E 004 X
A5 ATEX Ex marking without enclosure:
E II 3 (1) G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc
E II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
Certifications and certificates

A5 Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), Canada (cFM), Kazakhstan (TR), Russia (TR),
Serbia (SRPS), USA (FM), Belarus (TR)
Ship approval DNVGL
Power supply not required, the field device coupler is powered from the trunk
Version 4 spurs 8 spurs
Trunk,
A5 non-intrinsically safe / Ex e
Voltage range 16 ... 32 V 16 ... 32 V
Max. current consumption at 24 V at 24 V
0 mA each spur 24 mA 0 mA each spur 26 mA

A5 20 mA each spur 80 mA 20 mA each spur 147 mA

Max. power dissipation 1.8 W 1.8 W


Spurs,
intrinsically safe FISCO Ex i
Quantity 4 8
A5 Current range 0 ... 41 mA per spur
Ambient temperature Coupler mounted on DIN rails: -40 ... +75 °C
Dimensions Type W [mm] H [mm] D [mm]
9411/24-2.0-31 208.5 83.3 128.2
A5 9411/24-2.0-41 208.5 83.3 128.3

A5

A5

A5

A5

A5

A5
134 Fieldbus Technology 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 135 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 12:45 12

Zone 2 Ex n Field Device Coupler


Series 9410/34

A5
> For FOUNDATIONTM
fieldbus H1
and PROFIBUS PA
> Connection of 4, 8 or 12 explosion protected
(FISCO ic, nA, d, q, m) fieldbus devices A5
> Low start-up current due to
power management
Short-circuit monitoring with automatic
A5
>
switch-off of the respective spur and
indicator (LED)
> Customer-specific enclosures available
in different versions
A5
Series 9410/34 A5

14357E00

WebCode 9410A
A5

ATEX / IECEx NEC 505 NEC 506 NEC 500


Class I Class I Class II Class III A5
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Division 1 2 1 2 1 2
Ex interface x Ex interface x Ex interface x
Installation in x Installation in x Installation in x
A5

Selection Table
Version Field enclosure Number of channels
(spurs)
Terminals Order number Art. no. PS
A5
Field device coupler without, 4 screw terminals, 9410/34-330-30 207904 23
without enclosure DIN rail mount pluggable
8 screw terminals, 9410/34-330-40 207905◄ 23
pluggable
A5
12 screw terminals, 9410/34-330-60 207906◄ 23
pluggable

A5

A5

A5

A5

A5
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Fieldbus Technology 135
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 136 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 12:45 12

Zone 2 Ex n Field Device Coupler


Series 9410/34

A5
Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)

A5 Gas IECEx BVS 11.0015X


Ex nA [ic] IIC T4 Gc
Europe (ATEX)
Gas BVS 11 ATEX E 031 X
E II 3 G Ex nA [ic] IIC T4 Gc
A5 Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), Canada (cFM), Kazakhstan (TR), Russia (TR), Serbia (SRPS),
USA (FM), Belarus (TR)
Ship approval DNVGL
Power supply not required, the Field Device Coupler is powered from the trunk

A5 Trunk,
not intrinsically safe / Ex nA
Voltage range 9 ... 32 V
Max. current consumption 9410/34-...-30 9410/34-...-40 9410/34-...-60
(4 spurs) (8 spurs) (12 spurs)

A5 0 mA each spur
20 mA each spur
25 mA
105 mA
25 mA
185 mA
25 mA
265 mA
41 mA each spur 189 mA 353 mA 517 mA
3 / 7 / 11 spurs at 41 mA 198 mA 362 mA 526 mA
each, 1 spur per short-circuit
Short-circuit all spurs 75 mA 75 mA 75 mA
A5 Max. power dissipation 1.2 W
Spurs, Ex ic / nA / nL
Note Spur ic and nL in combination with voltage limited fieldbus power supply only
(e.g. R. STAHL Types 9412/01 or 9412/02)

A5 Quantity
Current range
4, 8, 12
0 ... 41 mA per spur
Ambient temperature Coupler mounted on DIN rails: -40 ... +75 °C
Dimensions Type W [mm] H [mm] D [mm]
9410/34-330-30 103 94 64
A5 9410/34-330-40
9410/34-330-60
154
206
94
94
64
64

A5

A5

A5

A5

A5

A5
136 Fieldbus Technology 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 137 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 12:45 12

Fieldbus Terminator
Series 9418

A5
> Terminator for FOUNDATIONTM
fieldbus
or PROFIBUS PA segments
> For use with intrinsically safe (FISCO)
and non-intrinsically safe segments A5
> Extremely compact design
> Simple installation in M20 cable entries
For direct integration into enclosures
>
or field devices
A5

A5
Series 9418 A5

07211E00

WebCode 9418A
A5

ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 A5
Ex interface x x x x
Installation in x x x x

Selection Table A5
Version Fieldbus Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
Fieldbus Terminator non-intrinsically safe (Ex e) 9418/01-201-10 168062◄ 23 0.080
Ex m
A5
Fieldbus Terminator intrinsically safe (FISCO) 9418/02-201-10 168063◄ 23 0.080
Ex i

Technical Data
Design
Explosion protection
9418/01 (Ex m) 9418/02 (Ex i)
A5
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx PTB 08.0007 IECEx PTB 08.0007
Ex mb IIC T6/T5 Gb Ex ib IIC T6/T5 Gb

Europe (ATEX)
Ex tb IIIC T65 °C / T100 °C Db Ex ib IIIC T65 °C / T100 °C Db A5
Gas and dust PTB 07 ATEX 2053 PTB 07 ATEX 2053
E II 2 G Ex mb IIC T6/T5 Gb E II 2 G Ex ib IIC T6/T5 Gb
E II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T65 °C / T100 °C Db E II 2 D Ex ib IIIC T65 °C / T100 °C Db
Certifications and certificates A5
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Belarus (TR), Brazil (INMETRO), Canada (cFM), India (PESO), Kazakhstan (TR),
Russia (TR), Serbia (SRPS), USA (FM)
Ship approval DNVGL
Terminating resistor
Capacitance 1 mF A5
Resistance 100 Ω
Ambient temperature T5: -40 ... +75 °C
T6: -40 ... +40 °C

A5

A5
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Fieldbus Technology 137
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 138 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 12:45 12

Fieldbus Terminator
Series 9418

A5
Technical Data
Installation example

A5

A5
07111E00
When the Fieldbus Terminator is installed in a cable gland:
• It is used as a certified expander plug
• It can be seen that an EOL resistor is connected to a device in the enclosure
A5 even if the enclosure is closed

Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm / inches) – Subject to Alterations


32 mm / 1.26 "

A5 10 mm / 0.39 "
ø 12 mm / 0.47 "

ø 14 mm / 0.55 "

A5
07212E00

9418 Fieldbus Terminator

A5

A5

A5

A5

A5

A5

A5

A5
138 Fieldbus Technology 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 139 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 12:45 12

Accessories

A5
A5

Accessories and Spare Parts


Designation Figure Description Art. no. PS
Terminator Fieldbus Terminator "Ex m" 23
A5
168062◄
Fieldbus Terminator "Ex i" 168063◄ 23

06501E00

Fieldbus Wizard
Engineering Tool Engineering
Engineering tool for design of fieldbus foundation or
Profibus PA fieldbus segments
A5
Download under www.fieldbus-solutions.info
Tool

Cable gland
07376E00

10
A5
8161/7-M20-1304 50 pieces 239156◄
4 ... 13 mm2 (delivery lot*))
02055E00

8161/8-M20-1304 50 pieces 239164◄ 10


4 ... 13 mm2 (delivery lot*)) A5
13027E00

Spring-loaded Spring-loaded clamping bracket KLBÜ C01 113509 24


clamping bracket

Top rail
15797E00

for installation onto DIN rails NS35/15 168202 23


A5
mounting set for Digital I/O Coupler, Series 9413

06988E00 A5
pac-Bus Wiring for power supply and common error messaging 160731◄ 21
for up to 8 fieldbus power supplies
11311E00

Eathing bar set Earthing bar 9411 spring terminal strap 202774◄ 23
for 4 Spurs A5
01525E00

Earthing bar 9411 with screw terminals 161929◄ 23

A5
16248E00

Eathing bar set Earthing bar 9411 spring terminal strap 202775◄ 23
for 8 Spurs

04079E00
A5
Earthing bar 9411 with screw terminals 161930◄ 23

A5
16249E00

Ex e enclosure, Enclosures made of impact resistant glass fibre reinforced see chapter E4
polyester resin polyester resin in different sizes for installation in Zone 1
Series 8146

16716E00
A5
Ex e enclosure, Enclosure made of stainless steel in different sizes see chapter E4
stainless steel for installation in Zone 1
Series 8150

16717E00 A5
*) Purchase order quantity in [pieces], the delivery quantity is automatically rounded to the delivery lot.

A5
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Fieldbus Technology 139
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A6_KP_2016_en.book Seite 140 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:20 13

Wireless

140 Wireless 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en


◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A6_KP_2016_en.book Seite 141 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:20 13

Contents

Wireless
General ISwireless 142
HFisolator ISwireless 9730 143
Coax Bushing ISwireless 9731 144
WLAN Access Point - Zone 1 ISwireless 8265 146
WLAN Access Point - Zone 2 ISwireless 7145/5 148
WirelessHART Gateway ISwireless 7145 150

A6

2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Wireless 141


◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A6_KP_2016_en.book Seite 142 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:20 13

General

A6
A6

Overview of the Portfolio

A6

A6

A6

A6

A6
14383E01

A6 Latest Wireless Technology in Process Automation


Application of wireless technology in the process industry offers The HFisoator converts common wireless signals into
new possibilities for plant operators to optimize production explosion-protected, intrinsically safe wireless signals.
processes and to follow entirely new paths. This opens up a wide The signals are transmitted in a galvanically separated way
field of applications with a variety of solutions for the operator. between input and output. Furthermore, R. STAHL offers a
A6 R. STAHL takes this trend into account in various ways. number of products that are immediately applicable.
This includes: WLAN Access Point for Zone 1 and Zone 2,
You have a wireless modem without Ex-approval and you want WirelessHART Gateway and switch, which do not require
to use it in a hazardous area? Based on components like the a battery or a power supply.
HFisolator, we will take your wireless solution into the
A6 hazardous area.

Applications and Suitable Wireless Solution


Applications Wireless solution

A6 Position switch and switching without signal line and


power supply
Position switch 8074F
Control device 8040F
Receiver and repeater
Wireless sensor and actor networks - WirelessHART WirelessHART Gateway Series 7145
Data communication with portable or mobile devices WLAN Access Point 7145 for Zone 2
A6 Point-to-point connections for CCTV and HMI WLAN Access Point 8265 for Zone 1
Tracking of assets and individuals indoors and outdoors Asset Tracking System based on active RFID

A6

A6

A6
142 Wireless 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A6_KP_2016_en.book Seite 143 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:20 13

HFisolator
Series 9730

A6
> Allows the use of standard antennas
in hazardous areas
> Compact design
> Variants for 900 MHz, 2.4 and 5 GHz A6
> Extremely wide temperature range
> Flexible use
A6

A6
Series 9730 A6

16718E00

WebCode 9730A ATEX / IECEx


Zone
Ex i interface
0
x
1
x
2
x
20
x
21
x
22
x
A6

Selection Table
Version Frequency band Frequency range Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg A6
HFisolator 900 MHz 860 ... 960 MHz 9730/12-11 240093 75 0.400
Series 9730 2.4 GHz 2.4 ... 2.5 GHz 9730/13-11 240094◄ 75 0.220
5 GHz 4.9 ... 5.9 GHz 9730/14-11 240095 75 0.150
2.4 & 5 GHz 2.4 ... 2.5 & 75 0.450
A6
9730/15-11 240096◄
4.9 ... 5.9 GHz

Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas, dust and mining IECEx BAS 14.0160 X A6
[Ex ia Ga] IIC
[Ex ia Da] IIIC
[Ex ia Ma] I
Europe (ATEX)
Gas, dust and mining Baseefa 14 ATEX 0360 X A6
E II (1) GD [Ex ia Ga] IIC, [Ex ia Da] IIIC
E I (M1) [Ex ia Ma] I
Certifications and certificates
Certificates
Safety data
IECEx, ATEX
A6
Isolation voltage 253 V AC
Maximum input power IIC 2W
IIB 3.5 W
IIA
I, III
6W
6W
A6
Design 9730/12-11 9730/13-11 9730/14-11 9730/15-11
Electrical data
Insertion loss, typical < 1.3 dB < 1.4 dB < 1.5 dB < 1.85 & < 2.45 dB
Connection, coaxial SMA socket
(female)
SMA socket
(female)
SMA socket
(female)
SMA socket
(female)
A6
Mechanical data
Dimensions 100 x 65 x 20 mm 100 x 25 x 20 mm 80 x 25 x 20 mm 150 x 67 x 20 mm
Degree of protection IP40 IP40 IP40 IP40
Ambient conditions A6
Operating temperature -60 ... +80 °C
Storage temperature -60 ... +80 °C
Relative humidity ( 95 %
(no condensation)
A6
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Wireless 143
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A6_KP_2016_en.book Seite 144 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:20 13

Coax Bushing
Series 9731

A6
> Connect antennas in hazardous locations –
standard N-type connector
> Fast and easy installation
A6 > Extended temperature range
-60 ... -150 °C
> Compact design
High degree of protection IP66
A6 >

> Suitable for Offshore applications

A6
Series 9731 A6

17350E00

WebCode 9731A ATEX / IECEx

A6 Zone
For use in
0 1
x
2
x
20 21
x
22
x

Selection Table
A6 Version Connector Thread Order number Art. no. PS Weight
Outside Inside kg
Coax bushing N-Type female SMA female M20 9731/110-1 249456 75 0.400
Series 9731
3/4 NPT 9731/110-2 249457 75 0.400
A6
Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas, dust and mining IECEx TRC 15.0001X
A6 Ex d IIC Gb
Ex tb IIIC Db
Ex d I Mb
Europe (ATEX)
Gas, dust and mining TRAC15ATEX0001X
A6 E II 2 G Ex d IIC Gb
E II 2 D Ex tb IIIC Db
E I M2 Ex d I Mb
Certifications and certificates
A6 Certificates
Insertion loss
IECEx, ATEX
900 MHz 0.25 dB
2.4 GHz 0.5 dB
5 GHz 0.8 dB
Ambient conditions
A6 Operating temperature -60 ... +150 °C
Storage temperature -60 ... +150 °C
Relative humidity 0 ... 95 %, non condensing
Mechanical data
Degree of protection IP65
A6 Material Nickel plated brass

A6

A6
144 Wireless 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A6_KP_2016_en.book Seite 145 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:20 13

Coax Bushing
Series 9731

A6
Accessories and Spare Parts
Designation Description Frequency band Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
HFisolator Converts a standard wireless 900 MHz 9730/12-11 240093 75 0.400
A6
Series 9730 signal into an intrinsically
safe signal 2.4 GHz 9730/13-11 240094◄ 75 0.220
5 GHz 9730/14-11 240095 75 0.150
2.4 & 5 GHz 9730/15-11 240096◄ 75 0.450 A6
Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm [inches]) - Subject to Alterations

A6

A6

17575E00 17576E00 A6
9731/110-1 Coax bushing 9731/110-2 Coax bushing

A6

A6

A6

A6

A6

A6

A6

A6
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Wireless 145
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A6_KP_2016_en.book Seite 146 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:20 13

WLAN Access Point


Series 8265

A6
> Robust, industrial Access Point for Zone 1
> Based on ProSoft RLX2-IHW-E
Degree of protection IP66
A6
>

> For use from -40 ... +60°C


> Standard: IEEE 802.11a/b/g
Solution for 802.11n on request
A6

A6
Series 8265 A6

17134E00

WebCode 8265C ATEX / IECEx

A6 Zone
Installation in
0 1
x
2
x
20 21
x
22
x

Selection Table
A6 Version Basic version Wire-line Interface, Order number PS
interface antenna cable
• Ex d enclosure 8265/5 Ethernet N-type socket, 8265/5.-.... 75
• WLAN access point 100BASE-T intrinsically safe Ex ia
industrial design
A6
17583E00
WLAN Access Point
Series 8265
A6
Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx PTB 07.0029
A6 Ex d e [ia Ga] IIC T6 Gb
Ex tb [ia Da] IIIC T80°C Db
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust PTB 06 ATEX 1077
E II 2 G Ex d e [ia Ga] IIC T6 Gb
A6 E II 2 D Ex tb [ia Da] IIIC T80°C Db
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX
Further parameters

A6 Installation in Zone 1, 2 or Zone 21, 22

A6

A6

A6
146 Wireless 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A6_KP_2016_en.book Seite 147 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:20 13

WLAN Access Point


Series 8265

A6
Technical Data
Wireless
Radio standards 802.11a, 802.11b, 802.11g, 802.11i or in addition optional 802.11n
Safety / Encoding WPA2 - 802.11i with 128 bit AES-CCM
WPA TKIP, WEP support A6
MAC ID filter
administrator password
Antenna diversity yes (optional)
Operating modes Access Point, Access Client or Repeater / Bridge
Configuration via integrated web server A6
Auxiliary power
Rated voltage 24 V DC
Ambient temperature -40 ... +60 °C
Degree of protection IP66
A6
Accessories and Spare Parts
Designation Description Art. no. PS Weight
kg
Antennas omnidirectional, 2.4 GHz ISM band 6 dBi antenna gain 207405 75 0.370 A6
omnidirectional, 5 GHz ISM band 6 dBi antenna gain 207406 75 0.200
omnidirectional, 2.4 / 5 GHz ISM band 6/8 dBi antenna gain 207407 75 0.370
mounting kit for antenna 207408 75 0.160
Antennas for use in the offshore applications are available on request. A6
Coaxial Order is based on your specification.
cable Specify length, plug connector and cable type, if necessary.

Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm [inches]) - Subject to Alterations A6


Ø 11 [Ø 0,43]

A6
Ø 289 [Ø 11,34]

A6
210 [ 8,27] 16,50
236 [ 9,29] [0,65] 227 [8,94]

A6
17630E00

8265, size 4, external antenna

A6

A6

A6

A6
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Wireless 147
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A6_KP_2016_en.book Seite 148 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:20 13

WLAN Access Point


Series 7145/5

A6
> Compact WLAN access point enables
communication with portable devices such as
barcode scanner, cameras, PDAs in Zone 2
A6 > Open standard conforms to 802.11a/b/g
(802.11 n on request)
> Robust and compact design for
use in industrial environment
A6 > Temperature range -40 ... +60 °C
> Flexible design for use in Zones 2, 22
> Field enclosures made of stainless steel
with IP65
A6
Series 7145/5 A6

12691E00

WebCode 7145D ATEX

A6 Zone
Installation in
0 1 2
x
20 21 22
x
Note: NEC solution on request

A6 Selection Table
Version Description Field enclosure Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
WLAN access point integrated in made of 7145/5-.... 207124 75 2.400
A6 Series 7145/5 enclosure stainless steel

Technical Data
Explosion protection
Europe (ATEX)
A6 Gas and dust PTB 09 ATEX 1129
E II 3 G Ex nA IIC T5 Gc
E II 3 D Ex tb IIIC T130°C Dc
Certifications and certificates
Certificates ATEX
A6 Wireless
Radio standards 802.11a, 802.11b, 802.11g, 802.11i
Safety / Encoding WPA2 - 802.11i with 128 bit AES-CCM
Legacy WPA TKIP, WEP support
MAC ID filter
administrator password
A6 Antenna diversity yes
Configuration using the integrated web server
Auxiliary power
Rated voltage 24 V DC

A6 Ambient temperature
Degree of protection
-40 ... +60 °C

Field enclosure IP65

A6

A6

A6
148 Wireless 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A6_KP_2016_en.book Seite 149 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:20 13

WLAN Access Point


Series 7145/5

A6
Accessories and Spare Parts
Designation Description Art. no. PS Weight
kg
Antennas omnidirectional, 2.4 GHz ISM band 6 dBi antenna gain 207405 75 0.370
A6
omnidirectional, 5 GHz ISM band 6 dBi antenna gain 207406 75 0.200
omnidirectional, 2.4 / 5 GHz ISM band 6/8 dBi antenna gain 207407 75 0.370
mounting kit for antenna 207408 75 0.160 A6
Antennas for use in the offshore applications are available on request.
Coaxial cable 1.5 m 207411 75 0.110
3m 207410 75 0.110
6m 207409 75 0.110 A6
Antenna barrier / Enclosure bushing and Exi limitation of antenna signal 248629 75 0.173
HFisolator N-type socket for external connection
The use of the antenna barrier requires a customer-specific
adjustment of the enclosure: opening for n-type socket.
A6
Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm [inches]) - Subject to Alterations

A6
6 [0,24]
91 [3,58]

A6
[0,40]
10

7 [0,28]
,28 ]
3 [0,12]

[ø 0
ø7
236,50 [9,31]

A6
196,50 [7,74]
279 [10,98]

A6

A6
182 [7,17]
212,50 [8,37]
228,50 [9,00]
14264E00
A6
Series 7145/5-0236-0176-091-2311 WLAN Access Point

A6

A6

A6
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Wireless 149
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A6_KP_2016_en.book Seite 150 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:20 13

WirelessHART Gateway
Series 7145

A6
> Compact WirelessHART gateway
for operating WirelessHART field devices
> Ethernet interface for communication
A6 with DCS and Asset Management System
> Intuitive operation via web server
> Robust stainless steel enclosure
with IP65 rated protection
A6 > Optional:
– Intrinsically safe Ex ia antenna interface –
to guarantee safety while working on
the interface
A6
Series 7145 A6

17254E00 – Ethernet connection via FO,


Ex op is explosion-protected

WebCode 7145C ATEX

A6 Zone
Installation in
0 1 2
x
20 21 22
x

Selection Table
A6 Version Data interface Field enclosure Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
WirelessHART 100Base-TX Stainless steel, 7145/54-0360-0176- 239977 75 5.500
Gateway (copper) painted 0091-0003

A6 Series 7145
Antennae and antenna cables are not included and must be ordered separately; see Accessories.

Technical Data
Explosion protection
A6 Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust PTB 09 ATEX 1129
E II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc
E II 3 D Ex tc IIIC T130°C Dc
Certifications and certificates
A6 Certificates ATEX
Electrical data
Auxiliary power
Nominal voltage 24 V DC
Voltage range 18 ... 31.2 V DC
A6 Nominal current at 24 V DC 180 mA
Power consumption 4.64 W
Operation indication "PWR" LED green
Radio interface
Protocol WirelessHART
A6 Frequency band 2.4 ... 2.4835 GHz (ISM-Band)
Max. number of WirelessHART 100
subscribers
Antenna connection RP-SMA (female external thread, inner pin)
Transmitting power (EIRP) 14.25 mW (11.54 dBm)
A6 Range Maximum: 200 m outside, 50 m inside,
depending on ambient conditions and antenna location.
National radio frequency allocation The radio interface uses the licence-free, 2.4 GHz frequency band.
Please note that local regulations may limit the use of the device.
Directive 99/5/EC ETSI EN 300328: V1.8.1 (2012-06), ETSI EN 301489-17: V2.2.1 (2012-09)
A6

A6
150 Wireless 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A6_KP_2016_en.book Seite 151 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:20 13

WirelessHART Gateway
Series 7145

A6
Technical Data
Data interface
Protocol Modbus TCP, HART over Ethernet (UDP)
100Base-TX connection
Transmission range
RJ45
max. 100 m A6
Parameterisation Via integrated web server
Electromagnetic compatibility Tested in accordance with the following standards and regulations:
EN 61326-1 (application in industrial environments)
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature -20 ... +60 °C A6
Storage -20 ... +70 °C
Relative humidity 5 ... 95 %
(no condensation)
Use at the height of ( 2000 m
Mechanical data A6
Auxiliary power connection
terminal
Design Screw terminal, 2-pin
Connection
Rigid 0.2 ... 2.5 mm2 A6
Flexible 0.2 ... 2.5 mm2
Flexible 0.25 ... 2.5 mm2
with core end sleeve
100Base-TX Ethernet RJ45
Antenna RP-SMA (female external thread, inner pin) A6
Mounting type Wall mounting
Weight 4.7 kg
Enclosure IP65
Enclosure Stainless steel 1.4301, powder-coated
A6
Accessories and Spare Parts
Designation Description Art. no. PS Weight
kg
Antennae omnidirectional, 2.4 GHz ISM band 4 dBi antenna gain 207404 75 0.340
A6
Coaxial cable antenna - device 1.5 m 207411 75 0.110
RP-SMA / N-plug
3m 207410 75 0.110
6m 207409 75 0.110 A6
RJ-45 plug connector Robust RJ-45 plug connector for fitting in the field 219563 26 0.011
The following devices can be supplied on the basis of a customised solution with a WirelessHART Gateway combined
in an enclosure on request (dimensions different from the standard).
Antenna barrier Converts standard antenna signals to intrinsically safe Ex ia signals.
Enables antennas to be installed in zones 2 and 22 or zones 1 and 21.
248629 75 0.173
A6
Is mounted in the enclosure instead of the cable gland.
N-type connector on the outside of the enclosure,
N-type connector on the inside of the enclosure.
Media Converter Media Converter of 10/100 Base-Tx (1 x RJ45 port) 220381◄ 22 0.240
to 100 Base-Fx "Ex op is" (1 x FO port SC);
Multi mode (up to 4 km range); Webcode: 9721A
A6
Media Converter from 10/100Base-TX (1 x RJ-45 port) 220382 22 0.240
to 100Base-FX "Ex op is" (1 x FO port SC);
single mode (up to 30 km range); WebCode: 9721A

A6

A6

A6
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Wireless 151
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A6_KP_2016_en.book Seite 152 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:20 13

WirelessHART Gateway
Series 7145

A6
Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm [inches]) – Subject to Alterations
91 [3,58]
7 [0,28]
ø 7 [ø 0,28]

7 [0,28] 9,50 [0,37] 6 [0,24]


A6 X
X
ø 7 [ø 0,28]

[0,79]
[0,98]
20
25
18 [0,71]
A6
25 [0,98]

18 [0,71]
26 [1,02]

320 [12,60]
~ 408 [~ 16,06]

396 [15,59]
A6 360 [14,17]

A6

A6

136 [5,35]

A6 176,50 [6,95]
212 [8,35]
17256E00

A6

A6

A6

A6

A6

A6

A6
152 Wireless 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A6_KP_2016_en.book Seite 153 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:20 13

WirelessHART Gateway
Series 7145

A6

A6

A6

A6

A6

A6

A6

A6

A6

A6

A6

A6

A6

A6
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Wireless 153
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 154 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

Operating and
Monitoring Systems

154 Operating and Monitoring Systems 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en


◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 155 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

Contents

Operating and Monitoring Systems


HMI Technologies for all Applications EXICOM 156
SERIES 600 - KVM Systems
Functional Principles EXICOM 158
SERIES 600 - Zone 1, 2, 21, 22 EXICOM SERIES ET / MT-600 159
SERIES IT-600 - Safe Area (Non-Ex) EXICOM SERIES IT-600 169
SERIES 500 - Thin Clients
Functional Principles EXICOM 174
SERIES 500 - Zone 1, 2, 21, 22 EXICOM SERIES ET / MT-500 175
SERIES IT-500 - Safe Area (Non-Ex) EXICOM SERIES IT-500 189
SERIES 400 - Panel PCs / Full Clients
Functional Principles EXICOM 194
SERIES 400 - Zone 1, 2, 21, 22 EXICOM SERIES ET / MT-400 195
SERIES IT-400 - Safe Area (Non-Ex) EXICOM SERIES IT-400 209
SERIES 300 - Operator Interfaces
Functional Principles EXICOM 214
SERIES 300 - Zone 1, 2, 21, 22 EXICOM SERIES ET / MT-300 215
SERIES 200 - Operator Interfaces A7
Functional Principles EXICOM 222
SERIES 200 - Zone 1, 2, 21, 22 EXICOM SERIES ET / MT-200 223
FALCON Series - Operator Interfaces
Functional Principles EXICOM 228
SERIES ET EXICOM ET-65 / -75 / -125 229
SERIES MT EXICOM MT-65 233
Enclosures for HMI-Devices
SERIES HSG EXICOM HSG-xxx 236

2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Operating and Monitoring Systems 155


◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 156 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

HMI Technologies for all Applications

The ideal operating station for each type of plant - in hazardous as well as industrial production areas.
Our modern EXICOM systems with different technologies provide the ideal operating station for each
application.
Our application-oriented platform strategy makes it easy for you to chose the right operating station.
The same hardware and the same structure means the same plaform: Shark (xx8 devices),
Manta (xx7 devices), Eagle (xx6 devices) and Raptor (208 devices). Each of these platforms has its
own main area of application.

Platform Shark Platform Manta Platform Eagle Platform Raptor


Area of application Oil & Gas Process automation Machine automation Oil & Gas
rough ambient GMP- and clean room rough ambient conditions
conditions applications Machine automation
GMP- and clean room
applications
Technology KVM systems Thin Client Operator Interface
Thin Client Panel PC
Panel PC Operator Interface

Process Automation ET Zone 1, 21 MT Zone 2, 22 IT Non-Ex


Networks
A7 MES, ERP, QM

Oil & Gas


Tank Farm
Automation

Machine
Automation

08607E00

WebCode HMIA

156 Operating and Monitoring Systems 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en


◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 157 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

HMI Technologies for all Applications

SERIES 600
KVM Systems (Remote HMI), Shark (xx8 devices) and Manta platforms (xx7 devices)
> Classic point-to-point data connection from a PC outside of the production area, via a transmission unit,
to an HMI on-site - reliable, simple and in use world-wide.

SERIES 500
Thin Clients (Remote HMI), Shark (xx8 devices), Manta (xx7 devices) and Eagle platforms (xx6 devices)
> Modern Server-Client structures provide flexible access options from different HMIs to different servers.
Flexible and cost-effective.

SERIES 400
Panel PCs / Full Clients (Open HMI), Shark (xx8 devices), Manta (xx7 devices) and Eagle platforms
(xx6 devices)
> On-site intelligence. Fast Intel™, AMD or Atom® processors (depending on platform) ensure fast on-site
software applications; robust PC design - also for extreme temperatures.

SERIES 300
Operator Interface
Complete operating system for complex machine applications in hazardous areas -
>
with integrated operating system and SPSPlusWIN software for easy engineering. A7

SERIES 200
Operator Interface - SERIES 200, Raptor platform (208 devices)
> The application of an innovative 7“ widescreen monitor for modern visualisation of machines,
small plants and drilling rigs in hazardous areas.

SERIES Falcon
Operator Interface - Falcon
> Robust graphics / text terminals for simple machine operation and automation tasks -
with reader systems also ideal for tank storage and tank farm applications.

2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Operating and Monitoring Systems 157


◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 158 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

Functional Principles
SERIES 600 - KVM Systems

A7
A classic KVM data connection via VGA/DVI or USB via copper or optical fibre cable to
SERIES 600 - KVM Systems A7

a terminal on-site - perfect image quality with digital data transfer.


STAHL-HMI is the only provider of transmission units that produce perfect images on displays ranging in
A7 size from 15“ up to a 24“WU wide screen.
The KVM CLASSIC solution has been developed for point-to-point data transmission.
The SERIES 600 are certified for installation in zones 1, 2, 21 and 22 or have been designed for
installation in industrial areas (Non-Ex).
A7

A7

A7

A7

A7 14833E00

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

WebCode KVMA
A7
158 Operating and Monitoring Systems 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 159 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

KVM Systems
SERIES 600 - Zone 1, 2, 21, 22

A7
R. STAHL HMI provides the classic KVM
solution (point-to-point) with digital data transfer
via copper / FO connection, thus providing
perfect image quality in Zone 1 / 2 / 21 / 22.
A7
Platform
> Shark (xx8 devices)
> Manta (xx7 devices)

A7
Applications
> Process industry
> Pharmaceutical plants
> Chemical plants
A7
SERIES 600 - Zone 1, 2, 21, 22 A7

14225E00

Highlights
> Digital transfer, no adjustment depending on
WebCode KVMA transfer distance
> Brilliant image quality with LED backlights A7
> GREEN technology - displays free of lead,
cadmium and mercury
> Displays up to a maximum size of 24“WU
(1920 x 1200 pixels) A7
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x x x A7

Field systems
Definition
Field systems
A field system consists of at least one HMI unit and its integrated software.
If the HMI unit is mounted inside an enclosure, this enclosure and all other accessories mounted insided it A7
are part of the field system.
To enable you to order a field system we have developed a product code that can represent all possible
combinations of device, software, enclosure and accessories.
The product code consists of alphanumerical characters and may look as follows:
ET-638-DVI3-1TX-00000100000-B3010000000
A7
The product code can be decoded as follows:
Decoding ET-638-DVI3-1TX - 00000100000 - B3010000000
Definition Device type hyphen more detailed device hyphen Enclosure and
type accessories
For an exact definition of each individual character please refer to the type code for field systems on the
A7
pages below. Due to the length of the type code for field systems the product descriptions and codes are
printed on opposite pages.
Ordering Field systems can only be ordered with a valid and plausible product code. For this, all digits of the product
code must be filled in with a valid character. Please note that for technical reasons not all theoretically
possible product codes and thus field systems can actually be realised.
A7
Should you have any questions please do not hesitate to contact R. STAHL HMI Systems GmbH.

A7

A7

A7
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Operating and Monitoring Systems 159
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 160 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

KVM Systems
SERIES 600 - Zone 1, 2, 21, 22

A7
Type code field system ET-/MT-6x8 platform Shark (Part 1)
Name Version Note Code Device design More detailed device design
- - DVI3- - 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -

A7 Series Zone 1, 21 see Basic ET


price
Zone 2, 22 Deduction MT
Display size 38 cm / 15“ Basic price 638
55 cm / 21.5“ Basic price 698

A7 Transfer
technology
DVI3 KVM technology Standard DVI3

Media Digital transfer via CAT7 cable Standard 1TX


Digital transfer via FO cable multi-mode Extra 1SX
Digital transfer via FO cable single mode Extra 1LX
Processor none 0
A7 RAM none 0
Display type Standard TFT (15“ only) Standard 0
Sunlight Readable Display 15“ Extra 1
Sunlight Readable Display 21.5“ Standard 1
Data memory none 0

A7 Touch No touch
Capacitive Multi-Touch (glass) 15“
Standard
Extra
0
3
Capacitive Multi-Touch (glass) 21.5“ Extra 3
Power 24 VDC Extra 0
supply 100 ... 240 VAC Standard 1

A7
Optional No optional interface 0
interface 1 Bluetooth, no RFID Extra 3
No Bluetooth, RFID Extra 6
(not possible for 638)
Bluetooth, RFID Extra 9
(not possible for 638)

A7 Optional
interface 2 /
reader
No optional interface 0

Option 3 / No option 3 0
Option box
Enclosure EXICOM VESA 200 0
design
A7 Operating
system and
none 0

image

Price calculation

A7
Standard field systems Standard field systems of the ET-/MT-6x8 Shark platform devices are combinations with the following features:
- DVI3 transfer technology
- Digitale transfer via CAT7 cable
- TFT display for 15“ or sunlight readable display for 21.5“ screens
- No touch
- AC power supply
- No optional interfaces
- Enclosure design, VESA mounting
A7 - Outdoor option -10 °C
- No further mounting or enclosure options

The product code for this is:


xT-638-DVI3-1TX-00000100000-B3010000000 for the 15“ device
xT-698-DVI3-1TX-00000100000-B3010000000 for the 21.5“ device

A7 The basic price only applies to these field systems.


Field systems options For all field systems other than the standard you need to add the extra charge of each required option to the basic price
of the standard field system in question.
Please note that not all options can be combined with one another (see notes on features).

A7

A7

A7
160 Operating and Monitoring Systems 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 161 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

KVM Systems
SERIES 600 - Zone 1, 2, 21, 22

A7
Type code field system ET-/MT-6x8 platform Shark (part 2)
Name Version Note Code Enclosures and Accessories
B 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Enclosure Rugged panel design (RP) Standard B A7


Material Seawater-proof aluminium (powder-coated) Standard 3
Mounting VESA 200 mounting Standard 0
option Handles and feet (material: SS316L) Extra 4
Outdoor -10 °C Standard 1
installation
Keyboard
Outdoor -40 °C
No keyboard, no pointing device
Extra
Standard
5
0 A7
Integrated No integrated pointing device (option not possible) 0
pointing
device
Separate No separate pointing device 0
pointing
device
Separate No separate reader 0
A7
reader
Emergency No emergency stop switch 0
stop switch
Separate No separate power supply 0
power supply
Further No further options 1 0 A7
options 1
Further No further options 2 0
options 2

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Operating and Monitoring Systems 161
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 162 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

KVM Systems
SERIES 600 - Zone 1, 2, 21, 22

A7
Type code field system ET-/MT-6x7 platform Manta (part 1)
Name Version Note Code Device design More detailed device design
- - DVI3- - 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -

A7 Series Zone 1, 21 see Basic


price
ET
Zone 2, 22 Deduction MT
Display 56 cm / 22“ Basic price 667
size 61 cm / 24“ Basic price 677

A7
61 cm / 24“WU Basic price 687
Transfer DVI3 KVM technology Standard DVI3
technology
Media Digital transfer via CAT7 cable Standard CAT
Digital transfer via FO cable multi-mode Extra MM
Digital transfer via FO cable single mode Extra SM

A7 Processor none 0
RAM none 0
Display type Standard TFT Standard 0
Data memory none 0
Touch No touch Standard 0
Analogue resistive touch Extra 1
A7 Power
Analog resistive glass touch
24 VDC
Extra
Extra
2
0
supply 100 ... 240 VAC Standard 1
Optional No optional interface 0
interface 1
Optional No optional interface 0
A7 interface 2 /
reader
Option 3 / No option 3 0
Option box
Enclosure Aluminium front plate Standard 2
design Rear mount module 3

A7 Operating
system and
none 0

image

Price calculation
Standard field systems Standard field systems of the ET-/MT-6x7 Manta platform devices are combinations with the following features:
A7 - DVI3 transfer technology
- Digitale transfer via CAT7 cable
- TFT display
- No touch
- AC power supply
- No optional interfaces
- Aluminium front plate
- No further mounting or enclosure options
A7 The product code for this is:
xT-667-DVI3-CAT-00000100000-000000000020 for the 22“ device
xT-677-DVI3-CAT-00000100000-000000000020 for the 24“ device
xT-687-DVI3-CAT-00000100000-000000000020 for the 24“WU device
The basic price only applies to these field systems.

A7 Field system options For all field systems other than the standard you need to add the extra charge of each required option to the basic price
of the standard field system in question.
Please note that not all options can be combined with one another (see notes on features).

A7

A7

A7

A7
162 Operating and Monitoring Systems 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 163 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

KVM Systems
SERIES 600 - Zone 1, 2, 21, 22

A7
Type code field system ET-/MT-6x7 platform Manta (part 2)
Name Version Note Code Enclosures and Accessories
0 0 0 0

Enclosure No enclosure Standard 0 A7


Stainless steel enclosure clean room front door (CFR) Extra 1
Stainless steel enclosure front door (FR) Extra 2
Stainless steel enclosure back door(BD) Extra 8
Material No material (no enclosure) Standard 0
Stainless steel V2A (SS304)
Stainless steel V4A (SS316) for CFR
Version
Extra
1
2 A7
Stainless steel V4A (SS316) for FR and BD Extra 2
Mounting None, front panel mounting (no enclosure) Standard 0
option Wall mounting (not BD) Version 1
Mounting on stand or wall bracket Version 2

Outdoor
Ceiling mounting
-20 °C
Version
Standard
3
0
A7
installation Outdoor -20 °C Extra 3
Outdoor -30 °C (not for AC devices) Extra 4
Keyboard No keyboard, no pointing device Standard 0
(design, Keyboard enclosure stainless steel V2A (SS304) Extra >0
layout) /
Keyboard Keyboard enclosure stainless steel V4A (SS316) Extra >0 A7
enclosure Keyboard layout: DE, QWERTZ Extra 1
Keyboard layout: US, QWERTY Extra 2
Keyboard layout: FR AZERTY Extra 3
Keyboard layout: CH Extra 4
Keyboard layout: ES
Keyboard layout: SI
Extra
Extra
7
8
A7
Keyboard layout: FR-BE Extra 9
Integrated No integrated pointing device (option not possible) 0
pointing Trackball 50 mm IP54 Standard 1
device
Touchpad Extra 4
Joystick
Mouse module
Extra
Extra
5
6
A7
Separate No separate pointing device 0
pointing
device
Separate No separate reader 0
reader RFID-Crypt reader (max. -30 °C), inc. ReaderBox,
(requires enclosure) components mounted in enclosure
Extra 1
A7
RFID-ASC reader (max. -30 °C), inc. ReaderBox, Extra 2
(requires enclosure) components mounted in enclosure
RFID-Crypt reader (max. -30 °C), inc. ReaderBox, Extra 7
(requires enclosure) reader mounted in keyboard
enclosure KBD (no separate pointing device possible)
RFID-ASC reader (max. -30 °C), inc. ReaderBox,
(requires enclosure) reader mounted in keyboard
Extra 8 A7
enclosure KBD (no separate pointing device possible)
Prepraration for IDM-160-ex * barcode reader Extra 4
(max. -20 °C), wired, inc. ReaderBox (requires enclosure)
components mounted in enclosure
Prepraration for IDM-160-BT-ex * barcode reader,
(max. -20 °C), Bluetooth, inc. ReaderBox, base station
Extra 5
A7
and cable (requires enclosure)
components mounted in enclosure
Emergency No emergency stop switch 0
stop switch Emergency stop switch 8003, right ESR (requires enclosure) Extra 1
Emergency stop switch 8003, left ESL (requires enclosure) Extra 2
Separate No separate power supply 0 A7
power supply
Further No further options 1 0
options 1
Further No further options 2 0
options 2
A7
Notes: On types and material of enclosures:
Only the following values are permitted as possible product code combinations: 00, 11, 21, 81, 12, 22, 82

When chosing an enclosure you must also state a mounting option (Version: code 1, 2 or 3).

A7
On keyboards:
The material (stainless steel) of the keyboard enclosure is always the same as the material of the field housing. Thus, the
extra charge for the material of the keyobard enclosure must be added depending on the material of the field enclosure.

* On barcode reader IDM-160:


The barcode reader itself and any optional accessories are NOT part of the field system and must be ordered separately.

A7
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Operating and Monitoring Systems 163
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 164 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

KVM Systems
SERIES 600 - Zone 1, 2, 21, 22

A7
Technical data - version ET-/MT-6x8 platform Shark
Explosion protection ET-6x8
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx BVS 14.0116X
A7 Ex e q [ia op is Ga] IIC T4 Gb
Ex tb [ia op is Da] IIIC T115°C Db
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust BVS 14 ATEX E134 X
E II 2(1) G Ex e q [ia op is Ga] IIC T4 Gb

A7 Explosion protection MT-6x8


E II 2(1) D Ex tb [ia op is Da] IIIC T115°C Db

Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx BVS 14.0116X
Ex nA nR [ia op is Ga] IIC T4 Gc

A7 Europe (ATEX)
Ex tc [ia op is Da] IIIC T115°C Dc

Gas and dust BVS 14 ATEX E 134 X


E II 3(1) G Ex nA nR [ia op is Ga] IIC T4 Gc
E II 3(1) D Ex tc [ia op is Da] IIIC T115°C Dc
Certifications and certificates
A7 Certificates IECEx, ATEX
Design ET-/MT-638 ET-/MT-698
Display
Model TFT colour display, TFT colour display,
16.7 million colours 16.7 million colours

A7 Size
Resolution
38 cm / 15“
XGA 1024 x 768 pixels
55 cm / 21.5“
Full HD 1920 x 1080 pixels
Format 5:4 16:9
Type TFT 450 cd/m2 --
Sunlight readable SR 1200 cd/m² (optional) SR 1000 cd/m²
Backlight LED Backlight LED Backlight
A7 Mounting type Rugged Panel Design (RP) Rugged Panel Design (RP)
Power supply
Voltage 24 V DC or 24 V DC or
100 ... 240 V AC / 50 ... 60 Hz 100 ... 240 V AC / 50 ... 60 Hz
Current 8 A max at 24 V DC 8 A max at 24 V DC
2 A max at 100 ... 240 V AC 2 A max at 100 ... 240 V AC
A7 Power typ. 100 W / max. 150 W
(typ. 340 BTU / max. 510 BTU)
typ. 100 W / max. 150 W
(typ. 340 BTU / max. 510 BTU)
Operating temperature range
Operation -10 ... +65 °C* -10 ... +65 °C*
Operation with heater -40 ... +65 °C -40 ... +65 °C

A7 Storage
Note:
-40 ... +70 °C -40 ... +70 °C
* Operation at +65 °C for a maximum of 8h, for permanent operation +60 °C
Type of protection IP66 IP66
Dimensions [mm]
(WxHxD) 380 x 394x 137 553 x 458 x 141
Weight 22.6 kg 35 kg
A7

A7

A7

A7

A7
164 Operating and Monitoring Systems 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 165 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

KVM Systems
SERIES 600 - Zone 1, 2, 21, 22

A7
Technical data - version ET-/MT-6x7 platform Manta
Explosion protection ET-6x7
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx BVS 11.0075X
Ex e q [ia op is Ga] IIC T4 Gb A7
Ex tb IIIC [ia op is Da] IP65 T110°C Db
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust BVS 11 ATEX E102 X
E II 2(1) G Ex e q [ia op is Ga] IIC T4+ Gb

Explosion protection MT-6x7


E II 2(1) D Ex tb IIIC [ia op is Da] IP65 T110°C Db A7
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx BVS 14.0034X
Ex nA nR [ia op is Ga] IIC T4 Gc

Europe (ATEX)
Ex tc IIIC [ia op is Da] IP66 T110°C Dc
A7
Gas and dust BVS 14 ATEX E 134 X
E II 3(1) G Ex nA nR [ia op is Ga] IIC T4 Gc
E II 3(1) D Ex tc IIIC [ia op is Da] IP66 T110°C Dc
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Russia (GOST R) CEC / CSA, NEC / CSA ( GOST and CSA only at ET-6x7) A7
Design ET-/MT-667 ET-/MT-677 ET-/MT-687
Display
Model TFT colour display, TFT colour display, TFT colour display,
16.7 million colours 16.7 million colours 16.7 million colours
Size
Resolution
56 cm / 22“
WSXGA+ 1680 x 1050 pixels
61 cm / 24“
Full HD 1920 x 1080 pixels
61 cm / 24“WU
WUXGA 1920 x 1200 pixels A7
Format 16:10 16:9 16:10
Type TFT 250 cd/m2 TFT 300 cd/m2 TFT 300 cd/m2
Backlight LED Backlight LED Backlight LED Backlight
Operation
Front plate A7
Version AL Aluminium front plate Aluminium front plate Aluminium front plate
Version RM Rear mount module Rear mount module Rear mount module
Power supply
Voltage 24 V DC or 24 V DC or 24 V DC or

Current
100 ... 240 V AC / 50 ... 60 Hz
3 A max at 24 V DC
100 ... 240 V AC / 50 ... 60 Hz
3 A max at 24 V DC
100 ... 240 V AC / 50 ... 60 Hz
3 A max at 24 V DC A7
1 A max at 100 ... 240 V AC 1 A max at 100 ... 240 V AC 1 A max at 100 ... 240 V AC
Power typ. 35 W / max. 150 W typ. 35 W / max. 150 W typ. 35 W / max. 150 W
(typ. 119 BTU / max. 510 BTU) (typ. 119 BTU / max. 510 BTU) (typ. 119 BTU / max. 510 BTU)
Operating temperature range
Operation
Permanent operation
-20 ... +60 °C
-20 ... +50 °C
-20 ... +60 °C
-20 ... +50 °C
-20 ... +60 °C
-20 ... +50 °C
A7
Operation -30 ... +50 °C -30 ... +50 °C -30 ... +50 °C
with heater option O30
The O30 option is only available for AC version devices !
Type of protection
ET-6x7 front / back
MT-6x7 front / back
IP66 / IP65
IP66 / IP66
IP66 / IP65
IP66 / IP66
IP66 / IP65
IP66 / IP66
A7
Dimensions [mm]
Front (WxH) 660 x 475 660 x 475 660 x 475
Cut-out (WxHxD) 615 x 435 x 110 615 x 435 x 110 615 x 435 x 110

A7
Weight
ET-6x7 32 kg 32 kg 32 kg
MT-6x7 16 kg 16 kg 16 kg

A7

A7

A7
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Operating and Monitoring Systems 165
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 166 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

KVM Systems
SERIES 600 - Zone 1, 2, 21, 22

A7
Accessories and spare parts for ET-/MT-6x8 Shark
Name Design Order number Art.no. PS Weight
kg

A7 Keyboard /
pointing device Ex i
Keyboard with integrated trackball 50 mm
USB interface
3/5 keys, stainless steel enclosure V4A (SS316L)
Language: DE, QWERTZ KBDi-USB-TB50-DE- 243866 43 12.500
HSG-xx8-V4A
Language: US, QWERTY KBDi-USB-TB50-US- 243867 43 12.500
HSG-xx8-V4A
A7 Language: FR, AZERTY KBDi-USB-TB50-FR-
HSG-xx8-V4A
247547 43 12.500

Keyboard with integrated touchpad


USB interface
3/5 keys, stainless steel enclosure V4A (SS316L)
Language: DE, QWERTZ KBDi-USB-P-DE-HSG-xx8-V4A 247548 43 12.500
A7 Language: US, QWERTY KBDi-USB-P-US-HSG-xx8-V4A 245741 43 12.500
Language: FR, AZERTY KBDi-USB-P-FR-HSG-xx8-V4A 247549 43 12.500
Keyboard with integrated joystick
USB interface
3/5 keys, stainless steel enclosure V4A (SS316L)

A7
Language: DE, QWERTZ KBDi-USB-J-DE-HSG-xx8-V4A 247550 43 12.500
Language: US, QWERTY KBDi-USB-J-US-HSG-xx8-V4A 247235 43 12.500
Language: FR, AZERTY KBDi-USB-J-FR-HSG-xx8-V4A 247561 43 12.500
Keyboard with integrated mouse
USB interface
3/5 keys, stainless steel enclosure V4A (SS316L)

A7 Language: DE, QWERTZ


Language: US, QWERTY
KBDi-USB-M-DE-HSG-xx8-V4A
KBDi-USB-M-US-HSG-xx8-V4A
247562
245642
43
43
12.500
12.500
Language: FR, AZERTY KBDi-USB-M-FR-HSG-xx8-V4A 247563 43 12.500
Connection panel with for operating voltage (AC) and FO CON-xx8-AC-FO-00 244377 43
connector Material: V4A (SS316L)
Dimensions (WxHxD): 240 x 230 x 121 [mm]
A7 (without connectors)
Operating voltage connection:
Hawke N-FP-X-B-P-S-X-X-S-A 4-Pol Power
FO connection:
VB-FO-MIL-HMA-Blkhd-2CH-SC-1m
for USB connection CON-xx8-USB-00 244378 43
Material: V4A (SS316L)
A7 Dimensions (WxHxD): 240 x 230 x 121 [mm]
(without connectors)
USB connection:
Harting USB connector
Field cable MilTac Breakout FO cable, basic length 2 m, VB-FO-MIL-SC-SC-2m 202201 43 0.500
SC plugs at both ends

A7 MilTac Breakout FO cable, 202202 43


VB-FO-MIL-xm
additional length in metres, price per metre
Indoor Breakout FO cable, basic length 2 m, VB-FO-SC-SC-62V04G-2m 202203 43 0.500
SC plugs at both ends
Indoor Breakout FO cable, VB-FO-62V04G-xm 202204 43
additional length in metres, price per metre

A7 Adapter for DIN rail mounting 229271 43 0.200


VB-SC-SC-jack

A7

A7

A7

A7
166 Operating and Monitoring Systems 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 167 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

KVM Systems
SERIES 600 - Zone 1, 2, 21, 22

A7
Accessories and spare parts ET-/MT-6x8 platform Shark and ET-/MT-6x7 platform Manta
Name Design Order number Art.no. PS Weight
kg
Desktop keyboard Language: DE, QWERTZ, 102 keys, USB interface 229304 43 1.500
A7
KBDi-DS102W-USB-DE
Ex i Language: US, QWERTY, 102 keys, USB interface KBDi-DS102W-USB-US 222254◄ 43 1.500
Language: NO, QWERTY, 102 keys, USB interface KBDi-DS102W-USB-NO 229303 43 1.500
Desktop mouse Ex i Optical desktop mouse, USB interface MSi-JM0100-USB 222255◄ 43 0.200
Transfer units Desktop enclosure

A7
KVM transfer unit DVI3 KVM-DVI3-CAT 221092◄ 43 1.500
Connection to PC via DVI/USB
Data transfer CAT7
KVM transfer unit DVI3 KVM-DVI3-MM-FO 221093◄ 43 1.500
Connection to PC via DVI/USB
Data transfer MM-FO
KVM transfer unit DVI3 KVM-DVI3-SM-FO 221094◄ 43 1.500
Connection to PC via DVI/USB
Data transfer SM-FO A7
Accessories / 19“ rack mount front panel
transfer unit for 1 DVI3 transfer unit DVI3-RackMountKit-1 221095 43 1.000
for 2 DVI3 transfer units DVI3-RackMountKit-2 221096 43 1.000

A7
Barcode scanner Ex i Handheld barcode scanner Zone 1, 2, 21, 22 IDM160-ex 224079 43 0.200
Wired, without cable, 1D Barcode, 630 nm
Reading speed 500 Scans/sec
Reading distance up to 800 mm
Handheld barcode scanner Zone 1, 2, 21, 22 IDM160-PDF-ex 224080 43 0.200
Wired, without cable
1D Barcode, 630 nm, stacked PDF barcodes
Reading speed 500 Scans/sec
Reading distance up to 800 mm A7
Handheld barcode scanner Zone 1, 2, 21, 22 IDM160-BT-ex 224087 43 0.260
Bluetooth, wireless, 1D Barcode, 630 nm
Reading speed 500 Scans/sec
Reading distance up to 800 mm
Handheld barcode scanner Zone 1, 2, 21, 22 IDM160-BT-PDF-ex 223820 43 0.260
Bluetooth, wireless
1D Barcode, 630 nm, stacked PDF barcodes A7
Reading speed 500 Scans/sec
Reading distance up to 800 mm
Base stations Base station handheld scanner BT, IDM160-BT-BaseBT-Z1 224092 43
scanner Bluetooth, Zone 1
Access and loading station without cable
Bluetooth, loading in Zone 1
Base station handheld scanner BT, IDM160-BT-BaseBT 224093 43
A7
Bluetooth, Non-Ex
Access and loading station without cable
Bluetooth, loading in safe area
Base station handheld scanner BT, Non-Ex IDM160-BT-Base 224094 43
Loading station without cable
no Bluetooth, loading in safe area A7
Connection cable Connection cable for IDM160 VB-IDM160-xx6-RS232-SR-1.8m 224085 43 0.200
Interface RS-232, Ex i 5.6 V
Cable length 1.8 m straight, Binder plug
Connection cable for IDM160 VB-IDM160-xx6-RS232-SR-3.8m 224086 43 0.300
Interface RS-232, Ex i 5.6 V
Cable length 3.8 m, curled, Binder plug A7
Connection cable for base loading station Z1 VB-IDM160-Base-RSi-RS232-SR- 224102 43 0.200
Interface RS-232, Ex i 5.6 V 1.8m-Z1
Cable length 1.8 m, straight, Binder plug
Connection cable for base loading station Z1 VB-IDM160-Base-RSi-RS232-SR- 224103 43 0.300
Interface RS-232, Ex i 5.6 V 3.8m-Z1
Cable length 3.8 m, curled, Binder plug
Extension cable for IDM160 VB-IDM160-EXT-6m-Z1 224108 43 0.500
A7
Cable length 6 m, straight
Extension cable for IDM160 VB-IDM160-EXT-4.5m-Z1 224109 43 0.400
Cable length 4.5 m, curled
Tripod Tripod for IDM160 IDM160-tripod 224106 43 0.200

Desk holder
Material: ABS (Acrylnitril-Butadien-Styrol)
Desk holder for IDM160 IDM160-Deskholder 224107 43 0.200
A7
Material: ABS (Acrylnitril-Butadien-Styrol)
Power supply Power supply for base loading station Non-Ex DSP-IDM160-DC5V 224095 43 0.200
Battery Replacement battery for IDM160-BT-ex IDM160-BT-ex-Lion 224091 43 0.200

A7

A7
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Operating and Monitoring Systems 167
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 168 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

KVM Systems
SERIES 600 - Zone 1, 2, 21, 22

A7
Accessories and spare parts ET-/MT-6x8 platform Shark and ET-/MT-6x7 platform Manta
Name Design Order number Art.no. PS Weight
kg

A7 CAT7 data cable CAT7 data cable 4x2xAWG23,


incl. 2x RJ45 connectors
Length: 50 m VB-TP-CAT7-AWG23-50m 220597 43 3.500
Length: 75 m VB-TP-CAT7-AWG23-75m 220598 43 5.000
Length: 100 m VB-TP-CAT7-AWG23-100m 220599◄ 43 7.000
Length: 125 m VB-TP-CAT7-AWG23-125m 220600◄ 43 8.500
A7 Length: 150 m VB-TP-CAT7-AWG23-150m 220601◄ 43 10.000

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7
168 Operating and Monitoring Systems 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 169 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

KVM Systems
SERIES IT-600 - Safe Area (Non-Ex)

A7
R. STAHL HMI provides the classic KVM
solution (point-to-point) with digital data transfer
via copper / FO connection, thus providing
perfect image quality in industrial production A7
areas.

Platform
> Manta (xx7 devices)
A7
Applications
> Industrial production

A7
SERIES IT-600 - Safe Area (Non-Ex) A7

05981E00 Highlights
> Digital transfer, no adjustment depending on
transfer distance
WebCode KVMA > Brilliant image quality with LED backlights
> GREEN technology - displays free of lead, A7
cadmium and mercury
> Displays up to a maximum size of 24“WU
(1920 x 1200 pixels)
A7
Field systems
Definition A field system consists of at least one HMI unit and its integrated software.
Field systems If the HMI unit is mounted inside an enclosure, this enclosure and all other accessories mounted insided it
are part of the field system.
A7
To enable you to order a field system we have developed a product code that can represent all possible
combinations of device, software, enclosure and accessories.
The product code consists of alphanumerical characters and may look as follows:
IT-667-DVI3-CAT-00000100020-211400000000
The product code can be decoded as follows:
A7
Decoding IT-667-DVI3-CAT - 00000100020 - 211400000000
Definition Device type hyphen more detailed device hyphen Enclosure and
type accessories
For an exact definition of each individual character please refer to the type code for field systems on the A7
pages below. Due to the length of the type code for field systems the product descriptions and codes are
printed on opposite pages.
Ordering Field systems can only be ordered with a valid and plausible product code. For this, all digits of the product
code must be filled in with a valid character. Please note that for technical reasons not all theoretically
possible product codes and thus field systems can actually be realised. A7
Should you have any questions please do not hesitate to contact R. STAHL HMI Systems GmbH.

A7

A7

A7

A7
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Operating and Monitoring Systems 169
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 170 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

KVM Systems
SERIES IT-600 - Safe Area (Non-Ex)

A7
Type code field system IT-6x7 platform Manta (Part 1)
Name Version Note Code Device design More detailed device design
- - DVI3- - 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -

A7 Series Non-Ex IT
Display 56 cm / 22“ Basic price 667
size 61 cm / 24“ Basic price 677
61 cm / 24“WU Basic price 687
Transfer DVI3 KVM technology Standard DVI3
A7 technology
Media Digital transfer via CAT7 cable Standard CAT
Digital transfer via FO cable Extra MM
multi-mode
Digital transfer via FO cable Extra SM
single mode

A7 Processor
RAM
none
none
0
0
Display type Standard TFT Standard 0
Data memory none 0
Touch No touch Standard 0
Analogue resistive touch Extra 1
A7 Analogue resistive glass touch Extra 2
Power supply 24 VDC Extra 0
100 ... 240 VAC Standard 1
Optional No optional interface 0
interface 1

A7
Optional No optional interface 0
interface 2 /
reader
Option 3 / No option 3 0
Option box
Enclosure Aluminium front plate Standard 2
design Rear mount module 3
A7 Operating
system and
none 0

image

Price calculation

A7 Standard field systems Standard field systems of the IT-6x7 Manta platform devices are combinations with the following features:
- DVI3 transfer technology
- Digitale transfer via CAT7 cable
- TFT display
- No touch
- AC power supply
- No optional interfaces
- Aluminium front plate
A7 - No further mounting or enclosure options
The product code for this is:
IT-667-DVI3-CAT-00000100020-000000000000 for the 22“ device
IT-677-DVI3-CAT-00000100020-000000000000 for the 24“ device
IT-687-DVI3-CAT-00000100020-000000000000 for the 24“WU device
The basic price only applies to these field systems.
A7 Field system options For all field systems other than the standard you need to add the extra charge of each required option to the basic price
of the standard field system in question.
Please note that not all options can be combined with one another (see notes on features).

A7

A7

A7

A7
170 Operating and Monitoring Systems 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 171 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

KVM Systems
SERIES IT-600 - Safe Area (Non-Ex)

A7
Type code field system ET-/MT-6x7 platform Manta (Part 2)
Name Version Note Code Enclosures and Accessories
0 0 0 0 0

Enclosure No enclosure Standard 0 A7


Stainless steel enclosure clean room front door (CFR) Extra 1
Stainless steel enclosure front door (FR) Extra 2
Stainless steel enclosure back door (BD) Extra 8
Material No material (no enclosure) Standard 0
Stainless steel V2A (SS304)
Stainless steel V4A (SS316) for CFR
Version
Extra
1
2
A7
Stainless steel V4A (SS316) for FR and BD Extra 2
Mounting None, front panel mounting (no enclosure) Standard 0
option Wall mounting (not BD) Version 1

A7
Mounting on stand or wall bracket Version 2
Ceiling mounting Version 3
Outdoor -20 °C Standard 0
installation Outdoor -20 °C Extra 3
Outdoor -30 °C (not for AC devices) Extra 4
Keyboard No keyboard, no pointing device Standard 0
(design,
layout) /
Keyboard enclosure stainless steel V2A (SS304)
Keyboard enclosure stainless steel V4A (SS316)
Extra
Extra
>0
>0
A7
Keyboard
enclosure Keyboard layout: DE, QWERTZ Extra 1
Keyboard layout: US, QWERTY Extra 2
Keyboard layout: FR AZERTY Extra 3
Keyboard layout: CH
Keyboard layout: ES
Extra
Extra
4
7 A7
Keyboard layout: SI Extra 8
Keyboard layout: FR-BE Extra 9
Integrated No integrated pointing device (option not possible) 0
pointing Trackball 50 mm IP54 Standard 1
device
Touchpad Extra 4 A7
Joystick Extra 5
Mouse module Extra 6
Separate No separate pointing device 0
pointing
device
Separate
reader
No separate reader 0 A7
Emergency No emergency stop switch 0
stop switch Emergency stop switch 8003, right ESR Extra 1
Emergency stop switch 8003, left ESL Extra 2
Separate No separate power supply 0
power supply A7
Further No further options 1 0
options 1
Further No further options 2 0
options 2

Notes: On types and material of enclosures:


Only the following values are permitted as possible product code combinations:
A7
00, 11, 21, 81, 12, 22, 82

When chosing an enclosure you must also state a mounting option (Version: code 1, 2 or 3).

On keyboards:
The material (stainless steel) of the keyboard enclosure is always the same as the material of the field housing. Thus, the
extra charge for the material of the keyobard enclosure must be added depending on the material of the field enclosure.
A7

A7

A7

A7
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Operating and Monitoring Systems 171
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 172 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

KVM Systems
SERIES IT-600 - Safe Area (Non-Ex)

A7
Technical data
Design IT-667 IT-677 IT-687
Display
Model TFT colour display, TFT colour display, TFT colour display,
A7 Size
16.7 million colours
56 cm / 22“
16.7 million colours
61 cm / 24“
16.7 million colours
61 cm / 24“WU
Resolution WSXGA+ 1680 x 1050 pixels Full HD 1920 x 1080 pixels WUXGA 1920 x 1200 pixels
Format 16:10 16:9 16:10
Type TFT 250 cd/m2 TFT 300 cd/m2 TFT 300 cd/m2

A7 Backlight
Operation
LED Backlight LED Backlight LED Backlight

Front plate
Version AL Aluminium front plate Aluminium front plate Aluminium front plate
Version RM Rear mount module Rear mount module Rear mount module
Power supply
A7 Voltage 24 V DC or
100 ... 240 V AC / 50 ... 60 Hz
24 V DC or
100 ... 240 V AC / 50 ... 60 Hz
24 V DC or
100 ... 240 V AC / 50 ... 60 Hz
Current 3 A max at 24 V DC 3 A max at 24 V DC 3 A max at 24 V DC
1 A max at 100 ... 240 V AC 1 A max at 100 ... 240 V AC 1 A max at 100 ... 240 V AC
Power typ. 35 W / max. 150 W typ. 35 W / max. 150 W typ. 35 W / max. 150 W
(typ. 119 BTU / max. 510 BTU) (typ. 119 BTU / max. 510 BTU) (typ. 119 BTU / max. 510 BTU)
A7 Operating temperature range
Operation -20 ... +60 °C -20 ... +60 °C -20 ... +60 °C
Permanent operation -20 ... +50 °C -20 ... +50 °C -20 ... +50 °C
Operation -30 ... +50 °C -30 ... +50 °C -30 ... +50 °C
with heater option O30
The O30 option is only available for AC version devices !
A7 Type of protection
Front IP66 IP66 IP66
Back IP20 IP20 IP20
Dinemsions [mm]
Front (WxH) 660 x 475 660 x 475 660 x 475
A7 Cut-out (WxHxD)
Weight
615 x 435 x 110
10 kg
615 x 435 x 110
10 kg
615 x 435 x 110
10 kg

Accessories and spare parts


Name Design Order number Art.no. PS Weight
A7 kg
Transfer units Desktop enclosure
KVM transfer unit DVI3 KVM-DVI3-CAT 221092◄ 43 1.500
Connection to PC via DVI/USB
Data transfer CAT7
A7 KVM transfer unit DVI3 KVM-DVI3-MM-FO 221093◄ 43 1.500
Connection to PC via DVI/USB
Data transfer MM-FO
KVM transfer unit DVI3 KVM-DVI3-SM-FO 221094◄ 43 1.500
Connection to PC via DVI/USB
Data transfer SM-FO
A7 Accessories / 19“ rack mount front panel
transfer unit
for 1 DVI3 transfer unit DVI3-RackMountKit-1 221095 43 1.000
for 2 DVI3 transfer unit DVI3-RackMountKit-2 221096 43 1.000

A7

A7

A7

A7
172 Operating and Monitoring Systems 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 173 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

KVM Systems
SERIES IT-600 - Safe Area (Non-Ex)

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Operating and Monitoring Systems 173
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 174 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

Functional Principles
SERIES 500 - Thin Clients

The Thin Client technology is ideal for flexible access options with central data management.
SERIES 500 - Thin Clients

Each ERP / MES network can be accessed from each Thin Client via the IP address, giving users the
greatest possible flexibility on site.
The SERIES 500 operating stations can be integrated into modern networks as Thin Clients or with a KVM
box via KVM-over-IP. Up to four Remote HMIs can access one KVM box with one software license, thus
cost-effectively communicating with several PCs - for example, when monitoring the production process
and simultaneously applying Condition Monitoring.
Multi-monitoring with several on-site terminals can as easily be implemented as the application as
Thin Client in a server environment with virtual work stations.
All EXICOM Thin Clients run our Remote firmware, which protects the system from external manipulation,
permanently monitors and renews the data transfer and controls communication via RDP, VNC and
Netc@p.
The SERIES 500 HMIs are certified for installation in Zones 1, 2, 21 and 22 or have been designed
for installation in industrial areas (Non-Ex).

A7

14829E00

WebCode THINCLIENTSA

174 Operating and Monitoring Systems 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en


◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 175 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

Thin Clients
SERIES 500 - Zone 1, 2, 21, 22

A7
The SERIES 500 is ideal for network structures
and virtual environments - it enables highly
flexible access from each Thin Client to the
ERP / MES system.
A7
Platform
> Shark (xx8 devices)
> Manta (xx7 devices)
> Eagle (xx6 devices)
A7
Applications
> Process industry
> Machine automation
> Drilling rigs A7
SERIES 500 - Zone 1, 2, 21, 22 A7

12605E00

Highlights
> RDP, VNC and Netc@p possible, also LAN,
WebCode THINCLIENTSA WLAN, Internet
> With Remote Firmware for addtional system
safety
A7
> Access from each operating station to
one / several PCs
> Cost-effective hardware and central data
administration A7
> 15" to 24"WU displays
> Touch screen as standard for 5x6 devices

ATEX / IECEx A7
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x x x

Field systems A7
Definition A field system consists of at least one HMI unit and its integrated software.
Field systems If the HMI unit is mounted inside an enclosure, this enclosure and all other accessories mounted insided it
are part of the field system.
To enable you to order a field system we have developed a product code that can represent all possible
combinations of device, software, enclosure and accessories.
The product code consists of alphanumerical characters and may look as follows: A7
ET-538-2TX-23050100008-B30100000000
The product code can be decoded as follows:
Decoding ET-538-2TX - 23050100008 - B30100000000
Definition Device type hyphen more detailed device hyphen Enclosure and A7
type accessories
For an exact definition of each individual character please refer to the type code for field systems on the
pages below. Due to the length of the type code for field systems the product descriptions and codes are
printed on opposite pages.
Ordering Field systems can only be ordered with a valid and plausible product code. For this, all digits of the product
A7
code must be filled in with a valid character. Please note that for technical reasons not all theoretically
possible product codes and thus field systems can actually be realised.
Should you have any questions please do not hesitate to contact R. STAHL HMI Systems GmbH.

A7

A7

A7
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Operating and Monitoring Systems 175
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 176 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

Thin Clients
SERIES 500 - Zone 1, 2, 21, 22

A7
Type code field system ET-/MT-5x8 platform Shark (Part 1) (available from Q3/2016)
Name Version Note Code Device design More detailed device design
- - - 2 3 5 0 0 0 8 -

A7 Series Zone 1, 21 see Basic


ET
price
Zone 2, 22 Deduction MT
Display 38 cm / 15“ Basic price 538
size 55 cm / 21.5“ Basic price 598
A7 Ethernet 1x 1000Base-TX copper Ethernet
combination with WLAN possible
Version
1TX
2x 1000Base-TX copper Ethernet Standard 2TX
combination with WLAN not possible
2x 100Base-FX copper Ethernet Extra 2FX
combination with WLAN not possible

A7 Processor
RAM
AMD GX-217GA
4 GB
2
3
Display type Standard TFT (15“ only) Standard 0
Sunlight Readable Display 15“ Extra 1
Sunlight Readable Display 21.5“ Standard 1
Data memory 60 GB 5
A7 Touch No touch Standard 0
Capacitive multi-touch (glass) 15“ Extra 3
Capacitive multi-touch (glass) 21.5“ Extra 3
Power supply 24 VDC Extra 0
100 ... 240 VAC Standard 1
A7 Optional
interface 1
No optional interface
WLAN 2.4 GHz, no Bluetooth, no RFID
Standard 0
1
Extra
WLAN 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz, no Bluetooth, no RFID Extra 2
No WLAN, Bluetooth, no RFID Extra 3
WLAN 2.4 GHz, Bluetooth, no RFID Extra 4
A7 WLAN 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz, Bluetooth, no RFID Extra 5
No WLAN, no Bluetooth, RFID* Extra 6
WLAN 2.4 GHz, no Bluetooth, RFID* Extra 7
WLAN 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz, no Bluetooth, RFID* Extra 8
No WLAN, Bluetooth, RFID* Extra 9
A7 WLAN 2.4 GHz, Bluetooth, RFID* Extra A
WLAN 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz, Bluetooth, RFID* Extra B
In case of WLAN option only 1TX Ethernet version possible / * no RFID for 538 devices
Optional No optional interface 0
interface 2 /
reader
A7 Option 3 / No option 3 0
Option box
Enclosure EXICOM VESA 200 0
design
Operating Windows Embedded Standard 7 8
system and (WES7) & Remote Firmware
A7 image

Price calculation
Standard field systems Standard field systems of the ET-/MT-5x8 Shark platform devices are combinations with the following features:
- 2x 1000Base-TX interface
- AMD GX processor
A7 - 4 GB RAM
- TFT display for 15“ and sunlight readable display for 21.5“
- 60 GB data memory
- No touch
- AC power supply
- No optional interfaces
- Enclosure design, VESA mounting
A7 - Outdoor option -10 °C
- No further mounting or enclosure options
The product code for this is:
xT-538-2TX-23050100008-B3010000000 for the 15“ device
xT-598-2TX-23150100008-B3010000000 for the 21.5“ device
The basic price only applies to these field systems.
A7 Field system options For all field systems other than the standard you need to add the extra charge of each required option to the basic price
of the standard field system in question.
Please note that not all options can be combined with one another (see notes on features).

A7
176 Operating and Monitoring Systems 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 177 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

Thin Clients
SERIES 500 - Zone 1, 2, 21, 22

A7
Type code field system ET-/MT-5x8 platform Shark (Part 2) (available from Q3/2016)
Name Version Note Code Enclosures and Accessories
B 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Enclosure Rugged Panel Design Standard B A7


Material Seawater-proof aluminium (powder-coated) Standard 3
Mounting VESA 200 mounting Standard 0
option Handles and feet (material SS316L) Extra 4
Outdoor- - 10 °C Standard 1
Installation - 40 °C Extra 5 A7
Keyboard No keyboard, no pointing device Standard 0
Integrated No integrated pointing device (option not possible) 0
Separate No separate pointing device 0
pointing
device
Separate
reader
No separate reader 0 A7
Emergency No emergency stop switch 0
stop switch
Separate No separate power supply 0
power supply
Further
options 1
No further options 1 0
A7
Further No further options 2 0
options 2

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Operating and Monitoring Systems 177
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 178 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

Thin Clients
SERIES 500 - Zone 1, 2, 21, 22

A7
Type code field system ET-/MT-5x7 platform Manta (Part 1)
Name Version Note Code Device design More detailed device design
- - - 0 0 0 0 -

A7 Series Zone 1, 21 see Basic


ET
price
Zone 2, 22 Deduction MT
Display 56 cm / 22“ Basic price 567
size 61 cm / 24“ Basic price 577
A7 Ethernet
61 cm / 24“WU
1x 10/100Base-TX copper Ethernet
Basic price
Standard
587
TX
1x 1000Base-SX FO Ethernet Extra SX
Processor ATOM N270 1
ATOM E3815 6
(available from Q3/2016)
A7 RAM 512 MB Standard 0
2 GB (for Delta V version or ATOM E3815 only) Standard 2
Display type Standard TFT Standard 0
Data memory 1 GB SSD Standard 0
16 GB (for Delta V version or ATOM E3815 only) Standard 3
A7 Touch No touch
Analogue resistive touch
Standard
Extra
0
1
Analogue resistive glass touch Extra 2
Power supply 24 VDC Extra 0
100 ... 240 VAC Standard 1

A7 Optional
interface 1
No optional interface 0

Optional No optional interface 0


interface 2 /
reader
Option 3 / No option 3 0
Option box
A7 Enclosure
design
Aluminium front plate
Rear mount module
Standard 2
3
Operating Windows Embedded Standard 2009 (WES2009) & Standard 7
system and Remote Firmware
image Windows Embedded Standard 7 (WES7) & Extra 8
Remote Firmware (ATOM E3815 only)
A7 Windows Embedded Standard 7 (WES7),
Remote Firmware and Delta V
Extra H

Price calculation
Standard field systems Standard field systems of the ET-/MT-5x7 platform Manta devices are combinations with the following features:
- 10/100Base-TX interface
A7 - ATOM N270 processor
- 512 MB RAM
- TFT display
- 1 GB data memory
- No touch
- AC power supply
- No optional interfaces
A7 - Operating system Windows Embedded Standard 2009 (WES2009) & Remote Firmware
- Aluminium front plate
- No further mounting or enclosure options
The product code for this is:
xT-567-TX-10000100027-000000000000 for the 22“ device
xT-577-TX-10000100027-000000000000 for the 24“ device
xT-587-TX-10000100027-000000000000 for the 24“WU device
A7 The basic price only applies to these field systems.
Field system options For all field systems other than the standard you need to add the extra charge of each required option to the basic price
of the standard field system in question.
Please note that not all options can be combined with one another (see notes on features).

A7

A7

A7
178 Operating and Monitoring Systems 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 179 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

Thin Clients
SERIES 500 - Zone 1, 2, 21, 22

A7
Type code field system ET-/MT-5x7 platform Manta (Part 2)
Name Version Note Code Enclosures and Accessories
0 0 0 0

Enclosure No enclosure Standard 0 A7


Stainless steel enclosure clean room front door (CFR) Extra 1
Stainless steel enclosure front door (FR) Extra 2
Stainless steel enclosure back door (BD) Extra 8
Material No material (no enclosure) Standard 0
Stainless steel V2A (SS304) Version 1 A7
Stainless steel V4A (SS316) for CFR Extra 2
Stainless steel V4A (SS316) for FR and BD Extra 2
Mounting None, front panel mounting (no enclosure) Standard 0
option Wall mouting (not BD) Version 1
Mounting on stand or wall bracket
Ceiling mounting
Version
Version
2
3
A7
Outdoor- -20 °C Standard 0
Installation Outdoor -20 °C Extra 3
Outdoor -30 °C (only for AC devices) Extra 4
Keyboard
(design,
No keyboard, no pointing device
Keyboard enclosure stainless steel V2A (SS304)
Standard
Extra
0
>0 A7
layout) /
keyboard Keyboard enclosure stainless steel V4A (SS316) Extra >0
enclosure Keyboard language: DE, QWERTZ Extra 1
Keyboard language: US, QWERTY Extra 2
Keyboard language: FR, AZERTY Extra 3
Keyboard language: CH Extra 4 A7
Keyboard language: ES Extra 7
Keyboard language: SI Extra 8
Keyboard language: FR-BE Extra 9
Integrated No integrated pointing device (option not possible) 0
pointing
device
Trackball 50 mm IP54
Touchpad
Standard
Extra
1
4
A7
Joystick Extra 5
Mouse module Extra 6
Separate No separate pointing device 0

A7
pointing
device
Separate No separate reader 0
reader RFID-Crypt reader (max. -30 °C), inc. ReaderBox, Extra 1
(requires enclosure) components mounted in enclosure
RFID-ASC reader (max. -30 °C), inc. ReaderBox, Extra 2
(requires enclosure) components mounted in enclosure
RFID-Crypt reader (max. -30 °C), inc. ReaderBox,
(requires enclosure) reader mounted in keyboard
Extra 7 A7
enclosure KBD (no separate pointing device possible)
RFID-ASC reader (max. -30 °C), inc. ReaderBox, Extra 8
(requires enclosure) reader mounted in keyboard
enclosure KBD (no separate pointing device possible)
Prepraration for IDM-160-ex * barcode reader
(max. -20 °C), wired, inc. ReaderBox (requires enclosure)
components mounted in enclosure
Extra 4
A7
Prepraration for IDM-160-BT-ex * barcode reader, Extra 5
(max. -20 °C), Bluetooth, inc. ReaderBox, base station and
cable (requires enclosure)
components mounted in enclosure
Emergency
stop switch
No emergency stop switch
Emergency stop switch 8003, right ESR (requires enclosure) Extra
0
1
A7
Emergency stop switch 8003, left ESL (requires enclosure) Extra 2
Separate No separate power supply 0
power supply
Further No further options 1 0
options 1
Further No further options 2 0
A7
options 2

Notes: On types and material of enclosures:


Only the following values are permitted as possible product code combinations: 00, 11, 21, 81, 12, 22, 82

A7
When chosing an enclosure you must also state a mounting option (Version: code 1, 2 or 3).

On keyboards:
The material (stainless steel) of the keyboard enclosure is always the same as the material of the field housing. Thus, the
extra charge for the material of the keyobard enclosure must be added depending on the material of the field enclosure.

* On barcode reader IDM-160:


The barcode reader itself and any optional accessories are NOT part of the field system and must be ordered separately.
A7
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Operating and Monitoring Systems 179
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 180 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

Thin Clients
SERIES 500 - Zone 1, 2, 21, 22

A7
Type code field system ET-/MT-5x6-A platform Eagle (Part 1)
Name Version Note Code Device design more detailed device design
- - - 1 0 0 0 -

A7 Series Zone 1, 21 ET
Zone 2, 22 Deduction MT
Display 38 cm / 15“ Basic price 536-A
size 48 cm / 19“ Basic price 556-A
Ethernet 1x 10/100Base-TX copper Ethernet Standard TX
A7 1x 100Base-FX FO Ethernet Version FX
Processor Geode LX800 5
ATOM E3815 (available from Q3/2016) Extra 6
RAM 512 MB Standard 0
2 GB (for ATOM E3815 only) Standard 2
A7 Display type Standard TFT Standard 0
Sunlight Readable Display 15" Extra 1
Data memory 1 GB SSD Standard 0
16 GB (for ATOM E3815 only) Standard 3
Touch Analogue resistive touch Standard 1

A7 Power supply 24 VDC Standard 0


The AC version power supply have to be selected via the option „separate power supply“ at type code part 2.
Optional No optional interface 0
interface 1
Optional No optional interface 0
interface 2 / Reader interface Ex i Extra 1
A7 reader
Option 3 / No option 3 0
Option box
Enclosure Polyester on aluminium Standard 0
design Stainless steel on aluminium Extra 1
Operating Windows Embedded Standard 2009 (WES2009) & Standard 7
A7 system and
image
Remote Firmware (ATOM N270 only)
Windows Embedded Standard 7 (WES7) & Extra 8
Remote Firmware (ATOM E3815 only)

Notes: On RAM and Data memory:


The combination of 2 GB RAM and 16 GB data memory is only possible with the ATOM E3815 processor.
A7 Price calculation
Standard field systems Standard field systems of the ET-/MT-5x6-A platform Eagle devices are combinations with the following features:
- TX or FX interface
- Geode LX800 processor
- 512 MB RAM
A7 - TFT display
- 1 GB data memory
- Analogue resistive touch
- DC power supply
- No optional interfaces
- Operating system Windows Embedded Standard 2009 (WES2009) & Remote Firmware
- Polyester front plate

A7
- No further mounting or enclosure options
The product code for a 15“ device with Ethernet TX interface (for example) would be:
xT-536-A-TX-50001000007-000000000000
The basic price only applies to this and other, similar field systems.
Field system options For all field systems other than the standard you need to add the extra charge of each required option to the basic price

A7
of the standard field system in question.
Please note that not all options can be combined with one another (see notes on features).

A7

A7

A7
180 Operating and Monitoring Systems 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 181 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

Thin Clients
SERIES 500 - Zone 1, 2, 21, 22

A7
Type code field system ET-/MT-5x6-A platform Eagle (Part 2)
Name Version Note Code Enclosures and Accessories
0 0

Enclosure
type
No enclosure Standard 0 A7
Stainless steel enclosure clean room front door (CFR) Extra 1
Stainless steel enclosure front door (FR) Extra 2
Rigfloor enclosure version 3 (preparation for AC) Extra 3
Stainless steel enclosure back door (BD) Extra 8

A7
Material No material (no enclosure) Standard 0
Stainless steel V2A (SS304) Version 1
Stainless steel V4A (SS316) for CFR Extra 2
Stainless steel V4A (SS316) for FR and BD Extra 2
Aluminium (Rigfloorg enclosure only) 3
Mounting None, front panel mounting (no enclosure) Standard 0

A7
option Wall mounting (not BD) Version 1
Mounted on stand or wall bracket Version 2
Ceiling mounting Version 3
Outdoor -20 °C (not with keyboard) Standard 0
installation -10 °C (with keyboard) Standard 1
Outdoor -10 °C (with keyboard, breather) Extra 2
Outdoor -20 °C (only with enclosure, breather, no keyboard)
Outdoor -30 °C (only with enclosure, heater, breather, no keyboard)
Extra
Extra
3
4
A7
Outdoor -40 °C (only with enclosure, heater, insulation, breather, Extra 5
no keyboard)
Keyboard No keyboard, no pointing device Standard 0
(design, Keyboard enclosure stainless steel V2A (SS304) Extra >0
layout) /
keyboard
enclosure
Keyboard enclosure stainless steel V4A (SS316)
Keyboard language: DE, QWERTZ
Extra
Extra
>0
1
A7
Keyboard language: US, QWERTY Extra 2
Keyboard language: FR, AZERTY Extra 3
Keyboard language: DK Extra 6
Integrated No integrated pointing device 0
pointing
device
Trackball 50 mm IP54
Joystick (2 keys)
Extra
Extra
1
5
A7
Separate No separate pointing device 0
pointing Trackball 50 mm IP54 Extra 1
device
Joystick (1 keys) Extra 5
Separate No separate reader 0
reader RFID-Crypt reader,(requires enclosure) mounted in enclosure Extra 1 A7
RFID-ASC reader, (requires enclosure) mounted in enclosure Extra 2
RFID-Crypt reader, (requires enclosure) Extra 7
reader mounted in keyboard enclosure KBD
(no separate pointing device possible)
RFID-ASC reader, (requires enclosure) Extra 8
reader mounted in keyboard enclosure KBD
(no separate pointing device possible) A7
RFID readers require the optional reader interface Ex i / RFID reader max. -30 °C
Preparation IDM-160-ex * barcode reader (max. -20 °C), Extra 4
wired, inc. ReaderBox, (requires enclosure)
components mounted in enclosure
Preparation IDM-160-BT-ex * barcode reader (max. -20 °C), Extra 5
Bluetooth, inc. ReaderBox, base station and cable
(requires enclosure) components mounted in enclosure A7
Emergency No emergency stop switch 0
stop switch Emergency stop switch 8003, right ESR (requires enclosure) Extra 1
Emergency stop switch 8003, left ESL (requires enclosure) Extra 2
Separate No separate power supply 0
power supply 100 ... 230 VAC (requires enclosure),
inc. DPSq-120-24-block for Zone 1
Extra 1
A7
Further No further options 1 0
options 1
Further No further options 2 0
options 2

Notes: On types and material of enclosures:


Only the following values are permitted as possible product code combinations: 00, 11, 21, 81, 12, 22, 82
A7
When chosing an enclosure you must also state a mounting option (Version: code 1, 2 or 3).

On keyboards:
The material (stainless steel) of the keyboard enclosure is always the same as the material of the field housing. Thus, the
extra charge for the material of the keyobard enclosure must be added depending on the material of the field enclosure.
A7
* On barcode reader IDM-160:
The barcode reader itself and any optional accessories are NOT part of the field system and must be ordered separately.

A7
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Operating and Monitoring Systems 181
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 182 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

Thin Clients
SERIES 500 - Zone 1, 2, 21, 22

A7
Technical data - version ET-/MT-5x8 platform Shark
Explosion protection ET-5x8
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx BVS 14.0116X
A7 Ex e q [ia op is Ga] IIC T4 Gb
Ex tb IIIC [ia op is Da] IIIC T115°C Db
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust BVS 14 ATEX E134 X
E II 2(1) G Ex e q [ia op is Ga] IIC T4 Gb

A7 Explosion protection MT-5x8


E II 2(1) D Ex tb [ia op is Da] IIIC T115°C Db

Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx BVS 14.0116X
Ex nA nR [ia op is Ga] IIC T4 Gc

A7 Europe (ATEX)
Ex tc [ia op is Da] IIIC T115°C Dc

Gas and dust BVS 14 ATEX E 134 X


E II 3(1) G Ex nA nR [ia op is Ga] IIC T4 Gc
E II 3(1) D Ex tc [ia op is Da] IIIC T115°C Dc
Certifications and certificates
A7 Certificates IECEx, ATEX
Design ET-/MT-538 ET-/MT-598
Display
Model TFT colour display, TFT colour display,
16.7 million colours 16.7 million colours

A7 Size
Resolution
38 cm / 15“
XGA 1024 x 768 pixels
55 cm / 21.5“
Full HD 1920 x 1080 pixels
Format 5:4 16:9
Type TFT TFT 450 cd/m2 --
Sunlight Readable SR 1200 cd/m² (optional) SR 1000 cd/m²
Backlight LED Backlight LED Backlight
A7 Mounting design Rugged Panel Design (RP) Rugged Panel Design (RP)
Power supply
Voltage 24 V DC or 24 V DC or
100 ... 240 V AC / 50 ... 60 Hz 100 ... 240 V AC / 50 ... 60 Hz
Current 8 A max at 24 V DC 8 A max at 24 V DC
2 A max at 100 ... 240 V AC 2 A max at 100 ... 240 V AC
A7 Power typ. 100W / max. 150 W
(typ. 340 BTU / max. 510 BTU)
typ. 100W / max. 150 W
(typ. 340 BTU / max. 510 BTU)
Operating temperature range
Operation -10 ... +65 °C* -10 ... +65 °C*
Operation with heater -40 ... +65 °C -40 ... +65 °C

A7 Storage
Note:
-40 ... +70 °C -40 ... +70 °C
* Operation at +65 °C for a maximum of 8 h, for permanent operation +60 °C
Type of protection IP66 IP66
Dimensions [mm]
(WxHxD) 380 x 394 x 137 553 x 458 x 141
Weight 22.6 kg 35 kg
A7

A7

A7

A7

A7
182 Operating and Monitoring Systems 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 183 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

Thin Clients
SERIES 500 - Zone 1, 2, 21, 22

A7
Technical data - version ET-/MT-5x7 platform Manta
Explosion protection ET-5x7
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx BVS 11.0075X
Ex e q [ia op is Ga] IIC T4 Gb A7
Ex tb IIIC [ia op is Da] IP65 T110°C Db
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust BVS 11 ATEX E102 X
E II 2(1) G Ex e q [ia op is Ga] IIC T4 Gb

Explosion protection MT-5x7


E II 2(1) D Ex tb IIIC [ia op is Da] IP65 T110°C Db A7
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx BVS 14.0034X
Ex nA nR [ia op is Ga] IIC T4 Gc

Europe (ATEX)
Ex tc IIIC [ia op is Da] IP66 T110°C Dc
A7
Gas and dust BVS 14 ATEX E 134 X
E II 3(1) G Ex nA nR [ia op is Ga] IIC T4 Gc
E II 3(1) D Ex tc IIIC [ia op is Da] IP66 T110°C Dc
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Russia (GOST R) CEC / CSA, NEC / CSA (GOST and CSA only at ET-5x7) A7
Design ET-/MT-567 ET-/MT-577 ET-/MT-587
Display
Model TFT colour display, TFT colour display, TFT colour display,
16.7 million colours 16.7 million colours 16.7 million colours
Size
Resolution
56 cm / 22“
WSXGA+ 1680 x 1050 pixels
61 cm / 24“
Full HD 1920 x 1080 pixels
61 cm / 24“WU
WUXGA 1920 x 1200 pixels A7
Format 16:10 16:9 16:10
Type TFT 250 cd/m2 TFT 300 cd/m2 TFT 300 cd/m2
Backlight LED Backlight LED Backlight LED Backlight
Operation
Front plate A7
Version AL Aluminium front plate Aluminium front plate Aluminium front plate
Version RM Rear mount module Rear mount module Rear mount module
Power supply
Voltage 24 V DC or 24 V DC or 24 V DC or

A7
100 ... 240 V AC / 50 ... 60 Hz 100 ... 240 V AC / 50 ... 60 Hz 100 ... 240 V AC / 50 ... 60 Hz
Current 3 A max at 24 V DC 3 A max at 24 V DC 3 A max at 24 V DC
1 A max at 100 ... 240 V AC 1 A max at 100 ... 240 V AC 1 A max at 100 ... 240 V AC
Power typ. 35 W / max. 150 W typ. 35 W / max. 150 W typ. 35 W / max. 150 W
(typ. 119 BTU / max. 510 BTU) (typ. 119 BTU / max. 510 BTU) (typ. 119 BTU / max. 510 BTU)
Operating temperature range
Operation
Permanent operation
-20 ... +60 °C
-20 ... +50 °C
-20 ... +60 °C
-20 ... +50 °C
-20 ... +60 °C
-20 ... +50 °C A7
Operation with heater O30 -30 ... +50 °C -30 ... +50 °C -30 ... +50 °C
The O30 option is only available for AC version devices !
Type of protection
ET-5x7 front / back IP66 / IP65 IP66 / IP65 IP66 / IP65
MT-5x7 front / back IP66 / IP66 IP66 / IP66 IP66 / IP66 A7
Dimensions [mm]
Front (WxH) 660 x 475 660 x 475 660 x 475
Cut-out (WxHxD) 615 x 435 x 110 615 x 435 x 110 615 x 435 x 110
Weight
ET-5x7
MT-5x7
32 kg
16 kg
32 kg
16 kg
32 kg
16 kg A7

A7

A7

A7
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Operating and Monitoring Systems 183
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 184 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

Thin Clients
SERIES 500 - Zone 1, 2, 21, 22

A7
Technical data - version ET-/MT-5x6-A platform Eagle
Explosion protection ET-5x6-A
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx TUR 11.0006X
A7 Version TX Ex d e ia ib mb [ia ib] IIC T4 Gb
Ex ia tb [ia ib] IIIC T80°C Db IP66
Version FX Ex d e ia ib mb [ia ib op is] IIC T4 Gb
Ex ia tb [ia ib op is] IIIC T80°C Db IP66
Europe (ATEX)

A7
Gas and dust TÜV 11 ATEX 7041 X
Version TX E II 2 (2) G Ex d e ia ib mb [ia ib] IIC T4 Gb
E II 2 (2) D Ex ia tb [ia ib] IIIC T80°C Db IP66
Version FX E II 2 (2) G Ex d e ia ib mb [ia ib op is] IIC T4 Gb
E II 2 (2) D Ex ia tb [ia ib op is] IIIC T80°C Db IP66
Explosion protection MT-5x6-A

A7 Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx TUR 11.0015X
Version TX Ex d e ia ib mb nA [ib Gb] [ic] IIC T4 Gc
Ex ia tc [ib Db] [ic] IIIC T80°C Dc IP66
Version FX Ex d e ia ib mb nA [ib op is Gb] [ic] IIC T4 Gc
Ex ia tc [ib op is Db] [ic] IIIC T80°C Dc IP66

A7 Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust TÜV 11 ATEX 7103 X
Version TX E II 3 (2/3) G Ex d e ia ib mb nA [ib Gb] [ic] IIC T4 Gc
E II 3 (2/3) D Ex ia tc [ib Db] [ic] IIIC T80°C Dc IP66
Version FX E II 3 (2/3) G Ex d e ia ib mb nA [ib op is Gb] [ic] IIC T4 Gc
E II 3 (2/3) D Ex ia tc [ib op is Db] [ic] IIIC T80°C Dc IP66
A7 Certifications and certificates
ET-/MT-5x6-A
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), Canada (CSA), Kazakhstan (TR), Russia (TR), Belarus (TR), USA (UL),
China (CNEX)
Ship approval DNV, LR

A7
Design ET-/MT-536-A ET-/MT-556-A
Display
Model TFT colour display, 16,777,216 colours TFT colour display, 16,777,216 colours
Size 38 cm / 15“ 48 cm / 19“
Resolution XGA 1024 x 768 pixels SXGA 1280 x 1024 pixels
Format 4:3 5:4
A7 Type
Sunlight readable
TFT 350 cd/m2
SR 1000 cd/m
TFT 350 cd/m2
––
(optional)
Backlight LED Backlight LED Backlight
Operation
Front plate
A7 Version PES Polyester on aluminium Polyester on aluminium
Version VA Stainless steel on aluminium Stainless steel on aluminium
Function keys 8 8
Softkeys –– ––
Alphanumerical and system –– ––
A7 keys
Power supply
Voltage 24 V DC 24 V DC
Current 1.2 A 1.2 A
Power 36 W 36 W
Operating temperature range
A7 Operation -20 ... +55 °C -20 ... +55 °C
Operation with heater -30 ... +55 °C -30 ... +55 °C
Operation with heater, -40 ... +55 °C -40 ... +55 °C
enclosure insulation and
protective screen

A7
Note Operation at +55 °C for a maximum of 5 h, for permanent operation +50 °C
Type of protection IP66 IP66
Dimensions [mm]
Front (WxH) 440 x 340 535 x 425
Cut-out (WxHxD) 427.5 x 327.5 x 165 522.5 x 412.5 x 165
Weight 18 kg 25 kg
A7

A7
184 Operating and Monitoring Systems 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 185 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

Thin Clients
SERIES 500 - Zone 1, 2, 21, 22

A7
Accessories and spare parts - for ET-/MT-5x8 platform Shark
Name Design Order Number Art.no. PS Weight
kg
Keyboard / Keyboard with integrated trackball 50 mm
pointing device Ex i USB interface
3/5 keys, stainless steel enclosure V4A (SS316L) A7
Language: DE, QWERTZ KBDi-USB-TB50-DE-HSG-xx8-V4A 243866 43 12.500
Language: US, QWERTY KBDi-USB-TB50-US-HSG-xx8-V4A 243867 43 12.500
Language: FR, AZERTY KBDi-USB-TB50-FR-HSG-xx8-V4A 247547 43 12.500
Keyboard with integrated touchpad
USB interface
3/5 keys, stainless steel enclosure V4A (SS316L) A7
Language: DE, QWERTZ KBDi-USB-P-DE-HSG-xx8-V4A 247548 43 12.500
Language: US, QWERTY KBDi-USB-P-US-HSG-xx8-V4A 245741 43 12.500
Language: FR, AZERTY KBDi-USB-P-FR-HSG-xx8-V4A 247549 43 12.500
Keyboard with integrated joystick
USB interface
3/5 keys, stainless steel enclosure V4A (SS316L) A7
Language: DE, QWERTZ KBDi-USB-J-DE-HSG-xx8-V4A 247550 43 12.500
Language: US, QWERTY KBDi-USB-J-US-HSG-xx8-V4A 247235 43 12.500
Language: FR, AZERTY KBDi-USB-J-FR-HSG-xx8-V4A 247561 43 12.500
Keyboard with integrated mouse
USB interface
3/5 keys, stainless steel enclosure V4A (SS316L) A7
Language: DE, QWERTZ KBDi-USB-M-DE-HSG-xx8-V4A 247562 43 12.500
Language: US, QWERTY KBDi-USB-M-US-HSG-xx8-V4A 245642 43 12.500
Language: FR, AZERTY KBDi-USB-M-FR-HSG-xx8-V4A 247563 43 12.500
Media converter / Switch Single Port Fibre Switch 9721/13-11-14 220381 43 0.240
from 1 x 10/100Base-TX to 1 x 100Base-FX
F/O Multimode 50 (62.5) / 125 µm
cable length 5000 (4000) m
A7
1x RJ45, 1x SC connector
Single Port Fibre Switch SK-KJ1710 104236 43 0.200
from 10/100 Base-Tx (4 x RJ45 ports) to
100 Base-Fx „Ex op is“ (1 x F/O port MTRJ),
inc. VB-SC-MTRJ patch cable
4 Port Fibre Switch from
100 Base-Fx „Ex op is“ (4 x F/O ports MTRJ) to
SK-KJ1740 168473 43 0.220 A7
10/100 Base-Tx (1 x RJ45 Port),
inc. 4 x VB-SC-MTRJ patch cable
Connection panel for operating voltage (AC) and FO CON-xx8-AC-FO-00 244377 43
with connector Material: V4A (SS316L)
Dimensions (WxHxD): 240 x 230 x 121 [mm] (without
connectors)
Operating voltage connection:
Hawke N-FP-X-B-P-S-X-X-S-A 4-Pol Power
A7
FO connection:
VB-FO-MIL-HMA-Blkhd-2CH-SC-1m
for USB connection CON-xx8-USB-00 244378 43
Material: V4A (SS316L)
Dimensions (WxHxD): 240 x 230 x 121 [mm] (without
connectors)
USB connection: A7
Harting USB connector
Memory USB stick, intrinsically safe, 16 GB USBi-Drive-16GB 171401 43 0.500
USB stick, intrinsically safe, 16 GB USBi-Drive-16GB-Recovery 171402 43 0.500
with recovery and back-up function

A7
Note: intrinsically safe USB stick for 5x6 and 5x8 devices only
Field cable MilTac Breakout FO cable, basic length 2 m, VB-FO-MIL-SC-SC-2m 202201 43 0.500
SC plugs at both ends
MilTac Breakout FO cable, VB-FO-MIL-xm 202202 43
additional length in metres, price per metre
Indoor Breakout FO cable, basic length 2 m, VB-FO-SC-SC-62V04G-2m 202203 43 0.500
SC plugs at both ends
Indoor Breakout FO cable,
additional length in metres, price per metre
VB-FO-62V04G-xm 202204 43
A7
Adapter for DIN rail mounting VB-SC-SC-jack 229271 43 0.200

Accessories and spare parts - for ET-/MT-5x7 platform Manta


Name Design Order Number Art.no. PS Weight

Media converter / Switch Single Port Fiber Switch SK-DRAG-GBIC-SX 222898 43


kg
0.400
A7
from 4x 10/100/1000Base-TX to 1000Base-SX
Data transfer: FO SX: 1000Base-SX,
Cable length 500 m, duplex LC connectors
Quad Port Fiber Switch SK-EL1000-2GU-3TX-4SX-opis 236644 43 0.400
from 3x 10/100/1000Base-TX to 4x 1000Base-SX
Data transfer: FO SX: 1000Base-SX,
Cable length 500 m, duplex LC connectors A7
Memory USB stick, intrinsically safe, 16 GB USBi-Drive-16GB 171401 43 0.500
USB stick, intrinsically safe, 16 GB USBi-Drive-16GB-Recovery 171402 43 0.500
with recovery and back-up function

A7
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Operating and Monitoring Systems 185
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 186 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

Thin Clients
SERIES 500 - Zone 1, 2, 21, 22

A7
Accessories and spare parts - for ET-/MT-5x8 Shark, ET-/MT_5x7 Manta and ET-/MT--5x6-A Eagle
Name Design Order Number Art.no. PS Weight
kg
KVM box Digital KVM over IP transmission unit KVM-INFINITY-DUAL-2112T 229329 43 1.110
A7 Remote monitoring and control, without software
installation
Multi-user system (up to 16 users simultaneously)
Video resolution up to 2560 x 1600 pixels
Connection to the PC via DVI / USB
Data transfer via CAT cable up to 100 m
Digitale KVM over IP transmission unit KVM-DIGITAL-IPEPS 235686 43 0.340
Remote monitoring and control, Peer-to-Peer
A7 Video resolution up to 1920 x 1200 pixels
Connection to the PC via DVI / USB
Data transfer via CAT cable up to 100 m
Desktop keyboard Ex i Language: DE, QWERTZ, 102 keys, USB interface KBDi-DS102W-USB-DE 229304 43 1.500
Language: US, QWERTY, 102 keys, USB interface KBDi-DS102W-USB-US 222254◄ 43 1.500
Language: NO, QWERTY, 102 keys, USB interface KBDi-DS102W-USB-NO 229303 43 1.500

A7 Desktop mouse Ex i
Barcode scanner Ex i
Optical desktop mouse, USB interface
Handheld barcode scanner Zone 1, 2, 21, 22
MSi-JM0100-USB
IDM160-ex
222255◄
224079
43
43
0.200
0.200
Wired, without cable, 1D Barcode, 630 nm
Reading speed 500 Scans/sec
Reading distance up to 800 mm
Handheld barcode scanner Zone 1, 2, 21, 22 IDM160-PDF-ex 224080 43 0.200
Wired, without cable
A7 1D Barcode, 630 nm, stacked PDF barcodes
Reading speed 500 Scans/sec
Reading distance up to 800 mm
Handheld barcode scanner Zone 1, 2, 21, 22 IDM160-BT-ex 224087 43 0.260
Bluetooth, wireless, 1D Barcode, 630 nm
Reading speed 500 Scans/sec
Reading distance wireless up to 800 mm

A7 Handheld barcode scanner Zone 1, 2, 21, 22


Bluetooth, wireless
1D Barcode, 630 nm, stacked PDF barcodes
IDM160-BT-PDF-ex 223820 43 0.260

Reading speed 500 Scans/sec


Reading distance up to 800 mm
Base stations scanner Base station handheld scanner BT, Bluetooth, Zone 1 IDM160-BT-BaseBT-Z1 224092 43
Access and loading station without cable
Bluetooth, loading in Zone 1
A7 Base station handheld scanner BT, Bluetooth, Non-Ex
Access and loading station without cable
IDM160-BT-BaseBT 224093 43

Bluetooth, loading in safe area


Base station handheld scanner BT, Non-Ex IDM160-BT-Base 224094 43
Loading station without cable
no Bluetooth, loading in safe area

A7
Connection cable Connection cable for IDM160 VB-IDM160-xx6-RS232-SR-1.8m 224085 43 0.200
Interface RS-232, Ex i 5.6 V
cable length 1.8 m straight, Binder plug
Connection cable for IDM160 VB-IDM160-xx6-RS232-SR-3.8m 224086 43 0.300
Interface RS-232, Ex i 5.6 V
Cable length 3.8 m, curled, Binder plug
Connection cable for base loading station Z1 VB-IDM160-Base-RSi-RS232-SR- 224102 43 0.200
Interface RS-232, Ex i 5.6 V 1.8m-Z1
A7 Cable length 1.8 m, straight, Binder plug
Connection cable for base loading station Z1 VB-IDM160-Base-RSi-RS232-SR- 224103 43 0.300
Interface RS-232, Ex i 5.6 V 3.8m-Z1
Cable length 3.8 m, curled, Binder plug
Extension cable for IDM160 VB-IDM160-EXT-6m-Z1 224108 43 0.500
Cable length 6 m, straight

A7
Extension cable for IDM160 VB-IDM160-EXT-4.5m-Z1 224109 43 0.400
Cable length 4.5 m, curled
Tripod Tripod for IDM160 IDM160-tripod 224106 43 0.200
Material: ABS (Acrylnitril-Butadien-Styrol)
Desk holder Desk holder for IDM160 IDM160-Deskholder 224107 43 0.200
Material: ABS (Acrylnitril-Butadien-Styrol)
Power supply Power supply for base loading station Non-Ex DSP-IDM160-DC5V 224095 43 0.200

A7 Battery Replacement battery for IDM160-BT-ex IDM160-BT-ex-Lion 224091 43 0.200

Accessories and spare parts - for ET-/MT-5x6-A platform Eagle


Name Design Order Number Art.no. PS Weight
kg
KVM-Box Digital KVM switch for ET/MT-5x6 5x6-KVM-digital 202150◄ 43 1.000

A7
KVM ports to the PC:
2 x PS2 connector (keyboard/mouse)
1 x USB-B connector (keyboard/mouse to PC)
1 x USB-B connector (virtual media to PC)
1 x DVI-I connector (monitor, DVI/VGA)
1 x Stereo jack (audio)
Remote HMI connection:
10Base-T, 100Base-Tx Ethernet

A7 DIN rail kit


for KVM box
Mounting kit DIN rail 5x6-KVM-DINrailKit 202193 43 1.000

Mounting kit Mounting kit 48 cm rack (19“-Rack) 5x6-KVM-RackMountKit-1 202191◄ 43 1.000


1 KVM box Mounting rack for 1 KVM box
Mounting kit Mounting kit 48 cm rack (19“-Rack) 5x6-KVM-RackMountKit-2 202192◄ 43 1.000
2 KVM boxes Mounting rack for 2 KVM boxes

A7
186 Operating and Monitoring Systems 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 187 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

Thin Clients
SERIES 500 - Zone 1, 2, 21, 22

A7
Accessories and spare parts - for ET-/MT-5x6-A platform Eagle
Name Design Order Number Art.no. PS Weight
kg
Power supply Power supply in aluminium enclosure DSPq-120-24-block 222484 43 3.400
Installation in Zone 1 and 2
Input voltage: 90 ... 253 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz
Output voltage: 24 V DC
A7
Media converter / Switch Single Port Fiber Switch from SK-KJ1710 104236 43 0.200
10/100 Base-Tx (4 x RJ45 Ports) to
100 Base-Fx „Ex op is“ (1 x FO port MTRJ),
inc. patch cable VB-SC-MTRJ
4 Port Fiber Switch from
100 Base-Fx „Ex op is“ (4 x FO ports MTRJ) to
10/100 Base-Tx (1 x RJ45 Port),
SK-KJ1740 168473 43 0.220
A7
inc. 4 x patch cableVB-SC-MTRJ
Supply and connection Module to connect readers to COM1
module Version for barcode reader IDM160 ReaderBox-054-AC-RS232 220595 43 3.000
Operating voltage: AC: 100 ... 240 V AC

A7
Output voltage for reader 5.4 V Ex i
Version for barcode reader IDM160 ReaderBox-054-DC-RS232 220596 43 3.000
Operating voltage: DC: 12 ... 30 V DC
Output voltage for reader 5.4 V Ex i
Memory USB stick, intrinsically safe, 16 GB USBi-Drive-16GB 171401 43 0.500
USB stick, intrinsically safe, 16 GB USBi-Drive-16GB-Recovery 171402 43 0.500
with recovery and back-up function
USB stick 16 GB, with recovery and back-up
function
USB-Drive-16GB-Recovery 171400◄ 43 0.500
A7
USB extension and support with USB plug-in VB-USB-Plug 104166 43 0.200
coupling for front IP65 or mounting inside field
enclosure
Note: intrinsically safe USB stick for 5x6 and 5x8 devices only
Field cable Patch cable MTRJ => SC (SK-KJ1710 --> EXICOM) VB-SC-MTRJ 104133◄ 43 0.200
Patch cable 3 m, 2 x RJ45 (SK-KJ1710 --> PC / plug) VB-SFTP-CAT5-Patch-3,0 104169 43 0.200 A7
Patch cable 3 m, open => RJ45 VB-TP-CAT5-Exe-RJ45-Patch 104170◄ 43 0.200
(EAGLE/Open HMI => plug)
Field cable copper, CAT5E, AWG23 VB-TP-CAT5-AWG23 166458 43
Price per metre
RJ45 plug, metal, connectable in the field VB-RJ45-PLUG-180 166459 43 0.100
Extension scanner interface to flanged socket M12 VB-SC-SC-jack 229271 43 0.200 A7
Adapter for DIN rail mounting SC --> SC VB-FO-MIL-SC-SC-2m 202201 43 0.500
MilTac breakout FO cable, basic length 2 m, VB-FO-MIL-xm 202202 43
with SC plugs at both ends
MilTac breakout FO cable, additional length in metres, VB-FO-SC-SC-62V04G-2m 202203 43 0.500
price per metre
Indoor breakout FO cable, basic length 2 m,
with SC plugs at both ends
VB-FO-62V04G-xm 202204 43 A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Operating and Monitoring Systems 187
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 188 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

Thin Clients
SERIES 500 - Zone 1, 2, 21, 22

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7
188 Operating and Monitoring Systems 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 189 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

Thin Clients
SERIES IT-500 - Safe Area (Non-Ex)

A7
The SERIES 500 is ideal for network structures
and virtual environments - it enables highly
flexible access from each Thin Client to the
ERP / MES system.
A7
Platform
> Manta (xx7 devices)

Applications
> Industrial network structures / virtual
A7
environments

Highlights
> RDP, VNC and Netc@p possible, also LAN,
A7
SERIES IT-500 - Safe Area (Non-Ex) A7

05981E00 WLAN, Internet


> With Remote Firmware for additional system
safety
WebCode THINCLIENTSA > Access from each operating station to
one / several PCs
> Cost-effective hardware and central data
A7
administration
> 15" to 24"WU displays

A7

Field systems A7
Definition A field system consists of at least one HMI unit and its integrated software.
Field systems If the HMI unit is mounted inside an enclosure, this enclosure and all other accessories mounted insided it
are part of the field system.
To enable you to order a field system we have developed a product code that can represent all possible
combinations of device, software, enclosure and accessories.
The product code consists of alphanumerical characters and may look as follows: A7
IT-567-TX-10000100027-211400000000
The product code can be decoded as follows:
Decoding IT-567-TX - 10000100027 - 211400000000
Definition Device type hyphen more detailed device hyphen Enclosure and A7
type accessories
For an exact definition of each individual character please refer to the type code for field systems on the
pages below. Due to the length of the type code for field systems the product descriptions and codes are
printed on opposite pages.
Ordering Field systems can only be ordered with a valid and plausible product code. For this, all digits of the product
A7
code must be filled in with a valid character. Please note that for technical reasons not all theoretically
possible product codes and thus field systems can actually be realised.
Should you have any questions please do not hesitate to contact R. STAHL HMI Systems GmbH.

A7

A7

A7

A7
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Operating and Monitoring Systems 189
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 190 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

Thin Clients
SERIES IT-500 - Safe Area (Non-Ex)

A7
Type code field system IT-5x7 platform Manta (Part 1)
Name Version Note Code Device design more detailed device design
IT- - - 0 0 0 0 -

A7 Series Non-Ex IT
Display 56 cm / 22“ Basic price 567
size 61 cm / 24“ Basic price 577
61 cm / 24“WU Basic price 587
Ethernet 1x 10/100Base-TX copper Ethernet Standard TX
A7 Processor
1x 100Base-FX FO Ethernet
ATOM N270
Extra
Extra
FX
1
ATOM E3815 (available from Q3 2016) Extra 6
RAM 512 MB Standard 0
2 GB (for Delta V version or ATOM E3815 only) Standard 2

A7
Display Typ Standard TFT Standard 0
Data memory 1 GB SSD Standard 0
16 GB (for Delta V version or ATOM E3815 only) Standard 3
Touch No touch Standard 0
Analogue resistive touch Extra 1
Analogue resistive glass touch Extra 2
A7 Power supply 24 VDC
100 ... 240 VAC
Extra
Standard
0
1
Optional No optional interface 0
interface 1
Optional No optional interface 0
interface 2 /
A7 reader
Option 3 / No option 3 0
Option box
Enclosure Aluminium front plate Standard 2
design Rear mount module 3
Operating Windows Embedded Standard 2009 (WES2009) & Standard 7
A7 system and
image
Remote Firmware (ATOM N270 only)
Windows Embedded Standard 7 (WES7) & Extra 8
Remote Firmware (ATOM E3815 only)
Windows Embedded Standard 7 (WES7), Extra H
Remote Firmware and Delta V

A7 Notes: On RAM and Data memory:


Remote devices with ATOM N270 processor can only be combined with 512 MB RAM and 1 GB data memory.
Only devices with Delta V image or ATOM E3815 processor can have 2 GB RAM and 16 GB data memory.

Price calculation
Standard field systems Standard field systems of the IT-5x7 Manta platform devices are combinations with the following features:
A7 - 10/100Base-TX interface
- ATOM N270 processor
- 512 MB RAM
- TFT display
- 1 GB data memory
- No touch
- AC power supply
A7 - No optional interfaces
- Operating system Windows Embedded Standard 2009 (WES2009) & Remote Firmware
- Aluminium front plate
- No further mounting or enclosure options
The product code for this is:
IT-567-TX-10000100027-000000000000 for the 22“ device
IT-577-TX-10000100027-000000000000 for the 24“ device
A7 IT-587-TX-10000100027-000000000000 for the 24“WU device
The basic price only applies to these field systems.
Field system options For all field systems other than the standard you need to add the extra charge of each required option to the basic price
of the standard field system in question.
Please note that not all options can be combined with one another (see notes on features).

A7

A7

A7
190 Operating and Monitoring Systems 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 191 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

Thin Clients
SERIES IT-500 - Safe Area (Non-Ex)

A7
Type code field system IT-5x7 platform Manta (Part 2)
Name Version Note Code Enclosures and Accessories
0 0 0 0 0

Enclosure No enclosure Standard 0 A7


Stainless steel enclosure clean room front door (CFR) Extra 1
Stainless steel enclosure front door (FR) Extra 2
Stainless steel enclosure back door (BD) Extra 8
Material No material (no enclosure) Standard 0
Stainless steel V2A (SS304)
Stainless steel V4A (SS316) for CFR
Version
Extra
1
2
A7
Stainless steel V4A (SS316) for FR and BD Extra 2
Mounting None, front panel mounting (no enclosure) Standard 0
option Wall mouting (not BD) Version 1

A7
Mounting on stand or wall bracket Version 2
Ceiling mounting Version 3
Outdoor -20 °C Standard 0
installation Outdoor -20 °C Extra 3
Outdoor -30 °C (only for AC devices) Extra 4
Keyboard No keyboard, no pointing device Standard 0
(design,
layout) /
Keyboard enclosure stainless steel V2A (SS304)
Keyboard enclosure stainless steel V4A (SS316)
Extra
Extra
>0
>0
A7
keyboard
enclosure Keyboard language: DE, QWERTZ Extra 1
Keyboard language: US, QWERTY Extra 2
Keyboard language: FR, AZERTY Extra 3
Keyboard language: CH
Keyboard language: ES
Extra
Extra
4
7 A7
Keyboard language: SI Extra 8
Keyboard language: FR-BE Extra 9
Integrated No integrated pointing device (option not possible) 0
pointing Trackball 50 mm IP54 Standard 1
device
Touchpad Extra 4 A7
Joystick Extra 5
Mouse module Extra 6
Separate No separate pointing device 0
pointing
device
Separate
reader
No separate reader 0 A7
Emergency No emergency stop switch 0
stop switch Emergency stop switch 8003, right ESR Extra 1
(requires enclosure)
Emergency stop switch 8003, left ESL Extra 2

Separate
(requires enclosure)
No separate power supply 0
A7
power supply
Further No further options 1 0
options 1
Further No further options 2 0
options 2
A7
Notes: On types and material of enclosures:
Only the following values are permitted as possible product code combinations:
00, 11, 21, 81, 12, 22, 82

When chosing an enclosure you must also state a mounting option (Version: code 1, 2 or 3).

On keyboards:
A7
The material (stainless steel) of the keyboard enclosure is always the same as the material of the field housing. Thus, the
extra charge for the material of the keyobard enclosure must be added depending on the material of the field enclosure.

* On barcode reader IDM-160:


The barcode reader itself and any optional accessories are NOT part of the field system and must be ordered separately.
A7

A7

A7
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Operating and Monitoring Systems 191
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 192 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

Thin Clients
SERIES IT-500 - Safe Area (Non-Ex)

A7
Technical data
Design IT-567 IT-577 IT-587
Display
Model TFT colour display, TFT colour display, TFT colour display,
A7 Size
16.7 million colours
56 cm / 22“
16.7 million colours
61 cm / 24“
16.7 million colours
61 cm / 24“WU
Resolution WSXGA+ 1680 x 1050 pixels Full HD 1920 x 1080 pixels WUXGA 1920 x 1200 pixels
Format 16:10 16:9 16:10
Type TFT 250 cd/m2 TFT 300 cd/m2 TFT 300 cd/m2

A7 Backlight
Operation
LED Backlight LED Backlight LED Backlight

Front plate
Version AL Aluminium front plate Aluminium front plate Aluminium front plate
Version RM Rear mount module Rear mount module Rear mount module
Power supply
A7 Voltage 24 V DC or
100 ... 250 V AC / 50 ... 60 Hz
24 V DC or
100 ... 250 V AC / 50 ... 60 Hz
24 V DC or
100 ... 250 V AC / 50 ... 60 Hz
Current 3 A max at 24 V DC 3 A max at 24 V DC 3 A max at 24 V DC
1 A max at 100 ... 250 V AC 1 A max at 100 ... 250 V AC 1 A max at 100 ... 250 V AC
Power typ. 35 W / max. 150 W typ. 35 W / max. 150 W typ. 35 W / max. 150 W
(typ. 119 BTU / max. 510 BTU) (typ. 119 BTU / max. 510 BTU) (typ. 119 BTU / max. 510 BTU)
A7 Operating temperature range
Operation -20 ... +60 °C -20 ... +60 °C -20 ... +60 °C
Permanent operation -20 ... +50 °C -20 ... +50 °C -20 ... +50 °C
Operation with heater O30 -30 ... +50 °C -30 ... +50 °C -30 ... +50 °C
The O30 option is only available for AC version devices !

A7 Type of protection
Front IP66 IP66 IP66
Back IP20 IP20 IP20
Dimensions [mm]
Front (WxH) 660 x 475 660 x 475 660 x 475
Cut-out (WxHxD) 615 x 435 x 110 615 x 435 x 110 615 x 435 x 110
A7 Weight 10 kg 10 kg 10 kg

Accessories and spare part


Name Design Order Number Art.no. PS Weight

A7 KVM box Digital KVM over IP transmission unit KVM-INFINITY-DUAL-2112T 229329 43


kg
1.110
Remote monitoring and control, without software
installation
Multi-user system (up to 16 users simultaneously)
Video resolution up to 2560 x 1600 pixels
Connection to the PC via DVI / USB
A7 Data transfer via CAT cable up to 100 m
Desktop enclosure: 1 HE
Digitale KVM over IP transmission unit KVM-DIGITAL-IPEPS 235686 43 0.340
Remote monitoring and control, Peer-to-Peer
Video resolution up to 1920 x 1200 pixels
Connection to the PC via DVI / USB

A7
Data transfer via CAT cable up to 100 m
Desktop enclosure: 1 HE
Memory USB stick, 16 GB, USB-Drive-16GB-Recovery 171400◄ 43 0.500
with recovery and backup function
USB extension and bracket with USB plug for front VB-USB-Plug 104166 43 0.200
IP65 or mounted inside field enclosure
A7

A7

A7

A7
192 Operating and Monitoring Systems 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 193 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

Thin Clients
SERIES IT-500 - Safe Area (Non-Ex)

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Operating and Monitoring Systems 193
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 194 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

Functional Principles
SERIES 400 - Panel PCs / Full Clients

A7
The Open HMI devices are robust Panel PCs for hazardous areas.
SERIES 400 - Panel PCs / Full Clients A7

With their pre-installed Windows operating systems, e.g. Embedded Standard 2009 / 7 / ultimate,
they are ready to run straight away.
A7 The 400 SERIES has been designed to run non-stop in temperatures ranging form -30 ... +55 °C
(platform Shark -40 ... +65 °C).
Our Panel PCs are furthermore equipped with a crash recovery system so that in the case of a system
failure the original state can be restored immediately with the aid of a USB stick.
A7 Open HMI Panel PCs communicate with PLCs via MPI or serial RS 232 / 422 / 485 interfaces as well as
via Ethernet and by means of a converter, also via bus systems.
SERIES 400 HMIs are certified for installation in Zones 1, 2, 21 and 22 or have been designed for
installation in industrial areas (Non-Ex).

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

14831E00

A7

A7

A7

A7

WebCode PANELPCA
A7
194 Operating and Monitoring Systems 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 195 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

Panel PCs / Full Clients


SERIES 400 - Zone 1, 2, 21, 22

A7
Open HMI - open Panel PCs for all types of
automation software - ready-to-run

Platform
> Shark (xx8 devices) A7
> Manta (xx7 devices)
> Eagle (xx6 devices)

Applications
> Oil and gas upstream A7
> Onboard ships
> Machine automation

Highlights
> Ready-to-run - can be used immediately due to A7
SERIES 400 - Zone 1, 2, 21, 22 A7

pre-installed Windows operating system


05981E00

> Multilingual Windows installation


> System-integrated touch screens with
WebCode PANELPCA log-in function (Windows login)
> All major communication interfaces
> Backup and recovery of the entire system
A7
via USB stick
> Optional: innovative sunlight-readable
15" and 21.5“ displays, for operation outdoors
> Displays from 10.4" (800 x 600 pixels) to 24"WU
(1920 x 1200 pixels) A7
> Without fan, no rotating parts

A7
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x x x
A7
Field Systems
Definition A field system consists of at least one HMI unit and its integrated software.
Field systems If the HMI unit is mounted inside an enclosure, this enclosure and all other accessories mounted insided it
are part of the field system.
To enable you to order a field system we have developed a product code that can represent all possible
A7
combinations of device, software, enclosure and accessories.
The product code consists of alphanumerical characters and may look as follows:
ET-438-2TX-33163100003-B3010000000
The product code can be decoded as follows: A7
Decoding ET-438-2TX - 33163100003 - B3010000000
Definition Device type hyphen more detailed device hyphen Enclosure and
type accessories
For an exact definition of each individual character please refer to the type code for field systems on the A7
pages below. Due to the length of the type code for field systems the product descriptions and codes are
printed on opposite pages.
Ordering Field systems can only be ordered with a valid and plausible product code. For this, all digits of the product
code must be filled in with a valid character. Please note that for technical reasons not all theoretically
possible product codes and thus field systems can actually be realised. A7
Should you have any questions please do not hesitate to contact R. STAHL HMI Systems GmbH.

A7

A7
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Operating and Monitoring Systems 195
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 196 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

Panel PCs / Full Clients


SERIES 400 - Zone 1, 2, 21, 22

A7
Type code field system ET-/MT-4x8 platform Shark (Part 1)
Name Version Note Code Device design More detailed device design
- - - 3 0 0 -

A7 Series Zone 1, 21 See basic


ET
price
Zone 2, 22 Deduction MT
Display 38 cm / 15“ Basic price 438
size 61 cm / 24“WU (planned)

A7 Ethernet
55 cm / 21.5“
1x 1000Base-TX copper Ethernet
Basic price
Version
498
1TX
can be combined with WLAN
2x 1000Base-TX copper Ethernet Standard 2TX
cannot be combined with WLAN
2x 100Base-FX FO Ethernet Extra 2FX
A7 cannot be combined with WLAN
Processor AMD GX-217GA Standard 2
Intel Core i7-3517 UE Extra 3
RAM 4 GB Standard 3
8 GB (only i7 and >=160 GB SSD) 4

A7 Display type Standard TFT (only 15“ and 24“WU)


Sunlight readable display 15"
Standard
Extra
0
1
Sunlight readable display 21.5" Standard 1
Data memory 16 GB for AMD GX-217GA Standard 5
(SSD) in combination with WES7
80 GB for Intel Core i7-3517UE Extra 6
A7 in combination with WIN 7 Ultimate / WES7
160 GB for Intel Core i7-3517 UE Extra B
in combination with WIN 7 Ultimate
and 8 GB RAM
300 GB for Intel Core i7-3517 UE Extra D
in combination with WIN 7 Ultimate
and 8 GB RAM
A7 Touch No touch Standard 0
Capacitive glass touch 15“ Extra 3
Capacitive glass touch 21.5“ Extra 3
Capacitive glass touch 24“WU Extra 3
Power supply 24 VDC Extra 0

A7 Optional
100 ... 240 VAC
No WLAN, no Bluetooth, no RFID
Standard
Standard
1
0
interface 1 WLAN 2.4 GHz, no Bluetooth, no RFID Extra 1
WLAN 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz, no Bluetooth, no RFID Extra 2
No WLAN, Bluetooth, no RFID Extra 3
WLAN 2.4 GHz, Bluetooth, no RFID Extra 4
A7 WLAN 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz, Bluetooth, no RFID Extra 5
No WLAN, no Bluetooth, RFID * Extra 6
WLAN 2.4 GHz, no Bluetooth, RFID * Extra 7
WLAN 2.4 GHz und 5 GHz, No Bluetooth, RFID * Extra 8
No WLAN, Bluetooth, RFID * Extra 9
A7 WLAN 2.4 GHz, Bluetooth, RFID *
WLAN 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz, Bluetooth, RFID *
Extra
Extra
A
B
For WLAN option only 1TX Ethernet version possible / * no RFID for 438
Optional No optional interface Standard 0
interface 2 / CAN-Bus interface Extra 3
reader (open CAN Ex e)
A7 Option 3 /
Option box
No option 3 Standard 0

Enclosure EXICOM VESA 200 0


Operating No operating system (AMD only) Deduction 0
system and Windows 7 Ultimate (for AMD) Extra 3
image
A7
Windows Embedded Standard 7 4
(WES7) (for AMD)
Windows Embedded Standard 7 and Extra 6
WINCC flexible (for AMD)
Windows 7 Ultimate (for i7) 3

A7

A7
196 Operating and Monitoring Systems 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 197 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

Panel PCs / Full Clients


SERIES 400 - Zone 1, 2, 21, 22

A7
Type code field system ET-/MT-4x8 platform Shark (Part 2)
Name Version Note Code Enclosures and accessories
B 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Enclosure Rugged panel design (RP) Standard B A7


Material Seawater-proof aluminium Standard 3
(powder-coated)
Mounting VESA 200 mounting Standard 0
option Handles and feet Extra 4
(Material SS316L)
Outdoor
installation
-10 °C Standard 1 A7
-40 °C Extra 5
Tastatur layout No keyboard Standard 0
Integrated No integrated pointing device Standard 0
pointing
device
Separate
pointing
No separate pointing device 0 A7
device
Separate No separate reader 0
reader
Emergency No emergency stop switch 0
stop switch
Separate No separate power supply 0
A7
power supply
Further No further options 1 0
options 1
Further No further options 2 0

A7
options 2

Price calculation
Standard field systems Standard field systems of the ET-/MT-4x8 devices of the Shark platform are combinations with the following features:
- 2x 1000Base-TX interface
- AMD GX-217GA processor
- 4 GB RAM
- TFT display for 15“ and 24“WU or sunlight-readable display for 21.5" A7
- 16 GB data memory
- No touch
- AC power supply
- No optional interfaces
- Standard operating system
- Standard enclosure, VESA mounting
- Outdoor option -10 °C
A7
- No further mounting or enclosure options
The product code for this is:
xT-438-2TX-23030100004-B3010000000 for the 15“ device

A7
xT-488-2TX-23130100004-B3010000000 for the 21.5“ device
xT-498-2TX-23030100004-B3010000000 for the 24“WU device
The basic price only applies to these field systems.
Field system options For all field systems other than the standard you need to add the extra charge of each required option to the basic price
of the standard field system in question.
Please note that not all options can be combined with one another (see notes on features).
A7

A7

A7

A7

A7
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Operating and Monitoring Systems 197
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 198 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

Panel PCs / Full Clients


SERIES 400 - Zone 1, 2, 21, 22

A7
Type code field system ET-/MT-4x7 platform Manta (Part 1)
Name Version Note Code Device design More detailed device design
- - - 0 0 0 0 -

A7 Series Zone 1, 21 See basic


ET
price
Zone 2, 22 Deduction MT
Display 56 cm / 22“ Basic price 467
size 61 cm / 24“ Basic price 477

A7 Ethernet
61 cm / 24“WU
1x 10/100Base-TX copper Ethernet
Basic price
Standard
487
TX
1x 1000Base-SX FO Ethernet Extra SX
Processor ATOM N270 (with 2 GB RAM only) 1
(available for order until 31.07.2016)
ATOM E3845 (with 4GB RAM only) Standard 7
A7 RAM 2 GB (for ATOM N270 only)
4 GB (for ATOM E3845 only) Standard
2
3
Display type Standard TFT Standard 0
Data memory 16 GB SSD (for ATOM N270 only) 3
32 GB SSD (for ATOM E3845 only) Standard 4

A7
128 GB SSD MLC Extra 9
Touch No touch Standard 0
Analogue resistive touch Extra 1
Analogue resistive glass touch Extra 2
Power supply 24 VDC Extra 0
100 ... 240 VAC Standard 1
A7 Optional
interface1
No optional interface 0

Optional No optional interface 0


interface 2 /
reader
Option 3 / No option 3 0

A7 Option box
Enclosure Aluminium front plate Standard 2
design Rear mount module 3
Operating Windows Embedded Standard 2009 Extra 1
system and (WES2009) (for ATOM N270 only)
image Windows 7 Ultimate Extra 3

A7 Windows Embedded Standard 7 (WES7)


Windows Embedded Standard 2009
Extra
Extra
4
5
and WINCC flexible
Windows Embedded Standard 7 Extra 6
and WINCC flexible

A7 Price calculation
Standard field systems Standard field systems of the ET-/MT-4x7 Manta platform devices are combinations with the following features:
- 10/100Base-TX interface
- ATOM E3845 processor
- 4 GB RAM
- TFT display
A7 - 32 GB data memory
- No touch
- AC power supply
- No optional interfaces
- Operating systemWindows Embedded Standard 7
- Aluminium front plate

A7
- No further mounting or enclosure options
The product code is:
xT-467-TX-73040100024-00000000000 for the 22“ device
xT-477-TX-73040100024-00000000000 for the 24“ device
xT-487-TX-73040100024-00000000000 for the 24“WU device
The price for the above standard field system is the total of basic price plus extra charge for the Windows Embedded
A7 Standard 2009 operating system.
On request the devices are also avialable without operating system or with a different operating system.
Field system options For all field systems other than the standard you need to add the extra charge of each required option to the basic price
of the standard field system in question.
Please note that not all options can be combined with one another (see notes on features).

A7

A7
198 Operating and Monitoring Systems 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 199 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

Panel PCs / Full Clients


SERIES 400 - Zone 1, 2, 21, 22

A7
Type code field system ET-/MT-4x7 platform Manta (Part 2)
Name Version Note Code Enclosures and accessories
0 0 0 0

Enclosure
type
No enclosure Standard 0 A7
Stainless steel enclosure cleanroom front door (CFR) Extra 1
Stainless steel enclosure front door (FR) Extra 2
Stainless steel enclosure back door (BD) Extra 8
Material No material (no enclosure) Standard 0
Stainless steel V2A (SS304)
Stainless steel V4A (SS316) bei CFR
Version
Extra
1
2
A7
Stainless steel V4A (SS316) bei FR und BD Extra 2
Mounting None, front panel mounting (no enclosure) Standard 0
option Wall mounting Version 1
Mounted on stand or wall bracket Version 2
Ceiling mounting Version 3 A7
Outdoor- -20 °C Standard 0
installation Outdoor -20 °C Extra 3
Outdoor -30 °C (for AC devices only) Extra 4
Keyboard No keyboard, no pointing evice Standard 0
(design,
layout) /
keyboard
Keyboard enclosure stainless steel V2A (SS304)
Keyboard enclosure stainless steel V4A (SS316)
Extra
Extra
>0
>0 A7
enclosure Keyboard language: DE, QWERTZ Extra 1
Keyboard language: US, QWERTY Extra 2
Keyboard language: FR, AZERTY Extra 3
Keyboard language: CH Extra 4
Keyboard language: ES
Keyboard language: SI
Extra
Extra
7
8
A7
Keyboard language: FR-BE Extra 9
Integrated No integrated pointing device 0
pointing (option not possible)
device Trackball 50 mm IP54 Standard 1
Touchpad Extra 4 A7
Joystick Extra 5
Mouse module Extra 6
Separate No separate pointing device 0
pointing
device
Separate
reader
No separate reader
RFID-Crypt reader (max. -30 °C), inc. ReaderBox, Extra
0
1
A7
(requires enclosure) components mounted in enclosure
RFID-ASC reader (max. -30 °C), inc. ReaderBox, Extra 2
(requires enclosure) components mounted in enclosure
RFID-Crypt reader (max. -30 °C), inc. ReaderBox, Extra 7
(requires enclosure) reader mounted in keyboard
enclosure KBD (no separate pointing device possible) A7
RFID-ASC reader (max. -30 °,C), inc. ReaderBox, Extra 8
(requires enclosure) reader mounted in keyboard
enclosure KBD (no separate pointing device possible)
Prepraration for IDM-160-ex * barcode reader Extra 4
(max. -20 °C), wired, inc. ReaderBox
(requires enclosure) components mounted in enclosure
Prepraration for IDM-160-BT-ex * barcode reader, Extra 5
A7
(max. -20 °C), Bluetooth, inc. ReaderBox,
base station and cable (requires enclosure)
components mounted in enclosure
Emergency No emergency stop switch 0

A7
stop switch Emergency stop switch 8003, right ESR Extra 1
Emergency stop switch 8003, left ESL Extra 2
Separate No separate power supply 0
power supply
Further No further options 1 0
options 1
Further
options 2
No further options 2 0
A7
Notes: On types and material of enclosures:
Only the following values are permitted as possible product code combinations: 00, 11, 21, 81, 12, 22, 82
When chosing an enclosure you must also state a mounting option (Version: code 1, 2 or 3).

On keyboards:
The material (stainless steel) of the keyboard enclosure is always the same as the material of the field housing. Thus, the
A7
extra charge for the material of the keyobard enclosure must be added depending on the material of the field enclosure.

* On barcode reader IDM-160:


The barcode reader itself and any optional accessories are NOT part of the field system and must be ordered separately.

A7
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Operating and Monitoring Systems 199
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 200 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

Panel PCs / Full Clients


SERIES 400 - Zone 1, 2, 21, 22

A7
Type code field system ET-/MT-4x6-A platform Eagle (Part 1)
Name Version Note Code Device design More detailed device design
- - - 1 0 0 -

A7 Series Zone 1, 21 See basic


ET
price
Zone 2, 22 Deduction MT
Display 26 cm / 10.4“ Basic price 406-A
size 26 cm / 10.4“ Basic price 416-A

A7 38 cm / 15“
48 cm / 19“
Basic price
Basic price
436-A
456-A
Ethernet 1x 10/100Base-TX copper Ethernet Standard TX
1x 100Base-FX FO Ethernet Version FX
Processor ATOM N270 (with 2 GB RAM only) 1
(available for order until 31.07.2016)
A7 RAM
ATOM E3845 (with 4 GB RAM only)
2 GB (for ATOM N270 only)
Standard 7
2
4 GB (for ATOM E3845 only) Standard 3
Display type Standard TFT Standard 0
Sunlight readable display 15" Extra 1

A7
Data memory 16 GB SSD (for ATOM N270 only) 3
32 GB SSD (for ATOM E3845 only) Standard 4
128 GB SSD MLC Extra 9
Touch Analogue resistive touch Standard 1
Power supply 24 VDC Standard 0
For the selection of the AC power supply, please refer to the option “Separate power supply“ in the type code
A7 Optional
field systems part 2
No optional interface 0
interface 1
Optional No optional interface 0
interface 2 / Reader interface Ex i Extra 1
reader
2. serial interface Extra 2
A7 Option 3 /
Option box
No option 3 0

Enclosure Polyester on aluminium Standard 0


design Stainless steel on aluminium Extra 1
Operating Windows Embedded Standard 2009 (WES2009) Extra 1
system and (for ATOM N270 only)
A7 image Windows 7 Ultimate
Windows Embedded Standard 7 (WES7)
Extra
Extra
3
4
Windows Embedded Standard 2009 Extra 5
and WINCC flexible
(for ATOM N270 only)
Windows Embedded Standard 7 and Extra 6
A7 WINCC flexible

Price calculation
Standard field systems Standard field systems of the ET-/MT-4x6-A Eagle platform devices are combinations with the following features:
- TX or FX interface
- ATOM E3845 processor
A7 - 4 GB RAM
- TFT display
- 32 GB data memory
- Analogue resistive touch
- DC power supply
- No optional interfaces
A7 - Operating system Windows Embedded Standard 7
- Polyester front plate
- No further mounting or enclosure options
The product code for a 15“ device with an Ethernet TX interface (for example) is:
xT-436-A-TX-73041000004-00000000000

A7
The price for the above standard field system is the total of basic price plus extra charge for the Windows Embedded
Standard 2009 operating system.
On request the devices are also avialable without operating system or with a different operating system.
Field system options For all field systems other than the standard you need to add the extra charge of each required option to the basic price
of the standard field system in question.
Please note that not all options can be combined with one another (see notes on features).

A7

A7
200 Operating and Monitoring Systems 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 201 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

Panel PCs / Full Clients


SERIES 400 - Zone 1, 2, 21, 22

A7
Type code field system ET-/MT-4x6-A (Part 2)
Name Version Note Code Enclosures and accessories
0 0 0

Enclosure type No enclosure Standard 0 A7


Stainless steel enclosure cleanroom front door (CFR) Extra 1
Stainless steel enclosure front door (FR) Extra 2
Rigfloor enclosure version 3 (preparation for AC) Extra 3
(for 436 and 456 devices only)
Stainless steel enclosure back door (BD) Extra 8
Material No material (no enclosure)
Stainless steel V2A (SS304)
Standard
Version
0
1
A7
Stainless steel V4A (SS316) for CFR Extra 2
Stainless steel V4A (SS316) for FR and BD Extra 2
Aluminium (rigfloor enclosure only) 3

A7
Mounting None, front plate mounting (no enclosure) Standard 0
option Wall mounting (not BD) Version 1
Mounting on stand or wall bracket Version 2
Ceiling mounting Version 3
Outdoor -20 °C (not with keyboard) Standard 0
installation -10 °C (with keyboard) Standard 1
Outdoor -10 °C (with keyboard, breather)
Outdoor -20 °C (only with enclosure, breather, no keyboard)
Extra
Extra
2
3 A7
Outdoor -30 °C (only with enclosure, heater, beather, no keyboard) Extra 4
Outdoor -40 °C (only with enclosure, heater, insulation, beather, Extra 5
no keyboard)
Keyboard No keyboard, no pointing device Standard 0
(design,
layout) /
keyboard
Keyboard enclosure stainless steel V2A (SS304)
Keyboard enclosure stainless steel V4A (SS316)
Extra
Extra
>0
>0 A7
enclosure Keyboard language: DE, QWERTZ Extra 1
Keyboard language: US, QWERTY Extra 2
Keyboard language: FR, AZERTY Extra 3
Keyboard language: DK Extra 6
Integrated
pointing
No integrated pointing device
Trackball 50 mm IP54 Extra
0
1
A7
device
Joystick (2 keys) Extra 5
Separate No separate pointing device 0
pointing Trackball 50 mm IP54 Extra 1
device
Joystick (1 key) Extra 5
Separate
reader
No separate reader
RFID-Crypt reader,(requires enclosure) mounted in enclosure Extra
0
1
A7
RFID-ASC reader, (requires enclosure) mounted in enclosure Extra 2
RFID-Crypt reader, (requires enclosure) Extra 7
reader mounted in keyboard enclosure KBD
(no separate pointing device possible)
RFID-ASC reader, (requires enclosure)
reader mounted in keyboard enclosure KBD
(no separate pointing device possible)
Extra 8
A7
RFID readers require the optional Ex i reader interface / RFID reader max. -30 °C
Preparation IDM-160-ex * barcode reader (max. -20 °C), Extra 4
wired, inc. ReaderBox, (requires enclosure)
components mounted in enclosure
Preparation IDM-160-BT-ex * barcode reader (max. -20 °C),
Bluetooth, inc. ReaderBox, base station and cable
Extra 5
A7
(requires enclosure) components mounted in enclosure
Emergency No emergency stop switch 0
stop switch Emergency stop switch 8003, right ESR (requires enclosure) Extra 1
Emergency stop switch 8003, left ESL (requires enclosure) Extra 2
Separate
power supply
No separate power supply
100 ... 230 VAC (requires enclosure), Extra
0
1 A7
inc. DPSq-120-24-block for Zone 1
Further No further options 1 0
options 1
Further No further options 2 0
options 2

Notes: On types and material of enclosures:


A7
Only the following values are permitted as possible product code combinations: 00, 11, 21, 81, 12, 22, 82
When chosing an enclosure you must also state a mounting option (Version: code 1, 2 or 3).

On keyboards:

A7
The material (stainless steel) of the keyboard enclosure is always the same as the material of the field housing. Thus, the extra
charge for the material of the keyobard enclosure must be added depending on the material of the field enclosure.

* On barcode reader IDM-160:


The barcode reader itself and any optional accessories are NOT part of the field system and must be ordered separately.

A7
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Operating and Monitoring Systems 201
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 202 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

Panel PCs / Full Clients


SERIES 400 - Zone 1, 2, 21, 22

A7
Technical data - version ET-/MT-4x8 platform Shark
Explosion protection ET-4x8
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx (pending)
A7 Ex e q [ia op is Ga] IIC T4 Gb
Ex tb [ia op is Da] IIIC T115°C Db
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust BVS 14 ATEX E 134 X
E II 2(1) G Ex e q [ia op is Ga] IIC T4 Gb
A7 E II 2(1) D Ex tb [ia op is Da] IIIC T115°C Db
Explosion protection MT-4x8
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx (pending)
Ex nA nR [ia op is Ga] IIC T4 Gc

A7 Europe (ATEX)
Ex tc [ia op is Da] IIIC T115°C Dc

Gas and dust BVS 14 ATEX E 134 X


E II 3(1) G Ex nA nR [ia op is Ga] IIC T4 Gc
E II 3(1) D Ex tc [ia op is Da] IIIC T115°C Dc

A7 Certifications and certificates


Certificates IECEx, ATEX
Design ET-/MT-438 ET-/MT-498
Display
Model TFT colour display, 16.7 million colours TFT colour display, 16.7 million colours
Size 38 cm / 15“ 55 cm / 21.5“
A7 Resolution XGA 1024 x 768 pixels Full HD 1920 x 1080 pixels
Format 5:4 16:9
Type TFT TFT 450 cd/m2 ––
Sunlight readable SR 1200 cd/m2 (optional) SR 1000 cd/m2
Backlight LED Backlight LED Backlight
A7 Mounting type
Power supply
Rugged panel design (RP) Rugged panel design (RP)

Voltage 24 V DC or 24 V DC or
100 ... 240 V AC / 50 ... 60 Hz 100 ... 240 V AC / 50 ... 60 Hz
Current 8 A max at 24 V DC 8 A max at 24 V DC
2 A max at 100 ... 240 V AC 2 A max at 100 ... 240 V AC
A7 Power typ. 100 W / max. 150 W
(typ. 340 BTU / max. 510 BTU)
typ. 100 W / max. 150 W
(typ. 340 BTU / max. 510 BTU)
Operating temperature range
Operation -10 ... +65 °C -10 ... +65 °C
Operation with heater -40 ... +65 °C -40 ... +65 °C
Storage -40 ... +70 °C -40 ... +70 °C
A7 Note Operation at +65 °C for a maximum of 8 h, for permanent operation +60 °C
Type of protection IP66 IP66
Dimensions [mm]
Front (BxHxT) 380 x 394 x 137 553 x 458 x 141
Weight 22.6 kg 35 kg
A7 Technical data - version ET-/MT-4x7 platform Manta
Explosion protection ET-4x7
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx BVS 11.0075X
Ex e q [ia op is Ga] IIC T4 Gb
A7 Ex tb IIIC [ia op is Da] IP65 T110°C Db
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust BVS 11 ATEX E102 X
E II 2(1) G Ex e q [ia op is Ga] IIC T4 Gc
E II 2(1) D Ex tb IIIC [ia op is Da] IP65 T110°C Db

A7 Explosion protection MT-4x7


Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx BVS 14.0034X
Ex nA nR [ia op is Ga] IIC T4 Gc
Ex tc IIIC [ia op is Da] IP66 T110°C Dc

A7 Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust BVS 14 ATEX E 134 X
E II 3(1) G Ex nA nR [ia op is Ga] IIC T4 Gc
E II 3(1) D Ex tc IIIC [ia op is Da] IP66 T110°C Dc
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, CEC / CSA, NEC / CSA (CSA ET-4x7 only)
A7
202 Operating and Monitoring Systems 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 203 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

Panel PCs / Full Clients


SERIES 400 - Zone 1, 2, 21, 22

A7
Technical data - version ET-/MT-4x7 platform Manta
Design ET-/MT-467 ET-/MT-477 ET-/MT-487
Display
Model TFT colour display, TFT colour display, TFT colour display,

Size
16.7 million colours
56 cm / 22“
16.7 million colours
61 cm / 24“
16.7 million colours
61 cm / 24“WU
A7
Resolution WSXGA+ 1680 x 1050 Pixel Full HD 1920 x 1080 Pixel WUXGA 1920 x 1200 Pixel
Format 16:10 16:9 16:10
Type TFT 250 cd/m2 TFT 300 cd/m2 TFT 300 cd/m2
Backlight
Operation
LED Backlight LED Backlight LED Backlight
A7
Front plate
Version AL Aluminium front plate Aluminium front plate Aluminium front plate
Version RM Rear mount module Rear mount module Rear mount module
Power supply
Voltage 24 V DC or
100 ... 240 V AC / 50 ... 60 Hz
24 V DC or
100 ... 240 V AC / 50 ... 60 Hz
24 V DC or
100 ... 240 V AC / 50 ... 60 Hz
A7
Current 3 A max at 24 V DC 3 A max at 24 V DC 3 A max at 24 V DC
1 A max at 100 ... 240 V AC 1 A max at 100 ... 240 V AC 1 A max at 100 ... 240 V AC
Power typ. 35 W / max. 150 W typ. 35 W / max. 150 W typ. 35 W / max. 150 W
(typ. 119 BTU / max. 510 BTU) (typ. 119 BTU / max. 510 BTU) (typ. 119 BTU / max. 510 BTU)
Operating temperature range
Operation -20 ... +60 °C -20 ... +60 °C -20 ... +60 °C
A7
Permanent operation -20 ... +50 °C -20 ... +50 °C -20 ... +50 °C
Operation with heater option -30 ... +50 °C -30 ... +50 °C -30 ... +50 °C
O30
The O30 option is onyl possible for AC version devices !
Type of protection A7
ET-4x7 front / back IP66 / IP65 IP66 / IP65 IP66 / IP65
MT-4x7 front / back IP66 / IP66 IP66 / IP66 IP66 / IP66
Dimensions [mm]
Front (WxH) 660 x 475 660 x 475 660 x 475
Cut-out (WxHxD)
Weight
615 x 435 x 110 615 x 435 x 110 615 x 435 x 110
A7
ET-4x7 32 kg 32 kg 32 kg
MT-4x7 16 kg 16 kg 16 kg

Technical data - version ET-/MT-4x6-A platform Eagle


Explosion protection ET-4x6-A
Global (IECEx)
A7
Gas and dust IECEx TUR 11.0006X
Version TX Ex d e ia ib mb [ia ib] IIC T4 Gb
Ex ia tb [ia ib] IIIC T80°C Db IP66
Version FX Ex d e ia ib mb [ia ib op is] IIC T4 Gb

Europe (ATEX)
Ex ia tb [ia ib op is] IIIC T80°C Db IP66 A7
Gas and dust TÜV 11 ATEX 7041 X
Version TX E II 2 (2) G Ex d e ia ib mb [ia ib] IIC T4 Gb
E II 2 (2) D Ex ia tb [ia ib] IIIC T80°C Db IP66

A7
Version FX E II 2 (2) G Ex d e ia ib mb [ia ib op is] IIC T4 Gb
E II 2 (2) D Ex ia tb [ia ib op is] IIIC T80°C Db IP66
Explosion protection MT-4x6-A
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx TUR 11.0015X
Version TX Ex d e ia ib mb nA [ib Gb] [ic] IIC T4 Gc

Version FX
Ex ia tc [ib Db] [ic] IIIC T80°C Dc IP66
Ex d e ia ib mb nA [ib op is Gb] [ic] IIC T4 Gc
A7
Ex ia tc [ib op is Db] [ic] IIIC T80°C Dc IP66
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust TÜV 11 ATEX 7103 X
Version TX E II 3 (2/3) G Ex d e ia ib mb nA [ib Gb] [ic] IIC T4 Gc

Version FX
E II 3 (2/3) D Ex ia tc [ib Db] [ic] IIIC T80°C Dc IP66
E II 3 (2/3) G Ex d e ia ib mb nA [ib op is Gb] [ic] IIC T4 Gc
A7
E II 3 (2/3) D Ex ia tc [ib op is Db] [ic] IIIC T80°C Dc IP66
Certifications and certificates
ET-4x6-A

A7
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), Canada (CSA), Russia (TR), Kazakstan (TR), Belarus (TR), Korea (KCs),
USA (UL), China (CNEX)
Ship certificates DNV, LR
MT-4x6-A
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), Canada (CSA), Russia (TR), Kazakstan (TR), Belarus (TR),, USA (UL),
China (CNEX)
Ship certificates DNV, LR
A7
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Operating and Monitoring Systems 203
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 204 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

Panel PCs / Full Clients


SERIES 400 - Zone 1, 2, 21, 22

A7
Technical data - version ET-/MT-4x6-A platform Eagle
Design ET-/MT-406-A ET-/MT-416-A ET-/MT-436-A ET-/MT-456-A
Display
Model TFT colour display, TFT colour display, TFT colour display, TFT colour display,
A7 Size
16.777.216 colours
26 cm / 10.4“
16.777.216 colours
26 cm / 10.4“
16.777.216 colours
38 cm / 15“
16.777.216 colours
48 cm / 19“
Resolution SVGA 800 x 600 pixels SVGA 800 x 600 pixels XGA 1024 x 768 pixels SXGA 1280 x 1024 pixels
Format 4:3 4:3 4:3 5:4
Type TFT 400 cd/m2 TFT 400 cd/m2 TFT 350 cd/m2 TFT 350 cd/m2
Sunlight readable –– –– SR 1000 cd/m ––
A7 (optional)
Backlight LED Backlight LED Backlight LED Backlight LED Backlight
Operation
Front plate
Version PES Polyester on aluminium Polyester on aluminium Polyester on aluminium Polyester on aluminium

A7 Version VA –– –– Stainless steel on


aluminium
Stainless steel on
aluminium
Function keys 12 12 8 8
Softkeys 10 –– –– ––
Alphanumerical and 23 –– –– ––
system keys

A7 Power supply
Voltage 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC
Current 1.2 A 1.2 A 1.2 A 1.2 A
Power 36 W 36 W 36 W 36 W
Operating temperature range
Operation -20 ... +55 °C -20 ... +55 °C -20 ... +55 °C -20 ... +55 °C
A7 Operation with heater -30 ... +55 °C -30 ... +55 °C -30 ... +55 °C -30 ... +55 °C
Operation with heater, -40 ... +55 °C -40 ... +55 °C -40 ... +55 °C -40 ... +55 °C
enclosure insulation and
protective screen
Note Operation at +55 °C for a maximum of 5 h, for permanent operation +50 °C
Type of protection IP66 IP66 IP66 IP66
A7 Dimensions [mm]
Front (WxH) 400 x 270 372 x 270 440 x 340 535 x 425
Cut-out (WxHxD) 385.5 x 257.5 x 150 359.5 x 257.5 x 150 427.5 x 327.5 x 165 522.5 x 412.5 x 165
Weight 13.6 kg 13.2 kg 18 kg 25 kg

A7
Accessories and spare parts - for ET-/MT-4x8 platform Shark
Name Design Order Number Art.no. PS Weight
kg
Keyboard / pointing Keyboard with integrated trackball 50 mm
device Ex i USB interface
3/5 keypad, stainless steel enclosure V4A (SS316L)
Keyboard language: DE, QWERTZ KBDi-USB-TB50-DE-HSG-xx8-V4A 243866 43 12.500
A7 Keyboard language: UA, QWERTY KBDi-USB-TB50-US-HSG-xx8-V4A 243867 43 12.500
Keyboard language: FR, AZERTY KBDi-USB-TB50-FR-HSG-xx8-V4A 247547 43 12.500
Keyboard with integrated touchpad
USB interface
3/5 keypad, stainless steel enclosure V4A (SS316L)
Keyboard language: DE, QWERTZ KBDi-USB-P-DE-HSG-xx8-V4A 247548 43 12.500
A7 Keyboard language: UA, QWERTY KBDi-USB-P-US-HSG-xx8-V4A 245741 43 12.500
Keyboard language: FR, AZERTY KBDi-USB-P-FR-HSG-xx8-V4A 247549 43 12.500
Keyboard with integrated joystick
USB interface
3/5 keypad, stainless steel enclosure V4A (SS316L)
Keyboard language: DE, QWERTZ KBDi-USB-J-DE-HSG-xx8-V4A 247550 43 12.500
A7 Keyboard language: UA, QWERTY KBDi-USB-J-UD-HSG-xx8-V4A 247235 43 12.500
Keyboard language: FR, AZERTY KBDi-USB-J-FR-HSG-xx8-V4A 247561 43 12.500
Keyboard with integrated mouse
USB interface
3/5 keypad, stainless steel enclosure V4A (SS316L)
Keyboard language: DE, QWERTZ KBDi-USB-M-DE-HSG-xx8-V4A 247562 43 12.500
A7 Keyboard language: UA, QWERTY
Keyboard language: FR, AZERTY
KBDi-USB-M-US-HSG-xx8-V4A
KBDi-USB-M-FR-HSG-xx8-V4A
245642
247563
43
43
12.500
12.500

A7

A7
204 Operating and Monitoring Systems 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 205 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

Panel PCs / Full Clients


SERIES 400 - Zone 1, 2, 21, 22

A7
Accessories and spare parts - for ET-/MT-4x8 platform Shark
Name Design Order Number Art.no. PS Weight
kg
Media converter / Single Port Fibre Switch 9721/13-11-14 220381 43 0.240
switch from 1 x 10/100Base-TX to1 x 100Base-FX
FO Multimode 50 (62.5) / 125 µm A7
Cable length 5000 (4000) m
1x RJ45, 1x SC connector
Single Port Fibre Switch SK-KJ1710 104236 43 0.200
from 10/100 Base-Tx (4 x RJ45 ports) to
100 Base-Fx „Ex op is“ (1 x FO port MTRJ),
inc. patch cable VB-SC-MTRJ
4 Port Fibre Switch SK-KJ1740 168473 43 0.220
A7
from 100 Base-Fx „Ex op is“ (4 x LWL Ports MTRJ)
to10/100 Base-Tx (1 x RJ45 port),
inc. 4 x patch cable VB-SC-MTRJ
Connection panel For operating voltage (AC) and FO CON-xx8xAC-FO-00 244377 43
with connector Material: V4A (SS316L)
Dimensions (WxHxD): 240 x 230 x 121 [mm]
(without connector)
A7
Operating voltage connection:
Hawke N-FP-X-B-P-S-X-X-S-A 4-Pol Power
FO connection:
VB-FO-MIL-HMA-Blkhd-2CH-SC-1m
For USB connection CON-xx8x-USB-00 244378 43
Material: V4A (SS316L)
Dimensions (WxHxD: 240 x 230 x 121 [mm] A7
(without connectors)
USB connection: Harting USB connector
Memory USB-stick, intrinsically safe, 16 GB USBi-Drive-16GB 171401 43 0.500
USB-stick, intrinsically safe, 16 GB, USBi-Drive-16GB-Recovery 171402 43 0.500
with recovery and back-up function
Note: intrinsically safe USB stick only available for 4x6 and 4x8 devices A7
Field cable MilTac-Breakout FO cable, basic length 2 m, VB-FO-MIL-SC-SC-2m 202201 43 0.500
with SC connectors both ends
MilTac-Breakout FO cable, additional length, VB-FO-MIL-xm 202202 43
in metres, price per metre
Indoor-Breakout FO cable, basic length 2 m, VB-FO-SC-SC-62V04G-2m 43 0.500
A7
202203
with SC connectors both ends
Indoor-Breakout FO cable, additional length VB-FO-62V04G-xm 202204 43
in metres, price per metre
Adapter for DIN rail mounting SC-->SC VB-SC-SC-jack 229271 43 0.200

Accessories and spare parts - for ET-/MT-4x7


Name Design Order Number Art.no. PS Weight A7
kg
Media converter / Single Port Fiber Switch from 4x 10/100/1000Base-TX SK-DRAG-GBIC-SX 222898 43 0,400
Switch to 1000Base-SX
Data transfer:
FO SX: 1000Base-SX, cable length 500 m
Duplex LC connectors
Quad Port Fiber Switch from 3x 10/100/1000Base-TX SK-EL1000-2GU-3TX-4SX-opis 236644 43 0,400
A7
to 4x 1000Base-SX
Data transfer:
FO SX: 1000Base-SX, cable length 500 m
Duplex LC connectors

Accessories and spare parts - for ET-/MT-4x8/4x7/4x6-A


Name Design Order Number Art.no. PS Weight
A7
kg
Software Licence 128 Powertags Runtime licence WINCC-Flexible-2008- 202169 42
WINCC Flexible Runtime128
2008 512 Powertags Runtime licence 202170 42
A7
WINCC-Flexible-2008-
Runtime512
2K Powertags Runtime licence WINCC-Flexible-2008- 202171◄ 42
Runtime-2k

A7

A7

A7
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Operating and Monitoring Systems 205
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 206 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

Panel PCs / Full Clients


SERIES 400 - Zone 1, 2, 21, 22

A7
Accessories and spare parts - for ET-/MT-4x7/4x6-A
Name Design Order Number Art.no. PS Weight
kg
Desktop keyboard Ex i Language: DE, QWERTZ, 102 keys, USB interface KBDi-DS102W-USB-DE 229304 43 1.500
A7 Language: US, QWERTY, 102 keys, USB interface KBDi-DS102W-USB-US 222254◄ 43 1.500
Language: NO, QWERTZ, 102 keys, USB interface KBDi-DS102W-USB-NO 229303 43 1.500
Desktop mouse Ex i Optical desktop mouse, USB interface MSi-JM0100-USB 222255◄ 43 0.200
Barcode scanner Ex i Handheld barcode scanner Zone 1, 2, 21, 22 IDM160-ex 224079 43 0.200
Wired, without cable
A7 1D Barcode, 630 nm
Reading speed 500 Scans/sec
Reading distance up to 800 mm
Handheld barcode scanner Zone 1, 2, 21, 22 IDM160-PDF-ex 224080 43 0.200
Wired, without cable
1D Barcode, 630 nm, stacked PDF barcodes
Reading speed 500 Scans/sec

A7 Reading distance up to 800 mm


Handheld barcode scanner Zone 1, 2, 21, 22 IDM160-BT-ex 224087 43 0.260
Bluetooth, wireless
1D Barcode, 630 nm
Reading speed 500 Scans/sec
Reading distance wireless up to 800 mm
Handheld barcode scanner Zone 1, 2, 21, 22 IDM160-BT-PDF-ex 223820 43 0.260
A7 Bluetooth, wireless
1D Barcode, 630 nm, stacked PDF barcodes
Reading speed 500 Scans/sec
Reading distance up to 800 mm
Base stations scanner Base station handheld scanner BT, Bluetooth, IDM160-BT-BaseBT-Z1 224092 43
Zone 1
Access and loading station without cable
A7 Bluetooth, loading in Zone 1
Base station handheld scanner BT, Bluetooth, IDM160-BT-BaseBT 224093 43
Non-Ex
Access and loading station without cable
Bluetooth, loading in safe area
Base station handheld scanner BT, Non-Ex IDM160-BT-Base 224094 43
Loading station without cable
A7 Connection cable
no Bluetooth, loading in safe area
Connection cable for IDM160 VB-IDM160-xx6-RS232-SR-1.8m 224085 43 0.200
Interface RS-232, Ex i 5.6 V
Cable length 1.8 m straight
Binder plug
Connection cable for IDM160 VB-IDM160-xx6-RS232-SR-3.8m 224086 43 0.300

A7
Interface RS-232, Ex i 5.6 V
Cable length 3.8 m, curled
Binder plug
Connection cable for base loading station Z1 VB-IDM160-Base-RSi-RS232-SR- 224102 43 0.200
Interface RS-232, Ex i 5.6 V 1.8m-Z1
Cable length 1.8 m, straight
Binder plug

A7 Connection cable for base loading station Z1


Interface RS-232, Ex i 5.6 V
VB-IDM160-Base-RSi-RS232-SR-
3.8m-Z1
224103 43 0.300

Cable length 3.8 m, curled


Binder plug
Extension cable for IDM160 VB-IDM160-EXT-6m-Z1 224108 43 0.500
Cable length 6 m, straight
Extension cable for IDM160 VB-IDM160-EXT-4.5m-Z1 224109 43 0.400
A7 Tripod
Cable length 4.5 m, curled
Tripod for IDM160 IDM160-tripod 224106 43 0.200
Material: ABS (Acrylnitril-Butadien-Styrol)
Desk holder Desk holder for IDM160 IDM160-Deskholder 224107 43 0.200
Material: ABS (Acrylnitril-Butadien-Styrol)
Power supply Power supply for base loading station Non-Ex DSP-IDM160-DC5V 224095 43 0.200
A7 Battery
Memory
Replacement battery for IDM160-BT-ex
USB stick, 16 GB, with recovery and
IDM160-BT-ex-Lion
USB-Drive-16GB-Recovery
224091
171400◄
43
43
0.200
0.500
backup function
USB extension and bracket with USB plug for front VB-USB-Plug 104166 43 0.200
IP65 or mounted inside field enclosure

A7

A7

A7
206 Operating and Monitoring Systems 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 207 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

Panel PCs / Full Clients


SERIES 400 - Zone 1, 2, 21, 22

A7
Accessories and spare parts - for ET-/MT-4x6-A
Name Design Order Number Art.no. PS Weight
kg
Power supply Power supply in aluminium enclosure DSPq-120-24-block 222484 43 3.400
Installation in Zone 1 and 2
Input voltage: 90 - 253 V AC, 50 - 60 Hz A7
Output voltage: 24 V DC
Media converter / Switch Single Port Fiber Switch from 1 x 10/100Base-TX 9721/13-11-14 220381 43 0.240
to 1 x 100Base-FX
FO multi-mode 50 (62.5) / 125 µm
Cable lenght 5000 (4000) m
1x RJ45, 1x SC connector
Single Port Fiber Switch from 10/100 Base-Tx SK-KJ1710 104236 43 0.200
A7
(4 x RJ45 Ports) to 100 Base-Fx „Ex op is“
(1 x FO port MTRJ),
inc. patch cable VB-SC-MTRJ
4 Port Fiber Switch from 100 Base-Fx „Ex op is“ SK-KJ1740 168473 43 0.220
(4 x FO ports MTRJ) to
10/100 Base-Tx (1 x RJ45 Port),
inc. 4 x patch cableVB-SC-MTRJ
A7
Ethernet interface 8265 Ex d enclosure with SK-LAN1xTX-USBe 171237 43 8.000
(additional / optional) Single Ethernet 10/100BaseTX interface
8 connection terminals in flanged 8146
1 x pigtail CAT5e USB 2.0
1 x pigtail supply cable 24 V DC
8265 Ex d enclosure with SK-LAN2xTX-USBe 171238 43 8.000 A7
Dual Ethernet 10/100BaseTX interface
8 connection terminals in flanged 8146
1 x pigtail CAT5e USB 2.0
1 x pigtail supply cable 24 V DC
Supply and connection Module to connect readers to COM1
module Version for barcode reader IDM160 ReaderBox-054-AC-RS232 220595 43 3.000 A7
Operating voltage: AC: 100 ... 240 V AC
Output voltage for reader 5.4 V Ex i
Version for barcode reader IDM160 ReaderBox-054-DC-RS232 220596 43 3.000
Operating voltage: DC: 12 ... 30 V DC
Output voltage for reader 5.4 V Ex i
Memory USB stick, intrinsically safe, 16 GB
USB stick, intrinsically safe, 16 GB,
USBi-Drive-16GB
USBi-Drive-16GB-Recovery
171401
171402
43
43
0.500
0.500
A7
with recovery and backup function
USB stick, 16 GB, USB-Drive-16GB-Recovery 171400◄ 43 0.500
with recovery and backup function
USB extension and bracket with USB plug for front VB-USB-Plug 104166 43 0.200
IP65 or mounted inside field enclosure
Note: intrinsically safe USB stick only available for 4x6 and 4x8 devices
A7
Field cable Patch cable MTRJ VB-SC-MTRJ 104133◄ 43 0.200
=> SC (SK-KJ1710 --> EXICOM)
Patch cable 3 m, 2 x RJ45 VB-SFTP-CAT5- 104169 43 0.200
(SK-KJ1710 --> PC / plug) Patch-3,0
Patch cable 3 m, open => RJ45
(Eagle / Open HMI => plug)
VB-TP-CAT5-Exe-RJ45-Patch 104170◄ 43 0.200
A7
Field cable copper, CAT5E, AWG23 VB-TP-CAT5-AWG23 166458 43
Price per metre
RJ45 plug, metal, connectable in the field VB-RJ45-PLUG-180 166459 43 0.100
Extension scanner interface to flanged socket M12 VB-BC-3 166457 43 0.200
Adapter for DIN rail mounting SC --> SC
MilTac breakout FO cable, basic length 2 m,
VB-SC-SC-jack
VB-FO-MIL-SC-SC-2m
229271
202201
43
43
0.200
0.500
A7
with SC plugs at both ends
MilTac breakout FO cable, VB-FO-MIL-xm 202202 43
additional length in metres, price per metre
Indoor breakout FO cable, basic length 2 m, VB-FO-SC-SC-62V04G-2m 202203 43 0.500
with SC plugs at both ends
Indoor breakout FO cable, VB-FO-62V04G-xm 202204 43
A7
additional length in metres, price per metre

A7

A7

A7
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Operating and Monitoring Systems 207
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 208 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

Panel PCs / Full Clients


SERIES 400 - Zone 1, 2, 21, 22

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7
208 Operating and Monitoring Systems 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 209 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

Panel PCs / Full Clients


SERIES IT-400 - Safe Area (Non-Ex)

A7
Open HMI - open Panel PCs for all types of
automation software - ready-to-run

Platform
> Manta (xx7 devices)
A7
Applications
> Industrial production
A7
Highlights
> Ready-to-run - can be used immediately due
to pre-installed Windows operating system
> Multilingual Windows installation
A7
SERIES IT-400 - Safe Area (Non-Ex) A7

> System-integrated touch screens with


05981E00

log-in function (Windows login)


WebCode PANELPCA > All major communication interfaces
> Backup and recovery of the entire system via
USB stick
A7
> Displays from 10.4" (800 x 600 pixels) to
24"WU (1920 x 1200 pixels)
> Without fan, no rotating parts
A7

Field systems A7
Definition A field system consists of at least one HMI unit and its integrated software.
Field systems If the HMI unit is mounted inside an enclosure, this enclosure and all other accessories mounted insided it
are part of the field system.
To enable you to order a field system we have developed a product code that can represent all possible
combinations of device, software, enclosure and accessories.
The product code consists of alphanumerical characters and may look as follows: A7
IT-467-TX-73043100024-211400000000
The product code can be decoded as follows:
Decoding IT-467-TX - 73043100024 - 211400000000
Definition Device type hyphen more detailed device hyphen Enclosure and A7
type accessories
For an exact definition of each individual character please refer to the type code for field systems on the
pages below. Due to the length of the type code for field systems the product descriptions and codes are
printed on opposite pages.
Ordering Field systems can only be ordered with a valid and plausible product code. For this, all digits of the product A7
code must be filled in with a valid character. Please note that for technical reasons not all theoretically
possible product codes and thus field systems can actually be realised.
Should you have any questions please do not hesitate to contact R. STAHL HMI Systems GmbH.

A7

A7

A7

A7
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Operating and Monitoring Systems 209
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 210 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

Panel PCs / Full Clients


SERIES IT-400 - Safe Area (Non-Ex)

A7
Type code field system IT-4x7 platform Manta (Part 1)
Name Version Note Code Device design More detailed device design
IT- - - 0 0 0 0 -

A7 Series Non-Ex IT
Display 56 cm / 22“ Basic price 467
size 61 cm / 24“ Basic price 477
61 cm / 24“WU Basic price 487
Ethernet 1x 10/100Base-TX copper Ethernet Standard TX
A7 Processor
1x 100Base-FX FO Ethernet
ATOM N270 (with 2 GB RAM only)
Extra FX
1
(available for order until 31.07.2016)
ATOM E3845 (with 4GB RAM only) Standard 7
RAM 2 GB (for ATOM N270 only) 2
4 GB (for ATOM E3845 only) Standard 3
A7 Display type Standard TFT Standard 0
Data 16 GB SSD (for ATOM N270 only) 3
memory 32 GB SSD (for ATOM E3845 only) Standard 4
128 GB SSD MLC Extra 9
Touch No Touch Standard 0

A7 Analogue resistive touch


Analogue resistive glass touch
Extra
Extra
1
2
Power supply 24 VDC Extra 0
100 ... 240 VAC Standard 1
Optional No optional interface 0
interface 1
A7 Optional
interface 2 /
No optional interface 0

reader
Option 3 / No option 3 0
Option box
Enclosure Aluminium front plate Standard 2

A7 design
Operating
Rear mount module
Windows Embedded Standard 2009 (WES2009) Extra
3
1
system and (for ATOM N270 only)
image Windows 7 Ultimate Extra 3
Windows Embedded Standard 7 (WES7) Extra 4
Windows Embedded Standard 2009 Extra 5
A7 and WINCC flexible
(for ATOM N270 only)
Windows Embedded Standard 7 and Extra 6
WINCC flexible

Price calculation

A7 Standard field systems Standard field systems of the IT-4x7 devices of the Manta platform are combinations with the following features:
- 10/100Base-TX interface
- ATOM E3845 processor
- 4 GB RAM
- TFT display
- 32 GB data memory
- No touch
A7 - AC power supply
- No optional interfaces
- Operating system Windows Embedded Standard 7
- Aluminium front plate
- No further mounting or enclosure options
The product code for such a field system is:
IT-467-TX-73040100024-000000000000 for the 22“ device
A7 IT-477-TX-73040100024-000000000000 for the 24“ device
IT-487-TX-73040100024-000000000000 for the24“WU device
The price for the above standard field system is the total of basic price plus extra charge for the Windows Embedded
Standard 2009 operating system.
On request the devices are also avialable without operating system or with a different operating system.

A7
Field system options For all field systems other than the standard you need to add the extra charge of each required option to the basic price
of the standard field system in question.
Please note that not all options can be combined with one another (see notes on features).

A7

A7
210 Operating and Monitoring Systems 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 211 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

Panel PCs / Full Clients


SERIES IT-400 - Safe Area (Non-Ex)

A7
Type code field system IT-4x7 platform Manta (Part 2)
Name Version Note Code Enclosures and accessories
0 0 0 0 0

Enclosure
type
No enclosure Standard 0 A7
Stainless steel enclosure cleanroom front door (CFR) Extra 1
Stainless steel enclosure front door (FR) Extra 2
Stainless steel enclosure back door (BD) Extra 8
Material No material (no enclosure) Standard 0
Stainless steel V2A (SS304)
Stainless steel V4A (SS316) for CFR
Version
Extra
1
2 A7
Stainless steel V4A (SS316) for FR and BD Extra 2
Mounting None, front panel mounting (no enclosure) Standard 0
option Wall mounting (not BD) Version 1
Mounted on stand or wall bracket Version 2

Outdoor
Ceiling mounting
-20 °C
Version
Standard
3
0
A7
installation Outdoor -20 °C Extra 3
Outdoor -30 °C (only for AC devices) Extra 4
Keyboard No keyboard, no pointing evice Standard 0
(design, Keyboard enclosure stainless steel V2A (SS304) Extra >0
layout) /
keyboard Keyboard enclosure stainless steel V4A (SS316) Extra >0 A7
enclosure Keyboard language: DE, QWERTZ Extra 1
Keyboard language: US, QWERTY Extra 2
Keyboard language: FR, AZERTY Extra 3
Keyboard language: CH Extra 4
Keyboard language: ES
Keyboard language: SI
Extra
Extra
7
8
A7
Keyboard language: FR-BE Extra 9
Integrated No integrated pointing device (option not possible) 0
pointing Trackball 50 mm IP54 Standard 1
device
Touchpad Extra 4
Joystick
Mouse module
Extra
Extra
5
6
A7
Separate No separate pointing device 0
pointing
device
Separate No separate reader 0
reader
Emergency No emergency stop switch 0
A7
stop switch Emergency stop switch 8003, right ESR Extra 1
(requires enclosure)
Emergency stop switch 8003, left ESL Extra 2
(requires enclosure)
Separate
power supply
No separate power supply 0
A7
Further No further options 1 0
options 1
Further No further options 2 0
options 2

Notes: On types and material of enclosures: A7


Only the following values are permitted as possible product code combinations:
00, 11, 21, 81, 12, 22, 82

When chosing an enclosure you must also state a mounting option (Version: code 1, 2 or 3).

A7
On keyboards:
The material (stainless steel) of the keyboard enclosure is always the same as the material of the field housing. Thus, the
extra charge for the material of the keyobard enclosure must be added depending on the material of the field enclosure.

A7

A7

A7
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Operating and Monitoring Systems 211
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 212 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

Panel PCs / Full Clients


SERIES IT-400 - Safe Area (Non-Ex)

A7
Technical data
Design IT-467 IT-477 IT-487
Display
Model TFT colour display, TFT colour display, TFT colour display,
A7 Size
16.7 million colours
56 cm / 22“
16.7 million colours
61 cm / 24“
16.7 million colours
61 cm / 24“WU
Resolution WSXGA+ 1680 x 1050 pixels Full HD 1920 x 1080 pixels WUXGA 1920 x 1200 pixels
Format 16:10 16:9 16:10
Type TFT 250 cd/m2 TFT 300 cd/m2 TFT 300 cd/m2

A7 Backlight
Operation
LED Backlight LED Backlight LED Backlight

Front plate
Version AL Aluminium front plate Aluminium front plate Aluminium front plate
Version RM Rear mount module Rear mount module Rear mount module
Power supply
A7 Voltage 24 V DC or
100 ... 250 V AC / 50 ... 60 Hz
24 V DC or
100 ... 250 V AC / 50 ... 60 Hz
24 V DC or
100 ... 250 V AC / 50 ... 60 Hz
Current 3 A max. at 24 V DC 3 A max. at 24 V DC 3 A max. at 24 V DC
1 A max. at 100 ... 250 V AC 1 A max. at 100 ... 250 V AC 1 A max. at 100 ... 250 V AC
Power typ. 35 W / max. 150 W typ. 35 W / max. 150 W typ. 35 W / max. 150 W
(typ. 119 BTU / max. 510 BTU) (typ. 119 BTU / max. 510 BTU) (typ. 119 BTU / max. 510 BTU)
A7 Operating temperature range
Operation -20 ... +60 °C -20 ... +60 °C -20 ... +60 °C
Peermanent operation -20 ... +50 °C -20 ... +50 °C -20 ... +50 °C
Operation with O30 heater -30 ... +50 °C -30 ... +50 °C -30 ... +50 °C
The O30 option is only available for AC version devices !

A7 Type of protection
Front IP66 IP66 IP66
Back IP20 IP20 IP20
Dimensions [mm]
Front (WxH) 660 x 475 660 x 475 660 x 475
Cut-out (WxHxD) 615 x 435 x 110 615 x 435 x 110 615 x 435 x 110
A7 Weight 10 kg 10 kg 10 kg

Accessories and spare parts


Name Design Order number Art.no. PS Weight

A7 Memory USB stick, 16 GB, with recovery and backup USB-Drive-16GB-Recovery 171400 43
kg
0.500
function
USB extension and bracket with USB plug for front VB-USB-Plug 104166 43 0.200
IP65 or mounted inside field enclosure

A7 Software Licence
WINCC Flexible 2008
128 Powertags Runtime licence WINCC-Flexible-2008-
Runtime128
202169 42

512 Powertags Runtime licence WINCC-Flexible-2008- 202170 42


Runtime512
2K Powertags Runtime licence WINCC-Flexible-2008- 202171◄ 42
Runtime-2k
A7

A7

A7

A7

A7
212 Operating and Monitoring Systems 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 213 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

Panel PCs / Full Clients


SERIES IT-400 - Safe Area (Non-Ex)

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Operating and Monitoring Systems 213
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 214 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

Functional Principles
SERIES 300

A7
The SERIES 300 operator interfaces have been designed for the visualisation of complex automation
SERIES 300 A7

tasks, control and operation as built-in device and tankfarm application.


Pre-configured with its own operating system this HMI is a closed unit and secure against outside
A7 manipulations. The proprietary SPSPlusWIN software is easily integrated for cost-effective, simple
engineering without any further runtime licence cost. The operating station can be tailored to suit individual
PLC applications via its touch screen and a wealth of function keys.
An innovative SR display is available guaranteeing optimum readability for all outdoor applications.
A7 The SERIES 300 HMIs are certified for installation in Zones 1, 2, 21 and 22.

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7 14832E00

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

WebCode SERIE300A
A7
214 Operating and Monitoring Systems 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 215 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

Operator Interface
SERIES 300 - Zone 1, 2, 21, 22

A7
Universal Operator Interfaces with proprietary
operating system for connection to PLC and
visualisation tasks.
A7
Applications
> Machine automation
> Tankfarm automation

A7
Highlights
> Ready-to-run HMIs with touchscreen
as standard
> Easy, affordable engineering with
A7
SERIES 300 - Zone 1, 2, 21, 22 A7

06243E00
SPSPlusWIN
> Proprietary operating and runtime system to
save on lincensing and runtime cost
WebCode SERIE300A
> Can be operated in extreme conditions and in
temperatures ranging from -30 ... +55 °C A7
> Many functions for ideal visualisation and
operation of processes with international
fonts (Unicode)
> Card reader systems easy to integrate A7

ATEX / IECEx A7
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x x x

Field systems
A7
Definition A field system consists of at least one HMI unit and its integrated software.
Field systems If the HMI unit is mounted inside an enclosure, this enclosure and all other accessories mounted insided it
are part of the field system.
To enable you to order a field system we have developed a product code that can represent all possible
combinations of device, software, enclosure and accessories.
The product code consists of alphanumerical characters and may look as follows:
A7
ET-336-A-TX-50000100001-A11400000000
The product code can be decoded as follows:
Decoding ET-336-A-TX - 50000100001 - A11400000000
A7
Definition Device type hyphen more detailed device hyphen Enclosure and
type accessories
For an exact definition of each individual character please refer to the type code for field systems on the
pages below. Due to the length of the type code for field systems the product descriptions and codes are
printed on opposite pages.
A7
Ordering Field systems can only be ordered with a valid and plausible product code. For this, all digits of the product
code must be filled in with a valid character.
Please note that for technical reasons not all theoretically possible product codes and thus field systems
can actually be realised.
Should you have any questions please do not hesitate to contact R. STAHL HMI Systems GmbH.
A7

A7

A7
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Operating and Monitoring Systems 215
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 216 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

Operator Interface
SERIES 300 - Zone 1, 2, 21, 22

A7
Type code field system ET-/MT-3x6-A platform Eagle (Part 1)
Name Version Note Code Device design More detailed device design
- - - 5 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 -

A7 Series Zone 1, 21 see Basic


ET
price
Zone 2, 22 Deduction MT
Display 26 cm / 10.4“ Basic price
306-A
size 26 cm / 10.4“ Basic price
316-A

A7 Ethernet
38 cm / 15“
1x 10/100Base-TX copper Ethernet
Basic price
Standard
336-A
TX
1x 100Base-FX FO Ethernet Version FX
Processor Geode LX800 5
RAM 512 MB Standard 0
Display type Standard TFT Standard 0
A7 Sunlight readable display 15" Extra 1
Data memory 1 GB SSD Standard 0
Touch Analogue resistive touch Standard 1
Power supply 24 VDC Standard 0
The AC version power supply have to be selected via the option „separate power supply“ at type code part 2.

A7 Optional
interface 1
No optional interface 0

Optional No optional interface 0


interface 2 / Reader interface Ex i Extra 1
reader
2. serial interface Extra 2
Option 3 / No option 3 0
A7 Option box
Enclosure Polyester on aluminium Standard 0
Operating RT-Target & SPSPlus Runtime Standard 1
system and
image

A7 Price calculation
Standard field systems Standard field systems of the ET-/MT-3x6-A Eagle platform devices are combinations with the following features:
- TX or FX interface
- Geode LX800 processor
- 512 MB RAM
- TFT display
- 1 GB data memory
A7 - Analogue resistive touch
- DC power supply
- No optional interfaces
- Operating system RT-Target & SPSPlus Runtime
- Polyester front plate
- No further mounting or enclosure options
The product code for a 15“ device with Ethernet TX interface (for example) would be:
A7 xT-336-A-TX-50001000001-000000000000
The basic price only applies to this and other, similar field systems.
Field system options For all field systems other than the standard you need to add the extra charge of each required option to the basic price
of the standard field system in question.
Please note that not all options can be combined with one another (see notes on features).
A7

A7

A7

A7

A7
216 Operating and Monitoring Systems 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 217 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

Operator Interface
SERIES 300 - Zone 1, 2, 21, 22

A7
Type code field system ET-/MT-3x6-A platform Eagle (Part 2)
Name Version Note Code Enclosure and accessories
0 0 0 0 0

Enclosure No enclosure Standard 0 A7


type Stainless steel enclosure 8150 (600 x 600 [mm]) Extra A
Material No material (no enclosure) Standard 0
Stainless steel V2A (SS304) Version 1
Mounting None, front panel mounting (no enclosure) Standard 0
option
Outdoor
Wall mounting
-20 °C
Version
Standard
1
0
A7
installation Outdoor -20 °C (only with enclosure, breather) Extra 3
Outdoor -30 °C (only with enclosure, heater, breather) Extra 4
Outdoor -40 °C (only with enclosure, heater, insulation, breather) Extra 5

A7
Keyboard No keyboard, no pointing device Standard 0
Integrated No integrated pointing device 0
pointing
device
Separate No separate pointing device 0
pointing
device
Separate
reader
No separate reader
RFID-Crypt reader (max. -30 °C), Extra
0
1
A7
(requires additional enclosure 8150)
components mounted in enclosure
RFID readers require the optional Ex i reader interface
Preparation for IDM-160-ex * barcode reader Extra 4
(max. -20 °C), wired, inc. ReaderBox,
(requires enclosure) A7
components mounted in enclosure
Preparation for IDM-160-BT-ex * barcode reader Extra 5
(max. -20 °C), Bluetooth, inc. ReaderBox,
base station and cable (requires enclosure)
components mounted in enclosure
Emergency
stop switch
No emergency stop switch
Emergency stop switch 8003, right ESR Extra
0
1
A7
(requires enclosure)
Emergency stop switch 8003, left ESL Extra 2
(requires enclosure)
Separat No separate power supply 0
power
supply
100 ... 230 VAC (requires enclosure),
inc. DPSq-120-24-block for Zone 1
Extra 1 A7
Further No further options 1 0
options 1
Further No further options 2 0
options 2

Note If you chose an enclosure you must also state the material (version: code 1) and the mounting option (version: code1).
A7
* On barcode reader IDM-160:
The barcode reader itself and any accessories is NOT part of the field system and must be ordered separately.

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Operating and Monitoring Systems 217
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 218 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

Operator Interface
SERIES 300 - Zone 1, 2, 21, 22

A7
Technical data
Explosion protection ET-3x6-A
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx TUR 11.0006X
A7 Version TX Ex d e ia ib mb [ia ib] IIC T4 Gb
Ex ia tb [ia ib] IIIC T80°C Db IP66
Version FX Ex d e ia ib mb [ia ib op is] IIC T4 Gb
Ex ia tb [ia ib op is] IIIC T80°C Db IP66
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust TÜV 11 ATEX 7041 X
A7 Version TX E II 2 (2) G Ex d e ia ib mb [ia ib] IIC T4 Gb
E II 2 (2) D Ex ia tb [ia ib] IIIC T80°C Db IP66
Version FX E II 2 (2) G Ex d e ia ib mb [ia ib op is] IIC T4 Gb
E II 2 (2) D Ex ia tb [ia ib op is] IIIC T80°C Db IP66
Explosion protection MT-3x6-A

A7 Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx TUR 11.0015X
Version TX Ex d e ia ib mb nA [ib Gb] [ic] IIC T4 Gc
Ex ia tc [ib Db] [ic] IIIC T80°C Dc IP66
Version FX Ex d e ia ib mb nA [ib op is Gb] [ic] IIC T4 Gc
Ex ia tc [ib op is Db] [ic] IIIC T80°C Dc IP66

A7 Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust TÜV 11 ATEX 7103 X
Version TX E II 3 (2/3) G Ex d e ia ib mb nA [ib Gb] [ic] IIC T4 Gc
E II 3 (2/3) D Ex ia tc [ib Db] [ic] IIIC T80°C Dc IP66
Version FX E II 3 (2/3) G Ex d e ia ib mb nA [ib op is Gb] [ic] IIC T4 Gc
E II 3 (2/3) D Ex ia tc [ib op is Db] [ic] IIIC T80°C Dc IP66
A7 Certifications and certificates
ET-3x6-A
Certifications IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), Canada (CSA), Kazakhstan (TR), Korea (KCs), Russia (TR), Belarus (TR),
USA (UL), China (CNEX)
Ship certificates DNV, LR
MT-3x6-A
A7 Certifications IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), Canada (CSA), Kazakhstan (TR), Russia (TR), Belarus (TR), USA (UL),
China (CNEX)
Ship certificates DNV, LR
Design ET-/MT-306-A ET-/MT-316-A ET-/MT-336-A
Display

A7 Model TFT colour display,


16,777,216 colours
TFT colour display,
16,777,216 colours
TFT colour display,
16,777,216 colours
Size 26 cm / 10.4“ 26 cm / 10.4“ 38 cm / 15“
Resolution VGA 640 x 480 pixels SVGA 800 x 600 pixels XGA 1024 x 768 pixels
Format 4:3 4:3 4:3
Type TFT 450 cd/m2 TFT 400 cd/m2 TFT 350 cd/m2
A7 Sunlight readable
(optional)
–– –– SR 1000 cd/m

Backlight LED Backlight LED Backlight LED Backlight


Operation
Keyboard Polyester on aluminium plate Polyester on aluminium plate Polyester on aluminium plate
Function keys 12 12 8
A7 Softkeys 10 –– ––
Alphanumerical and system 23 –– ––
keys
Power supply
Voltage 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC

A7 Current
Power
1.2 A
36 W
1.2 A
36 W
1.2 A
36 W
Operating temperature range
Operation -20 ... +55 °C -20 ... +55 °C -20 ... +55 °C
Operation with heater -30 ... +55 °C -30 ... +55 °C -30 ... +55 °C
Operation with heater, -40 ... +55 °C -40 ... +55 °C -40 ... +55 °C
A7 insulation and protective
screen
Type of protection IP66 IP66 IP66
Dimensions [mm]
Front (WxH) 400 x 270 372 x 270 440 x 340
Cut-out (WxHxD) 385.5 x 257.5 x 150 359.5 x 257.5 x 150 427.5 x 327.5 x 165
A7 Weight 13.6 kg 13.2 kg 18 kg

A7
218 Operating and Monitoring Systems 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 219 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

Operator Interface
SERIES 300 - Zone 1, 2, 21, 22

A7
Accessories and spare parts
Name Design Order Number Art.no. PS Weight
kg
Desktop keyboard Ex i Language: DE, QWERTZ, 102 keys, USB interface KBDi-DS102W-USB-DE 229304 43 1.500 A7
Language: US, QWERTY, 102 keys, USB interface KBDi-DS102W-USB-US 222254◄ 43 1.500
Language: NO, QWERTZ, 102 keys, USB interface KBDi-DS102W-USB-NO 229303 43 1.500
Desktop mouse Ex i Optical desktop mouse, USB interface 222255◄ 43 0.200
A7
MSi-JM0100-USB
Barcode scanner Ex i Barcode scanner handheld Zone 1, 2, 21, 22 IDM160-ex 224079 43 0.200
Wired, without cable
1D barcode, 630 nm
Reading speed 500 Scans/sec
Reading distance up to 800 mm
Barcode scanner handheld Zone 1, 2, 21, 22
Wired, without cable
1D barcode, 630 nm, stacked PDF barcodes
IDM160-PDF-ex 224080 43 0.200
A7
Reading speed 500 Scans/sec
Reading distance up to 800 mm
Barcode scanner handheld Zone 1, 2, 21, 22 IDM160-BT-ex 224087 43 0.260
Bluetooth, wireless
1D barcode, 630 nm
Reading speed 500 Scans/sec A7
Reading distance up to 800 mm
Barcode handheld scanner Zone 1, 2, 21, 22 IDM160-BT-PDF-ex 223820 43 0.260
Bluetooth, wireless
1D barcode, 630 nm, stacked PDF barcodes
Reading speed 500 Scans/sec
Reading distance up to 800 mm A7
Base station scanner Base station for handheld scanner BT, Bluetooth, IDM160-BT-BaseBT-Z1 224092 43
Zone 1
Access and loading station without cable
Bluetooth, loading in zone 1
Base station for handheld scanner BT, Bluetooth,
Non-Ex
Access and loading station without cable
IDM160-BT-BaseBT 224093 43
A7
Bluetooth, loading in the safe area
Base station for handheld scanner BT, Non-Ex IDM160-BT-Base 224094 43
Loading station without scanner
no Bluetooth, loading in the safe area
Connection cable Connection cable for IDM160 VB-IDM160-xx6-RS232-SR-1.8m 224085 43 0.200 A7
Interface RS-232, Ex i 5.6 V
Cable length 1.8 m, straight
Binder plug
Connection cable for IDM160 VB-IDM160-xx6-RS232-SR-3.8m 224086 43 0.300
Interface RS-232, Ex i 5.6 V
Cable length 3.8 m, curled
Binder plug
A7
Connection cable for base loading station Z1 VB-IDM160-Base-RSi-RS232-SR- 224102 43 0.200
Interface RS-232, Ex i 5.6 V 1.8m-Z1
Cable length 1.8 m, straight
Binder plug
Connection cable for base loading station Z1
Interface RS-232, Ex i 5.6 V
VB-IDM160-Base-RSi-RS232-SR-
3.8m-Z1
224103 43 0.300 A7
Cable length 3.8 m, curled
Binder plug
Extension cable for IDM160 VB-IDM160-EXT-6m-Z1 224108 43 0.500
Cable length 6 m, straight
Extension cable for IDM160
Cable length 4.5 m, curled
VB-IDM160-EXT-4.5m-Z1 224109 43 0.400 A7
Tripod Tripod for IDM160 IDM160-tripod 224106 43 0.200
Material: ABS (Acrylnitril-Butadien-Styrol)
Desk holder Desk holder for IDM160 IDM160-Deskholder 224107 43 0.200

Power supply
Material: ABS (Acrylnitril-Butadien-Styrol)
Power supply for base loading station Non-Ex DSP-IDM160-DC5V 224095 43 0.200
A7
Battery Replacement battery for IDM160-BT-ex IDM160-BT-ex-Lion 224091 43 0.200
Interface module S7 MPI Bus adapter with RS-422 interface, MPI-Box-SSW7-RK512-RS-422 104195◄ 42 0.100
DIN rail mounting,
no handling block required
A7

A7
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Operating and Monitoring Systems 219
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 220 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

Operator Interface
SERIES 300 - Zone 1, 2, 21, 22

A7
Accessories and spare parts
Name Design Order Number Art.no. PS Weight
kg
A7 Media converter / Switch Single Port Fiber Switch from SK-KJ1710 104236 43 0.200
10/100 Base-Tx (4 x RJ45 Ports) to
100 Base-Fx „Ex op is“ (1 x FO Port MTRJ),
inc. patch cable VB-SC-MTRJ
4 Port Fiber Switch from SK-KJ1740 168473 43 0.220
100 Base-Fx „Ex op is“ (4 x FO Ports MTRJ) to
A7 10/100 Base-Tx (1 x RJ45 Port),
inc. 4 x patch cable VB-SC-MTRJ
Mifare cards for RFID 10 MIFARE proximity access cards Mifare-1K-S50-ISO14443-S-10 207747◄ 43 0.100
reader 1K S50 - ISO 14443, front (front packaging): Vinyl
glossy white, back STAHL logo,
Inkjet site code and card number
A7 Coding:
Customer number 16 Bit: 0
Site / facility code 16 Bit: 1 and serial card number
from 001 ... 010
Cards with site code and card number externally
printed 00001 - 00001 ... 00010
100 Mifare cards, as above, Mifare-1K-S50-ISO14443-S-100 207749◄ 43 1.000
A7 but card numbers 1 ... 100
Memory USB stick, intrinsically safe, 16 GB USBi-Drive-16GB 171401 43 0.500
USB extension and bracket with USB plug for front VB-USB-Plug 104166 43 0.200
IP65 or mounted inside field enclosure.
Engineering cable EXICOM Eagle => PC VB-99 104162 43 0.500
A7 Field cable Adapter for DIN rail mounting SC --> SC VB-SC-SC-jack 229271 43 0.200
Patch cable MTRJ VB-SC-MTRJ 104133◄ 43 0.200
=> SC (SK-KJ1710 --> EXICOM)
Software Engineering software for all EAGLE Operator SPSPlus-Win-5.xx 202152◄ 43

A7
Interfaces
Update to current version SPSPlusWin-Update-5.xx 202155◄ 43

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7
220 Operating and Monitoring Systems 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 221 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

Operator Interface
SERIES 300 - Zone 1, 2, 21, 22

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Operating and Monitoring Systems 221
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 222 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

Functional Principles
SERIES 200 - Raptor

A7
SERIES 200 - the application of an innovative 7" widescreen monitor for modern visualisation of machines,
SERIES 200 - Raptor A7

small plants and drilling rigs in hazardous areas.


Fulfilling all of today's requirements of the process industry, the SERIES 200 is of an extremely robust
A7 design and can be installed world-wide in temperatures ranging from -40 ... +65 °C, also in bright
sunlight (e.g. on drilling rigs).
SERIES 200 Operator Interfaces can be pre-configured with Windows® Embedded Compact® 7 and our
engineering software SPSPlusWIN. A version with an open operating system is available for the integration
A7 of third-party software.

A7

A7

A7

A7
17677E00

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7
WebCode SERIE200A
A7
222 Operating and Monitoring Systems 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 223 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

Operator Interface
SERIES 200 - Zone 1, 2, 21, 22

A7
Modern 7“ widescreens with proprietary
operating system or third-party software for
connection to PLC and visualisation tasks

Platform A7
> Raptor (208 devices)

Applications
> Machine automation
> Oil and gas upstream
A7
> Tankfarm automation

Highlights
> Brillant 7“ widescreen colour display A7
SERIES 200 - Zone 1, 2, 21, 22 A7

> Specially hardened glass front with capacitive


touchscreen
> Compact design, compatible with Falcon
WebCode SERIE200A devices
> Extreme temperature range from
-40 ... +65 °C
A7
(with integrated heating option)
> Operating system Windows Embedded
Compact 7 and SPSPlusWIN
> Open operating system for third-party A7
software

ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
A7
For use in x x x x

Field systems
Definition
Field systems
A field system consists of at least one HMI unit and its integrated software.
If the HMI unit is mounted inside an enclosure, this enclosure and all other accessories mounted insided it
A7
are part of the field system.
To enable you to order a field system we have developed a product code that can represent all possible
combinations of device, software, enclosure and accessories.
The product code consists of alphanumerical characters and may look as follows:
ET-208-TX-40103000002-000500000000 A7
The product code can be decoded as follows:
Decoding ET-208-TX - 40103000002 - 000500000000
Designation Device type hyphen more detailed device hyphen Enclosure and
type accessories A7
For an exact definition of each individual character please refer to the type code for field systems on the
pages below. Due to the length of the type code for field systems the product descriptions and codes are
printed on opposite pages.
Ordering Field systems can only be ordered with a valid and plausible product code. For this, all digits of the product
code must be filled in with a valid character.
Please note that for technical reasons not all theoretically possible product codes and thus field systems
A7
can actually be realised.
Should you have any questions please do not hesitate to contact R. STAHL HMI Systems GmbH.

A7

A7

A7
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Operating and Monitoring Systems 223
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 224 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

Operator Interface
SERIES 200 - Zone 1, 2, 21, 22

A7
Type codes field systems ET-/MT-208 platform Raptor (part 1)
Name Version Note Code Device design Detailed device design
- 208- - 4 0 1 0 3 0 0 0 -

A7 Series Zone 1, 21 see Basic


ET
price
Zone 2, 22 Deduction MT
Display size 18 cm / 7“ Basic price 208
Ethernet 1x 10/100Base-TX copper Ethernet Standard TX

A7 1x 100Base-FX FO Ethernet
(in progress)
Extra
FX
Processor Cortex A8, 800 MHz 4
RAM 512 MB Standard 0
Display type Sunlight viewable display Standard 1
Data memory 1 GB SSD Standard 0
A7 Touch
Power supply
Capacitive touch under glass
24 VDC
Standard
Standard
3
0
85 ... 265 VAC / 48 ... 62 Hz Extra 1
Optional No WLAN Standard 0
interface 1
Optional No optional interface 0
A7 interface 2 /
reader
Option 3 / No option 3 0
Option box
Enclosure Glass on aluminium Standard 0
design

A7 Operating
system and
Windows Embedded Compact 7 (WEC7)
Windows Embedded Compact 7 (WEC7)
Extra
Extra
2
3
image and SPSPlus RT
Windows Embedded Compact 7 (WEC7) Extra 4
and Movicon CE 4096 I/O

A7 Price calculation
Standard field systems Standard field systems of the ET-/MT-208 Raptor platform devices are combinations with the following features:
- TX interface
- Cortex A8 processor
- 512 MB RAM
- Sunlight viewable display
- 1 GB data memory
A7 - Capacitive touch under glass
- DC power supply
- No optional interfaces
- Operating system Windows Embedded Compact 7
- Enclosure design glass on aluminium
- Outdoor -40 °C
- No further mounting or enclosure options
A7 The product code for a 208 device with Ethernet TX interface (for example) would be:
xT-208-TX-40103000002-000500000000
The price for this standard field system is calculated from the basic price of the device and the extra charge for the
Windows Embedded Compact 7 operating system.
On request the devices can also be fitted with a different or no operating system.

A7 Field system options For all field systems other than the standard you need to add the extra charge of each required option to the basic price
of the standard field system in question.
Please note that not all options can be combined with one another (see notes on features).

A7

A7

A7

A7
224 Operating and Monitoring Systems 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 225 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

Operator Interface
SERIES 200 - Zone 1, 2, 21, 22

A7
Type code field system ET-/MT-208 platform Raptor (part 2)
Name Version Note Code Enclosure and accessories
0 0 0 0 0 0

Enclosure No enclosure Standard 0 A7


type Stainless steel enclosure 8150 (400 x 400 [mm]) Extra A
Material No material (no enclosure) Standard 0
Stainless steel V2A (SS304) Version 1
Mounting None, front panel mounting (no enclosure) Standard 0
option
Outdoor
Wall mounting
Outdoor -20 °C (for enclosure with barcode reader)
Version
Version
1
3
A7
installation Outdoor -30 °C (for enclosure with card reader) Version 4
Outdoor -40 °C Standard 5
Keyboard No keyboard, no pointing device Standard 0

A7
Matrix keyboard (requires enclosure) Extra B
Integrated No integrated pointing device 0
pointing
device
Separate No separate pointing device 0
pointing
device
Separate
reader
No separate reader
RFID-Crypt reader (max. -30 °C), inc. ReaderBox, Extra
0
1
A7
(requires additional enclosure 8150)
components mounted in enclosure
RFID-ASC reader, (max. -30 °C), inc. ReaderBox, Extra 2
(requires additional enclosure 8150)

A7
components mounted in enclosure
Preparation for IDM-160-ex * barcode reader Extra 4
(max. -20 °C), wired, inc. ReaderBox,
(requires enclosure)
components mounted in enclosure
Preparation for IDM-160-BT-ex * barcode reader Extra 5
(max. -20 °C), Bluetooth, inc. ReaderBox,
base station and cable (requires enclosure)
components mounted in enclosure A7
Emergency No emergency stop switch 0
stop switch
Separate No separate power supply 0
power supply

A7
Further No further options 1 0
options 1
Further No further options 2 0
options 2

Note If you chose an enclosure you must also state the material (version: code 1) and the mounting option (version: code1).

* On barcode reader IDM-160:


The barcode reader itself and any accessories is NOT part of the field system and must be ordered separately.
A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Operating and Monitoring Systems 225
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 226 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

Operator Interface
SERIES 200 - Zone 1, 2, 21, 22

A7
Technical data
Explosion protection ET-208
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust
A7 Version TX Ex e ib q [ib] IIC T4 Gb
Ex tb ib [ib] IIIA T115°C Db
Version FX (pending)
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust

A7 Version TX E II 2 G Ex e ib q [ib] IIC T4 Gb


E II 2 D Ex tb ib [ib] IIIA T115°C Db
Version FX (pending)
Explosion protection MT-208
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust
A7 Version TX Ex nA ic [ib] IIC T4 Gc
Ex tc ic [ib] IIIA T115°C Dc
Version FX (pending)
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust
Version TX E II 3 G Ex nA ic [ib] IIC T4 Gc
A7 E II 3 D Ex tc ic [ib] IIIA T115°C Dc
Version FX (pending)
Certifications and certificates
ET-/MT-208
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Russia (TR), Kazakhstan (TR), Belarus (TR) (MT pending)

A7 Design
Display
ET-/MT-208

Model TFT colour display, 16.2 million colours


Size 18 cm / 7“
Resolution WVGA 800 x 480 pixel
Format 15:9
A7 Type sunlight viewable TFT 500 cd/m2
Backlight LED Backlight
Operation
Keyboard Matrix keyboard (optional), up to 4 x 8 keys
Power supply
A7 Voltage
Normal operation
24 V DC or 85 ... 265 V AC / 48 ... 62 Hz

Current 475 mA with Uin = 24.0 V DC


84 mA with Uin = 230 V AC
Power 11.4 W with Uin = 24.0 V DC

A7
78 mA
18 bei Uin
VA with Uin==230
230VVAC
AC
Operation with heater
Current 890 mA with Uin = 24.0 V DC
162 mA with Uin = 230 V AC
Power 21.4 W with Uin = 24.0 V DC
36 VA with Uin = 230 V AC
A7 Operating temperature range
Operation
78 mA bei Uin = 230 V AC
-40 ... +65 °C
Type of protection front / back IP66 (IP69) / IP54
Dimensions [mm]
Front (WxH) 290 x 146

A7 Cut-out (BxHxT)
Weight
275.5 x 131.5 x 83
5 kg

A7

A7

A7
226 Operating and Monitoring Systems 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 227 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

Operator Interface
SERIES 200 - Zone 1, 2, 21, 22

A7
Accessories and spare parts
Name Design Order Number Art.no. PS Weight
kg
Interface modules S7 MPI Bus adapter with RS-422 interface, MPI-Box-SSW7-RK512-RS-422 104195◄ 42 0.100
DIN rail mounting,
no handling block required A7
Software Engineering software for all SERIES 200 Operator SPSPlus-Win-5.xx 202152◄ 43
Interfaces
Update to current version SPSPlusWin-Update-5.xx 202155◄ 43
Engineering software Progea Movicon11 Movicon11 241090 43

Barcode scanner Ex i
(for devices with Progea Movicon Runtime)
Barcode scanner handheld Zone 1, 2, 21, 22 IDM160-ex 224079 43 0.200 A7
Wired, without cable
1D barcode, 630 nm
Reading speed 500 Scans/sec
Reading distance up to 800 mm
Barcode scanner handheld Zone 1, 2, 21, 22 IDM160-PDF-ex 224080 43 0.200
Wired, without cable
1D barcode, 630 nm, stacked PDF barcodes A7
Reading speed 500 Scans/sec
Reading distance up to 800 mm
Barcode scanner handheld Zone 1, 2, 21, 22 IDM160-BT-ex 224087 43 0.260
Bluetooth, wireless
1D barcode, 630 nm
Reading speed 500 Scans/sec
Reading distance up to 800 mm A7
Barcode handheld scanner Zone 1, 2, 21, 22 IDM160-BT-PDF-ex 223820 43 0.260
Bluetooth, wireless
1D barcode, 630 nm, stacked PDF barcodes
Reading speed 500 Scans/sec
Reading distance up to 800 mm
Base station scanner Base station for handheld scanner BT, Bluetooth,
Zone 1
IDM160-BT-BaseBT-Z1 224092 43 A7
Access and loading station without cable
Bluetooth, loading in zone 1
Base station for handheld scanner BT, Bluetooth, IDM160-BT-BaseBT 224093 43
Non-Ex
Access and loading station without cable
Bluetooth, loading in the safe area
Base station for handheld scanner BT, Non-Ex IDM160-BT-Base 224094 43
A7
Loading station without scanner
no Bluetooth, loading in the safe area
Connection cable Connection cable for IDM160 VB-IDM160-xx6-RS232-SR-1.8m 224085 43 0.200
Interface RS-232, Ex i 5.6 V
Cable length 1.8 m, straight
Binder plug A7
Connection cable for IDM160 VB-IDM160-xx6-RS232-SR-3.8m 224086 43 0.300
Interface RS-232, Ex i 5.6 V
Cable length 3.8 m, curled
Binder plug
Connection cable for base loading station Z1 VB-IDM160-Base-RSi-RS232-SR- 224102 43 0.200
Interface RS-232, Ex i 5.6 V
Cable length 1.8 m, straight
Binder plug
1.8m-Z1
A7
Connection cable for base loading station Z1 VB-IDM160-Base-RSi-RS232-SR- 224103 43 0.300
Interface RS-232, Ex i 5.6 V 3.8m-Z1
Cable length 3.8 m, curled
Binder plug
Extension cable for IDM160
Cable length 6 m, straight
VB-IDM160-EXT-6m-Z1 224108 43 0.500
A7
Extension cable for IDM160 VB-IDM160-EXT-4.5m-Z1 224109 43 0.400
Cable length 4.5 m, curled
Tripod Tripod for IDM160 IDM160-tripod 224106 43 0.200
Material: ABS (Acrylnitril-Butadien-Styrol)

A7
Desk holder Desk holder for IDM160 IDM160-Deskholder 224107 43 0.200
Material: ABS (Acrylnitril-Butadien-Styrol)
Power supply Power supply for base loading station Non-Ex DSP-IDM160-DC5V 224095 43 0.200
Battery Replacement battery for IDM160-BT-ex IDM160-BT-ex-Lion 224091 43 0.200
Mifare cards for RFID 10 MIFARE proximity access cards Mifare-1K-S50-ISO14443-S-10 207747◄ 43 0.100
reader 1K S50 - ISO 14443, front (front packaging):
Vinyl glossy white, back STAHL logo,
Inkjet site code and card number
Coding: A7
Customer number 16 Bit: 0
Site / facility code 16 Bit: 1 and serial card number
from 001 ... 010
Cards with site code and card number externally
pritned 00001 - 00001 ... 00010
100 Mifare cards, as above,
burt card numbers 1 ... 100
Mifare-1K-S50-ISO14443-S-100 207749◄ 43 1.000
A7
Fixing frame Fixing frame for ET-/MT-208 HSG-208-V2A-125-Frame 236860 43 1.000
(required for mounting when replacing an
ET-/MT-125 with an ET-/MT-208)

A7
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Operating and Monitoring Systems 227
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 228 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

Functional Principles
FALCON Series

A7
Falcon Operator Interfaces can be used for simple automation tasks or access control in tankfarms in
FALCON Series A7

Zones 1 / 2 / 21 and 22. Designed as intrinsically safe equipment, the devices can be operated in extreme
temperatures up to +70 °C and are the Operator Interface of choice worldwide.
A7 They can communicate with all types of automation systems and are configured with the SPSPlusWIN
software. The great variety of function keys and soft keys of the various product versions provide for a great
many individual settings. Typical communication tasks includes data transfer via Profibus DP, Modbus, MPI
or other serial protocols.
A7 For installation in Zones 1 and 21 the FALCON HMIs of the ET SERIES requires an external power supply
and various media converters for the connection to the Fieldbus system. These are not necessary for
installation in Zones 2 and 22 (MT SERIES).

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7
08607E00

WebCode FALCONA
A7
228 Operating and Monitoring Systems 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 229 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

Operator Interfaces Falcon


ET-65 / ET-75 / ET-125

A7
Operator Interfaces for machine-oriented
visualizations and PLC tasks - multi-functional
and available in many versions
A7
Applications
> Tank farm automation
> Access control
> Machine automation A7
Highlights
> Universal application for PLC communication
A7
ET-65 / ET-75 / ET-125 A7

06248E00 in hazardous areas


> Quick installation with SPSPlusWIN
engineering software
WebCode FALCONA
Serial protocols, MPI, Profibus DP, etc.
A7
>

> Easily integrateable card reader systems


> Temperature range from -20 ... +70 °C

A7
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x x x
A7
Selection table packages without enclosure
Design Description Order number Art.no. PS Weight
kg A7
Serial package Complete package, consisting of: ET-65-B-Pack 224551 40 5.000
• ET-xx-B-RS422 basic device
• 2 x Power supply 9143/10-114-200-10 ET-75-B-Pack 224556 40 5.000
• 9185/11-45-10 Fieldbus Isolator
• VB-299 cable ET-125-B-Pack 224561 40 5.000
as before, however basic device:
• ET-125-BM-RS422
ET-125-BM-Pack 243770 40 5,000 A7
Profibus DP package Complete package, consisting of: ET-65-B-DP-Pack 224552 40 5.000
• ET-xx-B-RS422 basic device
• 2 x Power supply 9143/10-114-200-10 ET-75-B-DP-Pack 224557 40 5.000
• 9185/11-46-10 Fieldbus bridge
• VB-299 cable ET-125-B-DP-Pack 224562 40 5.000
A7
MPI package Complete package, consisting of: ET-65-B-MPI-Pack 224553 40 5.000
• ET-xx-B-RS422 basic device
• 2 x Power supply 9143/10-114-200-10 ET-75-B-MPI-Pack 224558 40 5.000
• 9185/11-45-10 Fieldbus Isolator
• MPI Box SSW 7-RK512-RS-232 ET-125-B-MPI-Pack 224563 40 5.000
• VB-301 cable
• VB-299 cable A7
Selection table field systems with 8150 wall-mounted enclosure
Design Description Order number Art.no. PS Weight

Serial package Complete package consisting of: ET-65-B-8150-X5/208-V2A-W-Pack 240995 40


kg
11.000
A7
• ET-xx-B-RS422 basic device
• 2 x 9143/10-114-200-10 power supply ET-75-B-8150-X5/208-V2A-W-Pack 241011 40 11.000
• 9185/11-45-10 Fieldbus isolator
• VB-299 cable
• 8150/0-C1704-X5/208-V2A-W enclosure
Complete package consisting of: ET-125-B-8150-125-V2A-W-Pack 241017 40 11.000 A7
• ET-xx-B-RS422 basic device
• 2 x 9143/10-114-200-10 power supply
• 9185/11-45-10 Fieldbus isolator
• VB-299 cable
• 8150/0-C1707-125-V2A-W enclosure

A7
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Operating and Monitoring Systems 229
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 230 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

Operator Interfaces Falcon


ET-65 / ET-75 / ET-125

A7
Selection table field systems with 8150 wall-mounted enclosure
Design Description Order number Art.no. PS Weight
kg
A7 Profibus DP package Complete package consisting of: ET-65-B-DP-8150-X5/208-V2A-W- 240996 40 11.000
• ET-xx-B-RS422 basic device Pack
• 2 x 9143/10-114-200-10 power supply
• 9185/11-46-10 Fieldbus bridge ET-75-B-DP-8150-X5/208-V2A-W- 241012 40 11.000
• VB-299 cable Pack
• 8150/0-C1704-X5/208-V2A-W enclosure

A7 Complete package consisting of:


• ET-xx-B-RS422 basic device
ET-125-B-DP-8150-125-V2A-W-Pack 241018 40 11.000

• 2 x 9143/10-114-200-10 power supply


• 9185/11-46-10 Fieldbus bridge
• VB-299 cable
• 8150/0-C1707-125-V2A-W enclosure

A7 MPI package Complete package consisting of:


• ET-xx-B-RS422 basic device
• 2 x 9143/10-114-200-10 power supply
ET-65-B-MPI-8150-X5/208-V2A-W-
Pack
240997 40 11.000

• 9185/11-45-10 Fieldbus isolator ET-75-B-MPI-8150-X5/208-V2A-W- 241013 40 11.000


• MPI Box SSW 7-RK512-RS-232 Pack
• VB-299 cable
• 8150/0-C1704-X5/208-V2A-W enclosure

A7 Complete package consisting of:


• ET-xx-B-RS422 basic device
ET-125-B-MPI-8150-125-V2A-W-Pack 241019 40 11.000

• 2 x 9143/10-114-200-10 power supply


• 9185/11-45-10 Fieldbus isolator
• MPI Box SSW 7-RK512-RS-232
• VB-299 cable
• 8150/0-C1707-125-V2A-W enclosure
A7
Selection table field systems with 8150 wall-mounted enclosure and RFID card reader
Design Description Order number Art.no. PS Weight
kg

A7 Serial package Complete package consisting of:


• ET-xx-B-RS422 basic device
ET-65-B-8150-X5-V2A-W-RFID-Pack 240998
241014
40
40
11.000
11.000
• 2 x 9143/10-114-200-10 power supply ET-75-B-8150-X5-V2A-W-RFID-Pack
• 9185/11-45-10 Fieldbus isolator
• VB-299 cable
• 8150/0-C1705-X5-V2A-W-RFID
enclosure
• RFIDi-RDR-2-MIF-CRYPT card reader
A7 Complete package consisting of: ET-125-B-8150-125-V2A-W-RFID- 241020 40 11.000
• ET-xx-B-RS422 basic device Pack
• 2 x 9143/10-114-200-10 power supply
• 9185/11-45-10 Fieldbus isolator
• VB-299 cable
• 8150/0-C1708-125-V2A-W-RFID
A7 enclosure
• RFIDi-RDR-2-MIF-CRYPT card reader
Profibus DP package Complete package consisting of: ET-65-B-DP-8150-X5-V2A-W-RFID- 240999 40 11.000
• ET-xx-B-RS422 Pack
• 2 x 9143/10-114-200-10 power supply
• 9185/11-46-10 Fieldbus bridge ET-75-B-DP-8150-X5-V2A-W-RFID- 241015 40 11.000
• VB-299 cable Pack
A7 • 8150/0-C1705-X5-V2A-W-RFID
enclosure
• RFIDi-RDR-2-MIF-CRYPT card reader
Complete package consisting of: ET-125-B-DP-8150-125-V2A-W-RFID- 241021 40 11.000
• ET-xx-B-RS422 basic device Pack
• 2 x 9143/10-114-200-10 power supply

A7
• 9185/11-46-10 Fieldbus bridge
• VB-299 cable
• 8150/0-C1708-125-V2A-W-RFID
enclosure
• RFIDi-RDR-2-MIF-CRYPT card reader

A7

A7

A7
230 Operating and Monitoring Systems 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 231 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

Operator Interfaces Falcon


ET-65 / ET-75 / ET-125

A7
Selection table field systems with 8150 wall-mounted enclosure and RFID card reader
Design Description Order number Art.no. PS Weight
kg
MPI package Complete package consisting of: ET-65-B-MPI-8150-X5-V2A-W-RFID- 241000 40 11.000 A7
• ET-xx-B-RS422 basic device Pack
• 2 x 9143/10-114-200-10 power supply
• 9185/11-45-10 Fieldbus isolator ET-75-B-MPI-8150-X5-V2A-W-RFID- 241016 40 11.000
• MPI Box SSW 7-RK512-RS-232 Pack
• VB-299 cable

A7
• 8150/0-C1705-X5-V2A-W-RFID
enclosure
• RFIDi-RDR-2-MIF-CRYPT card reader
Complete package consisting of: ET-125-B-MPI-8150-125-V2A-W- 241022 40 11.000
• ET-xx-B-RS422 basic device RFID-Pack
• 2 x 9143/10-114-200-10 power supply
• 9185/11-45-10 Fieldbus isolator
• MPI Box SSW 7-RK512-RS-232
• VB-299 cable A7
• 8150/0-C1708-125-V2A-W-RFID
enclosure
• RFIDi-RDR-2-MIF-CRYPT card reader

Technical data
Explosion protection A7
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx BVS 11.0058X
Ex ia IIC/IIB T4/T3 Gb
Ex ia IIIC T70°C/80°C Db
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust BVS 03 ATEX E 226 A7
E II 2 G Ex ia IIC/IIB T4/T3 Gb
E II 2 D Ex ia IIIC T70°C/80°C Db
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX
Design ET-65-B ET-75-B ET-125-B ET-125-BM A7
Display
Design LCD monochrome LCD monochrome LCD monochrome LCD monochrome
graphic display graphic display graphic display graphic display
Size 134 x 40.4 mm 114 x 64 mm 114 x 64 mm 114 x 64 mm
Resolution
Backlight
240 x 64 pixels
LED Backlight
240 x 128 pixels
LED Backlight
240 x 128 pixels
LED Backlight
240 x 128 pixels
LED Backlight
A7
with additional 9143 with additional 9143 with additional 9143 with additional 9143
power supply power supply power supply power supply
Enclosure Robust plastic enclosure Robust plastic enclosure Robust plastic enclosure Stainless steel enclosure,
aluminium front plate
base
Operation A7
Keyboard Polyester membrane on Polyester membrane on Polyester membrane on Polyester membrane on
FR4 material; FR4 material; FR4 material; FR4 material;
> 1 million actions > 1 million actions > 1 million actions > 1 million actions
Function keys 16 8 16 16
Softkeys 4 -- 8 8
Alphanumerical and system
keys
23 23 23 23 A7
Supply
Device 8 - 12.5 V DC, 180 mA via 8 - 12.5 V DC, 180 mA via 8 - 12.5 V DC, 180 mA via 8 - 12.5 V DC, 180 mA via
9143/10-114-200-x 9143/10-114-200-x 9143/10-114-200-x 9143/10-114-200-x
Backlight 8 - 12.5 V DC, 140 mA via 8 - 12.5 V DC, 140 mA via 8 - 12.5 V DC, 140 mA via 8 - 12.5 V DC, 140 mA via
9143/10-114-200-x 9143/10-114-200-x 9143/10-114-200-x 9143/10-114-200-x A7
Ambient temperature
Operation -20 ... +70 °C -20 ... +70 °C -20 ... +70 °C -20 ... +70 °C
(+60 °C at T4) (+60 °C at T4) (+60 °C at T4) (+60 °C at T4)
Storage -30 ... +80 °C -30 ... +80 °C -30 ... +80 °C -30 ... +80 °C

A7
Type of Protection
Front IP65 IP65 IP65 IP65
Back IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20
Dimensions [mm]
Front (WxH) 290 x 146 290 x 146 312 x 192 312 x 202
Cut-out (WxHxT) 275 x 131 x 80 275 x 131 x 80 300 x 180 x 80 300 x 180 x 80
A7

A7
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Operating and Monitoring Systems 231
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 232 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

Operator Interfaces Falcon


ET-65 / ET-75 / ET-125

A7
Accessories and spare parts
Designation Design Order number Art.no. PS Weight
kg
Power supply Power supply, 24 V DC, 9143-10-114-200-10 104272 43 0.200
A7 DIN rail mounting
Power supply, 85 ... 253 V AC, 9143-10-114-200-20 104273◄ 43 0.200
DIN rail mounting
Isolating repeater Serial Fieldbus isolator, DIN rail mounting 9185/11-45-10 104224◄ 43 0.200
Feldbus Bridge Profibus DP, 9185/11-46-10 104237◄ 43 0.200
DIN rail mounting, handling block required
A7 Interface converter S7 MPI bus adapter with RS-232
interface, DIN rail mounting,
MPI-Box-SSW7-RK512-RS-232 104194◄ 42 0.100

no handling block required


Proximity card reader, Ex i Mifare card reader with RSi interface RFIDi-RDR-2-MIF-CRYPT 224595 43 1.000
intrinsically safe
Mifare cards 10 MIFARE proximity access cards Mifare-1K-S50-ISO14443-S-10 207747◄ 43 0.100
1K S50 - ISO 14443,
A7 Front packaging: vinyl glossy white,
back STAHL logo,
Inkjet site code and card number
Coding:
Customer number 16 Bit: 0
Site / facility code 16 Bit: 1 and serial card
number from 001 ... 010
A7 Cards printed with
card number and site code externally
00001 - 00001 ... 00010
100 Mifare cards, as before, Mifare-1K-S50-ISO14443-S-100 207749◄ 43 1.000
but card number 1 ... 100
Connection cable 9185 => MPI Box VB-301 104164 43 0.200

A7 9185 => Terminal block, blue


EXICOM FALCON=> PC
VB-299
VB-300
104163◄
104164
43
43
0.200
0.200
MT-65 / MT-125 => PC
Field cable blue, LIYCY 6 x 2 x 0.75 mm2 VB-6x2x0.75-bl 104178 43
price per meter
Software Engineering software for all Falcon Operator 202153◄ 43
A7
SPSPlusWin-LITE-5.xx
Interfaces
Update to current version SPSPlusWin-LITE-5.xx-Update 202154◄ 43
Handling blocks for S7 Profibus DP HB-S7-DP 104126◄ 43

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7
232 Operating and Monitoring Systems 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 233 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

Operator Interfaces Falcon


MT-65

A7
Operator Interfaces for machine-oriented
visualizations and PLC tasks - multi-functional
and available in many versions.
A7
Applications
> Tank farm automation
> Access control
> Machine automation A7
Highlights
> Universal application for PLC communication
A7
MT-65 A7

12142E00 in hazardous areas


> Quick installation with SPSPlusWIN
engineering software
WebCode FALCONA
Serial protocols, MPI, Profibus DP, etc.
A7
>

> Easily integrateable card reader systems


> Temperature range from -20 ... +70 °C

A7
ATEX
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x
A7
Selection table MT-65
Design Description Order number Art.no. PS Weight
kg A7
MT-65 Operator Interface with RS-232 interface MT-65-RS232 103928◄ 40 2.000
Operator Interface with RS-422 interface MT-65-RS422 103929 40 2.000
Operator Interface with RS-422 and 103930 40 2.000
A7
MT-65-RS422-DP
Profibus DP interface

Selection table field systems with wall-mounted enclosure 8150


Design Description Order number Art.no. PS Weight
kg A7
MT-65 Operator Interface with RS-232 interface, MT-65-RS232-8150- 241023 40 8.000
mounted inside wall-mounted enclosure 8150 X5/208-V2A-W
Operator Interface with RS-422 interface, MT-65-RS422-8150- 241024 40 8.000
mounted inside wall-mounted enclosure 8150 X5/208-V2A-W
A7
Operator Interface with RS-422 and MT-65-RS422-DP- 241025 40 8.000
Profibus DP interface, 8150-X5/208-V2A-W
mounted inside wall-mounted enclosure 8150

A7

A7

A7
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Operating and Monitoring Systems 233
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 234 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

Operator Interfaces Falcon


MT-65

A7
Technical data
Explosion protection
Europe (ATEX)

A7 Gas and dust E II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 X - 20°C ( Ta ( + 70°C


E II 3 D EEx IP65 T85°C X - 20°C ( Ta ( + 70°C
E II 3 D EEx IP65 T65°C X - 20°C ( Ta ( + 50°C
Display
Design LCD monochrome transflective

A7 Size
Resolution
134 x 40.4 mm
240 x 64 pixels
Backlight LED Backlight
Operation
Keyboard Polyester membrane on FR4 > 1 mio. actions

A7 Function keys
Softkeys
16
4
Alphanumerical and 23
system keys
Power supply

A7 Voltage
Current
24 V DC
105 mA
Power 2.52 W
Ambient temperature
Operation -20 ... +70 °C
A7 Storage
Type of protection
-30 ... +80 °C

Front IP65
Back IP20
Dimensions [mm]
A7 Front (WxH)
Cut-out (WxHxD)
290 x 146
275 x 131 x 80

Accessories and spare parts


A7 Designation Design Order number Art.no. PS Weight
kg
Interface converter S7 MPI bus adapter with RS-232 MPI-Box-SSW7- 104194◄ 42 0.100
interface, DIN rail mounting, RK512-RS-232
no handling block required
Connection cable EXICOM Falcon => PC VB-300 104164 43 0.200
A7 MT-65 => PC
Software Engineering software SPSPlusWin-LITE- 202153◄ 40
for all Falcon Operator Interfaces 5.xx
Update to current version SPSPlusWin-LITE- 202154◄ 40
5.xx-Update
A7 Handling blocks for S7 Profibus DP HB-S7-DP 104126◄ 40

A7

A7

A7

A7
234 Operating and Monitoring Systems 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 235 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

Operator Interfaces Falcon


MT-65

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Operating and Monitoring Systems 235
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 236 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

Enclosures for HMI Devices


SERIES HSG-xxx

A7
Robust yet sleek enclosures for our
HMI operating stations of all series

A7 > Brushed stainless steel


– Surface roughness 0.3 ... 0.6 µm
– Material V2A (SS304)
– Optional: V4A (SS316), seawater-proof
A7 > Protection type IP66
> A variety of mounting and installation options
> All CFR enclosures are suitable for
clean room installation according to GMP
A7
SERIES HSG-xxx A7

14397E00

WebCode HSGA ATEX / IECEx

A7 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
Installation in x x x x

Enclosures for field systems

A7 Definition All enclosures for the HMI devices are part of the corresponding field system and must therefore be
ordered with the corresponding product code for the field system of the HMI device in question.
For the product code please refer to the pages of the individual HMI series.
Enclosure tables The enclosure tables contain an overview and an allocation of the enclosure versions to HMI devices.
Not every version of enclosure is available for every HMI device.
A7
Enclosures
Versions Definition Description
FR Front door Stainless steel enclosure in V2A or V4A, with cover cut-out for HMI device
A7 CFR Cleanroom front door Stainless steel enclosure in V2A or V4A, with cover cut-out for HMI device
BD Back door Stainless steel enclosure in V2A or V4A, with cover cut-out for HMI device
RP Rugged panel design Aluminium enclosure, seawater-proof, powder-coated

A7 8150 Wall-mounted enclosure


type 8150
Stainless steel V2A, with cover cut-out for HMI device

Mounting option / keyboard


Versions Description
A7 W Direct wall-mounting
F Mounting on stand
C Ceiling mounting
T Keyboard enclosure
A7

A7

A7

A7
236 Operating and Monitoring Systems 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 237 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

Enclosures for HMI Devices


SERIES HSG-xxx

A7
Enclosure table FR
Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm) - Subject to Alterations

C A A7

A7

B
A7
E
H

I
G

D
A7
F
15290E00

Dimensions [mm]
Device A B C D E F G H I
ET-336, MT-336 625 516 190 720 304 400 78 34° 270 A7
ET-436, MT-436
ET-536, MT-536
ET-456, MT-456 740 568 190 720 304 400 78 34° 270
ET-556, MT-556
ET-467, MT-467, IT-467 740 568 190 720 304 400 78 34° 270 A7
ET-567, MT-567, IT-567
ET-667, MT-667, IT-667
ET-477, MT-477, IT-477
ET-577, MT-577, IT-577
ET-677, MT-677, IT-677
ET-487, MT-487, IT-487
ET-587, MT-587, IT-587
A7
ET-687, MT-687, IT-687

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Operating and Monitoring Systems 237
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 238 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

Enclosures for HMI Devices


SERIES HSG-xxx

A7
Enclosure table CFR
Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm) - Subject to Alterations

A7 C A

A7

B
A7

E
H

I
G

A7
F D
15290E00

Dimensions [mm]
Device A B C D E F G H I
A7 ET-336, MT-336
ET-436, MT-436
625 542 190 720 304 406 78 34° 270

ET-536, MT-536
ET-456, MT-456 720 627 190 720 304 406 78 34° 270
ET-556, MT-556

A7 ET-467, MT-467, IT-467


ET-567, MT-567, IT-567
720 627 190 720 304 406 78 34° 270

ET-667, MT-667, IT-667


ET-477, MT-477, IT-477
ET-577, MT-577, IT-577
ET-677, MT-677, IT-677
A7 ET-487, MT-487, IT-487
ET-587, MT-587, IT-587
ET-687, MT-687, IT-687

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7
238 Operating and Monitoring Systems 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 239 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

Enclosures for HMI Devices


SERIES HSG-xxx

A7
Enclosure table BD
Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm) - Subject to Alterations

C A A7

A7

B
A7

E
H

I
G

A7
F D
10471E00

Dimensions [mm]
Device A B C D E F G H I
ET-436, MT-436 625 542 195 720 304 442 78 34° 270 A7
ET-536, MT-536
ET-456, MT-456 740 568 195 720 304 442 78 34° 270
ET-556, MT-556
ET-467, MT-467, IT-467 740 568 195 720 304 442 78 34° 270
ET-567, MT-567, IT-567 A7
ET-667, MT-667, IT-667
ET-477, MT-477, IT-477
ET-577, MT-577, IT-577
ET-677, MT-677, IT-677
ET-487, MT-487, IT-487
ET-587, MT-587, IT-587
ET-687, MT-687, IT-687
A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Operating and Monitoring Systems 239
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 240 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

Enclosures for HMI Devices


SERIES HSG-xxx

A7
Enclosure table RP
Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm) - Subject to Alterations

A7 C
D A

A7

B
A7
E
05918E00

A7 Device
Dimenions [mm]
A B C D E
ET-438, MT-438 380 394 137 40 52
ET-538, MT-538
ET-638, MT-638
A7 ET-498, MT-498
ET-598, MT-598
594 490 141 44 52
ET-698, MT-698

Enclosure table 8150


A7 Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm) - Subject to Alterations
C A

A7
B

A7

A7 17427E00

Dimensions [mm]

A7 Device
ET-65, MT-65
A
400
B
400
C
150
ET-75
ET-125
ET-208, MT-208

A7 ET-306, MT-306
ET-406, MT-406
600 600 230

ET-316, MT-316
ET-416, MT-416
ET-336, MT-336

A7

A7
240 Operating and Monitoring Systems 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 241 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 1:43 13

Enclosures for HMI Devices


SERIES HSG-xxx

A7
Accessories and spare parts - for ET-/MT-xx8 platform Shark
Name Design Order Number Art.no. PS Weight
kg
Enclosure Yoke mount 241759 43 6.000
A7
HSG-xx8-V4A-YMB
accessories V4A (SS316L) 1.4404
RP brushed 240
2x M20, 1x M25
Stand with coupling HSG-xx8-V4A-MPF 243862 43 5.000
V4A (SS316L) 1.4404
brushed 240
2x M20, 1x M25 A7
Wall-mounted arm with coupling HSG-xx8-V4A-MPW 246944 43 7.000
V4A (SS316L) 1.4404
brushed 240
2x M20, 1x M25

Accessories and spare parts - for ET-/MT-/IT-xx7 platform Manta and ET-/MT-xx6 platform Eagle A7
Name Design Order Number Art.no. PS Weight
kg
Enclosure Wall-mounted arm with coupling HSG-xx8-V2A-MPW 220663 43 7.000
accessories Length: 450 mm
FR / CFR / BD
Stand with coupling HSG-xx8-V2A-MPF 223140 43 10.000
A7
Length: 1240 mm

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7

A7
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Operating and Monitoring Systems 241
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A8_KP_2016_en.book Seite 242 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 3:01 15

Camera and Video Systems

242 Camera and Video Systems 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en


◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A8_KP_2016_en.book Seite 243 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 3:01 15

Contents

Camera and Video Systems


Camera Systems for All Areas 244
Cameras
Compact Colour Camera EC-710 246
Zoom Camera EC-740-AFZ 249
Zoom Camera with Pan/Tilt Function EC-740-PTZ 251
DOME Camera EC-750 254
Thermal Imaging Camera EC-800-TIC 256
Thermal Imaging Camera with Pan/Tilt Function EC-800-PTT 258
Monitor 7“ Ex d Analogue 260
Video Software
ISview 263
SeeTec 264

A8

2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Camera and Video Systems 243


◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A8_KP_2016_en.book Seite 244 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 3:01 15

Camera Systems in All Areas

Trust but Verify

Increased safety
Camera systems play an increasingly important role for the safety onboard ships, drill rigs or in
production plants - they are used to monitor work areas and processes and to ensure general safety.
Our "automated surveillance", combining camera systems with powerful software, guarantees that
every part of the plant, even the hazardous areas, can be monitored. Areas not easily accessible can be
monitored by the smallest explosion proof camera in the world; all-round surveillance is a job for the s
tate-of-the-art Dome camera, and we offer a great variety of PTZ cameras for zoom and pan/tilt functions.
The cameras from R. STAHL Camera Systems GmbH enable security staff to react quickly to any
potential safety problems and thus prevent emergencies. If an emergency occurs after all, the cameras
provide a comprehensive overview of the situation, thus enabling staff to make the necessary decisions
preventing the situation from escalating.

Greater efficiency
In their every-day work system operators profit from the advantages of a camera surveillance system.
An improved overview of their workplace and its surroundings gives them control of the situation and
enables them to work more efficiently and accurately. It is also possible to issue pro-active warnings
to anyone entering hazardous areas.

Damage limitation
Despite everyone's best efforts it is not always possible to prevent accidents. Operating large machinery
in tight spaces with many blind spots carries risks for life and machinery. A camera system from
A8 R. STAHL Camera Systems provides an extra pair of eyes regardless of which machinery is used in
which environment. Injuries or breakdowns can thus be prevented.

Improved ergonomics and user-friendliness


In most cases, cameras contribute towards improved ergonomics and user-friendliness. Fewer people
need to be present in dangerous or hazardous areas. It is possible to distribute video images via a
network, thus enabling several workers with different areas of responsibility to monitor the situation
simultaneously and in real time. With the aid of visual feedback decisions can be made from remote
positions.

From the Compact camera to the Dome camera


From the component to the complete system
Various camera types and appropriate video systems ensure optimal monitoring of installation conditions
in hazardous and non-hazardous areas and thus for the highest installation safety. The smallest explosion
proof camera in the world monitors very narrow rooms; the dome camera is developed for the all-round
surveillance while our PTZ and zoom camera has additional pan and zoom functions.
The explosion-proof thermal image cameras by R. STAHL Camera Systems ensure optimum monitoring
day and night, for example on oil-rigs. All cameras are designed for hazardous areas and for installation
in extreme ambient temperatures.
Basically, there are two functional principles for camera systems that have different advantages
depending on the existing application and requirements.
State-of-the-art video encoder technology frequently enables a retrofit upgrade from analogue camera
systems to modern camera systems with network technology.

WebCode CCTVA

244 Camera and Video Systems 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en


◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A8_KP_2016_en.book Seite 245 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 3:01 15

Camera Systems in All Areas

A8

16775E02

2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Camera and Video Systems 245


◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A8_KP_2016_en.book Seite 246 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 3:01 15

Compact Colour Camera


Series EC-710

A8
Extremely compact, explosion-proof colour
cameras with fixed viewing angles for a variety
of monitoring tasks where space is at a premium
A8 > Applications
– Gauge glass monitoring
– Process monitoring
> Highlights
A8 – IP69K
– Temperature range from -40 ... +75 °C
– Weight 695 g with 5 m cable
– Chemical, shock and vibration resistant
A8
Series EC-710 A8

07003E00

WebCode EC710A ATEX / IECEx

A8 Zone
Installation in
0 1
x
2
x
20 21
x
22
x

Selection Table
A8 Version Description Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
Compact colour with a fixed lens viewing angle of 81° EC-710-081P 202206◄ A1 0.700
camera EC-710
with a fixed lens viewing angle of 70° EC-710-070P 202207◄ A1 0.700
A8 with a fixed lens viewing angle of 52° EC-710-052P 212982◄ A1 0.700
with a fixed lens viewing angle of 44° EC-710-044P 212981◄ A1 0.700
with a fixed lens viewing angle of 33° EC-710-033P 202208◄ A1 0.700

A8 with a fixed lens viewing angle of 23° EC-710-023P 212980◄ A1 0.700


with a fixed lens viewing angle of 12° EC-710-012P 212979◄ A1 0.700

Technical Data
Explosion protection
A8 Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx KEM 09.0039X
Ex mb IIC T6, T5,T4 Gb
Ex mb IIIC T85/100/125°C Db
Europe (ATEX)
A8 Gas and dust 09ATEX0102 X
E II 2 G Ex mb IIC T6/T5/T4 Gb
E II 2 D Ex mb IIIC T85/100/125°C Db
Certifications and certificates
A8 Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), Canada (CSA), Kazakhstan (TR), Russia (TR),
USA (CSA), Belarus (TR)

A8

A8

A8
246 Camera and Video Systems 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A8_KP_2016_en.book Seite 247 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 3:01 15

Compact Colour Camera


Series EC-710

A8
Technical Data
CCD 0.635 cm (1/4“) CCD Sensor PAL
CCD total pixels PAL: 795 (H) x 596 (V), NTSC: 811 (H) x 508 (V)
Minimum illumination
Resolution
1.5 Lux at F1.2 5600 K
470 TVL A8
Signal-noise ratio 52 dB (MIN) / 60 dB (TYP) (AGC OFF)
Video output 1.0 V pp Composite Video at 75 Ohm
Gamma correction 0.45
Gain control
White balance mode
AGC (automatic gain control)
ATW / AWC (fix)
A8
White balance range 3,200 ... 10,000 K
Mirror function REV. / NOR. Switchable via wire connected to 12 V DC
Mechanical shock resistance Shock and vibration resistant
Weight
Enclosure material
0.44 kg without cable
Stainless steel 316L, chemically hardened lens
A8
Degree of protection IP69K
Power consumption 12 V DC +/-10 %, consumption 250 mA heating ON, 85 mA heating OFF

Horizontal Fields of Vision A8

A8
1m

1m
1m

1m

1m

0,3 m 0,4 m 0,6 m 0,8 m


0,1 m

0,2 m 0,4 m 0,6 m 0,9 m 1m A8


CCC EX 12° CCC EX 23° CCC EX 33° CCC EX 44° CCC EX 52°
04696E00 14939E00 04781E00 04172E00 04173E00

A8
1m
1m

1,0 m 1,2 m A8
1,4 m 1,7 m

CCC EX 70° CCC EX 81°


04151E00 04167E00
A8

A8

A8

A8

A8
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Camera and Video Systems 247
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A8_KP_2016_en.book Seite 248 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 3:01 15

Compact Colour Camera


Series EC-710

A8
Accessories and Spare Parts
Designation Figure Description Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
A8 Ex e junction box Terminal box Ex e JCT-8118-122- 230600◄ A4 1.000
• E II 2 G EEx e II T6/T5 14p-02
• E II 2 D IP66 T80°C, T95°C
• 14 UK3N terminals
• 2 USLKG PE terminals
A8 • 4 cable boxes
• degree of protection IP66 water-proof
07004E00
• polyester material, black
Terminal box Ex e JCT-8118-122- 230603◄ A4 1.000
• ATEX certification 14p-02-ARM
A8 Zones 1, 2, 21 & 22
• E II 2 G Ex em II T6/T5/T4
• E II 2 D Ex tD A21 IP66
T80°C, T95°C, T130°C
• Degree of protection IP66
• Polyester material, black
A8 • 14 UT-2.5 terminals
• 2 UT-2.5 PE-terminals
• HxWxD: 115 x 115 x 64 mm
Multi cable Camera multi-cable VB-CAM- 230585◄ A4 0.050
• 1 coaxial cable MULTI-11-UNI
A8 16808E00
• 2 power supplies
• 1 data cable
• -40 ... +85 °C
• Price per metre
Multi-cable armoured VB-CAM- 167535◄ A4 0.120
• 1 coaxial cable MULTI-01-ARM
A8 • 2 power supplies
• 3 data cables
• -40 ... +85 °C
• mud and oil-resistant
• Price per metre

A8 Gauge glass holder Gauge glass holder (without camera)


• for EC-710-0xx cameras
Inspection glas
holder for
230675 A4 1.900

• Stainless steel 316 EC-710-Series


• Mounting position
16812E00
can be ordered individually

A8 Wall mounting Wall mounting (without camera)


• for EC-710-0xx cameras
Wall-Bracket
for EC-710
230669◄ A4 0.200

• Stainless steel V2A


• approx. 236 mm long
16801E00

A8 Video encoder 4-channel video encoder


• H.264 and MJPEG video compression
VS-AXIS-
Q7424-R-MKII
245722 A7 0.800

• H.264 and MJPEG streams


08381E00
• Alarm input and output
• Power over Ethernet
• SFP slot
A8 • Voltage 8 ... 28 V DC
• Temp. -40 ... +75 °C

A8

A8

A8
248 Camera and Video Systems 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A8_KP_2016_en.book Seite 249 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 3:01 15

Zoom Camera
Series EC-740-AFZ

A8
The explosion-proof EC-740 Zoom camera is
ideally suitable for rough ambient conditions due
to its IP69K and its wide operating temperature
range of -40 ... +75 °C. A8
> Applications
– Oil and gas rigs (onshore and offshore)
– Crane installation for a perfect overview
– Pipeline monitoring A8
– Tankfarms
> Highlights
– Protection type IP69K
– Wide temperature range A8
Series EC-740-AFZ A8

– Compact and lightweight


14657E00

– Available in aluminium and stainless steel


– 36 x optical zoom
WebCode EC740ZA
A8
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
Ex interfaces x x x x A8
Installation in x x x x

Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
A8
Gas and dust IECEx NEM 13.0026X
Ex ib mb px IIC T4 Gb
Ex mb tb IIIC T102°C Db
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust 13ATEX1536X
A8
E II 2 G Ex ib mb px IIC T4 Gb
E II 2 D Ex mb tb IIIC T102°C Db
CCD 1/4“ (0.635 cm) Sensor IT CCD
Total pixels 752 (H) x 582 (V), 440,000 A8
Minimum illumination 0.7 Lux (f1.4 1/50 sec. PAL) 0.1 Lux (f1.4 1/3 sec. PAL)
Resolution 550 TVL
TV system PAL, FBAS, 625 lines interlaced, 50 Hz, 4.43 MHz colour subcarrier 1 Vtt (75 ohm)
Signal-noise ratio 50 dB or more
Lens 36 x optical zoom, 3.4 (wide) ... 122 (tele) mm A8
Viewing angle horizontal, 57,8° (wide angle lens), 1,7° (telephoto lens)
Front screen Chemically hardened, toughened, tempered float glass, 7 times stronger than ordinary glass,
scratch-proof surface
Power supply 24 V DC +/-10 %
Power 5.6 W with heater ON, temperatures <0 °C
3.6 W with heater OFF, temperatures >0 °C
A8
fuses: the camera requires a 315 mA-T fuse with a breaking capacity of 1.5 kA
Communication RS-232 or RS-485 depending on model, Pelco D, 9.6 Kbps
Operating temperature range T5: Tamb -40 ... +75 °C
Enclosure aluminium or stainless steel SS316, depending on version
filled with nitrogen, 1.4 bar pressure monitored by absolute pressure sensors, A8
long-term stability 0.1 % per annum
Type of protection IP69K
Weight including 5 m cable
aluminium camera 3 kg

Cable
stainless steel camera 5 kg
minimum bending radius 50 mm
A8
Camera bracket for hanging, standing or overhead position, including fastening material

A8
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Camera and Video Systems 249
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A8_KP_2016_en.book Seite 250 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 3:01 15

Zoom Camera
Series EC-740-AFZ

A8
Selection Table
Version Description Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg

A8 Zoom camera
EC-740-AFZ
Analogue aluminium PAL Zoom camera
• RS-485 interface
EC-740-AFZ-EX-ALU-485-P 230473◄ A1 3.100

• without Ex-PCB Connection Board


Analogue stainless steel PAL Zoom camera EC-740-AFZ-EX-SST-485-P 230472◄ A1 6.000
• RS-485 interface
• without Ex-PCB Connection Board
A8 Analogue aluminium PAL Zoom camera
• RS-232 interface
EC-740-AFZ-EX-ALU-232-P 243996 A1 3,100
14642E00
• without Ex-PCB Connection Board
Analogue stainless steel PAL Zoom camera EC-740-AFZ-EX-SST-232-P 243995 A1 6,000
• RS-232 interface
• without Ex-PCB Connection Board
A8 Ex-PCB Necessary for cameras of Ex-PCB Connection Board 230462◄ A1 0.300
Connection Board Series EC-740 / EC-800-EX
• ATEX: E II (2) G [Ex ib mb px Gb] IIC
• IECEx: [Ex ib mb px Gb] IIC
• Monitoring of static gas pressure (SNF)
• HxWxD: 11.7 x 160 x 100 mm
A8 16788E00 • 24 V DC
• incl. mounting plate

Accessories and Spare Parts


Designation Figure Description Order number Art. no. PS Weight
A8 kg
Multi cable Camera multi-cable PTZ (uni) VB-CAM- 230340◄ A4 0.200
• 1 coaxial cable MULTI-PTZ-
• 4 power supplies UNI-485
16808E00 • 3 data cables
• 4 Ex i cables
A8 • -40 ... +90 °C
• for Series EC-740, EC-800
• Price per metre
Camera multi-cable PTZ (armoured) VB-CAM- 230591◄ A4 0.305
• 1 coaxial cable MULTI-PTZ-
A8 • 4 power supplies
• 3 data cables
ARM-485

• 4 Ex i cables
• -40 ... +90 °C
• for Series EC-740, EC-800
• Price per metre
A8 Video encoder 4-channel video encoder
• H.264 and MJPEG video compression
VS-AXIS-
Q7424-R-MKII
245722 A7 0.800

• H.264 and MJPEG streams


08381E00
• Alarm input and output
• Power over Ethernet
• SFP slot
A8 • Voltage 8 ... 28 V DC
• Temp. -40 ... +75 °C
Oil damper • Oil damper for the EC-740 Oil Damped 213007 A4 3.400
zoom camera for a permanent vertical Bracket ALU
position down towards to object on the hook.

A8 • Damping of any sudden movements


• Aluminium enclosure
• Weight without camera
• Oil damper for the EC-740 Oil Damped 230660 A4 6.100
zoom camera for a permanent vertical Bracket SST
16802E00
position down towards to object on the hook.
A8 • Damping of any sudden movements
• Stainless steel enclosure
• Weight without camera

A8

A8
250 Camera and Video Systems 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A8_KP_2016_en.book Seite 251 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 3:01 15

Zoom Camera
Series EC-740-PTZ

A8
The robust, explosion-proof colour camera with
pan/tilt function can be operated in a wide range of
ambient temperatures and has an exceedingly
high protection type, IP69K A8
Two enclosure versions in either aluminium or
316 stainless steel make the camera perfectly
suitable for a variety of applications.
> Applications
– Oil and gas rigs (onshore and offshore) A8
– Perimeter guarding
– Process monitoring
– Tankfarms
– Pipeline overview A8
Series EC-740-PTZ A8

14641E00

> Highlights
– Protection type IP69K
WebCode EC740PTZA – Wide temperature range
– Compact and lightweight
– Internal cabling
A8
– 36 x optical zoom

ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 A8
Ex interfaces x x x x
Installation in x x x x

Technical Data A8
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx DEK 13.0055X
Ex II 2 G Ex ib mb px IIC T4 Gb
Ex II 2 D Ex tb mb IIIC T95°C Db A8
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust 13ATEX0154X
E II 2 G Ex ib mb px IIC T4 Gb
E II 2 D Ex tb mb IIIC T95°C Db
CCD 1/4“ (0.635 cm) Sensor IT CCD A8
Total pixels 752 (H) x 582 (V), 440,000
Minimum illumination 0.7 Lux (f1.4 1/50 sec. PAL) 0.1 Lux (f1.4 1/3 sec. PAL)
Resolution 550 TVL
TV system
Signal-noise ratio
PAL, FBAS, 625 lines interlaced, 50 Hz, 4.43 MHz colour subcarrier 1 Vtt (75 ohm)
50 dB or more
A8
Lens 36 x optical zoom, 3.4 (wide) ... 122 (tele) mm
Viewing angle horizontal, 57,8° (wide angle lens), 1,7° (telephoto lens)
Panning range total 340°, 170° to the left, 170° to the right
Tilt range
Backlash PTZ
total 180°, up 90°, down 90°
PTZ 1°
A8
Pan/tilt speed 12.5 °/sec
Camera positions 245 option for pre-setting camera positions, tolerance < 1°
Power supply 24 V DC +/-10 %
Power 5.6 W with heater ON, temperatures <0 °C
3.6 W with heater OFF, temperatures >0 °C
A8
12 W when panning / tilting
Operating temperature range T4: Tamb -40 ... +75 °C
Enclosure aluminium or stainless steel SS316, depending on version
filled with nitrogen, 1.4 bar pressure monitored by absolute pressure sensors,
long-term stability 0.1 % per annum A8
Type of protection IP69K
Weight including 5 m cable (3.5 m available for installation)
aluminium camera 8.8 kg
stainless steel camera 18.8 kg

A8
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Camera and Video Systems 251
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A8_KP_2016_en.book Seite 252 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 3:01 15

Zoom Camera
Series EC-740-PTZ

A8
Selection Table
Version Description Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
A8 Zoom camera
with pan/tilt function
Analogue aluminium PAL Zoom camera
with pan/tilt function
EC-740-PTZ-EX-ALU-364-P 243943 A1 8.800

EC-740-PTZ • RS-485 interface


• without Ex-PCB Connection Board
Analogue stainless steel PAL EC-740-PTZ-EX-SST-364-P 243942 A1 18.800
Zoom camera with pan/tilt function
A8 • RS-485 interface
• without Ex-PCB Connection Board
Analogue aluminium PAL Zoom camera EC-740-PTZ-EX-ALU-362-P 243949 A1 8.800
16810E00 with pan/tilt function
• RS-232 interface
• without Ex-PCB Connection Board
A8 Analogue stainless steel PAL EC-740-PTZ-EX-SST-362-P 243948 A1 18.800
Zoom camera with pan/tilt function
• RS-232 interface
• without Ex-PCB Connection Board
Zoom camera Analogue stainless steel PAL EC-740-PTZ-EX-SST-W&W- 243944 A1 21.400
A8 with pan/tilt function
with Wash&Wiper
Zoom camera with pan/tilt and
Wash&Wiper function
364-P

EC-740-PTZ • RS-485 interface


• without Ex-PCB Connection Board
Analogue stainless steel PAL EC-740-PTZ-EX-SST-W&W- 243950 A1 21.400
Zoom camera with pan/tilt and 362-P
A8 Wash&Wiper function
• RS-232 interface
• without Ex-PCB Connection Board
16811E00

Ex-PCB Necessary for cameras of Ex-PCB Connection Board 230462◄ A1 0.300


A8 Connection Board Series EC-740 / EC-800-EX
• ATEX: E II (2) G [Ex ib mb px Gb] IIC
• IECEx: [Ex ib mb px Gb] IIC
• Monitoring of static gas pressure (SNF)
• HxWxD: 11.7 x 160 x 100 mm
16788E00 • 24 V DC
A8 • incl. mounting plate

A8

A8

A8

A8

A8

A8
252 Camera and Video Systems 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A8_KP_2016_en.book Seite 253 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 3:01 15

Zoom Camera
Series EC-740-PTZ

A8
Accessories and Spare Parts
Designation Figure Description Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
Multi cable Camera multi-cable PTZ (uni) VB-CAM- 230340◄ A4 0.200
A8
• 1 coaxial cable MULTI-PTZ-
• 4 power supplies UNI-485
16808E00 • 3 data cables
• 4 Ex i cables
• -40 ... +90 °C
• for Series EC-740, EC-800
A8
• Price per metre
Camera multi-cable PTZ (armoured) VB-CAM- 230591◄ A4 0.305
• 1 coaxial cable MULTI-PTZ-
• 4 power supplies
• 3 data cables
ARM-485
A8
• 4 Ex i cables
• -40 ... +90 °C
• for Series EC-740, EC-800
• Price per metre
Video encoder 4-channel video encoder VS-AXIS- 245722 A7 0.800 A8
• H.264 and MJPEG video compression Q7424-R-MKII
• H.264 and MJPEG streams
08381E00
• Alarm input and output
• Power over Ethernet
• SFP slot
• Voltage 8 ... 28 V DC A8
• Temp. -40 ... +75 °C
Water tank 5 litres water tank for Water Tank 230821 A4 24.300
EC-740-PTZ-SST-W&W-(485) for W&W 5 l
• Stainless steel 316
• Water tank incl. enclosure + 15 m hose
• Manual pressure build-up
A8
16809E00
• 5 l capacity
10 litres water tank for Water Tank 230822 A4 29.300
EC-740-PTZ-SST-W&W-(485) for W&W 10 l
• Stainless steel 316
• Water tank incl. enclosure + 15 m hose A8
• Manual pressure build-up
• 10 l capacity

A8

A8

A8

A8

A8

A8
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Camera and Video Systems 253
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A8_KP_2016_en.book Seite 254 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 3:01 15

DOME Camera
Series EC-750-PA

A8
Explosion-protected colour camera
with a PTZ head for complex surveillance tasks
under a variety of light conditions
A8 Applications
> Oil and gas rigs (onshore and offshore)
> Surveillance of boilers and production
A8 Highlights
> Top-of-the-range optical system
> IP68
A8 Compact and lightweight
Series EC-750-PA A8

07026E00
>

> White sun-roof included

WebCode EC750A
A8
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
A8 Installation in x x x x

Selection Table
Version Description Order number Art. no. PS Weight
A8 kg
Dome camera Explosion-protected Dome camera with pigtail; EC-750-PA-VI-PE 168166◄ A3 8.000
Series EC-750-PA analog CVBS-output
Explosion-protected Dome camera with pigtail; EC-750-PA-IP-PE 168168◄ A3 8.000
A8 integrated IP server

Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx LCIE 14.0011X
A8 Ex d IIC T6/T5 Gb
Ex tb IIIC T85°C/T100°C Db
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust 08ATEX6023X
E II 2 G Ex d IIC T6/T5 Gb
A8 E II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T85°C/T100°C Db
CCD 1/4“ CCD Sensor PAL or NTSC
CCD total pixels 440,000 (PAL); 380,000 (NTSC)
Minimum illumination 0.7 lux in standard mode, 0.01 lux in slow shutter mode and ICR
Signal-noise ratio > 50 dB
A8 A.E.S. Yes
(automatic electronic shutter)
Gain control AGC (automatic gain control)
White balance mode Automatic
Lens 18x optical zoom (zoom lens 4.1 ... 73.8 mm)
A8 Viewing angle (horizontal) 48° (wide angle lens), 2.8° (telephoto lens)
Minimum operating distance: 290 mm (wide angle lens), 800 mm (telephoto lens)
Focus Automatic with remote control override
Lens settings Tilt -90° to +90° with flip facility; Pan 360° without stop
Enclosure material Stainless steel SS316

A8 Operating temperature range -20 ... +55 °C for PE version and T6 / T85°C
-20 ... +60 °C for PE version and T5 / T100°C
Cable length 5.0 metre (+0.1)
Power consumption 18 to 30 V DC, max. consumption 12 W

A8
254 Camera and Video Systems 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A8_KP_2016_en.book Seite 255 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 3:01 15

DOME Camera
Series EC-750-PA

A8
Accessories and Spare Parts
Designation Figure Description Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
Ex e junction box Terminal box Ex e JCT-8118-122- 230600◄ A4 1.000
A8
• E II 2 G EEx e II T6/T5 14p-02
• E II 2 D IP66 T80°C, T95°C
• 14 UK3N terminals
• 2 USLKG PE terminals
• 4 cable boxes
• degree of protection IP66 water-proof
A8
07004E00
• polyester material, black
Multi cable Camera multi-cable PTZ (uni) VB-CAM- 230586◄ A4 0.060
• 1 coaxial cable MULTI-15-UNI

16808E00
• 2 power supplies
• 3 data cables A8
• -40 ... +85 °C
• for Series EC-750 analogue
(EC-750-PA-VI-PE) only
• Price per metre
Video encoder 4-channel video encoder VS-AXIS- 245722 A7 0.800 A8
• H.264 and MJPEG video compression Q7424-R-MKII
• H.264 and MJPEG streams
08381E00
• Alarm input and output
• Power over Ethernet
• SFP slot
• Voltage 8 ... 28 V DC A8
• Temp. -40 ... +75 °C
Wall mounting Wall mounting (without camera) wall bracket for 230638 A4 1.000
• for EC-750 cameras EC-750
• Stainless steel V2A
• HxWxD: A8
16801E00
115 x 100 x 103 mm

Pole mounting Pole mounting (without camera) pole bracket for 230670 A4 2.000
• for EC-750 cameras EC-750
• Stainless steel V2A

16817E00
• HxWxD:
204 x 120 x 432 mm
A8
• Diameter approx. 108 mm

A8

A8

A8

A8

A8

A8
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Camera and Video Systems 255
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A8_KP_2016_en.book Seite 256 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 3:01 15

Thermal Imaging Camera


Series EC-800-TIC

A8
The modern explosion-proof EC-800
thermal image camera is the ideal choice
for surveillance tasks in complete darkness.
A8 By making thermal radiation visible, animate
and inanimate objects can be safely detected
across a wide distance.
> Applications

A8 – Oil and gas rigs (onshore and offshore)


– Perimeter guarding -
independent of light conditions
– Leakage detection (oil spills, temp. gases)
– Early fire detection
A8
Series EC-800-TIC A8

> Highlights
14789E00

– Protection type IP68


– Wide temperature range
WebCode EC800A – Compact and lightweight
A8 – Shock-proof and vibration-proof

ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
A8 Ex interfaces x x x x
Installation in x x x x

Technical Data
A8 Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx NEM 13.0027X
Ex II 2 G Ex ib mb px IIC T4 Gb
Ex II 2 D Ex mb tb IIIC T102°C Db
A8 Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust 13ATEX1547X
E II 2 G Ex ib mb px IIC T4 Gb
E II 2 D Ex mb tb IIIC T102°C Db
Sensor VOx Microbolometer
A8 Pixels FPA format 324 x 256 (pixel size 25 mm)
Frame rates 7.5 Hz (NTSC); 8.3 Hz (PAL)
Sensitivity < 75 mk, < 50 mk f/1.0
Measuring range -40 ... +160 °C

A8 Video
Lens
NTSC / PAL
WFOV, 19 mm (24° detection of animate objects 450 m)
Digital zoom 2x and 4x
Colour display 4 colour palettes (LUTs)
Power supply 24 V DC +/-10 %
A8 Power 5.6 W with heater ON, temperatures <0 °C
3.6 W with heater OFF, temperatures >0 °C
Operating temperature range T5: Tamb -40 ... +75 °C
T6: Tamb -40 ... +20 °C
Enclosure aluminium or stainless steel SS316, depending on version
filled with nitrogen, 1.4 bar pressure monitored by absolute pressure sensors,
A8 long-term stability 0.1 % per annum
Type of protection IP68
Weight including 5 m cable
aluminium camera 3 kg
stainless steel camera 6 kg

A8 Cable
Camera bracket
minimum bending radius 50 mm
for hanging, standing or overhead position, including fastening material

A8
256 Camera and Video Systems 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A8_KP_2016_en.book Seite 257 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 3:01 15

Thermal Imaging Camera


Series EC-800-TIC

A8
Selection Table
Version Description Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
Thermal imaging Analogue aluminium thermal imaging camera EC-800-TIC-EX-ALU- 244033 A1 3.000
A8
camera • RS-485 interface 485-L
EC-800-TIC • without Ex-PCB Connection Board
Analogue stainless steel thermal imaging EC-800-TIC-EX-SST- 244032 A1 6.000
camera
• RS-485 interface
485-L
A8
• without Ex-PCB Connection Board
Analogue aluminium thermal imaging camera EC-800-TIC-EX-ALU- 244037 A1 3.000
16816E00
• RS-232 interface 232-L
• without Ex-PCB Connection Board
Analogue stainless steel thermal imaging EC-800-TIC-EX-SST- 244036 A1 6.000 A8
camera 232-L
• RS-232 interface
• without Ex-PCB Connection Board
Ex-PCB Necessary for cameras of Ex-PCB Connection 230462◄ A1 0.300
Connection Board Series EC-740 / EC-800-EX
• ATEX: E II (2) G [Ex ib mb px Gb] IIC
Board A8
• IECEx: [Ex ib mb px Gb] IIC
• Monitoring of static gas pressure (SNF)
• HxWxD: 11.7 x 160 x 100 mm
16788E00 • 24 V DC
• incl. mounting plate A8
Accessories and Spare Parts
Designation Figure Description Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
A8
Multi cable Camera multi-cable PTZ (uni) VB-CAM- 230340◄ A4 0.200
• 1 coaxial cable MULTI-PTZ-
• 4 power supplies UNI-485
16808E00 • 3 data cables
• 4 Ex i cables
• -40 ... +90 °C A8
• for Series EC-740, EC-800
• Price per metre
Camera multi-cable PTZ (armoured) VB-CAM- 230591◄ A4 0.305
• 1 coaxial cable MULTI-PTZ-
• 4 power supplies
• 3 data cables
ARM-485 A8
• 4 Ex i cables
• -40 ... +90 °C
• for Series EC-740, EC-800
• Price per metre
Video 4-channel video encoder VS-AXIS- 245722 A7 0.800
A8
encoder • H.264 and MJPEG video compression Q7424-R-MKII
• H.264 and MJPEG streams
08381E00
• Alarm input and output
• Power over Ethernet
• SFP slot
• Voltage 8 ... 28 V DC
A8
• Temp. -40 ... +75 °C

A8

A8

A8
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Camera and Video Systems 257
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A8_KP_2016_en.book Seite 258 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 3:01 15

Thermal Imaging Camera


Series EC-800-PTT

A8
The explosion-proof pan/tilt EC-800-PTT
thermal camera combines the benefits
of a pan/tilt camera with the optical properties
A8 of a thermal image camera. With this camera,
large areas can be monitored even in absolute
darkness or adverse weather conditions.
> Applications
A8 – Oil and gas rigs (onshore and offshore)
– Perimeter guarding -
independent of light conditions
– Early fire detection
A8 > Highlights
Series EC-800-PTT A8

– Protection type IP68


14948E00

– Wide temperature range


– Aluminium or stainless-steel
WebCode EC800PTA enclosure 316
A8
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
A8 Ex interfaces x x x x
Installation in x x x x

Technical Data
A8 Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx DEK 13.0055X
Ex II 2 G Ex ib mb px IIC T4 Gb
Ex II 2 D Ex tb mb IIIC T95°C Db
A8 Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust 13ATEX0154X
E II 2 G Ex ib mb px IIC T4 Gb
E II 2 D Ex tb mb IIIC T95°C Db
Sensor VOx Microbolometer
A8 Pixels FPA format 324 x 256 (pixel size 25 mm)
Frame rates 7.5 Hz (NTSC); 8.3 Hz (PAL)
Sensitivity < 75 mk, < 50 mk f/1.0
Measuring range -40 ... +160 °C

A8 Video
Lens
NTSC / PAL
WFOV, 19 mm (24° detection human approx. 450 m)
Digital zoom 2x and 4x
Colour display 4 colour palettes (LUTs)
Panning range total 340°, 170° to the left, 170° to the right
A8 Tilt range
Backlash PTZ
total 180°, up 90°, down 90°
PT 1°
Pan/tilt speed 12.5 °/sec
Camera positions 245 option for pre-setting camera positions, tolerance < 1°
Power supply 24 V DC +/-10 %
A8 Operating temperature range T5: Tamb -40 ... +75 °C
T6: Tamb -40 ... +20 °C
Enclosure aluminium or stainless steel SS316, depending on version
filled with nitrogen, 1.4 bar pressure monitored by absolute pressure sensors,
long-term stability 0.1 % per annum
Type of protection IP68
A8 Weight including 5 m cable (3.5 m available for installation)
aluminium camera 8.8 kg
stainless steel camera 18.8 kg

A8
258 Camera and Video Systems 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A8_KP_2016_en.book Seite 259 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 3:01 15

Thermal Imaging Camera


Series EC-800-PTT

A8
Selection Table
Version Description Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
Thermal imaging Analogue aluminium thermal imaging camera EC-800-PTT-EX-ALU- 244015 A1 8.800
A8
camera with with pan/tilt function 364-L
pan/tilt function • RS-485 interface
EC-800-PTT • without Ex-PCB Connection Board
Analogue stainless steel thermal imaging A1 18.800
A8
EC-800-PTT-EX-SST- 244014
camera with pan/tilt function 364-L
• RS-485 interface
• without Ex-PCB Connection Board
Analogue aluminium thermal imaging camera EC-800-PTT-EX-ALU- 244019 A1 8.800
with pan/tilt function 362-L
A8
16813E00
• RS-232 interface
• without Ex-PCB Connection Board
Analogue stainless steel thermal imaging EC-800-PTT-EX-SST- 244018 A1 18.800
camera with pan/tilt function 362-L
• RS-232 interface
• without Ex-PCB Connection Board
Ex-PCB Necessary for cameras of Ex-PCB Connection 230462◄ A1 0.300
A8
Connection Board Series EC-740 / EC-800-EX Board
• ATEX: E II (2) G [Ex ib mb px Gb] IIC
• IECEx: [Ex ib mb px Gb] IIC
• Monitoring of static gas pressure (SNF)

16788E00
• HxWxD: 11.7 x 160 x 100 mm
• 24 V DC
A8
• incl. mounting plate

Accessories and Spare Parts


Designation Figure Description Order number Art. no. PS Weight A8
kg
Multi cable Camera multi-cable PTZ (uni) VB-CAM- 230340◄ A4 0.200
• 1 coaxial cable MULTI-PTZ-
• 4 power supplies UNI-485
16808E00 • 3 data cables A8
• 4 Ex i cables
• -40 ... +90 °C
• for Series EC-740, EC-800
• Price per metre
Camera multi-cable PTZ (armoured)
• 1 coaxial cable
VB-CAM-
MULTI-PTZ-
230591◄ A4 0.305 A8
• 4 power supplies ARM-485
• 3 data cables
• 4 Ex i cables
• -40 ... +90 °C
• for Series EC-740, EC-800
• Price per metre
A8
Video 4-channel video encoder VS-AXIS- 245722 A7 0.800
encoder • H.264 and MJPEG video compression Q7424-R-MKII
• H.264 and MJPEG streams
A8
08381E00
• Alarm input and output
• Power over Ethernet
• SFP slot
• Voltage 8 ... 28 V DC
• Temp. -40 ... +75 °C

A8

A8

A8
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Camera and Video Systems 259
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A8_KP_2016_en.book Seite 260 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 3:01 15

Monitor 7″ Ex d Analogue

A8
The 7 Ex d monitor allows to control
and monitor up to 4 cameras in real-time
in the hazardous area.
A8 – For up to 4 cameras:
3x EC-710-0xx,
1x EC-740 AFZ (only RS232) or
EC-800-TIC (only RS232)
– Aluminium enclosure, copper-free
A8 (seawater-resistant)
– In case of direct contact with seawater,
a coating is recommended.
– For real-time applications,
A8
A8

16780E00 e.g. crane applications


– Optional: control via external
control panel possible
WebCode MON7A
A8

ATEX / IECEx

A8 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x x x

A8
Functional Principle

A8

A8

A8

A8

A8
16782E02

A8

A8
260 Camera and Video Systems 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A8_KP_2016_en.book Seite 261 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 3:01 15

Monitor 7″ Ex d Analogue

A8
Selection Table
Version Description Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
Analogue monitor suitable for 3 x EC-710 and 7'' Exd Monitor incl. 230756 A4 14.000
A8
7" Ex d 1 x EC-740-AFZ or EC-800-TIC, Ex-PCB Board,Contr
inclusive EX-PCB Connection Board
Note Accessory needed: Zone 1 control panel for use and control of cameras
Not included in the delivery: suitable cable glands for armoured or non-armoured cable
A8
Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust Ex de [ia/ib] IIC T4 ... T6
Ex td A21 IP66 T* A8
* TO depends on the installed electrical equipment
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust E II 2 G Ex d IIC T4 ... T6
E II 2 D Ex tD A21 IP66 T*
* TO depends on the installed electrical equipment
A8
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX
Description 7 Monitor Ex d for EC-710-0xx, EC-740-AFZ.
For up to 4 cameras:
3x EC-710-0xx, 1x EC-740 AFZ (only RS232) or EC-800-TIC (only RS232) A8
Enclosure
Enclosure material Copper-free aluminium (seawater-resistant)
In case of direct contact with seawater, a coating is recommended.
Dimensions Ø 289 mm, height 227 mm
Window dimensions Ø 188 mm A8
Display
Type Automotive 7 TFT LCD display module, LED backlight
Resolution WVGA 800xRGBx400 pixel
Brightness
Contrast
600 cd/m2
650:1
A8
Viewing angle 70° horizontal, 60° vertical (CR ) 10)
LED Life Time 30,000 h
Outputs Analogue monitor output for a second analogue monitor (looped through)
Input voltage 115 V AC or 230 V AC change-over contact A8
Power input max. 50 W

A8

A8

A8

A8

A8
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Camera and Video Systems 261
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A8_KP_2016_en.book Seite 262 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 3:01 15

Monitor 7″ Ex d Analogue

A8
Accessories and Spare Parts
Designation Figure Description Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
A8 Control panel Operator interface with Control panel 230753 A4 2.500
for monitor 7 Ex d 4 x control buttons for monitor 7 Ex d for 7'' Exd
analogue • ATEX: PTB 01 ATEX 1024 Monitor
• IECEx: PTB 06.0090
• E II 2 G Ex de IIC T4
A8 16787E00
• Temperature range: -25 ... +45 °C
• IP66
• Material: polyester resin,
glass fibre reinforced
• M20 cable gland, Series 8161

A8 Ex-PCB
Connection Board
Necessary for cameras of
Series EC-740 / EC-800-EX
Ex-PCB
Connection
230462◄ A1 0.300

• ATEX: E II (2) G [Ex ib mb px Gb] IIC Board


• IECEx: [Ex ib mb px Gb] IIC
16788E00
• Monitoring of static gas pressure
(SNF)
A8 • HxWxD: 11.7 x 160 x 100 mm
• 24 V DC
• incl. mounting plate

Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm [inches]) - Subject to Alterations


A8

A8

A8

A8 170 [6,70] 91 [3,58]


170 [6,70]

A8

~ 24 [~ 0,94] ~ 31 [~ 1,22]

A8 Monitor 7 Ex d analogue
16789E00

Control panel (not included in the delivery)


16790E00

A8

A8

A8
262 Camera and Video Systems 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A8_KP_2016_en.book Seite 263 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 3:01 15

Video Software ISview

A8
Video software for the display of
video streams supplied by IP cameras
and video servers with VAPIX protocol.
> Applications A8
– Operating of cameras in Zone 1
by means of ISView / HMI installation
– Oil and gas rigs (onshore and offshore)
– Ideal for camera systems involving A8
up to 12 cameras
> Highlights
– Simple operation
– Very short timeouts A8
A8

– Optimised for Open HMI touch screen


12550E00

operation
– Large touch buttons for
WebCode ISviewA operation with work gloves
– No extra training required A8

Selection Table
Version Description Order number Art. no. PS Weight A8
kg
Video software Installation via USB stick without licence, ISview-1.xx-USB-Stick 213019 A2 0.100
one licence required for each camera
Licence for one camera ISview-1.xx-L 213018 A2 0.100 A8
Technical Data
Video and PTZ protocols VAPIX Axis
Using the software Mouse, trackball, joystick and touch screen (touch buttons)
Direct PTZ control Yes A8
Preset function Yes
Display Single or split screen (quad), full screen or window
Video sources A maximum of 12 IP cameras or video server chanels
Motion JPG or H.264
Refresh rate About 15 ... 25 frames / sec (fps) A8
Requirements Windows XP, Windows embedded, Windows 7
operating system
Requirements PC system At least Pentium M 600 MHz, 1 GB RAM, 2 GB Flash or HD memory, resolution at least 800x600
Recording None
A8

A8

A8

A8

A8
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Camera and Video Systems 263
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A8_KP_2016_en.book Seite 264 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 3:01 15

Video Software SeeTec

A8
> Applications
– Safety + Security camera systems
– Ideal for large camera systems
A8 > Highlights
– Video recording possible
– Alarm forwarding
– Multi-monitor operation
A8 – Different user levels
– Open video management system
– And many more functions

A8
A8

12551E00

WebCode SeeTecA
A8

Video software for complex safety and security solutions. From the smallest application with one camera
A8 to the largest possible solution with more than 1,000 cameras with simultaneous option of controlling
different components. SeeTec can be flexibly adapted to the existing system requirements, is more
powerful and cost-efficient than conventional video systems. Already existing analogue components
can be integrated into the network technology. Third-party systems can be integrated and controlled
via a variety of existing IP interfaces.
A8
Selection Table
Version Description Order number Art. no. PS
Video software SeeTec Cayuga S50X A7
A8
SeeTec Cayuga S50 X 239083
video management software Basic Package
SeeTec Cayuga S50X camera channel, SeeTec Cayuga S50 X 239084 A7
necessary for each camera Camera Channel

A8 Technical Data
Video and PTZ protocols Support of all major camera types
Using the software Keyboard, mouse, trackball, joystick
Video sources Depending on project, up to 50 cameras
Requirements Windows, 7 Pro/Ultimate, 2003 Server, 2008 Server

A8 noperating system
Requirements PC system Minimum Pentium 4.2 GHz, 4 GB RAM, 2 GB Flash or HD memory

A8

A8

A8

A8
264 Camera and Video Systems 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_A8_KP_2016_en.book Seite 265 Donnerstag, 17. März 2016 3:01 15

Video Software SeeTec

A8

A8

A8

A8

A8

A8

A8

A8

A8

A8

A8

A8

A8

A8
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Camera and Video Systems 265
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 266 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Lighting
Lighting
Compact Light Fittings
made of Polyester Resin for Fluorescent Lamps 8 W, Zone 1, 2, 21, 22 C-LUX 6100 317
made of Polyester Resin for Fluorescent Lamps 8 W, Zone 2, 21, 22 C-LUX 6500 317
Compact Emergency Light Fittings
made of Polyester Resin for Fluorescent Lamps 8 W, Zone 1, 2, 21, 22 C-LUX 6108 319
made of Polyester Resin for Fluorescent Lamps 8 W, Zone 2, 21, 22 C-LUX 6508 319
Linear Luminaire for Fluorescent Lamps
made of Polyester Resin 18, 36, 58 W, Zone 1, 2, 21, 22 EXLUX 6001 268
made of Polyester Resin 18, 36, 58 W, Zone 2, 21, 22 EXLUX 6401 276
made of Sheet Steel 18, 36 W, Zone 1, 2, 21, 22 ECOLUX 6010 297
made of Sheet Steel 18, 36 W, Zone 2, 22 ECOLUX 6610 299
made of Sheet Steel 18, 36 W ECOLUX METALL L610 301
Linear Luminaire with LED
made of Polyester Resin 28, 52 W, Zone 1, 2, 21, 22 EXLUX 6002 282
made of Polyester Resin 28, 52 W, Zone 2, 22 EXLUX 6402 284
Linear Luminaire 18, 36, 58 W
made of Polyester Resin ECOLUX 6600 290
made of Polyester Resin or Stainless Steel, Zone 1, 2, 21, 22 6012 305
made of Polyester Resin or Stainless Steel, Zone 2, 21, 22 6412 311
made of Polyester Resin or Stainless Steel, Zone 1, 2, 21, 22 6014 308
made of Polyester Resin or Stainless Steel, Zone 2, 21, 22 6414 314
Tubular Light Fittings
with LED, made of Polycarbonate 6036 322
with LED, made of Polycarbonate 6039 325
Emergency Lighting Technology
for Central Battery Units, made of Polyester Resin 35, 58 W EXLUX 6006 271
made of Polyester Resin 18, 36 W, Zone 1, 2, 21, 22 EXLUX 6009 274
made of Polyester Resin 18, 36 W, Zone 2, 21, 22 EXLUX 6409 279
made of Polyester Resin 18, 36 W ECOLUX 6608/5 293
Economy - made of Polyester Resin 18, 36 W ECOLUX 6608/3 292

266 Lighting 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en


◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 267 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Contents

E2
Lighting
Accessories
for C-LUX 6100, 6500, 6108, 6508 C-LUX 321
for EXLUX 6001, 6002, 6006, 6009, 6401, 6402, 6409 EXLUX 287
for ECOLUX 6600, 6608 ECOLUX 295
for ECOLUX 6010, 6610, L610 ECOLUX 303
Bulkhead Light Fittings
for Incandescent Lamps up to 100 W 6388 327
for Halogen Lamps up to 150 W 6788 327
Pendant Light Fittings
for HID or LED 6050 329
IEC Version for Discharge Lamps max. 400 W 6470/2 333
with LED, for Discharge Lamps max. 80 W 6470/5 337
Floodlights
made of Cast Aluminium, for Discharge Lamps up to max. 400 W 6121 340
made of Stainless Steel, for Discharge Lamps up to max. 600 W 6521/4 343
made of Stainless Steel, for Discharge Lamps up to max. 600 W 6521/5 345
made of Stainless Steel or Polyester Resin, with LEDs up to max. 210 W 6525 350
Dimensional Drawings for Floodlights Series 6521 347
Accessories for Floodlights Series 6521 348
Tank Inspection Lights for Halogen Lamps up to 100 W 6122 353
Portable Lamps
with LED 6148 362
with LED; Industrial Design L148 364
Accessories for Portable Lamps Series 6148 and L148 366
Hand Lamps with Batteries
with LED, Zone 0 6140 358
with LED, for Alkaline Batteries 6141 360
Hand Lamps for Mains Connection
Inspection Light LED 6149/2 367
Helideck Systems / Systems for Helicopter Landing Sites
Xenon Helideck Floodlight TEF 9964 370
Helideck Floodlight LED TEF 9970 371
Identification Lighting System CHLITE 373
Perimeter Light LED TEF 2430 376
Commander Utility TEF 4500 378

You will find further information on the Internet www.stahl.de


Compact Light Fittings
made of Sheet Steel 8 W - Zone 1 6114, 6514
Compact Emergency Luminaire
made of Sheet Steel 8 W - Zone 1, 2 6118
Mounting Material / Emergency Lighting Technology
Tubular Light Fittings
for Fluorescent Lamps made of Aluminium T-LUX 6035
Emergency Luminaire for Fluorescent Lamps
made of Sheet Steel 18, 36 W - Zone 1, 2 6018
Hand Lamps for Mains Connection
Hand Lamps with Connection Lead, for Incandescent Lamps up to 60 W 6147

2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Lighting 267


◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 268 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Linear Luminaire for Fluorescent Lamps


Series EXLUX 6001

E2
> As bulkhead light fitting or
side-entry luminaire
> Version with 2 lamps: 18 W, 36 W and 58 W
E2 > Central lock
> All-pole disconnection by means
of a positive opening switching element
when opening the luminaire
E2

E2
Series EXLUX 6001 E2

15454E00

WebCode 6001A ATEX / IECEx

E2 Zone
For use in
0 1
x
2
x
20 21
x
22
x

Selection Table

E2 Version Through
wiring
Number of
lamps
Lamp
wattage
Length Order number Art. no. PS Weight

W mm kg
EXLUX 6001 5-way 2 18 700 6001/522-9510-15-131 220897◄ 30 4.500
36 1310 6001/542-9510-15-131 220903◄ 30 6.750

E2 58 1610 6001/562-9510-15-131 220910◄ 30 7.900


without 2 18 700 6001/522-9010-15-131 220898 30 4.350
36 1310 6001/542-9010-15-131 220907 30 6.540
58 1610 6001/562-9010-15-131 221734 30 8.300

E2 Order Number Supplement


ECG 220 ... 240 V 2-lamps AC, 1-lamp DC 6001/5..-...0-..-...
220 ... 240 V 2-lamps AC, 2-lamps DC 6001/5..-...1-..-...
110 ... 240 V 2-lamps AC, 1-lamp DC 6001/5..-...2-..-...
(18 W and 36 W only)

E2 110 ... 240 V 2-lamps AC, 2-lamps DC


(18 W and 36 W only)
6001/5..-...3-..-...

120 ... 277 V 2-lamps AC, 2-lamps DC 6001/5..-...6-..-...


(17 W, 32 W and 40 W NEC-standard)
Connection Spring clamp terminal type WAGO 0.5 ... 4 mm2 6001/5..-....-1.-...
terminal
E2 Cable glands
Screw-type terminal type STAHL 1.5 ... 6 mm2 6001/5..-....-2.-...
6001/5..-....-..-131
Standard 3 x holes M25
2 x M25 x 1,5 cable gland and
2 x M25 x 1,5 stopping plug
Note
The lights are delivered without fluorescent lamps and assembly parts.
E2 These parts must be ordered separately!

Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)

E2 Gas and dust IECEx PTB 13.0003


Ex d e IIC T4 Gb or Ex db eb IIC T4
Ex tb IIIC T80°C Db or Ex tb IIIC T80°C
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust PTB 13 ATEX 2004

E2 E II 2 G Ex d e IIC T4 Gb or Ex db eb IIC T4
E II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T80°C Db or Ex tb IIIC T80°C
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), Kazakhstan (TR), Russia (TR), Serbia (SRPS), Belarus (TR)

E2
268 Lighting 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 269 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Linear Luminaire for Fluorescent Lamps


Series EXLUX 6001

E2
Technical Data
Electrical data
Ballast 6001/...-...0-..-... 6001/...-...1-..-...
Lamp start Cold start Cold start
E2
Voltage 220 ... 240 V AC 220 ... 240 V AC
Voltage DC 198 … 264 V DC 104 … 264 V DC
during switching on
Voltage DC 176 … 264 V DC 198 … 264 V DC
during operation E2
Frequency 0 / 50 … 60 Hz 0 / 50 … 60 Hz
Operation 1 lamp 2 lamps
of the lamps DC

E2
Lamp standard IEC 60081 IEC 60081
Lamp power 18, 36, 58 W 18, 36, 58 W
Nominal current 1 x 18 W, 85 mA 1 x 18 W, 85 mA
2 x 18 W, 170 mA 2 x 18 W, 170 mA
1 x 36 W, 160 mA 1 x 36 W, 160 mA
2 x 36 W, 320 mA 2 x 36 W, 320 mA
1 x 58 W, 250 mA
2 x 58 W, 500 mA
1 x 58 W, 250 mA
2 x 58 W, 500 mA E2
6001/...-...2-..-... 6001/...-...3-..-... 6001/...-...6-..-...
Lamp start Cold start Cold start Cold start
Voltage 110 ... 240 V AC 110 ... 240 V AC 120 ... 277 V AC
E2
Voltage DC 104 … 264 V DC 104 … 264 V DC 113 … 294 V DC
during switching on
Voltage DC 104 … 264 V DC 104 … 264 V DC 113 … 294 V DC
during operation
Frequency 0 / 50 … 60 Hz 0 / 50 … 60 Hz 0 / 50 … 60 Hz E2
Operation 1 lamp 2 lamps 2 lamps
of the lamps DC
Lamp standard IEC 60081 IEC 60081 ANSI C78.81
Lamp power
Nominal current
18, 36 W
1 x 18 W, 85 ... 175 mA
18, 36 W
1 x 18 W, 85 ... 175 mA
17, 32, 40 W
1 x 17 W, 80…155 mA
E2
2 x 18 W, 170 ... 345 mA 2 x 18 W, 170 ... 345 mA 2 x 17 W, 160…305 mA
1 x 36 W, 155 ... 330 mA 1 x 36 W, 155 ... 330 mA 1 x 32 W, 135…285 mA
2 x 36 W, 310 ... 660 mA 2 x 36 W, 310 ... 660 mA 2 x 32 W, 270…570 mA
1 x 40 W, 160…360 mA
2 x 40 W, 325…715 mA
Power factor cos p cos p ) 0.97 capacitive; no additional compensation required E2
Ambient conditions
Operating Through wiring
temperature range
Type without with
6001/52.-…0-..-... -30 ... +60 °C -30 ... +50 °C E2
6001/52.-…1-..-... -30 ... +60 °C -30 ... +50 °C
6001/52.-...2-..-... -30 ... +45 °C -30 ... +40 °C
6001/52.-…3-..-... -30 ... +45 °C -30 ... +40 °C
6001/54.-…0-..-... -30 ... +55 °C -30 ... +50 °C E2
6001/54.-…1-..-... -30 ... +55 °C -30 ... +50 °C
6001/54.-…2-..-... -30 ... +45 °C -30 ... +40 °C
6001/54.-…3-..-... -30 ... +45 °C -30 ... +40 °C
6001/56.-…0-..-... -20 ... +55 °C -20 ... +50 °C E2
6001/56.-…1-..-... -20 ... +55 °C -20 ... +50 °C
6001/53.-…6-..-... -30 ... +40 °C -30 ... +40 °C
6001/55.-…6-..-... -30 ... +40 °C -30 ... +40 °C
6001/57.-…6-..-... -20 ... +40 °C -20 ... +40 °C E2
The lowest ambient temperature when used with breather is -20 °C.

E2
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Lighting 269
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 270 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Linear Luminaire for Fluorescent Lamps


Series EXLUX 6001

E2
Technical Data
Mechanical data
Degree of protection IP66 / IP67 (IEC 60598)
Protection class I (with internal PE connection)
E2 Impact strength (IK code) IK10 (IEC 62262)
Material
Enclosure
Enclosure Polyester resin, glass fibre-reinforced
Colour colour grey, similar to RAL 7035
E2 Seal Silicone foam gasket in the lamp cover
Translucent cover Polycarbonate
Luminaire locking Central locking which can be opened/closed using a socket key M8 / wrench size 13, hinged lamp cover
Mounting / Installation
Connection Standard: Spring clamp terminals
E2 5-pole: L1, L2, L3, N, PE
Clamping range: 1 x 0.75 ... 4 mm2 (solid / finely stranded)
4 mm2 finely stranded without core end sleeve only
(2 free clamping units for each pole available)
Special: Terminal block with covering
5-pole: L1, L2, L3, N, PE
E2 Through wiring Through
Clamping range: 2 x 1.5 ... 6 mm2 (solid); 2 x 1.5 ... 4 mm2 (finely and extra finely stranded)
Standard luminaire
wiring Luminaires are equipped with internal through wiring.
Ingoing and outgoing leads can be connected on the opposite sides.
Terminals: see Techn. data
Wiring cross-section: 2.5 mm2 for max. 16 A
E2 without Optional
On the connection side, there are 2 bores M25 x 1.5
for cable entries for ingoing and outgoing wiring of the connection line
(ingoing and outgoing leads on one side).

E2 Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm [inches]) - Subject to Alterations


b L1
L2
M25 x 1,5 L3 M25 x 1,5

E2
h1

15440E00

E2 Dimen- Luminaire
sions
17/18 W 32/36 W 40/58 W
L1 700 [27.56] 1310 [51.57] 1610 [63.39]
L2 1) 400 [15.75] 800 [31.50] 800 [31.50]
E2 L3 2) 320 ... 480
[12.60 ... 18.90]
670 ... 930
[26.38 ... 36.61]
670 ... 930
[26.38 ... 36.61]
b 184 [7.24] 184 [7.24] 184 [7.24]
h1 125 [4.92] 125 [4.92] 125 [4.92]

E2 fixed mounting distance


1)
2) variable mounting distance

EXLUX 6001 Standard luminaire

E2 Accessories see page 287

E2

E2
270 Lighting 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 271 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Emergency Luminaire for Fluorescent Lamps for Central Battery Units


Series EXLUX 6006

E2
> As wall, ceiling and pendant light fitting
or pole mounted light fitting
> Version with 2 lamps: 36 W and 58 W
> Central locking E2
> All-pole disconnection by means of an
N/C switch when the lamp is opened
With address module for luminaire control
>
and monitoring
E2

E2
Series EXLUX 6006 E2

15454E00

WebCode 6006A ATEX / IECEx


Zone
For use in
0 1
x
2
x
20 21
x
22
x
E2

Selection Table
Version Length Lamp wattage Number of lamps Order number Art. no. PS Weight E2
mm W kg
EXLUX 6006 1310 36 2 6006/542-9510-11511 227871 30 7.690
1610 58 2 6006/562-9510-11511 227872 30 8.840
Order Number Supplement E2
Connection Spring clamp terminal type WAGO 0.5 ... 4 mm2 6006/5..-....-..1..
terminal
Screw terminal type STAHL 1.5 ... 6 mm2 6006/5..-....-..2..
Cable glands Standard (plastic)
2 x M25 x 1.5 cable gland and
6006/5..-....-...11
E2
2 x M25 x 1.5 stopping plugs
Special (metal) 6006/5..-....-...12
4 x M25 drilled holes with metal plate
cable entries must be ordered separately
Special (metal) 6006/5..-....-...22 E2
4 x M20 drilled holes with metal plate
cable entries must be ordered separately
Note
The lights are delivered without fluorescent lamps and assembly parts.
These parts must be ordered separately!
E2

E2

E2

E2

E2
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Lighting 271
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 272 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Emergency Luminaire for Fluorescent Lamps for Central Battery Units


Series EXLUX 6006

E2
Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx PTB13.0033
E2 Ex d e IIC T4 Gb or Ex db eb IIC T4
Ex tb IIIC T80°C Db or Ex tb IIIC T80°C
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust PTB 13 ATEX 2005
E II 2 G Ex d e IIC T4 Gb or Ex db eb IIC T4
E2 E II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T80°C Db or Ex tb IIIC T80°C
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX
Electrical data
Ballast 6006/...-...0-.... 6006/...-...1-....
E2 Lamp start Cold start Cold start
Voltage 220 ... 240 V AC 220 ... 240 V AC
Voltage DC 198 … 264 V DC 198 … 264 V DC
during switching on
Voltage CD 176 … 264 V DC 198 … 264 V DC
E2 during operation
Frequency 0 / 50 … 60 Hz 0 / 50 … 60 Hz
Operation 1 lamp 2 lamps
of the lamps DC
Lamp standard IEC 60081 IEC 60081
Lamp power 18, 36, 58 W 18, 36, 58 W
E2 Nominal current 1 x 18 W, 85 mA
2 x 18 W, 170 mA
1 x 18 W, 85 mA
2 x 18 W, 170 mA
1 x 36 W, 160 mA 1 x 36 W, 160 mA
2 x 36 W, 320 mA 2 x 36 W, 320 mA
1 x 58 W, 250 mA 1 x 58 W, 250 mA
2 x 58 W, 500 mA 2 x 58 W, 500 mA

E2 Power factor cos p cos p ) 0.97 capacitive; no additional compensation required


Disconnection of the light When opening the light
Switch with safety lock; when opening the central lock, all poles of the voltage supply to the ballast
are disconnected; contacts of the switching element are NC contacts, they can only be switched
on again when the lamp cover and the central locking system are closed.
In case of a lamp fault, the electronic ballast disconnects the defective lamp from the power supply.
E2 End of life switch The electronic ballast, type 6042/9..-. fulfills the requirements according to IEC 61347-2-3
(simulation of the "end of life effect" of fluorescent lamps, "asymmetric pulse test 1" and
"asymmetric power test 2" correspond to the test conditions in the draft IEC 60079-7 ed.4 appendix H).
Luminous characteristics
Lamps 18 W 60081-IEC-2220 G13

E2
36 W 60081-IEC-2420 G13
58 W 60081-IEC-2520 G13
Use cold start suitable lamps..
Ambient conditions
Operating Through wiring
temperature range
E2 Type
6006/54.-...2-....
without
-20 ... +50 °C
with
-20 ... +50 °C
6006/56.-...2-.... -20 ... +50 °C -20 ... +50 °C
Mechanical data
Degree of protection IP66 / IP67 (IEC 60598)
E2 Protection class
Material
I (with internal PE connection)

Enclosure
Enclosure Polyester resin, glass fibre-reinforced
Colour colour grey, similar to RAL 7035

E2 Translucent cover
Seal
Polycarbonate
Silicone foam gasket in the lamp cover
Luminaire locking Central locking which can be opened/closed using a socket key M8 / wrench size 13, hinged lamp cover

E2

E2
272 Lighting 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 273 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Emergency Luminaire for Fluorescent Lamps for Central Battery Units


Series EXLUX 6006

E2
Technical Data
Mounting / Installation
Cable glands Standard luminaire

E2
Plastic: 2 x M25 x 1.5 cable gland 8161 and
2 x M25 x 1.5 stopping plugs 8290 (enclosed)
Connection Standard: Spring clamp terminals
5-pole: L1, L2, L3, N, PE
Clamping range: 1 x 0.75 ... 4 mm2 (solid / finely stranded)
4 mm2 finely stranded without core end sleeve only
(2 free clamping units for each pole available)
E2
Through wiring Standard luminaire
Luminaires are equipped with internal through wiring.
Ingoing and outgoing leads can be connected on the opposite sides.
Terminals: see Techn. data
Wiring cross-section: 2.5 mm2 for max. 16 A
Assembly For outdoor mounting, a breather is recommended E2
Standard luminaire
Standard: 2 x M8 insert nuts in the enclosure
Special: Mounting grooves in the enclosure for the use of fastening and
ceiling rails for variable luminaire mounting
(variable mounting distances for luminaires 18 W: 320 ... 480 mm;
36 W / 58 W: 670 ... 930 mm) E2
Address module
Function Address and switching module for R. STAHL emergency lighting systems according to VDE 0108:
The module is used for the monitoring of individual luminaires and for the control of network and
safety lights.
The module offers the following functions:
• Control of the luminaire (ON / OFF) and function test E2
• Up to 20 addresses can be configured for each electric circuit by means of a coding switch
• The type of connection of the luminaire (continuous light, stand-by light or switched light)
is freely programmable
• Mixed operation within one circuit is possible
Input voltage (Input between L+ and N-)
UN 230 (+10 % / -15 %) V AC, 50 Hz E2
UDC 175 ... 275 V DC
Control input (between L and N)
UN 230 (+10 % / -15 %) V AC, 50 Hz
Connected power
(output to light)
P 4 ... 100 W E2
Ambient temperature Ta (Module) -10 ... +50 °C

Dimensions L x W x H = 145.5 x 92 x 54 mm

Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm [inches]) - Subject to Alterations


E2
b L1
L2
M25 x 1,5 L3 M25 x 1,5
E2
h1

15440E00

E2
Dimensions Luminaire
36 W 58 W
L1 1310 [51.57] 1610 [63.39]
L2 1) 800 [31.50] 800 [31.50]
L3 2)
b
670 ... 930 [26.38 ... 36.61]
184 [7.24]
670 ... 930 [26.38 ... 36.61]
184 [7.24]
E2
h1 125 [4.92] 125 [4.92]
1) fixed mounting distance
2) variable mounting distance

EXLUX 6006 Standard luminaire E2


Accessories see page 287

Dimensional Drawings for Mounting Parts and Accessories see page 288
E2
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Lighting 273
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 274 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Emergency Luminaire for Fluorescent Lamps


Series EXLUX 6009

E2
> As bulkhead light fitting or
side-entry luminaire
> Version with 2 lamps: 18 W and 36 W
E2 > Central lock
> Disconnecting the battery circuit when
opening the luminaire or the battery box
Weekly functional test
E2 >

> Light duration test of the emergency lighting


once a year

E2
Series EXLUX 6009 E2

16126E00

WebCode 6009A ATEX / IECEx

E2 Zone
For use in
0 1
x
2
x
20 21
x
22
x

Selection Table
E2 Version Lamps Operating time test Order number Art. no. PS
W
Standard luminaire 2 x 18 W with 6009/522-9617-1611-71 225723◄ 30
Series 6009
2 x 36 W with 6009/542-9617-1611-71 225725◄ 30
E2 Note The lights are delivered without fluorescent lamps and assembly parts.
These parts must be ordered separately!

Technical Data
Explosion protection
E2 Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx PTB 13.0059
Ex d e mb IIC T4 Gb or Ex db eb mb IIC T4
Ex tb IIIC T80°C Db or Ex tb IIIC T80°C
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust PTB 13 ATEX 2015
E2 E II 2 G Ex d e mb IIC T4 Gb or Ex db eb mb IIC T4
E II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T80°C Db or Ex tb IIIC T80°C
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Kazakhstan (TR), Russia (TR), Belarus (TR)
Electrical data
E2 Rated voltage Standard:
• 220 ... 240 V ±10 %, 50 / 60 Hz (Lamps acc. to IEC 60081)
Optional:
• 110 ... 127 V ±10 %, 50 / 60 Hz (Lamps acc. to IEC 60081)
• 120 V ±10 %, 50 / 60 Hz (Lamps acc. to ANSI IEC C78.81)
Ambient conditions
E2 Ambient temperature -30 ... +50 °C
-5 ... +40 °C operationable
Mounting / Installation
Connection Standard: Spring clamp terminals
6-pole: L1, L2, L3, L', N, PE
E2 Clamping range: 1 x 0.75 ... 4 mm2 (solid / finely stranded)
(2 free clamping units per pole available)
Special: Terminal block with covering
6-pole: L1, L2, L3, L', N, PE
Clamping range: 2 x 1.5 ... 6 mm2 (solid); 2 x 1.5 ... 4 mm2
(finely and extra finely stranded)
E2 Mechanical data
Degree of protection IP66 / IP67 (IEC 60598)
Protection class I (with internal PE connection)
Emergency light duration 1.5 / 3 h (emergency light)

E2
274 Lighting 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 275 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Emergency Luminaire for Fluorescent Lamps


Series EXLUX 6009

E2
Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm [inches]) - Subject to Alterations
183,5 [7,22] L1

E2
L2 M25 x 1,5
M25 x 1,5 L3

[4,92]
125
E2
16127E00

Dimensions Luminaire
17/18 W 32/36 W
L1 857 [33.74] 1467 [57.76]
L2 1) 400 [15.75] 800 [31.50]
L3 2) 320 ... 480 670 ... 930
E2
[12.60 ... 18.90] [26.38 ... 36.61]
1) fixed mounting distance
2) variable mounting distance

EXLUX 6009 E2
Accessories see page 287

E2

E2

E2

E2

E2

E2

E2

E2

E2
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Lighting 275
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 276 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Linear Luminaire for Fluorescent Lamps


Series EXLUX 6401

E2
> As bulkhead light fitting, pendant light fitting
or pole mounted light fitting
> Version with 2 lamps: 18 W, 36 W and 58 W
E2 > Central lock
> All-pole disconnection when opening
the luminaire, by means of a positive
opening switching element (optional)
E2

E2
Series EXLUX 6401 E2

15454E00

WebCode 6401A ATEX / IECEx

E2 Zone
For use in:
0 1 2
x
20 21
x
22
x

Selection Table

E2 Version Length Lamps Spring clamp


terminal
Screw
terminal
Cable glands Order number Art. no. PS Weight

up to 4 mm up to 6 mm
mm kg
EXLUX 6401 700 2 x 18 W x Plastic M25 6401/522-8508-1511 239552 30 3.200

E2 Metal M20 6401/522-8508-1522 239555 30 3.200


x Plastic M25 6401/522-8508-2511 239558 30 3.200
Metal M20 6401/522-8508-2522 239561 30 3.200
1310 2 x 36 W x Plastic M25 6401/542-8508-1511 239553 30 5.500

E2 Metal M20 6401/542-8508-1522 239556 30 5.500


x Plastic M25 6401/542-8508-2511 239559 30 5.500
Metal M20 6401/542-8508-2522 239562 30 5.500
1610 2 x 58 W x Plastic M25 6401/562-8508-1511 239554 30 7.900

E2 Metal M20 6401/562-8508-1522 239557 30 7.900


x Plastic M25 6401/562-8508-2511 239560 30 7.900
Metal M20 6401/562-8508-2522 239563 30 7.900
Order Number Supplement

E2 Connection Spring clamp terminal type WAGO 0.5 ... 4 mm2 6401/5..-....-1...
terminal
Screw terminal type STAHL 1.5 ... 6 mm2 6401/5..-....-2...
Note
The lights are delivered without fluorescent lamps and assembly parts.
These parts must be ordered separately!

E2

E2

E2

E2
276 Lighting 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 277 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Linear Luminaire for Fluorescent Lamps


Series EXLUX 6401

E2
Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx PTB 14.0035
Ex nA IIC T4 Gc E2
Ex nA d IIC T4 Gc
Ex tb IIIC T80°C Db
Ex tc IIIC T80°C Dc
Europe (ATEX)

E2
Dust PTB 14 ATEX 2016
E II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T80°C Db
Gas and dust PTB 14 ATEX 2017
E II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc
E II 3 G Ex nA d IIC T4 Gc
E II 3 D Ex tc IIIC T80°C Dc
Certifications and certificates E2
Certificates IECEx, ATEX
Electrical data
Ballast
6401/...-...0-.... 6401/...-...1-....
Lamp start
Voltage
Cold start
220 ... 240 V AC
Cold start
220 ... 240 V AC
E2
DC voltage in 198 … 264 V DC 198 … 264 V DC
case of ignition
DC voltage 176 … 264 V DC 198 … 264 V DC
during operation
Frequency 0 / 50 … 60 Hz 0 / 50 … 60 Hz E2
Lamp 1-lamp 2-lamps
operation DC
Lamp standard IEC 60081 IEC 60081
Lamp power 18, 36, 58 W 18, 36, 58 W
Nominal current 1 x 18 W, 85 mA
2 x 18 W, 170 mA
1 x 18 W, 85 mA
2 x 18 W, 170 mA E2
1 x 36 W, 160 mA 1 x 36 W, 160 mA
2 x 36 W, 320 mA 2 x 36 W, 320 mA
1 x 58 W, 250 mA 1 x 58 W, 250 mA
2 x 58 W, 500 mA 2 x 58 W, 500 mA

6401/...-...2-.... 6401/...-...3-.... 6401/...-...8-.... E2


Lamp start Cold start Cold start Cold start
Voltage 110 ... 240 V AC 110 ... 240 V AC 220 ... 240 V AC
DC voltage in 104 … 264 V DC 104 … 264 V DC 198 … 264 V DC
case of ignition
DC voltage
during operation
104 … 264 V DC 104 … 264 V DC 176 … 264 V DC E2
Frequency 0 / 50 … 60 Hz 0 / 50 … 60 Hz 0 / 50 … 60 Hz
Lamp 1-lamp 2-lamps 2-lamps
operation DC
Lamp standard IEC 60081 IEC 60081 IEC 60081
Lamp power 18, 36 W 18, 36 W 18, 36, 58 W E2
Nominal current 1 x 18 W, 85 ... 175 mA 1 x 18 W, 85 ... 175 mA 1x18W 80mA
2 x 18 W, 170 ... 345 mA 2 x 18 W, 170 ... 345 mA 2x18W 150mA
1 x 36 W, 155 ... 330 mA 1 x 36 W, 155 ... 330 mA 1x36W 160mA
2 x 36 W, 310 ... 660 mA 2 x 36 W, 310 ... 660 mA 2x36W 300mA
1x58W 250mA
2x58W 480mA
E2
Power factor cos p cos p ) 0.97 capacitive; no additional compensation required
Disconnection of the light When opening the luminaire
Switch with safety lock (optional); when opening the central lock all poles of the voltage supply to the
ballast are disconnected; contacts of the switching element are positive opening, they can only be
switched on again when the translucent cover and the central locking system are closed.
End of life switch in case of a lamp failure, the electronic ballast disconnects the defective lamp from the power supply. E2
If the 2-channel EB is used the channel of the defective lamp is switched off, but the channel using the
intact lamp remains operational.
Luminous characteristics
Lamps 18 W 60081-IEC-2220 G13
36 W
58 W
60081-IEC-2420
60081-IEC-2520
G13
G13
E2
Please use cold start lamps.

E2
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Lighting 277
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 278 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Linear Luminaire for Fluorescent Lamps


Series EXLUX 6401

E2
Technical Data
Ambient conditions
Operating
temperature range Through wiring

E2 Type
6401/52.-...0-....
without
-30 ... 60 °C
with
-30 ... 50 °C
6401/52.-...1-.... -30 ... 60 °C -30 ... 50 °C
6401/52.-...2-.... -30 ... 45 °C -30 ... 40 °C
6401/52.-...3-.... -30 ... 45 °C -30 ... 40 °C
6401/52.-...8-.... -30 ... 60 °C -30 ... 50 °C
E2 6401/54.-...0-.... -30 ... 55 °C -30 ... 50 °C
6401/54.-...1-.... -30 ... 55 °C -30 ... 50 °C
6401/54.-...2-.... -30 ... 45 °C -30 ... 40 °C
6401/54.-...3-.... -30 ... 45 °C -30 ... 40 °C
6401/54.-...8-.... -30 ... 55 °C -30 ... 50 °C
E2 6401/56.-....-.... -20 ... 55 °C -20 ... 50 °C
The lowest ambient temperature when used with breather is -20 °C.
Mechanical data
Degree of protection IP66 / IP67 (IEC 60598)
Protection class I (with internal PE connection)

E2 Impact strength (IK code)


Material
IK10 (IEC 62262)

Enclosure
Enclosure Polyester resin, glass fibre-reinforced
Colour colour grey, similar to RAL 7035
Translucent cover Polycarbonate
E2 Seal Silicone foam gasket in the lamp cover
Luminaire locking Central locking which can be opened/closed using a socket key M8 / wrench size 13, hinged lamp cover
Mounting / Installation
Cable glands Standard luminaire
Plastic: 2 x M25 x 1.5 cable gland 8161 and
E2 2 x M25 x 1.5 stopping plugs 8290 (enclosed)
Metal: 2 x metal plates M20 x 1.5 connected by means of PE for metal cable entries
Attention: cable entries must be ordered separately
Special: max. 4 bores for M20, M25, NPSM ½’’
max. 2 bores for NPT ¾’’
Metal cable glands: M20 x 1.5, M25 x 1.5; earthing of the metal
E2 cable entries by means of metal plates
Connection Standard: Spring clamp terminals
5-pole: L1, L2, L3, N, PE
Clamping range: 1 x 0.75 ... 4 mm2 (solid / finely stranded)
4 mm2 finely stranded without core end sleeve only
(2 free clamping units for each pole available)
E2 Special: Terminal block with covering
5-pole: L1, L2, L3, N, PE
Clamping range: 2 x 1.5 ... 6 mm2 (solid); 2 x 1.5 ... 4 mm2
(finely and extra finely stranded)
Through wiring Through wiring Standard luminaire
Luminaires are equipped with internal through wiring.
E2 Ingoing and outgoing leads can be connected on the opposite sides.
Terminals: see Techn. data
Wiring cross-section: 2.5 mm2 for max. 16 A
without Optional
On the connection side, there are 2 bores M25 x 1.5
for cable entries for ingoing and outgoing wiring
E2 Assembly
of the connection line (ingoing and outgoing leads on one side).
For outdoor mounting, a breather is recommended
Standard luminaire
Standard: 2 x M8 insert nuts in the enclosure
Special: Mounting grooves in the enclosure for the use of fastening and
E2 ceiling rails for variable luminaire mounting
(variable mounting distances for luminaires 18 W: 320 ... 480 mm;
36 W / 58 W: 670 ... 930 mm)

Accessories see page 287

E2 Dimensional drawings see page 288

E2
278 Lighting 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 279 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Emergency Luminaire for Fluorescent Lamps


Series EXLUX 6409

E2
> As bulkhead light fitting or
side-entry luminaire
> Version with 2 lamps: 18 W and 36 W
> Central lock E2
> Disconnecting the battery circuit when
opening the luminaire or the battery box
Weekly functional test
>
E2
> Light duration test of the
emergency lighting once a year

E2
Series EXLUX 6409 E2

16126E00

WebCode 6409A ATEX / IECEx


Zone
For use in:
0 1 2
x
20 21
x
22
x
E2

Selection Table
Version Lamps Through Terminal Cable glands Order number Art. no. PS Weight E2
wiring capacity
kg
Emergency 2 x 18 W without ( 4 mm Plastic M25 6409/522-9007-1611-7 240868 30 7.200
Luminaire
Series EXLUX 6409 Metal M20 6409/522-9007-1622-7 240870 30 7.300 E2
(6 mm Plastic M25 6409/522-9007-2611-7 240871 30 7.200
Metal M20 6409/522-9007-2622-7 240872 30 7.300
with (4 mm Plastic M25 6409/522-9607-1611-7 240873 30 7.300
Metal M20 6409/522-9607-1622-7 240874 30 7.400 E2
( 6 mm Plastic M25 6409/522-9607-2611-7 240876 30 7.300
Metal M20 6409/522-9607-2622-7 240877 30 7.400
2 x 36 W without ( 4 mm Plastic M25 6409/542-9007-1611-7 240878 30 9.500
Metal M20 6409/542-9007-1622-7 240879 30 9.600 E2
(6 mm Plastic M25 6409/542-9007-2611-7 240880 30 9.500
Metal M20 6409/542-9007-2622-7 240893 30 9.600
with (4 mm Plastic M25 6409/542-9607-1611-7 240894 30 9.700
Metal M20 6409/542-9607-1622-7 240895 30 9.630
E2
( 6 mm Plastic M25 6409/542-9607-2611-7 240896 30 9.700
Metal M20 6409/542-9607-2622-7 240897 30 9.800
Order Number Supplement
ECG 220 ... 240 V 6.09/...-...7-....-.
E2
110 ... 127 V 6.09/...-...6-....-.
Emergency duration with 6.09/...-....-....-7
test
without 6.09/...-....-....-8
E2
Note
The lights are delivered without fluorescent lamps and assembly parts.
These parts must be ordered separately!

E2

E2
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Lighting 279
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 280 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Emergency Luminaire for Fluorescent Lamps


Series EXLUX 6409

E2
Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx PTB 14.0043
E2 Ex nA d mb IIC T4 Gc
Ex tb IIIC T80°C Db
Ex tc IIIC T80°C Dc
Europe (ATEX)
Dust PTB 14 ATEX 2021

E2 Gas and dust


E II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T80°C Db
PTB 14 ATEX 2022
E II 3 G Ex nA d mb IIC T4 Gc
E II 3 D Ex tc IIIC T80°C Dc
Certifications and certificates

E2 Certificates
Electrical data
IECEx, ATEX

Rated voltage Standard:


• 220 ... 240 V ±10%, 50 / 60 Hz (Lamps acc. to IEC 60081)
Optional:
• 110 ... 127 V ±10%, 50 / 60 Hz (Lamps acc. to IEC 60081)

E2
• 120 V ±10%, 50 / 60 Hz (Lamps acc. to ANSI IEC C78.81)
Rated insulation voltage 320 V
Disconnection of the light When opening the light
Switch with safety lock; when opening the central lock, all poles of the voltage supply to the ballast
are disconnected; contacts of the switching element are NC contacts, they can only switched on again
when the lamp cover and the central locking system are closed.
In case of a lamp fault, the electronic ballast disconnects the defective lamp from the power supply.
E2 Luminous characteristics
Lamps 2x 18 W; 2x 36 W (acc. to IEC 60081)
2x 17 W; 2x 32 W (acc. to ANSI IEC C78.81)
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature -30 ... +50 °C
E2 -20 ... +50 °C
-5 ... +40 °C
with breather 8162
operationable
Mechanical data
Degree of protection IP66 / IP67 (IP64 when using the breather 8162) IEC 60598
Protection class I (with internal PE connection)
E2 Material
Enclosure
Enclosure Polyester resin, glass fibre-reinforced
Colour colour grey, similar to RAL 7035
Translucent cover Polycarbonate

E2 Seal
Luminaire locking
Silicone foam gasket in the lamp cover
Central locking which can be opened/closed using a socket key M8 / wrench size 13, hinged lamp cover
Mounting / Installation
Cable glands Standard luminaire
Plastic: 2 x M25 x 1.5 cable entries 8161 and
2 x M25 x 1.5 stopping plugs 8290 (enclosed)
E2 Metal: 2 x metal plates M20 x 1.5 connected by means of PE for metal cable entries
Attention: cable entries must be ordered separately
Special: max. 4 drilled holes for M20, M25, NPSM ½’’
max. 2 drilled holes for NPT ¾’’
Metal cable glands: M20 x 1.5, M25 x 1.5; earthing of the metal
cable entries by means of metal plates
E2 Connection Standard: Spring clamp terminals
6-pole: L1, L2, L3, L', N, PE
Clamping range: 1 x 0.75 ... 4 mm2 (solid / finely stranded)
(2 free clamping units per pole available)
Special: Terminal block with covering
6-pole: L1, L2, L3, L', N, PE
E2 Clamping range: 2 x 1.5 ... 6 mm2 (solid); 2 x 1.5 ... 4 mm2
(finely and extra finely stranded)

E2

E2
280 Lighting 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 281 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Emergency Luminaire for Fluorescent Lamps


Series EXLUX 6409

E2
Technical Data
Mounting / Installation
Through wiring
Standard luminaire with
Light fittings are equipped with internal through wiring.
Ingoing and outgoing leads can be connected to the opposite sides. E2
Terminals: see techn. data
Wiring cross section: 2.5 mm2 for max. 16 A.
Optional without
On the connection side, there are 2 bores M25 x 1.5

E2
for cable entries for ingoing and outgoing wiring of the
connection line (ingoing and outgoing leads on one side).
Assembly For outdoor mounting, a breather is recommended
Standard luminaire
Standard: 2 x M8 insert nuts in the enclosure
Special: Mounting grooves in the enclosure for the use of fastening and
ceiling rails for variable luminaire mounting
(variable mounting distances for luminaires 17 W; 18 W: 320 ... 480 mm;
E2
32 W; 36 W: 670 ... 930 mm)
Emergency light electronics
Emergency light mode In the emergency light mode, only one lamp is used, which results in reduced light output
Emergency light
service time
Battery capacity Emergency light
service time
Emergency lighting power
17 W; 18 W 32 W; 36 W
E2
7 Ah 1.5 h 100 % 60 %
3.0 h 60 % 30 %
Switchover voltage from mains to battery operation for U < 0.74 x UN
from battery to mains operation for U > 0.80 x UN
Battery set E2
Version Gas-tight NiCd battery
Operating voltage 6V
Capacity 7 Ah
Replacing the battery set When opening the battery enclosure, the connection between the battery set and the emergency light
electronics is disconnected.
The battery set can be replaced after disconnecting the plug-in contacts.
E2
Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm [inches]) - Subject to Alterations

E2
183,5 [7,22] L1
L2 M25 x 1,5
M25 x 1,5 L3

[4,92]
125

16127E00
E2
Dimensions Luminaire
17/18 W 32/36 W
L1 857 [33.74] 1467 [57.76]
L2 1) 400 [15.75] 800 [31.50] E2
L3 2) 320 ... 480 670 ... 930
[12.60 ... 18.90] [26.38 ... 36.61]
1) fixed mounting distance
2) variable mounting distance
EXLUX 6409 E2
Accessories see page 287

E2

E2

E2
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Lighting 281
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 282 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Linear Luminaire with LED


Series EXLUX 6002

E2
> Latest LED technology with a high
luminous efficacy and a long service life
> As pendant light fitting or
E2 pole mounted light fitting
> Central locking
> All-pole disconnection by means of an
N/C switch when the lamp is opened
E2

E2
Series EXLUX 6002 E2

16707E00

WebCode 6002A ATEX / IECEx

E2 Zone
For use in
0 1
x
2
x
20 21
x
22
x

Selection Table
E2 Version Diffusor Length Power Cable entry Order number Art. no. PS Weight
consumption
mm kg
EXLUX 6002 with 700 28 W M25 6002/1182-5301-151 240597 64 4.300
E2 M20 6002/1182-5301-251 243734 64 4.300
1310 52 W M25 6002/1284-0301-151 238115 64 7.250
M20 6002/1244-5301-251 243736 64 7.750
Note
E2 The light fittings are delivered without mounting material.
These accessories must be ordered separately!

Technical Data
Explosion protection

E2 Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx IBE 14.0035
Ex d e op is IIB T4 Gb
Ex tb IIIC T100°C Db
Europe (ATEX)

E2 Gas and dust IBExU 14ATEX1088


E II 2 G Ex d e op is IIB T4 Gb
E II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T100°C Db
Certifications and
certificates

E2 Certificates
Electrical data
IECEx, ATEX, India (PESO)

Ballast AC: 220 ... 240 V ±10 %; 50 ... 60 Hz


DC: 200 ... 250 V ±10 %
Inrush current Ipeak = 53 A; Δt = 200ms
maximum number of luminaires per miniature circuit breaker:
E2 Type 10 A 16 A 20 A 25 A
B 8 13 16 20
C 13 22 27 34
Power factor ) 0.93
E2 Disconnection of the light When opening the luminaire
Switch with safety lock; when opening the central lock all poles of the voltage supply to the ballast
are disconnected; contacts of the switching element are positive opening, they can only be
switched on again when the translucent cover and the central locking system are closed.

E2
282 Lighting 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 283 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Linear Luminaire with LED


Series EXLUX 6002

E2
Technical Data
Luminous characteristics
Colour temperature 5700 K
Colour rendering Ra ) 70
Luminous flux 6002/11.2-....-..1 (28 W) 6002/12.4-....-..1 (52 W) E2
at Ta = 25 °C at Ta = 25 °C
without diffusor
luminous flux 3000 lm 6000 lm
Luminaire efficacy
Light output ratio
107 lm/W
87 %
115 lm/W
87 % E2
with diffusor
luminous flux 2400 lm 4650 lm
Luminaire efficacy
Light output ratio
86 lm/W
68 %
89 lm/W
68 % E2
Luminous flux decrease at Ta = 55 °C down to 85% of the nominal value.
Ambient conditions
Operating -30 ... +55 °C luminaires without through wiring
temperature range -30 ... +50 °C luminaires with through wiring
The lowest ambient temperature when used with breather is -20 °C. E2
Storage -30 ... +75 °C
Service life Ta ( 25 °C Ta ( 45 °C Ta ( 55 °C
L70B10C10 100,000 h 50,000 h 40,000 h

LxByCz
At the end of the service life:
E2
• Luminous flux decrease to "x" percent
• max. "y" percent of all light fittings fall below "x"
• max. "z" percent of all light fittings break down completely
Mechanical data
Degree of protection IP66 / IP67 (IEC 60598)
E2
Protection class I (with internal PE connection)
Impact strength (IK code) IK10 (IEC 62262)
Material
Enclosure
Material Polyester resin, glass fibre-reinforced
E2
Colour colour grey, similar to RAL 7035
Seal Silicone foam gasket in the lamp cover
Translucent cover Polycarbonate
Luminaire locking Central locking which can be opened/closed using a socket key M8 / wrench size 13,
hinged lamp cover E2
Mounting / Installation
Cable glands Standard luminaire
Plastic: 2 x M25 x 1.5 cable glands 8161 and
1 x M25 x 1.5 stopping plug 8290 (enclosed)
Connection Standard: Spring clamp terminals E2
5-pole: L1, L2, L3, N, PE (with through wiring)
Clamping range: 1 x 0.75 ... 4 mm2 (solid/finely stranded)
(2 free clamping units for each pole available)
Assembly For outdoor mounting, a breather is recommended
Standard luminaire E2
Standard: 2 x M8 insert nuts in the enclosure
Special: Mounting grooves in the enclosure for the use of fastening and
ceiling rails for variable luminaire mounting
(variable mounting distances for luminaires 17 W; 18 W: 320 ... 480 mm;
32 W; 36 W: 670 ... 930 mm)
E2
Accessories see page 287

Dimensional drawings see page 288


E2
Dimensional Drawings for Mounting Parts and Accessories see page 288

E2
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Lighting 283
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 284 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Linear Luminaire with LED


Series EXLUX 6402/2

E2
> Latest LED technology with a high
luminous efficacy and a long service life
> As pendant light fitting or side entry lamp
E2 > Central locking
> All-pole disconnection by means of an
N/C switch when the lamp is opened (option)
Type of protection gas: nA (non sparking)
E2 >

E2
Series EXLUX 6402/2 E2

16745E00

WebCode 6402B ATEX / IECEx

E2 Zone
For use in:
0 1 2
x
20 21
x
22
x

Selection Table
E2 Version Diffusor Length Power Cable entry Order number Art. no. PS Weight
consumption
mm kg
EXLUX with 700 28 W M25 6402/2182-5500-250 244216 64 4.300
6402/2
E2 M20 6402/2182-5500-150 244217 64
1310 52 W M25 6402/2284-5500-250 244218 64 6.000
M20 6402/2284-5500-150 244219 64
Note
E2 The light fittings are delivered without mounting material.
These accessories must be ordered separately!

Technical Data
Explosion protection
E2 Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx IBE 14.0080X
EX nA d op is IIC T4 Gc
EX tb IIIC T100°C Db
EX tc IIIC T100°C Dc
E2 Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust IBExU14ATEXB020 X
E II 3 G Ex nA d op is IIC T4 Gc
E II 3 D Ex tc IIIC T100°C Dc
Certifications and certificates
E2 Certificates IECEx, ATEX

E2

E2

E2
284 Lighting 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 285 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Linear Luminaire with LED


Series EXLUX 6402/2

E2
Technical Data
Electrical data
Ballast AC: 220 ... 240 V ±10 %; 50 ... 60 Hz
DC: 200 ... 250 V ±10 %
Inrush current Ipeak = 53.5 A; Δt = 124.8 ms E2
maximum number of luminaires per miniature circuit breaker:
Type 10 A 16 A 20 A 25 A
B 8 12 16 20
C 13 21 27 33
Power factor ) 0.93
E2
Disconnection of the light When opening the luminaire
Switch with safety lock (optional); when opening the central lock all poles of the voltage supply
to the ballast are disconnected; contacts of the switching element are positive opening, they can
only be switched on again when the luminaire trough and the central locking system are closed.
Luminous characteristics
6402/21.2-.5..-..0 6402/22.4-.5..-..0
E2
Luminous flux
Power consumption [W] 28 52
Colour rendering [Ra] ) 80 ) 80
Colour temperature [K] 5000 5000

without diffuser
E2
Luminous flux [lm] 2919 5375
Luminaire efficiency [lm/W] 105 103
Light output ratio [%] 85 85

with diffuser
E2
Luminous flux [lm] 2558 4670
Luminaire efficiency [lm/W] 92 90
Light output ratio [%] 75 76
Values apply to Ta = +25 °C.
Luminous flux decrease at Ta = +55 °C to 85% of the nominal value.
E2
Ambient conditions
Operating -30 ... +55 °C
temperature range
Storage
Service life
-30 ... +75 °C
E2
Ta ( 25 °C Ta ( 45 °C Ta ( 55 °C
L70B10C10 100,000 h 100,000 h 50,000 h

LxByCz
At the end of the service life:
• Luminous flux decrease to "x" percent E2
• up to "y" percent of all luminaires fall below "x"
• up to "z" percent of all luminaires break down completely
Mechanical data
Degree of protection IP66 / IP67 (IEC 60598)
Protection class I (with internal PE connection) E2
Impact strength (IK code) IK10 (IEC 62262)
Material
Enclosure
Material Polyester resin, glass fibre-reinforced
Colour colour grey, similar to RAL 7035 E2
Seal Silicone foam gasket in the lamp cover
Translucent cover Polycarbonate
Luminaire locking Central locking which can be opened/closed using a socket key M8 / wrench size 13,
hinged lamp cover
E2

E2

E2
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Lighting 285
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 286 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Linear Luminaire with LED


Series EXLUX 6402/2

E2
Technical Data
Mounting / Installation
Cable glands Standard luminaire

E2 Plastic: 2 x M25 x 1.5 cable glands 8161 and


2 x M25 x 1.5 stopping plugs 8290 (enclosed)
Metal: 2 x metal plates M20 x 1.5 connected by means of PE for metal cable entries
Attention: cable entries must be ordered separately
Special: max. 4 bores for M20, M25, NPSM ½’’
max. 2 bores for NPT ¾’’
E2 Metal cable glands: M20 x 1.5, M25 x 1.5; earthing of the metal cable
entries by means of metal plates
Connection Standard: Spring clamp terminals
5-pole: L1, L2, L3, N, PE (with through wiring)
Clamping range: 1 x 0.75 ... 4 mm2 (solid/finely stranded)
(2 free clamping units for each pole available)
E2 Special: Terminal block with covering
5-pole: L1, L2, L3, N, PE
Clamping range: 2x 0.75 ... 6 mm2 (solid);
2 x 0.75 ... 4 mm2 (finely and extra finely stranded)
Assembly Standard luminaire
E2 Standard: 2 x M8 insert nuts in the enclosure
Special: Mounting grooves in the enclosure for the use of fastening and ceiling rails
for variable luminaire mounting
(variable mounting distances for luminaires L = 700 mm: 320 ... 480 mm;
L = 1310 mm: 670 ... 930 mm)

E2 Accessories see page 287

Dimensional drawings see page 288

E2 Dimensional Drawings for Mounting Parts and Accessories see page 288

E2

E2

E2

E2

E2

E2

E2
286 Lighting 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 287 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Accessories and Spare Parts


Series 6001 / 6002 / 6006 / 6009 / 6401 / 6402 / 6409

E2
Series 6001 / 6002 / 6006 / 6009 / 6401 / 6402 / 6409 E2

Accessories and Spare Parts


Designation Figure Description Art. no. PS Weight
kg
18 W 1350 Im
E2
Fluorescent lamps 108952◄ 37 0.100
36 W 3350 Im 108951◄ 37 0.200
04936E00 58 W 5200 Im 108950◄ 37 0.220
Two-pin cap d 26 mm
Light colour: universal white
Pins made of brass
Lamp cover for luminaire L=700 222427 37 0.639 E2
for luminaire L=1310 222428 37 1.149
for luminaire L=1610 222429 37 1.450
Lamp-holder Lamp holder G13 1 piece 117252◄ 37 0.036

E2
05696E00

Switch Switching element 8080/1-3-L, 2 normally closed contacts 132527◄ 37 0.026

E2
10809E00

Socket key M8 / wrench size 13; 222430◄ 36 0.210


to open/close the central locking
E2
15507E00

Mounting rail for a variable mounting distance 1 pair 222826◄ 36 0.300

E2
15584E00

Mounting bracket mounting clamp mounted on a mounting rail 1 pair 222456◄ 36 0.400
for a variable mounting distance

E2
15585E00

Pole mounting for the subsequent mounting on lights 18 W and 36 W, 227512 36 3.200
sleeve completely with assembly parts

E2
16985E00

Pipe clamp R 11/2“ 222459◄ 36 1.200


R 11/4“ 222458◄ 36 1.250
R 2“ 222460◄ 36 1.300
with mounting rail 1 pair
for a variable mounting distance;
E2
15583E00
Material: stainless steel
Ring bolt M8, direct mounting in insert nuts 1 pair 115736◄ 36 0.112

05378E00

Breather for installation in lights;


in moulded material; without counter nut
Thread: M25 x 1.5 1 pc 138573◄ 15 0.010
E2
05703E00
Thread: M25 x 1.5 20 pcs 138576◄ 15 0.200
Ballast Spare ballast for replacement 1:1
6042/923-22; 18 W; 220 ... 240 V; 2xDC 117593 37 1.400

15587E00
6042/923-21; 18 W; 220 ... 240 V; 1xDC 117594◄ 37 1.471 E2
6042/943-22; 36 W; 220 ... 240 V; 2xDC 117595 37 1.400
6042/943-21; 36 W; 220 ... 240 V; 1xDC 117596◄ 37 1.400
6042/963-21; 58 W; 220 ... 240 V; 1xDC 117597◄ 37 1.388

E2
6042/963-22; 58 W; 220 ... 240 V; 2xDC 117598 37 1.400
6042/913-22; 18 W; 110 ... 240 V; 2xDC 202164 37 1.550
6042/983-22; 36 W; 110 ... 240 V; 2xDC 202165 37 1.550

E2
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Lighting 287
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 288 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Accessories and Spare Parts


Series 6001 / 6002 / 6006 / 6009 / 6402

E2
Accessories and Spare Parts
Designation Figure Description Art. no. PS Weight
kg
1 pair
E2
Ceiling and 222827◄ 36 2.400
wall-mounting
bracket mounted on a mounting rail for a variable mounting distance;
Material: stainless steel
Lamp can be swiveled in steps of 15°

15586E00

E2 Bracket for
wall mounting
for side entry lamp; with tube, length 400 mm, d 42 mm 108947◄ 36 2.480

with tube

E2
05460E00

Battery set for 6009 Battery cover with built-in battery. 223532 37 1.195
Gas-tight NiCd battery; 7 Ah / 6 V

16332E00

E2
Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm [inches]) - Subject to Alterations

E2

15440E00

E2 Dimensions Luminaire
17/18 W 32/36 W 40/58 W
L1 700 [27.56] 1310 [51.57] 1610 [63.39]
L2 1) 400 [15.75] 800 [31.50] 800 [31.50]

E2 L3 2) 320 ... 480


[12.60 ... 18.90]
670 ... 930
[26.38 ... 36.61]
670 ... 930
[26.38 ... 36.61]
b 184 [7.24] 184 [7.24] 184 [7.24]
h1 125 [4.92] 125 [4.92] 125 [4.92]
1) fixed mounting distance
2) variable mounting distance
E2 EXLUX 6001, 6002, 6006, 6009, 6401, 6402 Standard luminaire
Series 6001 / 6002 / 6006 / 6009 / 6402

Dimensional Drawings for Assembly Parts and Accessories (All Dimensions in mm [inches]) - Subject to Alterations
[0,47]
12

E2
30,50
[1,20]
[0,73]
18,50

215 [8.46]
E2
193 - 198 [7,60 - 7,80]
124 [4,88] 11 [0,43]
86 [3,39]

E2
74 [2,91]
[0,35]

32 [1,26]
[0,24]
9

6,10

13 [0,51]
[1,18]
30
.

E2 ø 6,10
[ø .0,24]
ø 8,10
[ø 0,32]
9
[0,35]
15778E00 15779E00

Mounting rail

E2
288 Lighting 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 289 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Accessories and Spare Parts


Series 6001 / 6002 / 6006 / 6009 / 6402

E2
Dimensional Drawings for Assembly Parts and Accessories (All Dimensions in mm [inches]) - Subject to Alterations

E2

15782E00 15781E00 15783E00


E2
Ring bolt Mounting bracket Pipe clamp
fitted in insert nut of the luminaire fitted in mounting rail fitted in mounting rail

E2

E2

E2

Wall mounting bracket


15780E00

Bracket for wall mounting with pipe section


03257E00
E2
fitted in mounting rail

E2

E2

17755E00

Dimension Light
17/18 W 32/36 W
E2
L1 978 [38.50] 1587 [62.48]
L2 390 [15.35] 338 [13.31]
EXLUX 6001 with pole mounting sleeve
E2

E2

E2

E2
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Lighting 289
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 290 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Linear Luminaire for Fluorescent Lamps


Series ECOLUX 6600

E2
> Versions
– 18 W
– 36 W
E2 – 58 W
> Enclosure in polyester resin,
glass fibre reinforced and cover in
polycarbonate, impact-resistant
E2 > Quick fasteners

E2
Series ECOLUX 6600 E2

10032E00

WebCode 6600A
E2

ATEX / IECEx NEC 505 NEC 506 NEC 500


E2 Class I Class I Class II Class III
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Division 1 2 1 2 1 2
for use in x x x for use in x for use in x x x x x

E2 Selection Table
Version Lamp wattage Through wiring Cable glands Order number Art. no. PS Weight
W kg
ECOLUX 18 with 5 cores plastic M25 6600/522-8510-6250 225333 63 3.700
E2 Series 6600
metal M20 6600/522-8500-6250 225329 63 3.800
36 with 5 cores plastic M25 6600/542-8510-6250 225477 63 5.500
metal M20 6600/542-8500-6250 225473 63 5.600
58 with 5 cores plastic M25 6600/562-8510-6250 225597 63 6.600
E2 metal M20 6600/562-8500-6250 225593 63 6.750
Note The light fittings are supplied without tubes and mounting accessories.
These parts must be ordered separately.

E2

E2

E2

E2

E2
290 Lighting 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 291 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Linear Luminaire for Fluorescent Lamps


Series ECOLUX 6600

E2
Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx BVS 07.0023X
Ex nA IIC T4 Gc
E2
Ex tc IIIC T* °C Dc oder Ex tb IIIC T* °C Db
* surface temperature see test certificate

Europe (ATEX)
Gas Zone 2: DMT 01 E 085 X E2
Zone 2: E II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc
Dust Zone 21: DMT 01 ATEX E 086X
Zone 22: DMT 01 E 085X
Zone 21: E II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T* °C Db
Zone 22: E II 3 D Ex tc IIIC T* °C Dc E2
* surface temperature see test certificate
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Canada (cFM), Kazakhstan (TR), Korea (KCs), Russia (TR), Serbia (SRPS),
USA (FM), Belarus (TR)
Ship approval GL E2
Rated voltage AC: 220 (- 10 %) ... 240 (+ 10 %) V, 50 / 60 Hz
DC: 154 ... 276 V
Ambient temperature without trough wiring with trough wiring
Ta Ts max Ta Ts max
220 ... 240 V (IEC) E2
6600/522-....-0... -25 ... +55 °C +80 °C -25 ... +55 °C +80 °C
6600/542-....-0... -25 ... +55 °C +80 °C -25 ... +55 °C +80 °C
6600/562-....-0... -25 ... +55 °C +80 °C -25 ... +55 °C +80 °C
110 ... 240 V (IEC)
6600/522-....-4... -25 ... +50 °C +95 °C -25 ... +45 °C +95 °C E2
6600/542-....-4... -25 ... +50 °C +95 °C -25 ... +45 °C +95 °C
220 ... 240 V (IEC)
6600/522-....-6... -25 ... +55 °C +70 °C -25 ... +55 °C +70 °C
6600/542-....-6... -25 ... +55 °C +70 °C -25 ... +55 °C +70 °C
6600/562-....-6... -25 ... +55 °C +75 °C -25 ... +55 °C +75 °C E2
120 ... 277 V (NEC)
6600/532-....-8... -25 ... +55 °C +85 °C
6600/552-....-8... -25 ... +55 °C +85 °C
6600/572-....-8... -25 ... +55 °C +85 °C
Connection type Spring clamp terminal E2
connection cross-section: max. 2 x 2.5 mm2
3 pole (terminal marking: L1 + N + PE)
5 pole (terminal marking: L1 + L2 + L3 + N + PE)
Cable glands Cable glands plastic:
2 cable gland 8161, M25 x 1.5 and 2 stopping plugs 8290, M25 x 1.5 (enclosed)
Cable glands metal: E2
preparation for 3 cable glands M20 x 1.5 made of metal (6000/...-..0.-...)
Note: Cable glands have to be ordered separately.
Protection class I (with internal PE connection terminal)
Degree of protection IP66
(IP64 when using breather 8162) E2
Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm) - Subject to Alterations
Dimen- Luminaire
sions
18 W 36 W 58 W
E2
L1 700 1310 1610
L2 1) 400 800 800
L3 2) 340 ... 460 680 ... 920 795 ... 1030

04824E00
1) Fixed mounting distance
2) Variable mounting distance E2
Accessories see page 295

E2
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Lighting 291
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 292 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Emergency Luminaire for Fluorescent Lamps


Series ECOLUX 6608 Economy

E2
> For fluorescent lamps 2 x 18 W and 2 x 36 W
> Electronic ballast with
integrated emergency light electronics
E2 > Battery is integrated in the lamp enclosure
> For emergency light mode 1.5 h
> Intelligent charging technology
E2 > Enclosures in glass fibre reinforced
polyester resin, lamp cover in shock-resistant
polycarbonate
> Enclosure closed by means of
E2 quick-action locks
Series ECOLUX 6608 Economy E2

12124E00

WebCode 6608A Zone


ATEX / IECEx
0 1 2 20 21 22
E2 For use in x x

Selection Table
Version Lamps Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
E2 ECOLUX 6608 Economy
Zones 2, 21, 22
2 x 18 W
2 x 36 W
6608/322-8010-5248
6608/342-8010-5268
202377◄
202378
63
63
3.860
5.680
Order Number Supplement
Through wiring without (standard) 6608/...-.0..-.... 125010
with 6 conductors (only for 36 W) 6608/34.-.6..-.... 203638 30
Note The lights are delivered without fluorescent lamps and assembly parts.
E2 These parts must be ordered separately!

Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx PTB 09.0031X
E2 Ex nA II T4
Ex tD A22 IP66 T65°C
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust PTB 09 ATEX 2015 X
E II 3 G Ex nA II T4

E2 Certifications and certificates


E II 3 D Ex tD A22 IP66 T65°C

Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Kazakhstan (TR), Russia (TR), Belarus (TR)


Rated voltage AC: 220 ... 240 V, 50 / 60 Hz
Ambient conditions
Standard operation -20 ... +40 °C
E2 Battery operated
Connection option
Compliant to specifications at temperature between -5 ... +40 °C
Terminals L1, N, PE, L' (switched phase)
2.5 mm fine / single wire
L1 = charging phase, must not be switched
Cable entries Connection side: 1 cable gland M25 x 1.5 and 1 stopping plug M25 x 1.5
Opposite side: 1 stopping plug M25 x 1.5
(cable glands enclosed)
E2 Protection class
Degree of protection
I (with internal PE connection)
IP66 (IP64 when using breather 8162)
Emergency light service time 1.5 h for a battery capacity 4 Ah

Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm) - Subject to Alterations

E2 Dimensions luminaire
18 W 36 W
L1 700 1310
L2 1) 400 800
L3 2) 340 ... 460 680 ... 920

E2
1) Fixed mounting distance
2) Variable mounting distance

04824E00
Emergency luminaire ECOLUX 6608 Economy, 18 W, 36 W

Accessories see page 295


E2
292 Lighting 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 293 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Emergency Luminaire for Fluorescent Lamps


Series ECOLUX 6608

E2
> For fluorescent lamps 2 x 18 W and 2 x 36 W
> For emergency light operation periods
of 1.5 or 3 hrs
> During emergency time: If emergency lamp E2
broken changing to the other lamp
> Battery case which can be opened separately
for easy change of batteries by
means of plug-type contacts E2
> Enclosure closed by means of
quick-action locks

E2
Series ECOLUX 6608 E2

09379E00

WebCode 6608B
E2

ATEX / IECEx NEC 505 NEC 506 NEC 500


Class I Class I Class II Class III E2
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Division 1 2 1 2 1 2
For use in x x x For use in x For use in x x x x x

Selection Table E2
Version Lamps Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
ECOLUX 6608 2 x 18 W 6608/522-9010-7267 200786 63 7.300
Zones 2, 21, 22
2 x 36 W 6608/542-9010-7267 200787 63 9.100 E2
Order Number Supplement
Through wiring without (standard) 6608/...-.0..-.... 125010
Special: With 6-cores 6608/...-.6..-.... 125012 30
Note The lights are delivered without fluorescent lamps and assembly parts. E2
These parts must be ordered separately!

Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx) E2
Gas and dust IECEx BVS 11.0032X
EX nA IIC T4 Gc or EX nAc IIC T4
Ex tb IIIC T90°C Db or Ex tb IIIC T90°C
Ex tc IIIC T90°C Dc or Ex tc IIIC T90°C
Europe (ATEX) E2
Gas BVS 03 E 093 X
E II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc or E II 3 G Ex nAc IIC T4
Dust BVS 03 ATEX E 094 X
E II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T90°C Db or E II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T90°C
* T90°C = max. surface temperature referred to 18 W, 36 W; Ta = +40 °C E2
Certifications and certificates
Certificates ATEX, IECEx, Canada (CSA), Kazakhstan (TR), Russia (TR), Serbia (SRPS),
USA (FM), Belarus (TR)

E2

E2
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Lighting 293
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 294 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Emergency Luminaire for Fluorescent Lamps


Series ECOLUX 6608

E2
Technical Data
Rated voltage AC: 220 ... 254 V, 50 / 60 Hz
Ambient temperature

E2 Standard operation
Battery operated
-20 ... +50 °C
-5 ... +50 °C charge
-20 ... +50 °C discharge
Connection option Terminals L1, N, PE, L' (switched phase)
2.5 mm fine / single wire
L1 = charging phase, must not be switched
E2 Cable entries
Standard Connection side:
1 cable gland M25 x 1.5 and 1 stopping plug M25 x 1.5
Opposite side:
1 stopping plug M25 x 1.5
(cable glands enclosed)
E2 Protection class I (with internal PE connection)
Degree of protection IP66 (IP64 when using breather 8162)
Emergency light service time Battery capacity Emergency light Emergency light power
operation time 17/18 W luminaire 32/36 W luminaire
7 Ah 1.5 h 100 % 60 %
E2 3h 60 % 30 %

Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm) - Subject to Alterations


Dimensions Luminaire
E2 18 W 36 W
L1 830 1440
L2 1) 400 800
L3 2) 340 ... 460 680 ... 920
1) Fixed mounting distance
E2 2) Variable mounting distance

04384E00

Emergency luminaire ECOLUX 6608, 18 W, 36 W

E2 Accessories see page 295

E2

E2

E2

E2

E2

E2
294 Lighting 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 295 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Accessories and Spare Parts


Series 6600 / 6608

E2
Series 6600 / 6608 E2

Accessories and Spare Parts


Designation Figure Description Art. no. PS Weight
kg
Fluorescent
lamp
Two-pin cap d 26 mm
Light colour: universal white
E2
Pins made of brass
18 W 1350 Im
04936E00
108952◄ 37 0.100
36 W 3350 Im 108951◄ 37 0.200
58 W 5200 Im 108950◄ 37 0.220 E2
Ceiling and mounted on a mounting rail for a variable mounting distance;
wall-mounting Material: stainless steel
bracket Lamp can be swiveled in steps of 15°
1 pair 124910◄ 36 1.150
E2
05898E00

Ring bolts M8, direct mounting in insert nuts 1 pair 115736◄ 36 0.112

05378E00 E2
Mounting Mounting bracket mounted 1 pair 124901◄ 36 0.300
clamp bracket on the mounting rail
for a variable mounting distance

Mounting rail
05896E00

for a variable mounting distance of 1 pair 124894◄ 36 0.210


E2

05895E00

Ceiling for ceiling suspension of the lamp, 1 pair 124908◄ 36 0.230


mounting E2
bracket
05897E00

Pipe clamps with mounting rail for a variable mounting distance;


Material: stainless steel
R 11/4“ (d 42 mm) 124913◄ 36 1.140 E2
R 11/2“ (d 48 mm) 124891◄ 36 1.160
09402E00
R 2“ (d 60 mm) 124898◄ 36 1.300
Mounting set for grid cable racks, with a cable diameter of 6 mm; 124905◄ 30 1.560
"Grid cable with mounting rail for a variable mounting distance;
rack" Material: stainless steel E2
04361E00

Wall-mounting to mount the lamps as side-entry lamps using a tube


bracket with a length of 1300 mm, d 42 mm
(for pipe clamp R 11/2“) 109281◄ 37 4.215 E2
05460E00

Reflectors for later installation, broad deep beam


For 1-lamp light fittings 18 W 117128◄ 36 0.082
For 1-lamp light fittings 36 W 117137◄ 36 0.172 E2
05324E00
For 1-lamp light fittings 58 W 117150◄ 36 0.218
For 2-lamps light fitting 18 W 117098◄ 36 0.106
For 2-lamps light fittings 36 W 117115◄ 36 0.234

Switch
For 2-lamps light fittings 58 W
Switching element 8080/1-3-L, 2 normally closed contacts
117145◄
132527◄
36
37
0.290
0.026
E2

10809E00
E2

E2
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Lighting 295
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 296 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Accessories and Spare Parts


Series 6600 / 6608

E2
Accessories and Spare Parts
Designation Figure Description Art. no. PS Weight
kg
E2 Breather for installation in lights;
in moulded material; without counter nut
05703E00 Thread: M25 x 1.5 1 pc 138573◄ 15 0.010
Thread: M25 x 1.5 20 pcs 138576◄ 15 0.200
Diffuser cover for light fitting 18 W 124890 37 0.500
E2 for 6600 for light fitting 36 W 124897 37 0.860
for light fitting 58 W 124904 37 0.800
05329E00

Diffuser cover for lamp 18 / 20 W 124635◄ 37 0.500


for 6608
E2 for lamp 36 / 40 W
for lamp 58 / 65 W
124646◄
124657◄
37
37
1.300
1.000
05329E00

Battery set NiCd-battery for 6608/5 7 Ah / 6 V 1 pc 118017 37 1.150


for 6608

E2
10321E00

NiCd battery for 6608/3 4 Ah / 6 V 1 pc 211520 37

E2
13622E00

E2

E2

E2

E2

E2

E2

E2

E2
296 Lighting 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 297 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Linear Luminaire for Fluorescent Lamps


Series ECOLUX METAL 6010/1

E2
> For use in Zones 1, 2, 21, 22
and safe area
> 2-lamp version
– 18 W E2
– 36 W
> Housing made of sheet steel or
stainless steel SS304 / SS316L
> Quick fasteners E2

E2
Series ECOLUX METAL 6010/1 E2

15709E00

WebCode 6010A ATEX / IECEx


Zone
For use in
0 1
x
2
x
20 21
x
22
x
E2

Selection Table
Version Lamps Cable glands Through wiring Enclosure Order number Art. no. PS Weight E2
kg
ECOLUX 2 x 18 W Plastic M25 without Sheet Steel 6010/1152-2807-0010 229861 31 5.910
METAL 6010
Stainless Steel 6010/1152-2807-0014 229862 31 6.010

Plastic M20 without


SS316L
Sheet Steel 6010/1152-2808-0010 229827 31 5.910
E2
Stainless Steel 6010/1152-2808-0014 229828 31 6.010
SS316L
2 x 36 W Plastic M25 without Sheet Steel 6010/1154-2807-0010 229863 31 8.500
Stainless Steel 6010/1154-2807-0014 229864 31 8.600 E2
SS316L
Plastic M20 without Sheet Steel 6010/1154-2808-0010 229829 31 8.900
Stainless Steel 6010/1154-2808-0014 229830 31 8.600
SS316L
Note The light fittings are supplied without tubes. E2
These must be ordered separately.

Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx BVS 14.0084X
E2
Ex d e IIC T4 Gb
Ex tb IIIC T 80°C Db
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust BVS 14 ATEX E 129 X
E II 2 G Ex de IIC T4 Gb E2
E II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T80°C Db
Certifications and
certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, India (PESO)
E2

E2

E2
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Lighting 297
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 298 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Linear Luminaire for Fluorescent Lamps


Series ECOLUX METAL 6010/1

E2
Technical Data
Electrical data
Ballast 6010/1..-....-.0.. 6010/1..-....-.1..
Lamp start Cold start Cold start
E2 Voltage 220 ... 240 V AC 220 ... 240 V AC
Voltage DC 198 … 264 V DC 198 … 264 V DC
during switching on
Voltage DC 176 … 264 V DC 176 … 264 V DC
during operation

E2
Frequency 0 / 50 … 60 Hz 0 / 50 … 60 Hz
Operation 1 lamp 2 lamps
of the lamps DC
Lamp standard IEC 60081 IEC 60081
Lamp power 18, 36 W 18, 36 W
Nominal current 2 x 18 W, 170 mA 2 x 18 W, 170 mA
E2 2 x 36 W, 320 mA
6010/1..-....-.2..
2 x 36 W, 320 mA
6010/1..-....-.3.. 6010/1..-....-.6..
Lamp start Cold start Cold start Cold start
Voltage 110 ... 240 V AC 110 ... 240 V AC 120 ... 277 V AC
Voltage DC 104 … 264 V DC 104 … 264 V DC 113 … 294 V DC
during switching on
E2 Voltage DC
during operation
104 … 264 V DC 104 … 264 V DC 113 … 294 V DC

Frequency 0 / 50 … 60 Hz 0 / 50 … 60 Hz 0 / 50 … 60 Hz
Operation 1 lamp 2 lamps 2 lamps
of the lamps DC
Lamp standard IEC 60081 IEC 60081 ANSI C78.81
E2 Lamp power 18, 36 W 18, 36 W 17, 32 W
Nominal current 2 x 18 W, 170 ... 345 mA 2 x 18 W, 170 ... 345 mA 2 x 17 W, 155 … 305 mA
2 x 36 W, 310 ... 660 mA 2 x 36 W, 310 ... 660 mA 2 x 32 W, 270 … 570 mA
Power factor cos p ) 0.97
Ambient conditions
E2 Operating
temperature range
-20 ... +60 °C

Mechanical data
Degree of protection IP66 for ceiling mounting
IP65 for wall mounting
IP64 when using breather 8162

E2
IP67
(IEC 60598)
Protection class I (with internal PE connection)
Material
Enclosure Sheet steel powder coated
Stainless steel SS304 (V2A | 1.4301) powder coated, optional brushed
Stainless steel SS316L (V4A | 1.4404) powder coated, optional brushed
E2 Translucent cover Polycarbonate
Luminaire locking Quick locking device stainless steel
Colour colour white, similar to RAL 9010
Seal Silicon foamed in translucent cover
Mounting / Installation
E2 Cable glands
Connection
2x M20/M25 left and right, 1x cable glands and 3 stopping plugs as standard
Spring clamp terminal up to 4 mm2
3-pole (2 x L1, 2 x N, 2 x PE)
5-pole (2 x L1, 2 x L2, 2 x L3, 2 x N, 2 x PE)
Screw terminal up to 6 mm2
3-pole (2 x L1, 2 x N, 2 x PE)
E2 Through wiring
5-pole (2 x L1, 2 x L2, 2 x L3, 2 x N, 2 x PE)
option
Assembly Suitable for wall and ceiling mounting.
Mounting holes for screws M8 and elongated holes for screws M6 are available.
Observe the assembly drawing.

E2 Accessories see page 303

Dimensional drawings see page 304

E2

E2
298 Lighting 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 299 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Linear Luminaire for Fluorescent Lamps


Series ECOLUX METAL 6610/11

E2
> For use in Zones 2, 21, 22 and safe area
> 2-lamp version
– 18 W
– 36 W E2
> Housing made of sheet steel or
stainless steel SS304 / SS316L
Quick fasteners
E2
>

E2
Series ECOLUX METAL 6610/11 E2

15709E00

WebCode 6610A ATEX / IECEx


Zone
For use in
0 1 2
x
20 21
x
22
x
E2

Selection Table
Version Lamps Cable glands Through
wiring
Enclosure Order number Art. no. PS Weight E2
kg
ECOLUX 2 x 18 W Plastic M25 without Sheet Steel 6610/1152-2807-0110 229869 31 5.010
METAL 6610

Plastic M20 without


Stainless Steel SS316L 6610/1152-2807-0114
Sheet Steel 6610/1152-2808-0110
229870
229865
31
31
5.110
5.010
E2
Stainless Steel SS316L 6610/1152-2808-0114 229866 31 5.110
2 x 36 W Plastic M25 without Sheet Steel 6610/1154-2807-0110 229871 31 7.600
Stainless Steel SS316L 6610/1154-2807-0114 229872 31 7.700
E2
Plastic M20 without Sheet Steel 6610/1154-2808-0110 229867 31 7.600
Stainless Steel SS316L 6610/1154-2808-0114 229868 31 7.700
Note The light fittings are supplied without tubes.
These must be ordered separately.
E2
Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx BVS 14.0112X
Ex nA IIC T4 Gc
Ex tb IIIC T80°C Db
E2
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust BVS 14 ATEX E 165 X
E II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc

Certifications and
E II 3 D Ex tc IIIC T80°C Dc
E2
certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, India (PESO)

E2

E2

E2
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Lighting 299
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 300 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Linear Luminaire for Fluorescent Lamps


Series ECOLUX METAL 6610/11

E2
Technical Data
Electrical data
Ballast 6610/11.-....-.1..
Lamp start Cold start
E2 Voltage 220 ... 240 V AC
DC voltage in 198 … 250 V DC
case of ignition
DC voltage 176 … 250 V DC
during operation

E2 Frequency
Lamp
0 / 50 … 60 Hz
2-lamps
operation DC
Lamp standard IEC 60081
Lamp power 18, 36 W
Nominal current 2 x 18 W, 160 mA
E2 2 x 36 W, 320 mA
Power factor cos p ) 0.97
Ambient conditions
Operating -20 ... +55 °C
temperature range

E2 Mechanical data
Degree of protection IP66 for ceiling mounting
IP65 for wall mounting
IP64 when using breather 8162
IP67
(IEC 60598)

E2 Protection class
Material
I (with internal PE connection)

Enclosure Sheet steel powder coated


Stainless steel SS304 (V2A | 1.4301) powder coated, optional brushed
Stainless steel SS316L (V4A | 1.4404) powder coated, optional brushed
Translucent cover Polycarbonate
E2 Luminaire locking
Colour
quick locking device, stainless steel
colour white, similar to RAL 9010
Seal Silicon foamed in translucent cover
Mounting / Installation
Cable glands 2x M20/M25 left and right, 1x cable glands and 3 stopping plugs as standard
E2 Connection Spring clamp terminal up to 4 mm2
3-pole (2 x L1, 2 x N, 2 x PE)
5-pole (2 x L1, 2 x L2, 2 x L3, 2 x N, 2 x PE)
Screw terminal up to 6 mm2
3-pole (2 x L1, 2 x N, 2 x PE)
5-pole (2 x L1, 2 x L2, 2 x L3, 2 x N, 2 x PE)
Through wiring option
E2 Assembly Suitable for wall and ceiling mounting.
Mounting holes for screws M8 and elongated holes for screws M6 are available.
Observe the assembly drawing.

Accessories see page 303


E2
Dimensional drawings see page 304

E2

E2

E2

E2
300 Lighting 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 301 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Linear Luminaire for Fluorescent Lamps


Series ECOLUX METAL L610/1

E2
> Industrial Design
> 2-lamp version
– 18 W
– 36 W E2
> Housing made of sheet steel or
stainless steel SS304 / SS316L
Quick fasteners
E2
>

E2
Series ECOLUX METAL L610/1 E2

16975E00

WebCode L610A
E2

Selection Table
Version Lamps Cable glands Electronic
ballast
Enclosure Order number Art. no. Weight E2
kg
ECOLUX 2 x 18 W M25 without EOL Sheet Steel L610/1052-2807-3101 243287 4.410
METAL L610
Stainless Steel SS316L L610/1052-2807-3141 243289 4.510
E2
M20 without EOL Sheet Steel L610/1052-2808-3101 243284 4.410
Stainless Steel SS316L L610/1052-2808-3141 243286 4.510
2 x 36 W M25 without EOL Sheet Steel L610/1054-2807-3101 243293 7.100
Stainless Steel SS316L L610/1054-2807-3141 243295 7.200 E2
M20 without EOL Sheet Steel L610/1054-2808-3101 243290 7.100
Stainless Steel SS316L L610/1054-2808-3141 243292 7.200
Note The light fittings are supplied without tubes.
These must be ordered separately.
E2

E2

E2

E2

E2

E2
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Lighting 301
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 302 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Linear Luminaire for Fluorescent Lamps


Series ECOLUX METAL L610/1

E2
Technical Data
Electrical data
Ballast Rated voltage AC 220 ... 240 V 50 / 60 Hz

E2 Voltage DC during switching on


Voltage DC during operation
198 ... 276 V
176 ... 276 V
Rated operational current 2 x 18 W 0.17 A
Rated operational current 2 x 36 W 0.34 A
Power factor cos p ) 0.96

E2 Ambient conditions
Operating -25 ... +55 °C
temperature range
Mechanical data
Degree of protection IP66 for ceiling mounting
IP65 for wall mounting
E2 IP64 when using breather 8162
IP67
(IEC 60598)
Protection class I (with internal PE connection)
Material
Enclosure Sheet steel powder coated
E2 Stainless steel SS304 (V2A | 1.4301) powder coated, optional brushed
Stainless steel SS316L (V4A | 1.4404) powder coated, optional brushed
Translucent cover Polycarbonate
Luminaire locking Quick locking device, stainless steel
Colour colour white, similar to RAL 9010
Seal Silicon foamed in translucent cover
E2 Mounting / Installation
Cable glands 2x M20/M25 left and right, 1x cable glands and 3 stopping plugs as standard
Connection Spring clamp terminal up to 4 mm 2
3-pole (2 x L1, 2 x N, 2 x PE)
5-pole (2 x L1, 2 x L2, 2 x L3, 2 x N, 2 x PE)
E2 Screw terminal up to 6 mm2
3-pole (2 x L1, 2 x N, 2 x PE)
5-pole (2 x L1, 2 x L2, 2 x L3, 2 x N, 2 x PE)
Through wiring option
Assembly Suitable for wall and ceiling mounting.
Mounting holes for screws M8 and elongated holes for screws M6 are available.
Observe the assembly drawing.
E2
Accessories see page 303

Dimensional drawings see page 304


E2

E2

E2

E2

E2

E2
302 Lighting 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 303 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Accessories and Spare Parts


Series 6010 / 6610 / L610

E2
Series 6010 / 6610 / L610 E2

Accessories and Spare Parts


Designation Figure Description Art. no. PS Weight
kg
Fluorescent lamp Two-pin cap d 26 mm
E2
Light colour: universal white
Pins made of brass
04936E00
18 W 1350 Im 108952◄ 37 0.100

36 W 3350 Im 108951◄ 37 0.200 E2


Diffuser cover for light fitting 18 W 124890 37 0.500
for light fitting 36 W 124897 37 0.860

05329E00 E2
Cable gland of moulded material, Series 8161
8161/7-M20-1304 50 pieces 239156◄ 10 0.600
02055E00 4 ... 13 mm2 (delivery lot*))

8161/7-M25-1707 50 pieces 239157◄ 10 1.000 E2


7 ... 17 mm2 (delivery lot*))

Stopping plug of moulded material, Series 8290


8290/3-M20 1 piece 143522 18 0.005
04840E00 E2
8290/3-M20 100 pieces 143543◄ 18 0.500

8290/3-M25 x 1,5 1 pieces 143524 18 0.007

8290/3-M25 100 pieces 143544◄ 18 0.700


E2
Breather for installation in lights;
in moulded material; without counter nut
05703E00 Thread: M25 x 1.5 1 pc 138573◄ 15 0.010
Thread: M25 x 1.5 20 pcs 15 0.200
E2
138576◄

Lamp-holder for luminaires Series 6010


Lamp holder G13 1 piece 117252◄ 37 0.036

05696E00 E2
for luminaires Series 6610 / L610
Lamp holder for two-pin cap lamps G 13 107275 37 0.008

05888E00
E2
*) Purchase order quantity in [pieces], the delivery quantity is automatically rounded to the delivery lot.

E2

E2

E2

E2
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Lighting 303
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 304 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Dimensional Drawings
Series 6010 / 6610 / L610

E2
Dimensional Drawings (All Dimension in mm [inches]) - Subject to Alterations

Ø 8.50 Dimension Luminaire


E2
L3
[Ø 0,33]
Z 18 W 36 W
Z L1 723 1333
[28,46] [52,48]
L2 698 1308
105 [4,13]
85 [3,35]

[2,36]
60

[27,48] [51,50]
E2 L3 703 1313
[27,68] [51,69]
[0,24]
6

E2
161 L1
[6,34]
[5,28]

E2
134

168 [6,61] L2

E2
15777E00

Luminaire ECOLUX METAL Series 6010 / 6610 / L610

E2

E2

E2

E2

E2

E2

E2

E2
304 Lighting 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 305 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Linear Luminaire Sheet Steel for Fluorescent Lamps


Series 6012/11

E2
> For use in Zones 1 & 2, 21 & 22
> Extra flat version for low mounting depth
2 or 4-lamp version
E2
>

> Powder-coated sheet-steel or stainless steel


> Central lock
> All-pole disconnection when
opening the luminaire E2

E2
Series 6012/11 E2

17234E00

WebCode 6012B ATEX / IECEx


Zone
For use in
0 1
x
2
x
20 21
x
22
x
E2

Selection Table
Version Cable Number of Lamp Material Order number Art. no. PS E2
glands lamps wattage
W
Linear Luminaire 3 x M25 2 18 Sheet steel 6012/1112-2951-1100-11 224800 31
Sheet Steel
for Fluorescent Lamps
Series 6012/11
Stainless steel 6012/1112-2951-1100-14 224802 31 E2
36 Sheet steel 6012/1114-2951-1100-11 224801 31
Stainless steel 6012/1114-2951-1100-14 224803 31
58 Sheet steel 6012/1116-2951-1100-11 226382 31
4 18 Sheet steel 6012/1122-4951-1100-11 226393 31 E2
Stainless steel 6012/1122-4951-1100-14 226396 31
36 Sheet steel 6012/1124-4951-1100-11 226394 31
Stainless steel 6012/1124-4951-1100-14 226397 31
58 Sheet steel 6012/1126-4951-1100-11 226395 31 E2
3 x M20 2 18 Sheet steel 6012/1112-2958-1100-11 248537 31
Stainless steel 6012/1112-2958-1100-14 248538 31
36 Sheet steel 6012/1114-2958-1100-11 248539 31
Stainless steel 6012/1114-2958-1100-14 248540 31
E2
58 Sheet steel 6012/1116-2958-1100-11 248571 31
4 18 Sheet steel 6012/1122-4958-1100-11 248572 31
Stainless steel 31
E2
6012/1122-4958-1100-14 248573
36 Sheet steel 6012/1124-4958-1100-11 248574 31
Stainless steel 6012/1124-4958-1100-14 248575 31
58 Sheet steel 6012/1126-4958-1100-11 248576 31
Order Number Supplement
E2
Connection terminal Spring clamp terminal up to 4 mm2 6012/....-....-..0.-..
Screw terminal up to 6 mm2 6012/....-....-..1.-..
Note
The lights are delivered without fluorescent lamps and assembly parts.
These parts must be ordered separately! E2

E2
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Lighting 305
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 306 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Linear Luminaire Sheet Steel for Fluorescent Lamps


Series 6012/11

E2
Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx BVS 14.0049
E2 Ex d e IIC T4 Gb
Ex tb IIIC T80°C Db
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust BVS 14 ATEX E 078
E II 2G Ex d e IIC T4 Gb
E2 E II 2D Ex tb IIIC T80°C Db
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, India (PESO)
Electrical data
Ballast 6012/1...-....-.1..-.. 6012/1...-....-.4..-..
E2 Lampstart Cold start Cold start
Voltage 220 ... 240 V AC 110 ... 240 V AC
DC voltage in case of ignition 198 ... 264 V DC 104 ... 264 V DC
DC voltage during operation 176 ... 264 V DC 104 ... 264 V DC
Frequency 0 / 50 ... 60 Hz 0 / 50 ... 60 Hz
E2 Lamp operation DC 6012/111.-....-.1..-..
1-lamp (standard) 1-lamp (standard)
6012/112.-....-.1..-..
2-lamps (standard) 2-lamps (standard)
Lamp standard IEC 60081 IEC 60081
E2 Lamp power 18 W, 36 W, 58 W 18 W, 36 W
Nominal current 2 x 18 W: 150 ... 170 mA 2 x 18 W: 170 ... 345 mA
2 x 36 W: 300 ... 320 mA 2 x 36 W: 310 ... 660 mA
2 x 58 W: 460 ... 500 mA 4 x 18 W: 340 ... 690 mA
4 x 18 W: 300 ... 340 mA 4 x 36 W: 620 ... 1320 mA
4 x 36 W: 600 ... 640 mA
E2 4 x 58 W: 920 ... 1000 mA
Power factor cos p ) 0.96
Ambient conditions
Operating temperature -35 ... +60 °C (version 18 W and 36 W)
range -35 ... +50 °C (version 58 W)
E2 Mechanical data
Degree of protection IP65
IP64 when using breather 8162
IP66 when using the flushing frame
(IEC 60598)
Protection class I
E2 Material
(with internal PE-terminal)

Enclosure Sheet-steel, powder-coated, white, similar to RAL 9016


Brushed stainless steel SS304 (V2A | 1.4301)
Brushed stainless steel SS316L (V4A | 1.4404)
Lens Safety glass
E2 Seal Foamed silicone seal in luminaire enclosure
Luminaire locking Central locking; glass cover hinged for access
Mounting / Installation
Cable glands 1x M20/M25 left and
2x M20/M25 right,
E2 1x cable glands and
2 stopping plugs
as standard
Connection Spring clamp terminal up to 4 mm
3-pole (2 x L1, 2 x N, 2 x PE)
5-pole (2 x L1, 2 x L2, 2 x L3, 2 x N, 2 x PE)
E2 Screw terminal up to 6 mm
3-pole (2 x L1, 2 x N, 2 x PE)
5-pole (2 x L1, 2 x L2, 2 x L3, 2 x N, 2 x PE)
Through wiring Optional (max. 12 A)
Assembly Wall mounted luminaire
M8 threads on both sides of the luminaire for mounting of wall mounting brackets.
E2 Recessed light fitting:
Variant 1: flushing frame attached to enclosure using M6 screws
Variant 2: flushing frame welded to enclosure
Note:
For both installation versions, the luminaires must either be mounted on the back or the sides
of the luminaire using the M8 threads.
E2
306 Lighting 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 307 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Linear Luminaire Sheet Steel for Fluorescent Lamps


Series 6012/11

E2
Accessories and Spare Parts
Designation Figure Description Art. no. PS Weight
kg
Fluorescent lamps 18 W 1350 Im 108952◄ 37 0.100
E2
36 W 3350 Im 108951◄ 37 0.200
04936E00

58 W 5200 Im 108950◄ 37 0.220

Breather for installation in lights;


E2
in moulded material; without counter nut
05703E00
Thread: M25 x 1.5 1 pc 138573◄ 15 0.010

Thread: M25 x 1.5 20 pcs 138576◄ 15 0.200


E2
Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm [inches]) - Subject to Alterations
L5 87 [3,43] b

E2

a
L6

17269E00

E2
17244E00

Light Fitting with flushing frame Mounting Cut-Out


Ø 20 [Ø 0,79]
L2 25 [0,98] L4 30
[1,18]

E2
117,50
[4,63]

[1,42]
36

17246E00

Suspension with ring bolts


L1 Number
of lamps
18 W 36 W 58 W E2
87 L2 4 x M8
[3,43] L1 2 730 1340 1640
[28.74] [52.76] [64.57]
4
L2 2 670 1280 1580
E2
L3
L4

[26.38] [50.39] [62.20]


4
L3 2 380
[14.96]
4 480
[18.90] E2
[4,96]
126

L4 2 320
[12.60]
4 420
[16.54]

17246E00
L5 2 722
[28.43]
1382
[54.41]
1682
[66.22]
E2
4
Light Fitting with flushing frame L6 2 422
[16.61]
4 522
[20.55] E2
a 2 390
[15.35]
4 490

b 2
[12.29]
740 1350 1650
E2
[29,13] [53,15] [64,96]
4

E2
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Lighting 307
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 308 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Linear Luminaire Sheet Steel for Fluorescent Lamps


Series 6014/11

E2
> For use in Zones 1 & 2, 21 & 22
> 2 or 4-lamp version
Powder-coated sheet steel or stainless steel
E2
>

> Central lock


> All-pole disconnection when
opening the luminaire
E2

E2
Series 6014/11 E2

16958E00

WebCode 6014B ATEX / IECEx

E2 Zone
For use in
0 1
x
2
x
20 21
x
22
x

Selection Table
E2 Version Cable Number of Lamp Material Order number Art. no. PS
glands lamps wattage
W
Linear Luminaire 3 x M25 2 18 Sheet steel 6014/1112-2951-1100-11 224786 31
Sheet Steel
E2 for Fluorescent Lamps
Series 6014/11
Stainless steel 6014/1112-2951-1100-14 224795 31
36 Sheet steel 6014/1114-2951-1100-11 224787 31
Stainless steel 6014/1114-2951-1100-14 224796 31
58 Sheet steel 6014/1116-2951-1100-11 226333 31
E2 4 18 Sheet steel 6014/1122-4951-1100-11 226344 31
Stainless steel 6014/1122-4951-1100-14 226363 31
36 Sheet steel 6014/1124-4951-1100-11 226345 31
Stainless steel 6014/1124-4951-1100-14 226364 31
E2 58 Sheet steel 6014/1126-4951-1100-11 226362 31
3 x M20 2 18 Sheet steel 6014/1112-2958-1100-11 248548 31
Stainless steel 6014/1112-2958-1100-14 248549 31
36 Sheet steel 6014/1114-2958-1100-11 248554 31
E2 Stainless steel 6014/1114-2958-1100-14 245991 31
58 Sheet steel 6014/1116-2958-1100-11 248556 31
4 18 Sheet steel 6014/1122-4958-1100-11 248557 31

E2 Stainless steel 31
6014/1122-4958-1100-14 248558
36 Sheet steel 6014/1124-4958-1100-11 248559 31
Stainless steel 6014/1124-4958-1100-14 248560 31
58 Sheet steel 6014/1126-4958-1100-11 248561 31

E2 Order Number Supplement


Connection terminal Spring clamp terminal up to 4 mm2 6014/....-....-..0.-..
Screw terminal up to 6 mm2 6014/....-....-..1.-..
Note
E2 The lights are delivered without fluorescent lamps and assembly parts.
These parts must be ordered separately!

E2
308 Lighting 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 309 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Linear Luminaire Sheet Steel for Fluorescent Lamps


Series 6014/11

E2
Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx BVS 13.0110
Ex d e IIC T4 Gb
Ex tb IIIC T80°C Db
E2
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust BVS 13 ATEX E 109
E II 2G Ex d e IIC T4 Gb

Certifications and certificates


E II 2D Ex tb IIIC T80°C Db
E2
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, India (PESO)
Electrical data
Ballast 6014/1...-....-.1..-.. 6014/1..-....-.4..-..
Lamp start Cold start Cold start
Voltage
DC voltage in case of ignition
220 ... 240 V AC
198 … 264 V DC
110 ... 240 V AC
104 … 264 V DC
E2
DC voltage during operation 176 … 264 V DC 104 … 264 V DC
Frequency 0 / 50 … 60 Hz 0 / 50 … 60 Hz
Lamp operation DC 6014/111.-....-.1..-..

E2
1-lamp (standard) 1-lamp (standard)
6014/112.-....-.1..-..
2-lamps (standard) 2-lamps (standard)
Lamp standard IEC 60081 IEC 60081
Lamp power 18 W, 36 W, 58 W 18 W, 36 W
Nominal current 2 x 18 W: 150 ... 170 mA 2 x 18 W: 170 ... 345 mA
2 x 36 W: 300 ... 320 mA
2 x 58 W: 460 ... 500 mA
2 x 36 W: 310 ... 660 mA
4 x 18 W: 340 ... 690 mA E2
4 x 18 W: 300 ... 340 mA 4 x 36 W: 620 ... 1.320 mA
4 x 36 W: 600 ... 640 mA
4 x 58 W: 920 ... 1.000 mA
Power factor cos p ) 0.96
Ambient conditions
Operating temperature range -35 ... +60 °C (version 18 W, 36 W)
E2
-35 ... +50 °C (version 58 W)
Mechanical data
Protection class I
(with internal PE connection)
Material
Enclosure Sheet steel powder coated
E2
Stainless steel SS304 (V2A | 1.4301) brushed
Stainless steel SS316L (V4A | 1.4404) brushed
Lens Safety glass
Seal Silicon foam seal in the luminaire enclosure
Luminaire locking Central locking; glass cover hinged for access E2
Colour White, similar RAL 9016
Mounting / Installation
Cable glands 1x M20/M25 left and
2x M20/M25 right,
1x cable glands and
2 stopping plugs
as standard
E2
Connection Spring clamp terminal up to 4 mm 2
3-pole (2x L1, 2x N, 2x PE)
5-pole (2x L1, 2x L2, 2x L3, 2x N, 2x PE)

Screw terminal up to 6 mm2


3-pole (2x L1, 2x N, 2x PE) E2
5-pole (2x L1, 2x L2, 2x L3, 2x N, 2x PE)
Through wiring Optional (max. 12 A)
Assembly suitable as pendant light fitting, wall mounted luminaire and recessed light fitting
Pendant light fitting
2x M8 threads at the back of the luminaire for use of ring eyes or other mounting accessories.
Wall mounted luminaire
M8 threads on both sides of the luminaire for mounting of wall mounting brackets.
E2
Recessed light fitting
Variant 1: fixing frame welded to enclosure
Variant 2: fixing frame attached to the enclosure with M6 screws
Note: For both installation versions, the luminaires must either be mounted on the back or the sides
of the luminaire using the M8 threads.
E2

E2
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Lighting 309
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 310 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Linear Luminaire Sheet Steel for Fluorescent Lamps


Series 6014/11

E2
Accessories and Spare Parts
Designation Figure Description Art. no. PS Weight
kg
E2 Fluorescent lamps 18 W 1350 Im 108952◄ 37 0.100

36 W 3350 Im 108951◄ 37 0.200


04936E00

58 W 5200 Im 108950◄ 37 0.220


E2 Breather for installation in lights;
in moulded material; without counter nut
05703E00 Thread: M25 x 1.5 1 pc 138573◄ 15 0.010

138576◄ 15 0.200
E2 Thread: M25 x 1.5 20 pcs

Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm [inches]) – Subject to Alterations


50,50 L1 Version Dimensions

E2 Number L1 L2 L3
[1,99] L2 2 x M8
of lamps

M8 M8 18 W 2 733 550 280


[28.9] [21.7] [11.0]
4 733 550 380
[28.9] [21.7] [15.0]
E2 36 W 2 1343 950 280
[52.9] [37.4] [11.0]
127,20
[5,01]

4 1343 950 380


[52.9] [37.4] [15.0]
58 W 2 1643 1250 280
E2 [64.7] [49.2] [11.0]
4 1643 1250 380
[64.7] [49.2] [15.0]
L3

E2
16655E00

E2

E2

E2

E2

E2

E2
310 Lighting 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 311 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Linear Luminaire Sheet Steel for Fluorescent Lamps


Series 6412/11

E2
> For use in Zones 2, 21 & 22
> Extra flat version for low mounting depth
2 or 4-lamp version
E2
>

> Powder-coated sheet-steel or stainless steel


> Central lock

E2

E2
Series 6412/11 E2

17234E00

WebCode 6412B ATEX / IECEx


Zone
For use in
0 1 2
x
20 21
x
22
x
E2

Selection Table
Version Cable Number of Lamp Material Order number Art. no. PS E2
glands lamps wattage
W
Linear Luminaire 3 x M25 2 18 Sheet steel 6412/1112-2851-0100-11 226443 31
Sheet Steel
for Fluorescent Lamps
Series 6412/11
Stainless steel 6412/1112-2851-0100-14 226446 31 E2
36 Sheet steel 6412/1114-2851-0100-11 226444 31
Stainless steel 6412/1114-2851-0100-14 226447 31
58 Sheet steel 6412/1116-2851-0100-11 226445 31
4 18 Sheet steel 6412/1122-4851-0100-11 226458 31 E2
Stainless steel 6412/1122-4851-0100-14 226461 31
36 Sheet steel 6412/1124-4851-0100-11 226459 31
Stainless steel 6412/1124-4851-0100-14 248599 31
58 Sheet steel 6412/1126-4851-0100-11 226460 31 E2
3 x M20 2 18 Sheet steel 6412/1112-2858-0100-11 248589 31
Stainless steel 6412/1112-2858-0100-14 248590 31
36 Sheet steel 6412/1114-2858-0100-11 248591 31
Stainless steel 6412/1114-2858-0100-14 248592 31
E2
58 Sheet steel 6412/1116-2858-0100-11 248593 31
4 18 Sheet steel 6412/1122-4858-0100-11 248594 31
Stainless steel 31
E2
6412/1122-4858-0100-14 248595
36 Sheet steel 6412/1124-4858-0100-11 248596 31
Stainless steel 6412/1124-4858-0100-14 248597 31
58 Sheet steel 6412/1126-4858-0100-11 248598 31
Order Number Supplement
E2
Connection terminal Spring clamp terminal up to 4 mm2 6412/1...-....-..0.-..
Screw terminal up to 6 mm2 6412/1...-....-..1.-..
Note
The lights are delivered without fluorescent lamps and assembly parts.
These parts must be ordered separately! E2

E2
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Lighting 311
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 312 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Linear Luminaire Sheet Steel for Fluorescent Lamps


Series 6412/11

E2
Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx BVS 14.0114
E2 Ex nA IIC T4 Gc
Ex tb IIIC T80°C Db
Europe (ATEX)
Dust BVS 14 ATEX E 160
E II 2D Ex tb IIIC T80°C Db
E2 Gas and dust BVS 14 ATEX E 163
E II 3G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc
E II 3D Ex tc IIIC T80°C Dc
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, India (PESO)
E2 Electrical data
Ballast Lamp start Cold start
Voltage 220 ... 240 V AC
DC voltage in case of ignition 198 ... 264 V DC
DC voltage during operation 176 ... 264 V DC

E2 Frequency
Lamp operation DC
0 / 50 ... 60 Hz
2 lamps
Lamp standard IEC 60081
Lamp power 18 W, 36 W, 58 W
Nominal current 2 x 18 W: 150 ... 170 mA
E2 2 x 36 W: 300 ... 320 mA
2 x 58 W: 480 ... 500 mA
4 x 18 W: 300 ... 340 mA
4 x 36 W: 600 ... 640 mA
4 x 58 W: 960 ... 1000 mA
Power factor cos p ) 0.97

E2
Ambient conditions
Operating -30 ... +50 °C (version 18 W and 58 W)
temperature range -35 ... +55 °C (version 36 W)
Mechanical data
Degree of protection IP65
IP64 when using breather 8162

E2
IP66 when using the flushing frame
(IEC 60598)
Protection class I
(with internal PE-terminal)
Material
Enclosure Sheet-steel, powder-coated, white, similar to RAL 9016
E2 Brushed stainless steel SS304 (V2A | 1.4301)
Brushed stainless steel SS316L (V4A | 1.4404)
Lens Safety glass
Seal Foamed silicone seal in luminaire enclosure
Luminaire locking Central locking; glass cover hinged for access
Mounting / Installation
E2 Cable glands 1x M20/M25 left and
2x M20/M25 right,
1x cable glands and
2 stopping plugs
as standard
Connection Spring clamp terminal up to 4 mm
E2 3-pole (2 x L1, 2 x N, 2 x PE)
5-pole (2 x L1, 2 x L2, 2 x L3, 2 x N, 2 x PE)

Screw terminal up to 6 mm


3-pole (2 x L1, 2 x N, 2 x PE)
5-pole (2 x L1, 2 x L2, 2 x L3, 2 x N, 2 x PE)
Through wiring Optional (max. 12 A)
E2 Assembly Wall mounted luminaire
M8 threads on both sides of the luminaire for mounting of wall mounting brackets.

Recessed light fitting:


Variant 1: flushing frame attached to enclosure using M6 screws
Variant 2: flushing frame welded to enclosure

E2
Note:
For both installation versions, the luminaires must either be mounted on the back or the sides
of the luminaire using the M8 threads.

E2
312 Lighting 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 313 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Linear Luminaire Sheet Steel for Fluorescent Lamps


Series 6412/11

E2
Accessories and Spare Parts
Designation Figure Description Art. no. PS Weight
kg
Fluorescent lamps 18 W 1350 Im 108952◄ 37 0.100
E2
36 W 3350 Im 108951◄ 37 0.200
04936E00

58 W 5200 Im 108950◄ 37 0.220

Breather for installation in lights;


E2
in moulded material; without counter nut

05703E00 Thread: M25 x 1.5 1 pc 138573◄ 15 0.010

138576◄ 15 0.200
Thread: M25 x 1.5 20 pcs
E2
Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm [inches]) - Subject to Alterations

L5 87 [3,43] b

E2

a
L6

17269E00
17244E00

Light Fitting with flushing frame Mounting Cut-Out E2


Ø 20 [Ø 0,79]
L2 25 [0,98] L4 30
[1,18]

E2
117,50
[4,63]

[1,42]
36

17246E00

Suspension with ring bolts

87
L1
L2 4 x M8
Number
of lamps
18 W 36 W 58 W
E2
[3,43] L1 2 730 1340 1640
[28.74] [52.76] [64.57]
4
L2 2 670 1280 1580
L3
L4

4
[26.38] [50.39] [62.20]
E2
L3 2 380
[14.96]
4 480
[18.90]
E2
[4,96]

L4 2 320
126

[12.60]
4 420
[16.54]
L5 2 722 1382 1682
17246E00 4
[28.43] [54.41] [66.22] E2
Light Fitting with flushing frame L6 2 422
[16.61]
4 522
[20.55]
a 2 390 E2
[15.35]
4 490
[12.29]
b 2 740 1350 1650
4
[29.13] [53.15] [64.96] E2

E2
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Lighting 313
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 314 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Linear Luminaire Sheet Steel for Fluorescent Lamps


Series 6414/11

E2
> For use in Zones 2, 21 & 22
> 2 or 4-lamp version
Powder-coated sheet-steel or stainless steel
E2
>

> Central lock

E2

E2
Series 6414/11 E2

16958E00

WebCode 6414B ATEX / IECEx

E2 Zone
For use in
0 1 2
x
20 21
x
22
x

Selection Table
E2 Version Cable Number of Lamp Material Order number Art. no. PS
glands lamps wattage
W
Linear Luminaire 3 x M25 2 18 Sheet steel 6414/1112-2851-0100-11 226410 31
Sheet Steel
E2 for Fluorescent Lamps
Series 6414/11
Stainless steel 6414/1112-2851-0100-14 226413 31
36 Sheet steel 6414/1114-2851-0100-11 226411 31
Stainless steel 6414/1114-2851-0100-14 226414 31
58 Sheet steel 6414/1116-2851-0100-11 226412 31
E2 4 18 Sheet steel 6414/1122-4851-0100-11 226427 31
Stainless steel 6414/1122-4851-0100-14 226431 31
36 Sheet steel 6414/1124-4851-0100-11 226428 31
Stainless steel 6414/1124-4851-0100-14 226432 31
E2 58 Sheet steel 6414/1126-4851-0100-11 226430 31
3 x M20 2 18 Sheet steel 6414/1112-2858-0100-11 248577 31
Stainless steel 6414/1112-2858-0100-14 248578 31
36 Sheet steel 6414/1114-2858-0100-11 248579 31
E2 Stainless steel 6414/1114-2858-0100-14 248580 31
58 Sheet steel 6414/1116-2858-0100-11 248581 31
4 18 Sheet steel 6414/1122-4858-0100-11 248582 31

E2 Stainless steel 31
6414/1122-4858-0100-14 248583
36 Sheet steel 6414/1124-4858-0100-11 248584 31
Stainless steel 6414/1124-4858-0100-14 248585 31
58 Sheet steel 6414/1126-4858-0100-11 248586 31

E2 Order Number Supplement


Connection terminal Spring clamp terminal up to 4 mm2 6414/1...-....-..0.-..
Screw terminal up to 6 mm2 6414/1...-....-..1.-..
Note
The lights are delivered without fluorescent lamps and assembly parts.
E2 These parts must be ordered separately!

E2
314 Lighting 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 315 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Linear Luminaire Sheet Steel for Fluorescent Lamps


Series 6414/11

E2
Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx BVS 14.0113
Ex nA IIC T4 Gc E2
Ex tb IIIC T80°C Db
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust BVS 14 ATEX E 164
BVS 14 ATEX E 161
E II 3G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc
E II 3D Ex tc IIIC T80°C Dc
E2
E II 2D Ex tb IIIC T80°C Db
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, India (PESO)

E2
Electrical data
Ballast Lamp start Cold start
Voltage 220 ... 240 V AC
DC voltage in case of ignition 198 ... 264 V DC
DC voltage during operation 176 ... 264 V DC
Frequency
Lamp operation DC
0 / 50 ... 60 Hz
2 lamps
E2
Lamp standard IEC 60081
Lamp power 18 W, 36 W, 58 W
Nominal current 2 x 18 W: 150 mA
2 x 36 W: 300 mA
2 x 58 W: 480 mA E2
4 x 18 W: 300 mA
4 x 36 W: 600 mA
4 x 58 W: 960 mA
Power factor cos p ) 0.97
Ambient conditions E2
Operating temperature range -30 ... +50 °C (version 18 W and 58 W)
-30 ... +55 °C (version 36 W)
Mechanical data
Degree of protection IP65
IP64 when using breather 8162
IP66 when using the flushing frame
(IEC 60598)
E2
Protection class I
(with internal PE-terminal)
Material
Enclosure Sheet steel, powder-coated
Brushed stainless steel SS304 (V2A | 1.4301) E2
Brushed stainless steel SS316L (V4A | 1.4404)
Lens Safety glass
Seal Foamed silicone seal in luminaire enclosure
Luminaire locking Central locking; glass cover hinged for access
Colour
Mounting / Installation
White, similar to RAL 9016
E2
Cable glands 1x M20/M25 left and 2x M20/M25 right, 1x cable glands and 2 stopping plugs as standard
Connection Spring clamp terminal up to 4 mm
3-pole (2 x L1, 2 x N, 2 x PE)
5-pole (2 x L1, 2 x L2, 2 x L3, 2 x N, 2 x PE)

Screw terminal up to 6 mm E2


3-pole (2 x L1, 2 x N, 2 x PE)
5-pole (2 x L1, 2 x L2, 2 x L3, 2 x N, 2 x PE)
Through wiring Optional (max. 12 A)
Assembly suitable as pendant light fitting, wall mounted luminaire and recessed light fitting
Pendant light fitting:
2x M8 threads at the back of the luminaire for use of ring eyes or other mounting accessories. E2
Wall mounted luminaire
M8 threads on both sides of the luminaire for mounting of wall mounting brackets.

Recessed light fitting:


Variant 1: mounting frame welded to enclosure
Variant 2: mounting frame attached to enclosure with M6 screws E2
Note:
For both installation versions, the luminaires must either be mounted on the back or the sides
of the luminaire using the M8 threads.

E2
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Lighting 315
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 316 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Linear Luminaire Sheet Steel for Fluorescent Lamps


Series 6414/11

E2
Accessories and Spare Parts
Designation Figure Description Art. no. PS Weight
kg
E2 Fluorescent lamps 18 W 1350 Im 108952◄ 37 0.100

36 W 3350 Im 108951◄ 37 0.200


04936E00

58 W 5200 Im 108950◄ 37 0.220


E2 Breather for installation in lights;
in moulded material; without counter nut
05703E00 Thread: M25 x 1.5 1 pc 138573◄ 15 0.010

138576◄ 15 0.200
E2 Thread: M25 x 1.5 20 pcs

Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm [inches]) - Subject to Alterations


50,50 L1 Version Dimensions in mm

E2 Number L1 L2 L3
[1,99] L2 2 x M8
of lamps

M8 M8 18 W 2 733 550 280


[28.9] [21.7] [11.0]
4 733 550 380
[28.9] [21.7] [15.0]
E2 36 W 2 1343 950 280
[52.9] [37.4] [11.0]
127,20
[5,01]

4 1343 950 [ 380


[52.9] 37.4] [15.0]
58 W 2 1643 1250 280
E2 [64.7] [49.2] [11.0]
4 1643 1250 380
[64.7] [49.2] [15.0]
L3

E2
16655E00

E2

E2

E2

E2

E2

E2
316 Lighting 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 317 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Compact Light Fittings


Series C-LUX 6100 / 6500

E2
> Suitable for wall or ceiling mounting
> Can be fitted to order with
emergency exit signs
> Central locking E2
> All-pole disconnection via N/C switch
when cover is opened (Series 6100)

E2

E2
Series C-LUX 6100 / 6500 E2

01907E00

WebCode 6100A ATEX


Zone
C-LUX 6100: For use in
0 1
x
2
x
20 21
x
22
x
E2
C-LUX 6500: For use in x x x

Selection Table E2
Version Lamps Lamps Electronic Order number Art. no. PS Weight
ballasts
piece kg
C-LUX 6100
Zones 1, 21
Fluorescent 1x8 W 1 6100/1081-8011-3430-00 118948◄ 32 3.390 E2
lamp
2x8 W 1 6100/1082-8011-3430-00 118967◄ 32 3.500
2 6100/1082-9011-3430-00 118990 32 2.400
3x8 W 1 6100/1083-8011-3430-00 118980◄ 32 3.557
2 6100/1083-9011-3430-00 118996 32 2.600 E2
C-LUX 6500 Fluorescent 1x8 W 1 6500/1081-8010-8430-00 123215 32 2.400
Zones 2, 21, 22 lamp
2x8 W 2 6500/1082-9010-8430-00 123219 32 2.500
3x8 W 3 32 2.600
E2
6500/1083-9010-8430-00 123224
DULUX-L lamp 1 x 24 W 1 6500/3241-8010-2430-00 123192 32 2.400
Order Number Supplement
Emergency exit needed only when used as information lights or escape sign lights;
with adhesive symbols positioned as follows:
Mounting position E2

Please specify emergency exit sign number (see accessories)


08481E00
E2
Note Compact light fittings can be operated as emergency lighting via a group or central battery system;
fittings are supplied without lamps, which must be ordered separately;
further escape and information signs available on request.
E2

E2

E2
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Lighting 317
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 318 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Compact Light Fittings


Series C-LUX 6100 / 6500

E2
Technical Data
Design 6100 (Zones 1, 21) 6500 (Zones 2, 21, 22)
Explosion protection

E2 Europe (ATEX)
Gas Zone 1: PTB 97 ATEX 2119 Zone 2: SNCH 03 ATEX 3558
Zone 1: E II 2 G EEx eds IIC T4 Zone 2: E II 3 G EEx n A II T4
(T3 for incandescent lamps)
Dust Zone 21: LCIE 03 ATEX 6158 Zone 21: SNCH 03 ATEX 3557
Zone 22: SNCH 03 ATEX 3558
E2 Zone 21: E II 2 D IP66 T130°C Zone 21: E II 2 D IP66 T1)
Zone 22: E II 3 D IP66 T1)
1) T85°C for 8 W lamps;
T68°C for DULUX L lamps
E2 Certifications and certificates
Certificates ATEX, Canada (CSA), Kazakhstan (TR), ATEX, Canada (CSA), Kazakhstan (TR),
Russia (TR), Serbia (SRPS), Ukraine (TR), Russia (TR), Serbia (IZP), Ukraine (TR),
Belarus (TR) USA (FM), Belarus (TR)
Rated voltage for fluorescent lamps: AC: 220 (-10 %) ... 240 (+10 %) V; 50 / 60 Hz
DC: 198 ... 250 V
E2 for DULUX-L lamps: AC: 220 (-10 %) ... 240 (+6 %) V; 50 / 60 Hz
DC: 176 ... 254 V
Ambient temperature -20 ... +50 °C -20 ... +50 °C (with fluorescent lamp)
-20 ... +40 °C (with DULUX-L lamp)
Connection 2 x 4 mm2 for solid cores
E2 Cable entry
2 x 2.5 mm2 for flexible cores
1 cable entry 8161 in plastic, M25 x 1.5 and
2 plugs 8290 in plastic, M25 x 1.5
(enclosed)
Protection class I (with internal PE connection terminal)
Degree of protection IP66 (IP64 with breather 8162)
E2
Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm) - Subject to Alterations
9 425 [16,73] 11 [0,43] Additional dimensions for cable
entries 8161 and plugs 8290
a

E2 a (mm)
[0,28]
[0,16]

7
4

8161 M25 x 1.5 32


181 [7,13]

8290 M25 x 1.5 6


[0 3,5
4]

E2
R
,1

445 [17,52]
150

E2
[4,69]
119

355
04293E00 04295E00

Emergency exit sign

E2
Accessories see page 321

E2

E2

E2
318 Lighting 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 319 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Compact Emergency Light Fittings


Series C-LUX 6108 / 6508

E2
> Operating modes
– non-maintained operation
– non-maintained operation with
switchable emergency light blocking E2
> With continous operating test
> For fluorescent lamps 8 W, d 16 mm,
for two-pin holder G5
> Suitable for wall and ceiling mounting E2
> Can be fitted to order
with emergency exit signs
Central locking
>
E2
Series C-LUX 6108 / 6508 E2

01907E00

WebCode 6108A ATEX


Zone
6108: For use in
0 1
x
2
x
20 21
x
22
x
E2
6508: For use in x x x

Selection Table E2
Version Lamps Continous Order number Art. no. PS Weight
operation test
kg
C-LUX 6108
for Zones 1, 2, 21, 22
1x8 W with 6108/1081-8017-74-00 119173◄ 32 3.700 E2
C-LUX 6508 1x8 W with 6508/1081-8017-74-00 123291◄ 32 3.900
for Zones 2, 21, 22
Order Number Supplement
Emergency exit sign needed only when used as information lights or escape sign lights; E2
with adhesive symbols positioned as follows:
Mounting position

E2
08481E00

Please specify emergency exit sign number (see accessories)

Note The light fittings are supplied without tubes and mounting material.
These accessories must be ordered separately. E2

E2

E2

E2

E2
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Lighting 319
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 320 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Compact Emergency Light Fittings


Series C-LUX 6108 / 6508

E2
Technical Data
Design 6108 (Zones 1, 2, 21, 22) 6508 (Zones 2, 21, 22)
Explosion protection

E2 Europe (ATEX)
Gas PTB 97 ATEX 2161 ASEV 99.1 10381.01
E II 2 G EEx edm IIC T4 E II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 (Zone 2)
Dust LCIE 02 ATEX 6239 SEV 05 ATEX 0125
E II 2 D IP66 T130°C E II 2 D IP66 T75°C
E2 Certifications and certificates
Certificates ATEX, China (China-Ex), Kazakhstan (TR), ATEX, India (PESO), Kazakhstan (TR),
Russia (TR), Serbia (SRPS), Taiwan (ITRI), Russia (TR), Serbia (SRPS), Taiwan (ITRI),
Ukraine (TR), Belarus (TR) Ukraine (TR), Belarus (TR)
Nominal voltage AC: 220 ... 254 V, 50 ... 60 Hz AC: 220 ... 254 V, 50 ... 60 Hz
AC: 110 ... 127 V, 50 ... 60 Hz AC: 110 ... 127 V, 50 ... 60 Hz
E2 possible on request possible on request
Ambient temperature
Charging -5 ... +50 °C -5 ... +50 °C
Normal mode -20 ... +50 °C -20 ... +50 °C
Connection 2 x 4 mm2 for solid cores 2 x 4 mm2 for solid cores
E2 2 x 2.5 mm2 for flexible cores 2 x 2.5 mm2 for flexible cores
Cable entry 1 cable entry 8161 in plastic 1 cable entry 8161 in plastic
M25 x 1.5 and M25 x 1.5 and
2 plugs 8290 in plastic, 2 plugs 8290 in plastic,
M25 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5
(enclosed) (enclosed)
E2 Protection class I (with internal PE connection terminal) I (with internal PE connection terminal)
Degree of protection IP66 (IP64 with breather 8162) IP66 (IP64 with breather 8162)
Lighting hours 1.5 / 3 h (emergency light) 1.5 / 3 h (emergency light)

Accessories see page 321


E2

E2

E2

E2

E2

E2

E2

E2
320 Lighting 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 321 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Accessories and Spare Parts


Series 6100 / 6500 / 6108 / 6508

E2
Accessories and Spare Parts
Series 6100 / 6500 / 6108 / 6508 E2

Designation Figure Description Art. no. PS Weight


kg
Fluorescent 8 W, d 16 mm, for two-pin G5 holder
lamps Colour of light Light flux 119045◄ 36 0.415 E2
04936E00 cool white 450 Im 10 pcs
Socket M8 / wrench size 13; 222430◄ 36 0.210
spanner to open/close the central locking

E2
15507E00

Emergency white green 1 pc 113182◄ 36 0.021


exit sign
08483E00

white green 1 pc 113183◄ 36 0.021


E2
08482E00

white green 1 pc 113184◄ 36 0.021

08484E00

white green 1 pc 113210◄ 36 0.015 E2


08485E00

green white 1 pc 113193◄ 36 0.014

03206E00 E2
red white 1 pc 113200 36 0.015

12617E00

white green 1 pc 113211◄ 36 0.021


E2
08486E00

green white 1 pc 113194◄ 36 0.014

09020E00

red white 1 pc 113201◄ 36 0.014


E2
12618E00

Emergency white green 1 pc 113209◄ 36 0.021


exit sign
08487E00

green white 1 pc 113192◄ 36 0.021 E2


03203E00

red white 1 pc 113199◄ 36 0.015

12616E00 E2
white green 1 pc 113212◄ 36 0.015

08488E00

green white 1 pc 113195◄ 36 0.015


E2
12615E00

red white 1 pc 113202 36 0.015

12619E00

white green 1 pc 113206 36 0.022


E2
03018E00

Diffuser for light fitting 8 W 119044◄ 37 0.250

05704E00
E2

E2
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Lighting 321
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 322 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Tubular Light Fitting with LED


Series 6036

E2
> Extremely robust luminaire design
for rough ambient conditions
> Very lightweight and vibration resistant
E2 LED light fitting
> Extremely long service life due to LED used
> High power LEDs including driver
in innovative design
E2 > Low start-up current

E2
Series 6036 E2

16764E00

WebCode 6036A ATEX / IECEx

E2 Zone
For use in
0 1
x
2
x
20 21
x
22
x

Selection Table

E2 Version Size Power Diffusor Connection line Order number Art. no. PS Weight
Type Length
kg
Tubular 2 28 W without H07RN-F 2.5 m 6036/1225-050-0120-01 223994 64 1.280
Light Fitting 2 x 1 mm2
E2 Series 6036 5.0 m 6036/1225-050-0150-01 223997 64 1.500

(N)HXSLHXÖ-J 2.5 m 6036/1225-050-0321-01 224003 64 1.200


2 x 1.5 mm2
5.0 m 6036/1225-050-0351-01 224006 64 1.350

with H07RN-F 2.5 m 6036/1225-050-0120-11 224012 64 1.400


E2 2 x 1 mm2
5.0 m 6036/1225-050-0150-11 224015 64 1.600

(N)HXSLHXÖ-J 2.5 m 6036/1225-050-0321-11 224021 64 1.300


2 x 1.5 mm2
5.0 m 6036/1225-050-0351-11 224024 64 1.400

E2 3 38 W without H07RN-F 2.5 m 64 1.630


6036/1235-050-0120-01 223995
2 x 1 mm2
5.0 m 6036/1235-050-0150-01 223998 64 1.950

(N)HXSLHXÖ-J 2.5 m 6036/1235-050-0321-01 224004 64 1.550


2 x 1.5 mm2
5.0 m 6036/1235-050-0351-01 224007 64 1.700

E2 with H07RN-F
2 x 1 mm2
2.5 m 6036/1235-050-0120-11 224013 64 1.750
5.0 m 6036/1235-050-0150-11 224016 64 2.000

(N)HXSLHXÖ-J 2.5 m 6036/1235-050-0321-11 224022 64 1.600


2 x 1.5 mm2
5.0 m 6036/1235-050-0351-11 224025 64 1.800
E2 4 49 W without H07RN-F 2.5 m 6036/1248-050-0120-01 223996 64 2.000
2 x 1 mm2
5.0 m 6036/1248-050-0150-01 223999 64 2.300

(N)HXSLHXÖ-J 2.5 m 6036/1248-050-0321-01 224005 64 1.900


2 x 1.5 mm2
5.0 m 6036/1248-050-0351-01 224008 64 2.000
E2 with H07RN-F 2.5 m 6036/1248-050-0120-11 224014 64 2.100
2 x 1 mm2
5.0 m 6036/1248-050-0150-11 224017 64 2.400

(N)HXSLHXÖ-J 2.5 m 6036/1248-050-0321-11 224023 64 2.000


2 x 1.5 mm2
E2 5.0 m 6036/1248-050-0351-11 224026 64 2.100

Note The tubular light fitting is delivered without plug.


Specify the plug on order (see Accessories and Spare Parts) or connect in a terminal box.
The tubular light fitting is delivered without mounting material.
See Technical Data - Mounting - Accessories and Spare Parts.

E2
322 Lighting 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 323 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Tubular Light Fitting with LED


Series 6036

E2
Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas, dust and mining IECEx EPS 13.0027
Ex d op is IIC T* Gb E2
Ex tb IIIC T* °C Db
Ex d op is I Mb
* temperature classes and surface temperatures see below
Note 1) see rating plate or selection table

Europe (ATEX)
Gas, dust and mining EPS 13 ATEX 1 597
E2
E II 2 G Ex d op is IIC T* Gb
E II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T* °C Db
E I M 2 Ex d op is I Mb

Certifications and certificates


* temperature classes and surface temperatures see below
E2
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Kazakhstan (TR), Russia (TR), Belarus (TR)
Ship approval DNV-GL
Electrical data
Rated operational voltage 220 ... 240 V ±10 % AC 50 / 60 Hz
Rated operational current 0.13 A (size 2) E2
0.18 A (size 3)
0.25 A (size 4)
Inrush current Ipeak = 3,8 A; Δt = 12 ms
max. light fittings per circuit breaker:

E2
Type 10 A 16 A 20 A 25 A
B 30 50 60 80
C 30 50 60 80
Power factor ) 0,90
Protection class II

E2
Luminous characteristics
6036/1225-...-....-.1 6036/1235-...-....-.1 6036/1248-...-....-.1
Power consumption [W] 28 38 49
Colour rendering [CRI] ) 80 ) 80 ) 80
Colour temperature [K] 5,000 5,000 5,000

without diffuser
Luminous flux [lm] 2,715 3,947 5,263
E2
Luminaire efficiency [lm/W] 107 107 109

with diffuser
Luminous flux [lm] 2,226
Luminaire efficiency [lm/W] 89
3,368
91
4,491
93 E2
Values apply to Ta = +25 °C.
Luminous flux decrease at Ta = +60 °C to ) 50% of the nominal value.
Ambient conditions
Operating temperature range -55 ... +60 °C

Storage
The light fitting must be switched on above -40 °C.
-40 ... +70 °C
E2
Service life
Service life Ta ( 25 °C Ta ( 45 °C Ta ( 60 °C
L70B10C10 100,000 h 90,000 h 80,000 h

E2
LxByCz
At the end of the service life:
• Luminous flux decrease to "x" percent
• up to "y" percent of all light fittings fall below "x"
• up to "z" percent of all light fittings break down completely
Mechanical data
Degree of protection IP66 / IP67
IP68 (10 m / 1 h)
acc. to IEC 60598
E2
Impact strength (IK code) IK10 (IEC 62262)
Material
Enclosure tube Polycarbonate
Sealing cap NBR / PVC (EPDM)
E2

E2
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Lighting 323
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 324 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Tubular Light Fitting with LED


Series 6036

E2
Technical Data
Mounting / Installation
Connection line The connection line must be laid securely.

E2 Designation Application
H07RN-F, d 7.7 ... 10 mm, 2 x 1 mm2 Standard
H07RN-F, d 8.8 ... 11 mm, 2 x 1.5 mm2
Gifas Thermflex cable, HXSLHXÖ-J, d 7.7 ... 10 mm, 2 x 1.5 mm2
E2 RCO 5221, d 10 ... 12 mm, 2 x 1.5 mm2 Special applications
(N)SSHÖU 1kV, d 8.7 ... 9 mm, 2 x 1.5 mm2 Voltage-proof up to 1kV
RADOX, MFH-S B, d 6 ... 7 mm, 2 x 1.5 mm2 Offshore
Mounting Mounting option: pipe clamp, rubber coated, clamping range 48 ... 53 mm
E2
Accessories and Spare Parts
Designation Figure Description Art. no. PS Weight
kg

E2 Plug 8570/12-304 3 pins,


100 ... 130 V, 50 / 60 Hz, 16 A
150599◄ 10 0.420

8570/12-306 3 pins, 150579◄ 10 0.420


200 ... 250 V, 50 / 60 Hz, 16 A
04923E00

E2 Mounting bracket Mounting bracket made of galvanised sheet steel


to screw onto thread M8 or M10 (2 pieces)
227256 36 0.190

Mounting bracket made of stainless steel V4A (1,4301 / S316) 227257 36 0.180
to screw onto thread M8 or M10 (2 pieces)

E2 16331E00

Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm [inches]) - Subject to Alterations


L1 Size 2 Size 3 Size 4

E2 L1 762 [30.0] 1,059 [41.7] 1,382 [54.4]


[ø 1,57]
ø 40

L2 618 [24.3] 917 [36.1] 1,240 [48.8]


L3 664 [26.1] 962 [37.9] 1,285 [50.6]
[ø 1,97]
ø 50

93,50 47,50 ø 54
[1,87] [ø 2,13]
E2
[3,68]

L2

E2
L3
16352E00

E2

E2

E2

E2
324 Lighting 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 325 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Tubular Light Fitting with LED


Series 6039

E2
> Extremely robust luminaire design
for rough ambient conditions
> Can be used as maintenance-free
machine light E2
> Extremely long service life due to LED used
> High power LEDs including driver
in innovative design
> Even more security due
E2
to flicker-free LED light

E2
Series 6039 E2

15557E00

WebCode 6039A ATEX / IECEx


Zone
For use in
0 1
x
2
x
20 21
x
22
x
E2

Selection Table
Version Rated operational voltage Connection line Order number Art. no. PS Weight E2
kg
Tubular Light 12 V DC 2.5 m 6039/2-1221-120-00 222976 64 1.400
Fitting LED 6039
5.0 m 6039/2-1221-150-00 222977 64 1.400
24 ... 48 V AC / DC, 5.0 m 6039/2-1321-150-00 222978◄ 64 1.400
E2
50 / 60 Hz
2.5 m 6039/2-1321-120-00 222979◄ 64 1.200
Order Number Supplement
Connection line H07RN-F 2 x 1 m2 per 1 m 120506 33
E2
HXSLHXÖ-J 2 x 1.5 m2 per 1 m 120508 33

HELU cable with braid SY-JZ-2x1.5 120507 33


Note - The tubular light fitting is delivered without plug. Specify the plug on order
(see Accessories and Spare Parts).
E2
Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx PTB 07.0018 E2
Ex d IIC T4 Gb or Ex db IIC T4
Ex tb IIIC T100°C Db or Ex tb IIIC T 100°C
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust PTB 07 ATEX 1009
E II 2 G Ex d IIC T4 Gb or Ex db IIC T4 E2
E II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T100 °C Db or Ex tb IIIC T100°C
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX

E2

E2

E2
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Lighting 325
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 326 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Tubular Light Fitting with LED


Series 6039

E2
Technical Data
Version 6039/2-12 (12 V) 6039/2-13 (24 ... 48 V) 6039/2-15 (110 ... 240 V)
Electrical data
Rated operational voltage 12 V DC 24 ... 48 V AC / DC, 110 ... 240 V AC / DC,
E2 50 / 60 Hz 50 / 60 Hz
Nominal operational 12 V 1.3 A 24 V 0.7 A 110 V AC 0.13 A
current 48 V 0.3 A 240 V AC 0.07 A
Luminous characteristics

E2 Lamps
Luminous flux
LED - typ. 6000K
approx. 1,000 lm
LED - typ. 6000K
approx. 1,000 lm
LED - typ. 6000K
approx. 1,000 lm
Luminous Intensity 285 lux in 1 m distance 285 lux in 1 m distance 285 lux in 1 m distance
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature -40 ... +40 °C -40 ... +70 °C -30 ... +70 °C

E2 Mechanical data
Degree of protection IP66 / IP67 (IEC 60589) IP66 / IP67 (IEC 60589) IP66 / IP67 (IEC 60589)
Protection class II II II
Material
Enclosure tube Polycarbonate Polycarbonate Polycarbonate
Sealing cap NBR / PVC (EPDM) NBR / PVC (EPDM) NBR / PVC (EPDM)
E2 Mounting / Installation
Connection line Standard: connection line, type H07RN-F, d 7.7 ... 10 mm, 2 x 1 mm2
Optional: Gifas Thermoflex cable, Type HXSLHXÖ-J, d 7.7 ... 10 mm, 2 x 1.5 mm2
HELU cable with braid, Type SY-JZ, 2 x 1.5 mm2

E2 Accessories and Spare Parts


Designation Figure Description Art. no. PS Weight
kg

E2 Mounting bracket Mounting bracket of galvanised sheet steel


(2 pieces)
120535◄ 36 0.050

04880E00

E2 Mounting bracket
and magnet
Mounting bracket of galvanised sheet steel and magnet
(2 pieces)
120536◄ 36 0.100

04885E00

E2 Plug 8570/12-304 3 pins, 100 ... 130 V, 50 / 60 Hz, 16 A 150599◄ 10 0.420


8570/12-306 3 pins, 200 ... 250 V, 50 / 60 Hz, 16 A 150579◄ 10 0.420

04923E00

E2 Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm [inches]) - Subject to Alterations


[Ø 1,57]

[0,50]
12,70
[0,50]
12,70

Ø 25
Ø 40

443,50 [17,46] 15 [0,59]


[Ø 0,98]

E2

Ø ,16
4
0
[Ø 1,97]
Ø 50

93,50 47,50
]

Ø 54
[3,68] [1,87] [Ø 2,13]
80 [3,15]

88 [3,46]

E2 302,50 [11,91]

54,50 [2,15] 54,50 [2,15]

E2
346 [13,62]
04926E00 04927E00

15559E00

Tubular Light Fitting Mounting bracket Mounting bracket and magnet

E2
326 Lighting 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 327 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Bulkhead Light Fitting


Series 6388 / 6788

E2
> Suitable for incandescent lamps up to 100 W
and halogen lamps up to 150 W
> Through-wiring possible
E2

E2

E2
Series 6388 / 6788 E2

12797E00

WebCode 6388A ATEX / IECEx

WebCode 6788A
Zone
6388: For use in
0 1
x
2
x
20 21 22
E2
6788: For use in x

Selection Table
Version Lamps Order number Art. no. PS Weight
E2
kg
Bulkhead light fitting up to 100 W 6388/1-2-2 121700◄ 38 4.000
Series 6388
Bulkhead light fitting
Series 6788
up to 150 W 6788/1-2-2 125084◄ 38 4.000 E2
Note The light fittings are supplied without lamps, see accessories.
General-purpose incandescent lamps fall under the EU Directive 2009/125/EC
and will no longer be offered by R. STAHL.

Technical Data E2
Design 6388 (Zones 1, 2)
Explosion protection
Europe (ATEX)
Gas IBExU 03 ATEX 1118
E II 2G Ex d e IIB+H2 T* Gb E2
* Temperature classes
Lamps Note max. Lamp Temperature class in operating position
ambient power
temperature
Ceiling
mounted
Wall mounted luminaire
horizontal vertical
E2
luminaire upwards
Incandescent +40 °C 100 W T1 1)2) T1 T1
lamps 230 V Internal +40 °C 100 W T1 1)2) T1 T1
according to reflector +40 °C 100 W T1 1)2) T1 T1
EN 60064 coloured
glass
+40 °C
+60 °C
60 W
(60 W
T2
T2 1)2)
T2
T2 1)2)
T2
T2 E2
+40 °C 25 W T3 T3 T3
Incandescent +40 °C 100 W T1 1)2) T1 1)2) T1 1)2)
lamps 24 V +40 °C 60 W T2 T2 T2
+60 °C (60 W T2 1)2) T2 1)2) T2
Halogen +40 °C (77 W T1 T1 T1
lamp 230 V3)
1) Temperature resistant cable required, permissible operating temperature ) 90 °C
E2
2) Temperature resistant cable gland required, permissible operating temperature )90 °C
3) Use the following halogen lamps: OSRAM ECO PRO CLASSIC A, max. 77W / 230V

Certifications and certificates


Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Kazakhstan (TR), Russia (TR), Serbia (SRPS), Belarus (TR)
E2

E2
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Lighting 327
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 328 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Bulkhead Light Fitting


Series 6388 / 6788

E2
Technical Data
Rated voltage 230 V AC / DC
24 V AC / DC
Ambient temperature -60 ... +40 °C
E2 Degree of protection IP64 (IEC 60529)
Cable entry 1 x M25 x 1.5 cable gland
1 x M25 x 1.5 stopping plug
Connection type 0.75 ... 2.5 mm (solid, finely and extra finely stranded)
4 mm (solid and finely stranded)

E2
Note Only incandescent lamps according to EN 60064 must be used!
Only the following halogen lamps must be used: OSRAM ECO PRO CLASSIC A
Shock-proof incandescent lamps are excluded from the EU directive for energy efficiency.
Technical Data
Design 6788 (Zone 2)
Explosion protection
E2 Europe (ATEX)
Gas IBExU 06 ATEX B035
E II 3G Ex nA II T*.
* Temperature class
Lamps Lamp wattage Temperature classes for different orientations
E2 Ceiling
mounting
Wall mounting
horizontal vertical
Incandescent 100 W T2 1) T1 T2
lamps 230 V 100 W 2) T2 1) T2 T2
100 W coloured glass T1 1) T1 T1
60 W T2 T2 T2
E2 60 W (Ta ( 60 °C)
40 W
T2 3)
T2
T2 3)
T2
T2 1)
T2
25 W T3 T3 T3
Incandescent 100 W T1 1) T1 1) T1 1)
lamp 24 V 60 W T2 T2 T2
Halogen 150 W T1 3) T1 3) T1
lamps 230 V 100 W T2 T2 T2
E2 1) Connection with heat-resistant cable ) 85 °C required
2) Lamp with internal reflector
3) Connection with heat-resistant cable ) 95 °C required

Certifications and certificates


Certificates ATEX
E2 Rated voltage 230 V AC and 24 V AC / DC
Ambient temperature -20 ... +40 °C
Degree of protection IP64
Cable entry 1 x M25 x 1.5 cable gland
1 x M25 x 1.5 stopping plug

E2 Connection type Terminals L1 + N for 2 x 4 mm, flexible/solid


PE for 2 x 4 mm, flexible/solid
Note Only incandescent lamps of the companies OSRAM and RADIUM to DIN 49810 part 5 may be used!
Shockproof incandescent lamps are exempt from the EU directive on energy saving.

Accessories and Spare Parts


E2 Designation Figure Description Art. no. PS Weight
kg
Halogen lamps 100 W E27 230 V 1800 Im 207459◄ 36 0.058

36 0.080
E2
05355E00
150 W E27 230 V 2870 lm 207458◄

Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm) - Subject to Alterations


318 [12,52]

E2
Ø 9 [Ø 0,35]
193 [7,60]
192 [7,56]

E2
349 [13,74]
03285E00 03286E00

E2
328 Lighting 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 329 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Pendant Light Fitting LED


Series 6050

E2
> Saltwater-resistant enclosure,
aluminium alloy, optionally with coating
> Maintenance-free operation and
long service life with LED E2
> Mounting with ring bolts or
tiltable mounting bracket
With connection box for easy installation
E2
>

> IP68 (10 m depth of immersion for 30 min)


at size 1

E2
Series 6050 E2

16767E00

WebCode 6050A ATEX / IECEx


Zone
For use in
0 1
x
2
x
20 21
x
22
x
E2

Selection Table
Version Lamps
1)
Lamp
holder
Lamp
wattage
Temperature
class at Ta =
TS max at
Ta = 40 °C
Order number PS Weight E2
40 °C 50 °C kg
Pendant light fitting QT E27 150 W T4 T4 142 °C 6050/11.1-11510-.0.-1 61 10.700
Series 6050 size 1;
Zones 1, 21 250 W T3 –– 142 °C 6050/11.1-12510-.0.-1 61 10.800
LME E27 160 W T4 –– 123 °C 6050/11.1-11610-.0.-1 61 10.900 E2
TC-TSE E27 23 W T6 –– 70 °C 6050/11.1-10210-.0.-1 61 10.800
HIE E27 70 W T5 T4 90 °C 6050/11.1-20711-.0.-1 61 10.700
100 W T4 –– 105 °C 6050/11.1-21011-.0.-1 61 11.100
150 W T4 –– 125 °C 6050/11.1-21511-.0.-1 61 12.100
E2
HSE E27 50 W T5 T4 100 °C 6050/11.1-30511-.0.-1 61 10.250
70 W T5 T4 100 °C 6050/11.1-30711-.0.-1 61 10.700
110 W T4 –– 106 °C 6050/11.1-31111-.0.-1 61 11.500
Order Number Supplement
Suspension two insert threads M8 in the cover of the light fitting 6050/111.-.....-...-. E2
with additional mounting bracket 6050/112.-.....-...-. 61 2.100
(for ceiling and wall mounting)
Wire guard without wire guard 6050/11..-.....-0..-.

Switch-off
with wire guard
without switch
6050/11..-.....-1..-.
6050/11..-.....-..0-.
61 0.560
E2
on opening
with switch 6050/11..-.....-..1-. 61
Notes: 1) QT ¡ Halogen lamp
LME ¡ Blended lamp

E2
TC-TSE ¡ Compact lamp
HIE ¡ Metal halide lamp
HSE ¡ High-pressure sodium lamp
- The pendant light fitting is unpainted; painting is possible (on request)
- The pendant light fittings are supplied without lamps (see Accessories)
- External reflector (see Accessories)
- The pendant light fittings are compensated. E2

E2

E2
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Lighting 329
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 330 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Pendant Light Fitting LED


Series 6050

E2
Selection Table
Version Lamps Lamp Lamp Temperature TS max at Order number PS Weight
1) holder wattage class at Ta = Ta = 40 °C
40 °C 50 °C kg
E2 Pendant light fitting QT E40 250 W T3 T3 142 °C 6050/31.1-12520-.0.-1 61 29.000
Series 6050 size 3; LME T3 –– 120 °C
Zones 1, 21 T4 T4
500 W T3 T3 144 °C 6050/31.1-15020-.0.-1 61 29.000
T4 –– 118 °C
T3 T3 154 °C
E2 HIE E40 250 W T4 –– 108 °C 6050/31.1-22521-.0.-1 61 29.000
400 W T4 –– 127 °C 6050/31.1-24021-.0.-1 61 29.000
HSE E40 150 W T5 T5 95 °C 6050/31.1-31521-.0.-1 61 29.000
250 W T4 –– 108 °C 6050/31.1-32521-.0.-1 61 29.000

E2
400 W T4 –– 120 °C 6050/31.1-34021-.0.-1 61 29.000
Order Number Supplement
Suspension two insert threads M10 in the cover of the light fitting 6050/311.-.....-...-.
with additional mounting bracket 6050/312.-.....-...-. 61 4.000
(for ceiling and wall mounting)
Wire guard without wire guard 6050/31..-.....-0..-.
E2 with wire guard 6050/31..-.....-1..-. 61 1.450
Switch-off on opening without switch 6050/31..-.....-..0-.
with switch 6050/31..-.....-..1-. 61
Notes: 1) QT ¡ Halogen lamp
LME ¡ Blended lamps
E2 HIE
HSE
¡ Metal halide lamps
¡ High-pressure sodium lamps
- The pendant light fitting is unpainted; painting is possible (on request)
- The pendant light fittings are supplied without lamps (see Accessories)
- External reflector (see Accessories)
- The pendant light fittings are compensated.
E2
Selection Table
Version Lamps Lamp Lamp Temperature TS max at Order number PS Weight
1) holder wattage class at Ta = Ta = 40 °C
40 °C 50 °C kg
E2 Pendant light fitting LED Special 65 W T4 –– 100 °C 6050/51..-01061-1..0.-11 64 8.900
Series 6050 LED, LED* Special 65 W T4 –– 100 °C 6050/51..-01061-1..0.-21 64 9.100
size 1
65 W; LED Special 65 W T6 –– 80 °C 6050/51..-01061-1..0.-31 64 9.100
Zone 1, 21
Order Number Supplement
E2 Suspension two insert threads M8 in the cover of the light fitting
with additional mounting bracket 6050/512.-.....-1....-.1 64 2.100
(for ceiling and wall mounting)
Cable entries 2 x M25 x 1.5 (standard) ➞ 1 x cable entry, 1 x stopping plug 6050/51.1-.....-1....-.1
(in connection box)
2 x M20 x 1.5 ➞ 1 x cable entry, 1 x stopping plug 6050/51.2-.....-1....-.1

E2 2 x NPT ¾“ ➞ 2 x threaded holes 6050/51.3-.....-1....-.1


2 x NPT 1“ ➞ 2 x threaded holes 6050/51.4-.....-1....-.1
Wire guard without wire guard 6050/51..-.....-1.0..-.1
with wire guard 6050/51..-.....-1.1..-.1 64 1.250
Internal reflector without internal reflector 6050/51..-.....-10...-.1
E2 with internal reflector 6050/51..-.....-11...-.1 64
Switch-off on opening without switch 6050/51..-.....-1...0-..
with switch 6050/51..-.....-1...1-..
Notes: 1) LED ¡ LED
LED* ¡ LED temperature controlled
E2 -
-
The pendant light fitting is unpainted; painting is possible (on request)
The pendant light fittings are supplied with LED
- External reflector (see Accessories)
- The pendant light fittings are compensated.

E2

E2
330 Lighting 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 331 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Pendant Light Fitting LED


Series 6050

E2
Technical Data
Design 6050/1 6050/3 6050/5 LED
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx PTB 06.0049X IECEx PTB 12.0017
E2
Ex d e IIC T3, T4, T5, T6 1) Gb Ex d e op is IIC Tx Gb
Ex tb IIIC T80 ... T154°C 1) Db Ex tb IIIC Txxx°C Db
1) See selection table 1) See selection table
Europe (ATEX) E2
Gas and dust PTB 03 ATEX 1096 PTB 11 ATEX 1045
E II 2 G Ex d e IIC T3, T4, T5, T6 1) Gb E II 2 G Ex d e op is IIC Tx Gb
E II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T80 ... T154°C 1) Db E II 2 D Ex tb IIIC Txxx°C Db
1) See selection table 1) See selection table
Certifications and certificates E2
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, China (China-Ex), India (PESO), IECEx, ATEX, Kazakhstan (TR), Russia (TR),
Kazakhstan (TR), Russia (TR), Ukraine (TR), Belarus (TR)
Belarus (TR)
Ship approval GL ––
Rated operational voltage Ue 220, 230, 240, 250 V AC (±6 %), 50 Hz
Observe information on the rating plate!
100 ... 277 V AC/DC, 50 ... 60 Hz E2
Ambient temperature 6050/1: -60 ... +40 °C / +50 °C Gas Ex-area -40 ... +55 °C at T4 or T100°C
-50 ... +40 °C / +50 °C Dust Ex-area -40 ... +40 °C at T6 or T80°C
-20 ... +40 °C for TC-TSE lamps
6050/3: -20 ... +40 °C / +50 °C
Enclosure material Light metal Light metal E2
Power factor cos p ) 0.9 (compensated) cos p ) 0.9
Connection option L1 + N + PE for 4 mm2 solid / finely stranded L1 + N + PE for 4 mm2 solid / finely stranded
Degree of protection IP66; IP68 size 1 only (IEC 60598) IP66; IP68 (10 m immersion depth 30 min)

E2
(IEC 60598)
Cable entry
Standard 2 x M25 x 1.5; 1 x cable entry 2 x M25 x 1.5; 1 x cable entry
Ø 7 ... 17 mm, 1 x stopping plug Ø 7 ... 17 mm, 1 x stopping plug

Accessories and Spare Parts


Designation Illustration Description Art. no. PS Weight E2
kg
Wire guard Complete with mounting parts
Material: steel wire, stainless steel
for 6050/11 118554 37 0.560

10289E00
for 6050/31 118561 37 1.450 E2
for 6050/51 221774 36 0.450
External Complete with mounting parts
reflector Material: high-polished aluminium
for 6050/11 and 6050/51, spot beam 118558◄ 37 0.216

10288E00
for 6050/31, broad beam 118572 37 0.670 E2
Mounting Complete; stainless steel (for additional mounting)
bracket 118557◄ 37 2.100
for 6050/11 and 6050/31
for 6050/31 118564 37 4.000
E2
10287E00

Single-point The stainless steel mounting fixture is fastened to the enclosure of


mounting the pendant light fitting Series 6050 by means of two stainless steel
screws M8.

04697E00
for 6050/11 and 6050/51 118571 37 0.374 E2
for 6050/31 118574 37 0.600
Ring bolts M8, direct mounting in insert nuts, 1 pair 115736◄ 36 0.112
M10, direct mounting in insert nuts, 1 pair 118560◄ 36 0.210

E2
05378E00

E2
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Lighting 331
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 332 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Pendant Light Fitting LED


Series 6050

E2
Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm) – Subject to Alterations

E2

E2

E2

E2

E2

10283E00 10284E00 10285E00 10286E00

E2 without wire guard


L b d1
with wire guard with external reflector
L b d2
with mounting bracket

6050/11 392 178 236 6050/11 392 178 440


6050/31 530 240 360 6050/31 534 240 760
with wire guard with mounting bracket

E2 6050/11
L
409
b
178
d1
236 6050/11
L b
525 178
d1
236
l
230
a
299
c
279
e
200
6050/31 556 240 360 6050/31 770 240 360 420 427 407 300
Pendant light fitting Series 6050/1 and 6050/3

E2 Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm) – Subject to Alterations


b b

E2
L

E2

E2
ø d1
ø d1

E2
14990E00 14991E00

without wire guard with wire guard


L b d1 L b d1
6050/5 268 177.8 228 6050/5 283.8 177.8 228
Pendant light fitting Serie 6050/5

E2
332 Lighting 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 333 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Pendant Light Fitting IEC


Series 6470/2

E2
> Three sizes are available (up to 600 W)
> Availabe type of lamps
– High-pressure sodium lamps (HSE)
– Metal halide lamps (HIE) E2
– Halogen lamps (QT)
> Versatile mounting options
Enclosure made of
E2
>
saltwater-resistant aluminium

E2
Series 6470/2 E2

11435E

WebCode 6470C Zone


ATEX / IECEx
0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x x E2
Selection Table
Version Order number Art. no. Weight
Temperature
class at Ta =

temperature

E2
Assembly

Lamps 1)

wattage

Surface

at Ta =
glands

holder
Cable

Lamp

Lamp

kg
40 °C

55 °C

55 °C

Pendant light fitting Wall - 2 x M20 x 1.5, HIE E27 70 W T5 T4 103 °C 6470/2121-2071-100-2 237863 8.300
E2
Series 6470/2, Ceiling 2 x M25 x 1.5
size 1 100 W T4 T4 121 °C 6470/2121-2101-100-2 237869 8.300
with compensation, 150 W T4 T3 140 °C 6470/2121-2151-100-2 237881 9.200
without wire guard
HSE E27 70 W T4 T4 106 °C 6470/2121-3071-100-2 237857 8.300
Wall 2 x M20 x 1.5,
2 x M25 x 1.5
HIE E27 70 W T5 T4 103 °C 6470/2141-2071-100-2 237864 9.000 E2
100 W T4 T4 121 °C 6470/2141-2101-100-2 237870 9.000
150 W T4 T3 140 °C 6470/2141-2151-100-2 237882 9.900
HSE E27 70 W T4 T4 106 °C 6470/2141-3071-100-2 237858 9.000
Pendant light fitting Wall - 2 x M20 x 1.5, HSE E40 100 W T5 T4 112 °C 8.700
E2
6470/2221-3102-100-2 237875
Series 6470/2, Ceiling 2 x M25 x 1.5
size 2 150 W T4 T4 130 °C 6470/2221-3152-100-2 237887 9.600
with compensation, HID E40 250 W T3 –– 157 °C 6470/2221-6252-100-2 224250 9.700
without wire guard
Wall 2 x M20 x 1.5, HSE E40 100 W T5 T4 112 °C 6470/2241-3102-100-2 237876 9.400
2 x M25 x 1.5
150 W T4 T4 130 °C 6470/2241-3152-100-2 237888 10.300
HID E40 250 W T3 –– 157 °C 6470/2241-6252-100-2 224251 10.400 E2
Pendant light fitting Wall - 2 x M20 x 1.5, HID E40 250 W T4 T4 130 °C 6470/2321-6252-100-2 224254 14.000
Series 6470/2, Ceiling 2 x M25 x 1.5
size 3 400 W T3 T3 155 °C 6470/2321-6402-100-2 224255 16.700
with compensation, 2 x 1/2 NPT, HID E40 250 W T4 T4 130 °C 6470/2327-6252-100-2 224350 14.000
without wire guard 2 x 3/4 NPT
400 W T3 T3 155 °C 6470/2327-6402-100-2 224351 16.700
Wall 2 x M20 x 1.5, HID E40 250 W T4 T4 130 °C 6470/2341-6252-100-2 224257 15.900 E2
2 x M25 x 1.5
400 W T3 T3 155 °C 6470/2341-6402-100-2 224258 18.600
2 x 1/2 NPT, HID E40 250 W T4 T4 130 °C 6470/2347-6252-100-2 224354 15.900
2 x 3/4 NPT
400 W T3 T3 155 °C 6470/2347-6402-100-2 224355 18.600
Notes: HIE Metal halide lamp
E2
1) ➞
HSE ➞ High-pressure sodium lamp
HID ➞ (HIE + HSE)

- The light fittings are supplied without lamps.


- The light fittings are compensated.

E2

E2
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Lighting 333
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 334 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Pendant Light Fitting IEC


Series 6470/2

E2
Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)

E2 Gas and dust IECEx PTB 06.0007


Ex nR IIC T* Gc
Ex tb IIIC IP66 T* °C Db
* temperature classes and surface temperatures see selection table
Europe (ATEX)
E2 Gas Zone 2: PTB 05 ATEX 2045
E II 3 G Ex nR IIC T* Gc
Dust Zone 21: PTB 05 ATEX 2043
Zone 22: PTB 05 ATEX 2045
E II 2 D Ex tb IIIC IP66 T* °C Db

E2 E II 3 D Ex tc IIIC IP66 T* °C Dc
* temperature classes and surface temperatures see selection table
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Kazakhstan (TR), Russia (TR), Taiwan (ITRI), Ukraine (TR), Belarus (TR)
Ship approval GL
E2 Enclosure material
Rated operational voltage Ue
saltwater-resistant aluminium
Lamps
QT HIT/HST
500 W 70 W 100 W 150 W 250 W 400 W
230 (+/- 6%) V AC, 50 Hz x x x x x x
E2 240 (+/- 6%) V AC, 50 Hz x x x x x
208 (+/- 6%) V AC, 60 Hz x x x
220 (+/- 6%) V AC, 60 Hz x x x x x x
240 (+/- 6%) V AC, 60 Hz x x x x x
Power factor cos p ) 0.9 (compensated)
E2 Ambient temperature 6470/21 -20 ... +40 °C all variants
-30 ... +55 °C HSE, HIE
-50 ... +55 °C QT
6470/22 -20 ... +40 °C all variants
E2 -30 ... +55 °C
-30 ... +40 °C
HSE 100 W, 150 W
HSE 250 W, HIE 250 W
6470/23 -20 ... +40 °C all variants
-30 ... +55 °C HSE 250 W, 400 W, HIE 250 W, 400 W
-50 ... +55 °C QT 500 W
E2 Connection option Spring clamp terminal up to 4 mm 2
3-pole (2x L1, 2x N, 2x PE)
Degree of protection IP66 (IEC 60598)
Cable glands Specially certified cable entries (according to Directive 94/9/EC) -
risk of mechanical hazard "high" - with a minimum type of protection of IP66
E2 must be used. The number of cable entries depends on the mounting version.
Standard 2x M25 x 1.5 and 2x M20 x 1.5
Special entry others on request
Screw-in thread for pole 1 1/4“ BSP, 1 1/2“ BSP
mounting
E2

E2

E2

E2
334 Lighting 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 335 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Pendant Light Fitting IEC


Series 6470/2

E2
Accessories and Spare Parts
Designation Illustration Description Art. no. PS Weight
kg
Wire guard made of saltwater-resistant aluminium,
with mounting parts
E2
for 6470/21 123038 36 0.250
10571E00 for 6470/22 123039 36 0.300
for 6470/23 60 0.600
E2
123040
Standard reflector made of powder coated galvanised sheet steel,
with mounting parts
for 6470/21 and 6470/22 123042 61 2.250
made of glass fibre reinforced polyester,
with mounting parts
E2
10288E00

for 6470/21 and 6470/22 123048 36


for 6470/23 123053 37 5.500
Reflector 30° made of glass fibre reinforced polyester,
with mounting parts
for 6470/21 and 6470/22 123043 61 0.600 E2
06249E00

Cover for wall and Ceiling mounting via taps located on the cover.
ceiling mounting A mounting bracket or ring bolts can be attached
to the cover later (must be ordered as accessory).
10580E00
with thread for 6470/21 and 248973 E2
2 x M20 x 1.5 and 6470/22
2 x M25 x 1.5
with thread for 6470/23 248974
2 x M20 x 1.5 and
2 x M25 x 1.5
E2
with thread for 6470/21 and 248975
2 x 1/2 NPT and 6470/22
2 x 3/4 NPT
with thread for 6470/23 248976
2 x 1/2 NPT and
2 x 3/4 NPT E2
Cover for with thread for 6470/21 and 248977
wall mounting 2 x M20 x 1.5 and 6470/22
2 x M25 x 1.5
with thread for 6470/23
E2
10573E00
248978
2 x M20 x 1.5 and
2 x M25 x 1.5
with thread for 6470/21 and 248979
2 x 1/2 NPT and 6470/22
2 x 3/4 NPT
with thread for 6470/23 248980 E2
2 x 1/2 NPT and
2 x 3/4 NPT
Cover for with thread for 6470/21 and 248981
pole mounting 25° 1 1/2 BSP 6470/22
with thread for 6470/23 248982 E2
10577E00
1 1/2 BSP
with thread for 6470/21 and 248983
1 1/4 BSP 6470/22
with thread for 6470/23
E2
248984
1 1/4 BSP
Ring bolts M8, direct mounting in insert nuts 1 pair 115736◄ 36 0.112

05378E00

E2

E2
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Lighting 335
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 336 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Pendant Light Fitting IEC


Series 6470/2

E2
Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm [inches]) – Subject to Alterations

E2

E2

E2

E2
10574E00 10566E00
10564E00 10568E00

Ceiling mounting Ceiling mounting Ceiling mounting Pendant mounting


E2 without wire guard with wire guard with reflector by means of ring bolts

6470/21 6470/22 6470/23


A 277 372
[10.91] [14.65]
E2 B 352 414 514
[13.86] [16.30] [20.24]
B2 331 393 498
C 230 310
[9.06] [12.20]
E2 D 353 521
[13.90] [20.51]
E 240 329
[9.45] [12.95]

E2 F 357
[14.06]
423
[16.65]
533
[20.98]
G 180 260
180
H M8 M 10
M8
E2
10561E00 10563E00

I 358 424 535


J 444 715
444
J1 340 367 511
E2 K 20 25
20
L 18 22.5
18
Wall mounting Pole mounting 25° Q 7 8
E2 7
S 105 125 160
T 405 466 592
V 105 139
E2 X
105
366.5 579
366.5

E2
336 Lighting 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 337 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Pendant Light Fitting LED


Series 6470/5

E2
> Pendant light fitting Zones 2, 21 and 22
with highly efficient LEDs
> Wide voltage range from 100 ... 277 V AC
> Optionally, with or without internal reflector E2
for adjusting to the illumination task
> Low-maintenance due to long service life of
up to 100,000 operating hours
E2

E2
Series 6470/5 E2

17556E00

WebCode 6470B ATEX / IECEx


Zone
For use in
0 1 2
x
20 21
x
22
x
E2

Selection Table
Version Assembly Lamp Rated voltage Internal Order number Art. no. Weight E2
wattage reflector
kg
6470/5 Wall - 70 W 100 ... 277 V AC without 6470/5121-5073-1010-0 247482 6.550
pendant light
fitting LED
Ceiling
with 6470/5121-5073-1110-0 247483 6.550 E2
80 W 170 ... 240 V AC without 6470/5121-5081-1010-0 247346 6.150
with 6470/5121-5081-1110-0 247347 6.150
Wall 70 W 100 ... 277 V AC without 6470/5141-5073-1010-0 247484 7.450
with 6470/5141-5073-1110-0 247485 7.450 E2
80 W 170 ... 240 V AC without 6470/5141-5081-1010-0 247348 7.050
with 6470/5141-5081-1110-0 247349 7.050
Pole 25° 70 W 100 ... 277 V AC without 6470/5151-5073-1010-0 247486 6.690
with 6470/5151-5073-1110-0 247487 6.690 E2
80 W 170 ... 240 V AC without 6470/5151-5081-1010-0 247350 6.290
with 6470/5151-5081-1110-0 247481 6.290

Technical Data E2
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx PTB 15.0029
Ex nR IIC T6 Gc
Ex tc IIIC T80°C Dc
Ex tb IIIC T80°C Db
E2
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust Certificate expected

E2
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX

E2

E2
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Lighting 337
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 338 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Pendant Light Fitting LED


Series 6470/5

E2
Technical Data
Electrical data
Electronic balast

E2 Rated voltage
6470/51..-5..1 170 ... 264 V AC, 50/60 Hz
6470/51..-5..3 90 ... 305 V AC, 50/60 Hz
176 ... 264 V DC
Rated current 0.3 A

E2 Power factor
Luminous characteristics
> 0.95

Colour temperature 5700 K


Colour rendering >70
Luminous flux
Without With internal With external With internal
E2 reflector reflector reflector & external
reflectors
Lumen: 8000 lm 7845 lm 7315 lm 7148 lm
Efficiency: 100 lm/W 99 lm/W 92 lm/W 90 lm/W
Ambient conditions
E2 Operating -40 ... +60 °C*
temperature range
* Note: Possible to operate the luminaire at -40°C,
provided the lamp is switched on at -30°C .
Storage temperature -30 ... +75 °C
E2 Service life
Ta ( 40 °C Ta at 50 °C Ta at 60 °C
L70B10C10 100,000 h 80,000 h 50,000 h
LxByCz
At the end of the service life:

E2 - Luminous flux decreases by “x” percent.


- up to "y" percent of all luminaires fall below "x"
- up to "z" percent of all luminaires break down completely
Mechanical data
Degree of protection IP66
Protection class I (with internal PE connection)
E2 Impact strength (IK code) IKxx (IEC 62262)
Material
Enclosure saltwater-resistant aluminium
Colour Colour white, similar to RAL 9010

E2 Seal
Lamp cover
Foamed silicone in base of luminaire
Toughened Glass
Mounting / Installation
Cable entry 2 x cable glands Series 8161
2 x stopping plugs Series 8290
Connection L1 + N for 4 mm2 flexible via internal terminal block
E2
Accessories and Spare Parts
Designation Illustration Description Art. no. PS Weight
kg
E2 Handheld testing For testing of restricted breathing of 230434 36 1.334
instrument for gastight enclosures of type Ex nR
gastight enclosures

E2 11006E00

E2

E2
338 Lighting 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 339 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Pendant Light Fitting LED


Series 6470/5

E2
Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm [inches]) - Subject to Alterations
A A A
Dimen-
sions in
6470/5
E2
mm
B

D
A 277
B
ØJ C 230 E2
D
G G G E 240
E F

E2
E E
G 180
H M8
ØC
ØC

ØC
J 444
12

12

12

E2
H H H
17555E00 17626E00 17621E00

Ceiling mounting Ceiling mounting Ceiling mounting


without wire guard with wire guard with reflector

ØK A
E2
L

Dimen- 6470/5
sions in
mm
B

A 277
B E2
C 230
G 180
G H M8
K E2
L
ØC

H
E2
17622E00

Pendant mounting
by means of ring bolts

X
E2
Q 25° Dimen- 6470/5
sions in
mm
B2

X
S

A 277 E2
T
B2

B2
SW 60 C 230
85
[3,35] X BSP 1 1/4" J1 240
BSP 1 1/2"
Q 7 E2
V

J1
Ø 11 S 105
[Ø 0,43]
ØC T
V
X E2
A
A

17623E00 17624E00

Wall mounting Pole mounting


E2
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Lighting 339
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 340 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Floodlight
Series 6121

E2
> For use in gas group IIC
> Usable in the temperature range
from -40 ... +60 °C
E2 > Material
– Enclosure in cast aluminium
– Mounting components in
hot galvanized steel
E2 > Lamp options
– halogen lamps (QT) up to 500 W
– halogen metal halide lamps (HIT)
up to 400 W
E2 – sodium vapour high pressure lamps (HST)
Series 6121 E2

09458E00

up to 400 W

WebCode 6121B ATEX / IECEx

E2 Zone
For use in
0 1
x
2
x
20 21
x
22
x

Selection Table

E2 Version Order number Art. no. PS Weight


and connection box
between enclosure
Rated operational

Connection cable

Lamp wattage
Light aperture
Lamp holder
Lamps 1)
voltage

E2
kg
Floodlight 230 V without QT E40 broad beam 500 W 6121/1312-1500-0101-102-511-1 239025 38 27.000
Series 6121/1
narrow beam 500 W 6121/1322-1500-0101-102-511-1 239026 38 27.000

E2 standard HIT / HST E40 broad beam 150 W


250 W
6121/1312-2151-1111-111-511-1
6121/1312-2251-1111-111-511-1
229888
229889
38
38
33.500
34.500
400 W 6121/1312-2401-1111-111-511-1 229890 38 36.900
narrow beam 150 W 6121/1322-2151-1111-111-511-1 229891 38 33.500
250 W 6121/1322-2251-1111-111-511-1 229892 38 34.500
E2 400 W 6121/1322-2401-1111-111-511-1 229893 38 36.900
240 V standard HIT / HST E40 broad beam 150 W 6121/1312-2151-1111-111-611-1 229900 38 33.500
250 W 6121/1312-2251-1111-111-611-1 229901 38 34.500
400 W 6121/1312-2401-1111-111-611-1 229902 38 36.900

E2 narrow beam 150 W


250 W
6121/1322-2151-1111-111-611-1
6121/1322-2251-1111-111-611-1
229903
229904
38
38
33.500
34.500
400 W 6121/1322-2401-1111-111-611-1 229905 38 36.900
Order Number Supplement
Connection Terminal 3 x 4 mm 6121/1...-....-...1-...-...-.
E2 terminal
Terminal 3 x 6 mm 6121/1...-....-...2-...-...-.
Cable glands 3 x M20 with 1 cable gland and 6121/1...-....-....-..1-...-.
2 stopping plugs (HIT / HST)
2 x M20 with 1 cable gland and 6121/1...-....-....-..2-...-.
1 stopping plug (QT)

E2 3 x M25 with 1 cable gland and


2 stopping plugs (HIT / HST)
6121/1...-....-....-..3-...-.

2 x M25 with 1 cable gland and 6121/1...-....-....-..4-...-.


1 stopping plug (QT)
Note The luminaires are supplied without lamps. Please order them as accessories.

E2 1) QT
HIT
¡ Halogen lamps
¡ Metal halide lamps
HST ¡ High-pressure sodium lamps

E2
340 Lighting 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 341 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Floodlight
Series 6121

E2
Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx BVS 14.0071X
Ex de IIB + H2 T* Gb
Ex de IIC T* Gb
E2
Ex tb IIIC T* °C Db
* temperature classes and surface temperatures see selection table
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust BVS 14 ATEX E 110 X
E II 2 G Ex de IIB + H2 T* Gb E2
E II 2 G Ex de IIC T* Gb
E II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T* °C Db
* temperature classes and surface temperatures see selection table
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, India (PESO) E2
Rated operational voltage Ue Lamps
QT HIT HST
500 W 150 W 250 W 400 W 150 W 250 W 400 W

E2
230 (+/- 6%) V AC, 50 Hz x x x x x x x
240 (+/- 6%) V AC, 50 Hz x x x x x x
208 (+/- 6%) V AC, 60 Hz x x x x
220 (+/- 6%) V AC, 60 Hz x x x x x x x
240 (+/- 6%) V AC, 60 Hz x x x x x x

Lamps QT
HIT
IEC 60357
IEC 61167
E2
HST IEC 60662
Energy efficiency class EEI A2
Ballast QT without
HIT / HST magnetical ballast E2
Connection cable between prewired with special ignition silicone cable - armoured or unarmoured
enclosure and connection box
Temperature class, Lamp Lamp power Temperature class max. surface temperature
max. surface temperature Ta ( +50° C Ta ( +60° C Ta = +40° C Ta = +60° C
QT
HIT / HST
500 W
150 W
T3
T4
T3
T4
+158° C
+86° C
+178° C
+106° C
E2
250 W T4 T3 +120° C +140° C
400 W T3 T3 +152° C +172° C
Ambient temperature, Lamp Lamp power Ambient temperature Gas group Note
gas group
E2
QT 500 W Ta = -20 ... +60 °C IIC
Ta = -60 ... +60 °C IIB + H2
HIT / HST 150 W, 250 W Ta = -20 ... +60 °C IIC
Ta = -60 ... +60 °C IIB + H2 lamp start
at Ta ) -35 ° C
400 W Ta = -20 ... +50 °C IIC
Ta = -60 ... +50 °C IIB + H2 lamp start
at Ta ) -35 °C E2
Degree of protection IP66 (IEC 60529)
Enclosure material seawater-resistant cast aluminium (AlSiMg) (LM25)
Colour Standard RAL 7032, other on request
Mounting bracket
Operating position
stainless steel V2A (1.4301; X5Cr-Ni18-10; S 30400)
Horizontal mounting E2
Cable entry HIT / HST
3x M20x1.5 with 1 cable gland and 2 stopping plugs or
3x M25x1.5 with 1 cable gland and 2 stopping plugs
QT
2x M20x1.5 with 1 cable gland and 1 stopping plug or

Connection
2x M25x1.5 with 1 cable gland and 1 stopping plug
L + N + PE, max. 4 mm2 or max. 6mm2
E2

E2

E2
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Lighting 341
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 342 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Floodlight
Series 6121

E2
Accessories and Spare Parts
Designation Figure Description Art. no. PS Weight
kg
E2 Halogen metal halide 150 W E40 230 V 14500 Im 109130◄ 37 0.135
lamps HIT
05355E00 250 W E40 230 V 20000 Im 109132◄ 37 0.200

400 W E40 230 V 42000 Im 109134◄ 37 0.135

E2 High pressure sodium


lamps HST
150 W E40 230 V 17500 Im 109129◄ 37 0.143

05355E00 250 W E40 230 V 33200 Im 109131◄ 37 0.149

400 W E40 230 V 56500 Im 109133◄ 37 0.210

E2 Ring bolt M10, direct mounting in insert nuts, 1 pair 118560◄ 36 0.210

05378E00

Mounting bracket Mounting bracket with accessories 224997 38 3.800


Material: stainless steel V2A

E2 (1.4301; X5Cr-Ni18-10; S 30400)

16610E00

Light visor Anti-glare grid with accessories 230041 36 2.300


Material: stainless steel V2A
E2 (1.4301; X5Cr-Ni18-10; S 30400)

16611E00

Impact protection grid Impact protection grid with accessories 230045 36 0.500
Material: stainless steel V2A
E2 (1.4301; X5Cr-Ni18-10; S 30400)

16612E00

E2 Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm [inches]) - Subject to Alterations


473 [18,62]
540 [21,26] 455 [17,91]
520 [20,47] 410 [16,14]
370 [14,57] 285 [11,22] 370 [14,57] 285 [11,22]
E2
400 [15,75]

400 [15,75]
535 [21,06]

E2
620 [24,41]
620 [24,41]

E2
3 x ø 13 3 x ø 13
250 [9,84] [3 x ø 0,51] 250 [9,84] [3 x ø 0,51]
16131E00 16132E00

6121//1 Floodlight, Halogen (QT) 6121//1 Floodlight, Halogen metal halide lamps (HIT),

E2
High pressure sodium lamps (HST)

E2

E2
342 Lighting 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 343 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Floodlight
Series 6521/4

E2
> The enclosure made of stainless steel V4A,
V2A or powder coated sheet steel is available
> Broad or narrow beam reflectors
and/or asymmetrical light distribution, E2
Standard: broad beam

E2

E2
Series 6521/4 E2

09678E00

WebCode 6521B ATEX / IECEx


Zone
For use in
0 1 2
x
20 21
x
22
x
E2

Selection Table
Version Enclosure Lamp capacity Temperature
class at
TS max.
at Ta =
Order number Art. no. PS Weight
E2
Ta = 40 °C
kg
Lampholder

Lamps 1)

Power

40 °C

50 °C

E2
Floodlight Sheet steel E27 QT 150 W T3 T3 156 °C 6521/4111-115-023-1-230-50 210719 62 8.293
size 1 powder coated 250 W T2 T2 202 °C 6521/4111-125-023-1-230-50 210720◄ 62 9.493
HIT 70 W T4 T3 121 °C 6521/4111-207-123-1-230-50 210803◄ 62 9.493
100 W T3 T3 140 °C 6521/4111-210-123-1-230-50 210804 62 10.893
150 W T3 –– 165 °C 6521/4111-215-123-1-230-50 210802◄ 62 11.963 E2
HST 70 W T4 T3 121 °C 6521/4111-307-123-1-230-50 210805 62 9.493
Stainless steel E27 QT 150 W T3 T3 156 °C 6521/4111-115-023-3-230-50 210813 62 8.130
V2A 250 W T2 T2 202 °C 6521/4111-125-023-3-230-50 210814◄ 62 8.130
HIT 70 W T4 T3 121 °C 6521/4111-207-123-3-230-50 210817◄ 62 9.330
100 W
150 W
T3
T3
T3
––
140 °C
165 °C
6521/4111-210-123-3-230-50
6521/4111-215-123-3-230-50
210818
210816◄
62
62
10.730
11.800
E2
HST 70 W T4 T3 121 °C 6521/4111-307-123-3-230-50 210819 62 9.330
Stainless steel E27 QT 150 W T3 T3 156 °C 6521/4111-115-023-4-230-50 210847 62 8.130
V4A 250 W T2 T2 202 °C 6521/4111-125-023-4-230-50 210848◄ 62 8.130
HIT 70 W
100 W
T4
T3
T3
T3
121 °C
140 °C
6521/4111-207-123-4-230-50
6521/4111-210-123-4-230-50
210851◄
210852
62
62
9.330
10.730
E2
150 W T3 –– 165 °C 6521/4111-215-123-4-230-50 210850◄ 62 11.800
HST 70 W T4 T3 121 °C 6521/4111-307-123-4-230-50 210853 62 9.330
Floodlight Sheet steel E40 QT 500 W T3 T3 180 °C 6521/4212-150-023-1-230-50 210801◄ 62 15.570

E2
size 2 powder coated HST 150 W T4 T3 130 °C 6521/4212-315-123-1-230-50 210806◄ 62 17.780
HIT /HST 250 W T3 T3 156 °C 6521/4212-625-123-1-230-50 210807◄ 62 19.280
Stainless steel E40 QT 500 W T3 T3 180 °C 6521/4212-150-023-3-230-50 210815◄ 62 15.300
V2A HST 150 W T4 T3 130 °C 6521/4212-315-123-3-230-50 210837 62 17.500
HIT / HST 250 W T3 T3 156 °C 6521/4212-625-123-3-230-50 210840◄ 62 19.000
Stainless steel E40 QT 500 W T3 T3 180 °C 62 15.300
E2
6521/4212-150-023-4-230-50 210849◄
V4A HST 150 W T4 T3 130 °C 6521/4212-315-123-4-230-50 210854 62 17.500
HIT / HST 250 W T3 T3 156 °C 6521/4212-625-123-4-230-50 210855◄ 62 19.000
Note 1) QT ➝ Halogen lamps
HIT ➝ Metal halide lamps
HST ➝ High-pressure sodium lamps

-
HIT / HST ➝ Metal halide lamps / High-pressure sodium lamps
The floodlights are delivered without lamps; mounting bracket is delivered standard.
E2
Additional mounting accessories must be ordered separately.
- Cable gland M20 x 1.5; connection range d 4 ... 13 mm (standard)
Cable gland M25 x 1.5; connection range d 7 ... 17 mm

E2
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Lighting 343
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 344 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Floodlight
Series 6521/4

E2
Selection Table
Version Enclosure Lamp capacity Temperature TS max. Order number Art. no. PS Weight
class at at Ta =
Ta = 40 °C
E2
Lampholder

Lamps 1)

Power

40 °C

50 °C
kg
E2 Floodlight
size 3
Sheet steel
powder coated
E40 QT 500 W T3 T3 147 °C 6521/4312-150-023-1-230-50 210808◄ 62 22.590
1000 W T2 T2 230 °C 6521/4312-111-023-1-230-50 210809◄ 62 22.490
HST 600 W T3 T2 190 °C 6521/4312-360-123-1-230-50 210812 62 29.190
HIT / HST 250 W T4 T3 125 °C 6521/4312-625-123-1-230-50 210810◄ 62 24.990
400 W T3 T3 160 °C 6521/4312-640-123-1-230-50 210811◄ 62 25.590
E2 Stainless steel
V2A
E40 QT 500 W T3 T3 147 °C 6521/4312-150-023-3-230-50 210841 62 22.100
1000 W T2 T2 230 °C 6521/4312-111-023-3-230-50 210843◄ 62 22.100
HST 600 W T3 T2 190 °C 6521/4312-360-123-3-230-50 210846 62 28.800
HIT / HST 250 W T4 T3 125 °C 6521/4312-625-123-3-230-50 210844◄ 62 24.600
400 W T3 T3 160 °C 6521/4312-640-123-3-230-50 210845◄ 62 25.200

E2 Stainless steel
V4A
E40 QT 500 W
1000 W
T3
T2
T3
T2
147 °C
230 °C
6521/4312-150-023-4-230-50
6521/4312-111-023-4-230-50
210856
210857◄
62
62
22.100
22.100
HST 600 W T3 T2 190 °C 6521/4312-360-123-4-230-50 210860 62 28.800
HIT / HST 250 W T4 T3 125 °C 6521/4312-625-123-4-230-50 210858◄ 62 24.600
400 W T3 T3 160 °C 6521/4312-640-123-4-230-50 210859◄ 62 25.200

E2 Note 1) QT
HIT


Halogen lamps
Metal halide lamps
HST ➝ High-pressure sodium lamps
HIT / HST ➝ Metal halide lamps / High-pressure sodium lamps
- The floodlights are delivered without lamps; mounting bracket is delivered standard.
Additional mounting accessories must be ordered separately.

E2
- Cable gland M20 x 1.5; connection range d 4 ... 13 mm (standard)
Cable gland M25 x 1.5; connection range d 7 ... 17 mm

Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)

E2 Gas and dust IECEx TUR 10.0014


Ex nRc IIC T1)
Ex tb IIIC T1) IP66
Europe (ATEX)
Gas TÜV 11 ATEX 7008
E II 3 G Ex nRc IIC T1)
E2 Dust TÜV 10 ATEX 7875
E II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T1) °C IP66
1) See selection table
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, India (PESO)

E2 Rated voltage
Power factor cos p
220 ... 240 V AC, 50 Hz
High-pressure lamps compensated cos p > 0.9
Ambient temperature -40 ... +40 °C / +50 °C (observe the temperature class)
-50 ... +40 °C / +50 °C (QT lamps, observe the temperature class)
Degree of protection IP66 to EN 60598
Material

E2 Enclosure 6521/4...-...-...-1-...-..
6521/4...-...-...-3-...-..
Sheet steel powder coated RAL 7032 (pebble-grey)
Stainless steel 1.4301 (V2A)
6521/4...-...-...-4-...-.. Stainless steel 1.4404 (V4A)
Operating position Horizontal lamp axis
Cable entry

E2 Standard 1 x M20 x 1.5 cable gland, clamping area d 4 ... 13 mm


1 x M20 x 1.5 stopping plug
1 x M20 x 1.5 cable entry (with blind plugs - as test holes)
- Enclosure made of sheet steel with plastic cable glands
- Enclosure made of stainless steel with metal cable glands
Special specific costumer order possible
Connection option Spring clamp terminals, 2 clamping positions
E2 Standard:
L1 + N + PE, for 0.5 ... 4 mm2 single-wire and finely stranded
Optional:
L1 + N + PE, for 0.5 ... 6 mm2 single-wire and finely stranded

Accessories and spare parts see page 348; Dimensional drawings see page 347

E2
344 Lighting 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 345 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Floodlight
Series 6521/5

E2
> The enclosure made of stainless steel V4A,
V2A or powder coated sheet steel is available
> Broad or narrow beam reflectors
and/or asymmetrical light distribution, E2
Standard: broad beam

E2

E2
Series 6521/5 E2

09678E00

WebCode 6521C ATEX / IECEx


Zone
For use in
0 1 2
x
20 21
x
22
x
E2

Selection Table
Version Enclosure Lamp capacity Temperature
class at
TS max.
at
TS max
at
Order number Art. no. PS Weight
E2
Ta = Ta = Ta =
40 °C 55 °C
kg
Lampholder

Lamps 1)

Power

40 °C

55 °C

E2
Floodlight Sheet steel E40 HST 250 W T1 T1 110 °C 125 °C 6521/5312-625-123-1- 220047◄ 62 24.990
size 3 powder coated 230-50
400 W T1 –– 134 °C –– 6521/5312-640-123-1- 220050◄ 62 25.590
230-50
Stainless steel
V2A
E40 HST 250 W T1 T1 110 °C 125 °C 6521/5312-625-123-3-
230-50
220048◄ 62 24.600 E2
400 W T1 –– 134 °C –– 6521/5312-640-123-3- 220051◄ 62 25.200
230-50
Stainless steel E40 HST 250 W T1 T1 110 °C 125 °C 6521/5312-625-123-4- 220049◄ 62 24.600
V4A 230-50
400 W T1 –– 134 °C –– 6521/5312-640-123-4- 220052◄ 62 25.200 E2
230-50
Note 1) HST ➝ High-pressure sodium lamps
Only lamps of type OSRAM VIALOX-T SUPER can be used.
- The floodlights are delivered without lamps, but with mounting brackets.
Further mounting accessories must be ordered separately. E2
- Cable gland M20 x 1.5; clamping range d 4 ... 13 mm (standard)
Cable gland M25 x 1.5; clamping range d 7 ... 17 mm

E2

E2

E2

E2
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Lighting 345
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 346 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Floodlight
Series 6521/5

E2
Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)

E2 Gas and dust IECEx TUR 12.0001


Ex nAc IIC T1)
Ex tb IIIC T1) IP66
Europe (ATEX)
Gas TÜV 12 ATEX 7173
E2 Dust
E II 3 G Ex nAc IIC T1)
TÜV 12 ATEX 7174
E II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T1) °C IP66
1) See selection table
Certifications and certificates
E2 Certificates IECEx, ATEX
Rated voltage 230 V AC, 50 Hz
Power factor cos p High-pressure lamps compensated cos p > 0.9
Ambient temperature -40 ... +40 °C for 400 W HST
-40 ... +55 °C for 250 W HST
E2 Degree of protection IP66 to EN 60529
Material
Enclosure 6521/....-...-...-1-...-.. Sheet steel powder coated RAL 7032 (pebble-grey)
6521/....-...-...-3-...-.. Stainless steel 1.4301 (V2A)
6521/....-...-...-4-...-.. Stainless steel 1.4404 (V4A)
E2 Operating position Horizontal lamp axis
Cable entry
Standard 1 x M20 x 1.5 cable gland, clamping area d 4 ... 13 mm
1 x M20 x 1.5 stopping plug
1 x M20 x 1.5 cable entry (with blind plugs)
E2 - Enclosure made of sheet steel with plastic cable glands
- Enclosure made of stainless steel with metal cable glands
Special specific costumer order possible
Connection option L1 + N + PE, up to 2.5 mm2 solid and finely stranded
Spring clamp terminals, 2 clamping units
E2
Accessories and spare parts see page 348; Dimensional drawings see page 347

E2

E2

E2

E2

E2

E2
346 Lighting 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 347 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Accessories and Spare Parts


Series 6521/4, 6521/5

E2
Series 6521/4, 6521/5 E2

Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm [inches]) - Subject to Alterations


513 [20,20] 305,50 [13,80]

E2
467 [18,39] 214,50
[8,44]

382 [15,04] 305,50 [12,03]


340 [13,39] 165,50
[6,52]

515 [20,28]
E2

580 [22,83]
380 [14,96]
449,50 [17,70]

Ø29 [Ø1,14]
Ø29 [Ø1,14]
E2
Ø9 Ø13 82 189,50 [7,46]
140,50 Ø9 Ø13
[Ø0,35] 82 [Ø0,51] [3,23]
[5,53] [Ø0,35] [Ø0,51]
[3,23] 150 [5,91]

E2
150 [5,91] 360 [14,17]
09721E00 09722E00

Size 1, 6521/.1 1) Size 2, 6521/.2 1)


629 [24,76] 398 [15,67]
583 [22,95] 261

E2
[10,28]
565 [22,24]

E2
630 [24,80]

1) Shown with baffle sreen and light visor,


both parts are accessories and are not
included in the standard scope of delivery

Ø29 [Ø1,14]
E2
82 237 [9,33]
Ø9 [3,23] Ø13
[Ø0,35] [Ø0,51]
150 [5,91]
450 [17,72]
09723E00
E2
Size 3, 6521/.3 1)
47 [1,85]

E2
12 [0,47]
4 [0,16]

E2
Ø9 [Ø0,35]

D d
210 [8,27]

97 89
175 [6,89]

15 3]
R1 4,5
89
75
76
60
E2
[R

Ød
Ø250 [Ø9,84] ØD
09725E00 09724E00
E2
Mounting base (rotatable) Pole mounting attachment
Accessories

E2
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Lighting 347
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 348 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Accessories and Spare Parts


Series 6521/4, 6521/5

E2
Accessories and Spare Parts
Designation Figure Description Art. no. PS Weight
kg
E2 Halogen lamps QT Power Lamp Voltage Lighting
holder current
05355E00

150 W E27 230 V 2870 lm 207458◄ 36 0.080

E2 205 W E27 230 V 4200 Im 203469◄ 36 0.100

500 W E40 230 V 10250 Im 108874◄ 37 0.120

1000 W E40 230 V 24000 Im 108872◄ 37 0.129

E2 Metal-halide lamps
HIT / HIE
Power Lamp-
holder
Voltage Lighting
current
05355E00

70 W E27 230 V 7000 Im 109128◄ 37 0.045

100 W E27 230 V 7700 Im 109308◄ 37 0.101


E2 04963E00
150 W E27 230 V 11500 Im 109309◄ 36 0.110

150 W E40 230 V 14500 Im 109130◄ 37 0.135


05355E00 250 W E40 230 V 20000 Im 109132◄ 37 0.200
E2 400 W E40 230 V 42000 Im 109134◄ 37 0.135

High-pressure Power Lamp- Voltage Lighting


sodium lamps HST holder current
05355E00

70 W E27 230 V 6600 Im 109127◄ 37 0.065


E2 150 W E40 230 V 17500 Im 109129◄ 37 0.143

250 W E40 230 V 33200 Im 109131◄ 37 0.149

400 W E40 230 V 56500 Im 109133◄ 37 0.210


E2
600 W E40 230 V 90000 lm 109310◄ 37 0.182

Light visor Stainless steel; attaches to front cover


for 6521/.1 123494◄ 62 0.775
E2 for 6521/.2 123498◄ 62 2.060
09785E00
for 6521/.3 123501◄ 62 2.460
Baffle screen Stainless steel; attaches to front cover
for 6521/.1 123506 62 1.170
E2 für 6521/.2 123507◄ 62
09786E00 for 6521/.3 123508 62 3.390
Mounting base Stainless steel for all sizes 123495 62 3.810
(rotatable)
E2 Pole mounting
09787E00

For installation on end of pole (stainless steel)


attachment
d 60 mm 123493 62 4.430
d 76 mm 123497 62 5.260
09788E00

E2 d 89 mm 123500◄ 62 4.640

E2

E2
348 Lighting 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 349 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Accessories and Spare Parts


Series 6521/4, 6521/5

E2
Accessories and Spare Parts
Designation Figure Description Art. no. PS Weight
kg
Cover with window Cover with glass for replacement
E2
for 6521/41 Sheet steel powder coated RAL 7032 209329 62 2.694
for 6521/41 Stainless steel 1.4301 (V2A) 209328 62 2.650
for 6521/41 Stainless steel 1.4404 (V4A) 207484 62 2.650
E2
for 6521/42 Sheet steel powder coated RAL 7032 209336 62 5.059
for 6521/42 Stainless steel 1.4301 (V2A) 209335 62 5.000
15083E00
for 6521/42 Stainless steel 1.4404 (V4A) 207485 62 5.000
for 6521/.3 Sheet steel powder coated RAL 7032 209189 62 6.583 E2
for 6521/.3 Stainless steel 1.4301 (V2A) 209188 62 6.500
for 6521/.3 Stainless steel 1.4404 (V4A) 207486 62 6.500
Cable gland Brass, nickel-plated with O-ring
M20 109582◄ 17 0.041 E2
09727E00

Stopping plug Brass, nickel-plated with O-ring


M20 106132◄ 30 0.013
09726E00
M25 106133◄ 30 0.025 E2

E2

E2

E2

E2

E2

E2

E2

E2
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Lighting 349
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 350 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Floodlight LED
Series 6525

E2
> Floodlight Zones 2, 21 and 22
with highly efficient LEDs
> 3 different light distribution types for
E2 adjusting to the illumination task
> Optionally, made of sheet steel or
stainless steel V4 A
Broad operating temperature range
E2
>
from -60 ... +60 °C
> Low-maintenance due to long service life of
up to 100,000 operating hours

E2
Series 6525 E2

17557E00

WebCode 6525A ATEX / IECEx

E2 Zone
For use in
0 1 2
x
20 21
x
22
x

Selection Table
E2 Version Order number Art. no.
Cable glands
distribution

Mounting

Material
wattage
Lamp
Light

E2 Floodlight LED narrow 20° 120 W 3 x M25 Bracket Sheet steel 6525/1111-2101-5011-111 246256
Series 6525
Stainless steel V4A 6525/1111-2101-5011-141 246720
3 x M20 Bracket Sheet steel 6525/1111-2101-5021-111 246712
Stainless steel V4A 6525/1111-2101-5021-141 246729
E2 210 W 3 x M25 Bracket Sheet steel 6525/1111-4201-5011-111 246735
Stainless steel V4A 6525/1111-4201-5011-141 246749
3 x M20 Bracket Sheet steel 6525/1111-4201-5021-111 246742
Stainless steel V4A 6525/1111-4201-5021-141 246755

E2 narrow 40° 120 W 3 x M25 Bracket Sheet steel 6525/1112-2101-5011-111 246257


Stainless steel V4A 6525/1112-2101-5011-141 246721
3 x M20 Bracket Sheet steel 6525/1112-2101-5021-111 246713
Stainless steel V4A 6525/1112-2101-5021-141 246730

E2 210 W 3 x M25 Bracket Sheet steel 6525/1112-4201-5011-111 246738


Stainless steel V4A 6525/1112-4201-5011-141 246750
3 x M20 Bracket Sheet steel 6525/1112-4201-5021-111 246743
Stainless steel V4A 6525/1112-4201-5021-141 246756

E2 wide 120° 120 W 3 x M25 universal Sheet steel 6525/1114-2101-5011-011 246258


Stainless steel V4A 6525/1114-2101-5011-041 246722
3 x M20 universal Sheet steel 6525/1114-2101-5021-011 246714
Stainless steel V4A 6525/1114-2101-5021-041 246731
210 W 3 x M25 universal Sheet steel 6525/1114-4201-5011-011 246737
E2 Stainless steel V4A 6525/1114-4201-5011-041 246751
3 x M20 universal Sheet steel 6525/1114-4201-5021-011 246744
Stainless steel V4A 6525/1114-4201-5021-041 246757
Order Number Supplement
E2 Connection Clamping range up to 4 mm2 6525/11..-....-5...-...
terminal 6525/11..-....-6...-...
Clamping range up to 6 mm2

E2
350 Lighting 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 351 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Floodlight LED
Series 6525

E2
Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx EPS 15.0032
Ex nR op is IIC T6 ... T5 Gc E2
Ex tb IIIC T80°C ... T95°C Db
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust EPS 15 ATEX 1991
E II 3 G Ex nR op is IIC T6 ... T5 Gc
E II D Ex tb IIIC T80°C ... T95°C Db E2
at ambient temperature Temperature class
6525/11..-....-....-... -60 °C < Tamb < +60 °C T5 / T95 °C
6525/11..-2...-....-... -60 °C < Tamb < +50 °C T6 / T80 °C
6525/11..-4...-....-... -60 °C < Tamb < +45 °C T6 / T80 °C
Certifications and certificates E2
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, India (PESO)
Electrical data
Electronic balast
Rated voltage 220 ... 240 V, 50/60 Hz
Rated current 6525/11..-2: 0.54 A E2
6525/11..-4: 0.94 A
Inrush current Ipeak = 58 A; ãt = 360 ms (measured at 50 % Ipeak)

max. light fittings per circuit breaker


Type B 10 A: 4
16 A: 9
E2
25 A: 20
Power factor > 0.95
Luminous characteristics
Colour temperature
Colour rendering
5700 K
>70
E2
Luminous flux Type 6525/11..-2 (120 W version) 6525/11..-4
at Ta -60 ( Ta ( 54 °C -55 ( Ta ( 60 °C -60 ( Ta ( 54 °C
Luminous flux 12,860 lm 10,931 lm 21,026 lm
Luminous efficacy 107 lm/W 91 lm/W 100 lm/W
E2
Ambient conditions
Operating temperature -60 ... +60 °C*
range
* Note: Possible to operate the luminaire at -60°C,
provided the luminaire is switched on at -30°C .
Storage temperature -30 ... +75 °C E2
Service life Ta ( 40 °C Ta at 50 °C Ta at 60 °C
L70B10C10 100,000 h 80,000 h 50,000 h
LxByCz
At the end of the service life:
- Luminous flux decreases by “x” percent.
- up to "y" percent of all luminaires fall below "x"
E2
- up to "z" percent of all luminaires break down completely
Mechanical data
Degree of protection IP66

E2
Protection class I (with internal PE connection)
Impact strength (IK code) IKxx (IEC 62262)
Material
Enclosure 6525/....-....-....-.1. Sheet steel, powder-coated
6525/....-....-....-.3. Stainless steel 1.4301 (V2A), brushed
6525/....-....-....-.4. Stainless steel 1.4404 (V4A), brushed
Colour Colour white, similar to RAL 9010 E2
Seal Foamed silicone in luminaire cover
Lamp cover Toughened glass
Luminaire locking Screw cap
Mounting / Installation
Cable entry 2x cable glands Series 8161 E2
1x stopping plugs Series 8290
Connection Standard: Spring clamp terminals 0.5 ... 4 mm2 solid / stranded
Stripping length: 10 ... 11 mm
Optional: Spring clamp terminals 0.5 ... 6 mm2 solid / stranded
Stripping length: 13 ... 15 mm
E2
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Lighting 351
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 352 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Floodlight LED
Series 6525

E2
Accessories and Spare Parts
Designation Figure Description Art. no. PS Weight
kg
E2 Handheld testing For testing of restricted breathing of 230434 36 1.334
instrument for gastight enclosures of type Ex nR
gastight enclosures

E2
11006E00

Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm [inches]) - Subject to Alterations

E2 131,90 [5,19] 404 [15,91]


400 [15,75] 89,50 [3,52] 400 [15,75] 89,50 [3,52]

600 [23,62]
600 [23,62]

E2

4 x Ø 13 2xØ9
[4 x Ø 0,51] [2 x Ø 0,35]
E2
17559E00 17560E00
Ø 29 [Ø 1,14]
Floodlight Series 6525 Floodlight Series 6525
with cooling element without cooling element

[1,18]

[2,36]
30

60
82 [3,23]
E2 4
[0,16]
150 [5,91]

250 [9,84]
17561E00

Mounting bracket
E2

E2

E2

E2

E2

E2

E2
352 Lighting 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 353 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Tank Inspection Lights


Series 6122

E2
> For halogen lamps 5 ... 100 W
> Mounting options
– Tilting hinge
– Mounting bracket E2
– Flanfe collar
> Corrosion-resistant light metal enclosure
> Glass cover
– Temperature resistant borosilicate glass
or
E2
– Anti-dazzle opal glass
> Connection options
– Potted connection lead
– Connection chamber E2
Series 6122 E2

10033E00

WebCode 6122A ATEX


Zone
For use in
0 1
x
2
x
20 21
x
22
x
E2

Selection Table
Version Order number Art. no. PS Weight E2
Temperature

Ta = 40 °C

Ta = 40 °C

kg
TS max at

Nominal
wattage

class at

voltage
holder
Lamp

Lamp

Size 1 with 5W G4 T6 80 °C 12 V AC / DC * 6122/2-02-005-012-0 119629 38 1.750 E2


flexible lead
24 V AC 6122/2-02-005-024-0 119630 38 2.250
36 V AC 6122/2-02-005-036-0 119631 38 2.250
42 V AC 6122/2-02-005-042-0 119632 38 2.250
115 V AC 6122/2-02-005-115-0 119633 38 2.250 E2
230 V AC 6122/2-02-005-230-0 119634 38 2.250
240 V AC 6122/2-02-005-240-0 119635 38 2.250
10 W G4 T4 130 °C 12 V AC / DC * 6122/2-02-010-012-0 119636 38 1.750
24 V AC 6122/2-02-010-024-0 119637 38 2.250 E2
36 V AC 6122/2-02-010-036-0 119638 38 2.250
42 V AC 6122/2-02-010-042-0 119639 38 2.250
115 V AC 6122/2-02-010-115-0 119640 38 2.250
230 V AC 6122/2-02-010-230-0 119641 38 2.250 E2
240 V AC 6122/2-02-010-240-0 119642 38 2.250
20 W G4 T4 130 °C 12 V AC / DC * 6122/2-02-020-012-0 119643 38 1.750
24 V AC / DC * 6122/2-02-020-024-0 119644 38 1.780
36 V AC 6122/2-02-020-036-0 119690 38 2.250 E2
42 V AC 6122/2-02-020-042-0 119645 38 2.250
115 V AC 6122/2-02-020-115-0 119646 38 2.250
230 V AC 6122/2-02-020-230-0 119647◄ 38 2.292
240 V AC 6122/2-02-020-240-0 119648◄ 38 2.250
E2
Note Tank inspection lights are supplied with lamps and without mounting material.
These parts must be ordered separately.

* without transformer - direct connection


E2

E2
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Lighting 353
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 354 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Tank Inspection Lights


Series 6122

E2
Selection Table
Version Order number Art. no. PS Weight

Temperature

Ta = 40 °C

Ta = 40 °C
E2

TS max at

Nominal
wattage

class at

voltage
holder
Lamp

Lamp

kg

E2 Size 1 with 5W G4 T6 80 °C 12 V AC / DC * 38 1.650


6122/2-12-005-012-0 119653
connection
chamber 24 V AC 6122/2-12-005-024-0 119654 38 2.150
36 V AC 6122/2-12-005-036-0 119655 38 2.150
42 V AC 6122/2-12-005-042-0 119656 38 2.150

E2 115 V AC
230 V AC
6122/2-12-005-115-0
6122/2-12-005-230-0
119657
119658
38
38
2.150
2.150
240 V AC 6122/2-12-005-240-0 119659 38 2.150
10 W G4 T4 130 °C 12 V AC / DC * 6122/2-12-010-012-0 119660 38 1.650

E2 24 V AC
36 V AC
6122/2-12-010-024-0
6122/2-12-010-036-0
119661
119662
38
38
2.150
2.150
42 V AC 6122/2-12-010-042-0 119663 38 2.150
115 V AC 6122/2-12-010-115-0 119664 38 2.150

E2 230 V AC 6122/2-12-010-230-0 119665 38 2.150


240 V AC 6122/2-12-010-240-0 119666 38 2.150
20 W G4 T4 130 °C 12 V AC / DC * 6122/2-12-020-012-0 119667 38 1.650
24 V AC / DC * 6122/2-12-020-024-0 119668 38 1.640

E2 36 V AC 6122/2-12-020-036-0 119692 38 2.150


42 V AC 6122/2-12-020-042-0 119669 38 2.150
115 V AC 6122/2-12-020-115-0 119670 38 2.150
230 V AC 6122/2-12-020-230-0 119671 38 2.160

E2 240 V AC 6122/2-12-020-240-0 119672 38 2.150


50 W G6.35 T3 195 °C 12 V AC / DC * 6122/2-12-050-012-0 119673 38 1.650
24 V AC / DC * 6122/2-12-050-024-0 119674 38 1.800
Size 2 with 20 W G4 T6 80 °C 12 V AC / DC * 6122/4-12-020-012-0 119689 38 2.650
connection
E2 chamber 24 V AC / DC * 6122/4-12-020-024-0 119688 38 2.650
36 V AC 6122/4-12-020-036-0 119691 38 3.600
42 V AC 6122/4-12-020-042-0 119687 38 3.600
115 V AC 6122/4-12-020-115-0 119686 38 3.600

E2 230 V AC 6122/4-12-020-230-0 119685 38 3.600


240 V AC 6122/4-12-020-240-0 119684 38 3.600
50 W G6.35 T4 130 °C 12 V AC / DC * 6122/4-12-050-012-0 119675 38 2.650
24 V AC / DC * 6122/4-12-050-024-0 119676 38 2.650
E2 36 V AC 6122/4-12-050-036-0 119677 38 3.600
42 V AC 6122/4-12-050-042-0 119678 38 3.620
115 V AC 6122/4-12-050-115-0 119679 38 3.600
230 V AC 6122/4-12-050-230-0 119680 38 3.620
E2 240 V AC 6122/4-12-050-240-0 119681 38 3.900
Size 3 with 100 W G6.35 T4 130 °C 12 V AC / DC * 6122/6-12-100-012-0 119683 38 6.700
connection
chamber 24 V AC / DC * 6122/6-12-100-024-0 119682◄ 38 6.700
Note Tank inspection lights are supplied with lamps and without mounting material.
E2 These parts must be ordered separately.

* without transformer - direct connection

E2
354 Lighting 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 355 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Tank Inspection Lights


Series 6122

E2
Technical Data
Explosion protection
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust LCIE 02 ATEX 6172 (6122/2)
LCIE 02 ATEX 6174 (6122/4) E2
LCIE 03 ATEX 6328 (6122/6)
E II 2 G Ex d IIC T *) (6122/2-02)
E II 2 G Ex de IIC T *) (6122/2-12 / 6122/4-12 / 6122/6-12)
E II 2 D Ex tD A21 IP65 To*)
* temperature classes and surface temperatures see selection table E2
Certifications and certificates
Certificates ATEX, Serbia (SRPS)
Electrical data
Rated voltage 12 V resp. 12 V or 24 V AC / DC
Supply voltage without transformer E2
24, 42, 115, 230, 240 V AC, 50 Hz
Supply voltage with transformer; secondary voltage 12 V
Luminous characteristics
Radiation angle
(Halogen lamp)
10° „spot“-Version (Standard version)
20° „flood“-Version E2
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature -20 ... +40 °C (+60 °C on request)
Operating conditions No restrictions on operating temperature of vessel contents
Mechanical data
Degree of protection IP65 E2
Protection class I (with internal and external PE/PA-connection)
Material
Enclosure Corrosion-resistant cast aluminium alloy
Glas Standard: Borosilicate glass, resistant to temperature changes up to 300 °C
Special: Opal glass to reduce glare when mounted on flow indicator E2
Reflector 6122/2 20 W (size 1) Halogen reflector lamp
6122/2, 5, 10, 20, 50, 100 W Highly polished parabolic reflector
6122/4,
6122/6
Mounting / Installation E2
Cable entry
with flexible lead Temperature-resistant cable 3 x 0.75 mm, 5 m long
with connection 1 x M20 x 1,5 bell-mouthed gland
chamber
Terminals with connection chamber: for max. 2.5 mm E2
Accessories and Spare Parts
Designation Figure Description Art. no. PS Weight
kg E2
Tilting hinge for size 1 108891◄ 36 0.070
for size 2 109009◄ 37 0.101

04988E00
E2
for size 2 109010◄ 37 0.186

05463E00
E2
for size 2 / 3 108890 36 0.113

E2
04987E00

Mounting for size 1 50 W 108831◄ 36 0.020


bracket
04989E00

E2
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Lighting 355
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 356 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Tank Inspection Lights


Series 6122

E2
Accessories and Spare Parts
Designation Figure Description Art. no. PS Weight
kg
E2 Intermediate for size 1 DN 65 108839 36 0.360
flange collar

E2 Foot ring
11227E00

for size 3
Sight glasses NW
DN

E2 to DIN 28120 100 108910 36 0.600


04991E00

to DIN 28120 150 / 200 108908 36 0.200


to DIN 28121 100 ... 200 108911 36 0.800
Anti-dazzle for dazzle-free illumination,
shield only up to 50 W and with
E2 „tilting hinge“ fixing
04992E00 for size 1 108832 36 0.065
for size 2 108833 36 0.100
Transport may be used as handlamp
E2 handle
for size 1 109006 36 0.100
for size 2 109008 37 0.100
04993E00

Halogen lamps without reflector


E2 G4 5 W / 12 V 108879◄ 37 0.002
05003E00
G4 10 W / 12 V 108880◄ 37 0.004
GY6.35 50 W / 12 V 108877◄ 36 0.005

E2 GY6.35 50 W / 24 V 108876◄ 36 0.005


GY6.35 100 W / 24 V 108878◄ 36 0.003
with reflector
G4 20 W / 12 V 108881◄ 36 0.007
E2 04994E00
G4 20 W / 24 V 108882◄ 37 0.011
BA15d 50 W / 12 V 108875◄ 36 0.032

E2

E2

E2

E2

E2
356 Lighting 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 357 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Tank Inspection Lights


Series 6122

E2
Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm) - Subject to Alterations

E2

E2
03287E00 03288E00 03289E00

with flexible lead with connection chamber

E2

E2
03280E00 03291E00 03292E00 03293E00

Fixing with tilting hinge Fixing with mounting bracket


Tank inspection lights, 6122/2 up to 50 W (size 1)
E2

E2

03294E00 03295E00

Fixing with tilting hinge


E2

E2

Fixing with tilting hinge


03296E00
E2
Tank inspection lights, 6122/4, 50 W (size 2)

E2

E2

E2
03299E00 03298E00 03297E00

Flange fixing Tilting hinge fixing Foot ring fixing


Tank inspection lights, 6122/6, 100 W (size 3)
E2
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Lighting 357
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 358 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Hand Lamp LED


Series 6140

E2
> Unique mechanism for switching on
> Ergonomically formed handlamp
Extremely high luminous intensity
E2
>

E2

E2
Series 6140 E2

11628E00

WebCode 6140A ATEX

E2 Zone
For use in
0
x
1
x
2
x
20
x
21
x
22
x

Selection Table
E2 Version Rated data for batteries Order number Art. no. PS Weight
pieces kg
Hand lamp 4.5 V / 0.3 A 3 6140/2-1 119782◄ 33 0.550
Series 6140
E2 Hand lamps are supplied with batteries

Technical Data
Explosion protection
Europe (ATEX)
E2 Gas and dust ZELM 07 ATEX 0325 X
E II 1 G Ex ia op is IIC T4
E II 1 D iaD 20 T130 °C
Certifications and certificates
Certificates ATEX, Serbia (SRPS)
E2 Ambient temperature -20 ... +50 °C
Material
Enclosure material polyamide, antistatic
Lens polycarbonate
Lamps 1 High power LED (3 Watt)
E2 Service life time > 48 hours (continuous operation)
Batteries 3 x LR14 batteries
For other battery types see operating instructions
Note Do not open lamp in hazardous locations!
Degree of protection IP65
E2

E2

E2

E2
358 Lighting 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 359 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Hand Lamp LED


Series 6140

E2
Accessories and Spare Parts
Designation Figure Description Art. no. PS Weight
kg
Batteries 1.5 V
E2
3 pieces 167742 37 0.420
05006E00

Leather holster Holster for carrying the lamp 36 0.160


E2
167740

E2
04841E00

Replacement lens Lens material is polycarbonate 167739 37 0.003

17596E00
E2
Skid washer NBR gasket 167741 37 0.003

E2
10733E00

Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm [inches]) - Subject to Alterations


222 [8,74]
[Ø 2
Ø 5 2]

E2
,3
9

Ø 35 [Ø 1,38]

E2
04852E00

E2

E2

E2

E2

E2

E2
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Lighting 359
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 360 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Hand Lamp LED


Series 6141/6

E2
> For alkaline batteries
> Available in 2 sizes
Light source - LED
E2
>

> ATEX and IECEx certification


> 6141/62-26 for use in IIB
> Waterproof IP68
E2

E2
Series 6141/6 E2

12947E00

WebCode 6141B ATEX / IECEx

E2 Zone
6141/62-16: For use in
0 1
x
2
x
20 21
x
22
x
6141/61-16: For use in x x

E2 Selection Table
Version Use in Rated data For batteries Order number Art. no. PS Weight
Pieces x version kg
Zones 1, 2 3V 2 x AAA 6141/61-16 203478◄ 33 0.085
E2
12949E00

Zones 1, 2, 21, 22 6V 4 x AA 6141/62-16 243788 33 0.190

E2
12948E00

Hand lamps are supplied with batteries.

Technical Data
E2 Version 6141/62-16 6141/61-16
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas IECEx ITS 11.0038X IECEx ITS 11.0039X

E2 Dust
Ex ib IIB T4 Gb
IECEx ITS 11.0038X
Ex ib IIB T4 Gb
--
Ex ib IIIC T81°C Db IP68 --
Europe (ATEX)
Gas ITS 11 ATEX 27368X ITS 11 ATEX 27369X

E2 Dust
E II 2G Ex ib IIB T4 Gb
ITS 11 ATEX 27368X
E II 2 G Ex ib IIB T4 Gb
--
E II 2D Ex ib IIIC T81°C Db IP68 --
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX IECEx, ATEX
E2

E2

E2
360 Lighting 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 361 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Hand Lamp LED


Series 6141/6

E2
Technical Data
Version 6141/62-16 6141/61-16
Batteries 4x Daimon MN1500 (by Duracell) LR6/AA 2 x Duracell Plus Alkaline
4x Energizer Classic LR6/AA AAA/Micro/LR03/MN2400, 1.5 V each
4x Energizer Ultimate Lithium LR6/AA
4x Duracell Procell LR6/AA
2 x Daimon (by Duracell) Alkaline
AAA/Micro/LR03/MN2400, 1.5 V each
E2
4x Duracell Plus LR6/AA 2 x Energizer Mini Stilo Classic
4x Duracell Simply LR6/AA E 92 Alkaline AAA/LR03, 1.5 V each
2 x Energizer Ultra AAA/LR03, 1.5 V each
2 x Varta Consumer Long Life Extra
AAA/LR03, 1.5 V each
2 x Varta Hi Energy AAA/LR03, E2
1.5 V each
Lamps LED white, ~ 50 lm LED white, ~ 20 lm
Range ~ 100 m, diameter 3 ... 5 m ~ 25 m, diameter 3 ... 5 m
Service life time ~ 15 ... 50 h ~ 10 h
Operating temperature range -20 ... +40 °C -20 ... +40 °C E2
Enclosure material Polycarbonate Polycarbonate
Degree of protection IP68 (3 m, 30 min) IP68 (3 m, 30 min)
Note Do not open the lamp in the hazardous area! Do not open the lamp in the hazardous area!

Accessories and Spare Parts


E2
Designation Figure Description Art. no. PS Weight
kg
Battery for 6141/61-16 2 x Energizer 204144 36 0.300
E2
12938E00

for 6141/62-16 4 x Energizer AA/LR6 204143 36 0.350

12939E00
E2
Belt bag for 6141/61-16 black 204142◄ 36 0.030

12941E00

for 6141/62-26 black 204141◄ 36 0.037


E2
12940E00

Fibre optic for 6141/61-16 Length approx. 250 mm; black 203970 36 0.030
top piece
12950E00 E2
for 6141/62-26 Length approx. 250 mm; black 203969◄ 36 0.025

E2
12942E00

Warning for 6141/62-26 orange 203968 36 0.050


light hood
12943E00

Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm [inches]) - Subject to Alterations


E2
[Ø 0,55]
[Ø 0,87
Ø 22

Ø 14
ø 41 [ø 1,61]

[1,36]
34,50

E2
168 [6,61] 142 [5,59]
12944E00 12945E00

6141/62-16 6141/61-16

E2

E2
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Lighting 361
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 362 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Portable Lamps LED


Series 6148

E2
> Latest LED technology
> Very high light intensity
Low weight
E2
>

> Lamp head pivoting by 190°


> Main light continuously dimmable
> Long battery life
E2 > Ergonomic one-hand operation

E2
Series 6148 E2

14755E00

WebCode 6148A ATEX / IECEx

E2 Zone
For use in
0 1
x
2
x
20 21
x
22
x

Selection Table
E2 Version Description Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
Portable lamp and charging unit 6148/1111-111 209686◄ 64 1.830
(12 ... 30 V DC and
110 ... 240 V AC, 50 / 60 Hz)
E2 in a packaging set

E2 Portable lamp
15752E00

with charging unit,


explosion protected
Series 6148
Portable lamp without charging unit 209687◄ 64 1.450
E2
6148/1111-100

E2 15753E00
Portable lamp,
explosion protected
Series 6148

E2 Charging unit (12 ... 30 V DC and 64 0.380


6148/0000-011 209688◄
110 ... 240 V AC, 50 / 60 Hz)
15754E00
Charging unit
for portable lamp
Series 6148
E2 Note - Scope of delivery of portable lamp contains a clear lense
- Scope of delivery of charging unit contains a charging cable for 110 ... 240 V AC

Accessories see page 366

E2

E2
362 Lighting 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 363 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Portable Lamps LED


Series 6148

E2
Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx IBE 11.0009
Ex ib IIC T4 Gb E2
Ex tb IIIC T75°C Db
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust IBExU 11ATEX 1066
E II 2 G Ex ib IIC T4 Gb
E II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T75°C Db
E2
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), Kazakhstan (TR), Russia (TR), Belarus (TR)
Certificate for motor vehicles E1 10 R - 036569
Degree of protection
Functions
IP66 (IEC/EN 60589)
continuous light or flashing light of the main light, continuous light of the secondary light,
E2
function of the main light continuously dimmable
Pushbutton main light ON - secondary light ON - main light FLASHING OFF
Charge state display The LEDs indicate the available capacity for approx. 5 seconds
Head tilting
Battery
toward the front: 100°, toward the back: 90°
lead-fleece battery, maintenance-free, 6 V, 4.5 Ah
E2
Lamps main light, LED: 3 W
secondary light, LED: 0.5 W
Ambient temperature -20 ... +50 °C
Storage temperature -20 ... +50 °C
E2
Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm [inches]) - Subject to Alterations

E2
143 [5,63]

154 [6,06]
ø 4,50
90 [3,54]
[ø 0,18]

E2
25 [0,98]

279 [10,98] 64 [2,52] 79 [3,11]


92 [3,62]

E2

140 [5,51]

Portable lamp
14754E00

Charging unit
14753E00
E2
135 [5,32]
55 [2,17]

E2
74 [2,91]
39 [1,54]

ø 4,50 [ø 0,18]

E2
131 [5,16]
126 [4,96]
90 [3,54]

E2
64 [2,52]
14807E00

Drilling hole pattern for wall mounting bracket


E2
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Lighting 363
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 364 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Portable Lamps LED, Industrial Design


Series L148

E2
> For use in the safe area
> Latest LED technology
Very high light intensity
E2
>

> Low weight


> Lamp head pivoting by 190°
> Main light continuously dimmable
E2 > Long battery life
> Ergonomic one-hand operation

E2
Series L148 E2

08379E00

WebCode L148A
E2

Selection Table
E2 Version Description Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
Portable lamp and charging unit L148/1111-111 225779 33 1.800
(12 ... 30 V DC and 110 ... 240 V AC, 50 / 60 Hz)
in a packaging set
E2

E2 Portable lamp
15752E00

with charging unit


Series L148
Portable lamp without charging unit L148/1111-100 225000 33 1.450

E2

E2 Portable lamp
15753E00

Series L148
Charging unit (12 ... 30 V DC and 6148/0000-011 209688◄ 64 0.380
110 ... 240 V AC,50 / 60 Hz)

E2 Charging unit for


15754E00

portable lamp
Series L148
Note - Scope of delivery of portable lamp contains a clear lense
E2 - Scope of delivery of charging unit contains a charging cable for 110 ... 240 V AC

Accessories see page 366

E2

E2
364 Lighting 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 365 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Portable Lamps LED, Industrial Design


Series L148

E2
Technical Data
Certifications and certificates
Certificate for E1 10 R - 036569
motor vehicles
Degree of protection IP66 (IEC/EN 60589) E2
Functions continuous light or flashing light of the main light, function of the main light continuously dimmable
Pushbutton main light ON - secondary light ON - main light FLASHING OFF
Charge state display The LEDs indicate the available capacity for approx. 5 seconds
Head tilting
Battery
toward the front: 100°, toward the back: 90°
lead-fleece battery, maintenance-free, 6 V, 4.5 Ah E2
Lamps main light, LED: 3 W
Ambient temperature -20 ... +50 °C
Storage temperature -20 ... +50 °C

Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm [inches]) - Subject to Alterations


E2

E2
143 [5,63]

154 [6,06]
ø 4,50

90 [3,54]
[ø 0,18]

E2

25 [0,98]
279 [10,98] 64 [2,52] 79 [3,11]
92 [3,62]

E2

140 [5,51]

E2
14754E00 14753E00

Portable lamp Charging unit


135 [5,32]
55 [2,17]

E2
74 [2,91]
39 [1,54]

ø 4,50 [ø 0,18]
E2
131 [5,16]
126 [4,96]
90 [3,54]

E2
64 [2,52]
14807E00

Drilling hole pattern for wall mounting bracket E2

E2

E2
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Lighting 365
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 366 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Accessories and Spare Parts


Series 6148 / L148

E2
Series 6148 / L148 E2

Accessories and Spare Parts


Designation Figure Description Art. no. PS Weight
kg
E2 Lense clear 212333◄ 36 0.014

15769E00

E2 orange 212334◄ 36 0.012

15768E00

red 212956◄ 36 0.012


E2
15770E00

green 220306 36 0.013

E2 16228E00

Connection cable Charging cable 230 V with plug 120014◄ 37 0.075

E2 10318E00

Charging cable 12 / 24 V with plug 212316◄ 36 0.022

14806E00

E2 Wall mounting
bracket
for wall mounting of the charging unit 212332◄ 36 0.260

15078E00

Belt hook for fastening the portable lamp to the belt 212331◄ 36 0.040
E2
15075E00

Shoulder strap for carrying the portable lamp 212702◄ 36 0.050

E2
15077E

Battery for 6148


E2 lead-fleece battery, maintenance-free, 6 V, 4.5 Ah 211124◄ 37 0.720
for L148
14808E00
lead-fleece battery, maintenance-free, 6 V, 4.5 Ah 225707 37 0.720
Charging unit for 6148
E2 charging unit (12 / 24 V DC and 230 V AC) 209688◄ 64 0.380
for L148
14805E00
charging unit (12 / 24 V DC and 230 V AC) 225781 33 0.380
Adapter for for charging the portable lamp in the charging unit KFZ90 212701◄ 36 0.344
E2 third-party or LG443
charging units

15076E

E2

E2
366 Lighting 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 367 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Inspection Light LED


Series 6149/2

E2
> Extremely long service life due to LEDs used
> Also suitable for machine lighting
Anti-roll design in the grip
E2
>

> Lockable suspension hooks


> For 110 ... 240 V AC / DC, 24 ... 48 V AC / DC
or 12 V DC
> High power LEDs including driver in E2
innovative design
> Extremly shock and vibration resistant

E2
Series 6149/2 E2

14348E00

WebCode 6149B ATEX / IECEx


Zone
For use in
0 1
x
2
x
20 21
x
22
x
E2

Selection Table
Version Nominal voltage Temperature
class at Ta =
Max. surface
temperature
Order number Art. no. PS Weight E2
kg
Ta = 40 °C

Ta = 60 °C
TS max.
TS max
40 °C

60 °C

E2
at

at

Inspection light LED 12 V DC T4 –– 100 °C –– 6149/2-2211-5010 211492◄ 64 1.450


Series 6149
24 ... 48 V AC / DC; T4 T4 100 °C 100 °C 6149/2-3211-5010 209262◄ 64 1.450
50 / 60 Hz
T6 –– 80 °C –– 6149/2-3411-5010 211493 64 1.450

E2
110 ... 240 V AC / DC; T4 T4 100 °C 100 °C 6149/2-5211-5010 209263◄ 64 1.450
50 / 60 Hz
T6 –– 80 °C –– 6149/2-5411-5010 211494◄ 64 1.450
Order Number Supplement
Wire guard without wire guard 6149/.-...-...0 166084
with wire guard 6149/.-...-...1 166085 33
Connection line H07RN-F 2 x 1 m2 per 1 m 120506 33 E2
HXSLHXÖ-J 2 x 1.5 m2 per 1 m 120508 33
HELU cable with braid SY-JZ-2x1.5 120507 33
Plug plug including mounting 38
E2
120505
Note - The inspection light is delivered with a 5 m connecting cable (other lengths on request)
- The inspection light is delivered without plug and wire guard. Specify the plug on order
(see Accessories and Spare Parts).

Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx) E2
Gas and dust IECEx PTB 07.0018
Ex d IIC T.* Gb
Ex tb IIIC T... °C*
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust PTB 07 ATEX 1009 E2
E II 2 G Ex d IIC T.* Gb
E II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T...°C* Db
* surface temperatures and temperature classes see selection table
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), Kazakhstan (TR), Russia (TR), Belarus (TR) E2

E2
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Lighting 367
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 368 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Inspection Light LED


Series 6149/2

E2
Technical Data
Version 6149/2-2 (12 V) 6149/2-3 (24 ... 48 V) 6149/2-5 (110 ... 240 V)
Rated operational voltage 12 (± 10 %) V DC 24 ... 48 (± 10 %) V AC / DC, 110 ... 240 (± 10 %) V AC / DC,
50 / 60 Hz 50 / 60 Hz
E2 Nominal operational current 12 V 1.3 A 24 V 0.7 A 110 V 0.13 A
48 V 0.3 A 240 V 0.07 A
Ambient temperature -40 ... +40 °C T4: -40 ... +60 °C T4: -30 ... +60 °C
T6: -40 ... +40 °C T6: -30 ... +40 °C
Lamps LED - typ. 6000K LED - typ. 6000K LED - typ. 6000K
E2 Luminous Intensity
Luminous flux
253 lux in 1 m distance
approx. 600 lm
253 lux in 1 m distance
approx. 600 lm
285 lux in 1 m distance
approx. 670 lm
Degree of protection IP66 / IP67 IP66 / IP67 IP66 / IP67
Protection class II II II
Material

E2 Enclosure tube
Grip
Polycarbonate
Aluminium
Polycarbonate
Aluminium
Polycarbonate
Aluminium
Sealing cap Aluminium Aluminium Aluminium
Rubber grip NBR / PVC (EPDM) NBR / PVC (EPDM) NBR / PVC (EPDM)
Suspension hook NBR / PVC (EPDM) NBR / PVC (EPDM) NBR / PVC (EPDM)

E2 Accessories and Spare Parts


Designation Figure Description Art. no. PS Weight
kg
Mounting bracket Mounting bracket of galvanised sheet steel (2 pieces) 120535◄ 36 0.050
E2
04880E00

Mounting bracket Mounting bracket of galvanised sheet steel and magnet (2 pieces) 120536◄ 36 0.100
E2 and magnet

04885E00

Wire guard Stainless steel wire guard 120509◄ 37 0.170


E2 for additional mechanical protection

04888E00

Plug 8570/12-304 3 pins, 100 ... 130 V, 50 / 60 Hz, 16 A 150599◄ 10 0.420

E2 8570/12-306 3 pins, 200 ... 250 V, 50 / 60 Hz, 16 A 150579◄ 10 0.420

04923E00

8575/12-100 2 pins, 20 ... 25 V, 16 A 151545◄ 10 0.220


8575/12-110 2 pins, 20 ... 25 V DC, 16 A 151553◄ 10 0.220
E2 04922E00

8575/12-200 3 pins, 20 ... 25 V, 16 A 151486◄ 10 0.230


8575/12-212 3 pins, 40 ... 50 V, 16 A 151496◄ 10 0.220

E2 12214E00

E2

E2

E2
368 Lighting 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 369 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Inspection Light LED


Series 6149/2

E2
Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm [inches]) - Subject to Alterations

595 [23,43] 595 [23,43]

E2

[Ø 1,57]
[Ø 2,05]
[Ø 1,57]
[Ø 2,05]

Ø 40
Ø 52
180 [7,09]
Ø 40

180 [7,09]
Ø 52

]
,44]

,44
Ø 62
Ø 62

[Ø 2
[Ø 2
E2
302 [11,89] 302 [11,89]

Inspection light without wire guard


03714E00

Inspection light with wire guard


04925E00
E2
[0,50]
12,70

Ø 25
[0,50]
12,70

15 [0,59] [Ø 0,98]

E2

Ø ,16
4 ]
0

E2
88 [3,46]
80 [3,15]

E2
54,50 [2,15] 54,50 [2,15]
04926E00 04927E00

Mounting bracket Mounting bracket and magnet

E2

E2

E2

E2

E2

E2

E2
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Lighting 369
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 370 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Xenon Helideck Floodlight


Series TEF 9964

E2
> Floodlight lights for helideck landing area
> For use in hazardous areas
Rugged and low profile floodlight in acid
E2
>
resistant stainless steel housing (SS316L)
> Simple to install and maintain
> Degree of protection IP66 / IP67
E2 > Resistant to vibrations
> Long lamp life

E2
Series TEF 9964 E2

06369E00

WebCode T9964A ATEX

E2 Zone
For use in
0 1
x
2
x
20 21 22

Selection Table
E2 Version Description Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
Xenon Helideck EEx de II T5 - 24 V DC TEF9964024 166026◄ 70 12.500
floodlight EEx de EEx de II T5 - 110 V AC 50 / 60 Hz TEF9964010 166025 70 12.500
Series TEF 9964
EEx de II T5 - 230 V AC 50 / 60 Hz TEF9964030 166027 70 12.500
E2 EEx de II T5 - 254 V AC 50 / 60 Hz TEF9964000 166024 70 12.500

Technical Data
Explosion protection
Europe (ATEX)
E2 Gas NEMKO 00ATEX245
E II 2 G EEx de IIC T5
Certifications and certificates ATEX, Canada (CSA), USA (CSAUS)
Rated voltage 24 V DC
110 V AC 50 / 60 Hz
E2 230 V AC 50 / 60 Hz
254 V AC 50 / 60 Hz
Power consumption 50 W
Lamp Xenon D2S 35 W
Ambient temperature -20 ... +40 °C
E2 Degree of protection
Material
IP66 / IP67

Enclosure Acid proof stainless steel


Protective glass Safety glass
Cable glands E204; Increased safety, EEx e II; cable diam. 11 ... 17.1 mm
E2
Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm [inches]) – Subject to Alterations
180 [7,09] 420 [16,54]

E2
220 [8,66]

E2 185 [7,28] 130 [5,12]


06369E00

E2
370 Lighting 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
TEF9970_HelideckFloodlightLED_KP00_III_en.fm Seite 371 Montag, 4. April 2016 1:11 13

Helideck Floodlight LED


Series TEF 9970

E2
> Floodlight for helideck landing areas
> For use in hazardous areas
Floodlighting
E2
>

> Rugged and low profile floodlight made from


marine proofed aluminium
> Sealed for life
> Simple to install and maintain E2
> Light module is maintenance free
> Proven ingress protection
> Resistant to vibrations
E2
Series TEF 9970 E2

18045E00
> Complies with: ICAO Annex 14 Vol. II;
CAP437; NORSOK C-004 2013

WebCode T9970A
E2
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x
E2
Selection Table
Version Description Order number Art. no. Weight
kg E2
Helideck Floodlight Wide beam TEF9970100 on request 11.000
LED
Medium beam TEF9970200 on request 11.000
Series TEF 9970
Spot beam TEF9970300 on request 11.000
E2
Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas IECEx Pre 14.0060
Ex d e op is IIB+H2 T5, T4 Gb E2
Europe (ATEX)
Gas Presafe 14ATEX5703
E II 2 G Ex d e op is IIB+H2 T5, T4 Gb
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX E2
Electrical data
Rated voltage 100 ... 277 V AC
145 ... 380 V DC
Power consumption approx. 45 W
Luminous characteristics E2
Light source 16 x Luxeon R; 200 lm at 700 mA; 4000 K
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature T4: -55 ... +55 °C
T5: -55 ... +40 °C
Mechanical data E2
Degree of protection IP66 acc. to IEC/EN 60529
Service life 50.000 h
Material
Enclosure Marine Aluminium, powder coated
Protective glass Safety glass Borofloat®33 E2
Cable glands 2 x acid proof stainless steel cable glands. (According to customers requirement)
Mounting / Installation
Assembly for mounting holes Ø 12 mm

E2
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Lighting 371
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 372 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Helideck Floodlight LED


Series TEF 9970

E2
Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm [inches]) – Subject to Alterations

E2

E2

E2

E2

E2
17798E00 17871E00

Helideck Floodlight LED Series TEF 9970


E2

E2

E2

E2

E2

E2

E2

E2
372 Lighting 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 373 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

TD/PM Circle & H Identification Lighting System


Series CHLITE

E2
> Factory sealed LED lighting element
> Easy to install: minimized installation and
shut down time for the helideck
> Extremely low profile (22 mm), under the E2
required specifications
> Versatile installation: Cable routing above
deck or below deck
> Anti slip polysiloxane system coated stainless
E2
steel and high impact resistant composite PC
provide a corrosion free solution for all decks
Antislip surface
>
E2
Series CHLITE E2

No junction boxes on the surface of the


17873E00
>
helideck
WebCode TCHLITEA > Low power consumption
> High reliability - maintenance free for all „on“ E2
deck components
> CAP437 Compliant 7th Ed. with Amendment

ATEX / IECEx E2
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x

Selection Table E2
Version System installation Light segment per D-Value of deck Order number Art. no.
type circle

Identification Lighting CHLITE - 16 16 12.00 ... 13.05 m TEF9950160 on request E2


System
CHLITE - 20 20 13.05 ... 17.10 m TEF9950200 on request
Series CHLITE
CHLITE - 24 24 17.10 ... 20.90 m TEF9950240 on request
CHLITE - 28 28 20.90 ... 24.80 m TEF9950280 on request
CHLITE - 30 30 24.80 ... 26.00 m TEF9950300 on request E2
Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas in progress E2
Ex mb IIC T6 Gb
Europe (ATEX)
Gas in progress

Certifications and certificates


E II 2 G Ex mb IIC T6 Gb
E2
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, CAP437 7th Edition Compliant with Amandment
Ship approval DNV

E2

E2

E2
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Lighting 373
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 374 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

TD/PM Circle & H Identification Lighting System


Series CHLITE

E2
Technical Data
Electrical data
Power system power: max. 350 W (depending on system size)

E2 Luminous characteristics
Light source LED
CCT green / amber
acc. to CAP437, 7th Ed.
Ambient conditions

E2 Ambient temperature
Mechanical data
-30 ... +55 °C

Degree of protection IP66 / IP67 acc. to IEC/EN 60529


Material composite polycarbonate / powder coated stainless steel
Installation interface anti slip polysiloxane system coated stainless steel and high impact resistant composite PC
E2 Dimensions
provide a corrosion free solution for all decks
light element: 750 x 125 mm, height 20 mm (22 mm inclusive mounting plate)
power box: 650 x 900 x 300 mm

Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm [inches]) - Subject to Alterations


E2

E2

E2 17788E00
17794E00

Illumination Elements with Mounting Plates

E2

E2

E2
17793E00

E2

E2
17795E00

17787E00

H-Setup
E2

E2
374 Lighting 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 375 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

TD/PM Circle & H Identification Lighting System


Series CHLITE

E2
Circle Setup

E2

E2

E2

E2

17789E00
17790E00 E2

E2

E2

E2

E2

17991E00

E2

E2

E2

E2
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Lighting 375
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 376 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Perimeter Light LED


Series TEF 2430

E2
> Integrated terminal box
> Low maintenance
Rugged construction
E2
>

> Complies with:


ICAO Annex 14 Vol. II and CAP 437
> Very long operating life
(up to 100,000 hours)
E2
> Low power consumption
> Instant light
> Resistant to vibrations
E2
Series TEF 2430 E2

08585E00

WebCode T2430A ATEX / IECEx

E2 Zone
For use in
0 1
x
2
x
20 21 22

Selection Table
E2 Version Light intensity Voltage Order number Art. no. PS
Perimeter light 30 cd. 220 / 254 V AC TEF2430150 170598◄ 70
green LED
110 / 120 V AC TEF2430151 170599 70
Series TEF 2430
24 V DC TEF2430152 170600 70
E2
Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas IECEx DNV 13.0016X
E2 Ex d e op is IIB T5 Gb
Europe (ATEX)
Gas NEMKO 03 ATEX 064
E II 2 G EEx de IIB T5

E2 Certifications and certificates


Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Canada (CSA), USA
Rated voltage 220 / 230 V AC 50 / 60 Hz
110 / 120 V AC 50 / 60 Hz
24 V DC
Power consumption max. 10.5 W
E2 Light intensity 30 cd.
Ambient temperature -30 ... +50 °C
Degree of protection IP66 / IP67 without drain plug
Material Lamp housing: Cast copper alloy
Junction box: AISI 316L
E2 Globe: Polycarbonat (Lexan)
Service life min. 50,000 working hours
Cable glands 4 x M25 cable entries
Delivered with:
2 x M25 stopping plugs
2 x M25 cable glands
E2

E2

E2
376 Lighting 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 377 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Perimeter Light LED


Series TEF 2430

E2
Accessories and Spare Parts
Designation Description Order number Art. no. PS
Globe with green LED's low Type 70
E2
TEF4500 170601
Mounting plate complete with transformer 110 ... 254 V AC TEF4236 170635 70
O-Ring for globe / guard ring TEF50008009 170679 70
Cable Gland cable gland, M25 TEF9147200 165825 70
E2
Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm) – Subject to Alterations
131,50 [5,17] 175 [6,89]

E2
304 [11,97]

E2

08586E00
E2

E2

E2

E2

E2

E2

E2

E2

E2
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Lighting 377
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 378 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Commander Utility
Series TEF 4500

E2
> Backlit text and graphics with dimming control
> Audible and visual alarms
Custom made text
E2
>

E2

E2
Series TEF 4500 E2

11917E00

WebCode T4500A
E2

Selection Table
E2 Version Description Order number Art. no. PS
Operator panel 3 columns (21 available buttons) TEF4500713 170581 70
Series TEF 4500
4 columns (29 available buttons) TEF4500714 170582 70
5 columns (37 available buttons) TEF4500715 170583 70
E2 6 columns (45 available buttons) TEF4500716 170584 70
Lexan foil 3 columns (21 available buttons) TEF4500813 170585 70
Series TEF 4500
4 columns (29 available buttons) TEF4500814 170586 70
5 columns (37 available buttons) 70
E2
TEF4500815 170587
6 columns (45 available buttons) TEF4500816 170588 70
7 columns (53 available buttons) TEF4500817 170589 70
Note Prior to delivery of a Lexan foil, an exact definition of button text and non-used is required.

E2 Technical Data
Supply voltage 18 ... 32 V DC
Interface RS - 485. Cable impendance 100 ... 250 Ω .
End resistors shall not be used.
Operating temperature range +5 ... +70 °C
E2 Degree of protection IP20 (IP23)
Material Black anodised aluminium frame

Durable lexan front with reverse printed / engraved graphics.

Moulded plastic buttons with integrated green and red LED


E2

E2

E2

E2
378 Lighting 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E2_KP_2016_en.book Seite 379 Montag, 21. März 2016 11:45 11

Commander Utility
Series TEF 4500

E2
Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm [inches]) – Subject to Alterations
374 [14,72]

E2
334 [13,15]
294 [11,57]
254 [10]
214 [8,43]
194 [7,64] 40 40 40 40 55 [2,17]

E2
[1,57] [1,57] [1,57] [1,57]
225 [8,86]

E2
126 [4,96]

E2

3 Columns 4 Columns 5 Columns 6 Columns 7 Columns


11918E00 E2
A Versions A B
3 columns 180 205
4 columns 220 205
5 columns 260 205 E2
6 columns 300 205
7 columns 340 205
B

E2

11867E00
E2

E2

E2

E2

E2

E2
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Lighting 379
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 380 Montag, 21. März 2016 1:56 13

Installation Equipment

Installation Equipment
Installation Switches
made of Moulded Plastic 8040 382
Junction Boxes
made of Polyester Resin, with 4 Sheath Terminals 8102 384
made of Polyester Resin, with 4 ... 8 Sheath Terminals 8118 386
Terminal Boxes
made of Polyester Resin, for Terminal Blocks up to 4 mm² 8118 388
made of Polyester Resin, for WAGO 773 Push-Wire Connectors 8118 390
made of Polyester Resin, for Terminal Blocks up to max. 240 mm² 8146 393
made of Stainless Steel 8150 399
made of Aluminium, Ex d 8252/1 406
Enclosure System TEF1060 404
Enclosures
made of Aluminium 8250 408
Plugs and Sockets - Switch Sockets
16 A Sockets and Plugs CES 8575 411
16 A Switch Sockets and Plugs SolConeX 8570 413
32 A Switch Sockets and Plugs SolConeX 8571 417
63 A Switch Sockets and Plugs CES 8579 420
125 A Switch Sockets and Plugs CES 8581 423

380 Installation Equipment 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en


◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 381 Montag, 21. März 2016 1:56 13

Contents

Installation Equipment
Plugs and Sockets - Coupler and Coupler Sockets
16 A Coupler SolConeX 8575/14 426
E3
16 A Coupler Sockets SolConeX 8570/16 428
32 A Coupler Sockets SolConeX 8571/16 428
Plugs and Sockets - Cable Reel
Cable Reel SolConeX 502 Ex 427
Plugs and Sockets - Plug Connectors
Ex Plug Connector, 4-poles miniCLIX 8591/1 430
Ex Plug Connector, 4 P + PE Bracket miniCLIX 8591/4 430
Ex Plug Connector, 6-poles miniCLIX 8591/2 433
Connection Technology for Data Networks
Optical Fibre Splice Cassette 8186 436
Ethernet Terminal 8187 438

You will find further information on the Internet www.stahl.de


Terminal Boxes
High-Voltage Terminal Boxes 8125
Cable End Boxes, for 35 ... 185 mm² 8146
Terminal Boxes made of Sheet Steel and Stainless Steel 8125
Isolating Terminal 8082
Plugs and Sockets
16 A Sockets and Plugs SolConeX 7575
16 A Switch Sockets and Plugs SolConeX 7570
32 A Switch Sockets and Plugs SolConeX 7571
63 A Switch Sockets and Plugs SolConeX 7579
125 A Switch Sockets and Plugs SolConeX 7581
16 A Maintenance Socket Isolators SolConeX 8570
32 A Maintenance Socket Isolators SolConeX 8571
63 A Maintenance Socket Isolators SolConeX 8579
Y-Adaptor with Cable Glands, 4-poles miniCLIX 8592/1
Y-Adaptor with Cable Glands, 4 P + PE miniCLIX 8592/4
Y-Adaptor, Plug and Socket miniCLIX 8593/8
Socket-Outlet Assemblies
Socket-Outlet Assemblies 8146, 8125
Socket Panel for Cleanrooms 8125

2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Installation Equipment 381


◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 382 Montag, 21. März 2016 1:56 13

Installation Switch
Series 8040/11-V30

E3
> Available as
– 2 pole OFF switch or
– changeover switch
E3 > Enclosure made of optical fibre
reinforced polyester resin
> Degree of protection IP66
according to IEC/EN 60529
E3 > Clear position indicator 0/1 or ON/OFF

E3
Series 8040/11-V30 E3

10035E00

WebCode 8040F ATEX / IECEx

E3 Zone
For use in
0 1
x
2
x
20 21
x
22
x

Selection Table
E3 Version Description Ambient Order number Art. no. PS Weight
temperature
kg
Installation Switch Off switch -20 ... +60 °C 8040/11-V30-033-B 245655◄ 11 0.600
Series 8040/11-V30
E3 -60 ... +60 °C 8040/11-V30-033-S 245656◄ 11 0.600
Changeover switch -20 ... +60 °C 8040/11-V30-035-B 245657◄ 11 0.615
-60 ... +60 °C 8040/11-V30-035-S 245658◄ 11 0.615
8040/11-V30-...-B: Actuator with seal made of NBR
E3 8040/11-V30-...-S: Actuator with seal made of silicone

Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
E3 Gas and dust IECEx PTB 06.0025
Ex d e IIC T6 Gb
Ex tb IIIC T80°C Db
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust PTB 01 ATEX 1105
E3 E II 2 G Ex d e IIC T6 Gb
E II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T80°C Db
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), China (China-Ex), India (PESO), Canada (cUL),
Kazakhstan (TR), Korea (KCs), Russia (TR), Ukraine (TR), USA (UL), Belarus (TR)
E3 Rated operational voltage 690 V AC, 220 V DC
Ambient temperature -20 ... +60 °C (sealing material: NBR)
-60 ... +60 °C (sealing material: silicone)
Degree of protection IP66 according to IEC/EN 60529
Cable entry 1 x M25 x 1.5 cable gland
E3 2 x M25 x 1.5 stopping plug
Terminals finely stranded: 1.5 ... 2.5 mm2
single-wire: 1.5 ... 4.0 mm2

E3

E3
382 Installation Equipment 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 383 Montag, 21. März 2016 1:56 13

Installation Switch
Series 8040/11-V30

E3
Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm [inches]) - Subject to Alterations
80 [3,15] 99 [3,90]

E3
70 [2,76] 72 [2,83]
C 11 [0,43]
M25
Ø5,50 [Ø 0,22]

E3
48 [1,89]
93 [3,66]

A B
109 [4,29]

M25 E3
M25x1,5
D
03167E00

8040/11-V30 Installation Switch


E3

E3

E3

E3

E3

E3

E3

E3

E3

E3
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Installation Equipment 383
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 384 Montag, 21. März 2016 1:56 13

Junction Boxes
Series 8102

E3
> Robust enclosure of glass fibre
reinforced polyester resin
> Equipped with 4 sheath terminals and
E3 1 PE connection
> Terminal capacity: 2 x 4 mm2, single-wire
> Degree of protection IP66

E3

E3
Series 8102 E3

10072E00

WebCode 8102A ATEX

E3 Zone
For use in
0 1
x
2
x
20 21
x
22
x

Selection Table

E3 Version Description Order number Art. no. PS Weight


kg
3 x M20 x 1.5 semi gland Ex e 8102/21-31 132988◄ 10 0.278
Ex i 8102/22-31 132989◄ 10 0.300

E3

02220E00

2 x M20 x 1.5 cable gland, Ex e 8102/21-42-C1151 132979◄ 10 0.330


E3 1 x M25 x 1.5 cable gland
3 x M20 x 1.5 cable gland Ex e 8102/21-32-C995 132973◄ 10 0.200
2 x M20 x 1.5 cable gland, Ex e 8102/21-32-C1013 132975◄ 10 0.100
1 x M20 x 1.5 stopping plug

E3

01599E00

E3 Technical Data
Explosion protection
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust PTB 01 ATEX 1136
E II 2 G Ex e ia IIC T6, T5 Gb
E3 E II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T80°C, T95°C Db
Certifications and certificates
Certificates ATEX, Ukraine (ТR)
Rated operational voltage 690 V

E3 Degree of protection IP66 according to IEC/EN 60529

E3

E3
384 Installation Equipment 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 385 Montag, 21. März 2016 1:56 13

Junction Boxes
Series 8102

E3
Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm [inches]) - Subject to Alterations

17 [0,67]

17 [0,67]
17 [0,67]
E3

9 [0,35]

9 [0,35]
9 [0,35]

45 [1,77]

45 [1,77]
45 [1,77]

71 [ 2,80] 71 [ 2,80] E3
4,50 [0,18] 4,50 [0,18]
71 [ 2,80]
4,50 [0,18] M 20 x 1,50 M 25 x 1,50

M 20 x 1,50
E3

max. 161 [6,42]

max. 163 [6,42]


74 [ 2,91]

74 [ 2,91]
74 [ 2,91]

3 [0,12]

3 [0,12]
3 [0,12]

116 [4,57]

62 [2,44]

62 [2,44]
62 [2,44]

E3

M 20 x 1,50

M 20 x 1,50 M 20 x 1,50
E3
26,50
[1,04] 26,50 26,50
[1,04] [1,04]
62 [2,44] 62 [2,44] 62 [2,44]
04465E00 09452E00 09249E00
E3
8102/2.-3 8102/21-3-C1104 8102/21-4-C1151
max. 5,40 [0,21]

E3

E3

3,10 [0,12]
09250E00
E3
Layout of available connection chamber of sheath terminal

E3

E3

E3

E3
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Installation Equipment 385
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 386 Montag, 21. März 2016 1:56 13

Junction Boxes
Series 8118

E3
> Enclosures made of glass fibre
reinforced polyester resin
> 3 sizes available
E3 – with 4, 5 or 8 terminals
– as a junction box with
integrated equipment fuse:
– 3 terminals and 1 equipment fuse
E3 – 7 terminals and 1 equipment fuse
– 6 terminals and 2 equipment fuses
> Degree of protection IP66

E3
Series 8118 E3

02714E00

WebCode 8118A ATEX / IECEx

E3 Zone
For use in
0 1
x
2
x
20 21
x
22
x

Selection Table

E3 Cable glands
Position Holes Cable glands Stopping plug
Order number Art. no. PS Weight

kg
Ex e 3 x M20 x 1.5 2 x M20 x 1.5 1 x M20 x 1.5 8118/111-401 133077◄ 10 0.280

E3
09147E00

05349E00
4 terminals
Ex e 4 x M20 x 1.5 3 x M20 x 1.5 1 x M20 x 1.5 8118/111-503 133248◄ 10 0.300

09148E00

E3 5 terminals
05576E00

Ex i 3 x M20 x 1.5 2 x M20 x 1.5 1 x M20 x 1.5 8118/211-401 133084◄ 10 0.280


09147E00

4 x M20 x 1.5 3 x M20 x 1.5 1 x M20 x 1.5 8118/211-403 133104◄ 10 0.330


E3 4 terminals
05349E00

09148E00

Ex e 4 x M25 x 1.5 3 x M25 x 1.5 1 x M25 x 1.5 8118/121-805 133114◄ 10 0.570

09149E00

E3 8 terminals
05348E00 6 x M20 x 1.5 4 x M20 x 1.5 2 x M20 x 1.5 8118/121-806 133120◄ 10 0.560
6 x M25 x 1.5 4 x M25 x 1.5 2 x M25 x 1.5 8118/121-807 133126◄ 10 0.600
09151E00

3 x M25 x 1.5 -* 3 x M25 x 1.5 8118/121-804-2 202991◄ 10 0.750

E3 09149E00

6 x M32 x 1.5 4 x M32 x 1.5 2 x M32 x 1.5 8118/131-811 133186◄ 10 0.850

09155E00

8 x M25 x 1.5 6 x M25 x 1.5 2 x M25 x 1.5 8118/131-814 10 0.850


E3
133210◄

09154E00

4 x M25 x 1.5 -* 4 x M25 x 1.5 8118/131-842-2 202992 10 0.980

E3 09156E00
*)Enclosure with integrated metal bracket for metal cable glands.
Junction boxes with integral equipment fuse on request

E3
386 Installation Equipment 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 387 Montag, 21. März 2016 1:56 13

Junction Boxes
Series 8118

E3
Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Versions
Gas and dust
junction box without miniature fuse
IECEx PTB 06.0026
E3
Ex e Ex e IIC T6 ... T4 Gb
Ex i Ex e ia ib [ia Ga] IIA, IIB, IIC T6 ... T4 Gb
Ex tb IIIC T80°C ... T130°C Db
Europe (ATEX) E3
Versions junction box without miniature fuse
Gas and dust PTB 99 ATEX 3103
Ex e E II 2 G Ex e IIC T6 ... T4 Gb
Ex i E II 2 G Ex e ia ib [ia Ga] IIA, IIB, IIC T6 ... T4 Gb
E II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T80°C ... T130°C Db
E3
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), China (China-Ex), India (PESO), Kazakhstan (TR),
Korea (KCs), Russia (TR), Ukraine (TR), Belarus (TR)
Versions
Type
junction box without miniature fuse
8118/.11 8118/.21 8118/.31 E3
Rated operational voltage 550 V 750 V 750 V
Degree of protection IP66 IP66 IP66

Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm [inches]) - Subject to Alterations E3


L
71 [2,80]
8 [0,32]
8 [0,32]

64 [2,52]
55 [2,17]
[0,32]
8

E3
04469E00
Ø 5,50 129 [5,01]
[Ø 0,22] C
Size Length [mm]
Ø 5,50 99 [3,90]
[Ø 0,22] min. max.
Ø 5,50 69 [2,72] C
M20 25 31
E3
145 [ 5,71]

[Ø 0,22]
107 [4,21]

C
115 [ 4,53]

M25 27 33
77 [3,03]

A B
85 [ 3,35]

A B
M32 32 39
[1,85]

A B
47

Additional dimension for


cable glands, Series 8161
D
04466E00
D
04467E00
D
04468E00
E3
8118/.1. 8118/.2. 8118/.3.
size 1 size 2 size 3

E3

E3

E3

E3

E3
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Installation Equipment 387
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 388 Montag, 21. März 2016 1:56 13

Terminal Boxes
Series 8118

E3
> Enclosure made of glass fibre
reinforced polyester resin
> 3 sizes available
E3 > Terminals and cable glands fitted to order
> Enclosure design with integrated metal
bracket for metal cable glands
Degree of protection IP66
E3 >

E3
Series 8118 E3

08473E00

WebCode 8118B Zone


ATEX / IECEx
0 1 2 20 21 22
E3 For use in x x x x

Selection Table
Version Order number Art. no. PS Weight
E3
(already equiped with (..)
Number of conductors

(rated cross-section

(rated cross-section
PE / PA terminals
max. number of

Stopping plugs
terminalblocks

2.5 / 4 mm2) /

Cable entries
2.5 / 4 mm2)
per terminal

terminal)s

E3
kg
Ex e 2 5 (3) 1 2 x M20 1 x M20 8118/112-047-0 224642◄ 10 0.360

E3 Ex i 2 5 (3) 1 2 x M20 1 x M20 8118/212-047-0 224643◄ 10 0.360

01588E00
Standard terminal
E3 boxes 8118/.12
Ex e 3 11 (11) 2 3 x M25 2 x M25 8118/122-504-0 224644◄ 10 0.610
2 11 (4) 1 1 x M25 with -- 8118/122-199-K0125 220336 10 0.580
strain relief
1 x M25
Ex i 3 11 (9) 2 3 x M25 2 x M25 8118/222-504-0 224645◄ 10 0.610
E3
01663E00
Standard terminal
boxes 8118/.22

E3 Ex e
Ex i
4
4
16 (11)
16 (9)
2
2
4 x M25
4 x M25
2 x M25
2 x M25
8118/132-542-0
8118/232-542-0
224646◄
224647
10
10
0.890
0.890

E3
01662E00
Standard terminal
boxes 8118/.32
E3 State with order: Type, number and size of cable entries.
Note: The prices include the enclosure equipped with terminals.
Cable entries are inserted according to order and charged separately.
*) Enclosure with integrated metal bracket for metal cable glands.

Differences between the images and the actual products are possible
E3
388 Installation Equipment 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 389 Montag, 21. März 2016 1:56 13

Terminal Boxes
Series 8118

E3
Selection Table
Version Order number Art. no. PS Weight

(already equiped with (..)


Number of conductors E3

(rated cross-section

(rated cross-section
PE / PA terminals
max. number of

Stopping plugs
terminalblocks

2.5 / 4 mm2) /

Cable entries
2.5 / 4 mm2)
per terminal

terminal)s
E3
kg
Ex e 2 6 (6) 2 4 x M20 2 x M20 8118/122-331-GB 133117◄ 10 0.720
4 x M25 2 x M25 8118/122-305-GB 133123◄ 10 0.720
3 5 (5) 2 3 x M25 1 x M25 8118/122-504-2 202995◄ 10 0.680
E3
11527E00
Terminal boxes with
standard drillings for
metal cable glands*)
8118/.22 E3
Terminal boxes with Ex e 4 12 (7) 2 4 x M25 2 x M25 8118/132-542-2 202996 10 0.890
standard drillings for
metal cable glands*)
8118/.32
State with order: Type, number and size of cable entries.
Note: The prices include the enclosure equipped with terminals.
Cable entries are inserted according to order and charged separately.
E3
*) Enclosure with integrated metal bracket for metal cable glands.

Differences between the images and the actual products are possible
E3
Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx PTB 06.0026
Ex e
Ex i
Ex e IIC T6 ... T4 Gb
Ex e ia ib [ia Ga] IIA, IIB, IIC T6 ... T4 Gb E3
Ex tb IIIC T80°C... T130°C Db
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust PTB 99 ATEX 3103
Ex e E II 2 G Ex e IIC T6 ... T4 Gb
Ex i E II 2 G Ex e ia ib [ia Ga] IIA, IIB, IIC T6 ... T4 Gb E3
E II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T80°C ... T130°C Db
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), China (China-Ex), India (PESO), Kazakhstan (TR), Korea (KCs),
Russia (TR), Ukraine (TR), Belarus (TR)
Ship approval
Degree of protection
GL
IP66 acc. to IEC/EN 60529 E3
Rated operational voltage max. 1100 V AC/DC
depending on terminal types and explosion-protected components used

Max. Number of Cable Glands, Series 8161, to be Mounted


Enclosure size/side
8118/.1. 8118/.2. 8118/.3.
E3

E3
09101E00 09102E00 09125E00

Type Size Side C / D Side C / D Side C / D


M16 x 1.5 2 3 5
M20 x 1.5
M25 x 1.5
1
--
3
2
4
3
E3
M32 x 1.5 -- 1 2
05864E00
Cable gland Series 8161

Dimensional drawings see junction boxes Series 8118


E3
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Installation Equipment 389
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 390 Montag, 21. März 2016 1:56 13

Terminal Box with WAGO 773 Push-Wire Connectors


Series 8118

E3
> Compact enclosure made of impact resistant
glass fibre reinforced polyester resin
> WAGO push-wire connectors with time and
E3 cost effective push-wire terminal connection
> Vibration-proof, maintenance free
clamping connections
For solid conductors with a cross-section
E3
>
of 0.75 ... 2.5 mm2 or 2.5 ... 6 mm2
> Various cross-sections are possible in
one push-wire connector
With 2-, 3-, 4-, 6- and 8-wire connectors,
E3 >
Series 8118 E3

05813E00
max. 16 clamping points
> Degree of protection IP66
WebCode 8118D
E3 ATEX
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x x x

E3
Selection Table
Version Terminals Holes Cable glands Stopping Art. no. PS Weight
plug

E3 kg
Ex e Terminal Box with WAGO 773 Push-Wire Connector
Size 1 0.75 ... 2.5 mm2: 3 x M20 x 1.5 3 x 8161/7-M20-1304 -- 133216◄ 10 0.300
on/off circuit 4 x 773-494

E3

E3
14470E00

Size 2 0.75 ... 2.5 mm2: 6 x M25 x 1.5 4 x 8161/7-M25-1707 -- 133211◄ 10 0.580
two-way circuit 2 x 773-492 2 x 8161/7-M25-1707
1 x 773-494 with plug
3 x 773-496

E3

E3
14471E00

Size 2 0.75 ... 2.5 mm2: 6 x M25 x 1.5 4 x 8161/7-M25-1707 -- 210766◄ 10 0.580
cross circuit 7 x 773-492 2 x 8161/7-M25-1707
2 x 773-494 with plug
1 x 773-496

E3

E3 Note
14472E00

Cable glands, Series 8161, and stopping plugs, Series 8290, are enclosed separately.
Please order the metal cables glands separately
(see R. STAHL catalogue, chapter E10 "Installation material and accessories").

E3
390 Installation Equipment 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 391 Montag, 21. März 2016 1:56 13

Terminal Box with WAGO 773 Push-Wire Connectors


Series 8118

E3
Selection Table
Version Terminals Holes Cable glands Stopping Art. no. PS Weight
plug
kg E3
Size 2 *) 0.75 ... 2.5 mm2: 4 x M20 x 1.5 -- 1 x 8290/ 133188◄ 10 0.500
on/off circuit 4 x 773-494 3-M20x1.5
PE terminal
0.25 ... 2.5 mm2:
2 x 2001-1207
E3

14469E00

Size 3
for example
2.5 ... 6 mm2:
4 x 773-493
1 x M20 x 1.5,
2 x M32 x 1.5
1 x 8161/7-M20-1304
1 x 8161/7-M32-2109
-- 133214◄ 10 0.700 E3
for street lighting 1 x 8161/7-M32-2109
with plug

E3

14473E00
E3
Note Cable glands, Series 8161, and stopping plugs, Series 8290, are enclosed separately.
Please order the metal cables glands separately
(see R. STAHL catalogue, chapter E10 "Installation material and accessories").
*) For metal cable glands. Please order the cable glands separately. E3
Technical Data
Explosion protection
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust PTB 99 ATEX 3103 E3
E II 2 G Ex e II T6, T5, T4
E II 2 D Ex tD A21 IP66 T80°C, T95°C, T130°C
Certifications and certificates
Certificates ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), China (China-Ex), India (PESO), Kazakhstan (TR), Korea (KCs),
Russia (TR), Serbia (SRPS), Ukraine (TR), Belarus (TR) E3
Ship approval GL
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature T6: -40 ... +40 °C
T5: -40 ... +55 °C
Mechanical data E3
Degree of protection IP66 acc. to IEC/EN 60529
Material
Enclosure glass fibre reinforced polyester resin, dark grey similar to RAL 7012, impact resistance ) 7 J,
flame retardant acc. to IEC/EN 60695, UL 94, ASTM D635
Cover lock with captive M4 stainless steel combo head screws E3

E3

E3

E3
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Installation Equipment 391
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 392 Montag, 21. März 2016 1:56 13

Terminal Box with WAGO 773 Push-Wire Connectors


Series 8118

E3
Technical Data
Connection Terminals WAGO 773 WAGO 773 WAGO 773 WAGO 773 WAGO 773
Push-Wire Push-Wire Push-Wire Push-Wire Push-Wire
Connectors Connectors Connectors Connectors Connectors
E3 773-493 773-492 773-494 773-496 773-498

14327E00 14326E00

E3
14325E00 14324E00
14421E00

Electrical data
Rated operational voltage max. 550 V max. 550 V max. 550 V max. 550 V max. 550 V
Rated operational current 42 A 24 A 24 A 24 A 24 A
Connection cross-section 2.5 ... 6 mm2 0.75 ... 2.5 mm2 0.75 ... 2.5 mm2 0.75 ... 2.5 mm2 0.75 ... 2.5 mm2
solid solid solid solid solid
E3 It is possible to connect conductors with different cross-sections.
The application is possible only in combination with the fixing carrier 773-331.
Stripping length 15 mm 12 mm 12 mm 12 mm 12 mm
Number of 3 2 4 6 8
clamping points
E3 Potentials 1 1 1 1 1
Fixing carrier 773-331

E3 14317E00
Art. no.
113038

Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm [inches]) - Subject to Alterations


E3 L
71 [2,80]
8 [0,32]
8 [0,32]

64 [2,52]
55 [2,17]
[0,32]
8

E3 Ø 5,50 129 [5,01]


04469E00

[Ø 0,22] C
Size Length [mm]
Ø 5,50 99 [3,90]
[Ø 0,22] min. max.
Ø 5,50 69 [2,72] C
M20 25 31
145 [ 5,71]

[Ø 0,22]
107 [4,21]

E3
C
115 [ 4,53]

M25 27 33
77 [3,03]

A B
85 [ 3,35]

A B
M32 32 39
[1,85]

A B
47

Additional dimension for


D
cable glands, Series 8161
D D

E3
04466E00 04467E00 04468E00

8118/112 8118/122 8118/132


Size 1 Size 2 Size 3

E3

E3

E3

E3
392 Installation Equipment 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 393 Montag, 21. März 2016 1:56 13

Terminal Boxes
Series 8146

E3
> Enclosures in shock-resistant
glass fibre reinforced polyester resin
> 8 basic enclosure sizes with various heights
> Fitted according to the E3
customer's requirements
> For terminals up to max. 300 mm2
With captive cover screws
>
E3
> Degree of protection IP66

E3
Series 8146 E3

03098E00

WebCode 8146A
E3

ATEX / IECEx NEC 505 NEC 506 NEC 500


Class I Class I Class II Class III E3
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Division 1 2 1 2 1 2
8146/1 (Ex e): x x x x 8146/1 (Ex e): x x 8146/1 (Ex e): x x x
For use in For use in For use in
8146/2 (Ex i): x x x x 8146/2 (Ex i): 8146/2 (Ex i): x x x
E3
*) *)

For use in For use in For use in


*) Approval not required

Technical Data
Explosion protection E3
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx PTB 06.0046
Ex d e ia/ib [ia Ga] mb IIA, IIB, IIC T6, T5, T4 Gb
Ex tb IIIA, IIIB, IIIC, T80°C, T95°C, T130°C Db IP66
Europe (ATEX) E3
Gas and dust PTB 01 ATEX 1016
E II 2 G Ex d e ia/ib [ia Ga] mb IIA, IIB, IIC T6, T5, T4 Gb
E II 2 D Ex tb IIIA, IIIB, IIIC T80°C, T95°C, T130°C Db IP66
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, China (China-Ex), Brazil (INMETRO), Canada (CSA), Kazakhstan (TR), E3
Korea (KCs), Russia (TR), Taiwan (ITRI), Ukraine (TR), Belarus (TR), USA (UL)
Ship approval GL, RS
Material Polyester resin, glass-fibre-reinforced, dark grey, similar to RAL 7024
Impact resistance ) 7 J
Surface resistance ( 109 Ω
Flame-resistant according to IEC/EN 60695, UL 94, ASTM D635
E3
Degree of protection IP66 acc. to IEC/EN 60529
Rated operational voltage max. 1100 V AC / DC
(depending on the terminal type and the explosion protected components that are used)

E3

E3

E3
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Installation Equipment 393
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 394 Montag, 21. März 2016 1:56 13

Terminal Boxes
Series 8146

E3
Selection Table
Version Components fitted Order number Art. no. PS Weight
Terminal blocks
E3 kg

Max. possible number


Cross section [mm2]

PE/PA-connections
Number fitted
E3
Type

Ex e 2.5/4 UK 3 N 1 6 4 8146/1031- 136603◄ 10 0.640


1TS35+1UT2,5

E3 08243E00

Ex e 2.5/4 UK 3 N 1 14 8 8146/1041- 136665◄ 10 0.730


1TS35+1UT2,5

08244E00 4/6 UK 5 N 1 12 8 8146/1041- 136667◄ 10 1.000


1TS35+1UT4

E3 Ex i 2.5/4 UK 3 N BU 1 14 8 8146/2041-
1TS35+1UT2,5
136666◄ 10 0.730

4/6 UK 5 N BU 1 12 8 8146/2041- 136668◄ 10 0.700


1TS35+1UT4
Ex e 2.5/4 UK 3 N 1 19 2 x 7* 8146/1051- 136688◄ 10 1.060
E3
1TS35+1UT2,5
4/6 UK 5 N 1 16 2 x 7* 8146/1051- 136690◄ 10 1.000
08245E00 1TS35+1UT4
Ex i 2.5/4 UK 3 N BU 1 19 2 x 7* 8146/2051- 136689◄ 10 1.000
1TS35+1UT2,5

E3 4/6 UK 5 N BU 1 16 2 x 7* 10 1.000
8146/2051- 136691◄
1TS35+1UT4
Ex e 4/4 MXK 4 1 28 2 x 14* 8146/1051- 136692 10 1.070
2TS15+1MBK3/E-Z
Ex i 2.5/2.5 MBK3/E-Z BU 1 32 2 x 14* 8146/2051- 136693 10 1.070
2TS15+1MBK3/E-ZBU
E3
08246E00

Ex e 2.5/4 UK 3 N 1 27 2 x 7* 8146/1061- 136714◄ 10 1.400


1TS35+1UT2,5
4/6 UK 5 N 1 23 2 x 7* 8146/1061- 136716◄ 10 1.350
08247E00 1TS35+1UT4
Ex i 2.5/4 UK 3 N BU 1 27 2 x 7* 8146/2061- 136715◄ 10 1.400
E3 4/6 UK 5 N BU 1 23 2 x 7*
1TS35+1UT2,5
8146/2061- 136717◄ 10 1.350
1TS35+1UT4
Ex e 4/4 MXK 4 1 46 2 x 14* 8146/1061- 136718 10 1.460
2TS15+1MBK3/E-Z

E3 08249E00
Ex i 2.5/2.5 MBK3/E-Z BU 1 54 2 x 14* 8146/2061-
2TS15+1MBK3/E-ZBU
136719 10 1.460

Ex e 2.5/4 UK 3 N 1 49 2 x 14* 8146/1S71- 136738◄ 10 2.010


1TS35+1UT2,5
4/6 UK 5 N 1 41 2 x 14* 8146/1S71- 136740◄ 10 2.000
1TS35+1UT4
E3
08250E00

Ex i 2.5/4 UK 3 N BU 1 49 2 x 14* 8146/2S71- 136739◄ 10 2.010


1TS35+1UT2,5
4/6 UK 5 N BU 1 41 2 x 14* 8146/2S71- 136741◄ 10 2.000
1TS35+1UT4
Ex e 4/4 MXK 4 1 82 2 x 14* 8146/1S71- 136742 10 2.010
E3 2TS15+1MBK3/E-Z
Ex i 2.5/2.5 MBK3/E-Z BU 1 98 2 x 14* 8146/2S71- 136743 10 2.010
08251E00 2TS15+1MBK3/E-ZBU
Additional text Please specify the number and size of the cable entries, and to which sides of the enclosures they are to be fitted.
when ordering

E3 Note Prices include the case fitted with mounting rails,


PE or PA terminals and 1 terminal block of the type specified.
Cable entries are inserted to order and charged separately.
* 2 connections per terminal possible

E3
394 Installation Equipment 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 395 Montag, 21. März 2016 1:56 13

Terminal Boxes
Series 8146

E3
Selection Table
Version Components fitted Order number Art. no. PS Weight
Terminal blocks
kg E3

Max. possible number


Cross section [mm2]

PE/PA-connections
Number fitted
Type E3
Ex e 2.5/4 UK 3 N 1 51 2 x 18* 8146/1081- 136800◄ 10 3.400
1TS35+1UT2,5
4/6 UK 5 N 1 43 2 x 18* 8146/1081-
1TS35+1UT4
136802◄ 10 3.370
E3
Ex i 2.5/4 UK 3 N BU 1 51 2 x 18* 8146/2081- 136801◄ 10 3.400
08252E00 1TS35+1UT2,5
4/6 UK 5 N BU 1 43 2 x 18* 8146/2081- 136803 10 3.370
1TS35+1UT4
Ex e 2.5/4 UK 3 N 1 98 2 x 36* 8146/1081- 136804 10 3.810 E3
2TS35+1UT2,5
4/6 UK 5 N 1 82 2 x 36* 8146/1081- 136806 10 3.800
2TS35+1UT4
Ex i 2.5/4 UK 3 N BU 1 98 2 x 36* 8146/2081- 136805 10 3.810
08260E00 2TS35+1UT2,5
E3
4/6 UK 5 N BU 1 82 2 x 36* 8146/2081- 136807 10 3.800
2TS35+1UT4
Ex e 2.5/4 UK 3 N 1 147 2 x 36* 8146/1081- 136808 10 4.200
3TS35+1UT2,5
4/6 UK 5 N 1 123 2 x 36* 8146/1081-
3TS35+1UT4
136810 10 4.130
E3
Ex i 2.5/4 UK 3 N BU 1 147 2 x 36* 8146/2081- 136809 10 4.200
08248E00 3TS35+1UT2,5
4/6 UK 5 N BU 1 123 2 x 36* 8146/2081- 136811 10 4.130
3TS35+1UT4
Ex e 2.5/4 UK 3 N 1 102 2 x 36* 8146/1093- 136898◄ 10 7.100 E3
1TS35+1UT2,5
4/6 UK 5 N 1 86 2 x 36* 8146/1093- 136899 10 7.300
1TS35+1UT4
Ex i 2.5/4 UK 3 N BU 1 102 2 x 36* 8146/2093- 136902 10 7.100
08265E00 1TS35+1UT2,5
E3
4/6 UK 5 N BU 1 86 2 x 36* 8146/2093- 136903 10 7.300
1TS35+1UT4
Ex e 2.5/4 UK 3 N 1 196 2 x 36* 8146/1093- 136900 10 7.300
2TS35+1UT2,5
4/6 UK 5 N 1 164 2 x 36* 8146/1093-
2TS35+1UT4
136901 10 7.500 E3
Ex i 2.5/4 UK 3 N BU 1 196 2 x 36* 8146/2093- 136904 10 7.300
08263E00 2TS35+1UT2,5
4/6 UK 5 N BU 1 164 2 x 36* 8146/2093- 136905 10 7.500

E3
2TS35+1UT4
Additional text Please specify the number and size of the cable entries, and to which sides of the enclosures they are to be fitted.
when ordering
Note Prices include the case fitted with mounting rails,
PE or PA terminals and 1 terminal block of the type specified.
Cable entries are inserted to order and charged separately.
* 2 connections per terminal possible E3

E3

E3
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Installation Equipment 395
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 396 Montag, 21. März 2016 1:56 13

Terminal Boxes
Series 8146

E3
Selection Table
Enclosure Components fitted Order number Art. no. PS Weight
size
Terminal blocks
E3 kg

Max. possible number


Cross section [mm2]

PE/PA-connections
Number fitted

Cable glands
E3
Type

Enclosure Ex e 2.5/4 UT 2.5 14 19 2 x 7* without 8146/1051-K0096 220269 10 1.240


size 5;
8146/.05. 16 19 2 x 7* 4 x M25 Ø 7 ... 17 mm 8146/1051-K0097 220270 10 1.240
E3 10 UT 10 4 –– 2 x 10 1 x M32 Ø 18 ... 25 mm, 8146/1051-K0126 220337 10 1.240
with strain relief
1 x M40 Ø 12 ... 28 mm
Enclosure Ex e 2.5/4 UT 2.5 26 27 2 x 7* 4 x M25 Ø 7 ... 17 mm 8146/1061-K0098 220271 10 1.650
size 6;
8146/.06. without 8146/1061-K0099 220272 10 1.650
E3 24 27 2 x 7* 1 x M32 Ø 9 ... 21 mm 8146/1061-K0100 220273 10 1.650
12 x M20 Ø 4 ... 13 mm
ST 2.5 24 27 2 x 7* 1 x M32 Ø 9 ... 21 mm 8146/1061-K0105 220286 10 1.650
12 x M20 Ø 4 ... 13 mm
16 UT 16 4 –– 2 x 16 1 x M40 Ø 22 ... 32 mm, 10 1.650
E3
8146/1061-K0127 220338
with strain relief
1 x M50 Ø 16 ... 35 mm
1 x M50 Ø 32 ... 38 mm, 8146/1061-K0128 220339 10 1.650
with strain relief
1 x M50 Ø 16 ... 35 mm

E3 Ex i 2.5/4 UT 2.5 24 27 2 x 7* 1 x M32 Ø 9 ... 21 mm 10 1.680


8146/2061-K0101 220281
12 x M20 Ø 4 ... 13 mm
ST 2.5 24 27 2 x 7* 1 x M32 Ø 9 ... 21 mm 8146/2061-K0106 220287 10 1.680
12 x M20 Ø 4 ... 13 mm
Enclosure Ex e 2.5/4 UT 2.5 48 49 2 x 7* 1 x M40 Ø 12 ... 28 mm 8146/1S73-K0108 220289 10 2.640
size 7; 24 x M20 Ø 4 ... 13 mm
E3 8146/.07.
ST 2.5 48 49 2 x 7* 1 x M40 Ø 12 ... 28 mm
24 x M20 Ø 4 ... 13 mm
8146/1S73-K0111 220312 10 2.640

4/6 UT 2.5 1 49 2 x 7* without 8146/1S73-K0113 220314 10 2.640


35 UT 35 4 –– 2 x 35 1 x M63 Ø 37 ... 44 mm, 8146/1S73-K0129 220340 10 2.640
with strain relief
E3 Ex i 2.5/4 UT 2.5 48 41 2 x 7*
1 x M50 Ø 16 ... 35 mm
1 x M40 Ø 12 ... 28 mm 8146/2S73-K0109 220290 10 2.640
24 x M20 Ø 4 ... 13 mm
ST 2.5 48 49 2 x 7* 1 x M40 Ø 12 ... 28 mm 8146/2S73-K0112 220313 10 2.640
24 x M20 Ø 4 ... 13 mm

E3 Enclosure
size 8;
Ex e 2.5/4 UT 2.5 1 51 2 x 18* without 8146/1083-K0114 220315 10 4.780

8146/.08. 60 98 2 x 18* 1 x M40 Ø 12 ... 28 mm 8146/1083-K0116 220317 10 4.780


30 x M16 Ø 2 ... 9 mm
1 x M40 Ø 12 ... 28 mm 8146/1083-K0118 220319 10 4.780
24 x M20 Ø 4 ... 13 mm

E3 ST 2.5 60 98 2 x 18* 1 x M40 Ø 12 ... 28 mm


30 x M16 Ø 2 ... 9 mm
8146/1083-K0121 220332 10 4.780

1 x M40 Ø 12 ... 28 mm 8146/1083-K0123 220334 10 4.780


24 x M20 Ø 4 ... 13 mm
Ex i 2.5/4 UT 2.5 60 98 2 x 18* 1 x M40 Ø 12 ... 28 mm 8146/2083-K0117 220318 10 4.780
30 x M16 Ø 2 ... 9 mm
E3 1 x M40 Ø 12 ... 28 mm 8146/2083-K0119 220320 10 4.780
24 x M20 Ø 4 ... 13 mm
ST 2.5 60 98 2 x 18* 1 x M40 Ø 12 ... 28 mm 8146/2083-K0122 220333 10 4.780
30 x M16 Ø 2 ... 9 mm
1 x M40 Ø 12 ... 28 mm 8146/2083-K0124 220335 10 4.780
E3 24 x M20 Ø 4 ... 13 mm
* 2 connections per terminal possible

E3
396 Installation Equipment 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 397 Montag, 21. März 2016 1:56 13

Terminal Boxes
Series 8146

E3
Max. Number of Cable Glands, Series 8161, to be Mounted
Attention:
The maximum number of cable glands which can be mounted in the enclosure walls depends
on the position of the installed mounting rails and components.
E3
Cable gland Enclosure size
8146/.031 8146/.041 8146/.241/.242 8146/.051/.052 8146/.061/.062 8146/.071/.072

E3
05864E00 07959E00 07958E00 03876E00 07957E00 07956E00 07955E00

Size without without without with without with without with without with
flange flange flange flange flange flange flange flange flange flange
A/B C/D A/B C/D A/B C/D A/B C/D A/B C/D A/B C/D A/B C/D A/B C/D A/B C/D A/B C/D
M16 x 1.5 3 6 5 8 5 10 -- 7 6 8 -- 7 8 10 7 7 8 18 7 14 E3
M20 x 1.5 2 2 3 5 3 7 -- 3 4 6 -- 3 6 7 3 3 6 14 3 6
M25 x 1.5 1 2 2 4 2 6 -- 3 3 5 -- 3 5 6 3 3 5 11 3 6
M32 x 1.5 1 1 1 2 1 3 -- 2 2 3 -- 2 3 3 2 2 3 6 2 4
M40 x 1.5 -- 1 1 1 1 2 -- 2 1 2 -- 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 2 4
M50 x 1.5 -- 1 1 1 1 2 -- -- 1 1 -- -- 1 2 -- -- 1 3 -- --
8146/.073/.075 8146/.S71 8146/.S73 8146/.081/.082 E3

E3
05864E00 07955E00 07954E00 07954E00 07953E00

Size without with without with without with without with


flange flange flange flange flange flange flange flange
A/B C/D A/B C/D A/B C/D A/B C/D A/B C/D A/B C/D A/B C/D A/B C/D
M16 x 1.5
M20 x 1.5
20
13
45
28
12
9
32
19
6
4
20
16
--
--
14
6
13
9
50
32
--
--
32
19
18
14
20
16
14
6
14
6
E3
M25 x 1.5 10 22 6 14 3 13 -- 6 8 26 -- 14 11 13 6 6
M32 x 1.5 6 12 4 10 2 7 -- 4 4 15 -- 10 6 7 4 4
M40 x 1.5 4 8 2 5 1 5 -- 4 2 10 -- 5 4 5 4 4
M50 x 1.5 2 6 1 3 1 4 -- -- 1 7 -- 3 3 4 -- --
M63 x 1.5 1 3 1 2 -- -- -- -- 1 4 -- 2 -- -- -- --
8146/.083/.085/.086 8146/.091/.092 8146/.093/.095 E3

E3
05864E00 07953E00 07952E00 07952E00

Size without with without with without with


flange flanges flange flange flange flange
A/B C/D A/B C/D A/B C/D A/B C/D A/B C/D A/B C/D
M16 x 1.5 45 50 32 32 20 38 14 28 50 91 32 64 E3
M20 x 1.5 28 32 19 19 16 20 6 12 32 60 19 38
M25 x 1.5 22 26 14 14 13 23 6 12 26 46 14 28
M32 x 1.5 12 15 10 10 7 12 4 8 15 26 10 20
M40 x 1.5 8 10 5 5 5 9 4 8 10 18 5 10
M50 x 1.5 6 7 3 3 4 7 -- -- 7 13 3 6
M63 x 1.5 3 4 2 2 -- -- -- -- 4 6 2 4
E3

E3

E3

E3
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Installation Equipment 397
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 398 Montag, 21. März 2016 1:56 13

Terminal Boxes
Series 8146

E3
Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm) - Subject to Alterations

E3

E3 04180E00 03179E00 04303E00

8146/.03. 8146/.04. 8146/.05.

E3

E3
04304E00 04305E00 04306E00

8146/.06. 8146/.07. 8146/.S7.

E3

E3

E3 04307E00 04308E00

8146/.08. 8146/.09.
Enclosure height h
Flange Dimen- Enclosure 8146/...1 8146/...2 8146/...3 8146/...5 8146/...6
E3 thickness
[mm]
sion a
[mm]
8146/.03.
91 mm
X
131 mm
-
150 mm
-
190 mm
-
230 mm
-
2.8 7
8146/.04. X - - - -
04309E00
5.8 10
8146/.05. X X - - -
Additional dimension for flange mounting
8146/.06. X X - - -
E3 8146/.07. X X X X -
8146/.S7. X - X - -
8146/.08. X X X X X
8146/.09. X X X X -
E3 X ... can be supplied

E3

E3

E3
398 Installation Equipment 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 399 Montag, 21. März 2016 1:56 13

Terminal Boxes
Series 8150

E3
> Enclosures made of stainless steel, brush finished
1.4301 (AISI 304) or 1.4404 (AISI 316L)
> Optionally with hinges / cam lock
or screw-on cover E3
> Hinge versions with large opening angle 130°
> Extended ambient temperature range
due to high-quality seal materials
> Circumferential protection channel prevents E3
water entry
> External earth connection M8
> Flange plate tightened from the
outside enables simple installation
E3
Series 8150 E3

Degree of protection IP66


12667E00
>

WebCode 8150A
E3
ATEX / IECEx NEC 505 NEC 506 NEC 500
Class I Class I Class II Class III
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Division 1 2 1 2 1 2
For use in x x x x For use in x x For use in x E3
Selection Table
Version Components fitted Order number Art. no. PS
Terminal blocks
(manufacturer: WAGO)
E3
Max. possible number
Cross section [mm2]

PE/PA-connections
Number fitted

E3
Type

Ex e 2.5/4 2002-1201* 1 17 8 8150/1-0176-0116-091-2311 212679◄ 10


4/6 2004-1201* 1 14 8 8150/1-0176-0116-091-3311 212680 10
E3
12971E00
Ex i 2.5/4 2002-1204* 1 17 8 8150/2-0176-0116-091-2311 212771 10
4/6 2004-1204* 1 14 8 8150/2-0176-0116-091-3311 212772 10
Ex e 2.5/4 2002-1201* 1 23 8 8150/1-0176-0176-091-2311 212773 10
4/6 2004-1201* 1 19 8 8150/1-0176-0176-091-3311 212774 10
12970E00 Ex i 2.5/4 2002-1204* 1 23 8 8150/2-0176-0176-091-2311 212775 10
4/6 2004-1204* 1 19 8 8150/2-0176-0176-091-3311 212776 10 E3
Ex e 2.5/4 2002-1201* 1 37 2 x 7* 8150/1-0236-0176-091-2311 212777 10
4/6 2004-1201* 1 27 2 x 7* 8150/1-0236-0176-091-3311 212778 10
12969E00 Ex i 2.5/4 2002-1204* 1 37 2 x 7* 8150/2-0236-0176-091-2311 212779 10
4/6 2004-1204* 1
8150/2-0236-0176-091-331127 212780 10 2 x 7*
Additional text
when ordering
Steel quality 1.4301 8150/.-....-....-...-2.... E3
1.4404 8150/.-....-....-...-3....
Please specify the number and size of the cable glands, and enclosure side(s) which must be equipped with them.
Note Prices include the enclosures equipped with mounting rails and a terminal block of the type specified.
Cable glands and PE/PA connections are fitted according to order and charged separately.
*possible number of connections per terminal
Terminal type Connections E3
2002-1201 2 wires 1.5 (2.5) mm2
2004-1201 2 wires 4 (6) mm2
2002-1204 2 wires 1.5 (2.5) mm2
2004-1204 2 wires 4 (6) mm2
Material: Standard version: stainless steel 1. 4301 (AISI 304) or 1.4404 (AISI 316L) brush finished
Special version: on request
E3
Hinge on request

E3
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Installation Equipment 399
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 400 Montag, 21. März 2016 1:56 13

Terminal Boxes
Series 8150

E3
Selection Table
Version Components fitted Order number Art. no. PS
Terminal blocks
(manufacturer: WAGO)
E3

Max. possible number


Cross section [mm2]

PE/PA-connections
Number fitted
E3
Type
Ex e 2.5/4 2002-1201* 1 54 2 x 14* 8150/1-0300-0200-150-2311 212781 10
4/6 2004-1201* 1 43 2 x 14* 8150/1-0300-0200-150-3311 212782 10
Ex i 2.5/4 2002-1204* 1 54 2 x 14* 10
E3
12968E00 8150/2-0300-0200-150-2311 212783
4/6 2004-1204* 1 43 2 x 14* 8150/2-0300-0200-150-3311 212784 10
Ex e 2.5/4 2002-1201* 1 64 2 x 14* 8150/1-0360-0176-091-2311 212785 10
4/6 2004-1201* 1 52 2 x 14* 8150/1-0360-0176-091-3311 212786 10
12965E00 Ex i 2.5/4 2002-1204* 1 64 2 x 14* 8150/2-0360-0176-091-2311 212787 10

E3
4/6 2004-1204* 1 52 2 x 14* 8150/2-0360-0176-091-3311 212788 10
Ex e 2.5/4 2002-1201* 1 64 2 x 18* 8150/1-0360-0360-091-2311 212789 10
4/6 2004-1201* 1 52 2 x 18* 8150/1-0360-0360-091-3311 212790 10
Ex i 2.5/4 2002-1204* 1 64 2 x 18* 8150/2-0360-0360-091-2311 212791 10
14891E00 4/6 2004-1204* 1 52 2 x 18* 8150/2-0360-0360-091-3311 212792 10

E3 Ex e 2.5/4
4/6
2002-1201*
2004-1201*
1
1
78
63
2 x 18*
2 x 18*
8150/1-0400-0300-150-2311
8150/1-0400-0300-150-3311
212793
212794
10
10
Ex i 2.5/4 2002-1204* 1 78 2 x 18* 8150/2-0400-0300-150-2311 212795 10
14892E00 4/6 2004-1204* 1 63 2 x 18* 8150/2-0400-0300-150-3311 212796 10
Ex e 2.5/4 2002-1201* 1 78 2 x 18* 8150/1-0400-0400-150-2311 212797 10

E3 Ex i
4/6
2.5/4
2004-1201*
2002-1204*
1
1
63
78
2 x 18*
2 x 18*
8150/1-0400-0400-150-3311
8150/2-0400-0400-150-2311
212798
212799
10
10
4/6 2004-1204* 1 63 2 x 18* 8150/2-0400-0400-150-3311 212800 10
14893E00

Ex e 2.5/4 2002-1201* 1 114 2 x 36* 8150/1-0727-0360-150-2311 212805 10


4/6 2004-1201* 1 96 2 x 36* 8150/1-0727-0360-150-3311 212806 10
E3 Ex i 2.5/4 2002-1204* 1 114 2 x 36* 8150/2-0727-0360-150-2311 212807 10
14895E00 4/6 2004-1204* 1 96
8150/2-0727-0360-150-3311 2 x 36* 212808 10
Additional text Steel quality 1.4301 8150/.-....-....-...-2....
when ordering
1.4404 8150/.-....-....-...-3....
Please specify the number and size of the cable glands, and enclosure side(s) which must be equipped with them.

E3 Note Prices include the enclosures equipped with mounting rails and a terminal block of the type specified.
Cable glands and PE/PA connections are fitted according to order and charged separately.

*possible number of connections per terminal


Terminal type Connections
2002-1201 2 wires 1.5 (2.5) mm2

E3 2004-1201
2002-1204
2 wires 4 (6) mm2
2 wires 1.5 (2.5) mm2
2004-1204 2 wires 4 (6) mm2

Material: Standard version: stainless steel 1. 4301 (AISI 304) or 1.4404 (AISI 316L) brush finished
Special version: on request

E3
Hinge on request

E3

E3

E3
400 Installation Equipment 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 401 Montag, 21. März 2016 1:56 13

Terminal Boxes
Series 8150

E3
Selection Table
Version Components fitted Order number Art. no. PS
Terminal blocks
(manufacturer: WAGO)
E3

Max. possible number


Cross section [mm2]

PE/PA-connections

Stopping plugs
Number fitted

Cable glands
E3
Type

Ex e 2.5/4 2002-1301* 1 14 8 3 x M20 2 x M20 x 1.5 8150/1-0176-0116- 203106 10


Ø 4 ... 13 mm 091-1TJ-2002-1301
12971E00
Ex i 2.5/4 2002-1304* 1 17 8 3 x M20 2 x M20 x 1.5 8150/2-0176-0116- 203107 10 E3
Ø 4 ... 13 mm 091-1TJ-2002-1304
Ex e 2.5/4 2002-1301* 1 19 2 x 7* 3 x M20 3 x M20 x 1.5 8150/1-0176-0176- 203108 10
Ø 4 ... 13 mm 091-1TJ-2002-1301

E3
12970E00 Ex i 2.5/4 2002-1304* 1 23 2 x 7* 3 x M20 3 x M20 x 1.5 8150/2-0176-0176- 203109 10
Ø 4 ... 13 mm 091-1TJ-2002-1304
Ex e 2.5/4 2002-1301* 1 27 2 x 7* 3 x M25 3 x M25 x 1.5 8150/1-0236-0176- 203110 10
Ø 7 ... 17 mm 091-1TJ-2002-1301
12969E00 Ex i 2.5/4 2002-1304* 1 37 2 x 7* 3 x M20 3 x M25 x 1.5 8150/2-0236-0176- 203111 10
Ø 4 ... 13 mm 091-1TJ-2002-1304
Ex e 2.5/4 2002-1301* 1 52 2 x 7* 7 x M25 4 x M25 x 1.5 8150/1-0360-0176- 203112 10 E3
Ø 7 ... 17 mm 091-1TJ-2002-1301
12965E00

Steel quality 1.4301

*possible number of connections per terminal E3


Terminal type Connections
2002-1301 3 wires 2,5 (4) mm2
2002-1304

Technical Data
Explosion protection E3
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx PTB 09.0048
Ex db eb ia/ib mb IIA, IIB, IIC T6 (Ta = -60 ... +40 °C)
Ex db eb ia/ib mb IIA, IIB, IIC T5 (Ta = -60 ... +55 °C)
Ex db eb ia/ib mb IIA, IIB, IIC T4 (Ta = -60 ... +70 °C)
Ex tb IIIC IP66 T130°C (Ta = -60 ... +70 °C)
E3
Ex tb IIIC IP66 T95°C (Ta = -60 ... +55 °C)
Ex tb IIIC IP66 T80°C (Ta = -60 ... +40 °C)
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust PTB 09 ATEX 1108
E II 2 G Ex db eb ia/ib mb IIA, IIB, IIC T6 (Ta = -60 ... +40 °C)
E II 2 G Ex db eb ia/ib mb IIA, IIB, IIC T5 (Ta = -60 ... +55 °C) E3
E II 2 G Ex db eb ia/ib mb IIA, IIB, IIC T4 (Ta = -60 ... +70 °C)
E II 2 D Ex tb IIIC IP66 T130°C (Ta = -60 ... +70 °C)
E II 2 D Ex tb IIIC IP66 T95°C (Ta = -60 ... +55 °C)
E II 2 D Ex tb IIIC IP66 T80°C (Ta = -60 ... +40 °C)
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), India (PESO), Russia (TR), Belarus (TR)
E3
Material
Enclosure stainless steel V1.4301 (AISI 304) respectively 1.4404 (AISI 316L) brush finished
Degree of protection IP66 acc. to IEC/EN 60529

E3
Rated operational voltage max. 1100 V
depending on terminal types and explosion protected components that are used
Note please refer to the manufacturer's terminal data, e.g. the tightening torque

E3

E3
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Installation Equipment 401
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 402 Montag, 21. März 2016 1:56 13

Terminal Boxes
Series 8150

E3
Max. Nnumber of Cable Glands, Series 8161, to be Mounted
Attention:
The maximum number of cable glands which can be mounted in the enclosure walls depends
E3 on the position of the installed mounting rails and components.
Cable entry Enclosure size
8150/.-0176-0116-091-.3.1 8150/.-0176-0176-091-.3.1 8150/.-0236-0176-091-.3.1 8150/.-0300-0200-150-.3.1

E3
116

176

176

300
176 91
176 91 236 91

05864E00 14890E00 14889E00 14888E00 200 150


14887E00

Size without with without with without with without with


flange flange flange flange flange flange flange flange
E3 A B C D A/B C/D A B C D A/B C/D A B C D A/B C/D A B C D A/B C/D
M16 x 1.5 6 6 12 12 -- -- 11 11 12 12 -- -- 11 11 15 15 -- -- 33 33 54 54 -- --
M20 x 1.5 4 4 8 8 -- -- 8 8 8 8 -- -- 8 8 12 12 -- -- 20 20 34 34 -- --
M25 x 1.5 2 2 4 4 -- -- 4 4 4 4 -- -- 4 4 6 6 -- -- 12 12 21 21 -- --
M32 x 1.5 1 1 3 3 -- -- 3 3 3 3 -- -- 3 3 4 4 -- -- 7 7 16 16 -- --
M40 x 1.5 1 1 2 2 -- -- 2 2 2 2 -- -- 2 2 3 3 -- -- 5 5 8 8 -- --
E3 M50 x 1.5
M63 x 1.5
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
3
2
3
2
5
3
5
3
--
--
--
--
8150/.-0360-0176-091-.3.1 8150/.-0360-0360-091-.3.1 8150/.-0400-0300-150-.3.1 8150/.-0400-0400-150-.3.1

E3 300
360

360

400
400 150
176 91 360 91
400 150

14886E00 14885E00 14884E00 14883E00


05864E00

Size without with without with without with without with


E3 flange
A B C D
flange
A/B C/D A
flange
B C D
flange
A/B C/D A
flange
B C D
flange
A/B C/D A
flange
B C D
flange
A/B C/D
M16 x 1.5 11 11 27 27 -- 9 27 27 28 28 -- 9 54 54 74 74 28 74 74 74 74 28 28
M20 x 1.5 8 8 20 20 -- 6 20 20 20 20 -- 6 34 34 48 48 18 48 48 48 48 18 18
M25 x 1.5 4 4 10 10 -- 6 10 10 10 10 -- 6 21 21 30 30 13 29 29 30 30 13 13
M32 x 1.5 3 3 7 7 -- -- 7 7 7 7 -- -- 16 16 22 22 a 9 21 21 22 22 9 9
E3 M40 x 1.5
M50 x 1.5
2
--
2
--
5
--
5
--
--
--
--
--
5
--
5
--
5
--
5
--
--
--
--
--
8
5
8
5
11
7
11
7
5
3
11
7
11
7
11
7
11
7
5
3
5
3
M63 x 1.5 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 3 3 5 5 3 5 5 5 5 3 3
8150/.-0600-0400-150-.3.1 8150/.-0727-0360-150-.3.1

E3
600

727

05864E00 400 150

E3
360 150

14881E00 14880E00

Size without with without with


flange flange flange flange
A B C D A/B C/D A B C D A/B C/D
M16 x 1.5 74 74 117 117 28 47 65 65 117 117
E3 M20 x 1.5
M25 x 1.5
48
30
48
30
74
46
74
46
18
13
31
21
42
26
42
26
74
46
74
46
M32 x 1.5 22 22 33 33 9 15 18 18 33 33 a a
M40 x 1.5 11 11 18 18 5 8 10 10 36 36
M50 x 1.5 7 7 11 11 3 5 6 6 22 22
M63 x 1.5 5 5 7 7 3 5 4 4 14 14

E3
a = on request

E3

E3
402 Installation Equipment 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 403 Montag, 21. März 2016 1:56 13

Terminal Boxes
Series 8150

E3
Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm [inches]) - Subject to Alterations

E3

9,50 [0,37]
G
H
E3
25 [0,98] Ø 7 [Ø 0,28]

E3
C
7 [0,28]

a2

b2
c2

A B
F

E3
D

E3
a1
E
b1
c1
12648E00

E3
Width Height Depth Total depth Fixing dimensions [mm]
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
Type E F G H a1 a2 b1 b2 c1 c2
8150/.-0176-0116-091-..1. 176.5 116.5 91 106 136 76 212 152 228 168
8150/.-0176-0176-091-..1. 176.5 176.5 91 106 136 136 212 212 228 228 E3
8150/.-0236-0176-091-..1. 236.5 176.5 91 106 196 136 272 212 288 228
8150/.-0300-0200-150-..1. 300 200 150 165 260 160 336 236 352 252
8150/.-0360-0176-091-..1. 360 176.5 91 106 320 136 396 212 412 228
8150/.-0360-0360-091-..1. 360 360 91 106 320 320 396 396 412 412 E3
8150/.-0400-0300-150-..1. 400 300 150 165 360 260 436 336 452 352
8150/.-0400-0400-150-..1. 400 400 150 165 360 360 436 436 452 452
8150/.-0600-0400-150-..1. 600 400 150 165 560 360 636 436 652 452
8150/.-0727-0360-150-..1. 727 360 150 165 687 320 763 398 779 412
E3

E3

E3

E3

E3
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Installation Equipment 403
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 404 Montag, 21. März 2016 1:56 13

Enclosure System
Series TEF1060

E3
> Scalable in 25 mm steps in all directions
> Dimensions span from
300 mm x 300 mm x 100 mm
E3 upwards in 25 mm steps
> Certified up to
H = 2200 mm x W = 1800 mm x D = 600 mm
DIN standard
E3
>
(Internal fastening arrangement)
> Lid:
– Screws and hinges
– Quick closing lock and hinges
E3
Series TEF1060 E3

11770E00 – Screws only

WebCode T1060A ATEX / IECEx

E3 Zone
For use in
0 1
x
2
x
20 21 22

Selection Table
E3 Version Description Order number Art. no. PS
400 mm x 400 mm x 200 mm (H x W x D) TEF1060211 170419 70
with hinged lid and quick closing lock
D

500 mm x 400 mm x 250 mm (H x W x D) TEF1060213 170420 70


with hinged lid and quick closing lock
E3
W

650 mm x 400 mm x 250 mm (H x W x D) TEF1060215 170421 70


with hinged lid and quick closing lock
1000 mm x 600 mm x 300 mm (H x W x D) 70
H

TEF1060217 170422
with hinged lid and quick closing lock

E3 Enclosure system
11771E00
1200 mm x 800 mm x 400 mm (H x W x D)
with hinged lid and quick closing lock
TEF1060219 170423 70

Series TEF1060 400 mm x 400 mm x 200 mm with hinged lid and screws TEF1060201 170424 70
500 mm x 400 mm x 250 mm with hinged lid and screws TEF1060203 170425 70

E3 650 mm x 400 mm x 250 mm with hinged lid and screws TEF1060205 170426 70
1000 mm x 600 mm x 300 mm with hinged lid and screws TEF1060207 170427 70
1200 mm x 800 mm x 400 mm with hinged lid and screws TEF1060209 170428 70

E3

E3

E3

E3

E3
404 Installation Equipment 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 405 Montag, 21. März 2016 1:56 13

Enclosure System
Series TEF1060

E3
Technical Data
Explosion protection
Europe (ATEX)
Gas E II 2 G Ex e IIC Gb T4, T5, T6
E II 2 G Ex d e IIC Gb T4, T5, T6 E3
NEMKO 03ATEX124
Certifications and IECEx, ATEX
certificates
Degree of protection
Material
IP66 / IP67
Stainless steel AISI 316L / EN 1.4404 E3
Cable glands Only appropriate ATEX / IECEx certified glands, blanks and adaptors must be used.
Mounting 50 [1,97] 1 Mounting bracket
25
2 M8 threads at back of enclosure
10 [0,39]
[0,98]
E3
1

50 [1,97]
90

2 E3
°

[0,98]
25

E3

11772E00

All dimensions in mm [inch]


E3

E3

E3

E3

E3

E3

E3

E3
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Installation Equipment 405
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 406 Montag, 21. März 2016 1:56 13

Terminal Boxes Ex d
Series 8252/1

E3
> Ex d enclosure made of saltwater-resistant,
copper-free aluminium cast alloy
> Powder coated to RAL 7032
E3 > Available in 3 different sizes
> With DIN rail for standard terminals
> Enclosure with 3, 4 or 5 hubs
with metric or NPT threads
E3
> Drilled holes in the enclosure enable
quick and easy mounting
> In terminal box versions standard cable
E3 glands without compund can be used.
Series 8252/1 E3

15030E00

WebCode 8252A ATEX / IECEx

E3 Zone
For use in
0 1
x
2
x
20 21
x
22
x

Technical Data
Explosion protection
E3 Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx BVS 11.0059X
Ex d [ia/ib Ga/Gb] IIC T4-T6 Gb
Ex tb IIIC T80°C-T130°C Db IP66
Europe (ATEX)
E3 Gas and dust BVS 11 ATEX E 114 X
E II 2 G Ex d [ia/ib Ga/Gb] IIC T4-T6 Gb
E II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T80°C-T130°C Db IP66
India (PESO)
Gas and dust A/P/HQ/MH/104/2563 (P284425)
E3 Ex d [ia/ib Ga/Gb] IIC T4-T6 Gb
Ex tb IIIC T80°C-T130°C Db IP66
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, India (PESO), Kazakhstan (TR), Russia (TR), Belarus (TR)
Electrical data
E3 Rated operational voltage
Rated operational current
max. 690 V depending on explosion-protected built-in components used
max. 175 A depending on explosion-protected built-in components used
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature -60 ... +70 °C
depending on explosion-protected built-in components used

E3
Mechanical data
Enclosure material aluminium cast alloy copper-free, powder-coated to RAL 7032
Seal silicone O-ring
Protective conductor connection M6 earth bolt, inside/outside on the enclosure
Tightening torque screw of the protective conductor connection: 2.8 Nm
Degree of protection IP66 acc. to IEC/EN 60529
E3 Assembly 2 mounting holes

E3

E3

E3
406 Installation Equipment 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 407 Montag, 21. März 2016 1:56 13

Terminal Boxes Ex d
Series 8252/1

E3
Position of Hubs

90°

E3
180° 0°

E3
270°
15031E00

Selection Table E3
Configuration Version Enclosure Hub metric or NPT Order number Art. no. PS Weight
size
En- 0° 90° 180° 270° kg
closure

E3
base
90° GUAC 16 M20 2: d 90 –– M20 ✓ M20 –– 8252/12-0B1B0-111 215163 13 0.600
180°

06439E00

90° GUAT 16 M20 2: d 90 –– M20 M20 M20 –– 8252/12-0BBB0-111 215181◄ 13 0.590 E3


GUAT 26 M25 2: d 90 –– M25 M25 M25 –– 8252/12-0CCC0-111 215182◄ 13 0.570
180°

GUAT 47 M32 3: d 110 –– M32 M32 M32 –– 8252/13-0DDD0-111 216439◄ 13 1.020


06442E00
GUAT 16 2: d 90 –– 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" –– 8252/12-0HHH0-111 215143◄ 13 0.590
GUAT 26 2: d 90 –– 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" –– 8252/12-0III0-111 215144◄ 13 0.550 E3
GUAT 36 2: d 90 –– 1" 1" 1" –– 8252/12-0JJJ0-111 215145◄ 13 0.530
GUAT 47 3: d 110 –– 1 1/4" 1 1/4" 1 1/4" –– 8252/13-0KKK0-111 216438◄ 13 0.950
GUAT 59 4: d 145 –– 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 1 1/2" –– 8252/14-0LLL0-111 13 1.690
E3
215146◄
GUAT 69 4: d 145 –– 2" 2" 2" –– 8252/14-0MMM0-111 215147◄ 13 1.540

90° GUAW 16 M20 2: d 90 M20 M20 M20 M20 –– 8252/12-BBBB0-111 215195◄ 13 0.650
GUAW 16 2: d 90 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" –– 8252/12-HHHH0-111 215157◄ 13 0.650
180°

06445E00 E3
90° GUAX 16 M20 2: d 90 –– M20 M20 M20 M20 8252/12-0BBBB-111 215186◄ 13 0.640
GUAX 26 M25 2: d 90 –– M25 M25 M25 M25 8252/12-0CCCC-111 215187◄ 13 0.610
180°

GUAX 47 M32 3: d 110 –– M32 M32 M32 M32 8252/13-0DDDD-111 216441◄ 13 0.990
270°
06444E00
GUAX 26 2: d 90 –– 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 8252/12-0IIII-111 215149◄ 13 0.590 E3
GUAX 36 2: d 90 –– 1" 1" 1" 1" 8252/12-0JJJJ-111 215150◄ 13 0.550
GUAX 47 3: d 110 –– 1 1/4" 1 1/4" 1 1/4" 1 1/4" 8252/13-0KKKK-111 216440◄ 13 0.900

= ✓ thread with stopping plug


E3

E3

E3

E3
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Installation Equipment 407
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 408 Montag, 21. März 2016 1:56 13

Empty Enclosure
Series 8250

E3
> Cost-effective single enclosure
> Light-weight construction
Temperature range for worldwide use
E3
>

> Retrofittable hinges


> Seawater-resistant aluminium
> Captive screws
E3

E3
Series 8250 E3

16087E00

WebCode 8250A ATEX / IECEx

E3 Zone
For use in
0 1
x
2
x
20 21
x
22
x

Selection Table

E3 Version Description Order number Art. no. PS Weight


kg
Empty enclosure without holes 8250/0-0250-0150-110-320031 245599 13 6.900

E3
16089E00
Enclosure size 1

E3 Empty enclosure without holes 8250/0-0300-0230-125-320031 245600 13 11.400

E3
16092E00
Enclosure size 2
Empty enclosure without holes 8250/0-0370-0300-160-320031 221625 13 16.500

E3

E3
16088E00
Enclosure size 3
Empty enclosure without holes 8250/0-0540-0230-230-320031 226064 13 24.000

E3

E3

16093E00
Enclosure size 4
E3
408 Installation Equipment 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 409 Montag, 21. März 2016 1:56 13

Empty Enclosure
Series 8250

E3
Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx BVS 13.0067U
Ex d IIB+H2 T4-T6 Gb
E3
Ex tb IIIC T80°C - T130°C Db
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust BVS 13 ATEX E057U
E II 2 G Ex d IIB+H2 T4-T6 Gb
E II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T80°C - T130°C Db
E3
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, India (PESO), Kazakhstan (TR), Russia (TR), Belarus (TR)
Electrical data
Protective conductor
connection
inside/outside on the enclosure (threaded holes), M8 threaded screw
Tightening torque: 2.8 Nm
E3
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature range -60 ... +70 °C
with actuation axis, coupler, -55 ... +55 °C
inspection window
Storage temperature -60 ... +80 °C
E3
Limit temperature AlSi7Mg0,3; 130 °C
enclosure material
Relative humidity 95 %
(no condensation)
Use at the height of < 2000 m (others on request)
E3
Mechanical data
Seal Silicone O-ring
Degree of protection IP65, IP66 according to IEC/EN 60529 (with additional O-ring)
Cover lock captive M8 stainless steel allen screws,
tightening torque M8 = 12 Nm, M10 = 18 Nm E3
Hinges optional with cover hinges,
enclosure cover opening angle > 180°
Wall mounting using a mounting bracket (accessories) or directly into the enclosure base

Accessories and Spare Parts E3


Designation Description Art. no. PS

Wall mounting Fastening tape for 8250, size 1


Fastening tape for 8250, size 2
224231
224232
18
18
E3
Fastening tape for 8250, size 3 225912 18
Fastening tape for 8250, size 4 225911 18
Mounting plate Mounting plate for 8250, size 1 224226 18 E3
Mounting plate for 8250, size 2 224227 18
Mounting plate for 8250, size 3 225906 18
Mounting plate for 8250, size 4 18
E3
225907
Hinge Hinge for 8250, size 1 to 4 223544 13

E3

E3

E3
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Installation Equipment 409
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 410 Montag, 21. März 2016 1:56 13

Empty Enclosure
Series 8250

E3
Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm [inches] - Subject to Alterations)

E3

E3

E3

E3
16090E00 16091E00

8250/0-0250-0150-110-..21.. 8250/0-0300-0230-125-..21..
size 1 size 2
E3

E3

E3

E3

E3

E3
17745E00 17746E00

8250/0-0370-0300-160-..21.. 8250/0-0540-0230-230-..21..
size 3 size 4
E3

E3

E3
410 Installation Equipment 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 411 Montag, 21. März 2016 1:56 13

Plug and Socket Devices Low Voltages


Series 8575

E3
> 16 A version for extra-low voltage up to 50 V
> Low insertion and withdrawal forces
With motor switching capacity AC-3
E3
>
according to IEC/EN 60947-3
> Degree of protection IP54

E3

E3
Series 8575 E3

12126E00

WebCode 8575B
E3

ATEX / IECEx NEC 505 NEC 506 NEC 500


Class I Class I Class II Class III E3
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Division 1 2 1 2 1 2
For use in x x For use in x x For use in x x x x x

Selection Table
E3
Version No. of poles Voltage Colour code Frequency h Order number Art. no. PS Weight
[V] Hz kg

CES 16 A 20 ... 25 violet 50 and 60 –– 8575/13-100 151713◄ 10 0.920


extra-low voltage
socket DC 10 8575/13-110 151716◄ 10 0.920
E3
40 ... 50 light grey 50 and 60 12 8575/13-112 151721 10 0.920
06193E00

2P
20 ... 25 violet 50 and 60 –– 8575/13-200 151704◄ 10 0.940 E3
40 ... 50 light grey 50 and 60 12 8575/13-212 151706 10 0.940

06199E00
01657E00
3P
CES 16 A 20 ... 25 violet 50 and 60 –– 8575/12-100 151545◄ 10 0.220
E3
extra-low voltage
plug 20 ... 25 violet DC 10 8575/12-110 151553◄ 10 0.220
40 ... 50 light grey 50 and 60 12 8575/12-112 151562 10 0.220
09194E00

2P E3
20 ... 25 violet 50 and 60 –– 8575/12-200 151486◄ 10 0.230
40 ... 50 light grey 50 and 60 12 8575/12-212 151496◄ 10 0.220

10372E00
3P
09193E00
E3

E3

E3
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Installation Equipment 411
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 412 Montag, 21. März 2016 1:56 13

Plug and Socket Devices Low Voltages


Series 8575

E3
Technical Data
Explosion protection
Europe (ATEX)
Gas PTB 01 ATEX 1044
E3 E II 2 G Ex de IIC T6 (Ta = -30 ... +45°C)
Certifications and certificates
Certificates ATEX, China (China-Ex), Canada (CSA), Serbia (SRPS)
Rated operational voltage
Main contacts max. 50 V
E3 Rated operational current
Main contacts 16 A
Version Socket 8575/13
Degree of protection IP54 acc. to IEC/EN 60529
Connection terminal 2 x 2.5 mm2 finely stranded, 2 x 4 mm2 solid
E3 additional slide-in terminal block with 2 supporting terminals for each 2 x 2.5 mm2 finely stranded,
2 x 4 mm2 solid
Cable entries
Cable gland on the enclosure bottom: 1 x M25 x 1.5
(positioning on the top is also possible, according to the order)

E3 Stopping plug
Version
on the enclosure top: 1 x M25 x 1.5
Plug 8575/12
Degree of protection IP54 acc. to IEC/EN 60529
Terminals 4 mm2
Cable entries 8 ... 15 mm cable diameter

E3 Arrangement of Earth Contact Sockets


Example: Example: Marking of connections
Clock hour position, Clock hour position Front view of socket
Front view of socket

E3 L L

09195E00 09195E00 06556E00 06555E00

230 V = 6 h 2P+¿ 3P+¿ 3P+N+¿


E3
02395E00

E3 Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm) - Subject to Alterations


Type A B C
8575/12-1.. (16 A, 2 P) 140 53.0 42.0
8575/12-2.. (16 A, 3 P) 140 53.0 42.0

E3

E3
04509E00 04510E00

8575/13-... 8575/12-...
CES 16 A extra-low voltage CES 16 A extra-low voltage
socket plug
E3

E3

E3
412 Installation Equipment 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 413 Montag, 21. März 2016 1:56 13

Plug and Socket Devices SolConeX 16 A


Series 8570

E3
> Switch socket / switch 16 A
> Large switching handle
– with clear position indication
– padlockable in position 0 and I E3
> Optimal contact by means of
self-cleaning lamellar contacts
Low insertion and withdrawal forces
E3
>

> Optional with auxiliary contact for


controlling and signalling purposes
> With motor switching capacity AC-3
according to IEC/EN 60947-3
E3
Series 8570 E3

IP66 in any application position


12127E00
>

WebCode 8570A
E3
ATEX / IECEx NEC 505 NEC 506 NEC 500
Class I Class I Class II Class III
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Division 1 2 1 2 1 2 E3
For use in x x x x For use in x x For use in x x x

Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx) E3
Gas and dust IECEx PTB 05.0023
Ex d e IIC T6 Gb (Ta = -30 ... +55 °C)
with intriniscally safe auxiliary contacts: Ex d e [ia Ga] IIC T6 Gb (Ta = -30 ... +55 °C)
Ex tD A21 IP66 T80°C Db (Ta = -30 ... +55 °C)
Europe (ATEX) E3
Gas and dust PTB 03 ATEX 1227
E II 2 G Ex d e IIC T6 Gb (Ta = -30 ... +55 °C)
with intrinsically safe auxiliary contacts:
E II 2 G Ex d e [ia Ga] IIC T6 Gb (Ta = -30 ... +55 °C)
E II 2 D Ex tD A21 IP66 T80°C Db (Ta = -30 ... +55 °C) E3
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), China (China-Ex), India (PESO), Canada (CSA),
Kazakhstan (TR), Korea (KCs), Russia (TR), Serbia (SRPS), Taiwan (ITRI), Ukraine (TR),
USA (FM), Belarus (TR)
Ship approval
Version
GL, RS
Socket 8570/11, Plug 8570/12
E3
Rated operational voltage
Main contacts max. 690 V AC / max. 110 V DC
Auxiliary contacts max. 500 V AC / max. 110 V DC
Rated operational current
Main contacts 16 A
E3
Auxiliary contacts max. 6 A
Degree of protection IP66 acc. to IEC/EN 60529
Version Socket 8570/11
Connection terminal 2 x 1.5 ... 6 mm2 solid
2 x 1.5 ... 4 mm2 finely-stranded
E3
Cable entries
Cable gland 1 x M25 x 1.5
(positioning on the top or at the side, according to the order)
Stopping plug 1 x M25 x 1.5 E3
Version Plug 8570/12
Terminals 1 x 1.5 ... 4 mm2 finely stranded
Cable entries 8 ... 20 mm cable diameter

E3
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Installation Equipment 413
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 414 Montag, 21. März 2016 1:56 13

Plug and Socket Devices SolConeX 16 A


Series 8570

E3
Selection Table
Version No. of poles Voltage Colour code Frequency h Metal Order number Art. no. PS Weight
adapter

E3
[V] Hz kg
SolConeX 16 A >50 green >300-500*) 2 –– 8570/11-302 150594 10 1.120
switch socket L

50 ... 110 light grey DC 3 –– 8570/11-303 150590 10 1.120


100 ... 130 yellow 50 and 60 4 –– 8570/11-304 150598◄ 10 1.120
16992E00
200 ... 250 blue 50 and 60 6 –– 8570/11-306 150578◄ 10 1.120
E3
3 P (2 P + ¿)
277 light grey 60 5 –– 8570/11-305 150582 10 1.120
380 ... 415 red 50 and 60 9 –– 8570/11-309 218317 10 1.120
480 ... 500 black 50 and 60 7 –– 8570/11-307 150586◄ 10 1.120
>50 green >300-500*) 2 –– 8570/11-402 218315 10 1.350

E3
10327E00

>50 green 100-300*) 10 –– 8570/11-410 150570 10 1.350


100 ... 130 yellow 50 and 60 4 –– 8570/11-404 218316 10 1.350
06556E00 200 ... 250 blue 50 and 60 9 –– 8570/11-409 150558◄ 10 1.350
4 P (3 P + ¿)
380 ... 415 red 50 and 60 6 –– 8570/11-406 150550◄ 10 1.350

E3 380 ... 380 red 50 3 –– 8570/11-403 218314 10 1.350


440 ... 460 red 60 11 –– 8570/11-411 150566 10 1.350
480 ... 500 black 50 and 60 7 –– 8570/11-407 150554◄ 10 1.350
600 ... 690 black 50 and 60 5 –– 8570/11-405 150562 10 1.350

E3 57 / 100 ...
75 / 130
yellow 50 and 60 4 –– 8570/11-504 218313 10 1.450

120 / 208 ... blue 50 and 60 9 –– 8570/11-509 150518◄ 10 1.450


144 / 250
06555E00 200 / 346 ... red 50 and 60 6 –– 8570/11-506 150494◄ 10 1.450
240 / 415
5P
E3 (3 P + N + ¿) 220 / 380 red 50 3 –– 8570/11-503 218312 10 1.450
250 / 440 ... red 60 11 –– 8570/11-511 150538 10 1.450
265 / 460
277 / 480 ... black 50 and 60 7 –– 8570/11-507 150508◄ 10 1.450
288 / 500
347 / 600 ... black 50 and 60 5 –– 10 1.450
E3
8570/11-505 150527
400 / 690
Variants with metal earth plate for two metal cable entries and stopping plugs
100 ... 130 yellow 50 and 60 4 M20 x 1.5 8570/11-304-S019 218955 10 1.120
L

M25 x 1.5 8570/11-304-S011 203141 10 1.120

E3
200 ... 250 blue 50 and 60 6 M20 x 1.5 8570/11-306-S019 214065◄ 10 1.120
16992E00
M25 x 1.5 8570/11-306-S011 203090◄ 10 1.120
3 P (2 P + ¿)
200 ... 250 blue 50 and 60 9 M20 x 1.5 8570/11-409-S020 218959 10 1.350
380 ... 415 red 50 and 60 6 M20 x 1.5 8570/11-406-S020 214066 10 1.120

E3 06556E00 480 ... 500 black 50 and 60 7


M25 x 1.5
M20 x 1.5
8570/11-406-S012
8570/11-407-S020
203142
218961
10
10
1.120
1.350
4 P (3 P + ¿) 600 ... 690 black 50 and 60 5 M20 x 1.5 8570/11-405-S020 218962 10 1.350
200 / 346 ... red 50 and 60 6 M20 x 1.5 8570/11-506-S020 214067 10 1.120
240 / 415

E3
06555E00

5P
(3 P + N + ¿)

E3

E3

E3
414 Installation Equipment 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 415 Montag, 21. März 2016 1:56 13

Plug and Socket Devices SolConeX 16 A


Series 8570

E3
Selection Table
Version No. of poles Voltage Colour code Frequency h Metal Order number Art. no. PS Weight
adapter

E3
[V] Hz kg
SolConeX 16 A Variants with auxiliary contact (NO) and cable entry with stopping plug
switch socket
200 ... 250 blue 50 and 60 6 –– 8570/11-306-S001 166609◄ 10 1.120
L

16992E00

3 P (2 P + ¿)
E3
380 ... 415 red 50 and 60 6 –– 8570/11-406-S001 218960 10 1.350
480 ... 500 black 50 and 60 7 –– 8570/11-407-S001 166608◄ 10 1.350
600 ... 690 black 50 and 60 5 –– 8570/11-405-S001 218963 10 1.350
E3
10327E00

06556E00

4 P (3 P + ¿)
200 / 346 ... red 50 and 60 6 –– 8570/11-506-S001 218964◄ 10 1.600
240 / 415

06555E00
E3
5P
(3 P + N + ¿)
SolConeX >50 green >300-500*) 2 –– 8570/12-302 150595 10 0.310
16 A plug
50 ... 110
100 ... 130
light grey
yellow
DC
50 and 60
3
4
––
––
8570/12-303
8570/12-304
150591◄
150599◄
10
10
0.310
0.420
E3
09195E00 380 ... 415 red 50 and 60 9 –– 8570/12-309 220031 10 0.310
3 P (2 P + ¿) 200 ... 250 blue 50 and 60 6 –– 8570/12-306 150579◄ 10 0.420

E3
277 light grey 60 5 –– 8570/12-305 150583 10 0.310
480 ... 500 black 50 and 60 7 –– 8570/12-307 150587 10 0.310
>50 green 100-300*) 10 –– 8570/12-410 150571◄ 10 0.380
10329E00
>50 green 300-500 2 –– 8570/12-402 219949 10 0.380
100 ... 130 yellow 50 and 60 4 –– 8570/12-404 219950◄ 10 0.380

09191E00 200 ... 250 blue 50 and 60 9 –– 8570/12-409 150559◄ 10 0.380 E3


4 P (3 P + ¿) 380 ... 380 red 50 3 –– 8570/12-403 219948 10 0.380
380 ... 415 red 50 and 60 6 –– 8570/12-406 150551◄ 10 0.380
440 ... 460 red 60 11 –– 8570/12-411 150567 10 0.380
480 ... 500 black 50 and 60 7 –– 8570/12-407 150555◄ 10 0.380 E3
600 ... 690 black 50 and 60 5 –– 8570/12-405 150563 10 0.380
220 / 380 red 50 3 –– 8570/12-503 219946 10 0.450
120 / 208 ... blue 50 and 60 9 –– 8570/12-509 150519◄ 10 0.430
144 / 250
200 / 346 ... red 50 and 60 6 –– 8570/12-506 150495◄ 10 0.430
E3
09196E00
240 / 415
5P 57 / 100 ... yellow 50 and 60 4 –– 8570/12-504 219947 10 0.450
(3 P + N + ¿)
75 / 130
250 / 440 ... red 60 11 –– 8570/12-511 150539 10 0.430
265 / 460
277 / 480 ... black 50 and 60 7 –– 8570/12-507 150509◄ 10 0.430
E3
288 / 500
347 / 600 ... black 50 and 60 5 –– 8570/12-505 150528 10 0.430
400 / 690
* All number of poles: All nominal operating voltages and/or frequencies not covered by other arrangements
have the position of the earth contact sleeve 1 h.
E3

E3

E3
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Installation Equipment 415
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 416 Montag, 21. März 2016 1:56 13

Plug and Socket Devices SolConeX 16 A


Series 8570

E3
Arrangement of Earth Contact Sockets
Example: Example: Marking of connections
Clock hour position, Clock hour position Front view of socket
Front view of socket
E3
L L

E3
09195E00 09195E00 06556E00 06555E00

230 V = 6 h 2P+¿ 3P+¿ 3P+N+¿

02395E00

E3
Accessories and Spare Parts
Designation Figure Description Art. no. PS Weight
kg
E3 Auxiliary contact 1 NO 150682 10 0.125
(retrofittable)
1 NC 150680 10 0.125
1 NO, gold contact 150686 10 0.125
10341E00
1 NC, gold contact 150684 10 0.125
E3 Protective cap for plug 16 A 3 pole 150496◄ 10 0.043
not for extra-low voltage version

for plug 16 A 4 pole 150510◄ 10 0.049

for plug 16 A 5 pole 150520◄ 10 0.056


E3
05365E00

Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm) - Subject to Alterations

E3
Type A B
8570/12-3.. 43.5 76
16 A, 2 P + ¿
8570/12-4.. 49 89
E3 16 A, 3 P + ¿
8570/12-5.. 56.5 92
16 A, 3 P + N + ¿

10338E00 10333E00 10337E00

E3 8570/11-...
SolConeX 16 A 3 pole
8570/11-...
SolConex 16 A 4 pole / 5 pole
8570/12-...
SolConeX 16 A
switch socket switch socket plug

E3

E3

E3

E3
416 Installation Equipment 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 417 Montag, 21. März 2016 1:56 13

Plug and Socket Devices SolConeX 32 A


Series 8571

E3
> Switch socket / switch 32 A
> Large switching handle
– with clear position indication
– padlockable in position 0 and I E3
> Optimal contact by means of
self-cleaning lamellar contacts
Low insertion and withdrawal forces
E3
>

> Optional with auxiliary contact for


controlling and signalling purposes
> With motor switching capacity AC-3
according to IEC/EN 60947-3
E3
Series 8571 E3

IP66 in any application position


12128E00
>

WebCode 8571A
E3
ATEX / IECEx NEC 505 NEC 506 NEC 500
Class I Class I Class II Class III
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Division 1 2 1 2 1 2 E3
For use in x x x x For use in x x For use in x x x x x

Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx PTB 05.0024
E3
Ex d e IIC T6 Gb (Ta = -30 ... +40 °C)
Ex d e IIC T5 Gb (Ta = -30 ... +55 °C)
with intrinsically safe auxiliary contacts:
Ex d e [ia Ga] IIC T6 Gb (Ta = -30 ... +40 °C)
Ex d e [ia Ga] IIC T5 Gb (Ta = -30 ... +55 °C)
Ex tD A21 IP66 T75°C Db (Ta = -30 ... +55 °C)
Ex tD A21 IP66 T60°C Db (Ta = -30 ... +40 °C)
E3
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust PTB 04 ATEX 1060
E II 2 G Ex d e IIC T6 Gb (Ta = -30 ... +40 °C)
E II 2 G Ex d e IIC T5 Gb (Ta = -30 ... +55 °C)
with intrinsically safe auxiliary contacts:
E II 2 G Ex d e [ia Ga] IIC T6 Gb (Ta = -30 ... +40 °C)
E3
E II 2 G Ex d e [ia Ga] IIC T5 Gb (Ta = -30 ... +55 °C)
E II 2 D Ex tD A21 IP66 T75°C Db (Ta = -30 ... +55 °C)
E II 2 D Ex tD A21 IP66 T60°C Db (Ta = -30 ... +40 °C)
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), China (China-Ex), India (PESO), Canada (CSA), Kazakhstan (TR),
Korea (KCs), Russia (TR), Serbia (SRPS), Taiwan (ITRI), Ukraine (TR), USA (FM), Belarus (TR)
E3
Ship approval GL, RS
Version Socket 8571/11, Plug 8571/12
Rated operational voltage

E3
Main contacts max. 690 V AC / max. 110 V DC
Auxiliary contacts max. 500 V AC / max. 110 V DC
Rated operational current
Main contacts 32 A
Auxiliary contacts max. 6 A
Degree of protection IP66 acc. to IEC/EN 60529
Version
Connection Terminals
Socket 8571/11
E3
Main contacts 2 x 2.5 ... 10 mm2
single-wire
2 x 2.5 ... 6 mm2 finely stranded
Cable entries
Cable gland 1 x M32 x 1.5
(positioning on the top or at the side, according to the order) E3
Stopping plug 1 x M32 x 1.5
Version Plug 8571/12
Terminals 1 x 2.5 ... 10 mm2 finely stranded
Cable entries 12 ... 28 mm cable diameter

E3
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Installation Equipment 417
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 418 Montag, 21. März 2016 1:56 13

Plug and Socket Devices SolConeX 32 A


Series 8571

E3
Selection Table
Version No. of poles Voltage Colour Frequency h Metal Order number Art. no. PS Weight
code adapter

E3
[V] Hz kg
SolConeX 32 A >50 green 100-300**) 10 –– 8571/11-410 150906 10 2.200
switch socket
200 ... 250 blue 50 and 60 9 –– 8571/11-409 150898◄ 10 2.200
380 ... 415 red 50 and 60 6 –– 8571/11-406 150890◄ 10 2.200
06556E00 440 ... 460 red 60 11 –– 8571/11-411 150910◄ 10 2.200
E3 4 P (3 P + ¿)
480 ... 500 black 50 and 60 7 –– 8571/11-407 150894◄ 10 2.200
600 ... 690 black 50 and 60 5 –– 8571/11-405 150902◄ 10 2.200
220 / 240 ... red 50 3 –– 8571/11-503 217678 10 2.200
380 / 415
57 / 100 ... yellow 50 and 60 4 –– 10 2.200
E3
8571/11-504 217679
10324E00
75 / 130
06555E00 120 / 208 ... blue 50 and 60 9 –– 8571/11-509 150870 10 2.200
144 / 250
5P
(3 P + N + ¿) 200 / 346 ... red 50 and 60 6 –– 8571/11-506 150854◄ 10 2.200
240 / 415

E3
250 / 440 ... red 60 11 –– 8571/11-511 150882 10 2.200
265 / 460
277 / 480 ... black 50 and 60 7 –– 8571/11-507 150863◄ 10 2.200
288 / 500
347 / 600 ... black 50 and 60 5 –– 8571/11-505 150876◄ 10 2.200
400 / 690

E3
Variants with metal earth plate for two metal cable entries and stopping plugs
200 ... 250 blue 50 and 60 9 M32 x 1.5 8571/11-409-S012 220132 10 2.200
380 ... 415 red 50 and 60 6 M32 x 1.5 8571/11-406-S012 214068 10 2.200
480 ... 500 black 50 and 60 7 M32 x 1.5 8571/11-407-S012 220133 10 2.200
600 ... 690 black 50 and 60 5 M32 x 1.5 8571/11-405-S012 220134 10 2.200
E3
06556E00

4 P (3 P + ¿)
200 / 346 ... red 50 and 60 6 M32 x 1.5 8571/11-506-S012 214069 10 2.200
240 / 415

E3 5P
06555E00

(3 P + N + ¿)
Variants with auxiliary contact (NO) and cable entry with stopping plug
380 ... 415 red 50 and 60 6 –– 8571/11-406-S001 220135 10 2.200

E3 480 ... 500 black 50 and 60 7 –– 8571/11-407-S001 166610 10 2.200


600 ... 690 black 50 and 60 5 –– 8571/11-405-S001 220136 10 2.200
06556E00

4 P (3 P + ¿)
SolConeX 32 A >50 green 100-300**) 10 –– 8571/12-410 150907 10 0.500
E3 plug
200 ... 250 blue 50 and 60 9 –– 8571/12-409 150899◄ 10 0.500
380 ... 415 red 50 and 60 6 –– 8571/12-406 150891◄ 10 0.500

09191E00 440 ... 460 red 60 11 –– 8571/12-411 150911◄ 10 0.500


4 P (3 P + ¿) 480 ... 500 black 50 and 60 7 –– 8571/12-407 150895◄ 10 0.500

E3 600 ... 690 black 50 and 60 5 –– 8571/12-405 150903◄ 10 0.500


120 / 208 ... blue 50 and 60 9 –– 8571/12-509 150871◄ 10 0.600
144 / 250
10324E00 200 / 346 ... red 50 and 60 6 –– 8571/12-506 150855◄ 10 0.600
240 / 415

E3 09196E00
250 / 440 ...
265 / 460
red 60 11 –– 8571/12-511 150883◄ 10 0.600

5P
277 / 480 ... black 50 and 60 7 –– 8571/12-507 150864◄ 10 0.600
(3 P + N + ¿) 288 / 500
347 / 600 ... black 50 and 60 5 –– 8571/12-505 150877◄ 10 0.600
400 / 690

E3 220 / 240 ...


380 / 415
red 50 3 –– 8571/12-503 220033 10 0.600

57 / 100 ... yellow 50 and 60 4 –– 8571/12-504 220034 10 0.600


75 / 130

E3
418 Installation Equipment 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 419 Montag, 21. März 2016 1:56 13

Plug and Socket Devices SolConeX 32 A


Series 8571

E3
Arrangement of Earth Contact Sockets
Example: Example: Marking of connections
Clock hour position, Clock hour position Front view of socket
Front view of socket
E3
L L

E3
09195E00 09195E00 06556E00 06555E00

230 V = 6 h 2P+¿ 3P+¿ 3P+N+¿

02395E00

E3
Accessories and Spare Parts
Designation Figure Description Art. no. PS Weight

E3
kg
Auxiliary contact 1 NO 150682 10 0.125
(retrofittable)
1 NC 150680 10 0.125
1 NO, gold contact 150686 10 0.125
10341E00
1 NC, gold contact 150684 10 0.125
E3
Protective cap for plug 32 A 4 pole 150856◄ 10 0.070

for plug 32 A 5 pole 150865◄ 10 0.077

05365E00 E3
Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm) - Subject to Alterations

E3

E3
Type A B
8571/12-4.. (32 A, 3 P + ¿) 57 99
8571/12-5.. (32 A, 3 P + N + ¿) 63.4 104
10339E00 10340E00 E3
8571/11-... 8571/12-...
SolConeX 32 A switch socket SolConeX 32 A plug

E3

E3

E3

E3
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Installation Equipment 419
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 420 Montag, 21. März 2016 1:56 13

Plug and Socket Devices CES 63 A


Series 8579

E3
> Switch socket / plug 63 A
> Large switching handle
– with clear position indication
E3 – lockable in 0 and I position
> Low insertion and withdrawal
forces through floating pins
Optimal contact by means of
E3
>
self-cleaning lamellar contacts
> With integrated auxiliary contact
for controlling and signalling purposes
With motor switching capacity AC-3
E3 >
Series 8579 E3

14507E00
according to IEC/EN 60947-3
> IP66 in any application position
WebCode 8579A
E3
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
E3 Installation in x x x x

Technical Data
Explosion protection

E3
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx PTB 06.0020
Ex d e IIC T6 Gb
Ex d e IIC T5 Gb
with intrinsically safe auxiliary contacts:
Ex d e [ib Gb] IIC T6 Gb
Ex d e [ib Gb] IIC T5 Gb
E3 Europe (ATEX)
Ex tb IIIC T60 °C ... T75 °C Db

Gas and dust PTB 01 ATEX 1150


E II 2 G Ex d e IIC T6 Gb
E II 2 G Ex d e IIC T5 Gb
with intrinsically safe auxiliary contacts:
E3 E II 2 G Ex d e [ib Gb] IIC T6 Gb
E II 2 G Ex d e [ib Gb] IIC T5 Gb
E II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T60 °C ... T75 °C Db
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), China (China-Ex), India (PESO), Canada (CSA), Kazakhstan (TR),
Korea (KCs), Russia (TR), Serbia (SRPS), Ukraine (TR), USA (FM), Belarus (TR)
E3 Version Socket 8579/31
Rated operational voltage
Main contacts max. 690 V
Auxiliary contacts 250 V AC for unequal potential
125 V DC
400 V AC, for equal potential of both contacts
E3 500 V AC, when 1 NC + 1 NO and the same potential of both contacts is used
Rated operational current
Main contacts 63 A
) 100 Hz, 50 A
Auxiliary contacts max. 6 A

E3 Connection cross-section max. 1 x 16 ... 50 mm2, finely stranded / stranded; 2 x 16 mm2


Cable entries
Cable gland 1 x M50 x 1.5, cable dia. range 23 ... 35 mm; max. 2 x M40 x 1.5
Stopping plug 1 x M25 x 1.5
Version Socket 8579/31
Degree of protection IP66 acc. to IEC/EN 60529
E3 Version Plug 8579/12
Degree of protection IP66 acc. to IEC/EN 60529

E3
420 Installation Equipment 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 421 Montag, 21. März 2016 1:56 13

Plug and Socket Devices CES 63 A


Series 8579

E3
Selection Table
Version No. of poles Voltage Colour Frequency h Metal Order number Art. no. PS Weight
code adapter

E3
[V] Hz kg

CES 63 A 200 ... 250 blue 50 and 60 9 –– 8579/31-409 201391◄ 10 7.800


Switch socket
380 ... 415 red 50 and 60 6 –– 8579/31-406 201389◄ 10 7.800
440 ... 460 red 60 11 –– 8579/31-411 202026◄ 10 7.800
06556E00

4 P (3 P + ¿)
480 ... 500
600 ... 690
black
black
50 and 60
50 and 60
7
5
––
––
8579/31-407
8579/31-405
201390◄
201388
10
10
7.800
7.800
E3
120 / 208 ... blue 50 and 60 9 –– 8579/31-509 203511 10 7.800
144 / 250
200 / 346 ... red 50 and 60 6 –– 8579/31-506 201386◄ 10 7.800

E3
240 / 415
06555E00 277 / 480 ... black 50 and 60 7 –– 8579/31-507 201387◄ 10 7.800
288 / 500
01679E00
5P
(3 P + N + ¿) 250 / 440 ... red 60 11 –– 8579/31-511 203512◄ 10 7.800
265 / 460
347 / 600 ... black 50 and 60 5 –– 8579/31-505 203490 10 7.800

E3
400 / 690
For metal cable glands, versions with metal adapter
380 ... 415 red 50 and 60 6 M32 x 1.5 8579/31-406-S008 203498 10 7.800
M40 x 1.5 8579/31-406-S001 203494 10 7.800
M50 x 1.5 8579/31-406-S002 203496◄ 10 7.800
06556E00 E3
4 P (3 P + ¿)
200 / 346 ... red 50 and 60 6 M32 x 1.5 8579/31-506-S008 203497 10 7.800
240 / 415
M40 x 1.5 8579/31-506-S001 203493◄ 10 7.800

E3
M50 x 1.5 8579/31-506-S002 203495◄ 10 7.800
06555E00

5P
(3 P + N + ¿)
For metal cable glands, versions with metal adapter and earth connection*
380 ... 415 red 50 and 60 6 M32 x 1.5
M40 x 1.5
8579/31-406-S009
8579/31-406-S010
203500
203487
10
10
7.800
7.800
E3
M50 x 1.5 8579/31-406-S011 203489 10 7.800
06556E00

4 P (3 P + ¿)
200 / 346 ...
240 / 415
red 50 and 60 6 M32 x 1.5 8579/31-506-S009 203499 10 7.800 E3
M40 x 1.5 8579/31-506-S010 203501 10 7.800
M50 x 1.5 8579/31-506-S011 203488 10 7.800
06555E00

5P
(3 P + N + ¿) E3
CES 63 A Plug 200 ... 250 blue 50 and 60 9 –– 8579/12-409 153042◄ 10 0.880
380 ... 415 red 50 and 60 6 –– 8579/12-406 153029◄ 10 0.880
440 ... 460 red 60 11 –– 8579/12-411 203781◄ 10 0.940

09191E00 480 ... 500 black 50 and 60 7 –– 8579/12-407 153037◄ 10 0.880 E3


4 P (3 P + ¿) 600 ... 690 black 50 and 60 5 –– 8579/12-405 153023◄ 10 0.880
120 / 208 ... blue 50 and 60 9 –– 8579/12-509 203783 10 0.940
144 / 250
200 / 346 ... red 50 and 60 6 –– 8579/12-506 152971◄ 10 0.940
240 / 415
250 / 440 ... red 60 11 –– 8579/12-511 203784◄ 10 0.940
E3
01675E00 09196E00
265 / 460
5P
277 / 480 ... black 50 and 60 7 –– 8579/12-507 152980◄ 10 0.940
(3 P + N + ¿) 288 / 500
347 / 600 ... black 50 and 60 5 –– 8579/12-505 203782 10 0.940
400 / 690
E3
Note - Please order the additional auxiliary contacts separately, for the order number see chapter "Accessories and Spare Parts".
- Switch sockets with Ex i auxiliary contacts available on request.
* Earth connection outside on the enclosure 70 mm2

E3
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Installation Equipment 421
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 422 Montag, 21. März 2016 1:56 13

Plug and Socket Devices CES 63 A


Series 8579

E3
Arrangement of Contacts and Terminal Markings
View from the front. The illustrations show the 6 h position.

E3
06556E00 06555E00
09195E00

230 V = 6 h 3P+¿ 3P+N+¿


E3
02395E00

E3 Accessories and Spare Parts


Designation Figure Description Art. no. PS Weight
kg
Auxiliary contact, 1 NC contact + 1 NO contact (8080/1-1) 1) 168351 19 0.026
Series 8080/1
E3 2 NC contacts (8080/1-3) 2) 19 0.026
168356
2 NO contacts (8080/1-4) 2) 168353 19 0.026
The switching function of the auxiliary contact depends
12446E00
on the installation slot used.
1) Left: delayed (ON), leading (OFF);
Right: synchronising

E3
2) Left and right: synchronising

Protective cap protecs the plug pins from pollution 153261◄ 10 0.100

E3 05365E00

Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm) - Subject to Alterations

E3

E3

E3 Type A B C D
8579/31-4.. (63 A, 3 P + ¿) 260 84.0 69.5 112

E3
04508E00 04511E00

8579/31-... 8579/12-...
CES 63 A Switch socket CES 63 A Plug

E3

E3

E3
422 Installation Equipment 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 423 Montag, 21. März 2016 1:56 13

Plug and Socket Devices CES 125 A


Series 8581

E3
> Switch socket / plug 125 A
> Large switching handle
– with clear position indication
– padlockable in position 0 and I E3
> Optimal contact by means of
self-cleaning lamellar contacts
Low insertion and withdrawal
E3
>
forces through floating pins
> With integrated auxiliary contact
for controlling and signalling purposes
With motor switching capacity AC-3
>
E3
Series 8581 E3

12130E00
according to IEC/EN 60947-3
> IP66 in any application position
WebCode 8581A
E3

ATEX / IECEx NEC 505 NEC 506 NEC 500


Class I Class I Class II Class III E3
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Division 1 2 1 2 1 2
For use in x x x x For use in x x For use in x x x x x

E3
Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx PTB 06.0034
Ex de IIC T6 Gb
Ex de IIC T5 Gb
with intrinsically safe auxiliary contacts:
Ex de [ib] IIC T6 Gb
Ex de [ib] IIC T5 Gb
E3
Ex tb IIIC T60 ... T85 °C Db
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust PTB 01 ATEX 1161
E II 2 G Ex d e IIC T6 Gb
E II 2 G Ex d e IIC T5 Gb E3
with intrinsically safe auxiliary contacts:
E II 2 G Ex d e [ib] IIC T6 Gb
E II 2 G Ex d e [ib] IIC T5 Gb
E II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T60 ... T85 °C Db
Main contacts
Rated operational voltage max. 690 V E3
Rated operational current max. 125 A
Version Socket 8581/31
Connection Terminals
Single conductor connection 35 ... 150 mm2 (AWG 2/0 ... 300 kcmil) stranded

Multiple conductor connection


50 ... 150 mm2 (AWG 1/0 ... 300 kcmil) finely stranded E3
2 x 35 mm2 ... 2 x 50 mm2 (2 x AWG 2 ... 2 x AWG 1/0)
Cable entries
Cable gland 1 x M63 x 1.5; max. 2 x M63 x 1.5
(lateral positioning acc. to order possible)
Stopping plug
Degree of protection
1 x M25 x 1.5, 1 x M63 x 1.5
IP66 acc. to IEC/EN 60529
E3
Version Plug 8581/12
Degree of protection IP66 acc. to IEC/EN 60529

E3

E3
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Installation Equipment 423
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 424 Montag, 21. März 2016 1:56 13

Plug and Socket Devices CES 125 A


Series 8581

E3
Selection Table
Version No. of poles Voltage Colour Frequency h Metal adapter Order number Art. no. PS Weight
code

E3 [V] Hz kg

CES 125 A 200 ... 250 blue 50 and 60 9 –– 8581/31-409 206789◄ 10 21.400
switch socket
380 ... 415 red 50 and 60 6 –– 8581/31-406 206787◄ 10 21.400

480 ... 500 black 50 and 60 7 –– 8581/31-407 206788◄ 10 21.400

E3 06556E00

4 P (3 P + ¿)
200 / 346 ... red 50 and 60 6 –– 8581/31-506 206784◄ 10 21.400
240 / 415
277 / 480 ... black 50 and 60 7 –– 8581/31-507 206786 10 21.400
288 / 500
E3 01678E00 06555E00

5P
(3 P + N + ¿)
For metal cable glands, versions with metal adapter

E3
200 ... 250 blue 50 and 60 9 2 x M50 x 1.5 8581/31-409-S011 220118 10 21.400

380 ... 415 red 50 and 60 6 2 x M50 x 1.5 8581/31-406-S011 220117 10 21.400

2 x M63 x 1.5 8581/31-406-S010 214072 10 21.400


06556E00 480 ... 500 black 50 and 60 7 2 x M50 x 1.5 8581/31-407-S011 220119 10 21.400
4 P (3 P + ¿)
600 ... 690 black 50 and 60 5 2 x M50 x 1.5 8581/31-405-S011 220120◄ 10 21.400
E3 200 / 346 ... red 50 and 60 6 2 x M50 x 1.5 8581/31-506-S011 220121 10 21.400
240 / 415
2 x M63 x 1.5 8581/31-506-S010 214073 10 21.400

06555E00

E3 5P
(3 P + N + ¿)
CES 125 A plug 200 ... 250 blue 50 and 60 9 –– 8581/12-409 153527◄ 10 1.280

380 ... 415 red 50 and 60 6 –– 8581/12-406 153514◄ 10 1.280

E3
480 ... 500 black 50 and 60 7 –– 8581/12-407 153521◄ 10 1.280
09191E00

4 P (3 P + ¿)
200 / 346 ... red 50 and 60 6 –– 8581/12-506 153470◄ 10 1.380
240 / 415

E3
02231E00 277 / 480 ... black 50 and 60 7 –– 8581/12-507 153476 10 1.380
288 / 500

09196E00

5P
(3 P + N + ¿)
Note - Please order the additional auxiliary contacts separately, for the order number see chapter "Accessories and Spare Parts".
E3 - Switch sockets with Ex i auxiliary contacts available on request.
* Earth connection outside on the enclosure 70 mm2

Arrangement of Earth Contact Sockets


Example: Example: Marking of connections
E3 Clock hour position,
Front view of socket
Clock hour
position
Front view of socket

L L

E3 09195E00 09195E00 06556E00 06555E00

230 V = 6 h 2P+¿ 3P+¿ 3P+N+¿

E3 02395E00

E3
424 Installation Equipment 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 425 Montag, 21. März 2016 1:56 13

Plug and Socket Devices CES 125 A


Series 8581

E3
Accessories and Spare Parts
Designation Figure Description Art. no. PS Weight
kg
Auxiliary contact for 8581 2 NC contacts (8080/1-3) 2) 168356 19 0.026 E3
1 NC contact + 1 NO contact (8080/1-1) 1) 168351 19 0.026
2 NO contacts (8080/1-4) 2) 168353 19 0.026
The switching function of the auxiliary contact
12446E00
depends on the installation slot used.
1) Left: delayed (ON), leading (OFF);
E3
Right: synchronising
2) Left and right: synchronising

Protective cap for plug 125 A 4/5 poles 153730 10 0.120

E3
05365E00

E3
Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm) - Subject to Alterations

E3

8581/12-4... 8581/12-5...
125 A
3P+¿
125 A
3P+N+¿ E3
A 310.5 310.5
B 96.0 96.0
C 82.0 82.0
D 125 125 E3

10339E00 10340E00

8581/31-...
CES 125 A switch socket
8581/12-...
SolConeX 125 A plug E3

E3

E3

E3

E3

E3
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Installation Equipment 425
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 426 Montag, 21. März 2016 1:56 13

Coupler SolConeX 16 A
Series 8575/14

E3
> Enclosure in robust polyamide
> A switch incorporated into the socket
body ensures safe operation
E3 > Handy hanging loop

E3

E3
Series 8575/14 E3

12134E00

WebCode 8575A
E3
ATEX NEC 505 NEC 506 NEC 500
Class I Class I Class II Class III
E3 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Division 1 2 1 2
For use in x x For use in x*) x*) For use in x*) x*) x*) x*) x*)
*) Canada

Selection Table
E3 Version No. of poles Voltage Colour Frequency h Order number Art. no. PS Weight
code
[V] Hz kg
16 A coupler 2P 20 ... 25 violet 50 and 60 –– 8575/14-100 151598◄ 10 0.580
Extra-low voltage 40 ... 50 light grey 50 and 60 12 8575/14-112 151611◄ 10 0.580
E3 3P
Extra-low voltage
20 ... 25 violet 50 and 60 –– 8575/14-200 151583◄ 10 0.600
40 ... 50 light grey 50 and 60 12 8575/14-212 151591 10 0.600
3 P (2 P + ¿) 200 ... 250 blue 50 and 60 6 8575/14-306 151481◄ 10 0.770
Low voltage

E3 Technical Data
Explosion protection
Europe (ATEX)
Gas PTB 01 ATEX 1044
E II 2 G EEx ed IIC T6 (Ta = -30 ... +45 °C)

E3 Certifications and certificates


E II 2 G EEx ed IIC T5 (Ta = -30 ... +55 °C)

Certificates ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), China (China-Ex), Canada (CSA)


Version Extra-low voltage Low voltage
Rated current 16 A 16 A

E3 No. of poles
Cable entry
2 P, 3P
11 ... 21 mm cable diameter
3 P (2 P + ¿)
11 ... 21 mm cable diameter

Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm [inches]) - Subject to Alterations

E3
80 [3,15]

76 280 [11,02] 70
[2,99] [ 2,76]
E3 8575/14 Coupler 16 A
03209E00

E3
426 Installation Equipment 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 427 Montag, 21. März 2016 1:56 13

Cable Reel SolConeX


Series 502 Ex

E3
> Material
– Solid, halogen-free
reel body of hard rubber
– Robust steel tube rack, E3
black powder coated
> Inner wedge brake
> High mechanical strength
> Resistant to chemical influences E3
> UV- and weatherproof
> Maintenance-free
E3
Series 502 Ex E3

12137E00

WebCode 502A ATEX


Zone
For use in
0 1
x
2
x
20 21 22
E3
Selection Table
Version No. of poles Voltage Colour code Frequency h Cable Art. no. PS Weight

SolConeX cable reel 3


[V]
200 ... 250 blue
Hz
50 / 60 6
[mm2]
3 x 2.5 105534◄ 16
kg
12.200
E3
Series 502 Ex with 5 200 / 346 ... red 50 / 60 6 5 x 2.5 105533◄ 16 12.700
flange socket, 240 / 415
30 m Proflex cable
and plug
Other voltages and pinconfigurations on request
E3
Technical Data
Explosion protection
Europe (ATEX)
Gas PTB 03 ATEX 1186

Certifications and certificates


E II 2 G EEx de IIC T6
E3
Certificates ATEX, Belarus (operating authorisation)
Rated voltage max. 690 V
Rated current 16 A
Short-circuit protection 16 A gG
Ambient temperature
Degree of protection
-20 ... +40 °C
IP54
E3
Protection class II (double insulated)
Material
Cable reel Butyl-rubber

E3
Plug / Socket Polyamide, glass fibre reinforced
Cable length 30 m (50 m on Request)
Max. load Cable 3 x 2.5 mm2: rolled up 1000 W / 230 V
unrolled 3600 W / 230 V
Cable 5 x 2.5 mm2: rolled up 4800 W / 400 V
unrolled 11000 W / 400 V
Indication for safe use In order to avoid a dangerous heating of the cable, especially when rolled up,
the above mentioned maximum load has to be taken into account. E3
The use of the cable reel 502 Ex in hazardous areas with gas group IIC is only allowed, when the plug is
already plugged into power supply, or if the cable reel stands on a dissipative ground or earthed ground.

Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm [inches]) - Subject to Alterations

E3
412 [16,22]

E3
314 [12,36] 346 [13,62]
10582E00

Cable Reel Series 502 Ex

E3
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Installation Equipment 427
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 428 Montag, 21. März 2016 1:56 13

Coupler Sockets SolConeX


Series 8570/16, 8571/16

E3
> Available versions
– 16 A: 8570/16
– 32 A: 8571/16
E3 > With integrated switch socket
> Mounting frame in stainless steel with feet
for free-standing installation
Large carrying handle
E3
>

E3
Series 8570/16, 8571/16 E3

03346E00

WebCode 8570B ATEX / IECEx

E3 Zone
For use in
0 1
x
2
x
20 21
x
22
x

Selection Table
E3 Version No. of poles Voltage Colour
code
Frequency h Order number Art. no. PS Weight

[V] Hz kg
3 P (2 P + ¿) 100 ... 130 yellow 50 and 60 4 8570/16-304 150660 10 2.100

E3 200 ... 250 blue 50 and 60 6 8570/16-306 150662 10 2.100


4 P (3 P + ¿) 200 ... 250 blue 50 and 60 9 8570/16-409 218949 10 2.350
380 ... 415 red 50 and 60 6 8570/16-406 150664 10 2.350
480 ... 500 black 50 and 60 7 8570/16-407 150665 10 2.350
E3 Coupler socket 16 A
03354E00
600 ... 690 black 50 and 60 5 8570/16-405 150667 10 2.350
5 P (3 P + N + ¿) 200 / 346 ... 240 / 415 red 50 and 60 6 8570/16-506 150669 10 2.450
277 / 480 ... 288 / 500 black 50 and 60 7 8570/16-507 150671 10 2.450
347 / 600 ... 400 / 690 black 50 and 60 5 8570/16-505 150673 10 2.450
E3 4 P (3 P + ¿) 200 ... 250 blue 50 and 60 9 8571/16-409 220138 10 3.100
380 ... 415 red 50 and 60 6 8571/16-406 150952 10 3.100
480 ... 500 black 50 and 60 7 8571/16-407 150953 10 3.100

E3 600 ... 690 black 50 and 60 5 8571/16-405 150955 10 3.100


5 P (3 P + N + ¿) 200 / 346 ... 240 / 415 red 50 and 60 6 8571/16-506 150957 10 3.350
10666E00 277 / 480 ... 288 / 500 black 50 and 60 7 8571/16-507 150959 10 3.350
Coupler socket 32 A
347 / 600 ... 400 / 690 black 50 and 60 5 8571/16-505 150961 10 3.350

E3 Note Further voltages and frequencies on request

E3

E3

E3
428 Installation Equipment 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 429 Montag, 21. März 2016 1:56 13

Coupler Sockets SolConeX


Series 8570/16, 8571/16

E3
Technical Data
Version Coupler socket Coupler socket
8570/16 8571/16
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx) E3
Gas and dust IECEx PTB 05.0023 IECEx PTB 05.0024
Ex de IIC T6 (Ta = -30 ... +55°C) Ex de IIC T6 (Ta = -30 ... +55 °C)
Ex tD A21 IP66 T80°C (Ta = -30 ... +55°C) Ex tD A21 IP66 T75°C (Ta = -30 ... +55 °C)
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust PTB 03 ATEX 1227 PTB 04 ATEX 1060 E3
E II 2 G Ex d e IIC T6 (Ta = -30 ... +55°C) E II 2 G Ex d e IIC T6 (Ta = -30 ... +55 °C)
E II 2 D Ex tD A21 IP66 T80°C E II 2 D Ex tD A21 IP66 T80°C
(Ta = -30 ... +55 °C) (Ta = -30 ... +55 °C)
Certifications and certificates
Certificates
Material
IECEx, ATEX IECEx, ATEX
E3
Enclosure material Polyamide Polyamide
Mounting frame Stainless steel Stainless steel
Rated operational voltage max. 690 V max. 690 V
Rated operational current
Ambient temperature
16 A
see explosion protection data
32 A
see explosion protection data
E3
- 50 °C on request - 50 °C on request
(internal lubrication using silicone grease) (internal lubrication using silicone grease)
No. of poles 2 P + ¿, 3 P + ¿,
3 P + ¿, 3P+N+¿

Further technical data


3P+N+¿
see SolConeX socket 8570/11 see SolConeX socket 8571/11
E3
Cable entry 13 ... 18 mm cable diameter 18 ... 25 mm cable diameter

Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm) - Subject to Alterations


Type A B C E3
8570/16 (16 A) 149 249 415
8571/16 (32 A) 149 284 450

E3

E3
03435E00

857./16-... Coupler socket

E3

E3

E3

E3

E3
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Installation Equipment 429
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 430 Montag, 21. März 2016 1:56 13

Ex Plug Connector miniCLIX


Series 8591/1, 8591/4

E3
> 4/4+1 poles, up to 10 A
> Compact design
> Safe, fast disconnection under load

E3 >
>
Simple assemly
Suitable for rough industrial conditions
– IP66 / IP68
> Available as
– Flange socket

E3 – Device plug
– Plug / coupler
> Material
– Polyamide
– Nickel-plated brass

E3 > Connection type


Series 8591/1, 8591/4 E3

10196E00 – Crimp
– Cable

WebCode 8591A ATEX / IECEx

E3 Zone
For use in
0 1
x
2
x
20 21
x
22
x

Selection Table

E3 Version Number of
poles
Voltage Co-
ding
Connection
type
Cable dia.
range /
Order number Art. no. PS
cable length
2 P + PE 24 V AC, 110 ... 130 V AC, 6h Crimp 1.5 mm2 d 4 ... 7.5 mm 8591/131-06-0001 169177◄ 53
Pin long 230 ... 250 V AC
4P Bus, 24 V DC 8h Crimp 1.5 mm2 d 4 ... 7.5 mm 8591/131-08-0001 169178◄ 53
E3 4P+ Bus + Shield, 10 h Crimp 1.5 mm2 d 4 ... 7.5 mm 8591/431-10-0001 153998 53
PE bracket 230 ... 250 V AC, 24 V DC
10203E00
Coupler, plastic
2 P + PE 24 V AC, 110 ... 130 V AC, 6h Crimp 1.5 mm2 d 4 ... 7.5 mm 8591/131-06-3001 154025◄ 53
Pin long 230 ... 250 V AC

E3 4P Bus, 24 V DC 8h Crimp 1.5 mm2 d 4 ... 7.5 mm 8591/131-08-3001 169180◄ 53

4P+ Bus + Shield, 10 h Crimp 1.5 mm2 d 4 ... 7.5 mm 8591/431-10-3001 153995◄ 53
PE bracket 230 ... 250 V AC, 24 V DC
10200E00
Coupler,
nickel-plated brass

E3 2 P + PE
Pin long
24 V AC, 110 ... 130 V AC,
230 ... 250 V AC
6h Crimp 1.5 mm2 d 4 ... 7.5 mm 8591/171-06-0001 169185◄ 53

4P Bus, 24 V DC 8h Crimp 1.5 mm2 d 4 ... 7.5 mm 8591/171-08-0001 169186◄ 53


10208E00
4 P + PE Bus + Shield, 10 h Crimp 1.5 mm2 d 4 ... 7.5 mm 8591/471-10-0001 154007◄ 53
Plug, plastic
230 ... 250 V AC, 24 V DC

E3 2 P + PE
Pin long
24 V AC, 110 ... 130 V AC,
230 ... 250 V AC
6h Crimp 1.5 mm2 d 4 ... 7.5 mm 8591/171-06-3001 154034◄ 53

4P Bus, 24 V DC 8h Crimp 1.5 mm2 d 4 ... 7.5 mm 8591/171-08-3001 169188◄ 53


10209E00
Plug, nickel-plated brass 4P+ Bus + Shield, 10 h Crimp 1.5 mm2 d 4 ... 7.5 mm 8591/471-10-3001 154004◄ 53
PE bracket 230 ... 250 V AC, 24 V DC

E3 2 P + PE 24 V AC, 110 ... 130 V AC, 6h Crimp 1.5 mm2 -- 53


8591/181-06-0000 154040◄
Pin long 230 ... 250 V AC
4P Bus, 24 V DC 8h Crimp 1.5 mm2 -- 8591/181-08-0000 154044◄ 53

4P+ Bus + Shield, 10 h Crimp 1.5 mm2 -- 8591/481-10-0000 154016◄ 53


PE bracket 230 ... 250 V AC, 24 V DC
10201E00
Flange socket, plastic,
E3 for Ex e enclosures
2 P + PE 24 V AC, 110 ... 130 V AC, 6h Cable 1.5 mm2 30 cm 8591/181-06-3000 154042◄ 53
Pin long 230 ... 250 V AC
4P Bus, 24 V DC 8h Cable 1.5 mm2 30 cm 8591/181-08-3000 154046◄ 53

4P+ Bus + Shield, 10 h Cable 1.5 mm2 30 cm 8591/481-10-3000 154013◄ 53


E3 Flange socket,
10204E00
PE bracket 230 ... 250 V AC, 24 V DC

nickel-plated brass.
Suitable also for Ex d
applications without
limited enclosure volume.

E3
430 Installation Equipment 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 431 Montag, 21. März 2016 1:56 13

Ex Plug Connector miniCLIX


Series 8591/1, 8591/4

E3
Selection Table
Version Number of Voltage Co- Connection Cable dia. Order number Art. no. PS
poles ding type range /
cable length
2 P + PE
Pin long
24 V AC, 110 ... 130 V AC,
230 ... 250 V AC
6h Crimp 1.5 mm2 -- 8591/191-06-0000 154048◄ 53 E3
4P Bus, 24 V DC 8h Crimp 1.5 mm2 -- 8591/191-08-0000 154052◄ 53

4P+ Bus + Shield, 10 h Crimp 1.5 mm2 -- 8591/491-10-0000 154022◄ 53


PE bracket 230 ... 250 V AC, 24 V DC
E3
10205E00
Device plug, plastic,
for Ex e enclosures.
2 P + PE 24 V AC, 110 ... 130 V AC, 6h Cable 1.5 mm2 30 cm 8591/191-06-3000 154050◄ 53
Pin long 230 ... 250 V AC
4P Bus, 24 V DC 8h Cable 1.5 mm2 30 cm 8591/191-08-3000 154054◄ 53

Device plug,
10202E00
4P+
PE bracket
Bus + Shield,
230 ... 250 V AC, 24 V DC
10 h Cable 1.5 mm2 30 cm 8591/491-10-3000 154019◄ 53
E3
nickel-plated brass.
Suitable also for Ex d
applications, enclosure
volume < 2 dm.

Technical Data E3
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx BKI 07.0001X
Ex de IIC T6 or Ex ia/ib IIC T6

Europe (ATEX)
Ex tD A21 IP66 T52°C
E3
Gas and dust PTB 03 ATEX 1097 X
E II 2 G Ex de IIC T6 or Ex ia/ib IIC T6
E II 2 D Ex tD A21 IP66 T52°C
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Serbia (SRPS) E3
Ambient temperature -25 ... +40 °C Plastic version
-55 ... +40 °C Plastic version, shock resistant, Ith max. 10 A
-55 ... +40 °C Metal version, Ith max. 10 A
-55 ... +75 °C Metal version, Ith max. 2 A
-55 ... +75 °C Metal version, shock resistant, Ith max. 2 A
With limited rated current: E3
Ta [°C]

80
75

E3
70
65
60
55
50
45
40

E3
35
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
I [A]
12203E00

Storage temperature -55 ... +80 °C (in original packaging)


Rated operational voltage 250 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz
60 V DC
Rated operational current max. 10 A
Switching capacity IEC/EN 60947-4 IEC/EN 61984 E3
AC-3: 250 V / 1 A AC: 250 V / 10 A
DC-3: 60 V / 0.5 A DC: 60 V / 2.5 A

Back-up fuse
without thermal protection max. 10 A
with thermal protection max. 20 A gL E3
Frequency range 0 ... 100 MHz, Fast Ethernet compatible resp. USB 2.0
Transfer rate up to 100 MBit/s acc. to TIA/EIA-568-B.2 Category 5e
Degree of protection IP66 / IP68 (2 m water column, 1 hour)
acc. to IEC/EN 60529
(with protective caps closed and secured as well as properly fitted and secured components)
E3

E3
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Installation Equipment 431
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 432 Montag, 21. März 2016 1:56 13

Ex Plug Connector miniCLIX


Series 8591/1, 8591/4

E3
Technical Data
Enclosure material Plug, coupler, device plug, Plastic (polyamide), nickel-plated brass
flange socket
Device plug < 2 dm3 / > 2 dm3 Nickel-plated brass
E3 plug / coupler for armoured cables
USB device plug, USB flange socket, Nickel-plated brass
Ethernet device plug, Ethernet flange socket
Connection cross-section Plug, coupler Crimp*) 1.5 mm2: 0.75 ... 1.5 mm2 / Soldering: 0.34 ... 1.0 mm2
Crimp*) 2.5 mm2: 1.5 ... 2.5 mm2
Device plug Plastic version:
E3 Flange socket Crimp*) 1.5 mm2:
Crimp*) 2.5 mm2:
0.75 ... 1.5 mm2 / Soldering : 0.34 ... 1.0 mm2
1.5 ... 2.5 mm2
Metal version:
30 cm cable **): 1.5 mm2 / 2.5 mm2
PE bracket connection Crimp*) 1.5 mm2: 0.75 ... 1.5 mm2
Crimp*) 2.5 mm2: 1.5 ... 2.5 mm2
E3 USB device plug,
USB flange socket
20 cm cable**)

Ethernet device plug, 30 cm cable**)


Ethernet flange socket
Cable entries Plug, coupler 8591/1..-..-..01 d 4 ... 7.5 mm
8591/1..-..-..02 d 7.5 ... 11 mm
E3 Device plug, flange socket
Plug, coupler for armoured cables
M20 x 1.5 / 1/2 NPT
M25 x 1.5
Dimensions Plastic version Metal version
(LxD) (LxD)
Plug ~ 96 x d 30 mm ~ 96 x d 28 mm

E3 Coupler
Plug, coupler for armoured cables
~ 95 x d 30 mm
--
~ 95 x d 28 mm
~ 125 x d 28 mm
Flange socket ~ 63.5+9 x d 30 mm ~ 63.5+9 x d 28 mm
Device plug ~ 60+19 x d 30 mm ~ 60+13 x d 28 mm (enclosure volume < 2 dm3)
~ 74+13 x d 28 mm (enclosure volume > 2 dm3)

E3 crimp connection only with crimping tool, Order-No 109116. Alternatively soldering: 0.34 ... 1.0 mm2
*)
(with heat-shrink tubing)
**) with cable: only possible for versions made of nickel-plated brass

E3

E3

E3

E3

E3

E3

E3
432 Installation Equipment 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 433 Montag, 21. März 2016 1:56 13

Ex Plug Connector miniCLIX


Series 8591/2

E3
> 6+1 poles; up to 16 A
> Compact design
> Safe, fast disconnection under load
>
>
Simple assembly
Suitable for rough industrial conditions
E3
– IP66 / IP68
> Available as
– Flange socket
– Device plug
– Plug / coupler
E3
> Material
– Polyamide, nickel-plated brass,
stainless steel AISI 316L
> Connection type
E3
Series 8591/2 E3

03843E00 – Crimp
– Cable

WebCode 8591B ATEX / IECEx


Zone
For use in
0 1
x
2
x
20 21
x *)
22
x *)
E3
*) IECEx

Selection Table
Version Number of
poles
Voltage Co-
ding
Connection
type
Cable dia.
range /
Order number Art. no. PS E3
cable length
6 P + PE 24 V AC, 110 ... 130 V AC, 6h Crimp 1.5 mm2 d 7 ... 11 mm 8591/231-06-0003 210726◄ 53
Pin long 230 ... 250 V AC
7P 24 V DC 8h Crimp 1.5 mm2 d 7 ... 11 mm 8591/231-08-0003 210727◄ 53

6 P + PE 400 V AC 10 h Crimp 1.5 mm2 d 7 ... 11 mm 8591/231-10-0003 210728◄ 53 E3


04338E00 Pin long
Coupler, plastic
6 P + PE 24 V AC, 110 ... 130 V AC, 6h Crimp 1.5 mm2 d 7 ... 11 mm 8591/231-06-3003 210731◄ 53
Pin long 230 ... 250 V AC
7P 24 V DC 8h Crimp 1.5 mm2 d 7 ... 11 mm 53
E3
8591/231-08-3003 210732◄

6 P + PE 400 V AC 10 h Crimp 1.5 mm2 d 7 ... 11 mm 8591/231-10-3003 210733◄ 53


04339E00 Pin long
Coupler,
nickel-plated brass
6 P + PE 24 V AC, 110 ... 130 V AC, 6h Crimp 1.5 mm2 d 7 ... 11 mm 8591/271-06-0003 210736◄ 53
Pin long 230 ... 250 V AC
7P 24 V DC 8h Crimp 1.5 mm2 d 7 ... 11 mm 8591/271-08-0003 210737◄ 53 E3
04405E00
Plug, plastic 6 P + PE 400 V AC 10 h Crimp 1.5 mm2 d 7 ... 11 mm 8591/271-10-0003 210738◄ 53
Pin long
6 P + PE 24 V AC, 110 ... 130 V AC, 6h Crimp 1.5 mm2 d 7 ... 11 mm 8591/271-06-3003 210741◄ 53
Pin long 230 ... 250 V AC
7P 24 V DC 8h Crimp 1.5 mm2 d 7 ... 11 mm 8591/271-08-3003 210742◄ 53 E3
04352E00
Plug, nickel-plated brass 6 P + PE 400 V AC 10 h Crimp 1.5 mm2 d 7 ... 11 mm 8591/271-10-3003 210743◄ 53
Pin long
6 P + PE 24 V AC, 110 ... 130 V AC, 6h Crimp 1.5 mm2 -- 8591/281-06-0000 210746◄ 53
Pin long 230 ... 250 V AC
7P 24 V DC 8h Crimp 1.5 mm2 -- 8591/281-08-0000 210748◄ 53 E3
04419E00 6 P + PE 400 V AC 10 h Crimp 1.5 mm2 -- 8591/281-10-0000 210747◄ 53
Flange socket, plastic, Pin long
for Ex e enclosures

E3

E3

E3
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Installation Equipment 433
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
8591_2_PlugConnector_KP00_III _en.fm Seite 434 Montag, 4. April 2016 12:14 12

Ex Plug Connector miniCLIX


Series 8591/2

E3
Selection Table
Version Number of Voltage Co- Connection Cable dia. Order number Art. no. PS
poles ding type range /
cable length
E3 6 P + PE
Pin long
24 V AC, 110 ... 130 V AC,
230 ... 250 V AC
6h Cable 1.5 mm2 30 cm 8591/281-06-3000 210749◄ 53

6 P + PE 400 V AC 10 h Cable 1.5 mm2 30 cm 8591/281-10-3000 210750◄ 53


Pin long
04321E00
Flange socket,
E3 nickel-plated brass.
Suitable also for Ex d
applications, without
limited enclosure volume.
6 P + PE 24 V AC, 110 ... 130 V AC, 6h Crimp 1.5 mm2 -- 8591/291-06-0000 210755◄ 53
Pin long 230 ... 250 V AC

E3 7P 24 V DC 8h Crimp 1.5 mm2 -- 53


8591/291-08-0000 210757◄

04406E00 6 P + PE 400 V AC 10 h Crimp 1.5 mm2 -- 8591/291-10-0000 210756◄ 53


Device plug, plastic, Pin long
for Ex e enclosures
6 P + PE 24 V AC, 110 ... 130 V AC, 6h Cable 1.5 mm2 30 cm 8591/291-06-3000 210758 53
Pin long 230 ... 250 V AC

E3 7P 24 V DC 8h Cable 1.5 mm2 30 cm 8591/291-08-3000 210760◄ 53

6 P + PE 400 V AC 10 h Cable 1.5 mm2 30 cm 8591/291-10-3000 210759◄ 53


04320E00 Pin long
Device plug,
nickel-plated brass.
Suitable also for Ex d
applications, enclosure
E3 volume < 2 dm.

Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx BKI 07.0001X
E3 Ex de IIC T6 or Ex ia/ib IIC T6
Ex tD A21 IP66 T52°C
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust PTB 07 ATEX 1028 X
E II 2 G Ex de IIC T6

E3 Certifications and certificates


Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Serbia (SRPS)
Ambient temperature -20 ... +40 °C Plastic version
-20 ... +75 °C Plastic version Ith max. 1 A
-55 ... +40 °C Metal version
-55 ... +75 °C Metal version Ith max. 1 A
E3 Storage temperature -55 ... +80 °C (in original packaging)
Rated operational voltage 400 V AC***), 50 ... 60 Hz, or 250 V AC acc. to IECEx
60 V DC
Rated operational current max. 16 A AC***, or 10 A AC acc. to IECEx, 1 A DC, or 2.5 A DC acc. to IECEx
Switching capacity IEC/EN 60947

E3
AC-1: 400 V / 16 A
DC-1: 400 V / 1 A
DC-3: 60 V / 0.5 A
Back-up fuse
without thermal protection max. 16 A gG
with thermal protection max. 20 A gG
Degree of protection IP66 / IP68 (2 m water column, 1 hour)
E3 acc. to IEC/EN 60529
(with protective caps closed and secured as well as properly fitted and secured components)
Enclosure material Plug, coupler, device plug, Plastic (polyamide), nickel-plated brass or
flange socket stainless steel AISI 316L
Device plug < 2 dm3 / > 2 dm3 Nickel-plated brass or stainless steel AISI 316L
plug / coupler for armoured cables

E3

E3

E3
434 Installation Equipment 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 435 Montag, 21. März 2016 1:56 13

Ex Plug Connector miniCLIX


Series 8591/2

E3
Technical Data
Connection cross-section Coupler / plug
Crimp 1.5 mm2 *) 0.75 ... 1.5 mm2
Crimp 2.5 mm2 *) 1.5 ... 2.5 mm2
Flange socket / device plug
Crimp 1.5 mm2 *) 0.75 ... 1.5 mm2
E3
Crimp 2.5 mm2 *) 1.5 ... 2.5 mm2
Metal versions: Flange socket / device plug
with cable (30 cm)**) 1.5 mm2; 2.5 mm2

Cable entries Plug, coupler 8591/2..-..-..03


8591/2..-..-..04
d 7 ... 11 mm
d 11 ... 15 mm E3
Device plug, flange socket M25 x 1.5 / 3/4 NPT
Plug, coupler for armoured cables M32 x 1.5
Dimensions Plastic version Metal version
(LxD) (LxD)
Plug
Coupler
~ 105 x d 37 mm
~ 111 x d 36 mm
~ 105 x d 36 mm
~ 111 x d 36 mm
E3
Flange socket ~ 67+8 x d 36 mm ~ 67+12.5 x d 36 mm
Device plug ~ 70+8 x d 37 mm ~ 66+12.5 x d 36 mm (enclosure volume < 2 dm3)
~ 76+12.5 x d 36 mm (enclosure volume > 2 dm3)
*) crimp connection only with crimping tool, Order-No. 109116. Alternatively soldering: 0.34 ... 1.0 mm2
(with heat-shrink tubing)
**) with cable: only possible for versions made of stainless steel or nickel-plated brass
***) connection and disconnection under load up to 250 V / 10 A permitted (acc. to IEC/EN 60079-0)
E3

E3

E3

E3

E3

E3

E3

E3

E3

E3
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Installation Equipment 435
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 436 Montag, 21. März 2016 1:56 13

Optical Fibre Splice Cassette


Series 8186

E3
> Installed in a protective enclosure
> Enclosure version according
to customer specification
E3 > For professional and time-saving
FO installation
> With one or two splice protector holders
for installation of 6 or 12 fibre optics
E3 > Integrated cross-over field provides
limited bonding for the fibres
> Cable delivery entries from all
four sides possible
E3
Series 8186 E3

Easy fastening
13741E00
>

WebCode 8186A ATEX / IECEx

E3 Zone
For use in
0 1
x
2
x
20 21 22

Selection Table
Version Description Order number Art. no. PS
E3
FO splice cassette for max. 6 / 12 FOs 8146/5000 137143 13
Series 8186 for max. 6 / 12 FOs 8150/5 224285
Attention: The optical fibre splice cassette is available only installed in Ex e enclosures.
Enclosure versions on request.
E3
Application Example
Installed in the Ex e enclosure, Series 8150.
Other enclosure versions on request

E3

E3

E3
13536E00

Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas IECEx PTB 10.0060 U
E3 Europe (ATEX)
Ex op pr IIC Gb

Gas PTB 10 ATEX 2015 U


E II 2 G Ex op pr IIC Gb
Certifications and certificates
E3 Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), India (PESO), Kazakhstan (TR), Korea (KCs), Russia (TR),
Serbia (SRPS), Taiwan (ITRI), Belarus (TR)
Limiting values
Rated power up to 100 mW
Frequency 10 MHz, 100 MHz, 1 GHz, 10 GHz
E3 Ambient temperature
Minimum bend radius
-40 ... +60 °C
35 mm
Enclosure material Polycarbonate, flame retardant, halogen-free, UL94 V-0
Max. number of FO 6 with 1 splice protector holder, 12 with 2 splice protector holders
accessories set (art. no. 203682), please order separately:
1 splice protector holder 6-way, 6 shrink splice protectors, 4 cable ties
E3
436 Installation Equipment 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 437 Montag, 21. März 2016 1:56 13

Optical Fibre Splice Cassette


Series 8186

E3
Accessories and Spare Parts
Designation Figure Description Art. no. PS Weight
kg
Accessories set, for max. 6 FO: 203682 18 0.006
E3
splice protector 1 splice protector holder 6-way,
holder 6-way 6 shrink splice protectors,
2 cable ties

E3
14350E00

Overview Optical Fibre Splice Cassette


1 = lid
2 = splice cassette
3 = splice protector holder 6-way
E3

E3

E3
14215E00

Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm [inches]) - Subject to Alterations E3


[0,39]

210 [8,27]
10

E3
175 [6,89]
42 [1,65]
Ø 6 [Ø 0,24]

E3
104 [4,09]

E3

Ø 3,50 [Ø 0,14] Ø 3 [Ø 0,12]

E3
14347E00

E3

E3

E3
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Installation Equipment 437
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 438 Montag, 21. März 2016 1:56 13

Ethernet Terminal
Series 8187

E3
> In type of protection Ex e
> Easy connection thanks
to spring clamp terminals
E3 > Data rate up to 100 Mbit/s

E3

E3
Series 8187 E3

15010E00

WebCode 8187A ATEX / IECEx

E3 Zone
For use in
0 1
x
2
x
20 21 22

Selection Table

E3 Version Figure Order number Art. no. PS

Ethernet terminal 8146/5000 137143 13


8150/5 224285
E3
15009E00

Attention: The Ethernet terminal is available only installed in Ex e enclosures.


Enclosure versions on request.
E3 Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas IECEx IBE 12.0029 U
E3 Europe (ATEX)
Ex e IIC Gb

Gas IBExU 12 ATEX 1085 U


E II 2 G Ex e IIC Gb
Certifications and certificates
E3 Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), India (PESO), Kazakhstan (TR), Korea (KCs),
Russia (TR), Serbia (SRPS), Taiwan (ITRI), Belarus (TR)
Rated operational voltage 60 V DC
Rated operational current 0.5 A DC
Power Over Ethernet Yes
E3 Transfer rate 100 Mbit/s
Connection cross-section 0.2 ... 1.5 mm2 (AWG 24 ... 16) finely stranded
0.2 ... 2.5 mm2 (AWG 24 ... 14) solid
Ambient temperature -40 ... +60 °C
Enclosure material polyester
E3 Connection type Spring cage terminal
Degree of protection IP20
Assembly can be snapped onto the 35 mm mounting rail
Dimensions (W x H x D) 57 x 112 x 51 mm

E3

E3
438 Installation Equipment 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E3_KP_2016_en.book Seite 439 Montag, 21. März 2016 1:56 13

Ethernet Terminal
Series 8187

E3
Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm [inches]) - Subject to Alterations

E3
12 [0,47]

57 [2,24]
16 [0,63]

E3

112 [4,41]

E3

51 [2,01]
50 [1,97] E3
15279E00

8187 Ethernet terminal

E3

E3

E3

E3

E3

E3

E3

E3

E3
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Installation Equipment 439
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 440 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:06 12

Control Devices

Control Devices
Position Switch
Micro Limit Switch 8064 442
Position Switch in Metal acc. to EN 50041 8074 447
Position Switch acc. to EN 50047 8060 458
Position Switch acc. to EN 50041 8070 461
Radio Position Switch
Radio Position Switch wireless 8074 452
Radio Receiver and Radio Repeater wireless G053/1 455
Control Devices for Panel Mounting
Control Buttons / Switches for Panel Mounting PanSiG 8003 464
LED Indicating Lamps for Panel Mounting PanSiG 8013 471
LED Illuminated Pushbutton for Panel Mounting PanSiG 8018 473
Accessories and Spare Parts / Dimensional Drawings PanSiG 8003 8013 8018 475
Control Equipment for Surface Mounting
Radio Control Devices ConSiG 8040 479
Radio Control Devices NEC ConSiG 8040 488
Radio Control Devices wireless 8040 495

440 Control Devices 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en


◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 441 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:06 12

Contents

Control Devices
Control Stations
made of Polyester Resin 8146 498
made of Stainless Steel 8150 503
Grounding Systems and Grounding Monitoring Devices
for Barrels and Tank Containers 8146/5075 508
for Barrels and Tank Containers, up to SIL 2 8125/5071 508 E4
for Road Tankers or Rail Cars - Zone 1, 2 8485 511

You will find further information on the Internet www.stahl.de


Position Switch
Safety Position Switch 8070
Position Switch acc. to EN 50047 7060
Position Switch acc. to EN 50041 7070
Control Equipment for Surface Mounting
Standard Units with Contact Block 8208 8040
Customized Units 8040
Standard Units 7040
Built-in Devices for Control Unit System and Control Stations
Control Buttons 8082
Illuminated Pushbuttons 8082/8010
LED Indicating Lamp 8010
Control Switches, max. 4 pole 8008
Ammeter 8402 8403 8405
Voltmeter 8404
Potentiometer 8455
Contact Block 8208
Control Unit 8453
Grounding Systems and Grounding Monitoring Devices
for Road Tankers or Rail Cars - Zone 2, 21, 22 7485

2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Control Devices 441


◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 442 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:06 12

Micro Limit Switch


Series 8064

E4
> For universal application
> Versions with
– snap-action contact
E4 – positive opening contact
> With connecting cable or with single cores
when it is used as a built-in device
Width
E4
>
– Single limit switch 11 mm
– Double limit switch 15.5 mm

E4
Series 8064 E4

01619E00

WebCode 8064A
E4

ATEX
E4 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
8064/1 with single cores: For use in x x
8064/2 with connecting cable: For use in x x x x

E4 Selection Table
Version Order number Art. no. PS Weight
cross-section

Cable length
Connection
Contacts

E4 kg
Silver Connecting cable, 3m 8064/21-130-30-000 131486◄ 17 0.142
GY
H05VV-F, 0.75 mm2

E4
04362E00

07660E00

Silver Connecting cable, 3m 8064/21-140-30-000 218519◄ 17 0.253


H05VV-F, 0.75 mm2

GY

E4 07661E00

Silver Connecting cable, 3m 8064/21-120-30-000 218330 17 0.142


BU
H05VV-F, 0.75 mm2

BN

E4
07659E00

Silver Connecting cable, 5m 8064/21-110-50-102 131483◄ 17 0.222


BU
H05VV-F, 0.75 mm2

04364E00 BN

07658E00

E4 GY
Silver Connecting cable,
H05VV-F, 0.75 mm2
3m 8064/21-130-30-102 131489◄ 17 0.142

07660E00

E4 GY
Silver Connecting cable,
H05VV-F, 0.75 mm2
5m 8064/21-130-50-103 131484◄ 17 0.222

04365E00

07660E00

E4
442 Control Devices 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 443 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:06 12

Micro Limit Switch


Series 8064

E4
Selection Table
Version Order number Art. no. PS Weight

cross-section

Cable length
Connection
E4

Contacts
kg
Silver Connecting cable, 6m 8064/21-140-60-121 131485◄ 17 0.262
H05VV-F, 0.75 mm2
E4
GY

07661E00
04366E00
Silver Connecting cable, 1,5 m 8064/21-133-30-121 131488 17 0.330
H05VV-F, 0.75 mm2
E4
07672E00

Silver Connecting cable, 3m 8064/21-130-30-121 131490◄ 17 0.142


GY
H05VV-F, 0.75 mm2

E4
07660E00

Silver Connecting cable, 2m 8064/21-140-20-121 131496◄ 17 0.102


H05VV-F, 0.75 mm2

GY

07661E00
E4
Silver Single cores, 1m 8064/11-149-10-122 224688 17 0.076
H07G-K, 0.75 mm

04367E00 07667E00 E4
Silver Connecting cable, 3m 8064/21-130-30-122 218527 17 0.220
GY
H05VV-F, 0.75 mm2

07660E00

Gal- Connecting cable, 3m 8064/21-330-30-163 131493◄ 17 0.142


E4
GY
vani- H05VV-F, 0.75 mm2
cally
gold-
plated
silver
E4
04383E00 07660E00

Silver Connecting cable, 3m 8064/21-130-30-163 218326◄ 17 0.220


GY
H05VV-F, 0.75 mm2

07660E00

BU
Silver Connecting cable,
H05VV-F, 0.75 mm2
3m 8064/21-120-30-164 218494 17 0.142 E4
BN

04383E00 07659E00

GY
Silver Connecting cable,
H05VV-F, 0.75 mm2
3m 8064/21-130-30-241 218510 17 0.220
E4
04372E00 07660E00

Silver Connecting cable, 3m 8064/21-130-30-242 218457 17 0.220


GY
H05VV-F, 0.75 mm2
E4
04373E00 07660E00

E4

E4
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Control Devices 443
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 444 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:06 12

Micro Limit Switch


Series 8064

E4
Selection Table
Version Order number Art. no. PS Weight

cross-section

Cable length
Connection
E4

Contacts
kg
Silver Connecting cable, 5m 8064/21-130-50-243 218368 17 0.352
H05VV-F, 0.75 mm2
E4 GY

04374E00 07660E00

Silver Connecting cable, 3m 8064/21-130-30-243 131498◄ 17 0.142


H05VV-F, 0.75 mm2
E4
GY

07660E00

Gal- Connecting cable, 3m 8064/21-330-30-244 218475 17 0.220


GY
vani- H05VV-F, 0.75 mm2
cally
E4 gold-
plated
04375E00 07660E00 silver

Silver Connecting cable, 3m 8064/21-130-30-246 218353 17 0.220


GY
H05VV-F, 0.75 mm2

E4
07660E00

04377E00
Silver Connecting cable, 3m 8064/21-133-30-246 218355 17 0.352
H05VV-F, 0.75 mm2

E4 07672E00

Silver Connecting cable, 3m 8064/21-120-30-249 218454 17 0.142


BU
H05VV-F, 0.75 mm2

BN

E4 04380E00
07659E00

Silver Connecting cable, 3m 8064/21-130-30-261 131497◄ 17 0.142


GY
H05VV-F, 0.75 mm2

E4 04381E00
07660E00

Silver Connecting cable, 3m 8064/21-130-30-261 218443◄ 17 0.220


GY
H05VV-F, 0.75 mm2

E4
07660E00

Silver Single cores, 0.5 m 8064/15-150-10-261 131499◄ 17 0.070


H07G-K, 0.75 mm

07662E00

E4 04360E00

Silver Connecting cable, 3m 8064/21-130-30-262 218459 17 0.220


GY
H05VV-F, 0.75 mm2

E4
07660E00

04381E00
Gal- Single cores, 1m 8064/11-333-10-262 218352 17 0.076
vani- H07G-K, 0.75 mm
cally
gold-
plated
07672E00 silver

E4 GY
Silver Connecting cable,
H05VV-F, 0.75 mm2
3m 8064/21-130-30-266 218367 17 0.220

07660E00

E4 04385E00

444 Control Devices 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en


◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 445 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:06 12

Micro Limit Switch


Series 8064

E4
Technical Data
8064/1 (with single cores) 8064/2 (with connecting cable)
Explosion protection
Europe (ATEX)
Gas PTB 99 ATEX 1064 U PTB 02 ATEX 1031 X E4
E II 2 G Ex d IIC Gb E II 2 G Ex d IIC T6 Gb
Dust -- IBExU 04 ATEX 1125 X
-- E II 2 D Ex tD A21 IP66 T80°C
Mining PTB 99 ATEX 1064 U
E I M 2 Ex d I Mb E4
Certifications and certificates
Certificates ATEX, Serbia (SRPS) ATEX
Electrical data
Rated operational voltage max. 400 V AC, 250 V DC max. 400 V AC, 250 V DC
Rated operational current depending on the service category
AC-15: 250 V / 4 A; 400 V / 2 A
depending on the service category
AC-15: 250 V / 4 A; 400 V / 2 A E4
DC-13: 250 V / 0.15 A DC-13: 250 V / 0.15 A
Switching capacity according to IEC/EN 60947-5-1 according to IEC/EN 60947-5-1

AC Resistive Inductive load AC Resistive Inductive load


load cosφ = 0.6 load cosφ = 0.6
400 V
250 V
3A
5A
2A
4A
400 V
250 V
3A
5A
2A
4A
E4
30 V 7A 5A 30 V 7A 5A
DC Resistive Inductive load DC Resistive Inductive load
load cosφ = 0.6 load cosφ = 0.6
250 V 0.4 A 0.03 A 250 V 0.4 A 0.03 A

E4
30 V 7A 5A 30 V 7A 5A
Rated insulation voltage 400 V 400 V
Electrical load of the Voltage: min. 5 V, max. 30 V Voltage: min. 5 V, max. 30 V
gold-plated contacts Current: min. 4 mA, max. 400 mA Current: min. 4 mA, max. 400 mA
The product of current and voltage The product of current and voltage
must not exceed 0.12 VA. must not exceed 0.12 VA.

E4
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature -20 ... +60 °C -20 ... +60 °C

8064/11, 8064/15 (1 pole) 8064/21, 8064/25


for temperature class T6 for temperature class T6
40 °C 50 °C 60 °C 70 °C 75 °C ( 60 °C 75 °C
9A 7A 6A -- 3A 7A 3A
E4
8064/11, 8064/15, 8064/18 (2 poles)
40 °C 50 °C 60 °C 70 °C 75 °C
7A 6A 5A -- 2A
others on request others on request

Mechanical data
E4
Degree of protection IP66 according to IEC/EN 60529 IP66 according to IEC/EN 60529
Material
Enclosure Thermoplastic Thermoplastic

E4
Plunger Stainless steel Stainless steel
Additional actuator Stainless steel Stainless steel
Contacts Silver or galvanically gold-plated silver Silver or galvanically gold-plated silver
Contact opening 8064/.1 snap-action contact 2 x ) 0.3 mm 8064/.1 snap-action contact 2 x ) 0.3 mm
8064/.5 slow-action positive 2 x ) 1.5 mm 8064/.5 slow-action positive 2 x ) 1.5 mm
opening contact opening contact
8064/.8 snap-action contact 2 x ) 1.5 mm 8064/.8 snap-action contact 2 x ) 1.5 mm
Rated switching distance Pre-travel length max. 0.9 mm Pre-travel length max. 0.9 mm
E4
Post-travel length min. 0.5 mm Post-travel length min. 0.5 mm
Difference path length max. 0.45 mm Difference path length max. 0.45 mm
Reverse travel length 0.9 mm Reverse travel length 0.9 mm
Repeatable accuracy 0.02 mm Repeatable accuracy 0.02 mm
Switching force Single switch
Double switch
max. 2.0 N
max. 3.6 N
Single switch
Double switch
max. 2.0 N
max. 3.6 N E4
Restoring force Single switch min. 0.4 N Single switch min. 0.4 N
Double switch min. 0.8 N Double switch min. 0.8 N
Actuation velocity ) 10 μm/s ) 10 μm/s
Service life
Mechanical positive opening contact > 1 x 106 switching operations positive opening contact > 1 x 106 switching operations
E4
snap-action contact > 2 x 106 switching operations snap-action contact > 2 x 106 switching operations
Maximum switching frequency 1000 switching cycles/h 1000 switching cycles/h

E4
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Control Devices 445
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 446 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:06 12

Micro Limit Switch


Series 8064

E4
Technical Data
Mounting / Installation
Connection cross-section Single cores, H07G-K, 0.75 mm Connecting cable, H05VV-F, 0.75 mm2
Note The device must be built in into an enclosure During installation, the devices must be
E4 compliant with the requirements of a recognised
type of protection according to IEC/EN 60079-0,
protected mechanically.

section 1.2. During installation in an enclosure of the


type of protection "Increased safety e" according to
IEC/EN 60079-7, the clearance and creepage
distances must be adhered to.

E4 Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm) – Subject to Alterations

04369E00

E4 Single micro limit switch

04370E00

Double micro limit switch


E4
04347E00
04349E00

8064/25 - ... - .. - 000 8064/21 - ... - .. - 000


Micro limit switch with connection cable Micro limit switch with connection cable

E4 For dimensions of actuators,


see selection table

E4

04348E00
04350E00

E4 8064/15 - ... - .. - 000


Built-in micro limit switch with connection cores
8064/11 - ... - .. - 000
Built-in micro limit switch with connection cores
8064/.5 8064/.1
Micro limit switch with positive opening contact, Micro limit switch with snap-action contact,
contact opening 2 x ) 1.5 mm contact opening 2 x ) 0.3 mm

E4

E4

E4

E4

E4

E4
446 Control Devices 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 447 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:06 12

Metal Position Switch


Series 8074

E4
> Dimensions and characteristic values
according to EN 50041
> Replaceable contact in flameproof enclosure
> Positive opening contacts E4
> Wide range of actuators
> All inserts may be displaced by 4 x 90°
> Contact elements with low-action contact E4
or overlapping slow-action contact
> Extensively oil- and petrol resistant

E4
Series 8074 E4

10764E00

WebCode 8074A ATEX


Zone
For use in
0 1
x
2
x
20 21
x
22
x
E4

Technical Data
Explosion protection
Europe (ATEX)
E4
Gas and dust BVS 05 ATEX E 007
E II 2 G Ex d e IIC T6 Gb (Ta = -20 ... +40 °C)
E II 2 G Ex d e IIC T5 Gb (Ta = -20 ... +60 °C)
E II 2 D Ex tD A21 IP67 T80°C Db (Ta = -20 ... +40 °C)
E II 2 D Ex tD A21 IP67 T95°C Db (Ta = -20 ... +60 °C) E4
Certifications and certificates
Certificates ATEX, Kazahkstan (TR), Russia (TR), Serbia (SRPS), Belarus (TR)
Electrical load
Min. electrical load
Max. electrical load
24 V AC / DC, 10 mA
AC-15: 250 V AC, 6 A
E4
DC-13: 230 V DC, 0.25 A
Switching function Slow-action contact 1 NC + 1 NO 23 24

E4
11 12
11835E00

Slow-action contact 1 NC + 1 NO, overlapping 23 24

15 16
11837E00

Slow-action contact 2 NC
21 22
E4
11 12
11836E00

Positive opening contacts according to IEC/EN 60947-5-1


Connection M3 screw terminal, max. 1.5 mm E4
Ambient temperature see explosion protection data
Cable glands 8161: 1 x M20 x 1.5
Clamping range 4 ... 13 mm
Degree of protection IP67 according to IEC/EN 60529
E4

E4

E4
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Control Devices 447
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 448 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:06 12

Metal Position Switch


Series 8074

E4
Selection Table
Version Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
E4 Extended Plunger of stainless steel 8074/1-.-S 132407 17 0.340
plunger

10787E00

E4 Roller plunger Roller of moulded plastic 8074/1-.-RS 132406 17 0.342

10786E00

E4 Roller lever Roller of moulded plastic 17 0.340


8074/1-.-AR 132399

10784E00

Swivelling Roller of moulded plastic 8074/1-.-HR311 17 0.425


E4
132403
roller lever

10790E00

Adjustable Roller of moulded plastic; 8074/1-.-HV 132405 17 0.430


E4 roller lever rod of stainless steel

10785E00

E4 Actuating rod Rod of moulded plastic 8074/1-.-HH-K 132402 17 0.400

E4
10779E00

Spring rod Spring of stainless steel 8074/1-1-F2 132332◄ 17 0.360


Spring rod Spring of stainless steel 8074/1-3-F2 132344 17 0.360
E4

E4 10778E00

Big swivelling Roller of moulded plastic 8074/1-.-HR312 132404 17 0.445


lever

E4
10782E00

Forked Roller of moulded plastic 8074/1-1-GR 132336 17 0.465


roller lever
8074/1-3-GR 17 0.465
E4
132347

10781E00

Order Number Supplement

E4 Switching function 1 NC + 1 NO slow-action contact 8074/1-1-...


2 NC slow action action 8074/1-3-...
1 NC + 1 NO slow-action contact, 8074/1-5-...
overlapping

E4
448 Control Devices 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 449 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:06 12

Metal Position Switch


Series 8074

E4
Selection Table
Version Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
Belt-alignment Roller of moulded plastic 8074/1-1-BSS 132335 17 0.460
E4
switch

E4
10780E00

Angled Roller of moulded plastic 8074/1-.-WR 132408 17 0.340


roller lever
E4
10783E00

Safety switch Separate actuator 8074/1-1-ZB 132333◄ 17 0.386


Note: Actuators for the safety switch
have to be ordered separately. 8074/1-3-ZB 132345◄ 17 0.386
E4
Note:
10788E00 Actuators for the safety switch have
to be ordered separately.
Order Number Supplement E4
Switching function 1 NC + 1 NO slow-action contact 8074/1-1-...

2 NC slow action action 8074/1-3-...


1 NC + 1 NO slow-action contact, 8074/1-5-...
overlapping E4
Accessories and Spare Parts
Designation Figure Art. no. PS Weight
kg E4
Actuator Straight 8074/1-.-ZB 132311 17 0.028

E4
10807E00

Angled 8074/1-.-ZB 132312 17 0.037

10806E00

Adjustable 8074/1-.-ZB 132313 17 0.035 E4


10805E00

E4

E4

E4

E4
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Control Devices 449
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 450 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:06 12

Metal Position Switch


Series 8074

E4
Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm) - Subject to Alterations

E4

E4

E4
10752E00 10753E00 10754E00

8074/1-.-S 8074/1-.-RS 8074/1-.-AR


Extended plunger Roller plunger Roller lever plunger
E4

E4

E4

E4

10759E00 10756E00 10758E00

E4 8074/1-.-HR312
Big swivelling lever
8074/1-.-HV
Adjustable roller lever
8074/1-.-F2
Spring rod actuator

E4

E4

E4

E4 10757E00 10762E00 10755E00

8074/1-.-HH-K 8074/1-.-WR 8074/1-.-HR311


Actuating rod Angled roller lever Swivelling roller lever

E4
450 Control Devices 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 451 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:06 12

Metal Position Switch


Series 8074

E4
Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm) - Subject to Alterations

E4

E4

E4

E4
10760E00 10761E00 10763E00

8074/1-.-BSS 8074/1-.-GR 8074/1-.-ZB


Belt-alignment switch Forked roller lever Safety switch

E4

E4

10817E00 10818E00 10819E00


E4
Straight actuator; Angled actuator; Adjustable actuator;
for safety switch 8074/1-.-ZB for safety switch 8074/1-.-ZB for safety switch 8074/1-.-ZB

E4

E4

E4

E4

E4

E4
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Control Devices 451
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 452 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:06 12

Radio Position Switch


Series 8074/1-8

E4
> No power supply or wiring necessary
> EnOcean protocol
Transmission range 300 m in a free field
E4
>

> Multinetwork capable


> Output signal individually
configurable at the receiver
E4 > Easy programming on the receiver's side
> Robust zinc die-casting housing
> Wide range of actuators

E4
Series 8074/1-8 E4

12762E00

WebCode 8074B IECEx / ATEX

E4 Zone
For use in
0 1
x
2
x
20 21
x
22
x

Selection Table
E4 Version Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
extended stainless steel plunger 8074/1-8-S 209441◄ 17 0.346
plunger
E4 10787E00

roller plunger roller made of moulded material 8074/1-8-RS 209444 17 0.346

E4 10786E00

roller lever roller made of moulded material 8074/1-8-AR 209446 17 0.410


plunger

E4 10784E00

swivelling roller made of moulded material 8074/1-8-HR311 209447 17 0.449


roller lever

E4 10790E00

adjustable roller made of moulded material; 8074/1-8-HV 209448 17 0.453


roller lever roller rod made of stainless steel

E4 10785E00

actuating rod rod made of moulded material 8074/1-8-HH-K 209449 17 0.448

E4

10779E00

E4

E4
452 Control Devices 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 453 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:06 12

Radio Position Switch


Series 8074/1-8

E4
Selection Table
Version Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
Big swivelling roller made of moulded material 8074/1-8-HR312 209450 17 0.494
E4
lever

E4
10782E00

forked roller made of moulded material 8074/1-8-GR 209451 17 0.468


roller lever

E4
10781E00

angled roller made of moulded material 8074/1-8-WR 209452 17 0.350


roller lever

E4
10783E00

Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
E4
Gas and dust IECEx BVS 11.0086
Ex ib IIC T6 Gb
Ex ib IIIC T80 °C Db
Europe (ATEX) E4
Gas and dust BVS 11 ATEX E 165
E II 2 G Ex ib IIC T6 Gb
E II 2 D Ex ib IIIC T80 °C Db
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Serbia (SRPS) E4
Ambient temperature -20 ... +60 °C
Power supply Electrodynamic energy generator
Protocol EnOcean
Switching frequency approx. 9,000 telegrams at repetitions/h
Frequency 868.3 MHz E4
Transmission power max. 10 mW
Data rate 120 kbps
Channel bandwidth 280 kHz
Transmission range max. 300 m in a free field
max. 30 m indoors E4
Actuating time min. 80 ms
Switching function spring return
Enclosure material Zinc die-casting, coated
Degree of protection IP67 acc. to IEC/EN 60529
Mechanical life > 1 million operations E4

E4

E4

E4
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Control Devices 453
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 454 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:06 12

Radio Position Switch


Series 8074/1-8

E4
Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm) - Subject to Alterations
16,5 16,5
ø 20 8,5

E4
ø 17,2 4,6
ø9 16,5
20
R

52

9,5
9,5

9,5

52
37

148,5
133,5

148,5
E4

66,5
66,5

66,5

60
60

60

76
76
76

7,3
7,3

7,3

ø 5,3
ø 5,3
ø 5,3

30
30

30
E4
30 M20x1,5 17 30 M20x1,5 17 30 M20x1,5 17
40,5 30,5 40,5 30,5 40,5 30,5
38 38 38
14869E00 14870E00 14871E00

8074/1-8-S 8074/1-8-RS 8074/1-8-AR


Extended plunger Roller plunger Roller lever plunger
E4 77
ø6

ø 37 10 60
ø 20 9

E4
9,5 48,7
70
53 - 109
65

16,5 16,5
16,5

9,5
9,5
9,5

35

35
25
25
25

205

E4
76

66,5
66,5
66,5

60
60
60

76
76

7,3
7,3

ø 5,3
7,3

ø 5,3
ø 5,3

30
30
30

E4 30
40,5
M20x1,5 17
30,5
30
40,5
M20x1,5 17
30,5
30
40,5
M20x1,5 17
30,5
38 38 38
14872E00 14873E00 14874E00

8074/1-8-HR312 8074/1-8-HV 8074/1-8-HH-K


E4 Swivelling roller lever, big Adjustable roller lever
63
Actuating rod
70
56 ø 20
16,5 45 17
ø 20 8,5
35 8,5 R
35
16,5 16,5

E4
ø 20

28
57,5

9,5

9,5

35

35
25
25

9,5

8,5
66,5
66,5

66,5

60
60

60

76
76

76

E4
7,3
7,3

7,3

ø 5,3
ø 5,3

ø 5,3

30
30

30

30 M20x1,5 17 30 M20x1,5 17 30 M20x1,5 17

E4
40,5 30,5 40,5 30,5 40,5 30,5
38 38 38
14875E00 14876E00 14877E00

8074/1-8-WR 8074/1-8-HR311 8074/1-8-GR


Angled roller lever Swivelling roller lever Forked roller lever

E4

E4
454 Control Devices 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 455 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:06 12

Radio Receiver
Series G053/1

E4
> Radio receiver
– 1 channel with potential-free
relay or NPN / PNP output
– 4 channel with potential-free E4
relay outputs
> EnOcean protocol
> Transmitter / receiver assignment
via teach-in mode E4
> Modular installation housing
for a quick snap-on mounting on DIN rails
> Installation in Zone 1, 2 by mounting
E4
Series G053/1 E4

14751E00 in Ex d enclosure upon request

WebCode G053A
E4

Selection Table
Version Number of
channels
Rated operational voltage Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg E4
1 24 V AC / DC (-15 ... +10 %) G053/1-11-1 209453◄ 17 0.068

E4

14725E00
Radio receiver,
change-over contact E4
1 24 V DC (-15 ... +10 %) G053/1-11-2 209454 17 0.056

E4

14726E00
Radio receiver, NPN
1 24 V DC (-15 ... +10 %) G053/1-11-3 209455 17 0.075 E4

E4
14746E00
Radio receiver, PNP
4 24 V AC / DC (-15 ... +10 %) G053/1-14-4 209456 17 0.150
E4

E4
14723E00
Radio receiver,
change-over contact

E4
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Control Devices 455
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 456 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:06 12

Radio Receiver
Series G053/1

E4
Technical Data
Version G053/1-11-1: 1 change-over contact (relay) G053/1-14-4: 4 change-over contact (relays)
G053/1-11-2: NPN transistor
G053/1-11-3: PNP transistor
E4 Protocol EnOcean EnOcean
Frequency 868.3 MHz 868.3 MHz
Switching frequency approx. 9000 telegrams at repetitions / h approx. 9000 telegrams at repetitions / h
Number of channels 1 (relay version potential-free) 4 (potential-free)
Inputs 1 radio channel, 4 radio channels,
E4 max. 10 transmitters per channel max. 10 transmitters per channel
Outputs 1 change-over contact (relay), 4 change-over contact (relays)
NPN or PNP transistor
Rated operational current 24 V AC: max. 0.18 A 24 V AC: max 0.25 A
24 V DC: max 0.22 A 24 V DC: max 0.1 A

E4 Rated operational voltage G053/1-11-1 (1 change-over contact):


24 V AC / DC (-15 ... +10 %)
24 V AC / DC (-15 ... +10 %)

G053/1-11-2 (NPN transistor):


24 V DC (-15 ... +10 %)
G053/1-11-3 (PNP transistor):
24 V DC (-15 ... +10 %)
Switching capacity G053/1-11-1 250 V AC / 6 A 250 V AC / 6 A
E4 (1 change-over contact): 24 V DC / 2 A 24 V DC / 2 A
G053/1-11-2 24 V DC / 0.2 A
(NPN transistor):
G053/1-11-3 24 V DC / 0.2 A
(PNP transistor):
E4 Voltage drop G053/1-11-2 (NPN transistor): 2.5 V ––
G053/1-11-3 (PNP transistor): 2.5 V
Utilization category G053/1-11-1 (1 change-over contact): AC-15 AC-15
G053/1-11-2 (NPN transistor): DC-13 DC-13
G053/1-11-3 (PNP transistor): DC-13
E4 Rated insulation voltage
Rated impulse
250 V AC
2.5 kV
250 V AC
2.5 kV
withstand voltage
Indications green LED: Rated operational voltage green LED: Rated operational voltage
orange LED: Switching state signalling orange LED: Switching state signalling

E4 Connection
Terminals WAGO CAGE CLAMP, Series 236 WAGO CAGE CLAMP, Series 236
Connection cross-section 0.08 ... 2.5 mm (AWG 28 ... 14) 0.08 ... 2.5 mm (AWG 28 ... 14)
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature 0 ... +55 °C 0 ... +55 °C
E4 Storage/
transport temperature
-25 ... +85 °C -25 ... +85 °C

Interference immunity acc. to EMC Directive acc. to EMC Directive


Vibration resistance acc. to IEC/EN 60068-2-6 acc. to IEC/EN 60068-2-6
Schock resistance acc. to IEC/EN 60068-2-27 acc. to IEC/EN 60068-2-27

E4 Degree of pollution
Degree of protection
2 acc. to IEC/EN 60664-1
IP20 acc. to IEC/EN 60529
2 acc. to IEC/EN 60664-1
IP20 acc. to IEC/EN 60529
Mounting snap mounting on DIN rail snap mounting on DIN rail
Antenna external antenna always required external antenna always required
for optimum transmission range for optimum transmission range

E4 Note inductive loads (contactors, relays, etc.)


are to be suppressed by suitable circuitry
inductive loads (contactors, relays, etc.)
are to be suppressed by suitable circuitry

E4

E4

E4
456 Control Devices 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 457 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:06 12

Radio Receiver
Series G053/1

E4
Accessories and Spare Parts
Designation Figure Description Art. no. PS Weight
kg
Field intensity meter mobile device for radio range testing 209483◄ 17 0.085
E4
EMP 300

E4
14589E00

RF magnet foot with connecting cable 2.5 m 209484◄ 17 0.060


antenna
E4
14581E00

Antenna coupler for use in Zone 1 244024 19 0.200

E4
10021E00

Antenna for use in Zone 1 244023 19 0.100

E4

01749E00
E4
Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm [inches]) - Subject to Alterations
35 [1,38] 60 [2,36] 70 [2,76] 60 [2,36]

E4
57,50 [2,26]

90 [3,54]

57,50 [2,26]
90 [3,54]

45 [1,77]

45 [1,77]

E4

G053/1-11-1, G053/1-11-2, G053/1-11-3


14554E00

G053/1-14-4
14577E00
E4
Radio Receiver, 1-Channel Radio Receiver, 4-Channel
49,50 [1,95]
25,40
M25 x 1,5

16,50
[0,65]
[1,00] 28,60
[1,13]
E4

E4
14587E00

Antenna coupler

E4

E4
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Control Devices 457
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 458 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:06 12

Position Switches
Series 8060

E4
> Enclosures of type of protection “Increased safety“
> Dimensions and characteristic values
according to EN 50047
E4 > Replaceable contact in flameproof enclosure
> Positive opening contacts
> Category 1 safety position switch
with a variable system of actuators
E4 > All inserts may be displaced by 4 x 90°
> Contacts with:
– Snap-action contact
– Slow-action contact
– Make before break slow-action contact
E4
Series 8060 E4

11078E00
> Possible as version with unconnected cable end

WebCode 8060A ATEX / IECEx

E4 Zone
For use in
0 1
x
2
x
20 21
x
22
x

Technical Data
Explosion protection
E4 Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx PTB 06.0091
Ex d e IIC T6
Ex tD A21 IP65 T80°C
Europe (ATEX)
E4 Gas and dust PTB 01 ATEX 1052
E II 2 G Ex d e IIC T6
E II 2 D Ex tD A21 IP65 T80°C
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, India (PESO), Canada (CSA), Kazakhstan (TR), Korea (KCs), Russia (TR),
E4 Serbia (SRPS), Ukraine (TR), Belarus (TR)
Rated operational voltage Ue 8060/1-1 8060/1-3
8060/1-2 8060/1-4
8060/1-5
Alternating current for equal potential: max. 500 V max. 400 V
E4 Alternating current for unequal potential:
Direct current:
max. 250 V
250 V
max. 250 V
250 V
Rated operational current Ie max. 10 A
Operating temperature range -20 ... +50 °C (10 A)
-20 ... +70 °C (6 A)
Contact
E4 Version Slow-action contact Snap-action contact Slow-action contact, make before break

E4
08667E00 08668E00 08675E00
8060/1-1 8060/1-2 8060/1-5

Attention:
The positive opening function ¯
08669E00
depends on the actuator used
8060/1-3
E4
08670E00
8060/1-4
E4 Cable glands 8161/7-M20-1304
at the bottom of the enclosure: 1 x M20 x 1.5
Terminals 1 x 2.5 mm2 or 2 x 1 mm2, single-wire / finely-stranded
Degree of protection IP65

E4
458 Control Devices 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 459 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:06 12

Position Switches
Series 8060

E4
Selection Table
Version Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
Roller lever plunger Roller of moulded material 8060/1-.-AR 131378 11 0.074
E4

09388E00

Swivelling roller lever Roller of moulded material 8060/1-.-R 131386 11 0.085 E4

09389E00

Adjustable roller lever Roller of moulded material


Roller rod of stainless steel
8060/1-.-V 131391 11 0.104
E4

09390E00
E4
Actuating rod Rod of moulded material 8060/1-.-H 131383 11 0.097

No positive opening,
not suitable for safety circuits
E4

09391E00

Spring-rod actuator Spring of stainless steel


Only for use with snap-action contact!
8060/1-2-F 131380 11 0.085 E4
No positive opening,
not suitable for safety circuits

E4
09392E00

Angled roller lever Roller of moulded material 8060/1-.-WR 131392 11 0.074


E4
09393E00

Roller plunger Roller of moulded material 8060/1-.-RS 131388 11 0.073

09387E00
E4
Order Number Supplement
Switching 1 NC + 1 NO Slow-action contact 8060/1-1-...
function
1 NC + 1 NO Snap-action contact, with spring 8060/1-2-... E4
2 NC Slow-action contact 8060/1-3-...

2 NO Slow-action contact 8060/1-4-...

1 NC + 1 NO Slow-action contact, make before break 8060/1-5-... E4


Note The actuators enclosed are not mounted

E4

E4
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Control Devices 459
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 460 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:06 12

Position Switches
Series 8060

E4
Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm) - Subject to Alterations

E4

E4

E4 04262E00

04356E00

8060/1- . -OV 8060/1- . -V


E4 Position switch without insert Adjustable roller lever

E4

E4 8060/1- . -RS
04259E00

8060/1- . -AR
04260E00

Roller plunger Roller lever, form E

E4

E4

E4 04264E00 04263E00

8060/1- 2 -F 8060/1- . -H
Spring rod actuator Actuating rod

E4

E4

E4 04265E00 04261E00

8060/1- . -WR 8060/1- . -R


Angled roller lever Swivelling roller lever, form A

E4
460 Control Devices 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 461 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:06 12

Position Switches
Series 8070

E4
> Enclosures of type of protection “Increased safety“
> Dimensions and characteristic values
according to EN 50041
> Replaceable contact in flameproof enclosure E4
> Positive opening contacts
> Category 1 safety position switch
with a variable system of actuators
> All inserts may be displaced by 4 x 90° E4
> Contacts with:
– Snap-action contact
– Slow-action contact
– Make before break slow-action contact
E4
Series 8070 E4

01617E00
> Possible as version with unconnected cable end

WebCode 8070A ATEX / IECEx


Zone
For use in
0 1
x
2
x
20 21
x
22
x
E4

Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
E4
Gas and dust IECEx PTB 06.0092
Ex de IIC T6
Ex tD A21 IP65 T80°C
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust PTB 01 ATEX 1053
E4
E II 2 G Ex de IIC T6
E II 2 D Ex tD A21 IP65 T80°C
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, India (PESO), Canada (CSA), Kazakhstan (TR), Korea (KCs), Russia (TR),
Serbia (SRPS), Ukraine (TR), Belarus (TR)
E4
Rated operational voltage Ue 8070/1-1 8070/1-3
8070/1-2 8070/1-4
8070/1-5
Alternating current for equal potential: max. 500 V max. 400 V
Alternating current for unequal potential: max. 250 V max. 250 V E4
Direct current: 250 V 250 V
Rated operational current Ie max. 10 A: -20 °C ( Ta ( +50 °C
max. 6 A: -20 °C ( Ta ( +70 °C
Version Slow-action contact Snap-action contact Slow-action contact, make before break
E4

08667E00 08668E00 08675E00


8070/1-1 8070/1-2 8070/1-5

Attention:
E4
The positive opening function ¯
08669E00
depends on the actuator used
8070/1-3

E4
08670E00
8070/1-4
Cable glands 8161/7-M20-1304
On the enclosure bottom: 1 x M20 x 1.5 E4
On the enclosure side: 1 x M20 x 1.5
Terminals 1 x 2.5 mm2 or 2 x 1 mm2, single-wire / finely-stranded
Degree of protection IP65

E4
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Control Devices 461
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 462 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:06 12

Position Switches
Series 8070

E4
Selection Table
Version Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg

E4 Extended plunger Plunger of stainless steel 8070/1-.-S 131967 11 0.155

03788E00

Roller plunger Roller of moulded material 8070/1-.-RS 131966 11 0.154

E4 03789E00

Roller lever, Roller of moulded material 8070/1-.-AR 131950 11 0.155


form E
(can be modified
into an angled
E4 04550E00 roller lever)
Swivelling Roller of moulded material 8070/1-.-HR311 131959 11 0.221
roller lever, form A

E4 03790E00

Adjustable Roller of moulded material; 8070/1-.-HV 131964 11 0.269


roller lever Roller rod of stainless steel

E4
04551E00

Actuating rod Rod of moulded material 8070/1-.-HH-K 131956 11 0.237

No positive opening,
E4 not suitable for safety circuits!

E4 09380E00

Spring-rod actuator Spring of stainless steel 8070/1-2-F2 131953 11 0.175


Only for use with
snap-action contact!

E4 No positive opening,
not suitable for safety circuits!

E4
04552E00

Safety switch Separate actuator 8070/1-1-ZB 131968 11 0.208


of moulded material 8070/1-3-ZB 131969 11 0.208

E4
04553E00

Order Number Supplement


Switching function 1 NC + 1 NO Slow-action contact 8070/1-1-...

E4 1 NC + 1 NO Snap-action contact,
with spring
8070/1-2-...

2 NC Slow-action contact 8070/1-3-...


2 NO Slow-action contact 8070/1-4-...

E4 1 NC + 1 NO Slow-action contact,
make before break
8070/1-5-...

Note: The actuators enclosed are not mounted

E4
462 Control Devices 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 463 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:06 12

Position Switches
Series 8070

E4
Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm) - Subject to Alterations

E4

E4

E4
04274E00 04275E00

8070/1- . -HV 8070/1- . -HH-K


Adjustable roller lever Actuating rod

E4

E4
04271E00 04336E00 04270E00

8070/1- . -HR311.. 8070/1- . -AR 8070/1- . -AR


Swivelling roller lever,
form A
Angled roller lever,
form E
Roller lever,
form E E4

E4

E4
04269E00 04268E00

8070/1- . -RS 8070/1- . -S


04273E00
Roller plunger Extended plunger

E4

E4
04278E00

E4

04351E00 09385E00
E4
04272E00

8070/1- . -ZB 8070/1- 2 -F2 8070/1- . -OV


Safety switch with separate actuator Spring rod actuator Position switch without insert
E4
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Control Devices 463
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 464 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:06 12

Control Buttons / Switches for Panel Mounting


Series 8003

E4
> Different actuator attachments
– Pushbutton
– Mushroom pushbutton
E4 – Mushroom stay-put button
– Mushroom stay-put button with key lock
– Key-operated button
– Key-operated switch
– Selector switch
E4 > 2 contact elements
> Spring clamp terminals
with connection chamber
> Simple mounting
E4
Series 8003 E4

03129E00 > Functions "latching", "spring return" and


"key not withdrawable" are codable
> Switching function
WebCode 8003A – multiple latching and spring position
E4 recoding possible
– max. 6 A

ATEX / IECEx NEC 505 NEC 506 NEC 500


E4 Class I Class I Class II Class III
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Division 1 2 1 2 1 2
For use in x x x x For use in x For use in x x

Technical Data
E4 Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust 8003/1.1 IECEx PTB 06.0065X
8003/1.2 IECEx PTB 06.0066U
8003/1.3 IECEx PTB 06.0065X

E4 8003/1.1
8003/1.2
8003/1.3
Ex d e IIC T6
Ex d e IIC
Ex d e IIC T6
8003/1.1 Ex tD A21 IP65 T80°C
8003/1.3
Europe (ATEX)

E4 Gas and dust 8003/1.1


8003/1.2
PTB 02 ATEX 1057 X
PTB 02 ATEX 1080 U
8003/1.3 PTB 02 ATEX 1057 X
8003/1.1 E II 2 G Ex d e IIC T6
8003/1.2 E II 2 G Ex d e IIC
8003/1.3 E II 2 G Ex d e IIC T6

E4 8003/1.1
8003/1.3
E II 2 D Ex tD A21 IP65 T80°C

Certifications and certificates


Certificates IECEx, ATEX, China (China-Ex) only for 8003/1.1 and 8003/1.3, India (PESO), Canada (cUL),
Kazakhstan (TR), Russia (TR), Serbia (SRPS), Ukraine (TR), USA (UL), Belarus (TR)
Rated operational voltage max. 550 V
E4 Rated operational current
Schematic
max. 6 A

E4
10503E00 09792E00 09791E00 09790E00

8003/11. 8003/12. 8003/13. 8003/14.

Ambient temperature -20 ... +60 °C


-40 ... +60 °C for versions with silicone seal
Degree of protection IP66 (front side)

E4
IP64 (rear side of the device)
Level of protection acc. to IEC/EN 60529
Connection cross-section 8003/1.1: 0.75 ... 1.5 mm2
8003/1.2: 0.5 ... 2.5 mm2
8003/1.3: 4 x 1 mm2, connecting cable
Cable entry Type 8003/1.1: M16 x 1.5 (d 2 ... 9 mm)

E4
464 Control Devices 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 465 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:06 12

Control Buttons / Switches for Panel Mounting


Spring Clamp Terminals with Connection Chamber
Series 8003

E4
Selection Table
Version Description Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
Spring clamp terminals with connection chamber
Spring clamp terminal
with connection chamber
NO / NC 8003/111-001 126993◄ 11 0.140 E4
NC / NC 8003/121-001 127048◄ 11 0.140
NO / NO 8003/131-001 127125◄ 11 0.140

01641E00
Pushbutton,
8003/1.1-001
Spring clamp terminal NO / NC 8003/111-001S 217834 11 0.140
E4
with connection chamber NC / NC 8003/121-001S 217837 11 0.140
NO / NO 8003/131-001S 217839 11 0.140

E4
01641E00
Pushbutton, silicone*),
8003/1.1-001S
Spring clamp terminal NO / NC 8003/111-003 127183◄ 11 0.140
with connection chamber NC / NC 8003/121-003 127187 11 0.140
NO / NO 8003/131-003 127192 11 0.140

01642E00
E4
Mushroom button,
8003/1.1-003
2 switching positions,
latching, standard locking MS1
Spring clamp terminal NO / NC 8003/111-008-2-r-MS1 127240◄ 11 0.230
with connection chamber NC / NC 8003/121-008-2-r-MS1 127242◄ 11 0.300 E4
01059E00
NO / NO 8003/131-008-2-r-MS1 127244◄ 11 0.220
Key-operated switch,
8003/1.1-008-2-r-MS1
3 switching positions, latching - latching, standard locking MS1
Spring clamp terminal
with connection chamber
NO / NC 8003/111-008-3-rr-
MS1
213498 11 0.125
E4
NC / NC 8003/121-008-3-rr- 218564 11 0.125
MS1
10398E00
Key-operated switch, NO / NO 8003/131-008-3-rr- 213533◄ 11 0.125
8003/1.1-008-3-rr-MS1 MS1
NC / NO 8003/141-008-3-rr- 218565 11 0.125

d 38 mm, red (EM-STOP)


MS1 E4
Spring clamp terminal NO / NC 8003/111-009-MS1 127320◄ 11 0.140
with connection chamber NC / NC 8003/121-009-MS1 213525◄ 11 0.125
NO / NO 8003/131-009-MS1 217840 11 0.125

Mushroom stay-put
01645E00 E4
button with key lock,
8003/1.1-009-MS1
d 38 mm, red (EM-STOP)
Spring clamp terminal NO / NC 8003/111-009S-MS1 217911 11 0.140
with connection chamber NC / NC
NO / NO
8003/121-009S-MS1
8003/131-009S-MS1
217912
217913
11
11
0.125
0.125
E4
01645E00
Mushroom stay-put
button with key lock,
silicone*),
8003/1.1-009S-MS1
d 38 mm, red (EM-STOP)
E4
Spring clamp terminal NO / NC 8003/111-010 127031◄ 11 0.125
with connection chamber NC / NC 8003/121-010 127114◄ 11 0.125
NO / NO 8003/131-010 217914 11 0.125

E4
01644E00
Mushroom stay-put
button, 8003/1.1-010
*) extended temperature range -40 ... +60 °C
Note - yellow label for EM-STOP function is enclosed
- plates must be ordered separately; see accessories
- key-operated switch with "spring-return" functions and/or "key not removable" on request

E4
- versions with other locking cylinders on request
- key switches type 8003/1..-008-. and control switches type 8003/1..-726-3 are codable
(„latching“, „spring-return“, „key removable“)

E4
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Control Devices 465
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 466 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:06 12

Control Buttons / Switches for Panel Mounting


Spring Clamp Terminals with Connection Chamber
Series 8003

E4
Selection Table
Version Description Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
Spring clamp terminals with connection chamber
E4 d 38 mm, red (EM-STOP)
Spring clamp terminal NO / NC 8003/111-010S 217915 11 0.125
with connection chamber NC / NC 8003/121-010S 217916 11 0.125
NO / NO 8003/131-010S 217917 11 0.125
01644E00

E4
Mushroom stay-put
button, silicone*),
8003/1.1-010S
d 38 mm, black
Spring clamp terminal NO / NC 8003/111-012 127033◄ 11 0.140
with connection chamber NC / NC 8003/121-012 127118◄ 11 0.140

E4
NO / NO 8003/131-012 127227 11 0.140
09875E00
Mushroom stay-put
button, 8003/1.1-012
d 55 mm, red (EM-STOP)
Spring clamp terminal NO / NC 8003/111-015 127147◄ 11 0.145
with connection chamber
E4 NC / NC 11 0.145
8003/121-015 127229◄
NO / NO 8003/131-015 127231◄ 11 0.145
01643E00
Mushroom stay-put
button, 8003/1.1-015
d 55 mm, red (EM-STOP)

E4 Spring clamp terminal


with connection chamber
NO / NC
NC / NC
8003/111-015S
8003/121-015S
217918
217919
11
11
0.145
0.145
NO / NO 8003/131-015S 217920 11 0.145
01643E00
Mushroom stay-put
button, silicone*),
E4 8003/1.1-015S
2 switching positions, latching
Spring clamp terminal NO / NC 8003/111-726-2-r 213500◄ 11 0.125
with connection chamber NC / NC 8003/121-726-2-r 213527 11 0.125
NO / NO 8003/131-726-2-r 213534◄ 11 0.125

E4 Control switch,
01861E00

not lockable,
8003/1.1-726-2-r
3 switching positions, latching - latching
Spring clamp terminal NO / NC 8003/111-726-3-rr 213511◄ 11 0.125
E4 with connection chamber NC / NC
NO / NO
8003/121-726-3-rr
8003/131-726-3-rr
218566
213535◄
11
11
0.125
0.125

01861E00
Control switch,
not lockable,

E4
8003/1.1-726-3-rr
2 switching positions, latching
Spring clamp terminal NO / NC 8003/111-727-2-r 218567 11 0.125
with connection chamber NC / NC 8003/121-727-2-r 218568 11 0.125
NO / NO 8003/131-727-2-r 213538◄ 11 0.125

E4 01860E00
Control switch, lockable,
8003/1.1-727-2-r
3 switching positions, latching - latching
Spring clamp terminal NO / NC 8003/111-727-3-rr 218569 11 0.125
with connection chamber NC / NC 8003/121-727-3-rr 218570 11 0.125
E4 NO / NO
NC / NO
8003/131-727-3-rr
8003/141-727-3-rr
213539◄
218571
11
11
0.125
0.125
01860E00
Control switch, lockable,
8003/1.1-727-3-rr
*) extended temperature range -40 ... +60 °C

E4 Note - yellow label for EM-STOP function is enclosed


- plates must be ordered separately; see accessories
- key-operated switch with "spring-return" functions and/or "key not removable" on request
- versions with other locking cylinders on request
- key switches type 8003/1..-008-. and control switches type 8003/1..-726-3 are codable
(„latching“, „spring-return“, „key removable“)

E4
466 Control Devices 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 467 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:06 12

Control Buttons / Switches for Panel Mounting


Spring Clamp Terminals without Connection Chamber
Series 8003

E4
Selection Table
Version Description Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
Spring clamp terminals without connection chamber
E4
Pushbutton, Spring clamp terminal NO / NC 8003/112-001 126994◄ 11 0.180
8003/1.2-001 without connection chamber
NC / NC 8003/122-001 127007 11 0.208

E4
NO / NO 8003/132-001 127018 11 0.576
Pushbutton, silicone,*) Spring clamp terminal NO / NC 8003/112-001S 217921 11 0.180
8003/1.2-001S without connection chamber
NC / NC 8003/122-001S 217922 11 0.208
NO / NO 8003/132-001S 217923 11 0.576
Mushroom button,
8003/1.2-003
Spring clamp terminal
without connection chamber
NO / NC
NC / NC
8003/112-003
8003/122-003
214295
214297
11
11
0.125
0.125
E4
NO / NO 8003/132-003 214299 11 0.125
Key-operated switch, 2 switching positions, latching,
8003/1.2-008-2-r-MS1 standard locking MS1
Spring clamp terminal NO / NC 8003/112-008-2-r-MS1 218572◄ 11 0.230 E4
without connection chamber
NC / NC 8003/122-008-2-r-MS1 218573 11 0.230
NO / NO 8003/132-008-2-r-MS1 218574 11 0.230
Key-operated switch, 3 switching positions, latching - latching, standard locking MS1
8003/1.2-008-3-rr-MS1
Spring clamp terminal NO / NC 8003/112-008-3-rr-MS1 218575 11 0.125 E4
without connection chamber
NC / NC 8003/122-008-3-rr-MS1 218576 11 0.125
NO / NO 8003/132-008-3-rr-MS1 218577 11 0.125
NC / NO 11 0.125
E4
8003/142-008-3-rr-MS1 218578

Mushroom stay-put d 38 mm, red (EM-STOP)


button with key lock,
8003/1.2-009-MS1 Spring clamp terminal NO / NC 8003/112-009-MS1 217897 11 0.140
without connection chamber
NC / NC 8003/122-009-MS1 217898 11 0.140
NO / NO 11 0.140
E4
8003/132-009-MS1 217899

Mushroom stay-put d 38 mm, red (EM-STOP)


button with key lock,
silicone*), Spring clamp terminal NO / NC 8003/112-009S-MS1 217900 11 0.140
8003/1.2-009S-MS1 without connection chamber
NC / NC 8003/122-009S-MS1 217931 11 0.140

Mushroom stay-put d 38 mm, red (EM-STOP)


NO / NO 8003/132-009S-MS1 217932 11 0.140
E4
button, 8003/1.2-010
Spring clamp terminal NO / NC 8003/112-010 214292 11 0.125
without connection chamber
NC / NC 8003/122-010 213528◄ 11 0.125
NO / NO 8003/132-010 217933 11 0.125
E4
Mushroom stay-put d 38 mm, red (EM-STOP)
button, silicone*),
8003/1.2-010S Spring clamp terminal NO / NC 8003/112-010S 217934 11 0.125
without connection chamber
NC / NC 8003/122-010S 217935 11 0.125
NO / NO 8003/132-010S 217936 11 0.125 E4
Mushroom stay-put d 38 mm, black
button, 8003/1.2-012
Spring clamp terminal NO / NC 8003/112-012 214294 11 0.125
without connection chamber
NC / NC 8003/122-012 214296 11 0.125
NO / NO 8003/132-012 214298 11 0.125 E4
*) extended temperature range -40 ... +60 °C
Note - yellow label for EM-STOP function is enclosed
- plates must be ordered separately; see accessories
- key-operated switch with "spring-return" functions and/or "key not removable" on request
- versions with other locking cylinders on request
- key switches type 8003/1..-008-. and control switches type 8003/1..-726-3 are codable E4
(„latching“, „spring-return“, „key removable“)

E4
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Control Devices 467
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 468 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:06 12

Control Buttons / Switches for Panel Mounting


Spring Clamp Terminals without Connection Chamber
Series 8003

E4
Selection Table
Version Description Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
E4 Spring clamp terminals without connection chamber
Mushroom stay-put d 55 mm, red (EM-STOP)
button, 8003/1.2-015
Spring clamp terminal NO / NC 8003/112-015 214293 11 0.125
without connection chamber

E4
NC / NC 8003/122-015 213529 11 0.125
NO / NO 8003/132-015 217938 11 0.125
Mushroom stay-put d 55 mm, red (EM-STOP)
button, silicone*),
8003/1.2-015S Spring clamp terminal NO / NC 8003/112-015S 217939◄ 11 0.125
without connection chamber
E4 NC / NC 11 0.125
8003/122-015S 217940

NO / NO 8003/132-015S 217941 11 0.125


Control switch, 2 switching positions, latching
not lockable,
8003/1.2-726-2-r Spring clamp terminal NO / NC 8003/112-726-2-r 213513 11 0.125
without connection chamber
E4 NC / NC 11 0.125
8003/122-726-2-r 218579

NO / NO 8003/132-726-2-r 218581◄ 11 0.125


Control switch, 3 switching positions, latching - latching
not lockable,
8003/1.2-726-3-rr Spring clamp terminal NO / NC 8003/112-726-3-rr 218584 11 0.125
without connection chamber
E4 NC / NC 8003/122-726-3-rr 218585 11 0.125
NO / NO 8003/132-726-3-rr 200552 11 0.125
Control switch, lockable, 2 switching positions, latching
8003/1.2-727-2-r
Spring clamp terminal NO / NC 8003/112-727-2-r 218586 11 0.125
without connection chamber
E4 NC / NC 8003/122-727-2-r 218587 11 0.125
NO / NO 8003/132-727-2-r 218588 11 0.125
Control switch, lockable, 3 switching positions, latching - latching
8003/1.2-727-3-rr
Spring clamp terminal NO / NC 8003/112-727-3-rr 218589 11 0.125
without connection chamber
E4 NC / NC 8003/122-727-3-rr 218590 11 0.125
NO / NO 8003/132-727-3-rr 218601 11 0.125
NC / NO 8003/142-727-3-rr 218602 11 0.125
*) extended temperature range -40 ... +60 °C

E4 Note - yellow label for EM-STOP function is enclosed


- plates must be ordered separately; see accessories
- key-operated switch with "spring-return" functions and/or "key not removable" on request
- versions with other locking cylinders on request
- key switches type 8003/1..-008-. and control switches type 8003/1..-726-3 are codable
(„latching“, „spring-return“, „key removable“)

E4

E4

E4

E4

E4
468 Control Devices 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 469 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:06 12

Control Buttons / Switches for Panel Mounting


Plug-in Connection with 6 m Connection Line
Series 8003

E4
Selection Table
Version Description Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg

E4
Plug-in connection with 6 m connection line
Pushbutton, Plug-in connection NO / NC 8003/113-001-6 213516◄ 11 0.125
8003/1.3-001 with 6 m connection line NC / NC 8003/123-001-6 213530 11 0.125
NO / NO 8003/133-001-6 213540 11 0.125
Pushbutton, silicone*), Plug-in connection NO / NC 8003/113-001S-6 217942 11 0.125
8003/1.3-001S with 6 m connection line
E4
NC / NC 8003/123-001S-6 217943 11 0.125
NO / NO 8003/133-001S-6 213541 11 0.125
Mushroom button, Plug-in connection NO / NC 8003/113-003-6 214308 11 0.125
8003/1.3-003 with 6 m connection line
NC / NC 8003/123-003-6 214309 11 0.125
NO / NO 8003/133-003-6 214310 11 0.125

E4
Key-operated switch, 2 switching positions, latching,
8003/1.3-008-2-r-MS1 standard locking MS1
Plug-in connection NO / NC 8003/113-008-2-r-MS1-6 218604◄ 11 0.125
with 6 m connection line NC / NC 8003/123-008-2-r-MS1-6 218605 11 0.125
NO / NO 8003/133-008-2-r-MS1-6 218606◄ 11 0.125
Key-operated switch, 3 switching positions, latching -
8003/1.3-008-3-rr-MS1 latching, standard locking MS1
Plug-in connection NO / NC 8003/113-008-3-rr-MS1-6 218597 11 0.125
E4
with 6 m connection line NC / NC 8003/123-008-3-rr-MS1-6 218598 11 0.125
NO / NO 8003/133-008-3-rr-MS1-6 213542 11 0.125
NC / NO 8003/143-008-3-rr-MS1-6 218871 11 0.125
Mushroom stay-put
button with key lock,
d 38 mm, red (EM-STOP)
Plug-in connection NO / NC 8003/113-009-MS1-6 213520 11 0.125
E4
8003/1.3-009-MS1 with 6 m connection line NC / NC 8003/123-009-MS1-6 217944 11 0.125
NO / NO 8003/133-009-MS1-6 217945 11 0.125
Mushroom stay-put d 38 mm, red (EM-STOP)
button with key lock,
silicone*),
8003/1.3-009S-MS1
Plug-in connection
with 6 m connection line
NO / NC
NC / NC
8003/113-009S-MS1-6
8003/123-009S-MS1-6
217947
217948
11
11
0.125
0.125
E4
NO / NO 8003/133-009S-MS1-6 217950 11 0.125
Mushroom stay-put d 38 mm, red (EM-STOP)
button, 8003/1.3-010 Plug-in connection NO / NC 8003/113-010-6 213522 11 0.125
with 6 m connection line NC / NC 11 0.125
E4
8003/123-010-6 213532
NO / NO 8003/133-010-6 217963 11 0.125
Mushroom stay-put d 38 mm, red (EM-STOP)
button, silicone*), Plug-in connection NO / NC 8003/113-010S-6 217964 11 0.125
8003/1.3-010S with 6 m connection line NC / NC 8003/123-010S-6 217965 11 0.125

E4
NO / NO 8003/133-010S-6 217966 11 0.125
Mushroom stay-put d 38 mm, black
button, 8003/1.3-012 Plug-in connection NO / NC 8003/113-012-6 214305 11 0.125
with 6 m connection line NC / NC 8003/123-012-6 214306 11 0.125
NO / NO 8003/133-012-6 214307 11 0.125
Mushroom stay-put d 55 mm, red (EM-STOP)
button, 8003/1.3-015 Plug-in connection NO / NC 8003/113-015-6 213523 11 0.125 E4
with 6 m connection line NC / NC 8003/123-015-6 214304 11 0.125
NO / NO 8003/133-015-6 217967 11 0.125
Mushroom stay-put d 55 mm, red (EM-STOP)
button, silicone*), Plug-in connection NO / NC 8003/113-015S-6 217968 11 0.125
8003/1.3-015S with 6 m connection line NC / NC 8003/123-015S-6 217969 11 0.125 E4
NO / NO 8003/133-015S-6 217970 11 0.125
Control switch, 2 switching positions, latching
not lockable, Plug-in connection NO / NC 8003/113-726-2-r-6 213524◄ 11 0.125
8003/1.3-726-2-r with 6 m connection line NC / NC 8003/123-726-2-r-6 218872 11 0.125
NO / NO 8003/133-726-2-r-6 213543 11 0.125 E4
*) extended temperature range -40 ... +60 °C
Note - yellow label for EM-STOP function is enclosed
- plates must be ordered separately; see accessories
- key-operated switch with "spring-return" functions and/or "key not removable" on request

E4
- versions with other locking cylinders on request
- key switches type 8003/1..-008-. and control switches type 8003/1..-726-3 are codable
(„latching“, „spring-return“, „key removable“)

E4
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Control Devices 469
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 470 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:06 12

Control Buttons / Switches for Panel Mounting


Plug-in Connection with 6 m Connection Line
Series 8003

E4
Selection Table
Version Description Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg

E4
Plug-in connection with 6 m connection line
Control switch, 3 switching positions, latching - latching
not lockable, Plug-in connection NO / NC 8003/113-726-3-rr-6 218873 11 0.125
8003/1.3-726-3-rr with 6 m connection line NC / NC 8003/123-726-3-rr-6 218874 11 0.125
NO / NO 8003/133-726-3-rr-6 213545 11 0.125
Control switch, lockable, 2 switching positions, latching
E4 8003/1.3-727-2-r Plug-in connection NO / NC 8003/113-727-2-r-6 218875 11 0.125
with 6 m connection line NC / NC 8003/123-727-2-r-6 218876 11 0.125
NO / NO 8003/133-727-2-r-6 218877 11 0.125
Control switch, lockable, 3 switching positions, latching - latching
8003/1.3-727-3-rr Plug-in connection NO / NC 8003/113-727-3-rr-6 218878 11 0.125
E4 with 6 m connection line NC / NC 8003/123-727-3-rr-6 218879 11 0.125
NO / NO 8003/133-727-3-rr-6 218880◄ 11 0.125
NC / NO 8003/143-727-3-rr-6 218901 11 0.125
*) extended temperature range -40 ... +60 °C
Note - yellow label for EM-STOP function is enclosed
E4 - plates must be ordered separately; see accessories
- key-operated switch with "spring-return" functions and/or "key not removable" on request
- versions with other locking cylinders on request
- key switches type 8003/1..-008-. and control switches type 8003/1..-726-3 are codable
(„latching“, „spring-return“, „key removable“)

E4 Accessories and spare parts see page 475; Dimensional drawings see page 477

E4

E4

E4

E4

E4

E4

E4

E4
470 Control Devices 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 471 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:06 12

LED Indicating Lamps for Panel Mounting


Series 8013/3

E4
> For panel mounting
> With integrated LED
– high luminance
– low heat built-up E4
– prolonged service life
> Colours: red, yellow, green, blue, white
Connection by means of spring clamp
E4
>
terminals or plug-in connection
with connection line
– with connection chamber
– without connection chamber
E4
Series 8013/3 E4

04788E00

WebCode 8013A
E4

ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 E4
Ex e / Ex i with connection chamber: For use in x x x x
Ex e / Ex i without connection chamber: For use in x x

NEC 505 NEC 506 NEC 500


E4
Class I Class I Class II Class III
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Division 1 2 1 2 1 2
Ex e: For use in x x Ex e: For use in x
Ex i: For use in x x x Ex i: For use in x x
E4
Selection Table
Version Description Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
E4
Connection: spring clamp terminal Ex dem 8013/311-al 129095◄ 11 0.130
Ex i 8013/321-al 129110◄ 11 0.140
Connection: plug-in connection Ex dem 8013/313-al-6 214311◄ 11 0.625

LED indicating lamps


01712E00
and connection line 6 m
Ex i 8013/323-al-6 214312 11 0.635 E4
Series 8013 with
connection chamber
Connection: spring clamp terminal Ex dem 8013/312-al 129096◄ 11 0.100
Ex i 8013/322-al 129111◄ 11 0.110 E4
04787E00
LED indicating lamps
Series 8013 without
connection chamber
Note The coloured caps red, yellow, green, blue, white are enclosed in the delivery.
E4

E4

E4
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Control Devices 471
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 472 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:06 12

LED Indicating Lamps for Panel Mounting


Series 8013/3

E4
Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)

E4 Gas and dust 8013/3.1


8013/3.2
IECEx PTB 07.0010 X
IECEx PTB 07.0012 U
8013/3.3 IECEx PTB 07.0010 X

Ex e 8013/311 Ex dem IIC T6


8013/312 Ex dem IIC
8013/313 Ex dem IIC T6
E4 Ex i 8013/321 Ex dm ia IIC T6
8013/322 Ex dm ia IIC
8013/323 Ex dm ia IIC T6

8013/3.1 Ex tD A21 IP65 T80°C


8013/3.3
E4
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust 8013/3.1 PTB 02 ATEX 2131 X
8013/3.2 PTB 02 ATEX 2130 U
8013/3.3 PTB 02 ATEX 2131 X

E4 Ex e 8013/311
8013/312
E II 2 G Ex de mb IIC T6
E II 2 G Ex de mb IIC
8013/313 E II 2 G Ex de mb IIC T6
Ex i 8013/321 E II 2 G Ex d mb ia IIC T6
8013/322 E II 2 G Ex d mb ia IIC
8013/323 E II 2 G Ex d mb ia IIC T6
E4
8013/3.1 E II 2 D Ex tD A21 IP65 T80°C
8013/3.3
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, India (PESO), Canada (CSA), Kazakhstan (TR), Russia (TR), Ukraine (TR),
E4 Rated operational voltage
USA (CSA, UL), Belarus (TR)
Ex e 12 (-10 %) ... 254 (+6 %) V AC / DC
Ex i 10.8 ... 28 V DC

Rated operational current 0.014 A at 24 V DC


Colours red, yellow, green, blue, white, by means of coloured calotte insert caps
E4 Degree of protection acc. to IEC/EN 60529
8013/3.1 IP65 (at the front IP66)
8013/3.2 IP65 (at the front IP66, connections IP20)

Connection type Conductor cross-sections:


E4 8013/3.1
8013/3.2
0.75 ... 1.5 mm2
0.50 ... 2.5 mm2
8013/3.3 2 x 0.75 mm2 connection line

Cable entry 8013/3.1 M16 x 1.5 (Ø 2 ... 9 mm)


8013/3.2
E4 8013/3.3

Accessories and spare parts see page 475 ; Dimensional drawings see page 477

E4

E4

E4

E4
472 Control Devices 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 473 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:06 12

LED Illuminated Pushbutton for Panel Mounting


Series 8018/3

E4
> For panel mounting
> With integrated LED
– High luminance
– Low heat built-up E4
– Prolonged service life
> Spring-return version
2 contact elements
E4
>
– NC / NO
– NC / NC
– NO / NO
> Colour filters red, yellow, green, blue and
E4
Series 8018/3 E4

04786E00 white are included in the delivery


> With connecting cable

WebCode 8018A
E4

ATEX / IECEx NEC 505 NEC 506 NEC 500


Class I Class I Class II Class III E4
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Division 1 2 1 2 1 2
For use x x x x For use in x For use in x

Selection Table E4
Version Description Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
with flexible lead 6 m

Contacts 1 NC + 1 NO, Silver-nickel 8018/3113-al-6 129769◄ 11 0.740


E4
01714E00
LED illuminated Contacts 2 NC, Silver-nickel 8018/3123-al-6 129777 11 0.740
pushbutton Ex e Contacts 2 NO, Silver-nickel 8018/3133-al-6 129784◄ 11 0.740
Series 8018
Contacts 1 NC + 1 NO, Silver-nickel, gold-plated 8018/3213-al-6 210174 11 0.740 E4
Contacts 2 NC, Silver-nickel, gold-plated 8018/3223-al-6 210175◄ 11 0.740

01714E00
Contacts 2 NO, Silver-nickel, gold-plated 8018/3233-al-6 210176 11 0.740
LED illuminated
pushbutton Ex i
Series 8018
E4
Note The colour filters red, yellow, green, blue, white are enclosed in the delivery.

E4

E4

E4

E4
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Control Devices 473
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 474 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:06 12

LED Illuminated Pushbutton for Panel Mounting


Series 8018/3

E4
Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)

E4 Gas and dust IECEx PTB 07.0011X


Ex e 8018/31. Ex d mb IIC T6
Ex i 8018/32. Ex d mb ia IIC T6

Ex tD A21 IP65 T80°C


Europe (ATEX)
E4 Gas and dust PTB 02 ATEX 2129 X
Ex e 8018/31. E II 2 G Ex d mb IIC T6
Ex i 8018/32. E II 2 G Ex d mb ia IIC T6

E II 2 D Ex tD A21 IP65 T80°C


Certifications and certificates
E4 Certificates IECEx, ATEX, India (PESO), Canada (UL), Serbia (SRPS), USA (UL)
Rated operational voltage
Contact Ex e: max. 270 V,
Ex i: Ui ( 30 V DC

E4 Indicating lamp unit Ex e: 12 (-10 %) ... 254 (+6 %) V AC / DC


Ex i: Ui = 10.8 ... 28 V DC
Rated operational current
Contact Ex e: max. 6 A,
Ex i: Ii = ( 100 mA
Indicating lamp unit Ex e: 0.014 A at 24 V DC,
E4 Ex i: Ii = 150 mA
Schematic
(1) (3) (5) (1) (3) (5) (1) (3) (5)
11 23 X1 11 21 X1 13 23 X1

E4 12
(2)
24
(4)
X2
(6)
12
(2)
22
(4)
X2
(6)
14
(2)
24
(4)
X2
(6)
09770E00 09772E00 09771E00

8018/3113 8018/3123 8018/3133

Indicating lamp
E4 Lamps LED white
Colours red, yellow, green, blue, white via colour filter (included in the delivery)
Connection Cable H05 6 x 0.75 mm2, 6 poles
Degree of protection IP66 (front side)
IP64 (rear side of the device)
E4 acc. to IEC/EN 60529

Accessories and spare parts see page 475; Dimensional drawings see page 477

E4

E4

E4

E4

E4
474 Control Devices 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 475 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:06 12

Accessories and Spare Parts


Series 8003 / 8013 / 8018

E4
Accessories and Spare Parts
Series 8003 / 8013 / 8018 E4

Designation Figure Description Art. no. PS Weight


kg
Spare keys for all key-operated buttons / key-operated switches
standard locking MS1 107109◄ 19 0.008
E4
Special locking MS2 ... MS20 (specify as text) 107110 19 0.008
10545E00

Symbol labels Packing unit: 100 pieces


for pushbuttons and
selector switches Colour Text
155911◄ 19 0.001
E4
blue Blank label without text

16237E00

yellow Blank label without text 155914◄ 19 0.001


E4
16236E00

red Blank label without text 155897◄ 19 0.001

E4
16235E00

green Blank label without text 155901◄ 19 0.001

16234E00

white Blank label without text 155908◄ 19 0.001

16233E00
E4
black Blank label without text 155905◄ 19 0.001

05585E00

19 0.001
E4
black I 155846◄

12627E00

green I 155689◄ 19 0.001

09240E00

white I 155892◄ 19 0.001


E4
16232E00

black II 155854◄ 19 0.001

15198E00
E4
green II 155706◄ 19 0.001

05598E00

red O 155596◄ 19 0.001


E4
05596E00

black O 155783◄ 19 0.001

16231E00 E4
black I O 155771◄ 19 0.001

05629E00

red ¨ 155567◄ 19 0.001


E4
05600E00

black ¦ 155761◄ 19 0.001

E4
05605E00

black EIN 155862◄ 19 0.001

16244E00

E4
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Control Devices 475
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 476 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:06 12

Accessories and Spare Parts


Series 8003 / 8013 / 8018

E4
Accessories and Spare Parts
Designation Figure Description Art. no. PS Weight
kg

E4 Symbol labels
for pushbuttons and
red OFF 155654◄ 19 0.001

selector switches
05579E00

red Aus 155634◄ 19 0.001

E4 09265E00

black Aus 155806◄ 19 0.001

05631E00

red STOP 155615◄ 19 0.001

E4 16094E00

black STOP 155795◄ 19 0.001

05610E00

E4 blue RESET 155894◄ 19 0.001

09269E00

green ON 155671◄ 19 0.001

E4 Additional symbol
05591E00

Label mount, size 1, without symbol label 155632◄ 19 0.001


labels Text: 1 line
Packing unit: 100 pieces
Label mount, size 2, without symbol label 155687◄ 19 0.002
Text: 1 or 2 lines
E4 05543E00 Packing unit: 100 pieces
Label mount, size 3, without symbol label 155844◄ 19 0.002
Text: 1, 2 or 3 lines
Packing unit: 100 pieces
for actuators to fit Ø 30.5 mm holes

E4 Symbol labels: without text


with text; please specify text:
HAND - 0 - AUTO I - 0 - II
OFF - ¸ - ON 0 - I - II
0-I 0 - Betrieb - I
I - II 0-¸-I
E4 Actuator for illuminated pushbuttons (spring-return) 155163◄ 19 0.019

05044E00

Closure part for closing of unused mounting holes d 30.5 mm 155329◄ 19 0.016
E4
05647E00

Colour filter for illuminated pushbuttons


white 155877◄ 19 0.001

E4 17596E00
red 155882◄ 19 0.001

yellow 155885◄ 19 0.001

green 155888◄ 19 0.001

E4 blue 155891◄ 19 0.001

E4

E4
476 Control Devices 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 477 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:06 12

Dimensional Drawings
Series 8003 / 8013 / 8018

E4
Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm [inches]) - Subject to Alterations
Ø 52 Ø 72
Ø 38 Ø 55
Ø 38

E4

40

40
36
8003/... -010, -012,
04422E00

8003/...-003
04835E00

8003/...-015
04424E00
E4
Mushroom stay-put Mushroom button Mushroom stay-put button
button

E4
ø 38

E4

32
04429E00 09793E00
04426E00 10546E00 04428E00

8003/1.1-001, 8003/1.2-001 8003/...-006, -009 8003/...-008 8003/...-005


8003/1.3-001 Pushbutton Key-stay button Key switch Selector switch
Pushbutton
with connection area
without connection area E4

E4
04488E00 10547E00 03317E00

Cut-out for aligning several 8003/...-726 8003/...-727


devices ø38 mm in a panel Control switch, Control switch,
not padlockable one-time padlockable E4
42 [1,65] 42 [1,65] 42 [1,65]
3,50 [0,14]
46 [1,81]

51 [2,01]

E4
ø 30,50 [ø 1,20] 17 [0,67]

40 [1,57]

60 [2,36]

E4

08747E00 08746E00

Standard cut-out for EMERGENCY-STOP button


(8003/...-009, -010, -015)
Standard cut-out
with / without front label
E4

E4

E4

E4
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Control Devices 477
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 478 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:06 12

Dimensional Drawings
Series 8003 / 8013 / 8018

E4
Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm [inches]) - Subject to Alterations

E4

E4

E4

03314E00 04825E00 03315E00

E4 8013/3.1,
8013/3.3
8013/3.2
LED Indicating lamp
8018
LED Illuminated pushbutton
LED Indicating lamp without connection area
with connection area

E4

E4

E4

E4

E4

E4

E4

E4

E4
478 Control Devices 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 479 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:06 12

Control Device System


Series ConSig 8040

E4
> Enclosure made of glass fibre
reinforced polyester resin
> Modular design
> 3 sizes available E4
> Individual units can be combined
into larger units
Standard and customer-specific versions
>
E4
> With contact elements 8208 for
open-circuit and short-circuit monitoring
> Versions with contact elements 8082 and
8208 for use up to SIL 2 and SIL 3, E4
Series ConSig 8040 E4

respectively
09766E00

WebCode 8040B ATEX / IECEx


Zone
For use in
0 1
x
2
x
20 21
x
22
x
E4

Selection Table
Version Order number Art. no.PS Weight
kg
E4
Pushbutton green 8040/1180X- 130686◄ 11 0.370
01L50SA05
09240E00

red 08002E00 E4
05596E00

01646E00
E4
Mushroom d 38 mm black 8040/1180X- 130813◄ 11 0.400
pushbutton 03L24SA05
12627E00

08002E00 E4

E4
05792E00

Mushroom d 38 mm red 8040/1180X- 130679◄ 11 0.400


stay-put button EM-STOP 10L07SA05

E4
05600E00

08793E00

d 38 mm red 8040/1180X- 130819◄ 11 0.410


EM-STOP 10L07SA08

E4
05600E00

08749E00

05712E00

E4

E4
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Control Devices 479
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 480 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:06 12

Control Device System


Series ConSig 8040

E4
Selection Table
Version Order number Art. no.PS Weight
kg

E4 Mushroom
stay-put button
d 55 mm
EM-STOP
red 8040/1180X-
15L07SA05
130816◄ 11 0.400

05600E00

08793E00

E4

E4
04679E00

Mushroom d 38 mm red 8040/1180X- 130665◄ 11 0.450


stay-put button EM-STOP 09XXXSA05

08005E00

E4

E4 05769E00

Key-operated switch 2 switching 8040/1180X- 130902◄ 11 0.450


positions 08M01SA05
Key
with drawable
in 0 + I
E4
08750E00

E4
05798E00

Key-operated switch 3 switching 8040/1180X- 130822 11 0.450


positions 08M03SA04
Key
with drawable
in I + 0 + II
08752E00

E4

05725E00

E4 Twin pushbutton green 8040/1180X-


23D01SA05
130825◄ 11 0.400

09240E00

red

E4 05596E00

08007E00

05710E00

E4 LED illuminated
pushbutton
spring return 8040/1180X-
35C06SA45
130828◄ 11 0.400

All colour filters


included
(clear, red, yellow,
green, blue) 17596E00 08015E00

E4

E4
05797E00

480 Control Devices 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en


◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 481 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:06 12

Control Device System


Series ConSig 8040

E4
Selection Table
Version Order number Art. no.PS Weight
kg
LED indicating lamp All colour caps
included
8040/1180X-
54C06SXXX
130890◄ 11 0.125
E4
(clear, red, yellow,
green, blue)
08006E00

17597E00
E4

05800E00

Selector switch with 2 switching 8040/1180X- 130834◄ 11 0.420


contact element positions 26M01SA05 E4
8082

08003E00

E4

Selector switch with


05794E00

3 switching 8040/1180X- 130837◄ 11 0.420


E4
contact element positions 26M03SA04
8082

E4
08753E00 08572E00

E4
05801E00

Control switch, Control switch 8008, 2 pole 8040/1180Z- 130841 11 0.440


2 pole with with large actuator, not padlockable 31....F..
switch element 8008 Please state:
• Contact arrangement, see switch 8008
• Labelling E4

E4
05791E00

Control switch, Control switch 8008, 2 pole 8040/1180Z- 130845 11 0.420


2 pole with with small actuator, padlockable in 1 position
E4
34…SF..
switch element 8008 Please state:
• Contact arrangement, see switch 8008
• Labelling

E4

E4
05726E00

E4
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Control Devices 481
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 482 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:06 12

Control Device System


Series ConSig 8040

E4
Selection Table
Version Order number Art. no.PS Weight
kg

E4 2 pushbuttons green 8040/1280X-


01L13SA05-
130692◄ 11 0.460

01L08SA05
09240E00

red

E4 05596E00

08008E00

E4 05771E00

LED indicating lamp All colour caps 8040/1280X- 130852◄ 11 0.460


and pushbutton included 54C06SXXX-
(clear, red, yellow, 01L08SA05
green, blue)
E4
17597E00

E4 09767E00

red

05772E00 05596E00

E4
08009E00

LED indicating lamp All colour caps 8040/1280X- 130898◄ 11 0.540


and twin pushbutton included 54C06SXXX-
(clear, red, yellow,
E4
23D01SA05
green, blue)

17597E00

E4
09767E00

green

E4 02314E00 09240E00

red

05596E00

E4 08010E00

Ammeter 8405 Ammeter 8405: 8040/1280Z- 130858 11 0.490


Please state: 40XXXXN..
• Measurement range, see ammeter 8405
• Measuring method
E4 (direct = d or converter = W)

E4
05776E00

E4
482 Control Devices 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 483 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:06 12

Control Device System


Series ConSig 8040

E4
Selection Table
Version Order number Art. no.PS Weight
kg
3 pushbuttons green 8040/1380X-
01L13SA05-
130861◄ 11 0.580
E4
01L08SA05-
09240E00
01L15SA05
red

05596E00
E4
green

05598E00

08011E00
E4
05802E00

LED indicating lamp All colour caps 8040/1380X- 130900◄ 11 0.640


and 2 pushbuttons included
(clear, red, yellow,
54C06SXXX-
01L13SA05-
E4
green, blue) 01L08SA05

17597E00 E4
09767E00

red
E4
05596E00

green
03118E00

05598E00
E4
08012E00

LED indicating lamp, All colour caps 8040/1380X- 130903◄ 11 0.750


twin pushbutton included 54C06SXXX-
and mushroom
stay-put button
(clear, red, yellow,
green, blue)
23D01SA05-
09XXXSA05
E4

E4
17597E00

09767E00

green

09240E00 E4
red

05596E00

E4
02315E00

red

E4
08013E00

E4
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Control Devices 483
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 484 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:06 12

Control Device System


Series ConSig 8040

E4
Selection Table
Version Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg

E4 Ammeter 8405
and control switch
Ammeter 8405:
Please state:
8040/1380Z-
40XXXXN..-
130870 11 0.780

8008, 2 pole • Measurement range, see ammeter 8405 31....F..


• Measuring method
(direct = d or converter = W)
Control switch 8008, 2 pole
E4 with large actuator, not padlockable
Please state:
• Contact arrangement, see switch 8008
• Labelling

E4

E4 05770E00

Control switch 8008, Control switch 8008, 4 pole 8040/2380Z- 130874 11 0.770
4 pole with large actuator, not padlockable 31E...F..
Please state:
• Contact arrangement, see switch 8008
• Labelling
E4

E4

E4 05775E00

Ammeter 8405 Ammeter 8405: 8040/2380Z- 130878 11 0.930


and control switch Please state: 40XXXXN..-
8008, 4 pole • Measurement range, see ammeter 8405 31E...F..
• Measuring method
E4 (direct = d or converter = W)
Control switch 8008, 4 pole
with large actuator, not padlockable
Please state:
• Contact arrangement, see switch 8008
• Labelling

E4

E4
05777E00

E4

E4

E4
484 Control Devices 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 485 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:06 12

Control Device System


Series ConSig 8040

E4
Selection Table
Version Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
Control switch 8008,
4 pole and LED
Control switch 8008, 4-pole
with large actuator, not padlockable
8040/2380Z-
54C06XXXX-
130882 11 0.800
E4
indicating lamp 8010 Please state: 31E...F..
• Contact arrangement, see switch 8008
• Labelling of switching position
LED indicator lamp 8010:
• All colour caps included red, yellow, green, blue, clear
E4

E4
17597E00

05778E00
E4
Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx PTB 06.0025 E4
Ex d e ia ib [ia Ga] mb q IIA, IIB, IIC, T6, T5, T4 Gb
Ex tb IIIC T80°C, T95°C, T130°C Db
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust PTB 01 ATEX 1105
E II 2 G Ex d e ia ib [ia Ga] mb q IIA, IIB, IIC, T6, T5, T4 Gb E4
E II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T80°C, T95°C, T130°C Db
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Kazakhstan (TR), Russia (TR), Belarus (TR)
Rated operational voltage up to 690 V AC
Rated operational current depends on components used E4
Operating temperature range see components
Cable entry Stan- 1 x M25 x 1.5; cable gland 8161; side below (D);
dard: directly mounted into enclosure wall
Special: in side C (top) and/or side D (below); 1 x M20 x 1.5; 1 x M25 x 1.5
metal cable glands are possible; mounting of metal cable glands in E4
metal flange or via metal adapter plate

Degree of protection IP66 acc. to IEC/EN 60529 (others on request)


Flange
Standard
Option
without flange
with flange made of polyester resin or brass, can be fitted on sides C and D
E4
Material
Enclosure Polyester resin, glass fibre reinforced
Seal Silicone, foamed
Cover fixing with captive M4 stainless steel socket head cap screws
E4

E4

E4

E4
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Control Devices 485
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 486 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:06 12

Control Device System


Series ConSig 8040

E4
Technical Data
Version Type 8008 Control switch
Certificates

E4 Global (IECEx)
Europe (ATEX)
IECEx PTB 06.0010U
PTB 00 ATEX 1111 U
Rated operational voltage max. 690 V AC / 230 V DC
Rated operational current max. 16 A
Ambient temperature at T6 at 16 A: -60 ... +40 °C
E4 temperature class T5 at 16 A:
T4 at 16 A:
-60 ... +55 °C
-60 ... +60 °C

Technical Data
Version Type 8082 Contact element
E4 Certificates
Global (IECEx) IECEx PTB 06.0011U
Europe (ATEX) PTB 00 ATEX 1031 U
Rated operational voltage max. 500 V
Ambient conditions
E4 Ambient temperature at
temperature class
T6: -60 ... +40 °C
T4: -60 ... +55 °C
-60 ... +70 °C on request
Operating -60 ... +100 °C
temperature range

E4 Rated operating
characteristics referring to
Service category AC 15
Rated operational voltage 400 V
utilization category Rated operational current max. 6 A
Switching capacity max. 1000 VA

Service category DC 13
E4 Rated operational voltage 110 V
Rated operational current max. 6 A
Switching capacity max. 110 W

E4 Technical Data
Version Type 8405 Ammeter
Certificates
Global (IECEx) IECEx PTB 06.0017 U
Europe (ATEX) PTB 01 ATEX 2158 U
E4 Ambient temperature at
temperature class
T6: -50 ... +40 °C
-50 ... +55 °C on request
Rated operational voltage max. 690 V
Accuracy Class 2.5

E4 Technical Data
Version Type 8010 Indicating lamp
Certificates
Global (IECEx) IECEx PTB 06.0016U
Europe (ATEX) PTB 01 ATEX 1160 U
E4 Ambient temperature at
temperature class
T6: -60 ... +40 °C
T4: -60 ... +55 °C
-60 ... +60 °C on request
Rated operational voltage Ex e: 12 ... 240 V, AC / DC (± 10%)
Ex i: 10.8 ... 30 V DC
E4 Rated operational current Ie Ex e: max. 15 mA
Ex i: max. 150 mA
Frequency range 0 ... 60 Hz

E4

E4
486 Control Devices 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 487 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:06 12

Control Device System


Series ConSig 8040

E4
Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm [inches]) - Subject to Alterations
80 [3,15] 72 [2,83]
70 [2,76] 11 [0,43]
C E4
80 [3,15] 72 [2,83]
70 [2,76] 11 [0,43]
C

139 [5,47]
94 [3,70]
A B E4
48 [1,89]
93 [3,66]

A B

ø ø
5,5 5,5
[ø 0 [ø 0
0,2
E4
0,2
2] 2]

D D
04582E00 04581E00

ConSig 8040/11 ConSig 8040/12


80 [3,15] E4
80 [3,15] 72 [2,83] 80 [3,15] 97 [3,82]
70 [2,76] 11 [0,43] 70 [2,76] 11 [0,43]

139 [5,47]
C C

E4
185 [7,28]
140 [5,51]

185 [7,28]
140 [5,51]

1,50 [0,06]
A B A B
E4

93 [3,66]
ø ø

5,5
0,2
0 [ø
5,5
0,2
0 E4
2] 2]

D D
04580E00 04579E00 04583E00

ConSig 8040/13 ConSig 8040/23 ConSig 8040/11


and ConSig 8040/12
E4
device combination
Dimension a
min. max.
M20 25 [0.98] 31 [1.22] E4
M25 27 [1.06] 33 [1.30]
a

04584E00

Additional dimensions for 8161 cable glands


E4
Flanges Dimension b
brass 16 [0.63]
moulded
material
16 [0.63]
E4
b

04585E00

Additional dimension for flanges

E4

E4
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Control Devices 487
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 488 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:06 12

Control Device System NEC


Series ConSig 8040

E4
> Enclosure made of glass fibre reinforced
polyester resin
> Modular design
E4 > 3 sizes available
> Individual units can be combined
into larger units
Standard and customer-specific versions
E4 >

> With contact elements 8208 for open-circuit


and short-circuit monitoring
> Versions with contact elements 8082 and
E4 8208 for use up to SIL 2 and SIL 3,
Series ConSig 8040 E4

respectively
16113E00

WebCode 8040E
E4

NEC 505 NEC 506 NEC 500


E4 Class I Class I Class II Class III
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Division 1 2 1 2 1 2
For use in x x For use in x x x x

E4 Technical Data
Explosion protection
USA (UL)
Gas and dust E182378 (cULus)
Class I, Zones 1 & 2 AEx de IIC T6
Class I, Division 2, Groups A,B,C,D
E4 Class II, Division 2, Groups F,G
Class III
Enclosure Type 3,4 & 4X; IP65
Canada (CEC)
Gas and dust E182378 (cULus)
E4 Class I, Zones 1 & 2 Ex de IIC T6
Class I, Division 2, Groups A,B,C,D
Class II, Division 2, Groups E,F,G
Class III
Enclosure 3,4 & 4X; IP65
Certifications and certificates
E4 Certificates Canada (CSA), USA (UL)
Rated operational voltage up to 600 V AC
Rated operational current depends on components used
Ambient temperature -20 ... +40 °C / -4 ... +104 °F
-50 ... +60 °C / -58 ... +140 °F on request
E4 Cable entry Standard: side below (D); 3/4 Conduit Hub
directly mounted into enclosure wall
Special: in side C (top) and/or side D (below); 1/2 or 3/4 Conduit Hub

Degree of protection IP65 (enclosures 3, 4 & 4X) acc. to IEC/EN 60529 (others on request)
Material
E4 Enclosure Polyester resin, glass fibre reinforced
Seal Silicone, foamed
Cover fixing with captive M4 stainless steel socket head cap screws

E4

E4
488 Control Devices 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 489 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:06 12

Control Device System NEC


Series ConSig 8040

E4
Selection Table
Version Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
Pushbutton START green 8040/114- 224393 11 0.470 E4
X011-UL

05602E00 16109E00

E4

16095E00

Pushbutton STOP red 8040/114-


Y012-UL
224394 11 0.470
E4

16094E00 16110E00

E4
16096E00

Mushroom d 38 mm red 8040/114- 224395 11 0.510


stay-put button EM-STOP Y100-UL E4
05600E00

08793E00

E4

16097E00

Mushroom d 55 mm red 8040/114- 224396 11 0.510


stay-put button EM-STOP Y150-UL E4
05600E00

08793E00

E4

16098E00

Mushroom
stay-put button
d 38 mm
EM-STOP
red 8040/114-
Y090-UL
224397 11 0.560
E4

08005E00

E4

16099E00

Selector switch
with contact
2 switching
positions
8040/114-
O2MN1-UL
224398 11 0.530 E4
element 8082 OFF-ON

08003E00

E4

16100E00
E4
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Control Devices 489
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 490 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:06 12

Control Device System NEC


Series ConSig 8040

E4
Selection Table
Version Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
E4 Selector switch 2 switching 8040/114- 224399 11 0.530
with contact positions U2MN4-UL
element 8082 LOCAL-
REMOTE
08003E00

E4

E4 16101E00

Selector switch 3 switching 8040/114- 224400 11 0.530


with contact positions O3MMN3-UL
element 8082 HAND-0-AUTO

E4 08753E00 08572E00

E4
16102E00

Twin pushbutton START green 8040/114- 224541 11 0.480


U2312-UL

E4 STOP
red
05602E00

16094E00

E4
08007E00

16103E00

LED indicating All colour filters red 8040/114- 224542 11 0.460


lamp included (clear, red, PLR0-UL
yellow, green, blue)
09767E00

E4 08006E00

16111E00

E4
16112E00

LED indicating All colour filters green 8040/114- 224543 11 0.460


lamp included (clear, red, PLG0-UL
yellow, green, blue)
09767E00

E4 08006E00

16111E00

E4
16104E00

E4

E4
490 Control Devices 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 491 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:06 12

Control Device System NEC


Series ConSig 8040

E4
Selection Table
Version Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
LED indicating All colour filters red 8040/124- 224619 11 0.540 E4
lamp included (clear, red, PLR0-UL
yellow, green, blue)
09767E00

08006E00

E4
16111E00

E4
16157E00

Pushbutton START green 8040/124- 224620 11 0.550


U011-UL
E4
05602E00 16109E00

E4

16158E00

Mushroom
stay-put button
d 55 mm
EM-STOP
red 8040/124-
C150-UL
224651◄ 11 0.600
E4
05600E00

08793E00

E4

E4
16159E00

Selector switch 2 switching 8040/124- 224652 11 0.620


with contact positions N021-UL
OFF-ON
element 8082
E4
08003E00

E4

16160E00 E4

E4

E4
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Control Devices 491
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 492 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:06 12

Control Device System NEC


Series ConSig 8040

E4
Selection Table
Version Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
E4 Selector switch with 2 switching 8040/124- 224654 11 0.620
contact element positions N164-UL
8082 LOCAL-
REMOTE
08003E00

E4

E4
16162E00

Selector switch with 3 switching 8040/124- 224653 11 0.620


E4 contact element
8082
positions
HAND-0-AUTO
N273-UL

08753E00 08572E00

E4

E4
16161E00

Selector switch with 3 switching 8040/124- 224655 11 0.620


contact element positions N385-UL
8082 STOP-RUN-START
E4
08753E00 08572E00

E4

E4 LED indicating
16163E00

All colour filters red 8040/224- 224544 11 0.570


lamp and selector included PLR0-
(clear,red,
09767E00
switch with contact N021-UL
element 8082 yellow, green,
blue)
E4 08006E00

16111E00

E4 2 switching
positions
OFF-ON 08003E00

E4
16105E00

E4
492 Control Devices 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 493 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:06 12

Control Device System NEC


Series ConSig 8040

E4
Selection Table
Version Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
2 pushbuttons START green 8040/224- 224545 11 0.570 E4
U011-
U012-UL
05602E00
STOP
red

16094E00
E4
08008E00

E4
16106E00

LED indicating All colour filters red 8040/224- 224546 11 0.620


lamp and included (clear,red, PLR0-
yellow, green, blue)
09767E00
twin pushbutton U2312-UL
green
START E4
05602E00

red
16111E00 STOP
16094E00 E4
08010E00

16107E00 E4
LED indicating All colour filters red 8040/334- 224547 11 0.750
lamp and included (clear,red, PLR0-
yellow, green, blue)
09767E00
2 pushbuttons U011-
green U012-UL
START
05602E00
E4
red
16111E00 STOP

E4
16094E00

08012E00

E4
16108E00

E4

E4

E4

E4
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Control Devices 493
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 494 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:06 12

Control Device System NEC


Series ConSig 8040

E4
Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm [inches] - Subject to Alterations
80 [3,15] 72 [2,83]
70 [2,76] 11 [0,43]
E4 C
80 [3,15] 72 [2,83]
70 [2,76] 11 [0,43]
C

139 [5,47]
94 [3,70]
E4 A B
48 [1,89]
93 [3,66]

A B

ø ø
5,5 5,5
[ø 0 [ø 0
0,2
E4
0,2
2] 2]

D D
16114E00 16115E00

ConSig 8040/11 ConSig 8040/.2

E4 80 [3,15]
80 [3,15] 72 [2,83]
70 [2,76] 11 [0,43]

139 [5,47]
C

E4
185 [7,28]
140 [5,51]

1,50 [0,06]

E4
A B
93 [3,66]

ø
5,5
E4 [ø
0,2
0
2]

D
16117E00 16118E00

ConSig 8040/33 ConSig 8040/11


E4 and ConSig 8040/22 combination

E4

E4

E4

E4

E4
494 Control Devices 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 495 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:06 12

Radio Control Devices


Series ConSig 8040

E4
> Energy self-sufficient, no signal lines
or batteries are needed
> EnOcean protocol
> For 868 MHz E4
> Data rate 120 kbps
> Multi-network capable
> Output signal individually
configurable at the receiver E4
> Easy programming on the receiver's side
> Available with pushbutton,
mushroom pushbutton or rotary actuator
> Enclosure made of glass fibre reinforced E4
Series ConSig 8040 E4

polyester resin
15019E00

WebCode 8040D ATEX / IECEx


Zone
For use in
0 1
x
2
x
20 21
x
22
x
E4

Selection Table
Version Button label Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
E4
Pushbutton, labelling: I green 8040/1110X- 214860 11 0.450
design size 1 01L50BA50
09240E00

E4

Twin pushbutton,
15016E00

labelling: I green 8040/1210X- 214858 11 0.850


E4
design size 2 labelling: Ο red 01L50BA50-
01L50BA50
09240E00

E4
05596E00

E4
15017E00

Triple pushbutton, labelling: I green 8040/1310X- 214859 11 1.200


design size 3 labelling: Ο red 01L50BA50-
09240E00
labelling: II green 01L50BA50-
01L50BA50
E4

05596E00

E4
05598E00

E4
15018E00

E4
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Control Devices 495
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 496 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:06 12

Radio Control Devices


Series ConSig 8040

E4
Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)

E4 Gas and dust Radio switching element:


IECEx BVS 11.0079U
Control and monitoring devices:
IECEx PTB 06.0025
Ex ib IIC T6 Gb
Ex ib IIIC T80 °C Db
Europe (ATEX)
E4 Gas and dust Radio switching element: Control and monitoring devices:
BVS 11 ATEX E 158 U PTB 01 ATEX 1105
E II 2 G Ex ib IIC T6 Gb
E II 2 D Ex ib IIIC T80 °C Db
Certifications and certificates
E4 Certificates IECEx, ATEX

Power supply Electrodynamic energy generator


Protocol EnOcean
Frequency 868.3 MHz
E4 Switching frequency approx. 9000 telegrams with repeats / h
Transmission power max. 10 mW
Data rate 120 kbps
Channel bandwidth 280 kHz
Transmission range max. 300 m in a free field
E4 Actuating time
max. 30 m indoors
min. 80 ms
Switching system spring return
Ambient temperature -20 …+65 °C
Degree of protection IP65 acc. to IEC/EN 60529 (others on request)
E4 Mechanical life > 1 million operating cycles
Material
Enclosure polyester resin, glass fibre reinforced
Seal Silicone, foamed
Cover lock with captive M4 stainless steel combo head screws
E4 Cover screws tightening 1.4 Nm
torque

E4

E4

E4

E4

E4

E4
496 Control Devices 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 497 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:06 12

Radio Control Devices


Series ConSig 8040

E4
Dimensional Drawings (all Dimensions in mm / inches) - Subject to Alterations
80 mm / 3.15 " 72 mm / 2.83 "
70 mm / 2.76 " 11 mm / 0.43 "
E4
80 mm / 3.15 " 72 mm / 2.83 "
70 mm / 2.76 " 11 mm / 0.43 "

E4

139 mm / 5.47 "


94 mm / 3.70 "
48 mm / 1.89 "
93 mm / 3.66 "

ø ø E4
ø 5,50 ø 0 5,50
0.2 m .22 mm
2" m
"
14986E00 14987E00

8040/11 Radio control device 8040/12 Radio control device


Design size 1 Design size 2
E4
80 mm / 3.15 " 72 mm / 2.83 "
70 mm / 2.76 " 11 mm / 0.43 "

E4

E4
140 mm / 5.51 "
185 mm / 7.28 "

E4

ø
ø 0 5,50

E4
.22 mm
"
14988E00

8040/13 Radio control device


Design size 3

E4

E4

E4

E4

E4
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Control Devices 497
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 498 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:06 12

Control Stations made of Polyester Resin


Series 8146/5

E4
> Enclosures made of glass-fibre
reinforced polyester resin
> 8 basic enclosure sizes
E4 with various enclosure heights
> Can be combined to larger units
> Equipped with built-in devices
for snap-on mounting
E4 – Control devices
– Indicating lamps
– Illuminated pushbuttons
– Control switches
– Ammeters
E4 – Voltmeters
Series 8146/5 E4

07123E00

> Options available with:


– Flanges
WebCode 8146F – Cover hinges
– Flange enclosures
E4 – Brass plates, Metal cable glands

ATEX / IECEx NEC 505 NEC 506 NEC 500


E4 Class I Class I Class II Class III
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Division 1 2 1 2 1 2
For use x x x x For use in x x For use in x x* x x x
x* = Canada
E4 Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx PTB 06.0090
E4 Ex d e ia ib [ia Ga] mb q IIA, IIB, IIC T6, T5, T4 Gb
Ex tb IIIA, IIIB, IIIC T80°C, T95°C, T130°C Db
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust PTB 01 ATEX 1024
E II 2 G Ex d e ia ib [ia Ga] mb q IIA, IIB, IIC T6, T5, T4 Gb
E4 E II 2 D Ex tb IIIA, IIIB, IIIC T80°C, T95°C, T130°C Db IP66
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), China (China-Ex), India (PESO), Canada (CSA, FM, UL),
Kazakhstan (TR), Korea (KCs), Russia (TR), Serbia (SRPS), Taiwan (ITRI), Ukraine (TR),
USA (FM, UL), Belarus (TR)
E4 Ship approval
Ambient temperature
RS
-60 ... +100 °C (depending on the Ex components used)
Material
Enclosure Polyester resin, glass-fibre-reinforced, dark grey, similar to RAL 7024
Impact resistance ) 7 J

E4 Surface resistance ( 109 Ω


Flame-resistant according to IEC/EN 60695, UL 94, ASTM D635
Seal Standard: foamed silicone
Special: PU, foamed (-20 ... +80 °C)
Rated voltage max. 1100 V AC / DC
Degree of protection IP65 acc. to IEC/EN 60529 (others on request)
E4

E4

E4
498 Control Devices 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 499 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:06 12

Control Stations made of Polyester Resin


Series 8146/5

E4
Equipment Table for Control Stations 8146, for Units with Contact Spacing of 42 mm

E4

09338E00 09339E00 09340E00 E4


8082 8010 8082/8010
Control unit with actuators d 38 mm Indicating lamp Illuminated button

Enclosure Equipment configuration Ordering code Weight


maximum options for built-in components (empty E4
with contact spacing of 42 mm such as: enclo-
control units 8082, indicating lamps 8010 and sure)
illuminated pushbuttons 8082/8010
[kg]
08242E00

Enclosure
size 3
Dimensions [mm] Fig. 3.1 8146/5031-3. 0.64 E4
a b c
Y 21
Y-21

112 112 91 C
B
X0
D
A

E4
08918E00

Side facing down A


Enclosure Dimensions [mm] Fig. 4.1 Fig. 4.2 Fig. 4.3 8146/5041-3. 0.70
size 4
a b c
Y0

Y0

170 112 91
E4
X-42

B
X 42

B
X0

X 35 X 35
C D C D C
X-35 Y7 A B
A A D
08922E00 08923E00 08924E00

Side facing down A A A


Enclosure Dimensions [mm] Fig. 24.1 Fig. 24.2 Fig. 24.3 0.93
E4
8146/5241-3.
size 24
a b c
Y0

Y0

Y0

227 112 91 X 70
B
X 70
B
X 63
B

X 21
X0C D X0C D C D
X-21

E4
X-70 X-63
A A A
11631E00 11632E00 11630E00

Side facing down A A A


Enclosure Dimensions [mm] Fig. 5.1 Fig. 5.2 Fig. 5.3 Fig. 5.4 8146/5051-3. 1.10
size 5
a b c
E4
Y 42

Y 42
Y-42

Y-42

X-42
X-42

X 42
X 42
Y0

Y0

X0
X0

170 170 91 B B C C
X 35 X 35 Y 35 Y 35
C D C D A B A B
X-35 Y-35
A A D D
08929E00 08930E00 08931E00 08932E00

Side facing down


Enclosure Dimensions [mm] Fig. 6.1
A A
Fig. 6.2
D
Fig. 6.3
D
Fig. 6.4 8146/5061-3. 1.40
E4
size 6
a b c
Y 42

Y 42
Y-42

Y-42

X-63
X-21

X-63
X-21
X 21
X 63

X 21
X 63
Y0

Y0

227 170 91 B B C C
X 49 X 49 Y 35 Y 35

E4
A B A B
C D C D Y-35
X-21
D D
A A
08935E00 08936E00 08937E00 08938E00

Side facing down A A D D


Order Number Supplement Specify side facing down: side A bottom (see above) 8146/....-.A
side D bottom (see above) 8146/....-.D E4

E4
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Control Devices 499
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 500 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:06 12

Control Stations made of Polyester Resin


Series 8146/5

E4
Enclosure Equipment configuration Ordering code Weight
maximum options for built-in components (empty
with contact spacing of 42 mm such as: enclo-
control units 8082, indicating lamps 8010 and sure)
E4 illuminated pushbuttons 8082/8010
[kg]
08242E00

Enclosure Dimensions [mm] Fig. 7.1 Fig. 7.2 8146/5071-3. 2.00


size 7
a b c

X-105

X-105
X 105

X 105
X-63
X-21

X-63
X-21
X 63

X 63
X 21

X 21
E4 340 170 91
Y 35
A
C

B
Y 35
A
C

B
Y-35
D D
08941E00 08942E00

Side facing down D D


E4 Enclosure
size 7
Dimensions [mm] Fig. 7.3 Fig. 7.4 8146/5071-3. 2.00
a b c
Y 42

Y-42

Y 42

Y-42
Y0

Y0
340 170 91 B B
X 112 X 112

E4
X 42 X 42
C D
X-28 C D
X-28
X-98
A
08943E00
A
08944E00

Side facing down A A


E4 Enclosure Dimensions [mm] Fig. 8.1 Fig. 8.2 8146/5081-3. 3.40
size 8
a b c
X-126

X-126
X 126

X 126
X-84
X-42

X 42
X 84

X-84
X-42

X 42
X 84
X0

X0

340 340 91 C C

E4
Y 112 Y 112

Y 42 Y 42
A B A B
Y-28 Y-28

Y-98
D D
08948E00 08949E00

E4 Side facing down D D


Enclosure Dimensions [mm] Fig. 9.1 8146/5091-3. 7.30
size 9
a b c
X-252
X-210
X-168
X-126
X-294

X 126
X 168
X 210
X 252
X 294
X-84
X-42

X 42
X 84
X0

680 340 91 C

E4
Y 105

Y 35
A B
Y-35

Y-105
D
08954E00

E4 Side facing down D


Enclosure Dimensions [mm] Fig. 9.2 Fig. 9.3 8146/5091-3. 7.30
size 9
a b c
Y 126
Y 126

Y-126
Y-126

Y 42

Y-42
Y 84

Y-84
Y 42

Y-42
Y-84
Y 84

Y0
Y0

680 340 91 B

E4
B
X 280 X 280

X 210 X 210

X 140 X 140

X 70 X 70
C C

E4
X0 X0
D D
X-70 X-70

X-140 X-140

X-210 X-210

X-280

E4
A A
08952E00 08953E00

Side facing down A A


Order Number Supplement Specify side facing down: side A bottom (see above) 8146/....-.A
side D bottom (see above) 8146/....-.D

E4
500 Control Devices 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 501 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:06 12

Control Stations made of Polyester Resin


Series 8146/5

E4
Equipment Table for Control Stations 8146, for Units with Contact Spacing of > 42 mm

E4

09336E00 09337E00 09342E00 09341E00 01842E00


E4
8082 8008 8405
Control unit with actuators d > 38 mm Control switch Ammeter

Enclosure Equipment configuration


maximum options with built-in components
Ordering code Weight
(empty
E4
with contact spacing > 42 mm such as: enclo-
control switches 8008, ammeters 8405, control units 8082 sure)
with actuators d > 38 mm
[kg]
E4
08242E00

Enclosure Dimensions [mm] Fig. 3.2 Fig. 3.3 Fig. 3.4 8146/5031-3. 0.64
size 3
a b c
Y0
Y0

X0

112 112 91 A
C
A
C
A
C
X0 B
X-7 B Y0 B

E4
D D
D
08919E00 08920E00 08921E00

Side facing down D D D


Enclosure Dimensions [mm] Fig. 4.4 Fig. 4.5 Fig. 4.6 Fig. 4.7 8146/5041-3. 0.70
size 4
a b c
Y0

X-35

X-35
X 35

X 35
Y0

170 112 91
X 21
B
X 35
B
Y0
A
C
Y0
A
C E4
C D C D B B
D D
X-35
A A
08925E00 08926E00 08927E00 08928E00

Side facing down A A D D


Enclosure Dimensions [mm] Fig. 24.4 Fig. 24.5 8146/5241-3. 0.93 E4
size 24
a b c
Y0
Y0

227 112 91 B
X 70
B
X 56

E4
C D X0C D
X-14

A A
11633E00 11634E00

Side facing down A A


Enclosure Dimensions [mm] Fig. 5.5 Fig. 5.6 8146/5051-3. 1.10
size 5
a b c E4
X-35

X-35
X 35

X 35

170 170 91 C C
Y 21 Y 21
B
A B A
D D

E4
08957E00 08958E00

Side facing down D D


Enclosure Dimensions [mm] Fig. 6.5 Fig. 6.6 8146/5061-3. 1.40
size 6
a b c
Y 35

Y 42
Y-35

Y-42
Y0

227 170 91
E4
B B
X 49 X 49
C D C D
X-28 X-28

A A
08959E00 08940E00

Side facing down A A


Order Number Supplement Specify side facing down: side A bottom (see above) 8146/....-.A E4
side D bottom (see above) 8146/....-.D

E4
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Control Devices 501
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 502 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:06 12

Control Stations made of Polyester Resin


Series 8146/5

E4
Enclosure Equipment configuration Ordering code Weight
maximum options with built-in components (empty
with contact spacing > 42 mm such as: enclo-
control switches 8008, ammeters 8405, control units 8082 sure)
E4 with actuators d > 38 mm
[kg]
08242E00

Enclosure Dimensions [mm] Fig. 7.5 8146/5071-3. 2.00


size 7
a b c

X-105

X 105
X-35

X 35
E4 340 170 91
Y 35
A
C

B
Y-35
D
08945E00

Side facing down D


E4 Enclosure
size 7
Dimensions [mm] Fig. 7.6 Fig. 7.7 8146/5071-3. 2.00
a b c
Y 35

Y-35

Y 35

Y-35
340 170 91 B B
X 105
X 98

E4
X 35
C D X 21
C D
X-35
X-56
X-105
A A
Y-42
Y0
Y 42

Y-42
Y0
Y 42

E4
08946E00
08947E00

Side facing down A A


Enclosure Dimensions [mm] Fig. 8.3 Fig. 8.4 8146/5081-3. 3.40
size 8
a b c
X-84
X-105

X 84
X 105

X0
X-35

X 35

340 340 91
E4
C
C
Y 105
Y 105
Y 35
Y 35 A B
A B Y-35
Y-35
Y-105
Y-105 D

E4
D
X 21
X-21

X 105
X-105
X-63

X 63

08950E00 08951E00

Side facing down D D


Enclosure Dimensions [mm] Fig. 9.4 8146/5091-3. 7.30
size 9
E4 a b c
X-273

X-203

X-133

X 133

X 203

X 273
X-63

X 63

680 340 91 C
Y 105

Y 35
A B
Y-35

E4 Y-105
D
08955E00

Side facing down D


Enclosure Dimensions [mm] Fig. 9.5 8146/5091-3. 7.30
size 9
E4 a b c
X-273

X-203

X-133

X 133

X 203

X 273
X-63

X 63

680 340 91 C
Y 105

Y 35
A B

E4
Y-35

D
08956E00

Side facing down D


Order Number Supplement Specify side facing down: side A bottom (see above) 8146/....-.A
E4 side D bottom (see above) 8146/....-.D

Table for max. number of entries possible with cable glands 8161 see 8146 terminal boxes

E4 Dimensional drawings see terminal boxes Series 8146

502 Control Devices 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en


◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 503 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:06 12

Control Stations made of Stainless Steel


Series 8150/5

E4
> Circumferential protection channel
prevents water entry
> Extended temperature range
due to high-quality seal materials E4
> Optionally with hinges /
cam locks or screw-on cover
Hinge versions with large opening angle 130°
E4
>

> Flange plates tightened from the


outside enables simple installation
> Standard sizes on stock
> Special sizes on request E4
Series 8150/5 E4

14111E00

WebCode 8150B ATEX / IECEx


Zone
For use in
0 1
x
2
x
20 21
x
22
x
E4
Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx) E4
Gas and dust IECEx PTB 09.0049
Ex d e ia/ib [ia/ib] ma mb q IIA, IIB, IIC T6, T5, T4 Gb
Ex tb IIIC IP6X T130°C, T95°C, T80°C Db
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust PTB 09 ATEX 1109 E4
E II 2 G Ex d e ia/ib [ia/ib] ma mb q IIA, IIB, IIC T6, T5, T4 Gb
E II 2 D Ex tb IIIC IP6X T130°C, T95°C, T80°C Db
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, India (PESO), Canada (CSA, FM, UL), Kazakhstan (TR), Korea (KCs),
Russia (TR), Serbia (SRPS), Taiwan (ITRI), Ukraine (TR), Belarus (TR) E4
Electrical data
Rated operational voltage max. 1100 V AC / DC
depending on explosion protected components used
Rated operational current max. 630 A
depending on explosion protected components used E4
Rated cross section 300 mm2
depending on explosion protected components used
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature -60 ... +85 °C
depending on explosion protected components used E4
Mechanical data
Degree of protection IP65 acc. to IEC/EN 60529 (others on request)
Material
Enclosure 8150/5-....-....-...-2...: stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304), brush finished
8150/5-....-....-...-3...: stainless steel 1.4404 (AISI 316L), brush finished E4
Seal Silicone, foamed
Flanges
Standard In the standard version, the enclosures are supplied without flanges.
Option Depending on order requirements the enclosures can be installed on one or more sides
with flanges; flange material: stainless steel E4
Cover lock
Standard with captive M6 stainless steel combo head screws
Option with cover hinges
Connection Depending on order requirements at the built-in components or at the terminal blocks.
The rated operational voltage, the rated operational current and the rated cross-section
depend on the terminal type used and the explosion protected components.
E4
Terminals Permissible rated cross-section which can be used - max. 300 mm2.
The maximum number of terminals for the respective enclosure size is indicated
in the EC Type Examination Certificate.
Tightening torque according to specifications of the terminal block manufacturer
E4
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Control Devices 503
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 504 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:06 12

Control Stations made of Stainless Steel


Series 8150/5

E4
Equipment Table for Control Boxes 8150, for built-in components with mounting grid 42 mm

E4

E4 09338E00 09339E00 09340E00

8082 8010 8082/8010


Control devices with actuators d 38 mm Indicating lamp Illuminated pushbutton

Equipment arrangement Order Number


E4 maximum equipment possibilities with built-in components
for mounting grid 42 mm as:
control devices 8082, indicating lamps 8010 and
illuminated pushbuttons 8082/8010
08242E00

E4 Dimensions [mm] Figure 4.1 8150/5-0176-0116-091-.311


a b c
176 116 91

E4
14897E00

Dimensions [mm] Figure 5.1 Figure 5.2 Figure 5.3 Figure 5.4 8150/5-0176-0176-091-.311
a b c
176 176 91

E4 Dimensions [mm] Figure 6.1


14898E00 14899E00

Figure 6.2 Figure 6.3


14900E00

Figure 6.4
14901E00

8150/5-0236-0176-091-.311
a b c
236 176 91

E4 14902E00 14903E00 14904E00 14905E00

Dimensions [mm] Figure 7.1 Figure 7.2 8150/5-0360-0176-091-.311


a b c
360 176 91
E4
14906E00 14907E00

Dimensions [mm] Figure 8.1 Figure 8.2 8150/5-0360-0360-091-.3.1


E4 a b c
360 360 91

E4 14908E00 14909E00

Dimensions [mm] Figure 9.1 8150/5-0727-0360-150-.311


a b c
727 360 150

E4
14910E00

Steel quality 1.4301 8150/.-....-....-...-2...

E4 hinge + cam lock


1.4404
without
8150/.-....-....-...-3...
8150/.-....-....-...-..1.
with 8150/.-....-....-...-..2.

E4
504 Control Devices 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 505 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:06 12

Control Stations made of Stainless Steel


Series 8150/5

E4
Equipment arrangement Order Number
maximum equipment possibilities with built-in components
for mounting grid 42 mm as:
control devices 8082, indicating lamps 8010 and
illuminated pushbuttons 8082/8010
E4
08242E00

Dimensions [mm] Figure 9.2 Figure 9.3 8150/5-0727-0360-150-.311


8150/5-0360-0727-150-.321
a b c
727 360 150
E4

E4
14911E00 14912E00

Steel quality 1.4301 8150/.-....-....-...-2...


1.4404 8150/.-....-....-...-3...
hinge + cam lock without 8150/.-....-....-...-..1. E4
with 8150/.-....-....-...-..2.

Equipment Table for Control Boxes 8150, for built-in components with mounting grid > 42 mm
E4

E4
09336E00 09337E00 09342E00 09341E00 01842E00

8082 8008 8405


Control devices with actuators d > 38 mm Control switches Ammeter E4
Equipment arrangement Order Number
maximum equipment possibilities with built-in components
for mounting grid 42 mm as:
control switches 8008, ammeter 8405,
control devices 8082 with actuators d > 38 mm E4
08242E00

Dimensions [mm] Figure 4.2 Figure 4.3 Figure 4.4 Figure 4.5 8150/5-0176-0116-091-.311
a b c
176 116 91 E4
14913E00 14914E00 14915E00 14916E00

Dimensions [mm] Figure 5.5 Figure 5.6 8150/5-0176-0176-091-.311


a b c
176 176 91
E4
14917E00 14918E00

Dimensions [mm] Figure 6.5 Figure 6.6 8150/5-0236-0176-091-.311


a b c
E4
236 176 91

14940E00 14941E00

Steel quality 1.4301


E4
8150/.-....-....-...-2...
1.4404 8150/.-....-....-...-3...
hinge + cam lock without 8150/.-....-....-...-..1.
with 8150/.-....-....-...-..2.

E4
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Control Devices 505
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 506 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:06 12

Control Stations made of Stainless Steel


Series 8150/5

E4
Equipment arrangement Order Number
maximum equipment possibilities with built-in components
for mounting grid 42 mm as:
control switches 8008, ammeter 8405,
E4 control devices 8082 with actuators d > 38 mm
08242E00

Dimensions [mm] Figure 10.1 Figure 10.2 8150/5-0300-0200-150-.311


a b c

E4 300 200 150

14919E00 14920E00

Dimensions [mm] Figure 7.3 8150/5-0360-0176-091-.311


E4 a b c
360 176 91

14921E00

Dimensions [mm] Figure 7.4 Figure 7.5 8150/5-0360-0176-091-.311


E4 a b c
360 176 91

E4 14922E00 14923E00

Dimensions [mm] Figure 8.3 Figure 8.4 8150/5-0360-0360-091-.3.1


a b c
360 360 91
E4
14924E00 14925E00

Dimensions [mm] Figure 11.1 Figure 11.2 8150/5-0400-0300-150-.311


E4 a b c
400 300 150

E4 14926E00 14927E00

Dimensions [mm] Figure 12.1 Figure 12.2 8150/5-0400-0400-150-.3.1


a b c
400 400 150
E4
14930E00 14931E00

Dimensions [mm] Figure 13.1 Figure 13.2 8150/5-0600-0400-150-.3.1


E4 a b c
600 400 150

E4 14932E00 14933E00

Steel quality 1.4301 8150/.-....-....-...-2...


1.4404 8150/.-....-....-...-3...
hinge + cam lock without 8150/.-....-....-...-..1.
E4 with 8150/.-....-....-...-..2.

E4
506 Control Devices 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 507 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:06 12

Control Stations made of Stainless Steel


Series 8150/5

E4
Equipment arrangement Order Number
maximum equipment possibilities with built-in components
for mounting grid 42 mm as:
control switches 8008, ammeter 8405,
control devices 8082 with actuators d > 38 mm
E4
08242E00

Dimensions [mm] Figure 13.3 Figure 13.4 8150/5-0600-0400-150-.311


8150/5-0400-0600-150-.321
a b c
400 600 150
E4

14934E00 14935E00
E4
Dimensions [mm] Figure 9.4 8150/5-0727-0360-150-.311
a b c
727 360 150
E4
14936E00

Dimensions [mm] Figure 9.5 8150/5-0727-0360-150-.311


a b c E4
727 360 150

14942E00 E4
Dimensions [mm] Figure 14.1 Figure 14.2 8150/5-0600-0600-150-.3.1
a b c
600 600 150
E4

Steel quality 1.4301


14928E00 14929E00

8150/.-....-....-...-2...
E4
1.4404 8150/.-....-....-...-3...
hinge + cam lock without 8150/.-....-....-...-..1.
with
E4
8150/.-....-....-...-..2.

Table for max. number of entries possible with cable glands 8161 see 8150 terminal boxes

Dimensional drawings see terminal boxes Series 8150


E4

E4

E4

E4
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Control Devices 507
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 508 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:06 12

Grounding Systems / Grounding Monitoring Device


Series 8146/5075 and 8125/5071

E4
> Monitored electrostatic grounding of tank
containers, barrels, road tankers, rail cars,
IBCs and helicopters during loading
E4 > Continuous monitoring of correct grounding
> Robust design
> Weather-protected plastic enclosure (IP65)
or stainless steel enclosure (IP65)
E4 > Potential-free contact for signalling
to the process control system or
external control devices
Insulated point of suspension
E4 >
Series 8146/5075 and 8125/5071 E4

For use with up to SIL 2 (IEC 61508)


14834E00
>

WebCode 8146H
E4 ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
Ex i interface x x x x x x
For use in x x x x
E4
Technical Data
Explosion protection
Version Grounding monitoring devices
8125/5071 8146/5075
E4 Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx PTB 06.0079 IECEx PTB 06.0090
Ex d e [ia] IIC T4 Gb Ex d e [ia] IIC T4 Gb
Ex tb IIIC T80°C Db IP65 Ex tb IIIC T80°C Db IP65

E4 Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust PTB 01 ATEX 1001 PTB 01 ATEX 1024
E II 2 G Ex d e [ia] IIC T4 Gb E II 2 G Ex d e [ia] IIC T4 Gb
E II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T80°C Db IP65 E II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T80°C Db IP65
Certifications and certificates
E4 Certificates
Ship approval
IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), Kazakhstan (TR), Russia (TR), Belarus (TR)
DNV
Further parameters
Installation in Zones 1, 2, 21, 22
Power supply
E4 Rated voltage 120 / 230 V
Nominal voltage range 96 ... 253 V AC
Power consumption 3 VA
Output
Signalling contact potential-free NO contact (Ex e)
E4 Maximum load AC 250 V / 4 A
Maximum load DC 250 V / 2 A
40 V / 3 A
Minimum load 12 V / 100 mA
Ambient conditions
E4 Ambient temperature -20 ... +40 °C
Storage temperature -40 ... +80 °C
Degree of protection IP65
8125/5071 8146/5075
Weight 6.5 kg 5.8 kg
E4

E4
508 Control Devices 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 509 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:06 12

Grounding Systems / Grounding Monitoring Device


Series 8146/5075 and 8125/5071

E4
Selection Table
Version Description Order number Art. no. PS
Grounding monitoring device 8125/5071 without cable. 8125/5071 209056◄ 54
The device ensures that drums and tank containers are
correctly electrostatically grounded and continuously monitors E4
the connection.
For use up to SIL 2.

E4
14728E00
Ground monitoring
device 8125/5071
Grounding monitoring device 8146/5075 without cable. 8146/5075 136216◄ 54
The device ensures that drums and tank containers are
correctly electrostatically grounded and continuously monitors E4
the connection.

E4
12753E00
Ground monitoring
device 8146/5075
10 m oil and petrol resistant cable with robust ergonomic
grounding clamp of stainless steel, and fast-action plug
247673 54
E4

E4
12056E00
Grounding clamp
with cable
5 m oil and petrol resistant spiral cable with robust ergonomic 247672 54
grounding clamp of stainless steel, and fast-action plug
10 m oil and petrol resistant spiral cable with robust ergonomic 247674 54
grounding clamp of stainless steel, and fast-action plug
E4
12055E00
Grounding clamp
with spiral cable
Automatic winder with 9 m of oil and petrol resistant cable
with robust ergonomic grounding clamp of stainless steel,
247660 54 E4
and fast-action plug,
Plastic enclosure

Grounding clamp
17637E00
E4
with automatic cable
winder
Automatic winder with 20 m of oil and petrol resistant cable 247671 54
with robust ergonomic grounding clamp of stainless steel,
and fast-action plug,
Aluminium enclosure, protected cable duct with stopper E4

E4
17636E00
Grounding clamp
with automatic cable
winder
Robust ergonomic grounding clamp with 247675 54
150 mm of cable and fast-action plug

Grounding clamp
17638E00
E4
Note *) Special cable length possible on request. Price and date of delivery differ from the standard.

E4
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Control Devices 509
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 510 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:06 12

Grounding Systems / Grounding Monitoring Device


Series 8146/5075 and 8125/5071

E4
Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm [inches]) – Subject to Alterations

114 [4,49]
E4

91 [3,58]
213 [8,39]

9,5 [0,37]
242 [9,53]
190 [7,48]

E4
16 [0,63]

136,5 [5,37]
ø 7 [ø 0,28] 25 [0,98]
E4 230 [9,06]

152 [5,98]

28 [1,10 ]
E4

360 [14,17]
9 [0,35]

288,50 [11,36]

340 [13,39]

396 [15,60]
399 [15,71]
340,50 [13,41]
377 [14,84]

E4
~ 436 [~ 17,17]
~ 414 [~ 16,30]

E4
7 [0,28]

E4 148 [5,83] 156,5 [6,16]


170 [6,69] 176,5 [6,95]
08029E00 14867E00

Grounding monitoring device 8146/5075 Grounding monitoring device 8125/5071


E4 520 [20,47]
30˚

270,50 [10,65]
360 [14,17]

158 [6,22]
E4
112,50
Y
˚

[4,43]
60

Z
212 [8,35]

40 [1,57]
71 [2,80]

E4
ø10,50
[ø0,41]

54,50
[2,15]

Y
Z 110 [4,33]

E4
125,50125,50

80 [3,15]
[4,94] [4,94]
[3,54]
90
41,50
[1,63]

E4
ø6,50
ø6,50
ø10,50
[ø0,41]

20 [0,79]
ø7 ø7
[ø 0,28] [ø 0,28] 40 [1,57]
17658E00 17667E00

Cable drum with automatic cable winder Cable drum with automatic cable winder
(Art. no. 247660) (Art. no. 247671)
E4
510 Control Devices 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 511 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:06 12

Grounding Monitoring Device


Series 8485

E4
> Controlled electrostatic grounding of road
tankers and rail cars during loading
> Continuous monitoring of correct grounding
> The object recognition prevents potential E4
operator errors (with road tankers)
> Water jet protected aluminium
enclosure IP65
> Two potential-free change-over contacts
E4
per channel for signalling
> Insulated point of suspension for clamps
> Ambient temperature -55 ... +60 °C E4
Series 8485 E4

17198E00

WebCode 8485A
E4
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
Ex i interface x x x x E4
For use in x x x x

Technical Data
Explosion protection E4
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx FTZU 15.0031X
Ex d ib [ib] IIB T4 Gb
Ex ib [ib] tb IIIC T130°C Db
Europe (ATEX) E4
Gas and dust FTZÚ 09 ATEX 0059X
E II 2 G Ex d [ib] IIB T4 Gb
E II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T130°C Db
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Kazakhstan (TR), Russia (TR), Belarus (TR) E4
Further parameters
Installation in Zones 1, 2, 21, 22
Safety data
For signalling contact
Max. connectable voltage Ui 50 V DC E4
Max. permissible current Ii 200 mA
Power supply
Rated voltage 20 V DC ... 230 V AC, 50 Hz
Nominal current
Power consumption
50 mA
10 VA
E4
Output
Signalling contact Ex i or Ex e - two potential-free change-over contacts per channel
Minimum load 10 V DC / 100 mA
Maximum load DC
Maximum load AC
230 V DC / 0.25 A 40 V DC / 3 A
230 V AC / 3 A
E4
Operating mode selection per channel Road tanker and rail car recognition by means of DIP switch
Selection via DIP switch

E4

E4
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Control Devices 511
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 512 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:06 12

Grounding Monitoring Device


Series 8485

E4
Selection Table
Version Description Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg

E4 Monitored electrostatic grounding of tank containers


and rail cars during loading
8485/111-42 238967◄ 54 12.100

Ambient temperature: - 55 ... + 60 °C

E4
12635E00
Single-channel
grounding system
Monitored electrostatic grounding of tank containers 8485/112-42 238968 54 13.100
and rail cars during loading
E4 Ambient temperature: - 55 ... + 60 °C

E4 Dual-channel
12633E00

grounding system
10 m ÖLFLEX with cable gland *) 240197 54 2.900
Clamp is made of stainless steel
Ambient temperature: -50 ... +60 °C
E4
17200E00
Clamp with cable
10 m SIHF-J with cable gland *); 238969 54 2.900
E4 Clamp is made of stainless steel;
Ambient temperature: - 55 ... + 60 °C

17130E00
Clamp with cable
E4 10 m ÖLFLEX with cable gland *);
Clamp is made of stainless steel;
238970 54 4.000

Ambient temperature : - 30 ... + 60 °C

E4 17199E00
Clamp with spiral cable
Configuration set consisting of 202511◄ 54 0.500
infrared adapter with USB port and
CD-ROM with configuration software

E4 Configuration set
12643E00

Automatic retractor 105544 54 16.000


with 15 m of insulated cable,
3 m connection cable,
robust ergonomic grounding clamp
E4 made of stainless steel, and fast-action plug

E4
12715E00
Grounding clamp with
automatic cable winder
E4 Robust ergonomic grounding clamp, stainless steel, 238971 54 2.000
and fast-action plug.
17132E00 Ambient temperature : - 40 ... + 60 °C
Grounding clamp
*) Special cable length possible on request (max. 20 m).
E4 Price and date of delivery differ from the standard.

512 Control Devices 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en


◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 513 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:06 12

Grounding Monitoring Device


Series 8485

E4
Technical Data
LED indication road tankers Operating principle:
LED indication Grounding condition Reaction of the
with road tanker
Clamp is not connected,
grounding monitoring device
Grounding incorrect
E4
grounding equipment
not in use • Red indicating lamp ON
• Green indicating lamp OFF
• Contacts OPEN
E4
10736E00

Clamp is directly Grounding incorrect


grounded, e.g. via the
loading platform • Red indicating lamp ON
E4
• Green indicating lamp OFF
• Contacts OPEN

E4
10737E00

Clamps connected Grounding ok


to tank vehicle.
• Red indicating lamp OFF
• Green indicating lamp ON E4
• Contacts CLOSED

10738E00
E4
Clamps connected Grounding ok
to tank vehicle.
Tank vehicle is • Red indicating lamp OFF
grounded subsequently • Green indicating lamp ON
(e.g. via the loading • Contacts CLOSED
arm). E4

10739E00

Enclosure version
Degree of protection
Flameproof enclosure (Ex d)
IP65
E4
Material
Enclosure Aluminium
Grounding clamp Stainless steel
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature -55 ... +60 °C
E4
Storage temperature -55 ... +60 °C
Mounting / Installation
Cable glands Cable diameter range 6 … 12 mm
Connection Maximum diameter, single-wire E4
- rigid 2.5 mm2
- flexible 2.5 mm2
- flexible, cable end sleeves with plastic cover 1.5 mm2
- flexible, cable end sleeves without plastic cover 2.5 mm2 E4

E4

E4
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Control Devices 513
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 514 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:06 12

Grounding Monitoring Device


Series 8485

E4
Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm [inches]) - Subject to Alterations

E4

124 [4,88]
124 [4,88]

98 [3,86]
98 [3,86]

E4
[0,24]

[0,24]
6

6
225 [8,86] 225 [8,86]
ø 12 ø1 2
[ø 0,47] [ø 0,47]

E4

326 [12,83]
334 [13,15]
326 [12,83]
334 [13,15]

180 [7,09]
180 [7,09]

E4

E4

272 [10,71] 272 [10,71]


E4 325 [12,79] 325 [12,79]
12758E00 12759E00

Single-channel grounding monitoring device 8485/111 Dual-channel grounding monitoring device 8485/112

E4 300 [11,81] 140 [5,51]


83 [3,27] 10 x 20
[0,39 x 0,79]
82 [13,23]

114 [4,49]

E4
57 [2,24]

E4 04878E00

Cable drum with automatic cable winder

E4

E4

E4

E4
514 Control Devices 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E4_KP_2016_en.book Seite 515 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:06 12

Grounding Monitoring Device


Series 8485

E4

E4

E4

E4

E4

E4

E4

E4

E4

E4

E4

E4

E4

E4
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Control Devices 515
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 516 Dienstag, 29. März 2016 9:54 09

Signalling Devices

516 Signalling Devices 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en


◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 517 Dienstag, 29. März 2016 9:54 09

Contents

Signalling Devices
Audible and Visual Signalling Devices
Yodalex Super Series, GRP Combination Signal - 110 dB(A) / 5 Joule YL6S 518
Sounder / Strobe, Combination - 110 dB(A) / 5 Joule YL60 523
Intrinsically Safe Combination Signal - 100 dB(A) / LED Beacon YL4IS 527
Intrinsically Safe Combination Signal - 105 dB(A) / LED Beacon YL5IS 527
Audible Signalling Devices
Intrinsically Safe Sounder, 100 dB(A) YO3IS 527
Intrinsically Safe Sounder, 100 dB(A) Modular YO4IS 527
Intrinsically Safe Sounder, 105 dB(A) YO5IS 527
Sounder, 115 dB(A) YA90 534
E5
Yodalex Super Series, GRP Flameproof Audible Signal - 110 dB(A) YA6S 518
Sounder, 110 dB(A) YA60 523
Sounder - 100 dB(A) - Hazardous Area YA11 532
Hazardous Area Loudspeaker - 25 or 15 W 8494 538
Signal Horn, 105 dB(A) 8491 542
Visual Signalling Devices
Yodalex Super Series, GRP Flameproof Visual Signal - 5 Joule FL6S 518
Strobe, Flash Energy 5 Joule FL60 523
GRP Explosion Proof Visual Signal 5 Joule FX15 544
Flashing Beacon and Continuous Beacon 6161 548
Signal Beacon - LED 6162 551
LED Obstruction Light, Low Intensity TEF 2430 558
Obstruction Light LED TEF 2460 564
Signal Beacon TEF 2430 560
Signal Beacon - Zone 2 TEF 2440 562
Perimeter Light - LED TEF 2460 565
LED Visual Flashing Signal, Intrinsically Safe FD40IS 555
LED Visual Status Signal, Intrinsically Safe SD40IS 555
Navigation Light TEF 2850 566
Windsock Illuminated TEF 9967 568
Windsock with Internal Illumination TEF 9968 570
Control Devices
Manual Call Points MCP 572

You will find further information on the Internet www.stahl.de


Audible Signalling Devices
Sounder 8493
Visual Signalling Devices
Traffic Light 6091
Control Devices
Fire Alarm Stations 8146

2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Signalling Devices 517


◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 518 Dienstag, 29. März 2016 9:54 09

Yodalex Super Series CS &

Series YL6S, YA6S, FL6S Clifford &Snell

E5
> Corrosion resistant light-weight
Ex d enclosure made of glass-fibre
reinforced polyester
E5 > Extreme temperature range
> IP66 & IP67
> Stainless steel wire guard and
mounting bracket supplied as standard
E5 > ATEX & IECEx approvals

E5
Series YL6S, YA6S, FL6S E5

16586E00

WebCode YL6SA ATEX / IECEx

E5 WebCode YA6SA
Zone
For use in
0 1
x
2
x
20 21
x
22
x

WebCode FL6SA
E5 Versions

E5

E5

E5
17611E00 17612E00 17613E00

YL6S GRP Flameproof Combination Signal YA6S GRP Flameproof Audible Signal FL6S GRP Flameproof Visual Signal

Selection Table
Version Gas Rated operational Lens Order number Art. no. PS Weight
group voltage colour
E5 kg
IIC 24 V DC red YL6S/C-D-050-R-EN- 225075 80 4.440
SF-A-ST-00-00-00
amber YL6S/C-D-050-A-EN- 225076 80 4.440
SF-A-ST-00-00-00
E5 48 V DC red YL6S/C-F-050-R-EN- 225086 80 4.440
SF-A-ST-00-00-00
17614E00
GRP Flameproof amber YL6S/C-F-050-A-EN- 225087 80 4.440
combination signal - SF-A-ST-00-00-00
110 dB(A) / 5 Joule 115 V AC red YL6S/C-L-050-R-EN- 225104 80 4.440
E5 SF-A-ST-00-00-00
amber YL6S/C-L-050-A-EN- 225105 80 4.440
SF-A-ST-00-00-00
230 V AC red YL6S/C-N-050-R-EN- 225112 80 4.440
SF-A-ST-00-00-00
E5 amber YL6S/C-N-050-A-EN-
SF-A-ST-00-00-00
225113 80 4.440

Note Variations in gas group, flash energy, voltage and lens colour are available,
please use the Selection Table
The tone table is available on the Internet.

E5
518 Signalling Devices 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 519 Dienstag, 29. März 2016 9:54 09

CS & Yodalex Super Series


Clifford &Snell Series YL6S, YA6S, FL6S

E5
Selection Table
Version Gas Rated operational Lens Order number Art. no. PS Weight
group voltage colour
kg
IIC 24 V DC –– YA6S/C-D-EN-SF-A- 225182 80 3.640 E5
ST-00-00-00
48 V DC –– YA6S/C-F-EN-SF-A- 225183 80 3.640
ST-00-00-00
115 V AC –– YA6S/C-L-EN-SF-A- 225184 80 3.640
E5
17619E00
GRP Flameproof ST-00-00-00
audible signal -
110 dB(A), 230 V AC –– YA6S/C-N-EN-SF-A- 225185 80 3.640
ST-00-00-00
IIC 24 V DC red FL6S/C-D-050-R-EN- 225149 80 3.040
SF-A-ST-00-00-00
amber FL6S/C-D-050-A-EN- 225150 80 3.040 E5
SF-A-ST-00-00-00
48 V DC red FL6S/C-F-050-R-EN- 225157 80 3.040
17620E00
GRP Flameproof SF-A-ST-00-00-00
visual signal - amber FL6S/C-F-050-A-EN- 225158 80 3.040
5 Joule SF-A-ST-00-00-00 E5
115 V AC red FL6S/C-L-050-R-EN- 225165 80 3.040
SF-A-ST-00-00-00
amber FL6S/C-L-050-A-EN- 225166 80 3.040
SF-A-ST-00-00-00
230 V AC red FL6S/C-N-050-R-EN-
SF-A-ST-00-00-00
225173 80 3.040 E5
amber FL6S/C-N-050-A-EN- 225174 80 3.040
SF-A-ST-00-00-00
Note Variations in gas group, flash energy, voltage and lens colour are available,
please use the Selection Table
The tone table is available on the Internet.
E5

E5

E5

E5

E5

E5

E5

E5
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Signalling Devices 519
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 520 Dienstag, 29. März 2016 9:54 09

Yodalex Super Series CS &

Series YL6S, YA6S, FL6S Clifford &Snell

E5
Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)

E5 Gas and dust IECEx BAS 14.0064


IEC 60079-0: 2011 / IEC 60079-1: 2007 / IEC 60079-31: 2013
Ex d IIB T* Ta -** ... +** °C Gb
Ex d IIC T* Ta -** ... +** °C Gb
Ex tb IIIC T*** °C Ta -** ... +** °C Db IP66
Europe (ATEX)
E5 Gas and dust Baseefa14ATEX0126
EN 60079-0: 2012 / EN 60079-1: 2007 / EN 60079-31: 2009 (IEC 60079-31: 2013)
E II 2 G Ex d IIB T* Ta -** ... Ta +** °C Gb
E II 2 G Ex d IIC T* Ta -** ... Ta +** °C Gb
E II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T*** °C Ta -** ... +** °C Db IP66
E5 Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX
Design YL6S
Product variant table
Certified hazardous area protection temperatures
E5 Power and Temperature Max. surface Ambient temperature
voltage class temperature range
5 J 24 V DC T5 T95 °C -60 … +40 °C
T4 T110 °C -60 … +55 °C
5 J 48 V DC T5 T95 °C -60 … +40 °C
E5 T4 T110 °C -60 … +55 °C
5 J 115 V AC T5 T95 °C -60 … +40 °C
T4 T110 °C -60 … +55 °C
5 J 230 V AC T5 T95 °C -60 … +40 °C
T4 T110 °C -60 … +55 °C
E5 Design YA6S
Product variant table
Power and Temperature Max. surface Ambient temperature
voltage class temperature range
24 V DC T6 T75 °C -60 … +70 °C
E5 48 V DC
115 V AC
T6
T6
T75 °C
T77 °C
-60 … +70 °C
-60 … +60 °C
T5 T87 °C -60 … +70 °C
240 V AC T6 T77 °C -60 … +60 °C
T5 T87 °C -60 … +70 °C
E5 Design FL6S
Product variant table
Power and Temperature Max. surface Ambient temperature
voltage class temperature range
5 J 24 V DC T6 T73 °C -60 … +40 °C
E5 T5
T4
T88 °C
T103 °C
-60 … +55 °C
-60 … +70 °C
5 J 48 V DC T6 T73 °C -60 … +40 °C
T5 T88 °C -60 … +55 °C
T4 T103 °C -60 … +70 °C
E5 5 J 115 V AC T5
T4
T83 °C
T113 °C
-60 … +40 °C
-60 … +55 °C
5 J 230 V AC T6 T75 °C -60 … +40 °C
T5 T90 °C -60 … +55 °C
T4 T105 °C -60 … +70 °C
E5 Design
Ambient conditions
YL6S YA6S FL6S

Operating 24/48 V DC -50 ... +55 °C 24/48 V DC -60 ... +70 °C 24/48 V DC -50 ... +70 °C
temperature range 115 V AC -40 ... +45 °C 115 V AC -40 ... +60 °C 115 V AC -55 ... +55 °C
230 V AC -40 ... +55 °C 230 V AC -40 ... +60 °C 230 V AC -55 ... +70 °C
E5 For further information
see the operation manual
For further information
see the operation manual
For further information
see the operation manual

E5
520 Signalling Devices 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 521 Dienstag, 29. März 2016 9:54 09

CS & Yodalex Super Series


Clifford &Snell Series YL6S, YA6S, FL6S

E5
Design YL6S YA6S FL6S
Electrical data
Rated operational voltage 24 or 48 V DC 24 or 48 V DC 24 or 48 V DC
115 or 230 V AC 115 or 230 V AC 115 or 230 V AC
Current consumption 24 V DC 600 mA 24 V DC 280 mA 24 V DC 320 mA
E5
48 V DC 420 mA 48 V DC 250 mA 48 V DC 170 mA
115 V AC 280 mA 115 V AC 76 mA 115 V AC 204 mA
230 V AC 115 mA 230 V AC 40 mA 230 V AC 75 mA

Operational parameters +/
* tone 1
E5
-10 % +/
-10 % +/
-10 %
Line monitoring yes yes yes
Acoustic data
Volume max. 110 dB(A) max. 110 dB(A) ––
Volume control 18 dB(A) adjustment 18 dB(A) adjustment –– E5
Sound stages 24 / 48 V DC 3 24 / 48 V DC 3 ––
115 / 230 V AC 2 115 / 230 V AC 2

Sound selection via DIL switch via DIL switch ––


Luminous characteristics E5
Light source Xenon flash tube –– Xenon flash tube
Flash energy 5J –– 5J
Flash rate 1/s –– 1/s
Light intensity Effective Candela –– Effective Candela
candela
(cd)
seconds candela
(cd)
seconds E5
clear 49 9.96 clear 49 9.96
Lens colour amber, red, green, opal, blue, –– amber, red, green, opal, blue,
clear, yellow, magenta clear, yellow, magenta
Mechanical data
Material
E5
Enclosure glass reinforced polyester glass reinforced polyester glass reinforced polyester
Horn and trumpet flame retardant ABS flame retardant ABS ––
Lens cover polycarbonate –– polycarbonate
Wire guard stainless steel –– stainless steel E5
Assembly parts stainless steel stainless steel stainless steel
Bracket stainless steel stainless steel stainless steel
Labels polyester foil, adhesive polyester foil, adhesive polyester foil, adhesive
Degree of protection IP66 / IP67 acc. to IEC 60529
Mounting / Installation E5
Connection 2.5 mm2 terminals

Accessories and Spare Parts


Designation Figure Description Art. no. PS Weight
kg
E5
Xenon tube Replacement xenon tube assembly 223636 80 0.006

15798E00
E5
PCB PCB assembly 24 V DC 5J 223635 80 0.080
PCB assembly 48 V DC 5J 223634 80 0.080
PCB assembly 110 V AC 5J 223632 80 0.118
E5
15786E00

PCB assembly 230 V AC 5J 223580 80 0.100


PCB termination PCB assembly termination 223579 80 0.020

15785E00

E5

E5
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Signalling Devices 521
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 522 Dienstag, 29. März 2016 9:54 09

Yodalex Super Series CS &

Series YL6S, YA6S, FL6S Clifford &Snell

E5
Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm [inches]) – Subject to Alterations

178,50 [7,03]
155,50
155,50

[6,12]
[6,12]

Ø9 Ø9

263,50 [10,37]
E5 [Ø0,35] [Ø0,35]

[4,61]
117
403 [15,87]

[4,13]
[4,13]

[2,95]
[2,95]

105
105

75

75
189 [7,44]

E5

33 [1,30]
95
[3,74]

40 [1,57]
Ø9 [Ø0,35]
95 189 [7,44]
E5 [3,74]

[4,13]

[2,95]
105

75

287,50 [11,32]
[4,61]
117

178,50 [7,03]
189 [7,44]

E5
[4,61]
117

178,50 [7,03]

Ø145
[Ø5,70] 95
17150E00 [3,74]

E5
17149E00

Ø145
[Ø5,70]
17151E00
GRP Combination Signal GRP Audible Signal GRP Visual Signal
Series YL6S with L-Bracket Series YA6S with L-Bracket Series FL6S with L-Bracket
E5

148 [5,83]
75 [2,95]
75 [2,95]

263,50 [10,37]
3 x M6
3 x M6

403 [15,87]

E5
32
[1,26]
[1,30]

32
33

[1,26]
178,50 [7,03]
40 [1,57]

E5 178,50 [7,03]
3 x M6

178,50 [7,03]
[2,95]
75

E5 32
[Ø 5,70]
Ø145

[1,26]

E5
[Ø5,70]
Ø145

16919E00

16920E00

17148E00

GRP Combination Signal GRP Audible Signal GRP Visual Signal


Series YL6S without L-Bracket Series YA6S without L-Bracket Series FL6S without L-Bracket
E5
20 [0,79] 117 [4,61]
105 [4,13]
75 [2,95]

E5
ø9 [ø0,35]
17159E00

E5 L-Bracket

522 Signalling Devices 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en


◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 523 Dienstag, 29. März 2016 9:54 09

CS & Audible and Visual Alarms


Clifford &Snell Series FL60, YA60, YL60

E5
> Audible and visual alarms
– Sounder
– Strobe
– Sounder/strobe combination E5
> Omnidirectional high output
sounder 110 dB(A) / 1 m
> 32 selectable tones meeting
international regulations E5
> Lens available in seven different colours
> IP66 rated as standard
Aluminium enclosure
>
E5
Series FL60, YA60, YL60 E5

15195E00
with stainless steel fasteners
> Lens guard and mounting bracket
supplied as standard
WebCode FL60B
WebCode YA60A
> Telephone initiate option available E5
WebCode YL60A
ATEX / IECEx NEC 505 NEC 506 NEC 500
E5
Class I Class I Class II Class III
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Division 1 2 1 2 1 2
For use in x x x x For use in x x x x For use in x x x x x x
E5
Versions

E5

E5

E5
13974E00 14717E00 13969E00

FL60 Strobe YA60 Sounder YL60 Sounder/Strobe combination

E5

E5

E5

E5
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Signalling Devices 523
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 524 Dienstag, 29. März 2016 9:54 09

Audible and Visual Alarms CS &

Series FL60, YA60, YL60 Clifford &Snell

E5
Selection Table
Version Group Flash Rated operational Lens Order number Art. no. PS Weight
energy voltage colour
E5 kg
IIB + H2 5 Joule 24 V DC amber FL60/C/D50/A/EU 205129◄ 80 5.080
red FL60/C/D50/R/EU 205133◄ 80 5.080

E5 115 V AC amber 80 5.080


FL60/C/L50/A/EU 212366
red FL60/C/L50/R/EU 205145 80 5.080
230 V AC amber FL60/C/N50/A/EU 205150◄ 80 5.080
13974E00 red FL60/C/N50/R/EU 205153◄ 80 5.080
E5 FL60
Strobe,
ATEX
certification,
standard devices

E5 Selection Table
Version Group Rated operational voltage Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
IIB + H2 24 V DC YA60/C/D/EU 205191◄ 80 5.400
E5 115 V AC YA60/C/L/EU 205199◄ 80 5.400
230 V AC YA60/C/N/EU 205200◄ 80 5.400

E5
14717E00
YA60 Sounder,
ATEX
E5 certification,
standard devices

Selection Table
Version Group Flash Rated operational Lens Order number Art. no. PS Weight
E5 energy voltage colour
kg
IIB + H2 5 Joule 24 V DC amber YL60/C/D50/A/EU 205250◄ 80 6.000
red YL60/C/D50/R/EU 205257◄ 80 6.000
E5 115 V AC amber YL60/C/L50/A/EU 205267◄ 80 6.000
red YL60/C/L50/R/EU 205271◄ 80 6.000
230 V AC amber YL60/C/N50/A/EU 205273◄ 80 6.000

E5 red YL60/C/N50/R/EU 205282◄ 80 6.000

13969E00
YL60 Sounder/
E5 Strobe
combination,
ATEX
certification,
standard devices

E5 Note Variations in gas group, flash energy, voltage and lens colour are available,
please use the Selection Table
The tone table is available on the Internet.

E5
524 Signalling Devices 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 525 Dienstag, 29. März 2016 9:54 09

CS & Audible and Visual Alarms


Clifford &Snell Series FL60, YA60, YL60

E5
Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx BAS 05.0087X
IIB+H2 Ex d IIB+H2 T4 Gb (Ta = -20 … +60 °C)
E5
Ex tb IIIC T135°C Db IP 66 (Ta = -20 … +60 °C)
Ex d IIB+H2 T6 Gb (Ta = -20 … +40 °C)
Ex tb IIIC T85°C Db IP 66 (Ta = -20 … +40 °C)

Europe (ATEX)
E5
Gas and dust Baseefa 02ATEX0222X
IIB+H2 EII 2 G Ex d IIB+H2 T4 Gb (Ta = -20 … +60 °C)
EII 2 D Ex tb IIIC T135°C Db IP 66 (Ta = -20 … +60 °C)
EII 2 G Ex d IIB+H2 T6 Gb (Ta = -20 … +40 °C)
EII 2 D Ex tb IIIC T85°C Db IP 66 (Ta = -20 … +40 °C)
E5
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), India (PESO), Taiwan (ITRI), USA (UL)
Electrical data
Rated operational voltage 24 V DC, 48 V DC, 115 V AC and 230 V AC E5
operational parameters + or -10 %
Rated operational current YL60 YA60
24 V DC 570 mA 350 mA
48 V DC
115 V AC
435 mA
200 mA
300 mA
110 mA E5
230 V AC 100 mA 55 mA

FL60
24 V DC 5J 220 mA
10 J 500 mA E5
20 J 1100 mA
48 V DC 5J 135 mA
10 J 300 mA

115 V AC
20 J
5J
560 mA
90 mA E5
10 J 105 mA
20 J 260 mA
230 V AC 5J 45 mA
10 J
20 J
53 mA
107 mA
E5
Acoustic data
Volume 110 dB(A) / 1 m
Sound selection via DIL-switch
Luminous characteristics E5
Effective candela FL60 YL60
5J 5J
Clear lens 30 cd Clear 30 cd
Yellow lens 29 cd Yellow 29 cd
Amber lens 17 cd Amber 17 cd E5
Red lens 9 cd Red 9 cd
Blue lens 6 cd Blue 6 cd
Green lens 7 cd Green 7 cd
No figures for Magenta lens No figures for Magenta or Opal lens
10 J E5
Clear lens 96.02 cd
20 J
Clear lens 301 cd

Flash energy FL60: 5, 10 or 20 Joule E5


YL60: 5 Joule
Flash rate 60 FPM

E5
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Signalling Devices 525
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 526 Dienstag, 29. März 2016 9:54 09

Audible and Visual Alarms CS &

Series FL60, YA60, YL60 Clifford &Snell

E5
Technical Data
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature T4: -20 ... +60 °C

E5 Mechanical data
T6: -20 ... +40 °C

Material
Enclosure aluminium, seawater resistant
Horn ABS, flame retardant
E5 Lens cover polycarbonate
Fixings stainless steel
Mounting bracket mild steel with black polyester powder coat finish; supplied as standard
Product label metalised polyester
UL certified variants supplied with stainless steel label
E5 Degree of protection IP66 – IEC 60529
NEMA 4X – UL 50
Cable entries 2 cable entries, equipped with stopping plug (1x) and
dust cap (1x) UL devices: equipped with M20 / 1/2 ’’ adapters (2x)

E5 Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm [inches]) - Subject to Alterations

M8

E5
75 [2,95]

420 [16,54]
M8 M8
276 [10,87]

288 [11,34]
75 [2,95]

E5
75 [2,95]

145 [5,71]
145 [5,71] 145 [5,71]
E5

E5 13978E00 13975E00 13977E00

FL60 Strobe YA60 Sounder YL60 Sounder/Strobe combination

Accessories and Spare Parts

E5 Designation Figure Description Order number Art. no. PS WebCode


Cable glands Ex d & Ex e Compound barrier cable gland CMP-20PXSS2K 109441 10 PXSS2KA
for all types of unarmoured and braid armour
cables (nickel plated brass)
15793E00

E5 Ex d & Ex e Compound barrier cable gland


for all types of armoured cables
CMP-20PX2K 109428 10 PX2KA

(SWA, braided, tape)


15791E00 (nickel plated brass)
Note Approvals of cable entries have to be observed.

E5

E5

E5
526 Signalling Devices 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 527 Dienstag, 29. März 2016 9:54 09

CS & Intrinsically Safe Audible and Visual Alarms


Clifford &Snell Series YO3IS, YO4IS, YO5IS, YL4IS, YL5IS

E5
> Intrinsically safe Sounders and
Sounder/Strobe combinations
> High sound output
> 32 selectable tones meeting E5
international regulations
> Meets UKOOA/PFEER requirements
> Sound selection via DIL switch
Lens of Sounder/Strobe combinations
E5
>
available in six different colours
> Monitoring facility
> Stainless steel fixings
> Flame retardant ABS enclosure
Robust and reliable E5
Series YO3IS, YO4IS, YO5IS, YL4IS, YL5IS E5

>
13989E00

WebCode YL5ISA ATEX

WebCode YL4ISA
Zone
For use in
0
x
1
x
2
x
20
x
21
x
22
x
E5
WebCode YO5ISA
WebCode YO4ISA E5
WebCode YO3ISA

Selection Table
Version Enclosure colour Safety barrier Temperature Order number Art. no. PS Weight E5
class
kg
red flame (RF) ISC T4 YO3/ISC/T4 205308◄ 81 0.390
T6 YO3/ISC/T6 207019 81 0.390
E5
13995E00
YO3IS Sounder,
ATEX certification,
standard devices
E5
Selection Table
Version Enclosure colour Safety barrier Temperature Order number Art. no. PS Weight
class
kg
red normal (RN) ISC T4 YO4/ISC/T4 205310◄ 81 0.490 E5
T6 YO4/ISC/T6 205311◄ 81 0.490

E5

15239E00
YO4IS Sounder,
ATEX certification,
standard devices
E5

E5

E5
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Signalling Devices 527
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 528 Dienstag, 29. März 2016 9:54 09

Intrinsically Safe Audible and Visual Alarms CS &

Series YO3IS, YO4IS, YO5IS, YL4IS, YL5IS Clifford &Snell

E5
Selection Table
Version Enclosure colour Safety Temperature Order number Art. no. PS Weight
barrier class
kg
E5 red flame (RF) ISC T4 YO5/ISC/T4 205312◄ 81 0.810
T6 YO5/ISC/T6 205315◄ 81 0.810

E5
13996E00
YO5IS Sounder,
ATEX certification,
standard devices

Selection Table

E5 Version Enclosure colour Safety


barrier
Temperature
class
Lens
colour
Order number Art. no. PS Weight

kg
red normal (RN) ISC T4 amber YL4/ISC/T4/A/RN 211533◄ 81 0.640
red YL4/ISC/T4/R/RN 205450◄ 81 0.640

E5 green
opal
YL4/ISC/T4/G/RN
YL4/ISC/T4/O/RN
212118
212120
81
81
0.640
0.640
blue YL4/ISC/T4/B/RN 212142 81 0.640
clear YL4/ISC/T4/C/RN 212119 81 0.640

E5

E5
15240E00
YL4IS
Sounder/Strobe,
ATEX certification,
standard devices

E5 Selection Table
Version Enclosure colour Safety Temperature Lens Order number Art. no. PS Weight
barrier class colour
kg
red flame (RF) ISC T4 amber YL5/ISC/T4/A/RF 204795◄ 81 1.090
E5 red YL5/ISC/T4/R/RF 204796◄ 81 1.090
green YL5/ISC/T4/G/RF 212415 81 1.090
opal YL5/ISC/T4/O/RF 212416 81 1.090

E5 13998E00
blue YL5/ISC/T4/B/RF 212417 81 1.090

YL5IS clear YL5/ISC/T4/C/RF 212418 81 1.090


Sounder/Strobe,
ATEX certification,
standard devices
E5
Note Variations in gas group, flash energy, voltage and lens colour are available.
Please contact your local sales office for details.
The tone table is available on the Internet.

E5

E5

E5
528 Signalling Devices 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 529 Dienstag, 29. März 2016 9:54 09

CS & Intrinsically Safe Audible and Visual Alarms


Clifford &Snell Series YO3IS, YO4IS, YO5IS, YL4IS, YL5IS

E5
Technical Data
Explosion protection
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust
E5
YO3IS, BAS02ATEX1190X
YO4IS, YO5IS
YL4IS, YL5IS Baseefa08ATEX0194X

YO*/IS*/T4 E II 1 G Ex ia IIC T4 Ga
E II 1 D Ex ia IIIC T190°C Da E5
YO*/IS*/T6 E II 1 G Ex ia IIC T6 Ga
E II 1 D Ex ia IIIC T75°C Da
YL4IS, YL5IS E II 1 G Ex ia IIC T4 Ga
E II 1 D Ex ia IIIC T190°C Da
Certifications and certificates E5
Certificates ATEX, India (PESO)
Electrical data
Rated operational voltage 18 ... 24 V DC
Current consumption Power Certified barrier / Current consumption Sound output dB(A)/1 m
supply isolator parameters YO5IS YO4IS YO3IS YO5IS YO4IS, YO3IS E5
24 V DC 28 V / 300 Ω 28 mA 25 mA 25 mA 103 dB(A)/1 m 100 dB(A)/1 m
18 V DC 28 V / 300 Ω 21 mA 20 mA 19 mA 99 dB(A)/1 m 98 dB(A)/1 m

Power
supply
Certified barrier /
isolator parameters
Current consumption
tone 1*)
Sound output dB(A)/1 m E5
YL5IS, YL4IS YL5IS YL4IS
24 V DC 28 V / 300 Ω 24 mA 100 dB(A)/1 m 99 dB(A)/1 m
18 V DC 28 V / 300 Ω 33 mA 97 dB(A)/1 m 94 dB(A)/1 m
combined supply
E5
*)

Certified input parameters YO5IS, YO4IS YO3IS


Ui = 30 V
Ii = 133 mA
Pi = 0.7 W
Ci
Li
=
=
0
0 E5
YL5IS, YL4IS
Independent wiring Combined
beacon sounder supply
Ui = 30 V 30 V 30 V E5
Ii = 200 mA 133 mA 133 mA
Pi = 0.7 W 0.7 W 0.7 W
Ci = 0 0 0
Li = 0 0 0
Acoustic data E5
Volume YO3IS, YO4IS, YL4IS: max. 100 dB(A)
YO5IS, YL5IS: max. 105 dB(A)
Volume control 15 dB(A) adjustment
(T4 Models only)
Sound stages 2 E5
Sound selection via DIL-switch
Luminous characteristics
Version YL5IS, YL4IS
Light source 8 array LED
Flash rate 1/s E5
Lens colour amber, red, green, opal, blue, clear
Ambient conditions
Operating -25 ... +40 °C
temperature range
Storage temperature
Max. relative humidity
-40 ... +70 °C
95 % at 40 °C
E5

E5
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Signalling Devices 529
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 530 Dienstag, 29. März 2016 9:54 09

Intrinsically Safe Audible and Visual Alarms CS &

Series YO3IS, YO4IS, YO5IS, YL4IS, YL5IS Clifford &Snell

E5
Technical Data
Mechanical data
Cable entries 1 x M20
Material
E5 Enclosure ABS, flame retardant
Assembly parts stainless steel fixings
Labels polyester foil, adhesive
Degree of protection YO3IS, YO4IS, YL4IS: IP55 acc. IEC 60529
YO5IS, YL5IS: IP56 acc. IEC 60529
E5
Accessories and Spare Parts
Designation Figure Description Order number Art. no. PS WebCode
Safety barrier single channel 20 9001A
E5
9001/01-280-085-101 158351◄
dual channel 9002/11-280-186-001 158848◄ 20 9002A

E5
02326E00

Galvanic isolator single channel 9176/10-15-00s 160472 21 9176A


dual channel 9176/20-15-00s 165567 21 9176A

E5

12530E00

E5 Cabel gland 8161/8-M20-1304


4 ... 13 mm2
50 pieces
(delivery lot*))
8161/8-M20-1304 239164◄ 10 8161A

13027E00

*) Purchase order quantity in [pieces], the delivery quantity is automatically rounded to the delivery lot.

E5

E5

E5

E5

E5

E5

E5
530 Signalling Devices 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 531 Dienstag, 29. März 2016 9:54 09

CS & Intrinsically Safe Audible and Visual Alarms


Clifford &Snell Series YO3IS, YO4IS, YO5IS, YL4IS, YL5IS

E5
Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm [inches]) - Subject to Alterations
118 [4,65] 128 [5,04] 169 [6,65]
85 [3,35] 153 [6,02]
102 [4,02]
9 [0,35] 89 [3,50] 9 [0,35] 136 [5,35] E5
89 [3,50]

136 [5,35]
ø 6 [ø 0,24]
ø 8 [ø 0,32]

M20 18 [0,71]
E5
M20 25 [0,98]

E5
14001E00 14011E00

YO3 Sounder YO5 Sounder


91,50 [3,60] 82,50 [3,25]

E5
183 [7,20]

E5
13999E00

YO4 Sounder

128 [5,04]
169 [6,65]
153 [6,02]
91,50 [3,60] 82,50 [3,25] E5
136 [5,35]
88 [3,46] 88 [3,46]

E5
194,50 [7,66]

274,50 [10,81]
136 [5,35]

ø 8 [ø 0,32]

E5
M20 9 [0,35]
25 [0,98]

YL5 Sounder/Strobe combination


14002E00

YL4 Sounder/Strobe combination


16643E00
E5
Note Non-Ex versions can be found in the catalogue „Audible & Visual Signals“.

E5

E5

E5

E5
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Signalling Devices 531
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 532 Dienstag, 29. März 2016 9:54 09

Hazardous Area Audible Signal - 100 dB(A) CS &

Series YA11 Clifford &Snell

E5
> Max sound output 100 dB(A) / 1 m
> IP66, NEMA 4X rated as standard
Single stage alarm
E5
>

> 32 sound tones available meeting


international regulations
> Low profile (28 mm) light weight
aluminium enclosure
E5
> 3 metre (118”) 2 core pre wired cable fitted
and prepared ready for installation
> Panel sealing gasket and fixings provided
E5 Low current consumption
Series YA11 E5

14821E00
>

> High performance red paint finish as standard

WebCode YA11A
E5

ATEX / IECEx NEC 505 NEC 506 NEC 500

E5 Class I Class I Class II Class III


Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Division 1 2 1 2 1 2
For use in x x For use in x x For use in x x x x

Selection Table
E5 Version Enclosure colour Rated operational voltage Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
YA11 Sounder, red standard (R) 18 ... 32 V DC YA11/1-D-..-RN 211439 80 1.700
standard devices
Note Customer must specify the required sound tone at the point of ordering.
E5 The sound tone cannot be changed by the customer.
There are 32 tones available, please see the order number supplement below,
for example if tone 18 is required please use the order number YA11/1-D-18-RN

The tone table is available on the Internet.

E5 Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx BAS 11.0058X
Ex nA IIC T4 Gc Ex tc IIIC T90°C Dc IP66 (-40 °C (Ta (+70 °C)
E5 Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust Baseefa 10 ATEX 0252X
E II 3 GD Ex nA IIC T4 Gc Ex tc IIIC T90°C Dc (-40 °C ( Ta ( +70 °C)
Certifications and certificates
Certificate IECEx, ATEX, Canada (CUL), USA (UL)

E5 Ship approval
Electrical data
Lloyds Register

Rated operational voltage 24 V DC (18 ... 32 V DC)


Current consumption 70 mA
Acoustic data
Volume 100 dB(A) / 1 m
E5 Ambient conditions
Operating temperature range -40 ... +70 °C
Mechanical data
Material
Enclosure aluminium / ABS
E5 Assembly parts
Degree of protection
stainless steel fixings and foam sealing gasket
IP66, NEMA 4X

E5
532 Signalling Devices 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 533 Dienstag, 29. März 2016 9:54 09

CS & Hazardous Area Audible Signal - 100 dB(A)


Clifford &Snell Series YA11

E5
Technical Data
Mounting / Installation
Assembly 3 metre (118”) 2 core pre wired cable fitted and prepared ready for installation
to ensure the integrity of seal between the sounder and panel is maintained, the neoprene sponge gasket
should be fitted and a torque value of 2.2 to 2.6 Nm (19.5 to 23.0 lbs ins) applied to each screw and nut
panel mount via 6 holes on 124 mm (4.9”) PCD at 60° spacing Panel cut out 109 mm (4.3”) E5
panel sealing gasket supplied
mounting hardware supplied
screws are designed to fit a panel thickness of 4 mm max.

Tone Table
Repetition rate E5
Tone no. Version Frequency (sec) Special application
Tone 01 Alternate two-tone 800-1000 0.5 Fire alarms - Level crossing
Tone 02 Alternate two-tone 2500-3100 0.5 Security alarms
Tone 03 Alternate fast two-tone 800-1000 0.25 Increased urgency - Level crossing
Tone 04 Alternate fast two-tone 2500-3100 0.25 Security deterrent E5
Tone 05 Alternate two-tone 440-554 0.4/0.1 AFNOR, France
Tone 06 Alternate two-tone 430-470 1.0
Tone 07 Alternate very fast two-tone 800-1000 0.13
Tone 08 Alternate very fast two-tone 2500-3200 0.07
Tone 09
Tone 10
Alternate two-tone
Continuous note
440-554
700
2.0 Turn out, Sweden
All-clear, Sweden
E5
Tone 11 Continuous note 1000
Tone 12 Continuous note 1000
Tone 13 Continuous note 2300
Tone 14
Tone 15
Continuous note
Interrupted tone
440
1000 2.0
E5
Tone 16 Interrupted tone 420 1.25 AS2220, Australia
Tone 17 Interrupted tone 1000 0.5
Tone 18 Interrupted tone 2500 0.25
Tone 19
Tone 20
Interrupted tone
Interrupted tone
2500
700
0.5
6/12 Pre-vital message, Sweden
E5
Tone 21 Interrupted tone 1000 1.0
Tone 22 Interrupted tone 700 4.0 Air-raid alarm, Sweden
Tone 23 Interrupted tone 700 0.25 Local warning, Sweden
Tone 24
Tone 25
Interrupted tone
Interrupted, fast, rising volume
720
1400
0.7/0.3
0.25
Industrial alarm, Germany
E5
Tone 26 Fast siren 250-1200 0.085
Tone 27 Rising constant, fall 1000 10/40/10 Industrial alarm, Germany
Tone 28 ISO 8201 Evacuation 800-1000 As standard International evacuation alarm
Tone 29 Fast whoop 500-1000 0.15
Tone 30 Slow whoop 500-1200 4.5 Evacuation, The Netherlands E5
Tone 31 Reverse sweep 1200-500 1.0 Evacuation, Germany
Tone 32 Siren 500-1200 3.0

Accessories and Spare Parts


Designation Description Art. no. PS Weight E5
kg
Replacement installation kit gasket, screws, nuts, locking devices and washers 212184 80 0.040

Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm [inches]) - Subject to Alterations

X
E5
ø 124 [ø 4,88]

[ø 4,13]
ø 105

E5
ø 147 50 [ø 5,81] 36 [1,42]
65 [2,56]
14850E00 E5
X = 6 x holes dia 5.3 mm (0.2") and c'bored 10.2 mm (0.4") equispaced on a 124 mm (4.9") PCD

E5
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Signalling Devices 533
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 534 Dienstag, 29. März 2016 9:54 09

Flameproof Audible Signal – 115 dB(A) CS &

Series YA90 Clifford &Snell

E5
> Max sound output 115 dB(A) / 1 m
> 2 stage alarm, independently
selectable 2nd stage
E5 > IP66 rated as standard
> 32 selectable tones meeting
international regulations
Light weight glass reinforced polyester (GRP)
E5 >
Ex enclosure
> Sound selection via 5 way DIL switch
> Adjustable stainless steel ratchet bracket
E5 providing positive setting
Series YA90 E5

13912E00

> Enclosure finished in red high performance


paint with ABS flare
WebCode YA90A > Monitoring facility (DC voltages only)
E5 > Dual 20 mm gland entries as standard

ATEX / IECEx NEC 500


Class I Class II Class III
E5 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Division 1 2 1 2 1 2
For use in x x x x For use in x

Technical Data
Explosion protection
E5 Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust YA90/B versions: IECEx BAS 08.0062X
YA90/C versions: IECEx BAS 08.0061X
YA90/B+C versions: EN 60079-0:2009, EN 60079-1:2007-04, EN 60079-31:2008
YA90/B versions: Ex d IIB T6 Ta -60 ... +60 ºC Gb

E5 YA90/C versions:
YA90/B+C versions:
Ex d IIC T6 Ta -60 ... +60 ºC Gb
Ex tb IIIC T85ºC Ta -60 ... +60 ºC Db IP66
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust YA90/B versions: Baseefa 08 ATEX 0191 X
YA90/C versions: Baseefa 08 ATEX 0189 X
YA90/B+C versions: EN 60079-0:2009, EN 60079-1:2007, EN 60079-31:2009
E5 YA90/B versions: E II 2 G Ex d IIB T6 Ta -60 ... +60 ºC Gb
YA90/C versions: E II 2 G Ex d IIC T6 Ta -60 ... +60 ºC Gb
YA90/B+C versions: E II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T85ºC Ta -60 ... +60 ºC Db IP66
North America
E5 (cULus & ULc listed)
Gas and dust YA90/B+C versions: E161818
USL: UL 464 / ISA 12.12.01-2007
CNL: CAN/ULC-S525-07, Edition 3 2007 /
CSA C22.2 No. 213
YA90/B versions: USL, CNL - Class I, Div. 2, Groups C and D
E5 Hazardous Locations
Operating temperature -60 ... +66 ºC
Audible signal appliance, fire alarm service private mode
YA90/C versions: USL, CNL - Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C and D
Hazardous Locations
E5 Operating temperature -60 ... +66 ºC
Audible signal appliance, fire alarm service private mode
EAC (TR)
Gas and dust TC RU C-DE.AA71.B.00033
YA90/B versions: 1 Ex d IIB T6 (Tamb -60 °C ...+60 °C ) Gb X
Ex tB IIIC T85 °C Db X
E5 YA90/C versions: 1 Ex d IIC T6 (Tamb -60 °C...+60 °C ) Gb X
Ex tB IIIC T85 C Db X
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), China (China-Ex), India (PESO), Korea (KGs),
Kazakhstan (TR), North America (cULus, ULc), Russia (TR), Belarus (TR)
E5
534 Signalling Devices 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 535 Dienstag, 29. März 2016 9:54 09

CS & Flameproof Audible Signal – 115 dB(A)


Clifford &Snell Series YA90

E5
Technical Data
Electrical data
Rated operational voltage 24 V DC, 48 V DC, 115 V AC and 230 V AC
operational parameters + or -10 %
Rated operational current 24 V DC 300 mA E5
48 V DC 160 mA
115 V AC 80 mA
230 V AC 45 mA

UL calculate the current using RMS Root mean square which gives the following
E5
measurement and is the figure reported on UL variant product labels:
24 V DC 500 mA
48 V DC not available UL certified variants
115 V AC 130 mA E5
230 V AC 90 mA
Acoustic data
Volume 115 dB(A) / 1 m
Sound output for products gas groups IIC
Alarm stages 2 stage alarm E5
Sound selection via DIL switch
Sound signal selection 32 (see table 7.2.6 Sound Tone Selection)
All sounders have 32 sound signal selections. From the 32 sound signals,
any signal may be chosen as the first stage alarm and any signal for the second stage alarm.

Ambient conditions
Sound output level and current consumption depends upon the signal selected.
E5
Ambient temperature ATEX/IECEx variants
24/48 V DC -60 ... +60 °C
115 V AC -40 ... +60 °C
230 V AC -40 ... +60 °C E5
cULus & ULC listed
-60 ... +66 °C
Max. relative humidity 95 % at 40 °C
Mechanical data
Material
E5
Enclosure GRP
Horn ABS Flame retardant
Fixings Screws - A4 - 80
Bracket
Degree of protection
Stainless steel DIN EN 10088-9 1.4404 / AISI 316L
IP66 – BS EN 60529
E5
NEMA 4X – UL 50
Enclosure entries 2 x M20 cable entries equipped with 1 x stopping plug & 1 x dust cover
UL Product variants supplied with 2 x M20 / 1/2’ adaptors
Mounting / Installation
Assembly stainless steel mounting bracket provided, holes to suit M6, pitch 60 mm E5

E5

E5

E5

E5
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Signalling Devices 535
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 536 Dienstag, 29. März 2016 9:54 09

Flameproof Audible Signal – 115 dB(A) CS &

Series YA90 Clifford &Snell

E5
Selection Table
Version Gasgruppe Rated Order number Art. no. PS Weight
operational kg
voltage
E5 YA90 Sounder, IIC 24 V DC YA90/C-D-EN-RN-ST-00-00-00 205209◄ 80 4.500
ATEX & IECEx
certification, 115 V AC YA90/C-L-EN-RN-ST-00-00-00 206770 80 4.500
standard devices 230 V AC YA90/C-N-EN-RN-ST-00-00-00 205214◄ 80 4.500
YA90 Sounder, A, B, C & D 24 V DC YA90/C-D-UL-RN-ST-00-00-00 205365 80 4.500
E5 North America
cULus & ULc listed, 115 V AC YA90/C-L-UL-RN-ST-00-00-00 205366◄ 80 4.500
standard devices 230 V AC YA90/C-N-UL-RN-ST-00-00-00 212397◄ 80 4.500
YA90 Sounder, IIC 24 V DC YA90/C-D-RU-RN-ST-00-00-00 206661 80 4.500
EAC certification, 115 V AC YA90/C-L-RU-RN-ST-00-00-00 212399 80 4.500
E5 standard devices
230 V AC YA90/C-N-RU-RN-ST-00-00-00 205217 80 4.500
Note Variations in gas group, voltage and certification are available
Tag labels can be added, please contact your local sales office for more details

Type Code
E5 Variant Option Code YA90 / . - . - .. - RN - ST - .. - .. - ..

Gas group ATEX / cULus listed C


IECEx products
products
E5 IIB C, D Groups B
IIC A, B, C, D Groups C

Rated operational 24 V DC D
voltage
E5 48 V DC
115 V AC
F
L
230 V AC N

Certification ATEX & IECEx EN


E5 cULus & ULc listed
EAC (TR)
UL
RU

Body Colour Red RN

E5 Specification Standard ST

Options None 00
Tag label TL
Duty label DL
E5 Tag & Duty label DT

Activation Standard 00
Telephone TI

E5 Local certification Standard 00


INMETRO IN
PESO PE
KCs KC
E5 CQST CQ

E5

E5
536 Signalling Devices 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 537 Dienstag, 29. März 2016 9:54 09

CS & Flameproof Audible Signal – 115 dB(A)


Clifford &Snell Series YA90

E5
Accessories and Spare Parts
Designation Figure Description Order number Art. no. PS WebCode
Cable glands Ex d & Ex e Compound barrier cable gland 10 PXSS2KA
E5
CMP-20PXSS2K 109441
for all types of unarmoured and braid armour
cables (nickel plated brass)
15793E00

Ex d & Ex e Compound barrier cable gland CMP-20PX2K 109428 10 PX2KA


for all types of armoured cables

15791E00
(SWA, braided, tape) (nickel plated brass)
E5
Note Approvals of cable entries have to be observed.

Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm [inches]) - Subject to Alterations


325 [12,80] ø 210 E5
[ø 8 27]

E5
143,50
[5,65]

30 [1,18] ø 7 [ø 0,28] 181 E5


[7,13]
ø 12,7 [ø 0,50]
60 [2,36]

E5
13971E00

E5

E5

E5

E5

E5

E5

E5
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Signalling Devices 537
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 538 Dienstag, 29. März 2016 9:54 09

Hazardous Area Loudspeaker - 25, 15 or 8 W CS &

Series 8494 Clifford &Snell

E5
> Max. sound pressure level 121 dB(A)
> Extreme temperature range -50 ... +60 °C
Degree of protection IP66 & IP67
E5
>

> Antistatic polyamid enclosure


> Stainless steel fixing
> Ex e connection chamber
E5 > Spring clamp terminals
> Corrosion resistant device

E5
Series 8494 E5

17077E00

WebCode 8494A ATEX / IECEx NEC 505


Class I
NEC 506

E5 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x x x For use in x

Selection Table
E5 Version Group Flare
size
Watt
options
Impedance /
Transformer
Order number Art. no. PS Weight

kg
Hazardous area IIC short 25 W 8Ω 8494/C-S-EN-ST-12-00 242300 80 2.200
loudspeaker - 20 Ω 8494/C-S-EN-ST-13-00 242301 80 2.200
E5 25 Watt
Series 8494, 25 W + 100 V 8494/C-S-EN-ST-14-00 242302 80 2.200
standard tappings line transformer
devices long 25 W 8Ω 8494/C-L-EN-ST-12-00 242310 80 2.800
20 Ω 8494/C-L-EN-ST-13-00 242311 80 2.800

E5 25 W +
tappings
100 V
line transformer
8494/C-L-EN-ST-14-00 242312 80 2.800

Order Number Supplement


Hazardous area Variations Type code: please fill in fields Order Number
loudspeaker 8494/ _ - _ - _ - _ - _ - _
Series 8494,
E5 acc. to specification
Gas group
IIB + H2 B
IIC C
Flare
short S
E5 long L
Certification
ATEX / IECEx / NEC/CEC 505 EN
Company specification

E5 Options
standard ST

15 W 8 Ω 10
15 W 20 Ω 11
25 W 8 Ω 12
E5 25 W 20 Ω 13
25 W 100 V line transformer 14
15 W 100 V line transformer 15
8 W 100 V line transformer 16

E5 25 W 70 V line transformer
15 W 70 V line transformer
17
18
8 W 70 V line transformer 19
Local certification
standard 00
E5
538 Signalling Devices 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 539 Dienstag, 29. März 2016 9:54 09

CS & Hazardous Area Loudspeaker - 25, 15 or 8 W


Clifford &Snell Series 8494

E5
Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IIB + H2, IIC IECEx PRE 14.0058X
E5
IIB + H2 II 2 G Ex d e mb IIB+H2 T4 (-50 °C ( Ta ( +60 °C) Gb IP66/67
II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T105°C (-50 °C ( Ta ( +60 °C) Db IP66/67
IIC II 2 G Ex d e mb IIC T4 (-50 °C ( Ta ( +60 °C) Gb IP66/67
II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T105°C (-50 °C ( Ta ( +60 °C) Db IP66/67

Europe (ATEX) E5
Gas and dust IIB + H2, IIC PRE 14 ATEX 5555X

IIB + H2 E II 2 G Ex d e mb IIB+H2 T4 (-50 °C ( Ta ( +60 °C) Gb IP66/67


E II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T105°C (-50 °C ( Ta ( +60 °C) Db IP66/67
IIC E II 2 G Ex d e mb IIC T4 (-50 °C ( Ta ( +60 °C) Gb IP66/67
E II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T105°C (-50 °C ( Ta ( +60 °C) Db IP66/67 E5
North America
(NEC, CEC)
Gas and dust IIB + H2, IIC CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 60079-0:2011 & UL 60079-0:2009,
CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 60079-1:2011 & UL 60079-1:2009,
CSA-C22.2 No. 60065-03:2012 & UL 60065:2007 E5
IIB + H2 Class 1 Zone 1 AEx d IIB+H2 T4
Gb
-50 °C ( Ta ( +50 °C, IP 66/IP67
IIC Class 1 Zone 1 AEx d IIC T4
Gb E5
-50 °C ( Ta ( +50 °C, IP 66/IP67

Certifications and certificates


Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Canada (cLCus), USA (cLCus)
Electrical data
Device version
E5
Line options 100 or 70 V
Impedance 8 or 20 Ω
Acoustic data
Short flare version 8494/.-S-..-..-..-.. IIB + H2 IIC E5
Sound pressure level at 1 W 105 dB(A) 1 W / 1m 102 dB(A) 1 W / 1m
Sound pressure level at 25 W 118 dB(A) 1m 115 dB(A) 1m
Frequency range 330 ... 7000 Hz 450 ... 6000 Hz
Dispersion (-6 dB)
1 kHz 200° 105° E5
4 kHz 47° 35°
Directivity factor at 1 kHz 1.8 1.8
Sound pressure level vs dB
frequency at 1 W 110
105
100 E5
95
90
85
80
75 E5
70
65
60
55
50
20 Hz 50 100 200 500 1K 2K 5K 10K 20K
16888E00
E5

E5

E5
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Signalling Devices 539
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 540 Dienstag, 29. März 2016 9:54 09

Hazardous Area Loudspeaker - 25, 15 or 8 W CS&

Series 8494 Clifford &Snell

E5
Technical Data
Acoustic data
Long flare version 8494/.-L-..-..-..-.. IIB + H2 IIC
E5 Sound pressure level at 1 W
Sound pressure level at 25 W
109 dB(A) 1 W / 1m
121 dB(A) / 1m
106 dB(A) 1 W / 1m
118 dB(A) / 1m
Frequency range 330 ... 7000 Hz 450 ... 6000 Hz
Dispersion (-6 dB)
1 kHz 81° 73°

E5 4 kHz
Directivity factor at 1 kHz
37°
4.5
33°
4.5
Sound pressure level vs dB
frequency at 1 W 115
110
105
E5 100
95
90
85
80

E5 75
70
65
60
55
20 Hz 50 100 200 500 1K 2K 5K 10K 20K

E5
16887E00

Ambient conditions
Operating -50 ... +60 °C
temperature range
Mechanical data
Cable entries 2 x M20 supplied with 2 x dust cover
E5 Material
Enclosure Anti static polyamid
Flare Anti static polyamid
Bracket Anti static polyamid supplied as standard
Labels Polyester foil
E5 External fixings Stainless steel
Degree of protection IP66 / IP67 acc. to IEC 60529
Mounting / Installation
Mounting via bracket

E5 Connection 4 mm spring clamp terminals

Accessories and Spare Parts


Designation Figure Description Order number Art. no. PS Web-
Code
E5 Cable gland 8161/7-M20-1304 50 pieces 8161/7-M20- 239156◄ 10 8161A
4 ... 13 mm2 (delivery lot*)) 1304
02055E00

Stopping plug 8290/3-M20 1 piece 8290/3-M20 143522 18 8290A

E5 04840E00
8290/3-M20 100 pieces 8290/3-M20 143543◄ 18 8290A

Bracket stainless steel 1 piece

E5
01789E00

*) Purchase order quantity in [pieces], the delivery quantity is automatically rounded to the delivery lot.

E5

E5
540 Signalling Devices 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 541 Dienstag, 29. März 2016 9:54 09

CS & Hazardous Area Loudspeaker - 25, 15 or 8 W


Clifford &Snell Series 8494

E5
Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm [inches]) - Subject to Alterations

A
E5
170 [6,69]

188 [7,40]
30 [1,18] Ø 7 [Ø 0,28] 207 [8,15]
E5
ø 10,5 [ø 0,41]

X
144 [5,67]
E5
120 [4,72]

X
144,50 [5,69]

Hazardous Area Loudspeaker - Short Flare


Series 8494
A Bracket (A) supplied as standard E5
43 [1,69]
17003E00

E5

A
E5
170 [6,69]

[10,83]
275

E5
30 [1,18] Ø 7 [Ø 0,28]

ø 10,5 [ø 0,41] 348 ±3 [13,70±0,12]

X
E5
120 [4,72]

[7,87]
200

X
144,50 [5,69]

Hazardous Area Loudspeaker - Long Flare


Series 8494
A Bracket (A) supplied as standard E5
43 [1,69]
16814E00

E5

E5

E5

E5
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Signalling Devices 541
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 542 Dienstag, 29. März 2016 9:54 09

Signal Horn 105 dB(A) CS &

Series 8491/1, 8491/2 Clifford &Snell

E5
> Fixed signal tone
> Volume max. 105 dB(A) / 1 m
Installation by means of angle mounting
E5
>

> AC and DC versions

Signal Horn Series 8491/1


With trumpet and connection cable
E5 >

Signal Horn Series 8491/2


> Compact design with connection chamber
and cable gland
E5
Series 8491/1, 8491/2 E5

10616E00

WebCode 8491A ATEX

E5 Zone
8491/1: For use in
0 1
x
2
x
20 21 22

8491/2: For use in x x x x

E5
Selection Table
Version Rated operational voltage Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
E5 24 V AC, 50 Hz 8491/11-024 145276◄ 17 1.450
42 ... 48 V AC, 50 Hz 8491/11-042 145278◄ 17 1.450
115 V AC, 50 / 60 Hz 8491/11-115 145279 17 1.450
120 V AC, 60 Hz
E5 230 V AC, 50 Hz 8491/11-230 145280◄ 17 1.450
24 V DC 8491/15-024 145275◄ 17 1.450

E5
00446E00

230 V AC, 50 Hz 8491/21-230 145285◄ 17 1.500


115 V AC, 50 / 60 Hz 8491/21-115 145284 17 1.500
120 V AC, 60 Hz
42 ... 48 V AC, 50 Hz 8491/21-042 145283◄ 17 1.500
E5 10614E00
24 V AC, 50 Hz 8491/21-024 145282◄ 17 1.500
24 V DC 8491/25-024 145281◄ 17 1.500

E5

E5

E5

E5
542 Signalling Devices 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 543 Dienstag, 29. März 2016 9:54 09

CS & Signal Horn 105 dB(A)


Clifford &Snell Series 8491/1, 8491/2

E5
Technical Data
8491/1 8491/2
Explosion protection
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust
E5
EN60079-0:2012 EN60079-0:2012
EN60079-18:2009 EN60079-7:2007
EN60079-18:2009
EN60079-31:2009
E II 2 G Ex mb IIC T5 Gb E II 2 G Ex e mb IIC T5 Gb E5
-- E II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T70°C Db IP65
Certifications and certificates
Certificates ATEX, China (China-Ex), Kazakhstan (TR), ATEX, China (China-Ex), Kazakhstan (TR),
Russia (TR), Serbia (SRPS), Ukraine (TR), Russia (TR), Serbia (SRPS), Ukraine (TR),

Material
Belarus (TR) Belarus (TR)
E5
Enclosure PC/ABS, black PC/ABS, black
Degree of protection IP55 IP65
Connection type LAPPTHERM 145, 2 x 0.75 mm2, 3 m screw terminal in the connection chamber
max. connection cross-section 2.5 mm2
1 x M16 cable gland E5
6.5 ... 9.5 mm cable dia. range

Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm) - Subject to Alterations

E5

E5

E5

03540E00 10617E00

Signal horn with trumpet Signal horn, compact design with connection chamber
Series 8491/1 Series 8491/2 E5

E5

E5

E5

E5

E5
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Signalling Devices 543
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 544 Dienstag, 29. März 2016 9:54 09

GRP Flameproof Visual Signal 5 Joule CS &

Series FX15 Clifford &Snell

E5
> Suitable for
offshore / onshore & harsh environments
> Corrosion resistant light-weight enclosure
E5 made of glass-fibre reinforced polyester
(GRP)
> Stainless steel and fixings and guard
High ingress protection IP66 & IP67
E5
>

> Extreme temperature range -55 ... +70 °C


> Flexible mounting options
> Light enhancing lens design
E5
Series FX15 E5

15567E00

ATEX IECEx
WebCode FX15A Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
E5 For use in x x x x

Selection Table
Version Group Rated Lens colour Order number Art. no. PS Weight
operational
E5 ATEX & IECEx IIC
voltage
24 V DC amber FX15/C-D-050-A-EN-SF-A 217979◄ 80
kg
2.230
standard blue FX15/C-D-050-B-EN-SF-A 217992 80 2.230
variants
clear FX15/C-D-050-C-EN-SF-A 217989◄ 80 2.230
green FX15/C-D-050-G-EN-SF-A 217997 80 2.230
E5 magenta FX15/C-D-050-M-EN-SF-A 217998 80 2.230
opal FX15/C-D-050-O-EN-SF-A 217990 80 2.230
red FX15/C-D-050-R-EN-SF-A 217971◄ 80 2.230
yellow FX15/C-D-050-Y-EN-SF-A 217991 80 2.230
E5 48 V DC amber FX15/C-F-050-A-EN-SF-A 217980 80 2.230
blue FX15/C-F-050-B-EN-SF-A 217976 80 2.230
clear FX15/C-F-050-C-EN-SF-A 217999◄ 80 2.230
green FX15/C-F-050-G-EN-SF-A 217977 80 2.230
E5 magenta FX15/C-F-050-M-EN-SF-A 217978 80 2.230
opal FX15/C-F-050-O-EN-SF-A 218000 80 2.230
red FX15/C-F-050-R-EN-SF-A 217972 80 2.230
yellow FX15/C-F-050-Y-EN-SF-A 217975 80 2.230

E5 115 V AC amber
blue
FX15/C-L-050-A-EN-SF-A
FX15/C-L-050-B-EN-SF-A
217981◄
217986
80
80
2.250
2.250
clear FX15/C-L-050-C-EN-SF-A 217983◄ 80 2.250
green FX15/C-L-050-G-EN-SF-A 217993 80 2.250
magenta 80 2.250
E5
FX15/C-L-050-M-EN-SF-A 217994
opal FX15/C-L-050-O-EN-SF-A 217984 80 2.250
red FX15/C-L-050-R-EN-SF-A 217973◄ 80 2.250
yellow FX15/C-L-050-Y-EN-SF-A 217985 80 2.250
230 V AC amber FX15/C-N-050-A-EN-SF-A 217982◄ 80 2.250
E5 blue FX15/C-N-050-B-EN-SF-A 218002 80 2.250
clear FX15/C-N-050-C-EN-SF-A 217995◄ 80 2.250
green FX15/C-N-050-G-EN-SF-A 218003 80 2.250
magenta FX15/C-N-050-M-EN-SF-A 218004 80 2.250
E5 opal FX15/C-N-050-O-EN-SF-A 217996 80 2.250
red FX15/C-N-050-R-EN-SF-A 217974◄ 80 2.250
yellow FX15/C-N-050-Y-EN-SF-A 218001 80 2.250
Note FX15 Beacons are supplied without a bracket. These must be ordered separately
(see accessories table).
E5
544 Signalling Devices 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 545 Dienstag, 29. März 2016 9:54 09

CS & GRP Flameproof Visual Signal 5 Joule


Clifford &Snell Series FX15

E5
Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IIB
IIC
IECEx BAS 13.0005X
IECEx BAS 13.0003 E5
IIB, IIC IEC 60079-0: 2011 / IEC 60079-1: 2007-04 / IEC 60079-31: 2008
IIB Ex d IIB T* Gb (Ta = -60 … +** °C)
Ex tb IIIC T***°C Db IP 66 (Ta = -60 … +** °C)
IIC Ex d IIC T* Gb (Ta = -60 … +** °C)
Ex tb IIIC T***°C Db IP 66 (Ta = -60 … +** °C)
E5
* temperature class on the table
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust IIB Baseefa13ATEX0007X
IIC Baseefa13ATEX0006 E5
IIB, IIC EN 60079-0: 2012 / EN 60079-1: 2007 / EN 60079-31: 2009
IIB EII 2 G Ex d IIB T* Gb (Ta = -60 … +** °C)
EII 2 D Ex tb IIIC T***°C Db IP 66 (Ta = -60 … +** °C)
IIC EII 2 G Ex d IIC T* Gb (Ta = -60 … +** °C)
EII 2 D Ex tb IIIC T***°C Db IP 66 (Ta = -60 … +** °C) E5
* temperature class on the table
Product variant table
Power and Temperature class Max. surface Ambient temperature
voltage temperature range
5J T6 T73 °C -60 … +40 °C E5
24 V DC T5 T88 °C -60 … +55 °C
T4 T103 °C -60 … +70 °C
5J T6 T73 °C -60 … +40 °C
48 V DC T5 T88 °C -60 … +55 °C
T4 T103 °C -60 … +70 °C E5
5J T5 T83 °C -60 … +40 °C
115 V AC T4 T113 °C -60 … +55 °C
5J T6 T75 °C -60 … +40 °C
230 V AC T5 T90 °C -60 … +55 °C
T4 T105 °C -60 … +70 °C E5
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), India (PESO), Kazakhstan (TR), Russia (TR),
Belarus (TR)
Electrical data
Rated operational voltage 24 V DC, 48 V DC, 115 V AC and 230 V AC operational parameters +/-10 % E5
Rated operational current 24 V DC 48 V DC 115 V AC 230 V AC
300 mA 185 mA 140 mA 75 mA
Luminous characteristics
Effective candela Clear lens 49 cd
Candela seconds 9.96 cds E5
Flash energy 5J
Flash rate 1 per second
Operating temperature range
24 & 48 V DC -50 ... +70 °C
115 V AC -55 ... +55 °C E5
230 V AC -55 ... +70 °C
Mechanical data
Material
Enclosure GRP E5
Lens cover polycarbonate
Wire guard stainless steel
Degree of protection IP66 & IP67 IEC 60529
Cable entries 3 x M20, product supplied with 3 x dust cover
Weight 2.4 kg E5

E5
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Signalling Devices 545
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 546 Dienstag, 29. März 2016 9:54 09

GRP Flameproof Visual Signal 5 Joule CS &

Series FX15 Clifford &Snell

E5
Accessories and Spare Parts
Designation Figure Description Art. no. PS WebCode
Mounting Stainless steel L-bracket - see dimensional drawings 221711◄ 80 ––
E5 brackets

15795E00

Stainless steel backstrap mounting bracket - 221712◄ 80 ––


see dimensional drawings

E5
15794E00

Cable glands Ex d & Ex e Compound barrier cable gland 109441 10 PXSS2KA


for all types of unarmoured and braid armour cables
(nickel plated brass)
15793E00

Ex d & Ex e Compound barrier cable gland 109428 10 PX2KA


E5 for all types of armoured cables
(SWA, braided, tape) (nickel plated brass)
15791E00

Xenon tube Replacement xenon tube assembly 223636 80 ––

E5 PCB
15798E00

PCB assembly 24 V DC 5J 223635 80 ––


PCB assembly 48 V DC 5J 223634 80 ––
PCB assembly 110 V AC 5J 223632 80 ––
15786E00
PCB assembly 230 V AC 5J 80 ––
E5
223580
PCB PCB assembly termination 223579 80 ––
termination
15785E00

Flange Flange assembly standard

E5 clear 223578 80 ––

15796E00

E5

E5

E5

E5

E5

E5

E5
546 Signalling Devices 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 547 Dienstag, 29. März 2016 9:54 09

CS & GRP Flameproof Visual Signal 5 Joule


Clifford &Snell Series FX15

E5
Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm / inches) - Subject to Alterations
105 mm / 4.13 "

78 mm / 3.07 "
E5

87 mm / 3.43 "
164 mm / 6.46 "

ø 8,50 mm / ø 0.33 "


148 mm / 5.83 "

E5
78 mm / 3.07 "
152 mm / 5.98 "

E5

265 mm / 10.43 "


245 mm / 9.65 "

E5

253 mm / 9.96 "


239 mm / 9.41 "

E5
ø9 mm
137 mm / 5.39 " 75 mm / 2.95 " ø0.35 " 180 mm / 7.09 "

E5
15739E00 15738E00 15737E00

FX15 Beacon FX15 Beacon with ‘L’ bracket FX15 Beacon with backstrap bracket
ø 8,50 mm
78 mm / 3.07 " ø 0.33 "
25 mm
0.98 "

E5
152 mm / 5.98 "
28 mm
1.10 "

E5
180 mm / 7.09 "
15743E00 15763E00

Backstrap bracket

E5
20 mm 87 mm / 3.43 "
0.79 "
105 mm / 4.13 "

E5
75 mm / 2.95 "

ø9 mm
ø0.35 " E5
15742E00 15762E00

L-shaped bracket

E5

E5
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Signalling Devices 547
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 548 Dienstag, 29. März 2016 9:54 09

Flashing Beacon and Continuous Beacon CS &

Series 6161 Clifford &Snell

E5
> Robust, seawater resistant
aluminium enclosure
> Flashing frequency 1 Hz
E5 > Flashing energy 5 Joules
> Integrated Ex e connection chamber
> Available with signal yellow, red, orange,
green, blue and clear light dome
E5
> Steady beacon in LED technology
> Extreme temperature range -40 ... +50 °C

E5
Series 6161 E5

01817E00

WebCode 6161A ATEX / IECEx

E5 Zone
For use in
0 1
x
2
x
20 21
x
22
x

Selection Table
E5 Version Nominal voltage Internal fuse Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
6161/2 230 V AC, 315 mAT 6161/2-11-.21-0 120614◄ 34 1.500
Flashing Beacon 50 ... 60 Hz
E5 110 ... 127 V AC,
50 ... 60 Hz
315 mAT 6161/2-31-.21-0 120624◄ 34 1.500

24 ... 42 V AC, –– 6161/2-61-.21-0 120633 34 1.500


50 ... 60 Hz and 12 ... 48 V DC
60 ... 80 V DC –– 6161/2-41-.21-0 34 1.500
E5
120641
6161/3 230 V AC, 200 mAT 6161/3-10-.21-0 120686 34 1.400
Continuous Beacon 50 ... 60 Hz
24 V AC / DC, 315 mAT 6161/3-70-.21-0 120693◄ 34 1.400
0 Hz, 50 ... 60 Hz
E5 Order Number Supplement
Colour of glass signal yellow 6161/.-..-1..
clear 6161/.-..-2..
red 6161/.-..-3..
E5 blue 6161/.-..-4..
green 6161/.-..-5..
orange 6161/.-..-6..
Note The optical beacons are supplied without attachment materials and wire guard.
E5 These must be ordered separately!

E5

E5

E5
548 Signalling Devices 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 549 Dienstag, 29. März 2016 9:54 09

CS & Flashing Beacon and Continuous Beacon


Clifford &Snell Series 6161

E5
Technical Data
Version 6161/2 Flashing Beacon 6161/3 Continuous Beacon
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx LCI 08.0032X IECEx LCI 08.0032X
E5
Ex d e IIC T* Gb -40 °C Tamb +**°C Ex d e IIC T* Gb -40 °C Tamb +**°C
Ex tb IIIC T* Db IP66 -40 °C Tamb +**°C Ex tb IIIC T* Db IP66 -40 °C Tamb +**°C
IEC 60079-0 : 2011 IEC 60079-0 : 2011
IEC 60079-1 : 2007-04
IEC 60079-7 : 2006-07
IEC 60079-1 : 2007-04
IEC 60079-7 : 2006-07 E5
IEC 60079-31 : 2008 IEC 60079-31 : 2008
** see ambient conditions for the ** see ambient conditions for the
temperature class temperature class
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust LCIE 02 ATEX 6062 X
E II 2 G Ex d e IIC T* Gb -40 °C Tamb +**°C
LCIE 02 ATEX 6062 X
E II 2 G Ex d e IIC T* Gb -40 °C Tamb +**°C
E5
E II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T* Db IP66 E II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T* Db IP66
-40 °C Tamb +**°C -40 °C Tamb +**°C
EN 60079-0 : 2012 EN 60079-0 : 2012
EN 60079-1 : 2007
EN 60079-7 : 2007
EN 60079-1 : 2007
EN 60079-7 : 2007 E5
EN 60079-31 : 2009 EN 60079-31 : 2009
Conditions of certificate: Conditions of certificate:
If wire guard is not installed, the apparatus shall If wire guard is not installed, the apparatus shall
be submitted to low mechanical impact only. be submitted to low mechanical impact only.
** see ambient conditions for the
temperature class
** see ambient conditions for the
temperature class E5
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, China (China-Ex) IECEx, ATEX, China (China-Ex)
Ship approval GL ––
Back-up fuse 4 AT (Fuse slow-blow or
automatic circuit breaker C characteristic)
4 AT (Fuse slow-blow or
automatic circuit breaker C characteristic) E5
Rated values 24 ... 42 V AC 50 ... 60 Hz 0.5 ... 0.3 A 24 V AC / DC 0 Hz, 50 ... 60 Hz 0.12 A
110 ... 127 V AC 50 ... 60 Hz 0.11 A 230 V AC 50 ... 60 Hz 0.02 A
230 V AC 50 ... 60 Hz 0.08 A

12 ... 48 V DC 0.5 ... 0.3 A E5


60 ... 80 V DC 0.13 ... 0.11 A
Flashing energy 5 Joules ––
Flashing frequency 1Hz ––
Ambient temperature ** Temperature Class ** Temperature Class E5
Type Tamb Gas Dust Type Tamb Gas Dust
6121/2 +40 °C T6 T85 °C 6121/3 +40 °C T6 T65 °C
+50 °C T5 T100 °C +50 °C T6 T75 °C
Degree of protection
Protection class
IP66 according to IEC/EN 60529
I (internal and external PE connection terminal according to IEC/EN 60598)
E5
Material
Enclosure aluminium alloy copper-free, yellow/black powder-coated
Light dome polycarbonate, prismatic
Special lock
Cable entries
Ex d enclosure; M4 hexagon socket stud
1 x M20 x 1.5 stopping plug
E5
1 x M20 x 1.5 cable gland
metal cable gland on request
Connection type screw terminal block, 3-pole

E5

E5

E5
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Signalling Devices 549
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 550 Dienstag, 29. März 2016 9:54 09

Flashing Beacon and Continuous Beacon CS &

Series 6161 Clifford &Snell

E5
Accessories and Spare Parts
Designation Figure Description Art. no. PS Weight
kg
E5 Mounting plate material: stainless steel, 120821◄ 34 0.158
includes mounting screws,
for wall or floor mounting
04279E00

Pipe clamp material: stainless steel


E5 includes mounting screws
R 1 1 /4 “ 120812 34 0.500
09349E00
R 1 1 /2 “ 120819 34 0.470

E5 R2“ 120823 34 0.500

Ceiling or material: stainless steel 120826◄ 34 0.480


wall-mounting bracket includes mounting screws

E5
09350E00

Wire guard material: stainless steel 120818◄ 34 0.260

E5

09351E00

E5 Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm) - Subject to Alterations

E5

E5

E5 09345E00

Optical beacon 6161


Mounting accessories

E5
106,25
7
7

E5
50
25

25

130
04716E00 09346E00 04595E00

Ceiling and wall-mounting bracket Pipe clamp Mounting plate


E5

E5
550 Signalling Devices 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 551 Dienstag, 29. März 2016 9:54 09

CS & Signal Beacon - LED


Clifford &Snell Series 6162

E5
> Versions
– rotating mirror beacon
– rotating beacon
– beacon with double flash (9+5 J) E5
– flashing beacon (15 J)
– LED-continuous beacon
– LED-rotating beacon
> Seewater resistant aluminium enclosure E5
with glass dome
> Integrated Ex e connection chamber
> Glass dome available in: signal yellow,
red, orange and blue respectively clear E5
Series 6162 E5

06147E00

> Available with


– 20 W / 35 W halogen bulb or as
WebCode 6162A – LED-continuous beacon /
LED-rotating beacon E5
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x x x E5

Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx) E5
Gas and dust IECEx PTB 06.0078
Ex d e llC T3 ... T6 Gb*
Ex tb lllC T80 °C ... T160 °C Db*
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust PTB 06 ATEX 1037
E5
E ll 2 G Ex d e llC T3 ... T6 Gb*
E ll 2 D Ex tb lllC T80 °C ... T160 °C Db*
* Temperature classes are dependent on lamp wattage (see selection table)
Certifications and certificates E5
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Kazakhstan (TR), Russia (TR), Serbia (SRPS), Ukraine (TR), Belarus (TR)
Rated operational voltage see selection table
Lamp wattage see selection table
Rotation speed rotating mirror beacon: 180 rpm
rotating beacon: 60 rpm E5
Ambient temperature see selection table
Degree of protection IP66
Protection class I (acc. to IEC/EN 60598)
Material
Enclosure aluminium powder coated, seawater resistant E5
Light dome glass, resistant to thermal shocks
Cable entries 1 x M20 x 1.5 (d 4 ... 13 mm)
1 x M20 x 1.5 stopping plug
metal cable gland on request
Connection cross-section E5
L1, N, PE 2.5 mm2 finely-stranded
4 mm2 solid

E5

E5
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Signalling Devices 551
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 552 Dienstag, 29. März 2016 9:54 09

Signal Beacon - LED CS &

Series 6162 Clifford &Snell

E5
Selection Table
Version Order number Art. no. PS Weight

Temperature class
Rated operational

E5

Lamp wattage

Max. ambient
Max. surface
temperature

temperature
voltage

E5 24 V AC / DC, 20 W T4 105 °C 40 °C 6162/17-61-.11 120872◄ 34


kg
5.600
50 ... 60 Hz T4 115 °C 50 °C
35 W T3 150 °C 40 °C 6162/17-62-.11 120863◄ 34 5.600
T3 160 °C 50 °C
115 V AC, 35 W T3 150 °C 40 °C 6162/17-32-.11 120866 34 5.600
E5 50 ... 60 Hz T3 160 °C 50 °C
230 V AC, 20 W T4 105 °C 40 °C 6162/17-11-.11 120871 34 5.600
06128E00 50 ... 60 Hz T4 115 °C 50 °C
Rotating 35 W T3 150 °C 40 °C 6162/17-12-.11 120869 34 5.600
mirror beacon T3 160 °C 50 °C

E5 24 V AC / DC, 20 W T6 80 °C 40 °C 34 5.600
6162/18-61-.11 120874
50 ... 60 Hz T5 90 °C 50 °C
35 W T4 105 °C 40 °C 6162/18-62-.11 120864 34 5.600
T4 115 °C 50 °C
115 V AC, 35 W T4 105 °C 40 °C 6162/18-32-.11 120867 34 5.600
50 ... 60 Hz T4 115 °C 50 °C
E5 05759E00
230 V AC,
50 ... 60 Hz
20 W T6
T5
80 °C
90 °C
40 °C
50 °C
6162/18-11-.11 120873 34 5.600

Rotating 35 W T4 105 °C 40 °C 6162/18-12-.11 120870 34 5.600


beacon T4 115 °C 50 °C
24 V DC 9+5J T5 85 °C 40 °C 6162/16-53-.11 120861 34 5.600
T5 95 °C 50 °C
E5 115 V AC, 9+5J T5 90 °C 40 °C 6162/16-23-.11 120865 34 5.600
50 ... 60 Hz T4 100 °C 50 °C
230 V AC, 9+5J T5 85 °C 40 °C 6162/16-13-.11 120868 34 5.600
50 ... 60 Hz T5 95 °C 50 °C

E5 Beacon with
05759E00

double flash
24 V AC / DC (± 15 %), 15 J T6 75 °C 40 °C 6162/15-64-.11 120877 34 5.600
50 ... 60 Hz T6 75 °C 50 °C
110 ... 127 V AC, 15 J T5 95 °C 40 °C 6162/15-44-.11 120875 34 5.600
E5 50 ... 60 Hz
230 ... 240 V AC, 15 J
T4
T6
105 °C
80 °C
50 °C
40 °C 6162/15-74-.11 120876 34 5.600
50 ... 60 Hz T6 80 °C 50 °C

05759E00
Flashing
E5 beacon
Order Number Supplement
Colour of glass signal yellow 6162/..-..-1..
clear 6162/..-..-2..
red 6162/..-..-3..
E5 blue 6162/..-..-4..
orange 6162/..-..-6..
Note The optical beacons are supplied without mounting accessories and wire guard.
These must be ordered separately!

E5

E5

E5
552 Signalling Devices 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 553 Dienstag, 29. März 2016 9:54 09

CS & Signal Beacon - LED


Clifford &Snell Series 6162

E5
Selection Table
Version Order number Art. no. PS Weight

Temperature class
Rated operational
Colour of glass

E5

Lamp wattage

Max. ambient
Max. surface
temperature

temperature
voltage

kg
signal 24 V DC 5W T6 70 °C 40 °C 6162/19-55-111 201879 34 5.300 E5
yellow T6 80 °C 50 °C
T5 90 °C 60 °C
115 ... 230 V AC, 5W T6 70 °C 40 °C 6162/19-95-111 201901 34 5.300
50 ... 60 Hz T6 80 °C 50 °C

E5
T5 90 °C 60 °C

12628E00
LED-continuous
beacon
red 24 V DC 5W T6 70 °C 40 °C 6162/19-55-311 201880 34 5.300
T6
T5
80 °C
90 °C
50 °C
60 °C
E5
115 ... 230 V AC, 5W T6 70 °C 40 °C 6162/19-95-311 219980 34 5.300
50 ... 60 Hz T6 80 °C 50 °C
T5 90 °C 60 °C

12629E00
E5
LED-continuous
beacon
orange 24 V DC 5W T6 70 °C 40 °C 6162/19-55-611 203036 34 5.300
T6 80 °C 50 °C

115 ... 230 V AC, 5W


T5
T6
90 °C
70 °C
60 °C
40 °C 6162/19-95-611 203037 34 5.300
E5
50 ... 60 Hz T6 80 °C 50 °C
T5 90 °C 60 °C

E5
12696E00
LED-continuous
beacon
signal 24 V DC 3.6 W T6 70 °C 40 °C 6162/18-55-111 219972 34 5.300
yellow T6 80 °C 50 °C
T5 90 °C 60 °C
115 ... 230 V AC, 3.6 W T6 70 °C 40 °C 6162/18-95-111 34 5.300
E5
201903
50 ... 60 Hz T6 80 °C 50 °C
T5 90 °C 60 °C

12628E00
LED-
rotating beacon
red 24 V DC 3.6 W T6 70 °C 40 °C 6162/18-55-311 219959 34 5.300
E5
T6 80 °C 50 °C
T5 90 °C 60 °C
115 ... 230 V AC, 3.6 W T6 70 °C 40 °C 6162/18-95-311 201904◄ 34 5.300
50 ... 60 Hz T6 80 °C 50 °C
T5 90 °C 60 °C
E5
12629E00
LED-
rotating beacon
orange 24 V DC 3.6 W T6 70 °C 40 °C 34 5.300
E5
6162/18-55-611 203034
T6 80 °C 50 °C
T5 90 °C 60 °C
115 ... 230 V AC, 3.6 W T6 70 °C 40 °C 6162/18-95-611 203035◄ 34 5.300
50 ... 60 Hz T6 80 °C 50 °C
T5 90 °C 60 °C

12696E00
E5
LED-
rotating beacon
Note The optical beacons are supplied without mounting accessories and wire guard.
These must be ordered separately!
E5
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Signalling Devices 553
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 554 Dienstag, 29. März 2016 9:54 09

Signal Beacon - LED CS &

Series 6162 Clifford &Snell

E5
Accessories and Spare Parts
Designation Figure Description Art. no. PS Weight
kg
E5 Halogen lamp G6.35 20 W / 12 V 2 pc 120933 37 0.001
20 W / 24 V 2 pc 120934 37 0.001
05003E00
35 W / 12 V 2 pc 120935 37 0.001
35 W / 24 V 2 pc 120936 37 0.001
E5 Mounting plate material: stainless steel, 120821◄ 34 0.158
includes mounting screws,
for wall or floor mounting
04279E00

Pipe clamp R 1 1 /4 “ 120919 34 0.520

E5 R 1 1 /2 “ 120920 34 0.560
R 2“ 120921 34 0.600

04223E00

E5 Mounting bracket material: stainless steel,


includes mounting screws
120930◄ 34 0.450

E5
04281E00

Wire guard material: stainless steel, 120917 34 0.540


includes mounting screws

10289E00

E5 Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm) - Subject to Alterations

E5 X
32
336

15,50
316

95

Ø 210

E5
32
76,50

32

M6
12

Ø 210 32

E5
X
04282E00

Signal beacon Series 6162


E5 Mounting accessories
1¼" (Ø 42)
1½" (Ø 48)
40
2" (Ø 60)
Y

E5
106,25
1¼" - 184
1½" - 191
2" - 203

Y 7 106,25
7
139

E5
58
50

25

50
25

25
7

130 130
04333E00 04335E00 04595E00

Mounting bracket Pipe clamp Mounting plate


E5
554 Signalling Devices 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 555 Dienstag, 29. März 2016 9:54 09

CS & Instrinsically Safe LED Visual Flashing or Status Signal


Clifford &Snell Series FD40IS, SD40IS

E5
> 8 LED array flashing or status beacon
> High light intensity
Long life LED design
E5
>

> Lens available in six different colours


> Flame retardant ABS enclosure
> Up to 4 modules in any combination
of colours E5

E5
Series FD40IS, SD40IS E5

13913E00

WebCode FD_SD40ISA ATEX


Zone
For use in
0
x
1
x
2
x
20
x
21
x
22
x
E5

Selection Table
Version Base colour Rated
operational
Lens colour Order number Art. no. PS Weight
E5
voltage
kg
Instrinsically Safe red normal 16.2 ... 26.4 V amber FD40IS/X/A/RN 207067◄ 81 0.150
LED Visual Flashing (RN)
Signal FD40IS signal,
red
green
FD40IS/X/R/RN
FD40IS/X/G/RN
205111◄
212407◄
81
81
0.150
0.150
E5
ATEX certification,
standard single opal FD40IS/X/O/RN 212408 81 0.150
module devices
blue FD40IS/X/B/RN 212409 81 0.150
clear 81 0.150
E5
FD40IS/X/C/RN 212410
Instrinsically Safe red normal 16.2 ... 26.4 V amber SD40IS/X/A/RN 212403◄ 81 0.150
LED Visual Status (RN) red SD40IS/X/R/RN 205460◄ 81 0.150
Signal SD40IS signal,
ATEX certification, green SD40IS/X/G/RN 209638◄ 81 0.150
standard single opal SD40IS/X/O/RN 212404◄ 81 0.150
module devices
blue SD40IS/X/B/RN 212405 81 0.150 E5
clear SD40IS/X/C/RN 212406◄ 81 0.150
Note Multiple module units are available.
Contact your local sales office for details.
example module E5
combinations

E5

E5

14004E00 14005E00 14006E00 14007E00

Single device Double device Triple device Quadruple device E5


base colour red normal (RN)

E5
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Signalling Devices 555
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 556 Dienstag, 29. März 2016 9:54 09

Instrinsically Safe LED Visual Flashing or Status Signal CS &

Series FD40IS, SD40IS Clifford &Snell

E5
Technical Data
Explosion protection
Europe (ATEX)

E5 Gas and dust Baseefa05ATEX0075


E II 1G Ex ia IIC T4 Ga
E II 1D Ex ia IIIC T190°C Da
Certifications and certificates
Certificates ATEX, India (PESO)

E5 Electrical data
Rated operational voltage 16.2 ... 26.4 V
Current consumption Power supply Certified barrier / Current consumption
isolator parameters
24 V DC 28 V / 300 Ω 22 mA

E5 18 V DC*)
*)
28 V / 300 Ω
Light output reduced
14 mA

Certified input parameters Ui = 30 V


Ii = 200 mA
Pi = 0.7 W
E5 Ci = 0
Li = 0
Line monitoring yes
Luminous characteristics
Light source 8 array LED
E5 Flash rate 1/s (FD40IS only)
Lens colour amber, red, green, opal, blue, clear
Ambient conditions
Operating -25 ... +40 °C
temperature range
E5 Storage temperature -40 ... +70 °C
Max. relative humidity 90 % at 40 °C
Mechanical data
Cable entries 1 x M20

E5 Material
Enclosure ABS, flame retardant
Lens polycarbonate, flame retardant
Assembly parts stainless steel fixings
Labels polyester foil, adhesive

E5 Degree of protection
Mounting / Installation
IP65 acc. to IEC 60529

Mounting All units are supplied separately from the base for ease of installation. The base should be
mounted to a reasonably flat surface or bulkhead. A gasket is supplied, should the surface be
uneven, or if the unit is to be used in wet conditions. The installation is completed by fitting the
beacon onto the base by means of the supplied screws.
E5 Connection Each beacon should be wired independently.
2.5 mm2 terminals

E5

E5

E5

E5
556 Signalling Devices 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 557 Dienstag, 29. März 2016 9:54 09

CS & Instrinsically Safe LED Visual Flashing or Status Signal


Clifford &Snell Series FD40IS, SD40IS

E5
Accessories and Spare Parts
Designation Figure Description Order number Art. no. PS WebCode
Safety barrier single channel 20 9001A
E5
9001/01-280- 158351◄
085-101
dual channel 9002/11-280- 158848◄ 20 9002A
186-001

E5
02326E00

Galvanic isolator single channel 9176/10-15-00s 160472 21 9176A


dual channel 9176/20-15-00s 165567 21 9176A
E5

12530E00

Cabel gland 8161/8-M20-1304 50 pieces 8161/8-M20-1304 239164◄ 10 8161A E5


4 ... 13 mm2 (delivery lot*))
13027E00

*) Purchase order quantity in [pieces], the delivery quantity is automatically rounded to the delivery lot.

Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm [inches]) - Subject to Alterations E5


60,40 [2,38]
30,20
81,50 [3,21]

5 [0,20]

[1,19]
E5
A 1 x M20
30,20
[1,19]
60,40 [2,38]
[ø 2,00]
ø 50,80

91,50 [3,60] A 1 x M20


E5
A 1 x M20
C 4 x M5
91,50 [3,60]

45°
B 4 x M5
16547E00

A = knockout hole E5
B = drill hole
C = knockout hole

A
E5
2 x M20

E5
13984E

E5

E5

E5
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Signalling Devices 557
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 558 Dienstag, 29. März 2016 9:54 09

LED Obstruction Light Low Intensity


Series TEF 2430

E5
> Complies with: ICAO annex 14 vol. 1 CH. 6,
low intensity type B
> Integrated terminal box
E5 > Low maintenance
> Rugged construction
> Low power consumption
E5 > Resistant to vibrations
> Very long operating life

E5
Series TEF 2430 E5

08470E00

WebCode T2430B Zone


ATEX / IECEx
0 1 2 20 21 22
E5 For use in x x

Selection Table
Version Light intensity Voltage Order number Art. no. PS
E5 Luminaire Red LED 32 cd. 220 ... 254 V AC TEF2430160 170631 70
Omni-directional 110 ... 120 V AC TEF2430161 170632 70
24 V AC / DC TEF2430162 170633 70

Technical Data
E5 Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas IECEx DNV 13.0016X
Ex d e op is IIB T5 Gb
Europe (ATEX)
E5 Gas NEMKO 03 ATEX 064
E II 2 G Ex d e op is IIB T5 Gb
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Canada (CSA), USA
Rated voltage 220 / 254 V AC 50 / 60 Hz
E5 110 / 120 V AC 50 / 60 Hz
24 V AC / DC
Power consumption max. 10.5 W
Service life min. 50,000 working hours
Light intensity > 32 cd.
E5 Luminous intensity distribution
according to ICAO annex 14 vol. I Ch. 6 low intensity type B
80 90 80
70 70
60 60 60
50 50
50

E5
40 40
40
30 30
30
20 20
20

E5
10 10 10

0 0

-10 -10

E5 -20 -20
08472E00

Ambient temperature -30 ... +50 °C


Cable glands 4 x M25 cable gland
delivered with:
2 x M25 stopping plugs
2 x M25 cable glands
E5
558 Signalling Devices 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 559 Dienstag, 29. März 2016 9:54 09

LED Obstruction Light Low Intensity


Series TEF 2430

E5
Accessories and Spare Parts
Designation Description Order number Art. no. PS
Globe globe with guard, LED´s and LED driver 70
E5
TEF4545 170634
Mounting plate complete with transformer 110 ... 254 V AC TEF4236 170635 70
O-Ring for globe / guard ring TEF50008009 170679 70
Cable gland cable gland, M25 TEF9147200 165825 70
Stopping plug drain plug EEx e M25 TEF7302101 169899 70 E5
stopping plug EEx e, M25 TEF7947304 165845 70

Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm [inches]) - Subject to Alterations


226 [8,90] 175 [6,89] E5

E5
304 [11,97]

E5
08471E00

E5

E5

E5

E5

E5

E5

E5

E5
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Signalling Devices 559
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 560 Dienstag, 29. März 2016 9:54 09

Signal Beacon
Series TEF 2430

E5
> Rugged and low profile
> Easy to install and maintain
Degree of protection IP66 / IP67
E5
>

> Long lamp life due to


compact fluorescent tube
> Wide range of coloured globes
E5 > Short ignition time at low temperatures
> Resistant to vibration

E5
Series TEF 2430 E5

08470E00

WebCode T2430C ATEX / IECEx

E5 Zone
For use in
0 1
x
2
x
20 21 22

Selection Table
E5 Version Voltage Lamps Colour Order number Art. no. PS
Luminaire 230 V 2x7W clear TEF2430000 170654 70
green TEF2430100 170655 70
red TEF2430200 170656 70

E5 120 V 1 x 13 W
yellow
clear
TEF2430301
TEF2430005
170657
170658
70
70
green TEF2430105 170659 70
red TEF2430205 170660 70

E5 yellow TEF2430306 170661 70


24 V DC 1 x 10 W clear TEF2430232 170664 70
green TEF2430233 170665 70
red TEF2430230 170662 70
yellow 70
E5
TEF2430231 170663
blue TEF2430234 170666 70
amber TEF2430235 170667 70

Technical Data
E5 Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas IECEx DNV 13.0016X
Ex d e IIB T5 Gb
Europe (ATEX)
E5 Gas NEMKO 03 ATEX 064
E II 2 G Ex d e IIB T5 Gb
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Canada (CSA), USA
Light intensity > 10 candela red
E5 > 70 candela yellow
> 80 candela white
Ambient temperature -30 ... +40 °C
Degree of protection IP66 / IP67
Material cast copper alloy
E5 Cable glands
globe: polycarbonate lexan
4 x M25 stopping gland
1 x M25 cable glands

E5
560 Signalling Devices 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 561 Dienstag, 29. März 2016 9:54 09

Signal Beacon
Series TEF 2430

E5
Accessories and Spare Parts
Designation Description Order number Art. no. PS
Fluorescent tube 7W 70
E5
TEF9400032 165826
PLC 13 W 120 V TEF9400064 165848 70
PLC 10 W / 827 G24, 24 V TEF9400071 170668 70
Light fitting insert 230 V, complete TEF1671 170669 70
120 V AC, complete TEF3059 170670 70 E5
24 V DC, complete TEF3191 170671 70
Lamp holder G23 TEF50880031 170672 70
Globe clear TEF1223 170673 70
green TEF1224 170674 70
E5
red TEF1225 170675 70
yellow TEF1226 170676 70
blue TEF1227 170677 70 E5
yellow amber TEF2036 170678 70
O-Ring for globe / guard ring TEF50008009 170679 70
Cable gland cable gland, M25 TEF9147200 165825 70
Reactor fluor. tube 2 x 7 W, 230 V / 240 V 50 / 60 Hz TEF50860035 165823 70
E5
fluor. tube 2 x 7 W, 230 V / 240 V 50 / 60 Hz TEF50860031 170680 70

Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm [inches]) - Subject to Alterations


226 [8,90] 175 [6,89]
E5

E5
304 [11,97]

E5

08471E00

E5

E5

E5

E5

E5
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Signalling Devices 561
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 562 Dienstag, 29. März 2016 9:54 09

Signal Beacon - Zone 2


Series TEF 2440

E5
> Application
– deck lighting
– signal lighting
E5 – obstacle marking
> Rugged construction
> Easy to install and maintain
Degree of protection IP66 / IP67
E5
>

> Long lamp life due to


compact fluorescent tube
> Versatility offering variable
mounting positions
E5
Series TEF 2440 E5

Optional internal lamp reflector


06432E00
>

> Wide range of coloured globes available


WebCode T2440A > Short ignition time at low temperatures
E5 > Resistant to vibrations

ATEX
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
E5 For use in x

Selection Table
Version Lamps Rated voltage Colour of glass Order number Art. no. PS Weight
E5 kg
Signal light 1 x 13 W 230 V AC clear TEF2440000 165849 70 1.900
Series TEF 2440 green TEF2440001 165850 70 1.900
red TEF2440002 165851 70 1.900

E5 amber
blue
TEF2440003
TEF2440004
165836
165837
70
70
1.900
1.900
yellow TEF2440103 165854◄ 70 1.900
120 V AC clear TEF2440017 165853 70 1.900
red TEF2440016 165852 70 1.900
E5 amber TEF2440015 165838 70 1.900
blue TEF2440018 165839 70 1.900

Technical Data
Explosion protection
E5 Europe (ATEX)
Gas NEMKO 03ATEX3336
E II 3 G EEx nA II T3/T4
Certifications and certificates
Certificates ATEX
E5 Rated voltage 230 V AC 50/60 Hz
120 V AC 60 Hz
Power consumption 18 W
Lamp version PL-C compact fluorescent tube, max. 13 W
Lamp holder G 24 D / 1
E5 Light intensity > 10 cd red
> 80 cd yellow
> 90 cd white
Ambient temperature -25 ... +45 °C
Degree of protection IP66 / IP67

E5 Material
Enclosure acid proof stainless steel, powder coated (RAL 9002)
Globe polycarbonate
Colour of glass white, yellow, red, blue, green and amber
Cable entries 1 x cable gland M25
1 x stopping plug M25
E5
562 Signalling Devices 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 563 Dienstag, 29. März 2016 9:54 09

Signal Beacon - Zone 2


Series TEF 2440

E5
Accessories and Spare Parts
Designation Description Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
Globe clear, spare part kit TEF2548 165855 70 0.180
E5
green, spare part kit TEF2592 165857 70 0.180
red, spare part kit TEF2553 165856 70 0.180
yellow amber, spare part kit TEF2593 165842 70 0.180 E5
blue, spare part kit TEF2604 165858 70 0.180
Ballast ballast and lamp holder, spare part kit TEF2510 165840 70 3.980
Fluorescent lamps PLC 13 W / 84 230 V TEF9400060 165846 70 0.060
PLC 10 W / 84 230 V TEF9400062 165847 70 0.060
E5
PLC 13 W 120 V TEF9400064 165848 70 0.060

Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm [inches]) - Subject to Alterations


163,30 [6,43]
E5
146,30 [5,76]
120 [4,72]
78,50 [3,09]

E5
205 [8,07]
100 [3,94]
140 [5,51]

E5
4 x ø 6,50
[4 x ø 0,26]
06430E00

E5

E5

E5

E5

E5

E5

E5
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Signalling Devices 563
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 564 Dienstag, 29. März 2016 9:54 09

Obstruction Light LED


Series TEF 2460

E5
> Complies with: ICAO Annex 14 Vol. 1 Ch. 6,
Low intensity type A or B
> Integrated terminal box
E5 with drain plug/breather
> Low maintenance
> Rugged construction
Encapsulated electronics. No risk
E5 >
of water intrusion to LED’s and electronics
> Instant light
> Resistant to vibrations
E5
Series TEF 2460 E5

16772E00

WebCode T2460A ATEX / IECEx

E5 Zone
For use in
0 1
x
2
x
20 21 22

Selection Table

E5 Version
Obstruction Light LED
Lamps
red LED
Light intensity
10 cd
Voltage
24 V DC ±30 %
Order number
TEF2460166
Art. no.
240990
PS
70
Series TEF 2460
100 ... 254 V AC TEF2460165 240989 70
32 cd 24 V DC ±30 % TEF2460162 240988 70
100 ... 254 V AC TEF2460160 241027 70
E5 red + IR 10 cd 24 V DC ±30 % TEF2460168 241032 70
version is NVG compatible
32 cd 24 V DC ±30 % TEF2460167 241031 70

Technical Data
Explosion protection
E5 Global (IECEx)
Gas IECEx Pre 14.0009
Ex e mb op is IIC T5 Gb
Europe (ATEX)
Gas PRESAFE 14 ATEX 4571
E5
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX
Electrical data
Rated voltage 100 ... 254 V AC
E5 Power consumption
24 V DC ±30 %
4 ... 10 W (depending on the version)
Service life Min. 50,000 working hours
Luminous characteristics
Light intensity > 32 cd and 10 cd versions, according ICAO Annex 14 Vol. I, low intensity type A and B

E5 Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature -55 ... +55 °C
Operating temperature -40 ... +55 °C
Mechanical data
Degree of protection IP66
Cable glands 2 x M25 x 1.5
E5
Accessories and Spare Parts
Designation Description Order number Art. no. PS
Dome with gasket TEF5631 241040 70

E5
Screw M5x16 red. shank TEF51013028 241045 70
Drain plug drain plug EEx e M25 TEF7302101 169899 70
Stopping plugs M25 TEF6502500 241043 70
Cable glands M25 d11-15/15-20 mm TEF6222502 241042 70
Terminal insert TEF5632 241041 70
E5
564 Signalling Devices 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 565 Dienstag, 29. März 2016 9:54 09

Perimeter Light LED


Series TEF 2460

E5
> Integrated terminal box with
drain plug/breather
> Low maintenance
> Rugged construction E5
> Encapsulated electronics. No risk
of water intrusion to LED’s and electronics
Instant light
>
E5
> Resistant to vibrations

E5
Series TEF 2460 E5

16772E00

WebCode T2460B ATEX / IECEx


Zone
For use in
0 1
x
2
x
20 21 22
E5

Selection Table
Version
Perimeter light LED
Lamps
green LED
Light intensity
30 cd
Voltage
100 ... 254 V AC
Order number
TEF2460150
Art. no.
241034
PS
70
E5
Series TEF 2460
24 V DC ±30 % TEF2460152 241035 70
green/red LED 30 cd 24 V DC ±30 % TEF2460153 241036 70

Technical Data E5
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas IECEx Pre 14.0009
Ex e mb op is IIC T5 Gb
Europe (ATEX)
Gas PRESAFE 14 ATEX 4571
E5
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX
Electrical data
Rated voltage 100 ... 254 V AC
E5
24 V DC ±30 %
Power consumption 4W
Service life Min. 50,000 working hours

E5
Luminous characteristics
Light intensity > 30 cd 0 ... 10°
> 15 cd 10 ... 20°
> 3 cd 20 ... 90°
< 60 cd in all directions
(according ICAO Annex 14 Vol. II and CAP 437)
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature -55 ... +55 °C E5
Operating temperature -40 ... +55 °C
Mechanical data
Degree of protection IP66
Cable glands 2 x M25 x 1.5
E5
Accessories and Spare Parts
Designation Description Order number Art. no. PS
Glas dome –– TEF50480032 241037 70
Terminal insert –– 70
E5
TEF5632 241041
Cable glands M25 d11-15/15-20 mm TEF6222502 241042 70
Stopping plugs M25 TEF6502500 241043 70
Drain plug drain plug EEx e M25 TEF7302101 169899 70
Screw M5x16 red. shank TEF51013028 241045 70
E5
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Signalling Devices 565
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 566 Dienstag, 29. März 2016 9:54 09

Navigation Light
Series TEF 2850

E5
> Integrated terminal box
> Hinged on top - enabling quick replacement
of light source
E5 > All round lanterns are delivered
with mounting bracket for 2“ pipe
> Designed for use in arctic and tropical waters
Resistant to vibrations
E5 >

> Lens of through-coloured glass -


no de-colouration throughout the lifetime
of the lantern
E5
Series TEF 2850 E5

06425E00

WebCode T2850A ATEX

E5 Zone
For use in
0 1 2
x
20 21 22

Selection Table
E5 Version Version of light fitting Colours Light aperture Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg
Navigation light Masthead white 225° TEF28500029 165885 70 4.000
Series TEF 2850
Starboard green 112.5° TEF28501029 165886◄ 70 4.000
E5 Port red 112.5° TEF28502029 165887 70 4.000
Stern white 135° TEF28503529 165890 70 4.000
Stern towing yellow 135° TEF28503329 165889 70 4.000

E5 Suez red red 135° TEF28503229 165888 70 4.000


Allround white white 360° TEF28505029 165891 70 4.000
Allround green green 360° TEF28505129 165892 70 4.000
Allround red red 360° TEF28505229 165893 70 4.000
E5
Technical Data
Explosion protection
Europe (ATEX)
Gas NEMKO Ex 99Y060
E5 E nR II T5 (Only on request)
Certifications and certificates
Certificates ATEX
Ship approval DNV
Rated voltage 24, 120, 230 V AC / DC
E5 Lamp version 55 W for vessels 20 ... 50 m
85 W for vessels >50 m
Degree of protection IP56
Lamp holder B22 / E27 / P28S
Power consumption 55 ... 85 W, dependant on light source
E5 Operating temperature range -20 ... +40 °C
Material
Enclosure Aluminium
Lens glass coloured glass

E5

E5
566 Signalling Devices 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 567 Dienstag, 29. März 2016 9:54 09

Navigation Light
Series TEF 2850

E5
Accessories and Spare Parts
Designation Description Order number Art. no. PS
Lens clear 70
E5
TEF50480006 165898
green TEF50481003 165899 70
red TEF50482002 165900 70
yellow TEF50483002 165901 70
grey TEF50486001 165902 70 E5
Lamp holder B22 TEF50880010 165905 70
E27 TEF50870012 165904 70
Light source 65cd, B22, 230 V TEF9400001 165909 70
65cd, B22, 120 V TEF9400002 165910 70
E5
35cd, B22, 230 V TEF9400003 165911◄ 70
35cd, B22, 120 V TEF9400004 165912 70
35cd, B22, 24 V TEF9400005 165913 70 E5
40 W, P28S, 24 V TEF9400049 165916 70

Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm) - Subject to Alterations


180 E5
160

160

E5
150
200

260

260
35 25

Pg 16

E5
100

11
Pg 16
35

146 100 06424E00

180

E5
95

180

06427E00
E5
Sector lantern TEF 2850 All round lantern TEF 2850

E5

E5

E5

E5
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Signalling Devices 567
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 568 Dienstag, 29. März 2016 9:54 09

Windsock Illuminated
Series TEF 9967

E5
> Wind indication on:
– Helicopter landing areas
– Airports
E5 – Bridges
– Highways
> Rugged and solid construction
> 4 certified luminaires mounted in
E5 SS316L reflector with junction box
> Easy to install and maintain
> 1 or 2 obstruction lights on top
To be mounted on top of 2“ tube
E5 >
Series TEF 9967 E5

Cable for power supply through 2“ tube


06366E00
>

> Resistant to vibrations


WebCode T9967A > Bearing for rotating the wind cone
E5 encapsulated in solid brass housing

ATEX
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
E5 For use in x x

E5 Selection Table
Version Luminaires Voltage Size Use in Order number Art. no. PS
Windsock without –– d = 0.6 m –– TEF9967013 166036 70
Series TEF 9967 L = 2.4 m

E5 –– d = 1.0 m
L = 3.6 m
–– TEF9967014 166037 70

with Series 120 V d = 0.6 m Zone 1 TEF9967020 211382 70


TEF 2430 L = 2.4 m
230 V d = 1.0 m Zone 1 TEF9967009 166032 70
E5 L = 3.6 m
with Series 120 V d = 0.6 m Zone 2 TEF9967021 211383 70
TEF 2440 L = 2.4 m
120 V d = 0.6 m safe area TEF9967022 211384 70
L = 2.4 m
E5 230 V d = 1.0 m Zone 2 TEF9967005 166031 70
L = 3.6 m

Technical Data
Rated voltage 230 / 240 V AC, 50 / 60 Hz
E5 110 / 120 V AC, 60 Hz
Power consumption <100 W
Degree of protection IP66 / IP67 (acc. to IEC 529)
Material Cover in acid proof steel (SS316L). Bearing in solid brass. The arrangement can be equipped
with different models of luminaires from Tranberg, dependant on the area of use.
E5 Weight with luminaire Series TEF 2440, Zone 2 / safe area: 57 kg
with luminaire Series TEF 2430, Zone 1: 78 kg

E5

E5
568 Signalling Devices 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 569 Dienstag, 29. März 2016 9:54 09

Windsock Illuminated
Series TEF 9967

E5
Accessories and Spare Parts
Designation Description Order number Art. no. PS
Windsock d = 0.5 m; L = 2.0 m; colour: orange 70
E5
TEF7852001 166039
d = 0.6 m; L = 2.4 m; colour: orange TEF7852004 166041 70
d = 1.0 m; L = 3.6 m; colour: orange TEF7852002 166040 70

Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm) - Subject to Alterations


E5
1000
95

E5
(2000)
1500

E5
(1000)
600
500

E5
2400
300 (3600)

06362E00

E5

E5

E5

E5

E5

E5

E5

E5
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Signalling Devices 569
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 570 Dienstag, 29. März 2016 9:54 09

Windsock with Internal Illumination


Series TEF 9968

E5
> Rugged and solid construction
> Easy to install and maintain,
maintenance free lights
E5 > The windsock is internally lit with red light,
causing minimal glare and minimal reduction
in pilot‘s ability to see in the dark
Delievered with 10 m flying lead armored
E5
>
cable (other lenghts on request)
> Red + IR (NVG compatible) obstruction light
available
Resistant to vibrations
E5 >
Series TEF 9968 E5

17797E00
> Bearing for the rotation wind vane,
is encapsulated in solid brass housing
WebCode T9968A > EN/DIN mounting flange for 60.3 mm pipe
E5 > Delivered with one spare windsock kit

ATEX / IECEx

E5 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x

Selection Table

E5 Version Light
intensity
Rated
voltage
Size Colour Order number Art. no.

Windsock 10 Cd 24 V DC d = 0.3 m L = 1.3 m orange TEF99683111 on request


Series TEF 9968
E5 d = 0.6 m L = 2.4 m orange TEF99686111 on request

d = 1.0 m L = 3.6 m orange TEF99681111 on request

230 V AC d = 0.3 m L = 1.3 m orange TEF99683112 on request


d = 0.6 m L = 2.4 m orange TEF99686112 on request
E5 d = 1.0 m L = 3.6 m orange TEF99681112 on request

32 Cd IR 24 V DC d = 0.3 m L = 1.3 m orange TEF99683141 on request


d = 0.6 m L = 2.4 m orange TEF99686141 on request

E5 d = 1.0 m L = 3.6 m orange TEF99681141 on request

230 V AC d = 0.3 m L = 1.3 m orange TEF99683122 on request


d = 0.6 m L = 2.4 m orange TEF99686122 on request

d = 1.0 m L = 3.6 m orange TEF99681122 on request


E5 Note The windsocks is supplied with Obstruction Lights Series TEF 2460.
Special option: colour white/red on request

Technical Data
Explosion protection
E5 Global (IECEx)
Gas IECEx PRE 14.0009
Ex e mb op is IIC T5 Gb
Europe (ATEX)
Gas Presafe 14ATEX4571
E5 E II 2 G Ex e mb op is IIC T5 Gb
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, IMO, CAA CAP 437, ICAO Annex 14

E5
570 Signalling Devices 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 571 Dienstag, 29. März 2016 9:54 09

Windsock with Internal Illumination


Series TEF 9968

E5
Technical Data
Electrical data
Rated voltage 24 V DC +/-30 %
100 ... 254 V AC
Power consumption 15 W E5
Mechanical data
Degree of protection IP66 / IP67 (acc. to IEC 60529)
Material brass and stainless steel (EN 1.4404), polycarbonate dome on lamps
Weight approx. 50 kg
Ambient temperature opr.: -20 ... +55 °C E5
Ex: -52 ... +55 °C

Luminaires with Series TEF 2460 Obstruction Light

Accessories and Spare Parts E5


Designation Description Order number Art. no. PS
Windsock d = 0.3 m; L = 1.3 m; colour: orange TEF7852006 241978 70
d = 0.6 m; L = 2.4 m; colour: orange TEF7852004 166041 70
d = 0.6 m; L = 2.4 m; colour: red/white TEF7852005 241977 70 E5
d = 1.0 m; L = 3.6 m; colour: orange TEF7852002 166040 70
Full bearing for windsock arrangement TEF7850000 248112 70
Flange for mounting on 60.3 mm pipe, max Ø = 61 mm, TEF7852007 on request
complete with bolts and nuts E5
for welding to 60.3 mm pipe, EN 1.4404, TEF7852008 on request
complete with bolts and nuts
Power supply Please contact Tranberg AS or R. STAHL on request on request
for a suitable power supply
E5
Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm [inches]) - Subject to Alterations
Dimensions in mm
L d1 d2
TEF 99686... 2743 600 300 E5
TEF 99683.. 1643 300 150
TEF 99681.. 3943 1000 500
Ø 165 [Ø 6,50]

E5
125 [4,92]

125 [4,92] 4 x Ø 18 [Ø 0,71] E5


L

E5
1085 [42,72]

d1
d2

E5
18022E00

E5

E5
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Signalling Devices 571
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 572 Dienstag, 29. März 2016 9:54 09

Flameproof Manual Call Points CS &

Series MCP Clifford &Snell

E5
> Light weight glass reinforced polyester (GRP)
Ex d enclosure
> Weather resistant high performance
E5 red paint finish as standard
> Break glass version supplied with test key
> Push button version supplied with
reset key and lift flap
E5 > Optional extras include stainless steel lift flap,
duty and tag labels

E5
Series MCP E5

13915E00

WebCode MCPA ATEX / IECEx


Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
E5 For use in x x x x

Selection Table
Version Action type Enclosure colour Order number Art. no. PS Weight
kg

E5 MCP
Manual Call Points,
Break glass
Push button
red normal (R)
red normal (R)
MCP/BG/SP/Ex/A+B+C+D/EU/R
MCP/PB/SP/Ex/A+B+C+D/EU/R
205324◄
205334◄
80
80
1.000
1.000
Atex certification,
standard devices

Type Code
E5 Variations MCP / _ / _ / _ / _ / _ / _ / _ / _ / _ / _ / _

Version break glass BG


push button PB
E5 Contacts 1 change over SP
2 change over DP

Explosion standard Ex
protection

E5 Cable entries standard 4 x M20


with 3 x Ex d stopping plugs
A+B+C+D

and 1 x dust cap


glands to be ordered
separately

E5 Certification ATEX
IECEx
EU
IN
GOST R RU

Colour red R
blue B
E5 green G
yellow Y
black BK
yellow / black stripe YB

E5
Accessories lift flap LF
(break glass version only)

end of line resistor EOL


inline resistor IL
end of line and Inline resistor ILEOL

E5 LED signal LED

Labels (please duty label D


specify wording) tag label T

Additional approvals L
E5
572 Signalling Devices 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 573 Dienstag, 29. März 2016 9:54 09

CS & Flameproof Manual Call Points


Clifford &Snell Series MCP

E5
Versions

E5

E5
14716E00 04035E00

Break Glass (BG) Push Button (PB)

Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx BAS 08.0089X E5
IEC 60079-0: 2011 / IEC 60079-1: 2007-04 / IEC 60079-31: 2008
Ex d IIC T6 Ta -55 ... +70 °C Gb
Ex tb IIIC T85°C Ta -55 ... +70 °C Db IP66
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust Baseefa 08ATEX0269X E5
EN 60079-0: 2009 / EN 60079-1: 2007 / EN 60079-31: 2009
E II 2 G Ex d IIC T6 Ta -55 ... +70 °C Gb
E II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T85°C Ta -55 ...+70 °C Db IP66
Certifications and certificates
Electrical data
IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), India (PESO)
E5
Rated operational voltage 12 ... 50 V DC, 12 ... 250 V AC
Switching capacity DC 12 ... 30 V 3A
30 ... 50 V 1A
AC 12 ... 250 V 5 A E5
Contact element standard: 1 change-over contact
optional: 2 change-over contacts
Switch NO or NC
System test Test key provided
Ambient conditions E5
Operating temperature range -40 ... +70 °C
Mechanical data
Material
Enclosure material glass fibre reinforced polyester (GRP)
Surface finish two pack, acrylic polyurethane, various colour options E5
Degree of protection IP66 acc. to IEC 60529
Cable entries 4 cable entries, supplied with (3x) Ex d stopping plugs and (1x) dust cap
Position of cable entries

E5

13952E00 16555E00 13951E00


E5
Break glass call point Break glass call point Push button call point
with lift flap
Connection
Terminals 7 way terminal block., 4 mm2 E5
Earth connection provided as standard

E5

E5
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Signalling Devices 573
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 574 Dienstag, 29. März 2016 9:54 09

Flameproof Manual Call Points CS &

Series MCP Clifford &Snell

E5
Technical Data
Mechanical data
Accessories

E5 LED status indication


Lift flap
optional: red LED status indication(up to 24 V DC)
stainless steel (break glass version only)
Duty label Metalised polyester, customer to specify wording / symbols
(see main picture for example)
Tag label Stainless steel tag with polyester label, customer to specify max 9 characters
Resistors Customer to specify value
E5 Mounting / Installation
Assembly via holes through the back box.
see operating instruction for full details

E5 Accessories and Spare Parts


Designation Figure Description Order number Art. no. PS WebCode
Cable gland Ex d & Ex e Compound barrier CMP- 109441 10 PXSS2KA
cable gland for all types of unarmoured 20PXSS2K
and braid armour cables
E5 15793E00 (nickel plated brass)
Ex d & Ex e Compound barrier CMP-20PX2K 109428 10 PX2KA
cable gland for all types of armoured
cables
15791E00 (SWA, braided, tape)
(nickel plated brass)
E5 Note Approvals of cable entries have to be observed.

Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm [inches]) - Subject to Alterations

E5

E5

E5
13953E00

Break glass manual call point


Accessories

E5

E5

16544E00 16554E00

E5 Duty label Tag label Lift flap

E5

E5
574 Signalling Devices 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E5_KP_2016_en.book Seite 575 Dienstag, 29. März 2016 9:54 09

CS & Flameproof Manual Call Points


Clifford &Snell Series MCP

E5
Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm [inches]) - Subject to Alterations

E5

E5

E5
13954E00

Push button manual call point


Accessories

E5

E5

16545E00

Duty label Tag label E5

E5

E5

E5

E5

E5

E5

E5
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Signalling Devices 575
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E6_KP_2016_en.book Seite 576 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:55 12

Components
for Heating Systems

576 Components for Heating Systems 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en


◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E6_KP_2016_en.book Seite 577 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:55 12

Contents

Components for Heating Systems


TRANBERG Solutions
Your Partner for Marine Solutions 578
Your Partner for Helideck Lighting Systems 578
Your Partner for Heat Tracing Systems 579
Junction Boxes for Heat Tracing
Junction Box for Heat Tracing - Pipe Mounted TEF 1058 580
Junction Box for Heat Tracing - Wall Mounted TEF 1058 582
Marshalling Box for Heat Tracing TEF 1058 584
Thermostats
Ambient Air Thermostat TEF 502392 585
Capillary Tube Thermostat - Wall Mounted TEF 1058 586
Accessories
Enclosure Heater with Junction Box TEF 9206 588
E6
Enclosure Heater with Junction Box and Thermostat TEF 9207 590
Cladding Protector TEF 7210 592
Flange Crossing Protector TEF 7211 592
Connection Kit for Heat Tracing Cables TEF 9177 592
Glass Tape TEF 5029 593
Pipe Strap TEF 7000 593

You will find further information on the Internet www.stahl.de


Temperature Controller and Limiter
Double temperature controller, temperature controller and limiter 8146

2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Components for Heating Systems 577


◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E6_KP_2016_en.book Seite 578 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:55 12

TRANBERG Solutions

E6 E6

Your Partner for Marine Solutions


> Navigation Light Systems
> Search Light Systems
E6 > Floodlights
> Luminaires and Control Systems
> Obstruction Lights
E6 > Installation Equipment
> Tyfon Ship Horns

E6

E6
17748E00

High quality products developed in close cooperation with our customers in the demanding maritime
and offshore markets.
All equipment designed to be capable of performing worldwide under all climatic conditions,
E6 from arctic cold to tropical heat.

E6 Your Partner for


Helideck Lighting Systems
> TD/PM Circle & H Lighting
E6 > Floodlights
> Perimeter Lights
> Obstruction Lights
> Illuminated Windsocks
E6 > Status Lights

E6

17749E00

E6
Helideck windsock and lighting systems manufactured are designed to meet the toughest conditions
in the helicopter landing areas.
Lighting systems delivered to offshore installations, oil tankers, ships, hotels and hospitals
E6 all over the world.
All helideck products are in line with latest CAP 437 Standards.

E6

E6
578 Components for Heating Systems 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E6_KP_2016_en.book Seite 579 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:55 12

TRANBERG Solutions

E6
Your Partner for
Heat Tracing Systems
Heat tracing junction boxes
>
E6
> Capillary and electronic
thermostats
> Protection material
> Control System E6
> Cabinet heaters

E6

17750E00 E6

E6

E6

E6

17752E00
E6
We supply complete heat tracing systems for the following applications:
– Winterization of pipe systems, instruments, tanks and vessels
– Anti-Icing/De-Icing of helideck, safety and emergency areas
– Temperature maintenance of pipes, tanks and vessels
E6
– Electrical process heating

E6

E6

E6
info@tranberg.com

E6
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Components for Heating Systems 579
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E6_KP_2016_en.book Seite 580 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:55 12

Junction Box for Heat Tracing - Pipe Mounted


Series TEF 1058

E6
> High degree of protection, IP66/67 standard,
IP68 can be delivered upon request
> Drainage flange in box
E6 prevents penetration of water
> Manufactured in acid proof stainless steel
(AISI 316L)
Tailor made size and performance is possible
E6
>

> Stainless steel type label spot welded


to the cover
> Several earthing alternatives
E6 > Maximum strength and corrosion resistance
Series TEF 1058 E6

14051E00

> Low lifetime maintenance cost

WebCode T1058E
E6

ATEX / IECEx
E6 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x

Technical Data
Explosion protection
E6 Global (IECEx)
Gas IECEx PRE 14.0001
Ex e IIC Gb T6
Europe (ATEX)
Gas Presafe 14ATEX4124
E6 E II 2 G Ex e IIC Gb T6
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Canada (CSA)
Rated operational voltage Voltage 420 V (max. 4 mm2) 750 V (max. 10 mm2)
E6 Junction box TEF10581006
TEF10580506
TEF10581506
TEF9177008
TEF9177089 TEF9117091
Enclosure material Material AISI 316L / EN1.4404 AISI 316L / EN1.4404
Bright chemical dip Electro polished
E6 Junction box TEF10581006 TEF9177008
TEF10580506
TEF9177089
TEF10581506
TEF9117091
E6 Degree of protection IP66 / IP67

E6

E6

E6
580 Components for Heating Systems 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E6_KP_2016_en.book Seite 581 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:55 12

Junction Box for Heat Tracing - Pipe Mounted


Series TEF 1058

E6
Selection Table
Version Picture Equipped with Order number Art. no. PS
Junction box 1 x Transition unit TEF 7721 with M25 entry TEF10581006 170897 70
for heat tracing
with 4 pc. dia 25 mm
4 x Terminals PHOENIX MXK 4 E
2 x Terminals PHOENIX MBK 6/E
E6
entries 4 x Dia 25 mm entries for power cable in junction box

E6
14052E00

Junction box 1 x Transition unit TEF 7721 with M25 entry TEF10580506 170896 70

E6
for heat tracing 4 x Terminals PHOENIX MXK 4 E
with 3 pc. dia 25 mm 2 x Terminals PHOENIX MBK 6/E
entries 3 x Dia 25 mm entries for power cable in junction box

E6
14052E00

Junction box 1 x Transition unit TEF 7721 with M25 entry TEF9177089 170900 70
for heat tracing with 2 x Cable glands for power cable type: E204/3B/M25
1 pc. cable gland,
1 pc. stopping plug and
1 x Stopping plug M25, brass
4 x Terminals PHOENIX MXK 4 Ex E6
1 pc. drainplug 2 x Terminals PHOENIX MBK 6/E
1 x Trafolyte lable

E6
14053E00

Junction box 2 x Transition unit TEF 7721 with M25 entry TEF10581506 170898 70
for heat tracing 6 x Terminals PHOENIX UK6N
with 5 pc. dia 25 mm 5 x Dia 25 mm entries for power cable in junction box
entries E6

E6
14054E00

Junction box 1 x Transition unit TEF 7720D, SS316L TEF9177008 170919 70


for heat tracing with M25 stopping plugs (brass)
with 5 pc. dia 25 mm 5 x Dia 25 mm entries with stopping plugs (brass)
entries in junction box
10 x Terminals PHOENIX UK6N
1 x Trafolyte lable
E6
1 pair adaptor for 3“ pipe or larger, SS316L

14055E00
E6
Junction box 2 x Transition unit TEF 7721 with M25 entries TEF9177091 170901 70
for heat tracing with 2 x Cable glands for power cable type: E204/3B/M25
2 pc. cable gland, 2 x Stopping plugs M25, brass
1 pc. stopping plug and 9 x Terminals PHOENIX UK6N
1 pc. drainplug 1 x Trafolyte lable
1 x Drainplug M25
E6

E6
14056E00

E6
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Components for Heating Systems 581
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E6_KP_2016_en.book Seite 582 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:55 12

Junction Box for Heat Tracing - Wall Mounted


Series TEF 1058

E6
> High degree of protection IP66/67 is
standard, IP68 can be delivered upon request
> Drainage flange in box
E6 prevents penetration of water
> Manufactured in acid proof stainless steel
(AISI 316L)
Tailor made size and performance is possible
E6
>

> Stainless steel type label spot welded


to the cover
> Several earthing alternatives
E6 > Maximum strength and corrosion resistance
Series TEF 1058 E6

14044E00

> Low lifetime maintenance cost

WebCode T1058F
E6

ATEX / IECEx
E6 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x

Technical Data
Explosion protection
E6 Global (IECEx)
Gas IECEx PRE 14.0001
Ex e IIC Gb T6
Europe (ATEX)
Gas Presafe 14ATEX4124
E6 E II 2 G Ex e IIC Gb T6
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Canada (CSA)
Rated operational voltage Voltage 420 V (max. 4 mm2) 750 V (max. 10 mm2)
E6 Junction box TEF9177090
TEF10581008
TEF9177092
TEF9177024
TEF10580508 TEF10581508
Enclosure material Material AISI 316L / EN1.4404 AISI 316L / EN1.4404
Bright chemical dip Electro polished
E6 Junction box TEF9117092 TEF9177024
TEF9117090
TEF10581008
TEF10580508
TEF10581508
E6 Degree of protection IP66 / IP67

E6

E6

E6
582 Components for Heating Systems 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E6_KP_2016_en.book Seite 583 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:55 12

Junction Box for Heat Tracing - Wall Mounted


Series TEF 1058

E6
Selection Table
Version Picture Equipped with Order number Art. no. PS
Junction box 2 x Cable glands for power cable, 70
E6
TEF9177092 170915
for heat tracing, type: E204/3B/M25, brass
for 1 self-regulating 1 x Drainplug M25, brass
heating cable, 2 x Stopping plugs M25, brass
equipped with 10 x Terminals PHOENIX UK6N
cable glands 2 x Entries for transition units, dia 25 mm
14048E00 1 x Trafolyte label
Junction box
for heat tracing,
1 x Cable gland for power cable,
type: E204/3B/M25, brass
TEF9177090 170914 70 E6
for 1 self-regulating 1 x Drainplug M25, brass
heating cable, 1 x Stopping plug M25, brass
equipped with 4 x Terminals PHOENIX MXK4Ex
cable glands 2 x Terminals PHOENIX MBK6/E
1 x Entry for transition unit, dia 25 mm
14003E00 E6
Junction box 2 x Entries for power cable, dia 25 mm TEF10581008 170908 70
for heat tracing, 1 x Entry for drainplug, dia 25 mm
for 1 self-regulating 4 x Terminals PHOENIX MXK4Ex
heating cable 2 x Terminals PHOENIX MBK6/E
1 x Entry for transition unit, dia 25 mm

14049E00
E6
Junction box 2 x Entries for power cable, dia 25 mm TEF10580508 170907 70
for heat tracing, 1 x Entry for drainplug, dia 25 mm
for 1 self-regulating 4 x Terminals PHOENIX MXK4Ex
heating cable 2 x Terminals PHOENIX MBK6/E
1 x Entry for transition unit, dia 25 mm E6
14045E00

Junction box 7 x Entries with stopping plugs, brass, dia 25 mm TEF9177024 170920 70
for heat tracing, 10 x Terminals PHOENIX UK6N
equipped with 1 x Trafolyte label
stopping plugs 1 x Mounting bracket SS316L E6
14046E00

Junction box 2 x Entries for power cable, dia 25 mm TEF10581508 170909 70


for heat tracing 9 x Terminals PHOENIX UK6N
3 x Entry for transition units, dia 25 mm
E6

13824E00
E6

E6

E6

E6

E6

E6
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Components for Heating Systems 583
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E6_KP_2016_en.book Seite 584 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:55 12

Marshalling Box for Heat Tracing


Series TEF 1058

E6
> High degree of protection IP66/67 is
standard, IP68 can be delivered upon request
> Drainage flange in box
E6 prevents penetration of water
> Manufactured in acid proof stainless steel
(AISI 316L)
Tailor made size and performance is possible
E6
>

> Stainless steel type label spot welded


to the cover
> Several earthing alternatives
E6 > Maximum strength and corrosion resistance
Series TEF 1058 E6

14042E00

> Low lifetime maintenance cost

WebCode T1058C ATEX / IECEx


E6 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x

E6 Selection Table
Version Description Order number Art. no. PS
Marshalling box, Equipped with TEF10582508 170921 70
Series TEF 1058 10 x Entries 25 mm dia
10 x Terminals PHOENIX UK6N
E6 1 x Earth bar

Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
E6 Gas IECEx PRE 14.0001
Ex e IIC Gb T4, T5, T6
Europe (ATEX)
Gas Presafe 14ATEX4124
E II 2 G Ex e IIC Gb T4, T5, T6
E6 Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Canada (CSA)
Rated operational voltage max. 725 V for 16 mm2
Enclosure material AISI 316L / EN1.4404, bright chemical dip
Degree of protection IP66 / IP67
E6 Weight 1.6 kg

E6

E6

E6

E6
584 Components for Heating Systems 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E6_KP_2016_en.book Seite 585 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:55 12

Ambient Air Thermostat


Series TEF 502392xx

E6
> Small dimensions
> Local NO 16 A contacts
Easy to install
E6
>

E6

E6
Series TEF 502392xx E6

13823E00

WebCode T502392xxA ATEX / IECEx


Zone
For use in
0 1
x
2
x
20 21 22
E6
Selection Table
Opening Closing Thread Material Order number Art. no. PS
temperature OFF temperature ON size E6
+11.7 °C +/- 2.8 °C +3.3 °C +/- 3.3 °C M20 Brass TEF50239200 170977◄ 70
Chromium-plated brass TEF50239201 170980 70
Acid resistant stainless steel TEF50239202 170983 70
-2.8 °C
E6
+/ 2.8 °C -10 °C +/ 3.3 °C M20 Brass TEF50239210 170978◄ 70
- -

Chromium-plated brass TEF50239211 170981 70


Acid resistant stainless steel TEF50239212 170984 70
+20 °C +/- 2.8 °C +10 °C +/- 3.3 °C M20 Brass TEF50239220 170979 70
Chromium-plated brass
Acid resistant stainless steel
TEF50239221
TEF50239222
170982
170985
70
70
E6
Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas IECEx NEM 11.0007X
E6
Ex mb IIC T6 Gb -50 °C ( Ta ( +50 °C
Europe (ATEX)
Gas NEMKO 03ATEX1470X

Certifications and certificates


E II 2G Ex mb IIC T6 Gb -50 °C ( Ta ( +50 °C
E6
Certificates IECEx, ATEX
Rated voltage 250 V AC, 120 V AC on request
Circuit diagram

E6

E6

Material Brass, chromium-plated brass or acid resistant stainless steel


14050E00
E6
Operating temperature range -50 ... +50 °C
Maximal ambient temperature before +177 °C
damage of bimetal thermostat
Maximal surface temperature +50 °C
E6
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Components for Heating Systems 585
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E6_KP_2016_en.book Seite 586 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:55 12

Capillary Tube Thermostat - Wall Mounted


Series TEF 1058

E6
> High degree of protection IP66/67 is
standard, IP68 can be delivered upon request
> Drainage flange in box
E6 prevents penetration of water
> Manufactured in acid proof stainless steel
(AISI 316L)
Tailor made size and performance is possible
E6
>

> Stainless steel type label spot welded


to the cover
> Several earthing alternatives
E6 > Maximum strength and corrosion resistance
Series TEF 1058 E6

16121E00

> High operational reliability


> Low lifetime maintenance cost
WebCode T1058H
E6
ATEX / IECEx
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
E6 For use in x x

Selection Table
E6 Version Measuring range Order number Art. no. PS
Capillary Tube -20 ... +50 °C TEF10582580 224972 70
thermostat -
wall mounted 0 ... +100 °C TEF10582581 224973 70

E6 0 ... +200 °C TEF10582582 224974 70


-50 ... +300 °C TEF10582583 224975 70

Technical Data
Explosion protection
E6 Global (IECEx)
Gas IECEx PRE 14.0001
Ex e IIC Gb T6
Europe (ATEX)
Gas Presafe 14ATEX4124
E6 E II 2 G Ex e IIC Gb T6
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX
Switching capacity NC contact (L-2): 16 (2.5) A, cos φ = 1 (0.6)
230 V AC
E6 NC contact (L-4): 2 (0.4) A, cos φ = 1 (0.6)
230 V AC
Max. wire termination (with end sleeve)
Power in: max. 6 mm2
E6 Heating cable (power out):
Earth terminals:
max. 4 mm2
max. 10 mm2
Contact arrangement 1 change-over switch
Enclosure material AISI 316L / EN1.4404, electro polished
Degree of protection IP66 / IP67
E6 Capillary tube
Length 1m
Diameter 6 / 1.5 mm

E6
586 Components for Heating Systems 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E6_KP_2016_en.book Seite 587 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:55 12

Capillary Tube Thermostat - Wall Mounted


Series TEF 1058

E6
Technical Data
Equipped with • 8 pc. M25 stopping plugs in box
• 1 pc. cable gland type: E204/3B/M25 EExe, packed inside junction box.
• 1 pc. drain plug M25 EExe, packed inside junction box.
• Connections for up to two power cables E6
• Connections for up to three heating cables
• 1 pc. label kit, packed inside junction box.
Weight ca. 4.5 kg

Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm [inches]) - Subject to Alterations E6


253 [9,96]
108 [4,25]

E6

E6
175 [6,89]
140 [5,51]
156 [6,14]

E6
94 [3,70] 94 [3,70]

218 [8,58]
16122E00

TEF 1058, Capillary tube thermostat - wall mounted E6

E6

E6

E6

E6

E6

E6

E6
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Components for Heating Systems 587
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E6_KP_2016_en.book Seite 588 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:55 12

Enclosure Heater
Series TEF 9206

E6
> Versions
– with connection cable
– with junction box for power termination
E6 – with junction box and thermostat
> Low profile, easy to fit inside cabinets.
> Self regulating heating element.
Prevents overheating.
E6 > Rugged acid-resistant steel construction.

E6
Series TEF 9206 E6

04929E00

WebCode T9206A ATEX / IECEx

E6 Zone
For use in
0 1
x
2
x
20 21 22

Selection Table
E6 Version Description Power output at 0 °C Order number Art. no. PS
Enclosure heater This model includes 50 W TEF92060000 220157 70
with connection cable an approx. 1 m long connection cable
for termination to power 100 W TEF92060001 220158◄ 70
175 W TEF92060002 220159◄ 70
E6 15185E00
300 W TEF92060003 220160◄ 70
Enclosure heater This model includes 100 W TEF92061001 220171 70
with junction box a junction box for local terminations
175 W TEF92061002 220172 70

E6 300 W TEF92061003 220173 70


15188E00
600 W TEF92063006 220174 70
(Sandwich-Design)
Enclosure heater Thermostat 100 W TEF92062401 242171 70
with junction box with switching temperature +5 °C
E6 and thermostat 175 W TEF92062402 242172 70
300 W TEF92062403 242173 70
600 W TEF92064406 242177 70
15183E00 (Sandwich-Design)

E6 Thermostat
with switching temperature +15 °C
100 W TEF92062601 242174 70
175 W TEF92062602 242175 70
300 W TEF92062603 242176 70
600 W TEF92064606 242178 70
E6 (Sandwich-Design)

E6

E6

E6
588 Components for Heating Systems 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E6_KP_2016_en.book Seite 589 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:55 12

Enclosure Heater
Series TEF 9206

E6
Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas IECEx NEM 11.0005X
Ex e IIC T5 Gb
E6
Europe (ATEX)
Gas NEMKO 11ATEX1098X
E II 2 G Ex e IIC T5 Gb
Canada (CSA)
Gas CSA 1370701
E6
AEx e II / Ex e II
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Canada (CSA)
Rated operational voltage 230 V 50 / 60 Hz E6
Fuse Connect to max. 16 A circuit breaker. Residual current device or isolation monitoring device,
depend on type of system of earth according to IEC 364-3, chapter 31,
and EN 60079-7 Annex D.
Connection Enclosure heater with connetion cable: 2 x 2.5 mm2 + PE
Enclosure heater with junction box (and thermostat) : max. 4 mm
(2.5 mm2 with core end sleeve) E6
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature -50 ... +50 °C (heater is energized)
-50 ... +80 °C (heater is de-energized)
Estimated power output of heater in respect to ambient temperature
y
E6
160 %
140 %
120 %
100 %
80 % E6
60 %
40 %
20 %
0% x
-20 °C -10 °C 0 °C 10 °C 20 °C
15182E00
E6
y = Effect %, x = Ambient temperature °C
Thermostat
Switching temperature +5 or +15 °C
Hysterese +/-5 °C
Material Stainless Steel 1.4404 (AISI 316L) E6
Degree of protection For use in enclosures with IP54 or higher
Cable entries Enclosure heater with junction box (and thermostat):
4 openings Ø 25 mm cable glands.
Delivered with two/three stopping plugs and one cable gland.
E6

E6

E6

E6

E6
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Components for Heating Systems 589
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E6_KP_2016_en.book Seite 590 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:55 12

Enclosure Heater
Series TEF 9207

E6
> Versions
– with connection cable
– with junction box for power termination
E6 – with junction box and thermostat
> Low profile, easy to fit inside cabinets.
> Self regulating heating element.
Prevents overheating.
E6 > Rugged acid-resistant steel construction.

E6
Series TEF 9207 E6

04929E00

WebCode T9207A ATEX / IECEx

E6 Zone
For use in
0 1
x
2
x
20 21 22

Selection Table
E6 Version Description Power output at 0 °C Order number Art. no. PS
Enclosure heater This model includes an 100 W TEF92070001 242179 70
with connection cable approx. 1 m long connection cable
200 W TEF92070002 242180 70
for termination to power
300 W TEF92070003 242181 70

E6 15188E00
500 W TEF92070005 242182 70
Enclosure heater This model includes a junction box 100 W TEF92071001 220182 70
with junction box for local terminations
200 W TEF92071002 220183 70
300 W TEF92071003 220184 70

E6 15188E00 400 W
(Sandwich-Design)
TEF92073004 220185 70

500 W TEF92071005 220186 70


600 W TEF92073006 220187 70
(Sandwich-Design)
E6 1000 W
(Sandwich-Design)
TEF92073010 220188 70

Enclosure heater Thermostat 100 W TEF92072401 220175 70


with junction box with switching temperature +5 °C
200 W TEF92072402 220176◄ 70
and thermostat
300 W 70
E6
TEF92072403 220177
400 W TEF92074404 220178 70
(Sandwich-Design)
15183E00
500 W TEF92072405 220179 70
600 W TEF92074406 220180 70
E6 (Sandwich-Design)
1000 W TEF92074410 220181 70
(Sandwich-Design)
Thermostat 100 W TEF92072601 242183 70
with switching temperature +15 °C
200 W TEF92072602 242184 70
E6 300 W TEF92072603 242185 70
500 W TEF92072605 242186 70
400 W TEF92074604 242187 70
(Sandwich-Design)

E6 600 W
(Sandwich-Design)
TEF92074606 242188 70

1000 W TEF92074610 242189 70


(Sandwich-Design)

E6
590 Components for Heating Systems 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E6_KP_2016_en.book Seite 591 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:55 12

Enclosure Heater
Series TEF 9207

E6
Technical Data
Design Enclosure heater Enclosure heater
with junction box with junction box and thermostat
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx) E6
Gas IECEx NEM 11.0005X IECEx NEM 11.0005X
Ex e IIC T3 Gb Ex e IIC T3 Gb
Europe (ATEX)
Gas NEMKO 11ATEX1098X
E II 2 G Ex e IIC T3 Gb
NEMKO 11ATEX1098X
E II 2 G Ex e IIC T3 Gb E6
Canada (CSA)
Gas CSA 1370701 CSA 1370701
AEx e II / Ex e II AEx e II / Ex e II
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Canada (CSA)
E6
Rated operational voltage 230 V 50 / 60 Hz
Fuse Connect to max. 16 A circuit breaker. Residual current device or isolation monitoring device,
depend on type of system of earth according to IEC 364-3, chapter 31,
and EN 60079-7 Annex D.
Connection Enclosure heater with connetion cable: 2 x 2.5 mm2 + PE E6
Enclosure heater with junction box (and thermostat) : max. 4 mm
(2.5 mm2 with core end sleeve)
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature -50 ... +50 °C (heater is energized)
-50 ... +80 °C (heater is de-energized)
Estimated power output of heater in respect to ambient temperature
E6
y
140 %
120 %
100 % E6
80 %
60 %
40 %
20 % E6
0% x
-20 °C -10 °C 0 °C 10 °C 20 °C
15191E00
y = Effect %, x = Ambient temperature °C
Thermostat
Switching temperature +5 or +15 °C E6
Hysterese +/-5 °C
Material Stainless Steel 1.4404 (AISI 316L)
Degree of protection IP66
Cable entries Enclosure heater with junction box (and thermostat):
4 openings Ø 25 mm cable glands.
Delivered with two/three stopping plugs and one cable gland.
E6

E6

E6

E6

E6
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Components for Heating Systems 591
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E6_KP_2016_en.book Seite 592 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:55 12

Heat Tracing / De-Ice Equipment


Series TEF 7210, TEF 7211, TEF 9177, TEF 5029, TEF 7000

E6
Series TEF 7210, TEF 7211, TEF 9177, TEF 5029, TEF 7000 E6

Selection Table
Version Description Order number Art. no. PS
Cladding protector for heat tracing, 70
E6
TEF7210002 170946
Series TEF 7210 made of acid resistant stainless steel (316L)

E6 11800E00
15

E6 64

11801E00

Selection Table

E6 Version Description Version Length Order number Art. no. PS


Flange crossing protector Acid resistant with rubber 27 ... 40 mm TEF7211003 170947 70
Series TEF 7211 stainless steel (316L) protection
TEF 7211A
Acid resistant with rubber 37 ... 50 mm TEF7211004 170948 70
E6 stainless steel (316L) protection
TEF 7211B
Acid resistant with rubber 50 ... 95 mm TEF7211005 170949 70
stainless steel (316L) protection
TEF 7211C
E6
11802E00

Acid resistant with rubber 95 ... 140 mm TEF7211006 170950 70


stainless steel (316L) protection
37

18

TEF 7211D
45
Acid resistant without rubber 27 ... 40 mm 70
27 - 40
37 - 50 TEF7211001 170951
stainless steel (316L) protection
E6 37 ... 50 mm TEF7211002 170952 70
50 ... 95 mm TEF7211007 170953 70
40

20

95 ... 140 mm TEF7211008 170954 70


50 - 95
45
95 - 140

E6 11803E00

Selection Table
Version Description Order number Art. no. PS
Connection kit M25 EEx e Connection kit for cables KSX and HTSX 5 x 11 mm TEF9177146 170922 70
E6 for heat tracing cables
Connection kit for cables BSX and VSX 5 x 13 mm TEF9177196 170923 70
Series TEF 9177
Connection kit for cables TSX and RSX 5 x 15 mm TEF9177197 170924 70
Connection kit for cables BSX, VSX, TSX and RSX 5 x 11 mm TEF9177216 170925 70

E6 11920E00
11
15

13 5 13
23 23 23

E6 11921E00

E6

E6
592 Components for Heating Systems 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E6_KP_2016_en.book Seite 593 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 12:55 12

Heat Tracing / De-Ice Equipment


Series TEF 7210, TEF 7211, TEF 9177, TEF 5029, TEF 7000

E6
Selection Table
Version Description Order number Art. no. PS
Glass tape width: 12 mm; 55 meters per roll 70
E6
TEF50295187 171070
Series TEF 5029 max. exposure temp. 260 °C
width: 12 mm; 33 meters per roll TEF50295184 171069 70
FT-1L tape Max. 85GR
width: 50 mm; 55 meters per roll TEF50295183 171068 70
Alutape 20H 150Gr.
E6
11923E00

Selection Table
Version Description Order number Art. no. PS E6
Pipe strap; stainless steel pipe outer diameter 20 ... 47 mm TEF7000023 171090 70
Series TEF 7000
pipe outer diameter 40 ... 90 mm TEF7000024 171091 70
pipe outer diameter 50 ... 540 mm TEF7000026 171093 70
pipe outer diameter 2" ... 8" TEF7000025 171092 70
E6
11922E00

E6

E6

E6

E6

E6

E6

E6

E6

E6
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Components for Heating Systems 593
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 594 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 1:12 13

Load Disconnect Switches


and Motor Switches

594 Load Disconnect Switches and Motor Switches 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en


◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 595 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 1:12 13

Contents

Load Disconnect Switches and Motor Switches


Safety Switches
made of Polyester Resin 10, 12/16, 16, 20, 25, 40, 63/80, 80, 125/160, 180 A 8146/5-V37 596
made of Stainless Steel 16, 25, 40, 63/80, 125/160, 250 A 8150/5-V37 596
Motor Protection Circuit Breakers
Motor Protection Circuit Breakers up to 22.5 A 8146/5-V27 603
Standard Motor Starters
Standard Motor Starters Ex d IIB made of Light Metal CUBEx 8264 608
Standard Motor Starters Ex d IIC made of Sheet Steel 8220 610

You will find further information on the Internet www.stahl.de


Load and Motor Switchgear
Load and Motor Switchgear 16, 25 A 8511
Safety Switches
Safety Switch - Industrial Design G537

E7

2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Load Disconnect Switches and Motor Switches 595


◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 596 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 1:12 13

Safety Switches
Series 8146/5-V37 and Series 8150/5-V37

E7
> Clear assignment
– safe technology
– easy installation
E7 > Intelligent structure
– only one rotary actuator
for frequency-controlled drives
– ) 20 ms leading auxiliary contact
E7 for safe motor disconnection
> Forced opening of the main contacts
(load break switch)
> Can be locked with 3 padlocks in 0-position
E7
Series 8146/5-V37 and Series 8150/5-V37 E7

14365E00 > High corrosion resistance


of the outer components
> Version according to IEC/EN 62626-1 class 0
WebCode 8146L
E7
ATEX / IECEx NEC 505 NEC 506 NEC 500
Class I Class I Class II Class III
E7 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Division 1 2 1 2 1 2
For use in x x x x For use in x For use in x

E7
Selection Table
Version Enclosure Equipment Cable dia. range Switch Order number Art. no. PS Weight
material [mm]
kg
Colour Additional
device
E7 10 A,
3-pole
Polyester
resin
black
handle,
–– 2 x 7 ... 17 (M25),
1 x 4 ... 13 (M20)
1 NO
(ON delayed -
8146/5-V37-300-50-0050 220275◄ 12 1.700

black OFF leading)


protective
collar
red handle, –– 2 x 7 ... 17 (M25), 1 NO 8146/5-V37-300-50-1050 220277◄ 12 1.700
yellow 1 x 4 ... 13 (M20) (ON delayed -
E7 protective
collar
OFF leading)

12 / 16 A, Polyester black –– 2 x 7 ... 17 (M25), 1 NO 8146/5-V37-301-50-0050 147855◄ 12 0.962


3-pole resin handle, 1 x 4 ... 13 (M20) (ON delayed -
black OFF leading)
protective
collar with 2 x 7 ... 17 (M25), 1 NO 8146/5-V37-301-50-0150 147857◄ 12 0.982
N-terminal 1 x 4 ... 13 (M20) (ON delayed -
E7 red handle, –– 2 x 7 ... 17 (M25),
OFF leading)
1 NO 8146/5-V37-301-50-1050 147856◄ 12 0.958
yellow 1 x 4 ... 13 (M20) (ON delayed -
protective OFF leading)
collar
with 2 x 7 ... 17 (M25), 1 NO 8146/5-V37-301-50-1150 147858◄ 12 0.978
N-terminal 1 x 4 ... 13 (M20) (ON delayed -

E7
OFF leading)

E7

E7

E7
596 Load Disconnect Switches and Motor Starters 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 597 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 1:12 13

Safety Switches
Series 8146/5-V37 and Series 8150/5-V37

E7
Selection Table
Version Enclosure Equipment Cable dia. range Switch Order number Art. no. PS Weight
material [mm]
kg
Colour Additional

16 A, Polyester black
device
–– 2 x 7 ... 17 (M25), 1 NO 8146/5-V37-302-50-0050 201404◄ 12 1.590
E7
3-pole resin handle, 1 x 4 ... 13 (M20) (ON delayed -
black OFF leading)
protective
collar with PTC 2 x 7 ... 17 (M25), 1 NO 8146/5-V37-302-50-0250 222088 12 1.590
resistor 1 x 4 ... 13 (M20) (ON delayed -
terminal OFF leading)
red handle,
yellow
–– 2 x 7 ... 17 (M25),
1 x 4 ... 13 (M20)
1 NO
(ON delayed -
8146/5-V37-302-50-1050 201405◄ 12 1.590 E7
protective OFF leading)
collar
with 2 x 7 ... 17 (M25), 1 NO 8146/5-V37-302-50-1150 201406◄ 12 1.590
N-terminal 1 x 4 ... 13 (M20) (ON delayed -
OFF leading)
main 2 x 9 ... 21 (M32), –– 12 2.500
E7
8146/5-V37-302-00-1510 226354
contact on 1 x 4 ... 13 (M20)
terminal
stainless black –– 2 x 7 ... 17 (M25), 1 NO 8150/5-V37-302-50-0010 214171◄ 12 3.250
steel handle, 1 x 4 ... 13 (M20) (ON delayed -
1.4404 black OFF leading)
protective
collar
red handle,
yellow
–– 2 x 7 ... 17 (M25),
1 x 4 ... 13 (M20)
1 NO
(ON delayed -
8150/5-V37-302-50-1010 222688◄ 12 3.250 E7
protective OFF leading)
collar
16 A, Polyester black –– 4 x 7 ... 17 (M25), 2 NO 8146/5-V37-602-60-0010 201420◄ 12 2.640
6-pole resin handle, 1 x 4 ... 13 (M20) (1 x ON delayed -
black OFF leading)
protective
collar
E7
red handle, –– 4 x 7 ... 17 (M25), 2 NO 8146/5-V37-602-60-1010 201421◄ 12 2.640
yellow 1 x 4 ... 13 (M20) (1 x ON delayed -
protective OFF leading)
collar

E7
20 A, Polyester black –– 2 x 7 ... 17 (M25), 1 NO 8146/5-V37-303-50-0010 220278◄ 12 2.020
3-pole resin handle, 1 x 4 ... 13 (M20) (ON delayed -
black OFF leading)
protective
collar
red handle, –– 2 x 7 ... 17 (M25), 1 NO 8146/5-V37-303-50-1010 220279◄ 12 2.020
yellow 1 x 4 ... 13 (M20) (ON delayed -
protective OFF leading)

25 A, Polyester
collar
black –– 2 x 9 ... 21 (M32), 1 NO 8146/5-V37-304-50-0010 201422◄ 12 1.960
E7
3-pole resin handle, 1 x 4 ... 13 (M20) (ON delayed -
black OFF leading)
protective
collar
red handle, –– 2 x 9 ... 21 (M32), 1 NO 8146/5-V37-304-50-1010 201423◄ 12 2.020
yellow
protective
1 x 4 ... 13 (M20) (ON delayed -
OFF leading) E7
collar
with 2 x 9 ... 21 (M32), 1 NO 8146/5-V37-304-50-1110 201462◄ 12 2.020
N-terminal 1 x 4 ... 13 (M20) (ON delayed -
OFF leading)
stainless black –– 2 x 9 ... 21 (M32), 1 NO 8150/5-V37-304-50-0010 214172◄ 12 3.300
steel handle, 1 x 4 ... 13 (M20) (ON delayed -
1.4404 black
protective
OFF leading)
E7
collar
red handle, –– 2 x 9 ... 21 (M32), 1 NO 8150/5-V37-304-50-1010 222691◄ 12 3.300
yellow 1 x 4 ... 13 (M20) (ON delayed -
protective OFF leading)
collar
25 A,
6-pole
Polyester
resin
black
handle,
–– 4 x 7 ... 17 (M25),
1 x 4 ... 13 (M20)
2 NO
(1 x ON delayed -
8146/5-V37-604-60-0010 201464◄ 12 2.790
E7
black OFF leading)
protective
collar
red handle, –– 4 x 7 ... 17 (M25), 2 NO 8146/5-V37-604-60-1010 201447◄ 12 2.790
yellow 1 x 4 ... 13 (M20) (1 x ON delayed -
protective
collar
OFF leading)
E7

E7

E7
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Load Disconnect Switches and Motor Starters 597
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 598 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 1:12 13

Safety Switches
Series 8146/5-V37 and Series 8150/5-V37

E7
Selection Table
Version Enclosure Equipment Cable dia. range Switch Order number Art. no. PS Weight
material [mm]
kg
Colour Additional
E7 40 A, Polyester black
device
–– 2 x 12 ... 28 (M40), –– 8146/5-V37-305-00-0010-K 242415 12 5.560
3-pole resin handle, 1 x 4 ... 13 (M20)
black 1 NO 8146/5-V37-305-51-0010-K 200206◄ 12 5.560
protective (1 x ON delayed -
collar OFF leading),
1 NC

E7 red handle,
yellow
protective
–– 2 x 12 ... 28 (M40),
1 x 4 ... 13 (M20)
1 NO
(1 x ON delayed -
OFF leading),
8146/5-V37-305-51-1010-K 200207◄ 12 4.620

collar 1 NC
with 2 x 12 ... 28 (M40), 1 NO 8146/5-V37-305-51-1110-K 200208◄ 12 18.500
N-terminal 1 x 4 ... 13 (M20) (1 x ON delayed -
OFF leading),
1 NC
E7 main
contact on
2 x 12 ... 28 (M40),
1 x 4 ... 13 (M20)
–– 8146/5-V37-305-00-1510 226355 12 7.500

terminal
stainless black –– 2 x 12 ... 28 (M40), 1 NO 8150/5-V37-305-51-0010-K 214173◄ 12 8.360
steel handle, 1 x 4 ... 13 (M20) (1 x ON delayed -
1.4404 black OFF leading),

E7
protective 1 NC
collar
red handle, –– 2 x 12 ... 28 (M40), 1 NO 8150/5-V37-305-51-1010-K 222692◄ 12 8.360
yellow 1 x 4 ... 13 (M20) (1 x ON delayed -
protective OFF leading),
collar 1 NC
40 A, Polyester black –– 4 x 12 ... 28 (M40), –– 8146/5-V37-605-00-0010-K 200311 12 10.960

E7
6-pole resin handle, 1 x 4 ... 13 (M20)
black 1 NO 8146/5-V37-605-51-0010-K 200290◄ 12 10.960
protective (1 x ON delayed -
collar OFF leading),
1 NC
red handle, –– 4 x 12 ... 28 (M40), 1 NO 8146/5-V37-605-51-1010-K 200321 12 10.960
yellow 1 x 4 ... 13 (M20) (1 x ON delayed -
protective OFF leading),

E7 63 / 80 A, Polyester
collar
black –– 2 x 16 ... 35 (M50),
1 NC
–– 8146/5-V37-306-00-0010 213115◄ 12 8.060
3-pole resin handle, 1 x 4 ... 13 (M20)
black 1 NO 8146/5-V37-306-51-0010 213395◄ 12 7.960
protective (1 x ON delayed -
collar OFF leading),
1 NC

E7 with 2 x 16 ... 35 (M50), 1 NO 12 11.800


8146/5-V37-306-51-0040 213398◄
brass plate 1 x 4 ... 13 (M20) (1 x ON delayed -
OFF leading),
1 NC
red handle, –– 2 x 16 ... 35 (M50), 1 NO 8146/5-V37-306-51-1010 213396◄ 12 7.550
yellow 1 x 4 ... 13 (M20) (1 x ON delayed -
protective OFF leading),
collar 1 NC
E7 with
N-terminal
2 x 16 ... 35 (M50),
1 x 4 ... 13 (M20)
1 NO
(1 x ON delayed -
8146/5-V37-306-51-1110 213397 12 7.550

OFF leading),
1 NC
main 2 x 16 ... 35 (M50), –– 8146/5-V37-306-00-1510 226356 12 10.700
contact on 1 x 4 ... 13 (M20)
terminal
E7 stainless
steel
black
handle,
–– 2 x 16 ... 35 (M50),
1 x 4 ... 13 (M20)
1 NO
(1 x ON delayed -
8150/5-V37-306-51-0010-K 214174◄ 12 12.600

1.4404 black OFF leading),


protective 1 NC
collar
red handle, –– 2 x 16 ... 35 (M50), 1 NO 8150/5-V37-306-51-1010-K 222693◄ 12 12.600
yellow 1 x 4 ... 13 (M20) (1 x ON delayed -
E7 protective
collar
OFF leading),
1 NC
63 / 80 A, Polyester black –– 2 x 12 ... 28 (M40), –– 8146/5-V37-306-00-0010-K 242416 12 5.680
3-pole, resin handle, 1 x 4 ... 13 (M20)
compact *) black
protective 2 x 16 ... 35 (M50), 1 NO 8146/5-V37-306-51-0010-K 200558◄ 12 5.680
collar 1 x 4 ... 13 (M20) (1 x ON delayed -

E7
OFF leading),
1 NC
red handle, –– 2 x 16 ... 35 (M50), 1 NO 8146/5-V37-306-51-1010-K 200559◄ 12 5.680
yellow 1 x 4 ... 13 (M20) (1 x ON delayed -
protective OFF leading),
collar 1 NC
with 2 x 16 ... 35 (M50), 1 NO 8146/5-V37-306-51-1110-K 200560◄ 12 5.680

E7
N-terminal 1 x 4 ... 13 (M20) (1 x ON delayed -
OFF leading),
1 NC
Note *) “K“ versions with a smaller design size; see dimensional drawings

E7
598 Load Disconnect Switches and Motor Starters 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 599 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 1:12 13

Safety Switches
Series 8146/5-V37 and Series 8150/5-V37

E7
Selection Table
Version Enclosure Equipment Cable dia. range Switch Order number Art. no. PS Weight
material [mm]
kg
Colour Additional

63 / 80 A, Polyester black
device
–– 4 x 16 ... 35 (M50), –– 8146/5-V37-606-00-0010 200573◄ 12 10.100
E7
6-pole resin handle, 1 x 4 ... 13 (M20)
black 1 NO 8146/5-V37-606-51-0010 200574◄ 12 10.100
protective (1 x ON delayed -
collar OFF leading),
1 NC
red handle,
yellow
protective
–– 4 x 16 ... 35 (M50),
1 x 4 ... 13 (M20)
1 NO
(1 x ON delayed -
OFF leading),
8146/5-V37-606-51-1010 200575 12 10.100
E7
collar 1 NC
80 A, Polyester red handle, main 2 x 28 ... 48 (M63), –– 8146/5-V37-307-00-1510 226357 12 14.400
3-pole resin yellow contact on 1 x 7 ... 17 (M25)
protective terminal
collar
125 / 160 A,
3-pole
Polyester
resin
black
handle,
–– 2 x 28 ... 48 M63,
1 x 4 ... 13 M20
–– 8146/5-V37-308-00-0010 212478 12 18.500 E7
black
protective 2 x 28 ... 48 (M63), 1 NO 8146/5-V37-308-51-0010 212209◄ 12 18.500
collar 1 x 4 ... 13 (M20) (1 x ON delayed -
OFF leading),
1 NC
with
brass plate
2 x 28 ... 48 M63,
1 x 4 ... 13 M20
1 NO
(1 x ON delayed -
8146/5-V37-308-51-0040 212212 12 22.770
E7
OFF leading),
1 NC
red handle, –– 2 x 28 ... 48 (M63), 1 NO 8146/5-V37-308-51-1010 212210 12 18.500
yellow 1 x 4 ... 13 (M20) (1 x ON delayed -
protective OFF leading),

E7
collar 1 NC
with 2 x 28 ... 48 (M63), 1 NO 8146/5-V37-308-51-1110 212211◄ 12 23.200
N-terminal 1 x 4 ... 13 (M20) (1 x ON delayed -
OFF leading),
1 NC
125 / 160 A, Polyester black –– 2 x 28 ... 48 (M63), –– 8146/5-V37-308-00-0010-K 201396◄ 12 14.350
3-pole, resin handle, 1 x 4 ... 13 (M20)

E7
compact *) black 1 NO 8146/5-V37-308-51-0010-K 201397◄ 12 14.350
protective (1 x ON delayed -
collar OFF leading),
1 NC
with 2 x 28 ... 48 M63, 1 NO 8146/5-V37-308-51-0040-K 201400 12 21.260
brass plate 1 x 4 ... 13 M20 (1 x ON delayed -
OFF leading),
1 NC
red handle,
yellow
–– 2 x 28 ... 48 (M63),
1 x 4 ... 13 (M20)
1 NO
(1 x ON delayed -
8146/5-V37-308-51-1010-K 201398◄ 12 14.350 E7
protective OFF leading),
collar 1 NC
with 2 x 28 ... 48 (M63), 1 NO 8146/5-V37-308-51-1110-K 201399◄ 12 14.350
N-terminal 1 x 4 ... 13 (M20) (1 x ON delayed -
OFF leading),

stainless black –– 2 x 28 ... 48 M63,


1 NC
2 NO 8150/5-V37-308-51-0010-K 201468 12 25.625
E7
steel handle, 1 x 4 ... 13 M20 (1 x ON delayed -
1.4404 black OFF leading)
protective
collar
red handle, –– 2 x 28 ... 48 M63, 1 NO 8150/5-V37-308-51-1010-K 222694 12 25.625
yellow
protective
1 x 4 ... 13 M20 (1 x ON delayed -
OFF leading), E7
collar 1 NC
125 / 160 A, Polyester black –– 4 x 28 ... 48 (M63), –– 8146/5-V37-608-00-0010 201401◄ 12 22.760
6-pole resin handle, 1 x 4 ... 13 (M20)
black 1 NO 8146/5-V37-608-51-0010 201402 12 22.760
protective (1 x ON delayed -
OFF leading),
collar

red handle, –– 4 x 28 ... 48 (M63),


1 NC
1 NO 8146/5-V37-608-51-1010 201403 12 22.760
E7
yellow 1 x 4 ... 13 (M20) (1 x ON delayed -
protective OFF leading),
collar 1 NC
with 4 x 28 ... 48 (M63), 1 NO 8146/5-V37-608-51-1110 212766 12 22.760

E7
N-terminal 1 x 4 ... 13 (M20) (1 x ON delayed -
OFF leading),
1 NC
Note *) “K“ versions with a smaller design size; see dimensional drawings

E7

E7
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Load Disconnect Switches and Motor Starters 599
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 600 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 1:12 13

Safety Switches
Series 8146/5-V37 and Series 8150/5-V37

E7
Selection Table
Version Enclosure Equipment Cable dia. range Switch Order number Art. no. PS Weight
material [mm]
kg
Colour Additional
E7 180 A, Polyester black
device
–– 2 x 28 ... 48 (M63), –– 8146/5-V37-310-00-0010 213482 12 19.560
3-pole resin handle, 1 x 4 ... 13 (M20)
black 1 NO 8146/5-V37-310-51-0010 213483 12 19.560
protective (1 x ON delayed -
collar OFF leading),
1 NC

E7 with
brass plate
2 x 28 ... 48 M63,
1 x 4 ... 13 M20
1 NO
(1 x ON delayed -
OFF leading),
8146/5-V37-310-51-0040 213486 12 22.770

1 NC
red handle, –– 2 x 28 ... 48 (M63), 1 NO 8146/5-V37-310-51-1010 213484 12 19.560
yellow 1 x 4 ... 13 (M20) (1 x ON delayed -
protective OFF leading),
collar 1 NC
E7 with
N-terminal
2 x 28 ... 48 (M63),
1 x 4 ... 13 (M20)
1 NO
(1 x ON delayed -
8146/5-V37-310-51-1110 213485 12 19.560

OFF leading),
1 NC
180 A, Polyester black –– 2 x 28 ... 48 (M63), –– 8146/5-V37-310-00-0010-K 213475 12 14.360
3-pole, resin handle, 1 x 4 ... 13 (M20)
1 NO 8146/5-V37-310-51-0010-K 213476◄ 12 14.360
E7
compact *) black
protective (1 x ON delayed -
collar OFF leading),
1 NC
with 2 x 28 ... 48 M63, 1 NO 8146/5-V37-310-51-0040-K 213479◄ 12 15.140
brass plate 1 x 4 ... 13 M20 (1 x ON delayed -
OFF leading),
1 NC

E7 red handle,
yellow
–– 2 x 28 ... 48 (M63),
1 x 4 ... 13 (M20)
1 NO
(1 x ON delayed -
8146/5-V37-310-51-1010-K 213477◄ 12 14.360

protective OFF leading),


collar 1 NC
with 2 x 28 ... 48 (M63), 1 NO 8146/5-V37-310-51-1110-K 213478 12 14.360
N-terminal 1 x 4 ... 13 (M20) (1 x ON delayed -
OFF leading),
E7 180 A, Polyester black –– 4 x 28 ... 48 (M63),
1 NC
–– 8146/5-V37-610-00-0010 213489 12 37.360
6-pole resin handle, 1 x 4 ... 13 (M20)
black 1 NO 8146/5-V37-610-51-0010 213490 12 37.360
protective (1 x ON delayed -
collar OFF leading),
1 NC

E7 with 4 x 28 ... 48 M63, 1 NO 12


8146/5-V37-610-51-0040 213493
brass plate 1 x 4 ... 13 M20 (1 x ON delayed -
OFF leading),
1 NC
red handle, –– 4 x 28 ... 48 (M63), 1 NO 8146/5-V37-610-51-1010 213491 12 37.360
yellow 1 x 4 ... 13 (M20) (1 x ON delayed -
protective OFF leading),
collar 1 NC
E7 with
N-terminal
4 x 28 ... 48 (M63),
1 x 4 ... 13 (M20)
1 NO
(1 x ON delayed -
8146/5-V37-610-51-1110 213492 12 37.360
OFF leading),
1 NC
250 A, Ex d Handle –– –– 1 NO 8537/7-712-7000 147467 13 55.000
3-pole housing: grey (ON delayed -

E7
sheet enamel OFF leading)
steel, RAL 7032,
cover: protective
light metal, collar
Ex e umbra grey
housing: RAL 7022
sheet steel
Note *) “K“ versions with a smaller design size; see dimensional drawings
E7

E7

E7

E7
600 Load Disconnect Switches and Motor Starters 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 601 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 1:12 13

Safety Switches
Series 8146/5-V37 and Series 8150/5-V37

E7
Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust 8146/5: IECEx PTB 06.0090
8150/5: IECEx PTB 09.0049
8146/5: Ex d e ia/ib [iaGa] mb q IIA, IIB, IIC T6, T5, T4 Gb
E7
8150/5: Ex d e ia/ib [iaGa] mb q IIA, IIB, IIC T6, T5, T4,T3 Gb
8146/5: Ex tb IIIA, IIIB, IIIC T80°C, T95°C, T130°C Db
8150/5: Ex tb IIIC T80°C, T95°C, T130°C, T135°C Db
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust 8146/5: PTB 01 ATEX 1024
8150/5: PTB 09 ATEX 1109
E7
8146/5: E II 2 G Ex d e ia ib [ia Ga] mb q IIA, IIB, IIC T6, T5, T4 Gb
8150/5: E II 2 G Ex d e ia/ib [ia Ga] mb q IIA, IIB, IIC T6, T5, T4, T3 Gb
8146/5: E II 2 D Ex tb IIIA, IIIB, IIIC T80°C, T95°C, T130°C Db IP66
8150/5: E II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T80°C, T95°C, T130°C, T135°C Db IP66
(marking on rating plate possible) E7
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Kazakhstan (TR), Russia (TR), Belarus (TR)
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature -40 ... +40 °C

Mechanical data
(others see WebCode 8146L)
E7
Degree of protection IP66 acc. to IEC/EN 60529
Enclosure material 8146/5-V37: Polyester resin, glass fibre reinforced
8150/5-V37: stainless steel (1.4404)
Enclosure cover In ON position removable, in OFF position lockable
Handle Can be locked with 3 padlocks in 0-position E7
Main contacts
Electrical data
Rated operational voltage 690 V AC (125, 63, 40, 20, 16, 12, 10 A) / 500 V AC (150, 80, 25 A)
Rated operational current 10, 12 / 16, 16, 20, 25, 40, 63 / 80, 125 / 160, 180 A
Switching capacity Motor switching capacity AC-3 (in relation to the max. rated switching current)
AC-3 10 A 12 /16 A 16 A 20 A
E7
Ue P P P P
230 V 2.2 kW 3.0 / 4.0 W 4.0 kW 5.5 kW
400 V 4.0 kW 5.5 / 7.5 kW 7.5 kW 7.5 kW
440 V 4.0 kW 5.5 / 7.5 kW -- 11.0 kW
500 V
690 V
5.5 kW
7.5 kW
5.5 / 7.5 kW
7.5 / 11.0 kW
--
--
11.0 kW
18.5 kW E7
AC-3 25 A 40 A 63 A 80 A
Ue P P P P
230 V 5.5 kW 11.0 kW 18.5 kW 22.0 kW
400 V
440 V
500 V
11.0 kW
11.0 kW
15.0 kW
22.0 kW
22.0 kW
22.0 kW
30.0 kW
37.0 kW
37.0 kW
45.0 kW
45.0 kW
55.0 kW
E7
690 V 22.0 kW (AC-23) 37.0 kW 55.0 kW --

AC-3 125 A 150 A 180 A


Ue P P P
230 V
400 V
55.0 kW
55.0 kW
45.0 kW
75.0 kW
55.0 kW
90.0 kW
E7
440 V 75.0 kW 90.0 kW --
500 V 75.0 kW 90.0 kW --
690 V 110.0 kW -- --

E7
Auxiliary contacts
Electrical data
Rated operational 10, 12 / 16 A: 400 V AC
voltage Ue
20, 16, 25 A: 500 V AC
) 40 A: 250 V AC / DC

E7
400 V AC, for equal potential of both contacts
500 V AC, when 1 NC + 1 NO and the same potential of both contact is used
250 V AC
Rated operational current 6A

For further technical data, such as line cross-section and temperature class / perm. ambient temperature,
see www.stahl.de (WebCode 8146L)
E7

E7
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Load Disconnect Switches and Motor Starters 601
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 602 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 1:12 13

Safety Switches
Series 8146/5-V37 and Series 8150/5-V37

E7
Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm) - Subject to Alterations
B C

E7
A

E7 04120E00

Dimensions [mm]
A B C
3-pole 10, 12 / 16 A 8146/5-V..-300-50-... 112.5 112.5 131
8146/5-V..-301-50-... 112.5 112.5 131
E7 16 A 8146/5-V..-302-50-...
8146/5-V..-302-..-.5..
170
340.5
112.5
170
132
132
8150/5-V..-302-50-... 176.5 176.5 132
8146/5-V..-302-50-0250 227 112.5 172
8146/5-V11-102 170 170 172
20 A 8146/5-V..-303-50-... 170 170 132

E7
25 A 8146/5-V..-304-50-... 170 170 132
8150/5-V..-304-50-... 176.5 176.5 132
8146/5-V11-104 227 170 171
40 A 8146/5-V..-305-....-K 340.5 170 176.5
8146/5-V..-305-..-.5.. 340.5 340.5 195
8150/5-V..-305-...-K 360 176.5 194
63 / 80 A 8146/5-V..-306-...-K 340.5 170 195
E7 8146/5-V..-306-...
8146/5-V..-306-..-.5..
340.5
681.5
340.5
340.5
195
195
8150/5-V..-306-S1-... 360 360 196
80 A 8146/5-V..-307-..-.5.. 681.5 340.5 195
125 / 160 A 8146/5-V..-308-..-K 681.5 340.5 205
8146/5-V..-308-... 681.5 681.5 205
180 A 8146/5-V..-310-..-K 681.5 340.5 205
E7 4-pole 16 A
8146/5-V..-310-...
8146/5-V11-402-..-...
681.5
170
681.5
112.5
205
131
25 A 8146/5-V11-404-..-... 170 170 132
40 A 8146/5-V11-405-..-....-K 340.5 340.5 195
63 / 80 A 8146/5-V11-406-..-....-K 340.5 340.5 195

E7 6-pole 16 A
25 A
8146/5-V..-602-60-...
8146/5-V..-604-60-...
170
227
170
170
172
172
40 A 8146/5-V..-605-....-K 340.5 340.5 205
63 / 80 A 8146/5-V..-606-... 681.5 340.5 205
125 / 160 A 8146/5-V..-608-... 1023 681.5 243
180 A 8146/5-V..-610-... 1023 681.5 243
E7
Enclosure and Sealing Material
Type 8146/5-V.. 8150/5-V..
Enclosure Polyester resin, glass-fibre-reinforced, dark-grey, similar to RAL 7024 stainless steel 1.4404 (AISI 316L),
E7 Impact resistance ) 7 J
surface resistance ( 109 Ω
brush finished

flame retardant acc. IEC/EN 60695, UL 94, ASTM D635


Seal silocone, foamed, optional EPDM silicone, foamed

E7

E7

E7

E7
602 Load Disconnect Switches and Motor Starters 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 603 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 1:12 13

Motor Protection Circuit Breaker


Series 8146/5-V27

E7
> For protection of Ex e and Ex d motors
> Protects electric lines and plant equipment
Thermal overcurrent release, adjustable,
E7
>
phase failure sensitive
> Electromagnetic quick release
> Robust enclosure made of
glass fibre reinforced polyester resin
E7
> Optionally available with
– undervoltage release
– shunt trip
– ammeter
E7
Series 8146/5-V27 E7

02966E00
– auxiliary contacts

WebCode 8146N ATEX / IECEx


Zone
For use in
0 1
x
2
x
20 21
x
22
x
E7

Selection Table
Version Current adjustment
range
Additional device Order number Art. no. PS Weight
E7
kg
Motor protection 0.1 ... 0.16 A without 8546/5-V27-101-015-00-2 147182 12 2.600
circuit breaker
without accessories, 1 NC + 1 NO 8146/5-V27-201-015-02-2 249238 12 2.600
Series 8146/5-V27 0.16 ... 0.25 A without 8546/5-V27-101-025-00-2 147183 12 2.600 E7
1 NC + 1 NO 8146/5-V27-201-025-02-2 249239 12 2.600
0.25 ... 0.4 A without 8546/5-V27-101-035-00-2 147184 12 2.600
1 NC + 1 NO 8146/5-V27-201-035-02-2 249240 12 2.600
0.4 ... 0.63 A without
1 NC + 1 NO
8546/5-V27-101-045-00-2
8146/5-V27-201-045-02-2
147185◄
249241
12
12
2.600
2.600
E7
0.63 ... 1 A without 8546/5-V27-101-055-00-2 147186◄ 12 2.600
1 NC + 1 NO 8146/5-V27-201-055-02-2 249242 12 2.600
1 ... 1.6 A without 8546/5-V27-101-065-00-2 147187◄ 12 2.630
1 NC + 1 NO 8146/5-V27-201-065-02-2 249243 12 2.630 E7
1.6 ... 2.5 A without 8546/5-V27-101-075-00-2 147188◄ 12 2.630
1 NC + 1 NO 8146/5-V27-201-075-02-2 249244 12 2.630
2.5 ... 4 A without 8546/5-V27-101-085-00-2 147189◄ 12 2.630
1 NC + 1 NO 8146/5-V27-201-085-02-2 249245 12 2.630 E7
4 ... 6.3 A without 8546/5-V27-101-095-00-2 147190◄ 12 2.630
1 NC + 1 NO 8146/5-V27-201-095-02-2 249246 12 2.630
6.3 ... 9 A without 8546/5-V27-101-105-00-2 147191◄ 12 2.850

9 ... 12.5 A
1 NC + 1 NO
without
8146/5-V27-201-105-02-2
8546/5-V27-101-115-00-2
249247
147192◄
12
12
2.850
3.200
E7
1 NC + 1 NO 8146/5-V27-201-115-02-2 249248 12 3.200
12.5 ... 16 A without 8546/5-V27-101-125-00-2 147193 12 3.500
1 NC + 1 NO 8146/5-V27-201-125-02-2 249249 12 3.550
16 ... 20 A without 8546/5-V27-301-135-00-4 147203 12 4.200 E7
1 NC + 1 NO 8146/5-V27-401-135-02-4 249250 12 4.250
20 ... 22.5 A without 8546/5-V27-301-145-00-4 147204 12 4.200
1 NC + 1 NO 8146/5-V27-401-145-02-4 249251 12 4.250
On request: • Circuit breakers for the current adjustment range 25 ... 63 A (Type 8525) E7
• Further accessories e. g. shunt trip, ammeter, additional auxiliary contacts
(2 NC + 2 NO)

E7
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Load Disconnect Switches and Motor Starters 603
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 604 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 1:12 13

Motor Protection Circuit Breaker


Series 8146/5-V27

E7
Selection Table
Version
D1 L1 L2 L3
1 3 5

E7 U<

I> I> I>

2 4 6
D2 T1 T2 T3
Current Rated Auxiliary Order number Art. no. PS Weight
E7 adjustment
range
operational
voltage Ue
contacts

kg
Motor protection 0.1 ... 0.16 A 230 V AC without 8146/5-V27-107-015-10-2 249151 12 2.610
circuit breaker 50 / 60 Hz
with undervoltage 1 NC + 1 NO 8146/5-V27-207-015-12-2 249192 12 2.610

E7 release,
Series 8146/5-V27
400 V AC
50 / 60 Hz
without
1 NC + 1 NO
8146/5-V27-108-015-10-2
8146/5-V27-208-015-12-2
249152
249193
12
12
2.610
2.610
500 V AC without 8146/5-V27-110-015-10-2 249153 12 2.610
50 / 60 Hz
1 NC + 1NO 8146/5-V27-210-015-12-2 249194 12 2.610
0.16 ... 0.25 A 230 V AC without 8146/5-V27-107-025-10-2 249154 12 2.630
E7 50 / 60 Hz
1 NC + 1 NO 8146/5-V27-207-025-12-2 249195 12 2.630
400 V AC without 8146/5-V27-108-025-10-2 249155 12 2.630
50 / 60 Hz
1 NC + 1 NO 8146/5-V27-208-025-12-2 249196 12 2.630
500 V AC without 8146/5-V27-110-025-10-2 249156 12 2.630
50 / 60 Hz
E7 0.25 ... 0.4 A 230 V AC
1 NC + 1 NO
without
8146/5-V27-210-025-12-2
8146/5-V27-107-035-10-2
249197
249157
12
12
2.630
2.630
50 / 60 Hz
1 NC + 1 NO 8146/5-V27-207-035-12-2 249198 12 2.630
400 V AC without 8146/5-V27-108-035-10-2 249158 12 2.630
50 / 60 Hz
1 NC + 1 NO 8146/5-V27-208-035-12-2 249199 12 2.630
E7 500 V AC without 8146/5-V27-110-035-10-2 249159 12 2.630
50 / 60 Hz
1 NC + 1 NO 8146/5-V27-210-035-12-2 249200 12 2.630
0.4 ... 0.63 A 230 V AC without 8146/5-V27-107-045-10-2 249160 12 2.630
50 / 60 Hz
1 NC + 1 NO 8146/5-V27-207-045-12-2 249201 12 2.630

E7 400 V AC
50 / 60 Hz
without
1 NC + 1 NO
8146/5-V27-108-045-10-2
8146/5-V27-208-045-12-2
249161
249202
12
12
2.630
2.630
500 V AC without 8146/5-V27-110-045-10-2 249162 12 2.630
50 / 60 Hz
1 NC + 1 NO 8146/5-V27-210-045-12-2 249203 12 2.630
0.63 ... 1 A 230 V AC without 8146/5-V27-107-055-10-2 249163 12 2.630
E7 50 / 60 Hz
1 NC + 1 NO 8146/5-V27-207-055-12-2 249204 12 2.630
400 V AC without 8146/5-V27-108-055-10-2 249164 12 2.630
50 / 60 Hz
1 NC + 1 NO 8146/5-V27-208-055-12-2 249205 12 2.630
500 V AC without 8146/5-V27-110-055-10-2 249165 12 2.630
E7 50 / 60 Hz
1 NC + 1 NO 8146/5-V27-210-055-12-2 249206 12 2.630

E7

E7

E7

E7
604 Load Disconnect Switches and Motor Starters 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 605 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 1:12 13

Motor Protection Circuit Breaker


Series 8146/5-V27

E7
Selection Table
Version
D1 L1 L2 L3
1 3 5

U<
E7
I> I> I>

2 4 6
D2 T1 T2 T3
Current Rated Auxiliary Order number Art. no. PS Weight
adjustment
range
operational
voltage Ue
contacts
E7
kg
Motor protection 1 ... 1.6 A 230 V AC without 8146/5-V27-107-065-10-2 249166 12 2.700
circuit breaker 50 / 60 Hz 1 NC + 1 NO 8146/5-V27-207-065-12-2 249207 12 2.700
with undervoltage
release,
Series 8146/5-V27
400 V AC
50 / 60 Hz
without
1 NC + 1 NO
8146/5-V27-108-065-10-2
8146/5-V27-208-065-12-2
249167
249208
12
12
2.700
2.700
E7
500 V AC without 8146/5-V27-110-065-10-2 249168 12 2.700
50 / 60 Hz 1 NC + 1 NO 8146/5-V27-210-065-12-2 249209 12 2.700
1.6 ... 2.5 A 230 V AC without 8146/5-V27-107-075-10-2 249169 12 2.700
50 / 60 Hz 1 NC + 1 NO 8146/5-V27-207-075-12-2 249210 12 2.700 E7
400 V AC without 8146/5-V27-108-075-10-2 249170 12 2.700
50 / 60 Hz 1 NC + 1 NO 8146/5-V27-208-075-12-2 249211 12 2.700
500 V AC without 8146/5-V27-110-075-10-2 249171 12 2.700
50 / 60 Hz 1 NC + 1 NO 8146/5-V27-210-075-12-2 249212 12 2.700
2.5 ... 4 A 230 V AC without 8146/5-V27-107-085-10-2 249172 12 2.800 E7
50 / 60 Hz 1 NC + 1 NO 8146/5-V27-207-085-12-2 249213 12 2.800
400 V AC without 8146/5-V27-108-085-10-2 249173 12 2.800
50 / 60 Hz 1 NC + 1 NO 8146/5-V27-208-085-12-2 249214 12 2.800

E7
500 V AC without 8146/5-V27-110-085-10-2 249174 12 2.800
50 / 60 Hz 1 NC + 1 NO 8146/5-V27-210-085-12-2 249215 12 2.800
4 ... 6.3 A 230 V AC without 8146/5-V27-107-095-10-2 249175 12 2.800
50 / 60 Hz 1 NC + 1 NO 8146/5-V27-207-095-12-2 249216 12 2.800
400 V AC without 8146/5-V27-108-095-10-2 249176 12 2.800
50 / 60 Hz
500 V AC
1 NC + 1 NO
without
8146/5-V27-208-095-12-2
8146/5-V27-110-095-10-2
249217
249177
12
12
2.800
2.800
E7
50 / 60 Hz 1 NC + 1 NO 8146/5-V27-210-095-12-2 249218 12 2.800
6.3 ... 9 A 230 V AC without 8146/5-V27-107-105-10-2 249178 12 3.000
50 / 60 Hz 1 NC + 1 NO 8146/5-V27-207-105-12-2 249219 12 3.000
400 V AC
50 / 60 Hz
without 8146/5-V27-108-105-10-2 249179 12 3.000 E7
1 NC + 1 NO 8146/5-V27-208-105-12-2 249220 12 3.000
500 V AC without 8146/5-V27-110-105-10-2 249180 12 3.000
50 / 60 Hz 1 NC + 1 NO 8146/5-V27-210-105-12-2 249221 12 3.000

9 ... 12.5 A 230 V AC


50 / 60 Hz
without
1 NC + 1 NO
8146/5-V27-107-115-10-2
8146/5-V27-207-115-12-2
249183
249222
12
12
3.350
3.350
E7
400 V AC without 8146/5-V27-108-115-10-2 249185 12 3.350
50 / 60 Hz 1 NC + 1 NO 8146/5-V27-208-115-12-2 249223 12 3.350
500 V AC without 8146/5-V27-110-115-10-2 249186 12 3.350
50 / 60 Hz 1 NC + 1 NO 8146/5-V27-210-115-12-2 249224 12 3.350 E7

E7

E7

E7
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Load Disconnect Switches and Motor Starters 605
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 606 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 1:12 13

Motor Protection Circuit Breaker


Series 8146/5-V27

E7
Selection Table
Version
D1 L1 L2 L3
1 3 5

E7 U<

I> I> I>

2 4 6
D2 T1 T2 T3
Current Rated Auxiliary Order number Art. no. PS Weight
E7 adjustment
range
operational
voltage Ue
contacts

kg
Motor protection 12.5 ... 16 A 230 V AC without 8146/5-V27-107-125-10-2 249187 12 3.700
circuit breaker 50 / 60 Hz 1 NC + 1 NO 8146/5-V27-207-125-12-2 249225 12 3.700
with undervoltage
E7 release,
400 V AC
50 / 60 Hz
without
1 NC + 1 NO
8146/5-V27-108-125-10-2
8146/5-V27-208-125-12-2
249188
249226
12
12
3.700
3.700
Series 8146/5-V27
500 V AC without 8146/5-V27-110-125-10-2 249189 12 3.700
50 / 60 Hz 1 NC + 1 NO 8146/5-V27-210-125-12-2 249227 12 3.700
16 ... 20 A 230 V AC without 8146/5-V27-307-135-10-4 249228 12 4.400
E7 50 / 60 Hz 1 NC + 1 NO 8146/5-V27-407-135-12-4 249232 12 4.400
400 V AC without 8146/5-V27-308-135-10-4 249229 12 4.400
50 / 60 Hz 1 NC + 1 NO 8146/5-V27-408-135-12-4 249233 12 4.400
500 V AC without 8146/5-V27-310-135-10-4 249190 12 4.400
50 / 60 Hz 1 NC + 1 NO 8146/5-V27-410-135-12-4 249234 12 4.400
E7 20 ... 22.5 A 230 V AC without 8146/5-V27-307-145-10-4 249230 12 4.400
50 / 60 Hz 1 NC + 1 NO 8146/5-V27-407-145-12-4 249235 12 4.400
400 V AC without 8146/5-V27-308-145-10-4 249231 12 4.400
50 / 60 Hz 1 NC + 1 NO 8146/5-V27-408-145-12-4 249236 12 4.400

E7
500 V AC without 8146/5-V27-110-145-10-4 249191 12 4.400
50 / 60 Hz 1 NC + 1 NO 8146/5-V27-410-145-12-4 249237 12 4.400

Technical Data
Explosion protection

E7 Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx PTB 06.0090
Ex d e ia ib [ia Ga] mb q IIA, IIB, IIC T6, T5, T4 Gb
Ex tb IIIA, IIIB, IIIC T80°C, T95°C, T130°C Db
Europe (ATEX)

E7 Gas and dust PTB 01 ATEX 1024


E II 2 G Ex d e ia ib [ia Ga] mb q IIA, IIB, IIC T6, T5, T4 Gb
E II 2 D Ex tb IIIA, IIIB, IIIC T80°C, T95°C, T130°C Db IP66
Note
Type Adjustment range TGas TDust
E7 8146/5-V27-1, 0.1 ... 0.25 A T6 80 °C
8146/5-V27-2 0.25 ... 12.5 A T5 95 °C
12.5 ... 16 A T4 130 °C
8146/5-V27-3, 0.1 ... 12.5 A T6 80 °C
8146/5-V27-4 12.5 ... 22.5 A T5 95 °C
E7 8146/5-V27-5, 0.1 ... 12.5 A T6 80 °C
8146/5-V27-6

Certifications and certificates


Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Canada (CSA), Kazakhstan (TR), Korea (KCs), Russia (TR),
Ukraine (TR), Belarus (TR)
E7

E7

E7
606 Load Disconnect Switches and Motor Starters 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 607 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 1:12 13

Motor Protection Circuit Breaker


Series 8146/5-V27

E7
Technical Data
Degree of protection IP66 acc. to IEC/EN 60529
Switch insert
Rated operational voltage
Rated operational current
max. 690 V AC, 50 / 60 Hz
0.1 ... 22.5 A E7
Switching capacity depending on the selected adjustment range (AC)
230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V
7.0 kW 12.4 kW 16 kW 22 kW
Thermal overcurrent release depending on the adjustment range of the switch, adjustable on the switch E7
Electromagnetic quick release Current ranges Operate value set at factory
0.16 ... 0.63 A 7.5 ... 12.0 In
1.0 ... 2.5 A 9.0 ... 14.0 In
2.5 ... 4.0 A 10.0 ... 15.0 In
4.0 ... 6.3 A 10.0 ... 15.0 In E7
9.0 ... 22.5 A 12.5 ... 17.5 In
Switching handle Designation: 0 - I; 3-times padlockable in position 0
Colour:
Standard: black handle, black protective collar
Special version: red handle, yellow protective collar (for EM-STOP function)
E7
Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm [inches]) - Subject to Alterations

E7

E7

E7
04793E00 04794E00 04795E00

8146/5-V27-1 8146/5-V27-2 8146/5-V27-3, 8146/5-V27-4


Cable entries
Type Additional
equipment
Cable glands
series 8161
Stopping plugs
series 8290
E7
M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5
8146/5-V27-1 without A+B -- C
with A, B, C -- --
8146/5-V27-2 without A+B -- C E7
with A, B, C -- --
8146/5-V27-3, 8146/5-V27-4 without -- A+B C
with C A+B --

E7

E7

E7

E7
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Load Disconnect Switches and Motor Starters 607
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 608 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 1:12 13

Standard Motor Starters CUBEx


Series 8264

E7
> Enclosures with Ex d protection
> Available standard motor starters:
– Direct-on-line motor starters DOL
E7 – Star-delta starters YD
– Reversing starter combinations
> Advantage
– Short time of delivery
E7

E7
Series 8264 E7

17017E00

WebCode 8264D
E7

ATEX / IECEx NEC 505 NEC 506


E7 Class I
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x x x For use in x

E7 Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx KEM 07.0051X
Ex d e ia ib [ia Ga] mb IIB+H2 Gb T6 ... T4
Ex d e ia ib [ia Ga] mb IIB Gb T6 ... T4
E7 Ex tb IIIC T80°C ... T130°C Db
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust KEMA 01 ATEX 2145 X
E II 2 G Ex d e ia ib [ia Ga] mb IIB+H2 Gb T6 ... T4
E II 2 G Ex d e ia ib [ia Ga] mb IIB Gb T6 ... T4
E7 E II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T80°C ... T130°C Db
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), China (China-Ex), India (PESO), Canada (cUL),
Kazakhstan (TR), Korea (KCs), Russia (TR), Taiwan (ITRI), USA (UL), Belarus (TR)
Rated voltage 400 V AC
E7 Control voltage 230 V AC
Degree of protection IP66 (EN 60529)
Enclosure standard: Aluminium (saltwater-proof according to EN 13195-1)
special: Stainless steel

E7 Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm) - Subject to Alterations


A B C
8264/5112 235 235 270
8264/5212 360 235 270
E7 8264/5222 360 360 270
8264/5323 480 360 340
8264/5333 480 480 340
8264/5933 730 480 340
E7 10294E00
8264/5993 730 730 340

E7
608 Load Disconnect Switches and Motor Starters 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 609 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 1:12 13

Standard Motor Starters CUBEx


Series 8264

E7
Star-Delta Contactor Starters YD
Selection Table
Breaking capacity Ex d
400 V AC-3 Enclosure Cross section for connection Cable entries, bottom Ordering code
E7
11 kW 8264/5222 4 x 6 mm2 6 x 4 mm2 3 x M32 2 x M25 8264/5-SL-SS11kW400V-T
15 kW 8264/5222 4 x 6 mm2 6 x 4 mm2 3 x M32 2 x M25 8264/5-SL-SS15kW400V-T
18.5 kW 8264/5222 4 x 6 mm2 6x4 mm2 3 x M32 2 x M25 8264/5-SL-SS18,5kW400V-T
22 kW 8264/5222 4 x 10 mm2 6 x 6 mm2 3 x M32 2 x M25 8264/5-SL-SS22kW400V-T
E7
30 kW 8264/5323 4 x 16 mm2 6 x 6 mm2 3 x M40 2 x M25 8264/5-SL-SS30kW400V-T
37 kW 8264/5323 4 x 35 mm2 6 x 10 mm2 3 x M40 2 x M25 8264/5-SL-SS37kW400V-T
45 kW 8264/5323 4 x 35 mm2 6 x 16 mm2 1 x M50 2 x M40 2 x M25 8264/5-SL-SS45kW400V-T
55 kW 8264/5323 4 x 50 mm2 6 x 35 mm2 1 x M50 2 x M40 2 x M25 8264/5-SL-SS55kW400V-T
E7
75 kW 8264/5323 4 x 50 mm2 6 x 35 mm2 1 x M50 2 x M40 2 x M25 8264/5-SL-SS75kW400V-T
90 kW 8264/5933 4 x 95 mm2 6 x 50 mm2 1 x M63 2 x M40 2 x M25 8264/5-SL-SS90kW400V-T
110 kW 8264/5933 4 x 150 mm2 6 x 95 mm2 1 x M63 2 x M50 2 x M25 8264/5-SL-SS110kW400V-T
132 kW 8264/5993 4 x 150 mm2 6 x 95 mm2 1 x M63 2 x M50 2 x M25 8264/5-SL-SS132kW400V-T
E7
160 kW 8264/5993 4 x 240 mm2 6 x 150 mm2 3 x M63 2 x M25 8264/5-SL-SS160kW400V-T
200 kW 8264/5993 4 x 240 mm2 6 x 150 mm2 3 x M63 2 x M25 8264/5-SL-SS200kW400V-T

Direct On-Line Motor Starters DOL


Selection Table E7
Breaking capacity Ex d
400 V AC-3 Enclosure Cross section for connection Cable entries, bottom Ordering code
5.5 kW 8264/5212 4 x 6 mm2 3 x 4 mm2 1 x M32 3 x M25 8264/5-SM-ES5,5kW400V-T
7.5 kW 8264/5212 4 x 10 mm2 3 x 6 mm2 1 x M32 3 x M25 8264/5-SM-ES7,5kW400V-T E7
11 kW 8264/5212 4 x 10 mm2 3x6 mm2 1 x M32 3 x M25 8264/5-SM-ES11kW400V-T
15 kW 8264/5212 4 x 16 mm2 3 x 6 mm2 1 x M32 3 x M25 8264/5-SM-ES15kW400V-T
18.5 kW 8264/5212 4 x 16 mm2 3 x 10 mm2 1 x M32 3 x M25 8264/5-SM-ES18,5kW400V-T
22 kW 8264/5212 4 x 35 mm2 3 x 10 mm2 1 x M40 1 x M32 2 x M25 8264/5-SM-ES22kW400V-T E7
30 kW 8264/5222 4 x 35 mm2 3 x 16 mm2 1 x M40 1 x M32 2 x M25 8264/5-SM-ES30kW400V-T
37 kW 8264/5222 4 x 35 mm2 3 x 16 mm2 1 x M40 1 x M32 2 x M25 8264/5-SM-ES37kW400V-T
45 kW 8264/5222 4 x 50 mm2 3 x 35 mm2 1 x M50 1 x M40 2 x M25 8264/5-SM-ES45kW400V-T
55 kW 8264/5323 4 x 50 mm2 3 x 35 mm2 1 x M50 1 x M40 2 x M25 8264/5-SM-ES55kW400V-T E7
75 kW 8264/5323 4 x 50 mm2 3 x 35 mm2 1 x M50 1 x M40 2 x M25 8264/5-SM-ES75kW400V-T

Reversing Starter Combinations


Selection Table
Breaking capacity Ex d
E7
400 V AC-3 Enclosure Cross section for connection Cable entries, bottom Ordering code
5.5 kW 8264/5112 4 x 6 mm2 3 x 4 mm2 2 x M32 2 x M25 8264/5-SL-WS5,5kW400V-T
7.5 kW 8264/5222 4 x 6 mm2 3 x 4 mm2 2 x M32 2 x M25 8264/5-SL-WS7,5kW400V-T
11 kW 8264/5222 4 x 10 mm2 3 x 6 mm2 2 x M32 2 x M25 8264/5-SL-WS11kW400V-T E7
15 kW 8264/5222 4 x 16 mm2 3 x 6 mm2 2 x M32 2 x M25 8264/5-SL-WS15kW400V-T
18.5 kW 8264/5222 4 x 16 mm2 3 x 10 mm2 2 x M32 2 x M25 8264/5-SL-WS18,5kW400V-T
22 kW 8264/5222 4 x 35 mm2 3 x 16 mm2 1 x M40 1 x M32 2 x M25 8264/5-SL-WS22kW400V-T
30 kW 8264/5323 4 x 35 mm2 3 x 16 mm2 1 x M40 1 x M32 2 x M25 8264/5-SL-WS30kW400V-T E7
37 kW 8264/5323 4 x 50 mm2 3 x 35 mm2 1 x M40 1 x M32 2 x M25 8264/5-SL-WS37kW400V-T
45 kW 8264/5323 4 x 95 mm2 3 x 35 mm2 1 x M50 1 x M40 2 x M25 8264/5-SL-WS45kW400V-T
55 kW 8264/5333 4 x 95 mm2 3 x 50 mm2 1 x M50 1 x M40 2 x M25 8264/5-SL-WS55kW400V-T
75 kW 8264/5333 4 x 95 mm2 3 x 95 mm2 1 x M63 1 x M50 2 x M25 8264/5-SL-WS75kW400V-T E7

E7
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Load Disconnect Switches and Motor Starters 609
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 610 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 1:12 13

Standard Motor Starters


Series 8220

E7
> Enclosure with type of protection Ex d and
terminal compartment enclosure with Ex e
> Available standard motor controllers
E7 – Direct-on-line motor starters DOL
– Star-delta starter combinations YD
– Reversing starter combinations
> Advantage
E7 – short delivery times

E7
Series 8220 E7

10102E00

WebCode 8220A ATEX / IECEx

E7 Zone
For use in
0 1
x
2
x
20 21
x
22
x

Technical Data

E7 Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas, dust and mining IECEx PTB 06.0069
Ex d e ia ib [ia Ga] IIC T6, T5, T4 Gb
Ex tb IIIC T80°C, T95°C, T130°C Db
E7 Europe (ATEX)
Ex d I Mb

Gas, dust and mining PTB 02 ATEX 1109


E II 2 G Ex d e ia ib [ia Ga] IIC T6, T5, T4 Gb
E II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T80°C, T95°C, T130°C Db
E7 E I M 2 Ex d I Mb
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Kazakhstan (TR), Korea (KCs), Russia (TR), Ukraine (TR), Belarus (TR)
Rated voltage 400 V AC
Control voltage 230 V AC
E7 Degree of protection IP55 (to order IP65)
Enclosure material Sheet steel, cover: die-cast alloy / stainless steel

Direct On-Line Motor Starters DOL


Selection Table
E7 Switching capacity Ex d
400 V AC-3 enclosure Terminals Cable entries bottom Order number
5.5 kW 8220/112 4x6 mm2 3x4 mm2 2 x M32 2 x M25 8220/5-SM-ES5,5kW400V-T
7.5 kW 8220/112 4 x 10 mm2 3 x 6 mm2 2 x M32 2 x M25 8220/5-SM-ES7,5kW400V-T
E7 11 kW 8220/112 4 x 10 mm2 3x6 mm2 2 x M32 2 x M25 8220/5-SM-ES11kW400V-T
15 kW 8220/112 4 x 16 mm2 3 x 6 mm2 2 x M32 2 x M25 8220/5-SM-ES15kW400V-T
18.5 kW 8220/112 4 x 16 mm2 3 x 10 mm2 2 x M32 2 x M25 8220/5-SM-ES18,5kW400V-T
22 kW 8220/112 4 x 35 mm2 3 x 10 mm2 1 x M40 1 x M32 2 x M25 8220/5-SM-ES22kW400V-T
E7 30 kW 8220/122 4 x 35 mm2 3 x 16 mm2 1 x M40 1 x M32 2 x M25 8220/5-SM-ES30kW400V-T
37 kW 8220/122 4 x 35 mm2 3 x 16 mm2 1 x M40 1 x M32 2 x M25 8220/5-SM-ES37kW400V-T
45 kW 8220/122 4 x 50 mm2 3 x 35 mm2 1 x M50 1 x M40 2 x M25 8220/5-SM-ES45kW400V-T
55 kW 8220/122 4 x 50 mm2 3 x 35 mm2 1 x M50 1 x M40 2 x M25 8220/5-SM-ES55kW400V-T
E7 75 kW 8220/122 4 x 50 mm2 3 x 35 mm2 1 x M50 1 x M40 2 x M25 8220/5-SM-ES75kW400V-T

E7
610 Load Disconnect Switches and Motor Starters 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E7_KP_2016_en.book Seite 611 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 1:12 13

Standard Motor Starters


Series 8220

E7
Reversing Starter Combinations
Selection Table
Switching capacity Ex d
400 V AC-3 enclosure Terminals Cable entries bottom Order number
E7
5.5 kW 8220/122 4 x 6 mm2 3 x 4 mm2 2 x M32 2 x M25 8220/5-SL-WS5,5kW400V-T
7.5 kW 8220/122 4 x 6 mm2 3 x 4 mm2 2 x M32 2 x M25 8220/5-SL-WS7,5kW400V-T
11 kW 8220/122 4 x 10 mm2 3x6 mm2 2 x M32 2 x M25 8220/5-SL-WS11kW400V-T
15 kW 8220/122 4 x 16 mm2 3 x 6 mm2 2 x M32 2 x M25 8220/5-SL-WS15kW400V-T
E7
18.5 kW 8220/122 4 x 16 mm2 3 x 10 mm2 2 x M32 2 x M25 8220/5-SL-WS18,5kW400V-T
22 kW 8220/122 4 x 35 mm2 3 x 16 mm2 1 x M40 1 x M32 2 x M25 8220/5-SL-WS22kW400V-T
30 kW 8220/122 4 x 35 mm2 3 x 16 mm2 1 x M40 1 x M32 2 x M25 8220/5-SL-WS30kW400V-T
37 kW 8220/122 4 x 50 mm2 3 x 35 mm2 1 x M40 1 x M32 2 x M25 8220/5-SL-WS37kW400V-T
E7
45 kW 8220/122 4 x 95 mm2 3 x 35 mm2 1 x M50 1 x M40 2 x M25 8220/5-SL-WS45kW400V-T
55 kW 8220/133 4 x 95 mm2 3 x 50 mm2 1 x M50 1 x M40 2 x M25 8220/5-SL-WS55kW400V-T
75 kW 8220/133 4 x 95 mm2 3 x 95 mm2 1 x M63 1 x M50 2 x M25 8220/5-SL-WS75kW400V-T

Star-Delta Starter Combinations YD


E7
Selection Table
Switching capacity Ex d
400 V AC-3 enclosure Terminals Cable entries bottom Order number
11 kW 8220/122 4x6 mm2 6x4 mm2 3 x M32 2 x M25 8220/5-SL-SS11kW400V-T E7
15 kW 8220/122 4 x 6 mm2 6 x 4 mm2 3 x M32 2 x M25 8220/5-SL-SS15kW400V-T
18.5 kW 8220/122 4 x 6 mm2 6 x 4 mm2 3 x M32 2 x M25 8220/5-SL-SS18,5kW400V-T
22 kW 8220/122 4 x 10 mm2 6 x 6 mm2 3 x M32 2 x M25 8220/5-SL-SS22kW400V-T
30 kW 8220/172 4 x 16 mm2 6x6 mm2 3 x M40 2 x M25 8220/5-SL-SS30kW400V-T E7
37 kW 8220/172 4 x 35 mm2 6 x 10 mm2 3 x M40 2 x M25 8220/5-SL-SS37kW400V-T
45 kW 8220/132 4 x 35 mm2 6 x 16 mm2 1 x M50 2 x M40 2 x M25 8220/5-SL-SS45kW400V-T
55 kW 8220/132 4 x 50 mm2 6 x 35 mm2 1 x M50 2 x M40 2 x M25 8220/5-SL-SS55kW400V-T
75 kW 8220/132 4 x 50 mm2 6 x 35 mm2 1 x M50 2 x M40 2 x M25 8220/5-SL-SS75kW400V-T E7
90 kW 8220/133 4 x 95 mm2 6 x 50 mm2 1 x M63 2 x M40 2 x M25 8220/5-SL-SS90kW400V-T
110 kW 8220/133 4 x 150 mm2 6 x 95 mm2 1 x M63 2 x M50 2 x M25 8220/5-SL-SS110kW400V-T
132 kW 8220/133 4 x 150 mm2 6 x 95 mm2 1 x M63 2 x M50 2 x M25 8220/5-SL-SS132kW400V-T
160 kW 8220/196 4 x 240 mm2 6 x 150 mm2 3 x M63 2 x M25 8220/5-SL-SS160kW400V-T E7
200 kW 8220/196 4 x 240 mm2 6 x 150 mm2 3 x M63 2 x M25 8220/5-SL-SS200kW400V-T

Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm) - Subject to Alterations


A B C D E F G E7
8220/112 235 235 268 150 150 M12 20
8220/122 360 360 268 275 275 M12 20
8220/132 480 480 268 395 395 M12 20
8220/133 480 480 325 395 395 M12 20 E7
8220/172 360 480 268 275 395 M12 20
8220/196 730 730 465 645 645 M12 20

E7

04707E00

E7

E7
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Load Disconnect Switches and Motor Starters 611
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E8_KP_2016_en.book Seite 612 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 1:20 13

Integrated Solutions ·
Low Voltage Systems

612 Integrated Solutions · Low Voltage Systems 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en


◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E8_KP_2016_en.book Seite 613 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 1:20 13

Contents

Integrated Solutions · Low Voltage Systems


Energy Distribution
Overview Module Technology 8146 614
Overview Flameproof Enclosures 8220 614
Overview Flameproof Enclosures 8261 614
Overview CUBEx System CUBEx 8264 614
Lighting and Heating Panels
made of Polyester Resin 8146 616
made of Light Metal CUBEx 8264 619
UPS Uninterrupted Power Supply
Ex UPS CUBEx 8265 621

You will find further information on the Internet www.stahl.de


Machine Control
General Information
Battery Boxes
Battery Boxes 8316
Battery Container BC
Ex p Technology „Pressurized Apparatus“
General System Description
E8

2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Integrated Solutions · Low Voltage Systems 613


◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E8_KP_2016_en.book Seite 614 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 1:20 13

Overview

E8
E8

Module technology
Flameproof components are built into enclosures designed for
„increased safety Ex e“.
E8 • Explosion protection to
– IEC
– ATEX
• Marine certification with individual acceptance
• Explosion protection to
– Series 8146 in polyester resin
E8 – Series 8150 in stainless steel
• Enclosures for modular combination
• Lighting and heating panels
• Comprehensive construction
• Easy handling
• Installation of flameproof modules (Ex de)
E8 – fuses, miniature circuit-breakers, switches, contactors,
motor protection relay, etc.
• Terminals in Ex e „increased safety“ standard
• Rated current up to max. 160 A
• Mounting frame system for wall-mounting or free-standing
E8 with or without protection roof
• Operating flaps with inspection windows for simple external operation
01625e00

Flameproof enclosures
E8 Standard industrial equipment can be built into flameproof enclosures of
Ex de construction, pressure with standing.
• Explosion protection to
– IEC
– ATEX
E8 • Marine certification with individual acceptance
• Enclosure material
– Sheet-steel or stainless steel
• Enclosure for modular combination
• Standard motor starters
• Installation of standard electrical equipment
E8 – fuses, switches, contactors, programmable controllers,
regulators, etc.
• Axial load-through and inspection windows available
• Rated current up to max. 800 A, dependent on enclosure series
• Mounting frame system for wall-mounting or free-standing
with or without protection roof
E8 • Different installation system
– indirect entry using Ex e connection chambers
– indirect entry using Ex d cable glands or conduit material

E8 02835E00

CUBEx systems
The straight walled CUBEx design of enclosure, are utilised for the
building of control and distribution systems, control panels and terminal boxes.
E8 Installed industrial sparking electrical components are planned and
wired in accordance to the customer’s requirements.
The enhanced features of the CUBEx system allows unique possibilities
of D2D connections, therefore reducing the necessity for
inter-connection chambers.
• Compact system
E8 •

D2D bushing
Explosion protection to ATEX, IEC and NEC
• Marine certification with individual acceptance
• Can be used in
– Zone 1 and Zone 2
– Zone 21 and Zone 22
E8 • 7 basic enclosure sizes
• Available versions
– lighting and heating panel
– standard motor starters
10295E00

• Optional: glass windows and cover hinges


• Entry method direct and indirect
E8
614 Integrated Solutions · Low Voltage Systems 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E8_KP_2016_en.book Seite 615 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 1:20 13

Overview

E8

E8

E8

E8

E8

E8

E8

E8

E8

E8

E8

E8

E8

E8
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Integrated Solutions · Low Voltage Systems 615
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E8_KP_2016_en.book Seite 616 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 1:20 13

Standard Lighting and Heat-Trace Panels


Series 8146

E8
> Available versions
– With miniature circuit breaker,
tripping characteristic C
E8 – with residual current circuit breaker
and overcurrent release,
tripping characteristic B and C
> Advantages
E8 – Installation of miniature circuit breakers
under hinged inspection window
– External operation of the breakers
– Switch setting visible at all times
– Operation under voltage
E8
Series 8146 E8

06524E00
– Short delivery times

WebCode 8146D
E8

ATEX / IECEx NEC 505 NEC 506 NEC 500


E8 Class I Class I Class II Class III
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Division 1 2 1 2 1 2
For use x x x x For use in x For use in x

E8 Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx PTB 06.0090
Ex d e ia ib [ia Ga] mb q IIA, IIB, IIC T6, T5, T4 Gb

E8 Europe (ATEX)
Ex tb IIIA, IIIB, IIIC T80°C, T95°C, T130°C Db

Gas and dust PTB 01 ATEX 1024


E II 2 G Ex d e ia ib [ia Ga] mb q IIA, IIB, IIC T6, T5, T4 Gb
E II 2 D Ex tb IIIA, IIIB, IIIC T80°C, T95°C, T130°C Db IP66
E8 Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), China (China-Ex), India (PESO), Kazakhstan (TR),
Korea (KCs), Russia (TR), Serbia (SRPS), Taiwan (ITRI), Ukraine (TR), Belarus (TR)
Rated voltage 415 / 240 V AC
Rated current 80 A
E8 Degree of protection
Enclosure material
IP66 (EN 60529)
glass fibre reinforced polyester resin, dark grey similar to RAL 7024
impact resistance ) 7 J
surface resistance ( 109 Ω
flame retardant acc. to IEC/EN 60695, UL 94, ASTM D635

E8

E8

E8

E8
616 Integrated Solutions · Low Voltage Systems 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E8_KP_2016_en.book Seite 617 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 1:20 13

Standard Lighting and Heat-Trace Panels


Series 8146

E8
Selection Table
Version Quantity Characteristics Layout Cable entries Order number Art. no.
No.
Lighting panels 6 C 01 1 x M40, 8146/5-ExV-01-06L16C1P-T 137111 E8
with miniature circuit 6 x M25,
breaker, 1-pole, 16 A, 1 x M16
wiring on terminal 12 C 02 1 x M50, 8146/5-ExV-02-12L16C1P-T 137118
blocks 12 x M25,
1 x M16
E8
18 C 03 1 x M50, 8146/5-ExV-03-18L16C1P-T 137124
18 x M25,
1 x M16
24 C 04 1 x M50, 8146/5-ExV-04-24L16C1P-T 137130
24 x M25,
1 x M16 E8
Selection Table
Version Quantity Characteristics Layout Cable entries Order number Art. no.
No.
E8
Lighting panels 6 C 06 1 x M40, 8146/5-ExV-06-06L16C1P-D 137135
with miniature circuit 6 x M25,
breaker, 1-pole, 16 A, 1 x M16
mattress wiring 12 C 07 1 x M50, 8146/5-ExV-07-12L16C1P-D 137140
12 x M25,
1 x M16 E8
Selection Table
Version Quantity Characteristics Layout Cable entries Order number Art. no.
No.
E8
Heat-trace panels 8 B 02 1 x M40, 8146/5-ExV-02-08H16B1N-T 137146
with residual current 8 x M25,
circuit breaker and 1 x M16
overcurrent release, 12 B 03 1 x M50, 8146/5-ExV-03-12H16B1N-T 137152
1-pole + N,
16 A /30 mA ,
12 x M25,
1 x M16 E8
wiring on terminal
blocks 24 B 05 1 x M50, 8146/5-ExV-05-24H16B1N-T 137157
24 x M25,
1 x M16
8 C 02 1 x M40,
8 x M25,
8146/5-ExV-02-08H16C1N-T 137161
E8
1 x M16
12 C 03 1 x M50, 8146/5-ExV-03-12H16C1N-T 137164
12 x M25,
1 x M16
24 C 05 1 x M50, 8146/5-ExV-05-24H16C1N-T 137167 E8
24 x M25,
1 x M16

Selection Table
Version Quantity Characteristics Layout Cable entries Order number Art. no. E8
No.
Heat-trace panels 8 B 07 1 x M40, 8146/5-ExV-07-08H16B1N-D 137171
with residual current 8 x M25,
circuit breaker and 1 x M16
overcurrent release, 8 C 07 1 x M40, 8146/5-ExV-07-08H16C1N-D 137173 E8
1-pole + N, 8 x M25,
16 A / 30 mA, 1 x M16
mattress wiring

E8

E8
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Integrated Solutions · Low Voltage Systems 617
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E8_KP_2016_en.book Seite 618 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 1:20 13

Standard Lighting and Heat-Trace Panels


Series 8146

E8
Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm) - Subject to Alterations

E8

E8

E8 10296E00 10297E00 10298E00

Layout 01 Layout 02 Layout 03

E8

E8 10302E00

E8 10299E00

Layout 04 Layout 07

E8

E8 10300E00

E8 10301E00

Layout 05 Layout 06

E8

E8

E8

E8
618 Integrated Solutions · Low Voltage Systems 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E8_KP_2016_en.book Seite 619 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 1:20 13

Lighting and Heating Panel CUBEx


Series 8264/5-ExV

E8
> Enclosures with Ex d protection
> Available versions:
– with MCB, characteristics C
– with MCB / ELCB, characteristics B resp. C E8
> Advantage
– Short delivery time

E8

E8
Series 8264/5-ExV E8

10229E00

WebCode 8264A
E8

ATEX / IECEx NEC 505 NEC 506


Class I E8
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22
For use in x x x x For use in x

Technical Data
Explosion protection E8
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx KEM 07.0051X
Ex d e ia ib [ia Ga] mb IIB+H2 Gb T6 ... T4
Ex d e ia ib [ia Ga] mb IIB Gb T6 ... T4
Ex tb IIIC T80°C ... T130°C Db E8
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust KEMA 01 ATEX 2145 X
E II 2 G Ex d e ia ib [ia Ga] mb IIB+H2 Gb T6 ... T4
E II 2 G Ex d e ia ib [ia Ga] mb IIB Gb T6 ... T4
E II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T80°C ... T130°C Db E8
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), China (China-Ex), India (PESO), Canada (cUL),
Kazakhstan (TR), Korea (KCs), Russia (TR), Taiwan (ITRI), USA (UL), Belarus (TR)
Rated voltage 415 V / 240 V AC
Rated current 100 A E8
Degree of protection IP66 (EN 60529)
Enclosure standard: Aluminium (saltwater-proof according to EN 13195-1)
special: Stainless steel

E8

E8

E8

E8
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Integrated Solutions · Low Voltage Systems 619
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E8_KP_2016_en.book Seite 620 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 1:20 13

Lighting and Heating Panel CUBEx


Series 8264/5-ExV

E8
Selection Table
Version Quantity Characteristics Layout Cable entries Order number Art. no.
No.
E8 MCB 12 C 01 1 x M50, 8264/5-ExV-01-12L16C1P-D 143210
1-pole 12 x M20
16 A 24 C 02 1 x M50, 8264/5-ExV-02-24L16C1P-D 143212
24 x M20

E8 Selection Table
Version Quantity Characteristics Layout Cable entries Order number Art. no.
No.
MCB / ELCB 12 B 01 1 x M50, 8264/5-ExV-01-12H16B1N-D 143214
E8 1-pole + N
16 A / 30 mA 24 B 02
12 x M20
1 x M50, 8264/5-ExV-02-24H16B1N-D 143216
24 x M20
12 C 01 1 x M50, 8264/5-ExV-01-12H16C1N-D 143217
12 x M20
E8 24 C 02 1 x M50,
24 x M20
8264/5-ExV-02-24H16C1N-D 143218

Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm) - Subject to Alterations

E8

E8

E8 Layout 01
10046E00

Layout 02
10045E00

E8

E8

E8

E8

E8

E8
620 Integrated Solutions · Low Voltage Systems 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E8_KP_2016_en.book Seite 621 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 1:20 13

Ex UPS
Series 8265

E8
> Ex UPS Guard battery monitoring
according to IEC/EN 60079 et seq.
> Stable output voltage
> Adjustable UPS time E8
> Functional battery test
> Capacity measurement of battery
> Potential-free signal outputs E8

E8
Series 8265 E8

12977E00

WebCode 8265B ATEX / IECEx


Zone
For use in
0 1
x
2
x
20 21 22
E8

Selection Table
Version Rated input
voltage
Output
voltage
Output
voltage for
Battery Order number Art. no. PS E8
UPS mode
Ex UPS 24 V DC 24 V DC 20.6 V DC 10 Ah 8265/55-612-111 206678 13
Series 8265
25 Ah 8265/55-613-111 206679 13
40 Ah 8265/55-614-111 206680 13
E8
60 Ah 8265/55-615-111 206721 13
100 ... 250 V AC 24 V DC 20.6 V DC 10 Ah 8265/55-612-211 206722 13
25 Ah 8265/55-613-211 206723 13
E8
40 Ah 8265/55-614-211 206724 13
60 Ah 8265/55-615-211 206725 13
further versions / designs on request

Technical Data
E8
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx PTB 07.0029 (see 8265/5)
Ex d e ia ib [ia Ga] IIC T6, T5, T4 Gb E8
Ex tb IIIC T80°C, T95°C Db
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust PTB 06 ATEX 1077 (see 8265/5)
E II 2 G Ex d e ia ib [ia Ga] IIC T6, T5, T4 Gb
E II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T80°C, T95°C Db E8
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX
Output voltage 24 V DC
Output voltage for UPS mode 20.6 V DC
Rated operational current 10 A E8
Charging current 1.5 A per battery
Closed-circuit current 5 μA
UPS time 1 s ... 6 h ∞ (via DIP switch)
Potential-free signal output max. 100 mA
Ambient temperature charging: 0 ... +40 °C E8
discharging: -20 ... +40 °C
Degree of protection IP66 (IP23 for the battery enclosure)

E8
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Integrated Solutions · Low Voltage Systems 621
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E8_KP_2016_en.book Seite 622 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 1:20 13

Ex UPS
Series 8265

E8
Project Guidelines
The values in the table were determined, observing the criteria for reaching the full battery life.
The autonomy time is reached at the end of the battery life.

E8 Order number autonomy time in min.


5 10 60 (1 h) 120 (2 h) 180 (3 h) 300 (5 h)
0050 8265/55-612-111-0050-.... 24 V DC
8265/55-612-211-0050-.... 100 ... 250 V AC
50 W
24 V DC 8265/55-613-111-0050-.... 24 V DC
E8 8265/55-613-211-0050-.... 100 ... 250 V AC
8265/55-614-111-0050-.... 24 V DC
8265/55-614-211-0050-.... 100 ... 250 V AC
8265/55-615-111-0050-.... 24 V DC
8265/55-615-211-0050-.... 100 ... 250 V AC
E8 Set value 0005 0010 0060 0120 0180 0300

Order number autonomy time in min.


5 10 60 (1 h) 120 (2 h) 180 (3 h) 300 (5 h)

E8 0100 24 V DC
8265/55-612-111-0100-....
8265/55-612-211-0100-.... 100 ... 250 V AC
100 W
24 V DC 8265/55-613-111-0100-.... 24 V DC
8265/55-613-211-0100-.... 100 ... 250 V AC
8265/55-614-111-0100-.... 24 V DC
E8 8265/55-614-211-0100-....
8265/55-615-111-0100-....
100 ... 250 V AC
24 V DC
8265/55-615-211-0100-.... 100 ... 250 V AC
Set value 0005 0010 0060 0120 0180 0300

E8 Order number autonomy time in min.


5 10 60 (1 h) 120 (2 h) 180 (3 h) 300 (5 h)
0150 8265/55-612-111-0150-.... 24 V DC
8265/55-612-211-0150-.... 100 ... 250 V AC
150 W
8265/55-613-111-0150-.... 24 V DC
E8 24 V DC
8265/55-613-211-0150-.... 100 ... 250 V AC
8265/55-614-111-0150-.... 24 V DC
8265/55-614-211-0150-.... 100 ... 250 V AC
8265/55-615-111-0150-.... 24 V DC

E8 8265/55-615-211-0150-.... 100 ... 250 V AC


Set value 0005 0010 0060 0120 0180 0300

Order number autonomy time in min.


5 10 60 (1 h) 120 (2 h) 180 (3 h) 300 (5 h)
E8 0200 8265/55-612-111-0200-.... 24 V DC
8265/55-612-211-0200-.... 100 ... 250 V AC
200 W
24 V DC 8265/55-613-111-0200-.... 24 V DC
8265/55-613-211-0200-.... 100 ... 250 V AC
8265/55-614-111-0200-.... 24 V DC
E8 8265/55-614-211-0200-.... 100 ... 250 V AC
8265/55-615-111-0200-.... 24 V DC
8265/55-615-211-0200-.... 100 ... 250 V AC
Set value 0005 0010 0060 0120 0180 0300

E8 The battery life is reached according to IEC 896 Part 2.


The battery life is reduced substantially, depending on load.
The autonomy time is not reached.

E8

E8
622 Integrated Solutions · Low Voltage Systems 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E8_KP_2016_en.book Seite 623 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 1:20 13

Ex UPS
Series 8265

E8
Description
Ex UPS Guard
The R. STAHL UPS modular system offers tailor-made and economical
UPS solutions for hazardous areas. According to the ATEX directives and E8
common standards, special requirements apply to the charging of batteries
in the hazardous area. To ensure explosion protection, the parameters for
operation of batteries and battery chargers must be monitored - in addition
to the settings on the charger. The new Ex UPS Guard checks the function
of the charger and of the batteries according to the ATEX directive. E8
On the market, this unique function provides the safety of the installation.

12974E00
E8

Enclosures used
Ex d enclosure Series 8265 with coated surface (RAL7035)
Ex e enclosure Series 8146 E8
Systems mounted on frame Series 8298 made of galvanized steel

Typical dimensions (H x W x D) / weights


8265/55-612-... 1246 x 396 x 300 mm / weight: approx. 65 kg E8
8265/55-613-... 1578 x 396 x 300 mm / weight: approx. 84 kg
8265/55-614-... 1578 x 396 x 300 mm / weight: approx. 96 kg
8265/55-615-... 1578 x 396 x 300 mm / weight: approx. 108 kg

E8

E8

E8

E8

E8

E8

E8

E8
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Integrated Solutions · Low Voltage Systems 623
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E9_KP_2016_en.book Seite 624 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 1:31 13

Components
for System Solutions

Components for System Solutions


Ex d Enclosures made of Light Metal, "Flameproof Encapsulation"
Ex d Enclosures made of Light Metal GUBox 8265 626

You will find further information on the Internet www.stahl.de


Ex d Enclosures made of Light Metal, "Flameproof Encapsulation"
Standard Applications
IIC with Enclosures made of Sheet Steel or Stainless Steel 8225
IIB with Enclosures made of Sheet Steel or Stainless Steel CUBEx 8264
Ex e Technology „Increased Safety“
Ex e Enclosures
Made of Metal 8125
Made of Moulded Plastic 8146

624 Components for System Solutions 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en


◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E9_KP_2016_en.book Seite 625 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 1:31 13

Contents

You will find further information on the Internet www.stahl.de


Components for Use in Ex d Enclosures
Bushings
Post Type Bushings 8171
Conductor Bushings 8174
Earth Conductor Bushings 8195
Components for Use in Ex e Enclosures
Load and Motor Switches, 25 A 8006
Load and Motor Switches, Load-Break Switches, 80 A 8544
Load and Motor Switches, 180 A 8549
Miniature Circuit-Breaker 8562
Residual Current Circuit-Breaker 8562
Residual Current Circuit-Breaker with Integral Overcurrent Protection 8562
Motor Protection Circuit-Breakers up to 22.5 A 8523
Small Fuse Bases 8560
Fuse Base up to 400 V, 25 A 8561/01
Fuse Base up to 500 V, 63 A 8561/02
Transformers STA
Contactor 4 kW / 400 V 8510/141
Contactor 4 kW / 400 V with 3 Main Contacts and max. 4 Auxiliary Contacts 8510/122
Contactor max. 4 kW / 400 V with Thermistor Motor Protection Relay 8510
Contactor max. 7.5 kW / 400 V 8510
Contactor max. 11 kW / 400 V 8510
Contactor 25/26 kW / 400 V 8510
Contactor 20 A, AC-1 8510
Reversing Starter max. 4 kW / 400 V 8510
E9
Reversing Starter max. 7,5 kW / 400 V 8510
Reversing Starter max. 11 kW / 400 V 8510
Motor Protection Relay 8510
Thermistor-Motor Protection Relay 8510
Combination Contactor / Motor Protection Relay max. 4 kW / 400 V 8510
Combination Contactor / Motor Protection Relay max. 7,5 kW / 400 V 8510
Combination Contactor / Motor Protection Relay max. 11 kW / 400 V 8510
Contactor Relay 8510
Auxiliary Contactor for PLC 8510
Relay 8510
Time Relay 8510
Relay Module max. 4-way 8510
Ex i Relay Module 8510
Latching Relay 8510
Transmitter Supply Unit 8510
Power Supply 8510
Ex i Power Supply 8510
Surge Arrester 8510
Accessories
Mounting Frame System 8298

2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Components for System Solutions 625


◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E9_KP_2016_en.book Seite 626 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 1:31 13

Ex d Enclosures made of Light Metal, Flameproof Encapsulation


Series 8265

E9
> International certification
> 6 enclosure sizes
Inspection windows are optional available
E9
>

> Direct or indirect cable entry possible

E9

E9
Series 8265 E9

11404E00

WebCode 8265A ATEX / IECEx

E9 Zone
For use
0 1
x
2
x
20 21
x
22
x

Technical Data

E9 Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust 8265/0: IECEx PTB 07.0027 U
8265/4: IECEx PTB 07.0028 U
8265/5: IECEx PTB 07.0029
8265/0: Ex d e IIC Gb
E9 8265/4: Ex d e ia ib [ia Ga] IIC Gb
8265/5: Ex d e ia ib [ia Ga] IIC T6, T5, T4 Gb
8265/0: Ex tb IIIC Db
8265/5: Ex tb IIIC T 80°C, T 95°C Db
Europe (ATEX)
E9 Gas and dust 8265/0: PTB 06 ATEX 1023 U
8265/4: PTB 06 ATEX 1076 U
8265/5: PTB 06 ATEX 1077
8265/0: E II 2 G Ex d e IIC Gb
8265/4: E II 2 G Ex d e ia ib [ia Ga] IIC Gb
8265/5: E II 2 G Ex d e ia ib [ia Ga] IIC Gb T6, T5, T4 Gb
E9 8265/0: E II 2 D Ex tb IIIC Db
8265/5: E II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T 80°C, T 95°C Db
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), India (PESO), Kazakhstan (TR), Korea (KCs), Russia (TR),
Serbia (SRPS), Taiwan (ITRI), USA (UL), Belarus (TR)
E9 Rated operational voltage Ue Standard: 1000 V
Special: 10 kV – depending on the cable entries or bushings used or
depending on the corresponding built-in equipment.

Rated operational current Ie Enclosure Current


E9 Size 1 max. 160 A
Size 2
Size 3
Size 4
Size 5 max. 250 A
E9 Size 6
Refer to the rating and data plates of the devices!
Degree of protection IP54 without O-ring -60 °C ...
IP66 with O-ring silicone -60 °C ... (blue)
Enclosure Aluminium, copper-free (seawater-resistant) AL Si7Mg03 according to EN 13195.
E9 Upon direct contact with seawater, a coating is recommended.

E9
626 Components for System Solutions 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E9_KP_2016_en.book Seite 627 Mittwoch, 23. März 2016 1:31 13

Ex d Enclosures made of Light Metal, Flameproof Encapsulation


Series 8265

E9
Selection Table
Version Total dimensions Description Order number Art. no. PS Weight
LxWxH [mm]
kg
Size 1 125 x 125 x 132 empty enclosure without window 8265/01-0000 211112 13 2.750 E9
empty enclosure with window 8265/01-0010 211086 13 2.770
Size 2 155 x 155 x 132 empty enclosure without window 8265/02-0000 143409 13 3.850
empty enclosure with window 8265/02-0010 143414 13 4.100
Size 3 195 x 195 x 172 empty enclosure without window 8265/03-0000 143410 13 6.580 E9
empty enclosure with window 8265/03-0010 143415 13 6.630
Size 4 236 x 236 x 227 empty enclosure without window 8265/04-0000 143411 13 10.640
empty enclosure with window 8265/04-0010 143416 13 11.130
Size 5 285 x 285 x 230 empty enclosure without window 8265/05-0000 143412 13 18.300
E9
empty enclosure with window 8265/05-0010 143417 13 18.750
Size 6 335 x 335 x 281 empty enclosure without window 8265/06-0000 143413 13 27.800
empty enclosure with window 8265/06-0010 143418 13 28.800

Typical Combinations of Ex d Enclosures 8265 with Connection Chambers 8146 or 8125 E9


Ex d enclosures Connection chambers in moulded plastic Connection chambers in sheet steel or
stainless steel
connection chamber via spacer connection chamber via spacer
8265/01-... Size 1 8146/.031
8146/.041
Size 0
Size 0
8125/.041 Size 0
E9
8265/02-... Size 2 8146/.031 Size 0 8125/.041 Size 0
8146/.041 Size 0
8265/03-... Size 3 8146/.041 Size 1 8125/.041 Size 1
8146/.051 Size 1 8125/.051 Size 1 E9
8146/.061 Size 1 8125/.061 Size 1
8146/.071 Size 1 8125/.071 Size 1
8265/04-... Size 4 8146/.073 Size 3 8125/.073 Size 3
8146/.075 Size 3
8146/.075 Size 4 E9
8146/.083 Size 3 8125/.083 Size 3
8146/.085 Size 3 8125/.085 Size 3
8146/.085 Size 4 8125/.085 Size 4
8146/.093 Size 3 8125/.093 Size 3
8146/.095 Size 3 8125/.095 Size 3 E9
8146/.095 Size 4 8125/.095 Size 4
8265/05-... Size 5 8146/.073 Size 3 8125/.073 Size 3
8146/.075 Size 4
8146/.083
8146/.085
Size 3
Size 3
8125/.083
8125/.085
Size 3
Size 3
E9
8146/.093 Size 3 8125/.093 Size 3
8146/.095 Size 4 8125/.095 Size 3
8265/06-... Size 6 8146/.073 Size 2 8125/.073 Size 2
8146/.075 Size 2 E9
8146/.075 Size 4
8146/.083 Size 2 8125/.083 Size 2
8146/.085 Size 2 8125/.085 Size 2
8146/.085 Size 4 8125/.085 Size 4
8146/.093 Size 2 8125/.093 Size 2 E9
8146/.095 Size 2 8125/.095 Size 2
8146/.095 Size 4 8125/.095 Size 4

E9

E9
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Components for System Solutions 627
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E10_KP_2016_en.book Seite 628 Donnerstag, 24. März 2016 12:01 12

Installation Equipment
and Accessories

Installation Equipment and Accessories


Cable Glands Ex e
Overview 630
made of Moulded Plastic 8161 632
Cable Glands with Strain Relief Ex e
made of Brass HSK-MZ 640
made of Plastic / Aluminium HSK-K-MZ 641
CMP Cable Glands
for all Types of Armoured Cables (Steel and Aluminium)
- without Lead Sheath, Nickel-Plated Brass with Double Seal T3CDS 642
- without Lead Sheath, Nickel-Plated Brass C2K 650
- without Lead Sheath, Nickel-Plated Brass with Double Seal E1FU 658
- without Lead Sheath, Stainless Steel with Double Seal TE1FU 670
- without Lead Sheath, Nickel-Plated Brass, Compound Barrier PX2K 662
- without Lead Sheath, Nickel-Plated Brass, Compound Barrier (RapidEx) PX2K REX 664
for all Types of Unarmoured Cables
- Nickel-Plated Brass / Stainless Steel A2F 644
- Flexible Conduit Connection, Nickel-Plated Brass A2FFC 646
- Rigid Conduit Connection, Nickel-Plated Brass A2FRC 648
- Nickel-Plated Brass, Compound Barrier PXSS2K 666
- Nickel-Plated Brass, Compound Barrier (RapidEx) PXSS2K REX 668

628 Installation Equipment and Accessories 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en


◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at
Kapitel_E10_KP_2016_en.book Seite 629 Donnerstag, 24. März 2016 12:01 12

Contents

Installation Equipment and Accessories


CMP Cable Glands
Single Wire / Steel Wire Armoured (SWA)
- Nickel-Plated Brass CWe 652
- Nickel-Plated Brass with Double Seal E1FW 656
Wire Braid / Steel Tape Armoured
- Nickel-Plated Brass CXe 654
- Nickel-Plated Brass with Double Seal E1FX 660
Accessories and Spare Parts for CMP Cable Glands
PVC-Shroud PVC 672
Breather
made of Moulded Plastic 8162 673
Stopping Plugs
made of Moulded Plastic 8290 675
made of Metal 8292 676
Accessories
Locknuts 680
Flat Rings 680
Adapter
made of Metal 8293 681

You will find further information on the Internet www.stahl.de


Cable Glands
Cable Glands made of Metal EMSKE
Stopping Plugs
Stopping Plugs made of Metal 8294
Accessories
Reducers / Adapter 8295
Breather E10
Breather made of Moulded Plastic G162
Components for Use in Ex d Enclosures
Accessories for Conduit Installation ECD SC SPH ELF
Conduit Seals EYS EZS
Conduit Fittings BMF BFF EM NP
Reducers, Stopping Plugs, Pull Box RE REB PLG LBH

2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Installation Equipment and Accessories 629


◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at
Kapitel_E10_KP_2016_en.book Seite 630 Donnerstag, 24. März 2016 12:01 12

Cable Glands
Overview

Selection Tables
The most important selection criteria are listed in the following selection tables.
The selection is made according to the current standard based on the IEC/EN 60079-1.
The cable structure is also taken into account in the table ensuring that you can find the right cable gland quickly and easily.

E10

17747E01

630 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E10_KP_2016_en.book Seite 631 Donnerstag, 24. März 2016 12:01 12

Cable Glands
Overview

Selection Criteria
• Type of protection The selection of the cable glands is predefined by the following criteria.
• Cable diameter The dimensions and the structure of the cable determine the type of
• Cable structure, Armouring types cable gland required. The type of protection of the electrical equipment is
• IP Degree of protection also an important selection criterion. The cable gland must be selected in
• Thread accordance with the type of protection.
• Material requirements (moulded material / metal) The selection of the cable and the respective cable entry is described in
• Ambient temperature range IEC 60079-14. The device's IP degree of protection is affected by the type
• Single and multiple cable gland, special cable shapes and the structure of the components.
The cable glands from R. STAHL Schaltgeräte are available in different
materials. As a result, suitable materials are available for even extreme
environmental conditions.
A breather is recommended to prevent the build up of condensation in
enclosures.

Ex e Screw Connections made of Plastic


These screw connections are suitable for cable glands in enclosures of the "increased safety" type of
protection. This cable gland is suited for permanently installed cables.
An inserted disc is used as dust protection during transport and until installation of the cable.
This disc is to be removed for the cable installation or before commissioning the equipment.
Unused cable glands must be sealed using suitable plugs. A seal to adjust the entry to different
enclosure surfaces is included in delivery.

02895E00

Ex d, Ex e, Ex nR, Ex ta Screw Connections in Metal


The cable glands from CMP are suitable for the direct entry of cables into enclosures of the
"flameproof" type of protection and for the indirect entry of cables into "increased safety" enclosures.
There are versions that can be used with metal-reinforced cables and electric lines. In addition to
the standard sealing of the cable sheath, secure armouring clamping is important to ensure reliable
contact.

04997E00

Screw Connections with Strain Relief made of Plastic and Metal + Breather
E10
For cables and electric lines that The Series 8162 breathers provide
are not permanently installed, continuous pressure equalisation
additional strain relief must be between the inside of the
attached on the cable. enclosure and the atmosphere
The Series HSK is used for around the enclosure.
this purpose. This prevents moisture from
entering the enclosure via the
seals and condensing inside
the enclosure.

11120E00 01886E00

Ex e Stopping Plugs made of Plastic and Ex d, Ex e, Ex ta Stopping Plugs made of Metal


The stopping plugs in Series 8290 The stopping plugs made of metal
are suitable for sealing unused can be used to seal holes that
holes in the enclosures that have have the Ex d, Ex e and Ex type of
the "increased safety" type of protection.
protection. They are designed to Due to the fact that pressure-
be impact resistant and have the resistant enclosures cannot be
required self-loosening protection. drilled into easily, the use of plugs
enables future-proof installation,
which also permits subsequent
additions.
10041E00 14501E00

2015-10-01·KP00·III·en 631
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E10_KP_2016_en.book Seite 632 Donnerstag, 24. März 2016 12:01 12

Cable Glands
Series 8161/7, 8161/8

E10
> Explosion protection type "increased safety"
> Degree of protection IP68
Ex e and Ex i versions
E10
>

> Integrated plug (accessory) for


closing unused cable entries
> Cable diameter ranges from 1 ... 48 mm
E10

E10
Series 8161/7, 8161/8 E10

02895E00

WebCode 8161A ATEX / IECEx

E10 Zone
For use in
0 1
x
2
x
20 21
x
22
x

Selection Table
E10 Version Thread
size
Cable
dia. range
Width
across
Across
corners
Delivery
lot *)
Order number Art. no. PS Weight

[mm] flats [mm] [mm]


pieces kg
8161/7 Ex e standard Standard version
E10 (black)
-40 ... +75 °C
(black)
M12 x 1.5 3 ... 6 A/F16 18 50 8161/7-M12-0603 239170◄ 10 0.400
M16 x 1.5 5 ... 9 A/F20 22 50 8161/7-M16-0905 239171◄ 10 0.400
M20 x 1.5 7 ... 13 A/F24 27 50 8161/7-M20-1307 239172◄ 10 0.500
E10 M25 x 1.5 10 ... 17 A/F29 32 50 8161/7-M25-1710 239173◄ 10 0.600
M32 x 1.5 13 ... 21 A/F36 40 25 8161/7-M32-2113 239174◄ 10 0.400
M40 x 1.5 17 ... 28 A/F46 51 10 8161/7-M40-2817 239175◄ 10 0.400
M50 x 1.5 23 ... 35 A/F55 61 4 8161/7-M50-3523 239176◄ 10 0.300
E10 M63 x 1.5 34 ... 48 A/F68 75 1 8161/7-M63-4834 239177◄ 10 0.300
8161/8 Ex i standard Standard version
(black with (black with blue cap nut)
blue cap nut)
-40 ... +75 °C M12 x 1.5 3 ... 6 A/F16 18 50 8161/8-M12-0603 239178◄ 10 0.400
E10 M16 x 1.5 5 ... 9 A/F20 22 50 8161/8-M16-0905 239179◄ 10 0.500
M20 x 1.5 7 ... 13 A/F24 27 50 8161/8-M20-1307 239180◄ 10 0.500
M25 x 1.5 10 ... 17 A/F29 32 50 8161/8-M25-1710 239181◄ 10 0.600
M32 x 1.5 13 ... 21 A/F36 40 25 8161/8-M32-2113 10 0.400
E10
239182◄
M40 x 1.5 17 ... 28 A/F46 51 10 8161/8-M40-2817 239183◄ 10 0.400
M50 x 1.5 23 ... 35 A/F55 61 4 8161/8-M50-3523 239184◄ 10 0.300
M63 x 1.5 34 ... 48 A/F68 75 1 8161/8-M63-4834 239185◄ 10 0.300

E10 *) Purchase order quantity in [pieces], the delivery quantity is automatically rounded to the delivery lot.

E10

E10
632 Installation Equipment and Accessories 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E10_KP_2016_en.book Seite 633 Donnerstag, 24. März 2016 12:01 12

Cable Glands
Series 8161/7, 8161/8

E10
Selection Table
Version Thread Cable Width Across Delivery Order number Art. no. PS Weight
size dia. range across corners lot *)
[mm] flats [mm] [mm]
pieces kg
E10
8161/7 Ex e with reduction sealing insert
with reduction sealing (black)
insert (black)
-40 ... +75 °C M12 x 1.5 1 ... 6 A/F16 18 50 8161/7-M12-0601 239154◄ 10 0.100
M16 x 1.5 2 ... 9 A/F20 22 50 8161/7-M16-0902 239155◄ 10 0.350 E10
M20 x 1.5 4 ... 13 A/F24 27 50 8161/7-M20-1304 239156◄ 10 0.600
M25 x 1.5 7 ... 17 A/F29 32 50 8161/7-M25-1707 239157◄ 10 1.000
M32 x 1.5 9 ... 21 A/F36 40 25 8161/7-M32-2109 239158◄ 10 0.725
E10
M40 x 1.5 12 ... 28 A/F46 51 10 8161/7-M40-2812 239159◄ 10 0.560
M50 x 1.5 16 ... 35 A/F55 61 4 8161/7-M50-3516 239160◄ 10 0.360
M63 x 1.5 28 ... 48 A/F68 75 1 8161/7-M63-4828 239161◄ 10 0.360
8161/8 Ex i
with reduction sealing
with reduction sealing insert
(black with blue cap nut)
E10
insert (black with
blue cap nut) M12 x 1.5 1 ... 6 A/F16 18 50 8161/8-M12-0601 239162◄ 10 0.500
-40 ... +75°C
M16 x 1.5 2 ... 9 A/F20 22 50 8161/8-M16-0902 239163◄ 10 0.500
M20 x 1.5 4 ... 13 A/F24 27 50 8161/8-M20-1304 239164◄ 10 0.600
E10
M25 x 1.5 7 ... 17 A/F29 32 50 8161/8-M25-1707 239165◄ 10 0.600
M32 x 1.5 9 ... 21 A/F36 40 25 8161/8-M32-2109 239166◄ 10 0.500
M40 x 1.5 12 ... 28 A/F46 51 10 8161/8-M40-2812 239167◄ 10 0.500
M50 x 1.5 16 ... 35 A/F55 61 4 8161/8-M50-3516 239168◄ 10 0.300 E10
M63 x 1.5 28 ... 48 A/F68 75 1 8161/8-M63-4828 239169◄ 10 0.300
8161/7 Ex e with reduction sealing
with reduction sealing insert and long thread (black)
insert and long thread
(black)
-40 ... +75 °C
M12 x 1.5 1 ... 6 A/F16 18 50 8161/7-M12-0601-L 239186◄ 10 0.400 E10
M16 x 1.5 2 ... 9 A/F20 22 50 8161/7-M16-0902-L 239187◄ 10 0.400
M20 x 1.5 4 ... 13 A/F24 27 50 8161/7-M20-1304-L 239188◄ 10 0.500
M25 x 1.5 7 ... 17 A/F29 32 50 8161/7-M25-1707-L 239189◄ 10 0.500
M32 x 1.5 9 ... 21 A/F36 40 25 8161/7-M32-2109-L 239190◄ 10 0.500 E10
M40 x 1.5 12 ... 28 A/F46 51 10 8161/7-M40-2812-L 239191◄ 10 0.300
M50 x 1.5 16 ... 35 A/F55 61 4 8161/7-M50-3516-L 239192◄ 10 0.300
M63 x 1.5 28 ... 48 A/F68 75 1 10 0.400
E10
8161/7-M63-4828-L 239193◄
8161/8 Ex i with reduction sealing insert and long thread
with reduction sealing (black with blue cap nut)
insert and long thread
(black with M12 x 1.5 1 ... 6 A/F16 18 50 8161/8-M12-0601-L 239194◄ 10 0.300
blue cap nut)
-40 ... +75 °C M16 x 1.5 2 ... 9 A/F20 22 50 8161/8-M16-0902-L 239195◄ 10 0.400
M20 x 1.5 4 ... 13 A/F24 27 50 8161/8-M20-1304-L 239196◄ 10 0.500 E10
M25 x 1.5 7 ... 17 A/F29 32 50 8161/8-M25-1707-L 239197◄ 10 0.500
M32 x 1.5 9 ... 21 A/F36 40 25 8161/8-M32-2109-L 239198◄ 10 0.500
M40 x 1.5 12 ... 28 A/F46 51 10 10 0.400
E10
8161/8-M40-2812-L 239199◄
M50 x 1.5 16 ... 35 A/F55 61 4 8161/8-M50-3516-L 239200◄ 10 0.400
M63 x 1.5 28 ... 48 A/F68 75 1 8161/8-M63-4828-L 239201◄ 10 0.300
*) Purchase order quantity in [pieces], the delivery quantity is automatically rounded to the delivery lot.

E10

E10
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Installation Equipment and Accessories 633
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E10_KP_2016_en.book Seite 634 Donnerstag, 24. März 2016 12:01 12

Cable Glands
Series 8161/7, 8161/8

E10
Selection Table
Version Thread Cable Width Across Delivery Order number Art. no. PS Weight
size dia. range across corners lot *)
E10 [mm] flats [mm] [mm]
pieces kg
8161/7 Ex e for low temperature
for low temperature (black)
(black)
-60 ... +75 °C M16 x 1.5 5 ... 9 A/F20 22 50 8161/7-M16-0905-LT 239203◄ 10 0.500
E10 M20 x 1.5 7 ... 13 A/F24 27 50 8161/7-M20-1307-LT 239204◄ 10 0.500
M25 x 1.5 10 ... 17 A/F29 32 50 8161/7-M25-1710-LT 239205◄ 10 0.600
M32 x 1.5 13 ... 21 A/F36 40 25 8161/7-M32-2113-LT 239206◄ 10 0.500

E10
M40 x 1.5 17 ... 28 A/F46 51 10 8161/7-M40-2817-LT 239207◄ 10 0.400
M50 x 1.5 23 ... 35 A/F55 61 4 8161/7-M50-3523-LT 239208◄ 10 0.300
M63 x 1.5 34 ... 48 A/F68 75 1 8161/7-M63-4834-LT 239209◄ 10 0.300
8161/8 Ex i for low temperature
for low temperature (black with blue cap nut)
E10 (black with
blue cap nut) M16 x 1.5 5 ... 9 A/F20 22 50 8161/8-M16-0905-LT 239211◄ 10 0.400
-60 ... +75 °C
M20 x 1.5 7 ... 13 A/F24 27 50 8161/8-M20-1307-LT 239212◄ 10 0.500
M25 x 1.5 10 ... 17 A/F29 32 50 8161/8-M25-1710-LT 239213◄ 10 0.600

E10 M32 x 1.5 13 ... 21 A/F36 40 25 10 0.500


8161/8-M32-2113-LT 239214◄
M40 x 1.5 17 ... 28 A/F46 51 10 8161/8-M40-2817-LT 239215◄ 10 0.400
M50 x 1.5 23 ... 35 A/F55 61 4 8161/8-M50-3523-LT 239216◄ 10 0.400
M63 x 1.5 34 ... 48 A/F68 75 1 8161/8-M63-4834-LT 239217◄ 10 0.300

E10 8161/7 Ex e
for low temperature
for low temperature with long thread
(black)
with long thread
(black) M16 x 1.5 5 ... 9 A/F20 22 50 8161/7-M16-0905-LTL 239219◄ 10 0.500
-60 ... +75 °C
M20 x 1.5 7 ... 13 A/F24 27 50 8161/7-M20-1307-LTL 239220◄ 10 0.600

E10 M25 x 1.5 10 ... 17 A/F29 32 50 8161/7-M25-1710-LTL 239221◄ 10 0.600


M32 x 1.5 13 ... 21 A/F36 40 25 8161/7-M32-2113-LTL 239222◄ 10 0.600
M40 x 1.5 17 ... 28 A/F46 51 10 8161/7-M40-2817-LTL 239223◄ 10 0.500
M50 x 1.5 23 ... 35 A/F55 61 4 8161/7-M50-3523-LTL 239224◄ 10 0.400
E10 M63 x 1.5 34 ... 48 A/F68 75 1 8161/7-M63-4834-LTL 239225◄ 10 0.400
8161/8 Ex i for low temperature with long thread
for low temperature (black with blue cap nut)
with long thread
(black with M16 x 1.5 5 ... 9 A/F20 22 50 8161/8-M16-0905-LTL 239227◄ 10 0.500
blue cap nut)
E10 -60 ... +75 °C M20 x 1.5 7 ... 13 A/F24 27 50 8161/8-M20-1307-LTL 239228◄ 10 0.500
M25 x 1.5 10 ... 17 A/F29 32 50 8161/8-M25-1710-LTL 239229◄ 10 0.600
M32 x 1.5 13 ... 21 A/F36 40 25 8161/8-M32-2113-LTL 239230◄ 10 0.600
M40 x 1.5 17 ... 28 A/F46 51 10 8161/8-M40-2817-LTL 239231◄ 10 0.500
E10 M50 x 1.5 23 ... 35 A/F55 61 4 8161/8-M50-3523-LTL 239232◄ 10 0.500
M63 x 1.5 34 ... 48 A/F68 75 1 8161/8-M63-4834-LTL 239233◄ 10 0.400
*) Purchase order quantity in [pieces], the delivery quantity is automatically rounded to the delivery lot.

E10

E10

E10
634 Installation Equipment and Accessories 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E10_KP_2016_en.book Seite 635 Donnerstag, 24. März 2016 12:01 12

Cable Glands
Series 8161/7, 8161/8

E10
Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx PTB 14.0011X
Ex e IIC Gb E10
Ex tb IIIC Db
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust PTB 14 ATEX 1008X
E II 2 G Ex e IIC Gb
E II 2 D Ex tb IIIC Db E10
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Kazakhstan (TR), Korea (KCs), Russia (TR), Belarus (TR)
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature Standard: -40 ... +75 °C
Low temperature: 8161/.-...-....-...LT.: -60 ... +75 °C E10
Use at the height of < 2000 m
Mechanical data
Material
Gland Halogen-free, polyamide, glass fibre reinforced, flame resistant, self-extinguishing
Surface resistance ( 1013 Ω E10
Degree of protection IP66, IP68 at 5 bar 30 min. (IP protection according to IEC/EN 60529)
Colour 8161/7: nozzle black, cap nut black (Ex e)
8161/7: nozzle black, cap nut blue (Ex i)
Impact strength Thread size
M12 x 1.5 Installation only in areas with a low risk of mechanical damage.
Protect cable gland from mechanical damage.
E10
M16 x 1.5
8161/.-...-....-...LT.

Accessories and Spare Parts


Designation Figure Description Art. no. PS Weight
E10
kg
Special key for tightening cable glands respectively cap nuts
for cable glands
thread size packing unit E10
05263E00
M16 x 1.5 1 114207◄ 18 0.120
M20 x 1.5 1 114208◄ 18 0.132
M25 x 1.5 1 114205◄ 18 0.163
M32 x 1.5 1 114209◄ 18 0.237 E10
M40 x 1.5 1 114210◄ 18 0.274

E10

E10

E10

E10

E10
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Installation Equipment and Accessories 635
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E10_KP_2016_en.book Seite 636 Donnerstag, 24. März 2016 12:01 12

Cable Glands
Series 8161/7, 8161/8

E10
Accessories and Spare Parts
Designation Figure Description Art. no. PS Weight
kg

E10 Plug (-60 ... +75 °C) made of polyamide, red


for closing unused cable glands
for cable glands
16701E00
RSI = Reduction sealing insert
Thread size Thread size Diameter Delivery lot *)
E10 without RSI with RSI
M12 3 50 240044 18 0.200
M12 M16 6 50 240046 18 0.200
M16 M20 8 50 240048 18 0.200

E10 M20 M25


M32
12
14
50
50
240049
240050
18
18
0.002
0.200
M25 17 50 240056 18 0.250
M32 M40 20 25 240057 18 0.150

E10 M50 25 25 240058 18 0.200


M40 28 25 240059 18 0.225
M50 M63 35 10 240060 18 0.110
M63 48 10 240062 18 0.160

E10 Locknut,
brass nickel-plated
to fasten the cable glands in through holes

(-60 ... +75 °C) for cable glands


Type Thread size Packaging unit
05865E00
Brass, M12 x 1.5 100 241518 10 0.220
nickel-plated
E10 Brass, M16 x 1.5 100 241519 10 0.290
nickel-plated
Brass, M20 x 1.5 100 241520 10 0.480
nickel-plated
Brass, M25 x 1.5 100 10 0.720
E10
241561
nickel-plated
Brass, M32 x 1.5 50 241562 10 0.545
nickel-plated
Brass, M40 x 1.5 50 241563 10 1.030
nickel-plated
E10 Brass, M50 x 1.5 25 241564 10 0.680
nickel-plated
Brass, M63 x 1.5 10 241565 10 0.499
nickel-plated

E10 *) Purchase order quantity in [pieces], the delivery quantity is automatically rounded to the delivery lot.

E10

E10

E10

E10
636 Installation Equipment and Accessories 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E10_KP_2016_en.book Seite 637 Donnerstag, 24. März 2016 12:01 12

Cable Glands
Series 8161/7, 8161/8

E10
Accessories and Spare Parts
Designation Figure Description Art. no. PS Weight
kg
Locknut, plastic
(-40 ... +75 °C)
to fasten the cable glands in through holes
E10
for cable glands
Type Thread size Delivery lot *)
05865E00
Plastic M12 x 1.5 100 239460 18 0.500

Plastic M16 x 1.5 100 239461 18 0.700 E10


Plastic M20 x 1.5 100 239462 18 0.800

Plastic M25 x 1.5 100 239463 18 0.900

Plastic M32 x 1.5 50 239464 18 1.600 E10


Plastic M40 x 1.5 50 239465 18 1.900

Plastic M50 x 1.5 25 239466 18 1.325

Plastic M63 x 1.5 10 239467 18 0.800 E10


Flat gasket (standard), Replacement seals
EPDM (-40 ... +75 °C)
for cable glands
Thread size Type Delivery lot *)
04968E00
E10
M12 x 1.5 8161/.-M12-06.. 50 240244 19 0.050

M12 x 1.5 8161/.-M12-06.. 100 240245 19 0.050

M16 x 1.5 8161/.-M16-09.. 50 222363 19 0.002

M16 x 1.5 8161/.-M16-09.. 100 222370 19 0.200


E10
M20 x 1.5 8161/.-M20-13 50 222364 19 0.002

M20 x 1.5 8161/.-M20-13 100 222371 19 0.200

M25 x 1.5 8161/.-M25-17 50 222365 19 0.001


E10
M25 x 1.5 8161/.-M25-17 100 222372 19 0.200

M32 x 1.5 8161/.-M32-21 50 222366 19 0.002

M32 x 1.5 8161/.-M32-21 100 222373 19 0.200


E10
M40 x 1.5 8161/.-M40-28 50 222367 19 0.002

M40 x 1.5 8161/.-M40-28 100 222374 19 0.200

M50 x 1.5 8161/.-M50-35 50 222368 19 0.002


E10
M50 x 1.5 8161/.-M50-35 100 222375 19 0.200

M63 x 1.5 8161/.-M63-48 50 222369 19 0.002

M63 x 1.5 8161/.-M63-48 100 222376 19 0.250


E10
*) Purchase order quantity in [pieces], the delivery quantity is automatically rounded to the delivery lot.

E10

E10

E10
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Installation Equipment and Accessories 637
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E10_KP_2016_en.book Seite 638 Donnerstag, 24. März 2016 12:01 12

Cable Glands
Series 8161/7, 8161/8

E10
Accessories and Spare Parts
Designation Figure Description Art. no. PS Weight
kg

E10 Flat gasket, silicone


(-60 ... +75°C)
Replacement seals for low temperature
for cable glands
Thread size Type Delivery lot *)
04968E00

M16 x 1.5 8161/.-M16-09.. 100 240248 19 0.001


E10 M20 x 1.5 8161/.-M20-13 100 240249 19 0.001

M25 x 1.5 8161/.-M25-17 100 240250 19 0.001

M32 x 1.5 8161/.-M32-21 100 240251 19 0.001


E10 M40 x 1.5 8161/.-M40-28 100 240252 19 0.001

M50 x 1.5 8161/.-M50-35 100 240253 19 0.001

M63 x 1.5 8161/.-M63-48 100 240254 19 0.001


E10 Reduction sealing for cable glands
insert (standard),
EPDM for thread size Clamping range Delivery lot *)
(-40 ... +75 °C) 09343E00
M12 x 1.5 1 ... 3 mm 50 239444 18 0.300

E10 M16 x 1.5 2 ... 6 mm 50 239445 18 0.300

M20 x 1.5 4 ... 8 mm 50 239446 18 0.300

M25 x 1.5 7 ... 12 mm 25 239447 18 0.300

E10 M32 x 1.5 9 ... 14 mm 25 239448 18 0.400

M40 x 1.5 12 ... 20 mm 10 239449 18 0.400

M50 x 1.5 16 ... 25 mm 10 239450 18 0.400

E10 M63 x 1.5 28 ... 38 mm 10 239451 18 0.400

Reduction sealing for cable glands


insert, silicone
(-60 ... +75 °C) for thread size Clamping range Delivery lot *)

E10
09343E00
M16 x 1.5 2 ... 6 mm 50 239453 18 0.400

M20 x 1.5 4 ... 8 mm 50 239454 18 0.400

M25 x 1.5 7 ... 12 mm 25 239455 18 0.400

E10 M32 x 1.5 9 ... 14 mm 25 239456 18 0.500

M40 x 1.5 12 ... 20 mm 10 239457 18 0.500

M50 x 1.5 16 ... 25 mm 10 239458 18 0.500

E10 M63 x 1.5 28 ... 38 mm 10 239459 18 0.400

*) Purchase order quantity in [pieces], the delivery quantity is automatically rounded to the delivery lot.

E10

E10

E10
638 Installation Equipment and Accessories 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
8161_CableGlands_KP00_III_en.fm Seite 639 Montag, 4. April 2016 12:21 12

Cable Glands
Series 8161/7, 8161/8

E10
Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm [inches]) – Subject to Alterations
ø d2 2 [0,08] ø d4

E10
SW

E10
ø d1 L1

L
04667E00

Cable glands Series 8161 E10


Cable glands without bend protection (all dimensions in mm [inches])
Thread SW L L L1 L1 Clamping Clamping d1 d2 d4
size with long
thread
as long
thread
range range
+ RSI *) E10
M12 x 1.5 16 29 ... 34 35 ... 40 9 15 3 ... 6 1 ... 3 18 7.3 6.3
[0.63] [1.14 ... 1.34] [1.38 ... 1.57] [0.35] [0.59] [0.12 ... 0.24] [0.04 ... 0.12] [0.71] [0.29] [0.25]
M16 x 1.5 20 31 ... 37 37 ... 43 9 15 4.5 ... 9 2 ... 6 22 10.3 9.3
[0.79] [1.22 ... 1.46] [1.46 ... 1.69] [0.35] [0.59] [0.19 ... 0.35] [0.08 ... 0.24] [0.87] [0.41] [0.37]
M20 x 1.5 24 36 ... 43 41 ... 48 10 15 7 ... 13 4 ... 8 27 13.3 13.3
E10
[0.94] [1.42 ... 1.70] [1.61 ... 1.89] [0.39] [0.59] [0.28 ... 0.51] [0.16 ... 0.31] [1.06] [0.52] [0.52]
M25 x 1.5 29 38 ... 46 43 ... 51 10 15 10 ... 17 7 ... 12 32 17.3 17.3
[1.14] [1.50 ... 1.81] [1.69 ... 2.01] [0.39] [0.59] [ 0.39 ... 0.67] [0.28 ... 0.47] [1.26] [0.68] [0.68]
M32 x 1.5 36
[1.42]
42 ... 50
[1.65 ... 1.97]
45 ... 53
[1.77 ... 2.09]
12
[0.47]
15
[0.59]
13 ... 21
[0.51 ... 0.83]
9 ... 14
[0.35 ... 0.55]
40
[1.57]
21.3
[0.84]
21.3
[0.84] E10
M40 x 1.5 46 52 ... 65 58 ... 71 12 18 17 ... 28 12 ... 20 51 28.3 30
[1.81] [2.05 ... 2.56] [2.28 ... 2.80] [0.47] [0.71] [0.67 ... 1.10] [0.47 ... 0.79] [2.01] [1.11] [1.18]
M50 x 1.5 55 59 ... 72 63 ... 76 14 18 23 ... 35 16 ... 25 61 35.3 40
[2.17]
M63 x 1.5 68
[2.32 ... 2.83]
64 ... 78
[2.48 ... 2.99]
67 ... 81
[0.55]
15
[0.71]
18
[0.91 ... 1.38]
34 ... 48
[0.63 ... 0.98]
28 ... 38
[2.40]
75
[1.39]
48.3
[1.57]
53
E10
[2.68] [2.52 ... 3.07] [2.64 ... 3.19] [0.59] [0.71] [1.34 ... 1.89] [1.10 ... 1.50] [2.95] [1.90] [2.09]
*) Reduction sealing insert

E10
Cable glands with bend protection (all dimensions in mm [inches])
Thread SW L L L1 L1 Clamping Clamping d1 d2 d4
size with long as long range range
thread thread + RSI *)
M12 x 1.5 16 72 ... 77 78 ... 83 9 15 3 ... 6 1 ... 3 18 7.3 6.3 E10
[0.63] [2.83 ... 3.03] [3.07 ... 3.27] [0.35] [0.59] [0.12 ... 0.24] [0.04 ... 0.12] [0.71] [0.29] [0.25]
M16 x 1.5 20 81 ... 87 87 ... 93 9 15 4.5 ... 9 2 ... 6 22 10.3 9.3
[0.79] [3.19 ... 3.43] [3.43 ... 3.66] [0.35] [0.59] [0.19 ... 0.35] [0.08 ... 0.24] [0.87] [0.41] [0.37]
M20 x 1.5 24 105 ... 112 110 ... 117 10 15 7 ... 13 4 ... 8 27 13.3 13.3
[0.94] [4.13 ... 4.41] [4.33 ... 4.61] [0.39] [0.59] [0.28 ... 0.51] [0.16 ... 0.31] [1.06] [0.52] [0.52] E10
M25 x 1.5 29 120 ... 128 125 ... 133 10 15 10 ... 17 7 ... 12 32 17.3 17.3
[1.14] [4.72 ... 5.04] [4.92 ... 5.24] [0.39] [0.59] [ 0.39 ... 0.67] [0.28 ... 0.47] [1.26] [0.68] [0.68]
M32 x 1.5 36 142 ... 150 145 ... 153 12 15 13 ... 21 9 ... 14 40 21.3 21.3
[1.42] [5.60 ... 5.91] [5.71 ... 6.02] [0.47] [0.59] [0.51 ... 0.83] [0.35 ... 0.55] [1.57] [0.84] [0.84]
*) Reduction sealing insert E10

E10

E10
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Installation Equipment and Accessories 639
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E10_KP_2016_en.book Seite 640 Donnerstag, 24. März 2016 12:01 12

Cable Glands made of Metal with Strain Relief


Series HSK-MZ-Ex

E10
> Version Ex e II
> Degree of protection IP68
Usable for portable equipment
E10
>

> For flexible connecting cable

E10

E10
Series HSK-MZ-Ex E10

13902E00

WebCode HSKB ATEX / IECEx

E10 Zone
For use in
0 1
x
2
x
20 21
x
22
x

E10

E10
09906E00

Selection Table
Thread AG Cable dia. range [mm] Dimensions [mm] Art. no. PS Weight
H SW GL kg

E10 M16 x 1.5 4 ... 8


5 ... 10
29
30
19
20
6
6
106081
106082◄
17
17
0.028
0.028
M20 x 1.5 7 ... 12 33 22 6 106083◄ 17 0.043
10 ... 14 33 24 7 106084◄ 17 0.051
M25 x 1.5 14 ... 18 37 30 7 106085◄ 17 0.082
E10 M32 x 1.5 20 ... 25 43 40 8 106086◄ 17 0.152
M40 x 1.5 24 ... 32 50 50 8 106087◄ 17 0.242
M50 x 1.5 32 ... 38 51 57 9 106088◄ 17 0.560
M63 x 1.5 37 ... 44 52 64/68 10 106089◄ 17 0.616
E10 Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx KEM 07.0014X
E10 Ex e IIC Gb
Ex ta IIIC Da
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust KEMA 99 ATEX 6971 X
E II 2 G Ex e IIC Gb
E10 E II 1 D Ex ta IIIC Da
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Belarus (operating authorisation)
Ambient temperature -60 ... +95 °C
Degree of protection IP68 - 10 bar (in specified terminal area)
E10 Material
Cable gland brass nickel-plated
Formed seal NBR
O-ring NBR
Terminal protection Polyamide
E10
640 Installation Equipment and Accessories 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E10_KP_2016_en.book Seite 641 Donnerstag, 24. März 2016 12:01 12

Cable Glands made of Moulded Plastic with Strain Relief


Series HSK-K-MZ-Ex

E10
> Version Ex e II
> Degree of protection IP68
Usable for portable equipment
E10
>

> For flexible connecting cable

E10

E10
Series HSK-K-MZ-Ex E10

13903E00

WebCode HSKA ATEX / IECEx


Zone
For use in
0 1
x
2
x
20 21
x
22
x
E10

E10

E10
09905E00

Selection Table
Thread AG Cable dia. range [mm] Dimensions [mm] Art. no. PS Weight
H SW GL kg
M16 x 1.5 4 ... 8 29 19 15 17 0.012
E10
106073◄
M20 x 1.5 6 ... 12 35.5 24 15 106074◄ 17 0.022
M25 x 1.5 13 ... 18 41 33 11 106075◄ 17 0.045
M32 x 1.5 18 ... 25 49 42 11 106076◄ 17 0.065
M40 x 1.5 22 ... 32 58 53 13 106077◄ 17 0.104
M50 x 1.5 32 ... 38 61.5 60 13 106078◄ 17 0.174 E10
M63 x 1.5 37 ... 44 62 65/68 14 106079◄ 17 0.270

Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx) E10
Gas and dust IECEx KEM 07.0014X
Ex e IIC Gb
Ex ta IIIC Da
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust KEMA 99 ATEX 6971 X E10
E II 2 G Ex e IIC Gb
E II 1 D Ex ta IIIC Da
Certifications and certificates
Certificates
Ambient temperature
IECEx, ATEX, Kazakhstan (TR), Russia (TR), Belarus (TR)
-20 ... +70 °C
E10
Degree of protection IP68 - 10 bar (in specified terminal area)
Material
Cable gland Polyamide / aluminium
Seal NBR
E10

E10
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Installation Equipment and Accessories 641
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E10_KP_2016_en.book Seite 642 Donnerstag, 24. März 2016 12:01 12

Cable Gland for all Types of Armoured Cables


(SWA/AWA, Wire-Braid, Tape) (Steel and Aluminium)
Series T3CDS

E10
> Multi-functional holder of everytime
regardless of cable diameter
> Sequential, three-step installation
E10 > Reduces installation times, cost and risk
> Unique compensating displacement
seal system (CDS)
> Designed to prevent coldflow
E10 > Integral protected deluge seal
> Controlled outer load retention seal
> Unique OSTG prevents overtightening
> Globally marked, IECEx, ATEX,
E10 UL and cCSAus
Series T3CDS E10

EMC-tested
07626E00
>

WebCode T3CDSA ATEX / IECEx

E10 Zone
For use in
0 1
x
2
x
20 21
x
22
x

E10

E10 07598E00

Selection Table
Gland Dimensions [mm] Armour wire thickness PVC- Art. no. PS Weight
size shroud
E10 Thread
size C
Inner
sheath A
Outer
sheath B
Across
corners
Thread
length
Grooved
cone
Plain cone

D E
min. max. min. max. kg
Metric, nickel-plated brass

E10 20s/16 M20 x 1.5 3.1 8.6 6.1 13.1 24.0 15.0 0.3 ... 1.0 0.80 ... 1.25 PVC06 246560 10 0.200
20 M20 x 1.5 6.5 13.9 12.5 20.9 30.0 15.0 0.4 ... 1.0 0.80 ... 1.25 PVC06 246561 10 0.280
25 M25 x 1.5 11.1 19.9 18.2 26.2 37.5 15.0 0.4 ... 1.2 1.25 ... 1.60 PVC09 246562 10 0.440
32 M32 x 1.5 17.0 26.2 23.7 33.9 46.0 15.0 0.4 ... 1.2 1.60 ... 2.00 PVC11 246563 10 0.630
E10 40 M40 x 1.5 22.0 32.1 27.9 40.4 55.0 15.0 0.4 ... 1.6 1.60 ... 2.00 PVC15 246564 10 0.910
50s M50 x 1.5 29.5 38.1 35.2 46.7 60.0 15.0 0.4 ... 1.6 2.00 ... 2.50 PVC18 246565 10 1.120
50 M50 x 1.5 35.6 44.0 40.4 53.0 70.1 15.0 0.6 ... 1.6 2.00 ... 2.50 PVC21 246566 10 1.600
63s M63 x 1.5 40.1 49.9 45.6 59.4 75.0 15.0 0.6 ... 1.6 2.00 ... 2.50 PVC23 10 1.730
E10
246567
63 M63 x 1.5 47.2 55.9 54.6 65.8 80.3 15.0 0.6 ... 1.6 2.00 ... 2.50 PVC25 246568 10 1.780
75s M75 x 1.5 52.8 61.9 59.0 72.0 90.0 15.0 0.6 ... 1.6 2.00 ... 2.50 PVC28 246569 10 2.570
75 M75 x 1.5 59.1 67.9 66.7 78.4 100.0 15.0 0.6 ... 1.6 2.50 ... 3.00 PVC30 246570 10 3.330

E10 Note Other sizes and threads available on request.

E10

E10
642 Installation Equipment and Accessories 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E10_KP_2016_en.book Seite 643 Donnerstag, 24. März 2016 12:01 12

Cable Gland for all Types of Armoured Cables


(SWA/AWA, Wire-Braid, Tape) (Steel and Aluminium)
Series T3CDS

E10
Selection Table
Gland Dimensions [mm] Armour wire thickness PVC- Art. no. PS Weight
size shroud
Thread Inner Outer Across Thread Grooved Plain cone
size C sheath A sheath B corners
D
length
E
cone E10
min. max. min. max. kg
NPT, nickel-plated brass
20s/16
20
NPT 1/2"
NPT 1/2"
3.1
6.5
8.6
13.9
6.1
12.5
13.1
20.9
24.0
30.0
19.9
19.9
0.3 ... 1.0
0.4 ... 1.0
0.80 ... 1.25
0.80 ... 1.25
PVC06
PVC06
246571
246572
10
10
0.200
0.280
E10
25 NPT 3/4" 11.1 19.9 18.2 26.2 37.5 20.2 0.4 ... 1.2 1.25 ... 1.60 PVC09 246573 10 0.440
32 NPT 1" 17.0 26.2 23.7 33.9 46.0 25.0 0.4 ... 1.2 1.60 ... 2.00 PVC11 246574 10 0.630
40 NPT 1 1/4" 22.0 32.1 27.9 40.4 55.0 25.6 0.4 ... 1.6 1.60 ... 2.00 PVC15 246575 10 0.910 E10
50s NPT 1 1/2" 29.5 38.1 35.2 46.7 60.0 26.1 0.4 ... 1.6 2.00 ... 2.50 PVC18 246576 10 1.120
50 NPT 2" 35.6 44.0 40.4 53.0 70.1 26.9 0.6 ... 1.6 2.00 ... 2.50 PVC21 246577 10 1.600
63s NPT 2" 40.1 49.9 45.6 59.4 75.0 26.9 0.6 ... 1.6 2.00 ... 2.50 PVC23 246578 10 1.730
63 NPT 2 1/2" 47.2 55.9 54.6 65.8 80.3 39.9 0.6 ... 1.6 2.00 ... 2.50 PVC25 246579 10 1.780 E10
75s NPT 2 1/2" 52.8 61.9 59.0 72.0 90.0 39.9 0.6 ... 1.6 2.00 ... 2.50 PVC28 246580 10 2.570
75 NPT 3" 59.1 67.9 66.7 78.4 100.0 41.5 0.6 ... 1.6 2.50 ... 3.00 PVC30 246581 10 3.330
Note Other sizes and threads available on request.
E10
Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas, dust and mining IECEx SIR 13.0028X
Ex d IIC Gb, Ex e IIC Gb, Ex nR IIC Gc E10
Ex ta IIIC Da
IECEx SIM 14.0007X
Ex d I Mb, Ex e I Mb
Europe (ATEX)
Gas, dust and mining SIRA 13 ATEX 1073X E10
EII 2 G Ex d IIC Gb, EII 2 G Ex e IIC Gb
E II 1 D Ex ta IIIC Da
E I M 2 Ex d I Mb, E I M 2 Ex e I Mb
SIRA 13 ATEX 4079X
E II 3 G Ex nR IIC Gc E10
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), China (China-Ex), India (PESO), Canada (CSA), Kazakhstan (TR),
Columbia (COL), Korea (KCs), North America (UL), Russia (TR), Belarus (TR)
Ship approval DNV, LRS, ABS
Ambient temperature -60 ... +130 °C E10
Degree of protection IP66, IP67, IP68
Material
Cable gland Brass nickel-plated
(other materials available on request)
Seal
Version
SOLO LSF
BS 6121, IEC/EN 62444
E10

E10

E10

E10
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Installation Equipment and Accessories 643
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E10_KP_2016_en.book Seite 644 Donnerstag, 24. März 2016 12:01 12

Cable Glands for all Types of Unarmoured and Braid Armour Cables
Series A2F

E10
> Outer cable sheath sealed with
a flameproof displacement seal
> Designed to prevent coldflow
E10 > Integral protected deluge seal
> Globally marked, IECEx, ATEX and CSA

E10

E10
Series A2F E10

07574E00

WebCode A2FA ATEX / IECEx

E10 Zone
For use in
0 1
x
2
x
20 21
x
22
x

E10

E10
07593E00

Selection Table
Gland size Dimensions [mm] PVC-shroud Art. no. PS Weight
Thread Cable Thread Across
size C diameter A length E corners D
E10 min. max. kg
Metric, nickel-plated brass
20s/16 M20 x 1.5 3.2 8.7 15.0 24.0 PVC06 243462◄ 10 0.070
20s M20 x 1.5 6.1 11.7 15.0 24.0 PVC06 243463◄ 10 0.060
20 M20 x 1.5 6.5 14.0 15.0 27.0 PVC06 243464◄ 10 0.070
E10 25 M25 x 1.5 11.1 20.0 15.0 36.0 PVC09 107642◄ 10 0.130
32 M32 x 1.5 17.0 26.3 15.0 41.0 PVC11 243465◄ 10 0.150
40 M40 x 1.5 23.5 32.2 15.0 50.0 PVC15 107730 10 0.200
50s M50 x 1.5 35.6 44.0 15.0 55.0 PVC18 107801 10 0.260

E10 50
63s
M50 x 1.5
M63 x 1.5
31.0
41.5
38.2
49.9
15.0
15.0
60.0
70.5
PVC21
PVC23
107767
243466
10
10
0.270
0.430
63 M63 x 1.5 47.2 55.9 15.0 75.0 PVC25 243467 10 0.400
75s M75 x 1.5 54.0 61.9 15.0 80.0 PVC28 107895 10 0.520
75 M75 x 1.5 61.1 67.9 15.0 84.0 PVC30 109035 10 0.500
E10 Metric, stainless steel
20s/16 M20 x 1.5 3.2 8.7 15.0 24.0 PVC06 107538◄ 10 0.066
20s M20 x 1.5 6.1 11.7 15.0 24.0 PVC06 168142◄ 10 0.057
20 M20 x 1.5 6.5 14.0 15.0 27.0 PVC06 221749◄ 10 0.066
25 M25 x 1.5 11.1 20.0 15.0 36.0 PVC09 10 0.123
E10
243468◄
32 M32 x 1.5 17.0 26.3 15.0 41.0 PVC11 168145◄ 10 0.142
40 M40 x 1.5 23.5 32.2 15.0 50.0 PVC15 168146 10 0.189
50s M50 x 1.5 31.0 38.2 15.0 55.0 PVC18 243469 10 0.246
50 M50 x 1.5 35.6 44.0 15.0 60.0 PVC21 168148 10 0.255
E10 63s M63 x 1.5 41.5 49.9 15.0 70.5 PVC23 243470 10 0.406
63 M63 x 1.5 47.2 55.9 15.0 75.0 PVC25 243481 10 0.378
75s M75 x 1.5 54.0 61.9 15.0 80.0 PVC28 246268 10 0.491
75 M75 x 1.5 61.1 67.9 15.0 84.0 PVC30 246269 10 0.472
Note Other sizes and threads available on request.
E10
644 Installation Equipment and Accessories 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E10_KP_2016_en.book Seite 645 Donnerstag, 24. März 2016 12:01 12

Cable Glands for all Types of Unarmoured and Braid Armour Cables
Series A2F

E10
Selection Table
Gland size Dimensions [mm] PVC-shroud Art. no. PS Weight
Thread Cable Thread Across
size C diameter A length E corners D
min. max. kg E10
NPT, nickel-plated brass
20s/16 NPT 1/2" 3.2 8.7 19.9 24.0 PVC06 246226◄ 10 0.070
20s NPT 1/2" 6.1 11.7 19.9 24.0 PVC06 246227◄ 10 0.060
20
25
NPT 1/2"
NPT 3/4"
6.5
11.1
14.0
20.0
19.9
20.2
27.0
36.0
PVC06
PVC09
246228◄
246229◄
10
10
0.070
0.130
E10
32 NPT 1" 17.0 26.3 25.0 41.0 PVC11 246230◄ 10 0.150
40 NPT 1 1/4" 23.5 32.2 25.6 50.0 PVC15 246261 10 0.200
50s NPT 1 1/2" 31.0 38.2 26.1 55.0 PVC18 246262 10 0.260
50 NPT 2" 35.6 44.0 26.9 60.0 PVC21 246263 10 0.270 E10
63s NPT 2" 41.5 49.9 26.9 70.5 PVC23 246264 10 0.430
63 NPT 2 1/2" 47.2 55.9 39.9 75.0 PVC23 246265 10 0.400
75s NPT 2 1/2" 54.0 61.9 39.9 80.0 PVC28 246266 10 0.520
75 NPT 3" 61.1 67.9 41.5 84.0 PVC30 10 0.500
E10
246267
NPT, stainless steel
20s/16 NPT 1/2" 3.2 8.7 19.9 24.0 PVC06 246270◄ 10 0.066
20s NPT 1/2" 6.1 11.7 19.9 24.0 PVC06 246271◄ 10 0.057
20 NPT 1/2" 6.5 14.0 19.9 27.0 PVC06 246272◄ 10 0.066
25
32
NPT 3/4"
NPT 1"
11.1
17.0
20.0
26.3
20.2
25.0
36.0
41.0
PVC09
PVC11
246273◄
246274◄
10
10
0.123
0.142
E10
40 NPT 1 1/4" 23.5 32.2 25.6 50.0 PVC15 246275 10 0.189
50s NPT 1 1/2" 31.0 38.2 26.1 55.0 PVC18 246276 10 0.246
50 NPT 2" 35.6 44.0 26.9 60.0 PVC21 246277 10 0.255
63s NPT 2" 41.5 49.9 26.9 70.5 PVC23 246278 10 0.406 E10
63 NPT 2 1/2" 47.2 55.9 39.9 75.0 PVC25 246279 10 0.378
75s NPT 2 1/2" 54.0 61.9 39.9 80.0 PVC28 246280 10 0.491
75 NPT 3" 61.1 67.9 41.5 84.0 PVC30 246281 10 0.472
Note Other sizes and threads available on request. E10
Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas, dust and mining IECEx SIR 13.0023X
Ex d IIC Gb, Ex e IIC Gb, Ex nR IIC Gc
E10
Ex ta IIIC Da
IECEx SIM 14.0006
Ex d I Mb, Ex e I Mb
Europe (ATEX) E10
Gas, dust and mining SIRA 13 ATEX 1068X
E II 2 G Ex d IIC Gb, E II 2 G Ex e IIC Gb
E II 1 D Ex ta IIIC Da
E I M 2 Ex d I Mb, E I M 2 Ex e I Mb
SIRA 13 ATEX 4074 E10
E II 3 G Ex nR IIC Gc
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), China (China-Ex), India (PESO), Canada (CSA),
Kazakhstan (TR), Columbia (COL), Korea (KCs), Russia (TR), Belarus (TR)
Ship approval DNV, LRS, ABS E10
Ambient temperature -60 ... +130 °C
Degree of protection IP66
Material
Cable gland Nickel-plated brass, stainless steel
(Other materials available on request) E10
Seal SOLO LSF
Version BS 6121, IEC/EN 62444

E10
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Installation Equipment and Accessories 645
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E10_KP_2016_en.book Seite 646 Donnerstag, 24. März 2016 12:01 12

Cable Gland for all Types of Unarmoured Cables as well as


Wire-Braid-Armoured Cables installed in Flexible Conduits
Series A2FFC

E10
> Designed for flexible and rigid conduits
> Rigid conduits require thread adaptor
from conduit supplier
E10 > Suitable for conduit with
rubber sheath/coating
> Outer cable sheath sealed with
a flameproof displacement seal
E10 > Designed to prevent coldflow
> Globally marked, IECEx, ATEX und CSA

E10
Series A2FFC E10

17679E00

WebCode A2FFCA ATEX / IECEx

E10 Zone
For use in
0 1
x
2
x
20 21
x
22
x

E10

E10 17662E00

Selection Table
Gland Dimensions [mm] PVC-shroud Art. no. PS Weight
size
E10 Thread size
C
Cable
diameter
Thread
length
Inner
conduit
Outer
conduit
Across
corners
A E diameter diameter D
G B
min. max. kg
Metric, nickel-plated brass
E10 4.1 15.0 5.1 12.0 24.0 PVC06 243593 10 0.090
5.2 15.0 6.8 13.0 24.0 PVC06 243594 10 0.090
5.5 15.0 7.8 13.0 24.0 PVC06 243595 10 0.090
8.0 15.0 9.1 15.0 24.0 PVC06 243596 10 0.080
20s/16 M20 x 1.5 3.2
E10 8.1 15.0 9.5 15.0 24.0 PVC06 243597 10 0.090
8.1 15.0 10.2 16.0 24.0 PVC06 243598 10 0.090
8.1 15.0 10.9 17.0 24.0 PVC06 243599 10 0.090
8.1 15.0 11.7 17.4 24.0 PVC06 243600 10 0.090
15.0 13.0 20.0 10 0.090
E10 11.4 24.0 PVC06 243602
20s M20 x 1.5 6.1 11.7 15.0 13.9 20.0 24.0 PVC06 243603 10 0.090
11.7 15.0 14.7 21.5 24.0 PVC06 243604 10 0.090
13.1 15.0 15.6 21.6 27.0 PVC06 243605 10 0.100
14.0 15.0 16.9 23.4 27.0 PVC06 243606 10 0.100
E10 20 M20 x 1.5 6.5
14.0 15.0 18.0 24.0 27.0 PVC06 243607 10 0.100
14.0 15.0 18.7 25.0 27.0 PVC06 243608 10 0.100
14.0 15.0 20.0 26.3 27.0 PVC06 243609 10 0.120
14.0 15.0 20.5 28.0 27.0 PVC06 243610 10 0.110

E10 Note Other sizes and threads available on request.

E10
646 Installation Equipment and Accessories 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E10_KP_2016_en.book Seite 647 Donnerstag, 24. März 2016 12:01 12

Cable Gland for all Types of Unarmoured Cables as well as


Wire-Braid-Armoured Cables installed in Flexible Conduits
Series A2FFC

E10
Selection Table
Gland Dimensions [mm] PVC-shroud Art. no. PS Weight
size
Thread size Cable Thread Inner Outer Across
C diameter length conduit conduit corners E10
A E diameter diameter D
G B
min. max. kg
Metric, nickel-plated brass
15.3 15.0 17.6 25.0 36.0 PVC09 243611 10 0.160 E10
18.4 15.0 20.7 27.0 36.0 PVC09 243612 10 0.160
19.0 15.0 22.3 28.5 36.0 PVC09 243613 10 0.170
25 M25 x 1.5 11.1
20.0 15.0 23.7 32.0 36.0 PVC09 243614 10 0.180
20.0
20.0
15.0
15.0
25.1
26.5
31.0
35.0
36.0
36.0
PVC09
PVC09
243615
243616
10
10
0.170
0.180
E10
26.0 15.0 28.1 35.8 41.0 PVC11 243617 10 0.210
32 M32 x 1.5 17.0 26.3 15.0 30.4 38.0 41.0 PVC11 243618 10 0.210
26.3 15.0 34.6 45.0 41.0 PVC11 243619 10 0.250

40 M40 x 1.5 23.5


32.2 15.0 36.4 45.0 50.0 PVC15 243620 10 0.280 E10
32.2 15.0 40.0 49.0 50.0 PVC15 243621 10 0.300
38.2 15.0 46.5 58.7 55.0 PVC18 243622 10 0.480
50s M50 x 1.5 31.0
38.2 15.0 51.2 61.0 55.0 PVC18 243623 10 0.490
50 M50 x 1.5 35.6 44.0 15.0 51.2 61.0 60.0 PVC21 243624 10 0.490
E10
Note Other sizes and threads available on request.

Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx) E10
Gas, dust and mining IECEx SIR 13.0023X
Ex d IIC Gb, Ex e IIC Gb, Ex nR IIC Gc
Ex ta IIIC Da
IECEx SIM 14.0006
Ex d I Mb, Ex e I Mb E10
Europe (ATEX)
Gas, dust and mining SIRA 13 ATEX 1068X
E II 2 G Ex d IIC Gb, E II 2 G Ex e IIC Gb
E II 1 D Ex ta IIIC Da
E I M 2 Ex d I Mb, E I M 2 Ex e I Mb E10
SIRA 13 ATEX 4074
E II 3 G Ex nR IIC Gc
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), China (China-Ex), India (PESO), Canada (CSA),
Kazakhstan (TR), Columbia (COL), Korea (KCs), Russia (TR), Belarus (TR) E10
Ship approval ABS, LRS
Ambient temperature -60 ... +130 °C
Degree of protection IP66
Material
Cable gland Brass nickel-plated
E10
(Other materials available on request)
Seal SOLO LSF
Version BS 6121, IEC/EN 62444
E10

E10

E10
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Installation Equipment and Accessories 647
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E10_KP_2016_en.book Seite 648 Donnerstag, 24. März 2016 12:01 12

Cable Gland for all Types of Unarmoured Cables as well as


Wire-Braid-Armoured Cables installed in Conduits
Series A2FRC

E10
> Designed for flexible and rigid conduits
> Easy install running coupler design
Outer cable sheath sealed with
E10
>
a flameproof displacement seal
> Designed to prevent coldflow
> Globally marked, IECEx, ATEX und CSA
E10

E10
Series A2FRC E10

17687E00

WebCode A2FRCA ATEX / IECEx

E10 Zone
For use in
0 1
x
2
x
20 21
x
22
x

E10

E10
17663E00

Selection Table
Gland Dimensions [mm] PVC- Art. no. PS Weight
size shroud

E10 Thread
size C
Cable diameter
A
Thread
length E
Inner conduit
diameter G
Across
corners D
min. max. kg
Metric, nickel-plated brass

E10 20s/16 M20 x 1.5 3.2 8.7 15.0 M20 24.0 PVC06 243625◄ 10 0.110
20s M20 x 1.5 6.1 11.7 15.0 M20 24.0 PVC06 243626◄ 10 0.110
20 M20 x 1.5 6.5 14.0 15.0 M20 27.0 PVC06 243627◄ 10 0.110
25 M25 x 1.5 11.1 20.0 15.0 M25 36.0 PVC09 243628◄ 10 0.200
E10 32 M32 x 1.5 17.0 26.3 15.0 M32 41.0 PVC11 243629◄ 10 0.240
40 M40 x 1.5 23.5 32.2 15.0 M40 50.0 PVC15 243630 10 0.330
50s M50 x 1.5 31.0 38.2 15.0 M50 55.0 PVC18 243631 10 0.430

E10 50 M50 x 1.5 35.6 44.0 15.0 M50 60.0 PVC21 243632 10 0.440
63s M63 x 1.5 41.5 49.9 15.0 M63 70.5 PVC23 243633 10 0.720
63 M63 x 1.5 47.2 55.9 15.0 M63 75.0 PVC25 243634 10 0.640
Note Other sizes and threads available on request.
E10

E10

E10
648 Installation Equipment and Accessories 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E10_KP_2016_en.book Seite 649 Donnerstag, 24. März 2016 12:01 12

Cable Gland for all Types of Unarmoured Cables as well as


Wire-Braid-Armoured Cables installed in Conduits
Series A2FRC

E10
Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas, dust and mining IECEx SIR 13.0023X
Ex d IIC Gb, Ex e IIC Gb, Ex nR IIC Gc
E10
Ex ta IIIC Da
IECEx SIM 14.0006
Ex d I Mb, Ex e I Mb
Europe (ATEX)
Gas, dust and mining SIRA 13 ATEX 1068X
E10
E II 2 G Ex d IIC Gb, E II 2 G Ex e IIC Gb
E II 1 D Ex ta IIIC Da
E I M 2 Ex d I Mb, E I M 2 Ex e I Mb
SIRA 13 ATEX 4074 E10
E II 3 G Ex nR IIC Gc
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), China (China-Ex), India (PESO), Canada (CSA),
Kazakhstan (TR), Columbia (COL), Korea (KCs), Russia (TR), Belarus (TR)
Ship approval DNV, LRS E10
Ambient temperature -60 ... +130 °C
Degree of protection IP66
Material
Cable gland Brass nickel-plated
(Other materials available on request) E10
Seal SOLO LSF
Version BS 6121, IEC/EN 62444

E10

E10

E10

E10

E10

E10

E10

E10
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Installation Equipment and Accessories 649
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E10_KP_2016_en.book Seite 650 Donnerstag, 24. März 2016 12:01 12

Cable Gland for all Types of Armoured Cables


(SWA/AWA, Wire-Braid, Tape) (Steel and Aluminium)
Series C2K

E10
> Multi-functional holder for the armouring
> Integral protected deluge seal
Controlled outer load retention seal
E10
>

> Unique OSTG prevents overtightening


> Internationally marked, IECEx and ATEX
> EMC-tested
E10

E10
Series C2K E10

07575E00

WebCode C2KA ATEX / IECEx

E10 Zone
For use in
0 1
x
2
x
20 21
x
22
x

E10

E10 07594E00

Selection Table
Gland Dimensions [mm] Armour wire thickness PVC- Art. no. PS Weight

E10 size
Thread Inner Outer Thread Across Grooved Plain
shroud

size C sheath A sheath B length E corners D cone cone


max. min. max. kg
Metric, nickel-plated brass

E10 20s/16 M20 x 1.5 8.7 6.1 13.1 15.0 30.5 0.3 ... 1.0 0.80 ... 1.25 PVC06 243504◄ 10 0.230
20s M20 x 1.5 11.7 9.5 15.9 15.0 30.5 0.3 ... 1.0 0.80 ... 1.25 PVC06 243505◄ 10 0.240
20 M20 x 1.5 14.0 12.5 20.9 15.0 30.5 0.4 ... 1.0 0.80 ... 1.25 PVC06 243506◄ 10 0.220
25s M25 x 1.5 20.0 14.0 22.0 15.0 37.5 0.4 ... 1.2 1.25 ... 1.60 PVC09 109416◄ 10 0.350
E10 25 M25 x 1.5 20.0 18.2 26.2 15.0 37.5 0.4 ... 1.2 1.25 ... 1.60 PVC09 243507◄ 10 0.350
32 M32 x 1.5 26.0 23.7 33.9 15.0 46.0 0.4 ... 1.2 1.60 ... 2.00 PVC11 243508◄ 10 0.550
40 M40 x 1.5 32.2 27.9 40.4 15.0 55.0 0.4 ... 1.6 1.60 ... 2.00 PVC15 243509 10 0.750
50s M50 x 1.5 38.2 35.2 46.7 15.0 60.0 0.4 ... 1.6 2.00 ... 2.50 PVC18 109419 10 0.860
E10 50 M50 x 1.5 44.1 40.4 53.0 15.0 70.1 0.6 ... 1.6 2.00 ... 2.50 PVC21 243510 10 1.130
63s M63 x 1.5 50.0 45.6 59.4 15.0 75.0 0.6 ... 1.6 2.00 ... 2.50 PVC23 109421 10 1.350
63 M63 x 1.5 56.0 54.6 65.8 15.0 80.0 0.6 ... 1.6 2.00 ... 2.50 PVC25 109422 10 1.340

E10
75s M75 x 1.5 62.0 59.0 72.0 15.0 90.0 0.6 ... 1.6 2.00 ... 2.50 PVC28 109423 10 2.020
75 M75 x 1.5 64.2 66.7 78.4 15.0 100.0 0.6 ... 1.6 2.50 ... 3.00 PVC30 109424 10 2.480
Note Other sizes and threads available on request.

E10

E10
650 Installation Equipment and Accessories 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E10_KP_2016_en.book Seite 651 Donnerstag, 24. März 2016 12:01 12

Cable Gland for all Types of Armoured Cables


(SWA/AWA, Wire-Braid, Tape) (Steel and Aluminium)
Series C2K

E10
Selection Table
Gland Dimensions [mm] Armour wire thickness PVC- Art. no. PS Weight
size shroud
Thread
size C
Inner
sheath A
Outer
sheath B
Thread
length E
Across
corners D
Grooved
cone
Plain
cone E10
max. min. max. kg
NPT, nickel-plated brass
20s/16 NPT 1/2" 8.7 6.1 13.1 19.9 30.5 0.3 ... 1.0 0.80 ... 1.25 PVC06 246310◄ 10 0.230
20s NPT 1/2" 11.7 9.5 15.9 19.9 30.5 0.3 ... 1.0 0.80 ... 1.25 PVC06 246311◄ 10 0.240
E10
20 NPT 1/2" 14.0 12.5 20.9 19.9 30.5 0.4 ... 1.0 0.80 ... 1.25 PVC06 246312◄ 10 0.220
25s NPT 3/4" 20.0 14.0 22.0 20.2 37.5 0.4 ... 1.2 1.25 ... 1.60 PVC09 246313◄ 10 0.350

E10
25 NPT 3/4" 20.0 18.2 26.2 20.2 37.5 0.4 ... 1.2 1.25 ... 1.60 PVC09 246314◄ 10 0.350
32 NPT 1" 26.0 23.7 33.9 25.0 46.0 0.4 ... 1.2 1.60 ... 2.00 PVC11 246315◄ 10 0.550
40 NPT 1 1/4" 32.2 27.9 40.4 25.6 55.0 0.4 ... 1.6 1.60 ... 2.00 PVC15 246316 10 0.750
50s NPT 1 1/2" 38.2 35.2 46.7 26.1 60.0 0.4 ... 1.6 2.00 ... 2.50 PVC18 246317 10 0.860
50 NPT 2" 44.1 40.4 53.0 26.9 70.1 0.6 ... 1.6 2.00 ... 2.50 PVC21 246318 10 1.130
E10
63s NPT 2" 50.0 45.6 59.4 26.9 75.0 0.6 ... 1.6 2.00 ... 2.50 PVC23 246319 10 1.350
63 NPT 2 1/2" 56.0 54.6 65.8 39.9 80.0 0.6 ... 1.6 2.00 ... 2.50 PVC25 246320 10 1.340
75s NPT 2 1/2" 62.0 59.0 72.0 39.9 90.0 0.6 ... 1.6 2.00 ... 2.50 PVC28 246321 10 2.020
75 NPT 3" 64.2 66.7 78.5 41.5 100.0 0.6 ... 1.6 2.50 ... 3.00 PVC30 246322 10 2.480 E10
Note Other sizes and threads available on request.

Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust
E10
IECEx SIR 13.0025X
Ex d IIC Gb, Ex e IIC Gb, Ex nR IIC Gc
Ex ta IIIC Da
Europe (ATEX)
Gas, dust and mining SIRA 13 ATEX 1070X E10
E II 2 G Ex d IIC Gb, E II 2 G Ex e IIC Gb
E II 1 D Ex ta IIIC Da
E I M 2 Ex d I Mb, E I M 2 Ex e I Mb

E10
SIRA 13 ATEX 4076X
E II 3 G Ex nR IIC Gc
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), China (China-Ex), India (PESO), Kazakhstan (TR), Columbia (COL),
Korea (KCs), Russia (TR), Belarus (TR)
Ship approval DNV, LRS, ABS
Ambient temperature
Degree of protection
-60 ... +130 °C
IP66, IP67, IP68
E10
Material
Cable gland Brass nickel-plated
(Other materials available on request)

E10
Seal SOLO LSF
Version BS 6121, IEC/EN 62444

E10

E10

E10
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Installation Equipment and Accessories 651
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E10_KP_2016_en.book Seite 652 Donnerstag, 24. März 2016 12:01 12

Cable Gland for SWA and AWA Cables (Steel and Aluminium)
Series CWe

E10
> Special holder for the armouring
> Permanently crimped, low impedance
earth termination
E10 > Secure against self-loosening
> Controlled outer load retention seal
> Unique OSTG prevents overtightening
E10 > Internationally marked, IECEx and ATEX
> EMC-tested

E10
Series CWe E10

07580E00

WebCode CWeA ATEX / IECEx

E10 Zone
For use in
0 1
x
2
x
20 21
x
22
x

E10

E10 07599E00

Selection Table
Gland Dimensions [mm] Armour wire PVC- Art. no. PS Weight
size thickness shroud
E10 Thread Inner Outer Thread Across Plain cone
size C sheath A sheath B length E corners D
max. min. max. kg
Metric, nickel-plated brass
E10 20s/16 M20 x 1.5 8.7 6.1 13.1 15.0 24.0 0.80 ... 1.25 PVC06 246472 10 0.100
20 M20 x 1.5 14.0 12.5 20.9 15.0 30.5 0.80 ... 1.25 PVC06 246473 10 0.150
25 M25 x 1.5 20.0 18.2 26.2 15.0 37.5 1.25 ... 1.60 PVC09 246474 10 0.220

E10 32 M32 x 1.5 26.0 23.7 33.9 15.0 46.0 1.60 ... 2.00 PVC11 246475 10 0.310
40 M40 x 1.5 32.2 27.9 40.4 15.0 55.0 1.60 ... 2.00 PVC15 246476 10 0.450
50s M50 x 1.5 38.2 35.2 46.7 15.0 60.0 2.00 ... 2.50 PVC18 246477 10 0.570
50 M50 x 1.5 44.1 40.4 53.0 15.0 70.1 2.00 ... 2.50 PVC21 246478 10 0.750
E10 63s M63 x 1.5 50.0 45.6 59.4 15.0 75.0 2.00 ... 2.50 PVC23 246479 10 1.040
63 M63 x 1.5 56.0 54.6 65.8 15.0 80.0 2.00 ... 2.50 PVC25 246480 10 1.020
75s M75 x 1.5 62.0 59.0 72.0 15.0 90.0 2.00 ... 2.50 PVC28 246481 10 1.790

E10 75 M75 x 1.5 64.2 66.7 78.4 15.0 100.0 2.50 ... 3.00 PVC30 246482 10 2.090
Note Other sizes and threads available on request.

E10

E10
652 Installation Equipment and Accessories 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E10_KP_2016_en.book Seite 653 Donnerstag, 24. März 2016 12:01 12

Cable Gland for SWA and AWA Cables (Steel and Aluminium)
Series CWe

E10
Selection Table
Gland Dimensions [mm] Armour wire PVC- Art. no. PS Weight
size thickness shroud
Thread Inner Outer Thread Across Plain cone E10
size C sheath A sheath B length E corners D
max. min. max. kg
NPT, nickel-plated brass
20s/16 NPT 1/2" 8.7 6.1 13.1 19.9 24.0 0.80 ... 1.25 PVC06 246483 10 0.100 E10
20 NPT 1/2" 14.0 12.5 20.9 19.9 30.5 0.80 ... 1.25 PVC06 246484 10 0.150
25 NPT 3/4" 20.0 18.2 26.2 20.2 37.5 1.25 ... 1.60 PVC09 246485 10 0.220
32 NPT 1" 26.0 23.7 33.9 25.0 46.0 1.60 ... 2.00 PVC11 246486 10 0.310
40 NPT 1 1/4" 32.2 27.9 40.4 25.6 55.0 1.60 ... 2.00 PVC15 246487 10 0.450
E10
50s NPT 1 1/2" 38.2 35.2 46.7 26.1 60.0 2.00 ... 2.50 PVC18 246488 10 0.570
50 NPT 2" 44.1 40.4 53.0 26.9 70.1 2.00 ... 2.50 PVC21 246489 10 0.750
63s NPT 2" 50.0 45.6 59.4 26.9 75.0 2.00 ... 2.50 PVC23 246490 10 1.040 E10
63 NPT 2 1/2" 56.0 54.6 65.8 39.9 80.0 2.00 ... 2.50 PVC25 246491 10 1.020
75s NPT 2 1/2" 62.0 59.0 72.0 39.9 90.0 2.00 ... 2.50 PVC28 246492 10 1.790
75 NPT 3" 64.2 66.7 78.4 41.5 100.0 2.50 ... 3.00 PVC30 246493 10 2.090
Note Other sizes and threads available on request.
E10
Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx SIR 13.0025X
E10
Ex e IIC Gb
Ex ta IIIC Da
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust SIRA 13 ATEX 1070X
E II 2 G Ex e IIC Gb
E10
E II 1 D Ex ta IIIC Da
SIRA 13 ATEX 4076X
E II 3 G Ex nR IIC Gc
Certifications and certificates E10
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), China (China-Ex), India (PESO), Kazakhstan (TR),
Columbia (COL), Korea (KCs), Russia (TR), Belarus (TR)
Ship approval DNV, LRS, ABS
Ambient temperature -60 ... +130 °C
Degree of protection IP66, IP67, IP68 E10
Material
Cable gland Brass nickel-plated
(Other materials available on request)
Seal SOLO LSF
Version BS 6121, IEC/EN 62444 E10

E10

E10

E10
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Installation Equipment and Accessories 653
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E10_KP_2016_en.book Seite 654 Donnerstag, 24. März 2016 12:01 12

Cable Gland for Cables with Wire-Braid and Tape Armouring


(Steel and Aluminium)
Series CXe

E10
> Special holder for the armouring
> Permanently crimped, low impedance
earth termination
E10 > Secure against self-loosening
> Controlled outer load retention seal
> Unique OSTG prevents overtightening
E10 > Internationally marked, IECEx and ATEX
> EMC-tested

E10
Series CXe E10

07580E00

WebCode CXeA ATEX / IECEx

E10 Zone
For use in
0 1
x
2
x
20 21
x
22
x

E10

E10 07595E00

Selection Table
Gland Dimensions [mm] Armour wire PVC- Art. no. PS Weight
size thickness shroud
E10 Thread Inner Outer Thread Across Grooved
size C sheath A sheath B length E corners D cone
max. min. max. kg
Metric, nickel-plated brass
E10 20s/16 M20 x 1.5 8.7 6.1 13.5 15.0 24.0 0.3 ... 1.0 PVC06 246516 10 0.100
20 M20 x 1.5 14.0 9.5 15.9 15.0 30.5 0.4 ... 1.0 PVC06 246517 10 0.150
25 M25 x 1.5 20.0 18.2 26.2 15.0 37.5 0.4 ... 1.2 PVC09 246518 10 0.220

E10 32 M32 x 1.5 26.0 23.7 33.9 15.0 46.0 0.4 ... 1.2 PVC11 246519 10 0.310
40 M40 x 1.5 32.2 27.9 40.4 15.0 55.0 0.4 ... 1.6 PVC15 246520 10 0.450
50s M50 x 1.5 38.2 35.2 46.7 15.0 60.0 0.4 ... 1.6 PVC18 246521 10 0.570
50 M50 x 1.5 44.1 40.4 53.0 15.0 70.1 0.6 ... 1.6 PVC21 246522 10 0.750
E10 63s M63 x 1.5 50.0 45.6 59.4 15.0 75.0 0.6 ... 1.6 PVC23 246523 10 1.040
63 M63 x 1.5 56.0 54.6 65.8 15.0 80.0 0.6 ... 1.6 PVC25 246524 10 1.020
75s M75 x 1.5 62.0 59.0 72.0 15.0 90.0 0.6 ... 1.6 PVC28 246525 10 1.790

E10 75 M75 x 1.5 68.0 66.7 78.4 15.0 100.0 0.6 ... 1.6 PVC30 246526 10 2.090
Note Other sizes and threads available on request.

E10

E10
654 Installation Equipment and Accessories 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E10_KP_2016_en.book Seite 655 Donnerstag, 24. März 2016 12:01 12

Cable Gland for Cables with Wire-Braid and Tape Armouring


(Steel and Aluminium)
Series CXe

E10
Selection Table
Gland Dimensions [mm] Armour wire PVC- Art. no. PS Weight
size thickness shroud
Thread Inner Outer Thread Across Grooved E10
size C sheath A sheath B length E corners D cone
max. min. max. kg
NPT, nickel-plated brass
20s/16 NPT 1/2" 8.7 6.1 13.5 19.9 24.0 0.3 ... 1.0 PVC06 246527 10 0.100 E10
20 NPT 1/2" 14.0 9.5 15.9 19.9 30.5 0.4 ... 1.0 PVC06 246528 10 0.150
25 NPT 3/4" 20.0 18.2 26.2 20.2 37.5 0.4 ... 1.2 PVC09 246529 10 0.220
32 NPT 1" 26.0 23.7 33.9 25.0 46.0 0.4 ... 1.2 PVC11 246530 10 0.310
40 NPT 1 1/4" 32.2 27.9 40.4 25.6 55.0 0.4 ... 1.6 PVC15 246531 10 0.450
E10
50s NPT 1 1/2" 38.2 35.2 46.7 26.1 60.0 0.4 ... 1.6 PVC18 246532 10 0.570
50 NPT 2" 44.1 40.4 53.0 26.9 70.1 0.6 ... 1.6 PVC21 246533 10 0.750
63s NPT 2" 50.0 45.6 59.4 26.9 75.0 0.6 ... 1.6 PVC23 246534 10 1.040 E10
63 NPT 2 1/2" 56.0 54.6 65.8 39.9 80.0 0.6 ... 1.6 PVC25 246535 10 1.020
75s NPT 2 1/2" 62.0 59.0 72.0 39.9 90.0 0.6 ... 1.6 PVC28 246536 10 1.790
75 NPT 3" 68.0 66.7 78.4 41.5 100.0 0.6 ... 1.6 PVC30 246537 10 2.090
Note Other sizes and threads available on request.
E10
Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx SIR 13.0025X
E10
Ex e IIC Gb
Ex ta IIIC Da
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust SIRA 13 ATEX 1070X
E II 2 G Ex e IIC Gb
E10
E II 1 D Ex ta IIIC Da
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), China (China-Ex), India (PESO), Kazakhstan (TR),

Ship approval
Columbia (COL), Korea (KCs), Russia (TR), Belarus (TR)
DNV, LRS, ABS
E10
Ambient temperature -60 ... +130 °C
Degree of protection IP66, IP67, IP68
Material
Cable gland Brass nickel-plated E10
(Other materials available on request)
Seal SOLO LSF
Version BS 6121, IEC/EN 62444

E10

E10

E10

E10
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Installation Equipment and Accessories 655
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E10_KP_2016_en.book Seite 656 Donnerstag, 24. März 2016 12:01 12

Cable Gland for SWA and AWA Cables (Steel and Aluminium)
Series E1FW

E10
> Special holder for the armouring
> Outer cable sheath sealed with
a flameproof displacement seal
E10 > Controlled outer load retention seal
> Unique OSTG prevents overtightening
> Designed to prevent cold flow
E10 > Globally marked, IECEx, ATEX and cCSAus
> EMC-tested

E10
Series E1FW E10

07592E00

WebCode E1FWA ATEX / IECEx

E10 Zone
For use in
0 1
x
2
x
20 21
x
22
x

E10

E10
17669E00

Selection Table

E10 Gland
size
Dimensions [mm] Armour wire
thickness
PVC-
shroud
Art. no. PS Weight

Thread Inner Outer Thread Across Plain cone


size C sheath A sheath B length corners
E D
E10 min. max. min. max. kg
Metric, nickel-plated brass
20s/16 M20 x 1.5 3.1 8.6 6.1 13.1 15.0 24.0 0.80 ... 1.25 PVC04 246428 10 0.160
20 M20 x 1.5 6.5 13.9 12.5 20.9 15.0 30.5 0.80 ... 1.25 PVC06 246429 10 0.210
E10 25 M25 x 1.5 11.1 19.9 18.2 26.2 15.0 37.5 1.25 ... 1.60 PVC09 246430 10 0.330
32 M32 x 1.5 17.0 26.2 23.7 33.9 15.0 46.0 1.60 ... 2.00 PVC11 246431 10 0.430
40 M40 x 1.5 22.0 32.1 27.9 40.4 15.0 55.0 1.60 ... 2.00 PVC15 246432 10 0.620

E10 50s M50 x 1.5 29.5 38.1 35.2 46.7 15.0 60.0 2.00 ... 2.50 PVC18 246433 10 0.750
50 M50 x 1.5 35.6 44.0 40.4 53.0 15.0 70.1 2.00 ... 2.50 PVC21 246434 10 0.950
63s M63 x 1.5 40.1 49.9 45.6 59.4 15.0 75.0 2.00 ... 2.50 PVC23 246435 10 1.340
63 M63 x 1.5 47.2 55.9 54.6 65.8 15.0 80.0 2.00 ... 2.50 PVC25 246436 10 1.340
E10 75s M75 x 1.5 52.8 61.9 59.0 72.0 15.0 90.0 2.00 ... 2.50 PVC28 246437 10 2.110
75 M75 x 1.5 59.1 67.9 66.7 78.4 15.0 100.0 2.50 ... 3.00 PVC30 246438 10 2.420
Note Other sizes and threads available on request.

E10

E10
656 Installation Equipment and Accessories 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E10_KP_2016_en.book Seite 657 Donnerstag, 24. März 2016 12:01 12

Cable Gland for SWA and AWA Cables (Steel and Aluminium)
Series E1FW

E10
Selection Table
Gland Dimensions [mm] Armour wire PVC- Art. no. PS Weight
size thickness shroud
Thread Inner Outer Thread Across Plain cone E10
size C sheath A sheath B length corners
E D
min. max. min. max. kg
NPT, nickel-plated brass
E10
20s/16 NPT 1/2" 3.1 8.6 6.1 13.1 19.9 24.0 0.80 ... 1.25 PVC04 246439 10 0.160
20 NPT 1/2" 6.5 13.9 12.5 20.9 19.9 30.5 0.80 ... 1.25 PVC06 246440 10 0.210
25 NPT 3/4" 11.1 19.9 18.2 26.2 20.2 37.5 1.25 ... 1.60 PVC09 246441 10 0.330
32 NPT 1" 17.0 26.2 23.7 33.9 25.0 46.0 1.60 ... 2.00 PVC11 246442 10 0.430 E10
40 NPT 1 1/4" 22.0 32.1 27.9 40.4 25.6 55.0 1.60 ... 2.00 PVC15 246443 10 0.620
50s NPT 1 1/2" 29.5 38.1 35.2 46.7 26.1 60.0 2.00 ... 2.50 PVC18 246444 10 0.750
50 NPT 2" 35.6 44.0 40.4 53.0 26.9 70.1 2.00 ... 2.50 PVC21 10 0.950
E10
246445
63s NPT 2" 40.1 49.9 45.6 59.4 26.9 75.0 2.00 ... 2.50 PVC23 246446 10 1.340
63 NPT 2 1/2" 47.2 55.9 54.6 65.8 39.9 80.0 2.00 ... 2.50 PVC25 246447 10 1.340
75s NPT 2 1/2" 52.8 61.9 59.0 72.0 39.9 90.0 2.00 ... 2.50 PVC28 246448 10 2.110
75 NPT 3" 59.1 67.9 66.7 78.4 41.5 100.0 2.50 ... 3.00 PVC30 246449 10 2.420 E10
Note Other sizes and threads available on request.

Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx) E10
Gas, dust and mining IECEx SIR 13.0026X
Ex d IIC Gb, Ex e IIC Gb, Ex nR IIC Gc
Ex ta IIIC Da
IECEx SIM 14.0007X
Ex d I Mb, Ex e I Mb E10
Europe (ATEX)
Gas, dust and mining SIRA 13 ATEX 1071X
E II 2 G Ex d IIC Gb, E II 2 G Ex e IIC Gb
E II 1 D Ex ta IIIC Da
E10
E I M 2 Ex d I Mb, E I M 2 Ex e I Mb
SIRA 13 ATEX 4077X
E II 3 G Ex nR IIC Gc
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), China (China-Ex), India (PESO), Canada (CSA), E10
Kazakhstan (TR), Columbia (COL), Korea (KCs), Russia (TR), Belarus (TR)
Ship approval DNV, LRS, ABS
Ambient temperature -60 ... +130 °C
Degree of protection IP66 (IP67, IP68 on request)
Material E10
Cable gland Brass nickel-plated
(Other materials available on request)
Seal SOLO LSF
Version BS 6121, IEC/EN 62444
E10

E10

E10
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Installation Equipment and Accessories 657
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E10_KP_2016_en.book Seite 658 Donnerstag, 24. März 2016 12:01 12

Cable Gland for all Types of Armoured Cables


(SWA/AWA, Wire-Braid, Tape) (Steel and Aluminium)
Series E1FU

E10
> Multi-functional holder for the armouring
> Outer cable sheath sealed with
a flameproof displacement seal
E10 > Controlled outer load retention seal
> Unique OSTG prevents overtightening
> Designed to prevent cold flow
E10 > Globally marked, IECEx, ATEX and cCSAus
> EMC-tested

E10
Series E1FU E10

07592E00

WebCode E1FUA ATEX / IECEx

E10 Zone
For use in
0 1
x
2
x
20 21
x
22
x

E10

E10 06856E00

Selection Table
Gland Dimensions [mm] Armour wire thickness PVC- Art. no. PS Weight
size shroud
E10 Thread
size C
Inner sheath
A
Outer sheath
B
Thread
length
Across
corners
Grooved
cone
Plain cone

E D
min. max. min. max. kg
Metric, nickel-plated brass

E10 20s/16 M20 x 1.5 3.1 8.6 6.1 13.1 15.0 24.0 0.3 ... 1.0 0.80 ... 1.25 PVC04 243482◄ 10 0.160
20s M20 x 1.5 6.1 11.6 9.5 15.9 15.0 24.0 0.3 ... 1.0 0.80 ... 1.25 PVC04 243483◄ 10 0.150
20 M20 x 1.5 6.5 13.9 12.5 20.9 15.0 30.5 0.4 ... 1.0 0.80 ... 1.25 PVC06 243484◄ 10 0.210
25s M25 x 1.5 11.1 19.9 14.0 22.0 15.0 37.5 0.4 ... 1.2 1.25 ... 1.60 PVC09 243485◄ 10 0.330

E10 25 M25 x 1.5 11.1 19.9 18.2 26.2 15.0 37.5 0.4 ... 1.2 1.25 ... 1.60 PVC09 243486◄ 10 0.330
32 M32 x 1.5 17.0 26.2 23.7 33.9 15.0 46.0 0.4 ... 1.2 1.60 ... 2.00 PVC11 243487◄ 10 0.430
40 M40 x 1.5 22.0 32.1 27.9 40.4 15.0 55.0 0.4 ... 1.6 1.60 ... 2.00 PVC15 243488 10 0.620
50s M50 x 1.5 29.5 38.1 35.2 46.7 15.0 60.0 0.4 ... 1.6 2.00 ... 2.50 PVC18 243489 10 0.750

E10 50 M50 x 1.5 35.6 44.0 40.4 53.0 15.0 70.1 0.6 ... 1.6 2.00 ... 2.50 PVC21 243490 10 0.950
63s M63 x 1.5 40.1 49.9 45.6 59.4 15.0 75.0 0.6 ... 1.6 2.00 ... 2.50 PVC23 243491 10 1.340
63 M63 x 1.5 47.2 55.9 54.6 65.8 15.0 80.0 0.6 ... 1.6 2.00 ... 2.50 PVC25 243492 10 1.340
75s M75 x 1.5 52.8 61.9 59.0 72.0 15.0 90.0 0.6 ... 1.6 2.00 ... 2.50 PVC28 246282 10 2.110
E10 75 M75 x 1.5 59.1 67.9 66.7 78.5 15.0 100.0 0.6 ... 1.6 2.50 ... 3.00 PVC30 246283 10 2.420

Note Other sizes and threads available on request

E10

E10
658 Installation Equipment and Accessories 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E10_KP_2016_en.book Seite 659 Donnerstag, 24. März 2016 12:01 12

Cable Gland for all Types of Armoured Cables


(SWA/AWA, Wire-Braid, Tape) (Steel and Aluminium)
Series E1FU

E10
Selection Table
Gland Dimensions [mm] Armour wire thickness PVC- Art. no. PS Weight
size shroud
Thread Inner sheath Outer sheath Thread Across Grooved Plain cone
size C A B length
E
corners
D
cone
E10
min. max. min. max. kg
NPT, nickel-plated brass
20s/16 NPT 1/2" 3.1 8.6 6.1 13.1 19.9 24.0 0.3 ... 1.0 0.80 ... 1.25 PVC04 246284◄ 10 0.160
20s NPT 1/2" 6.1 11.6 9.5 15.9 19.9 24.0 0.3 ... 1.0 0.80 ... 1.25 PVC04 246285◄ 10 0.150
E10
20 NPT 1/2" 6.5 13.9 12.5 20.9 19.9 30.5 0.4 ... 1.0 0.80 ... 1.25 PVC06 246286◄ 10 0.210
25s NPT 3/4" 11.1 19.9 14.0 22.0 20.2 37.5 0.4 ... 1.2 1.25 ... 1.60 PVC09 246287◄ 10 0.330

E10
25 NPT 3/4" 11.1 19.9 18.2 26.2 20.2 37.5 0.4 ... 1.2 1.25 ... 1.60 PVC09 246288◄ 10 0.330
32 NPT 1" 17.0 26.2 23.7 33.9 25.0 46.0 0.4 ... 1.2 1.60 ... 2.00 PVC11 246289◄ 10 0.430
40 NPT 1 1/4" 22.0 32.1 27.9 40.4 25.6 55.0 0.4 ... 1.6 1.60 ... 2.00 PVC15 246290 10 0.620
50s NPT 1 1/2" 29.5 38.1 35.2 46.7 26.1 60.0 0.4 ... 1.6 2.00 ... 2.50 PVC18 246291 10 0.750
50 NPT 2" 35.6 44.0 40.4 53.0 26.9 70.1 0.6 ... 1.6 2.00 ... 2.50 PVC21 246292 10 0.950
E10
63s NPT 2" 40.1 49.9 45.6 59.4 26.9 75.0 0.6 ... 1.6 2.00 ... 2.50 PVC23 246293 10 1.340
63 NPT 2 1/2" 47.2 55.9 54.6 65.8 39.9 80.0 0.6 ... 1.6 2.00 ... 2.50 PVC25 246294 10 1.340
75s NPT 2 1/2" 52.8 61.9 59.0 72.0 39.9 90.0 0.6 ... 1.6 2.00 ... 2.50 PVC28 246295 10 2.110
75 NPT 3" 59.1 67.9 66.7 78.5 41.5 100.0 0.6 ... 1.6 2.50 ... 3.00 PVC30 246296 10 2.420 E10
Note Other sizes and threads available on request.

Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas, dust and mining IECEx SIR 13.0026X
E10
Ex d IIC Gb, Ex e IIC Gb, Ex nR IIC Gc
Ex ta IIIC Da
IECEx SIM 14.0007X

Europe (ATEX)
Ex d I Mb, Ex e I Mb
E10
Gas, dust and mining SIRA 13 ATEX 1071X
E II 2 G Ex d IIC Gb, E II 2 G Ex e IIC Gb
E II 1 D Ex ta IIIC Da
E I M 2 Ex d I Mb, E I M 2 Ex e I Mb
SIRA 13 ATEX 4077X E10
E II 3 G Ex nR IIC Gc
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), China (China-Ex), India (PESO), Canada (CSA), Kazakhstan (TR),
Columbia (COL), Korea (KCs), Russia (TR), Belarus (TR)
Ship approval
Ambient temperature
DNV, LRS, ABS
-60 ... +130 °C
E10
Degree of protection IP66 (IP67, IP68 on request)
Material
Cable gland Brass nickel-plated

Seal
(Other materials available on request)
SOLO LSF E10
Version BS 6121, IEC/EN 62444

E10

E10

E10
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Installation Equipment and Accessories 659
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
E1FX_CableGlands_KP00_III_en.fm Seite 660 Montag, 4. April 2016 12:31 12

Cable Gland for Cables with Wire-Braid and Tape Armouring


(Steel and Aluminium)
Series E1FX

E10
> Special holder for the armouring
> Outer cable sheath sealed with
a flameproof displacement seal
E10 > Controlled outer load retention seal
> Unique OSTG prevents overtightening
> Designed to prevent cold flow
E10 > Globally marked, IECEx, ATEX and cCSAus
> EMC-tested

E10
Series E1FX E10

07592E00

WebCode E1FXA ATEX / IECEx

E10 Zone
For use in
0 1
x
2
x
20 21
x
22
x

E10

E10 06856E00

Selection Table
Gland Dimensions [mm] Armour wire PVC- Art. no. PS Weight
E10 size thickness shroud
Thread Inner Outer Thread Across Grooved
size C sheath A sheath B length corners cone
E D
min. max. min. max. kg
E10 Metric, nickel-plated brass
20s/16 M20 x 1.5 3.1 8.6 6.1 13.1 15.0 24.0 0.3 ... 1.0 PVC04 246384 10 0.160
20 M20 x 1.5 6.5 13.9 12.5 20.9 15.0 30.5 0.4 ... 1.0 PVC06 246385 10 0.210
25 M25 x 1.5 11.1 19.9 18.2 26.2 15.0 37.5 0.4 ... 1.2 PVC09 10 0.330
E10
246386
32 M32 x 1.5 17.0 26.2 23.7 33.9 15.0 46.0 0.4 ... 1.2 PVC11 246387 10 0.430
40 M40 x 1.5 22.0 32.1 27.9 40.4 15.0 55.0 0.4 ... 1.6 PVC15 246388 10 0.620
50s M50 x 1.5 29.5 38.1 35.2 46.7 15.0 60.0 0.4 ... 1.6 PVC18 246389 10 0.750
E10 50 M50 x 1.5 35.6 44.0 40.4 53.0 15.0 70.1 0.6 ... 1.6 PVC21 246390 10 0.950
63s M63 x 1.5 40.1 49.9 45.6 59.4 15.0 75.0 0.6 ... 1.6 PVC23 246391 10 1.340
63 M63 x 1.5 47.2 55.9 54.6 65.8 15.0 80.0 0.6 ... 1.6 PVC23 246392 10 1.340
75s M75 x 1.5 52.8 61.9 59.0 72.0 15.0 90.0 0.6 ... 1.6 PVC28 246393 10 2.110
E10 75 M75 x 1.5 59.1 67.9 66.7 78.2 15.0 100.0 0.6 ... 1.6 PVC30 246394 10 2.420
Note Other sizes and threads available on request.

E10

E10
660 Installation Equipment and Accessories 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E10_KP_2016_en.book Seite 661 Donnerstag, 24. März 2016 12:01 12

Cable Gland for Cables with Wire-Braid and Tape Armouring


(Steel and Aluminium)
Series E1FX

E10
Selection Table
Gland Dimensions [mm] Armour wire PVC- Art. no. PS Weight
size thickness shroud
Thread Inner Outer Thread Across Grooved E10
size C sheath A sheath B length corners cone
E D
min. max. min. max. kg
NPT, nickel-plated brass
E10
20s/16 NPT 1/2" 3.1 8.6 6.1 13.1 19.9 24.0 0.3 ... 1.0 PVC04 246395 10 0.160
20 NPT 1/2" 6.5 13.9 12.5 20.9 19.9 30.5 0.4 ... 1.0 PVC06 246396 10 0.210
25 NPT 3/4" 11.1 19.9 18.2 26.2 20.2 37.5 0.4 ... 1.2 PVC09 246397 10 0.330
32 NPT 1" 17.0 26.2 23.7 33.9 25.0 46.0 0.4 ... 1.2 PVC11 246398 10 0.430 E10
40 NPT 1 1/4" 22.0 32.1 27.9 40.4 25.6 55.0 0.4 ... 1.6 PVC15 246399 10 0.620
50s NPT 1 1/2" 29.5 38.1 35.2 46.7 26.1 60.0 0.4 ... 1.6 PVC18 246400 10 0.750
50 NPT 2" 35.6 44.0 40.4 53.0 26.9 70.1 0.6 ... 1.6 PVC21 10 0.950
E10
246401
63s NPT 2" 40.1 49.9 45.6 59.4 26.9 75.0 0.6 ... 1.6 PVC23 246402 10 1.340
63 NPT 2 1/2" 47.2 55.9 54.6 65.8 39.9 80.0 0.6 ... 1.6 PVC25 246403 10 1.340
75s NPT 2 1/2" 52.8 61.9 59.0 72.0 39.9 90.0 0.6 ... 1.6 PVC28 246404 10 2.110
75 NPT 3" 59.1 67.9 66.7 78.2 41.5 100.0 0.6 ... 1.6 PVC30 246405 10 2.420 E10
Note Other sizes and threads available on request.

Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx) E10
Gas, dust and mining IECEx SIR 13.0026X
Ex d IIC Gb, Ex e IIC Gb, Ex nR IIC Gc
Ex ta IIIC Da
IECEx SIM 14.0007X
Ex d I Mb, Ex e I Mb
E10
Europe (ATEX)
Gas, dust and mining SIRA 13 ATEX 1071X
E II 2 G Ex d IIC Gb, E II 2 G Ex e IIC Gb
E II 1 D Ex ta IIIC Da
E10
E I M 2 Ex d I Mb, E I M 2 Ex e I Mb
SIRA 13 ATEX 4077X
E II 3 G Ex nR IIC Gc
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), China (China-Ex), India (PESO), Canada (CSA), E10
Kazakhstan (TR), Columbia (COL), Korea (KCs), Russia (TR), Belarus (TR)
Ship approval DNV, LRS, ABS
Ambient temperature -60 ... +130 °C
Degree of protection IP66 (IP67, IP68 on request)
Material E10
Cable gland Brass nickel-plated
(Other materials available on request)
Seal SOLO LSF
Version BS 6121, IEC/EN 62444
E10

E10

E10
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Installation Equipment and Accessories 661
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E10_KP_2016_en.book Seite 662 Donnerstag, 24. März 2016 12:01 12

Cable Gland for all Types of Armoured Cables (SWA/AWA, Wire-Braid, Tape)
(Steel and Aluminium) with Compound Barrier
Series PX2K

E10
> Multi-functional holder for the armouring
> Compound barrier type flameproof seal
Controlled outer load retention seal
E10
>

> Unique OSTG prevents overtightening


> Integral protected deluge seal
> Globally marked, IECEx, ATEX, UL
E10 and cCSAus
> EMC-tested

E10
Series PX2K E10

15790E00

WebCode PX2KA ATEX / IECEx

E10 Zone
For use in
0 1
x
2
x
20 21
x
22
x

E10

E10
07596E00

Selection Table

E10 Gland
size
Dimensions [mm]
Thread Inner Max. Outer Thread Across
Armour wire thickness
Grooved Plain cone
PVC-
shroud
Art. no. PS Weight

size C sheath no. of sheath length corners cone


A cores B E D
max. min. max. kg

E10 Metric, nickel-plated brass


20s/16 M20 x 1.5 11.7 11 6.1 13.1 15.0 30.5 0.3 ... 1.0 0.80 ... 1.25 PVC06 109426 10 0.240
20s M20 x 1.5 11.7 11 9.5 15.9 15.0 30.5 0.3 ... 1.0 0.80 ... 1.25 PVC06 109427 10 0.230
20 M20 x 1.5 12.9 11 12.5 20.9 15.0 30.5 0.4 ... 1.0 0.80 ... 1.25 PVC06 109428 10 0.240
E10 25s M25 x 1.5 17.9 21 14.0 22.0 15.0 37.5 0.4 ... 1.2 1.25 ... 1.60 PVC09 243532 10 0.370
25 M25 x 1.5 17.9 21 18.2 26.2 15.0 37.5 0.4 ... 1.2 1.25 ... 1.60 PVC09 243533 10 0.370
32 M32 x 1.5 23.9 38 23.7 33.9 15.0 46.0 0.4 ... 1.2 1.60 ... 2.00 PVC11 109430 10 0.570
40 M40 x 1.5 30.3 59 27.9 40.4 15.0 55.0 0.4 ... 1.6 1.60 ... 2.00 PVC15 109431 10 0.800
E10 50s M50 x 1.5 36.9 89 35.2 46.7 15.0 60.0 0.4 ... 1.6 2.00 ... 2.50 PVC18 109432 10 0.900
50 M50 x 1.5 41.3 89 40.4 53.0 15.0 70.0 0.6 ... 1.6 2.00 ... 2.50 PVC21 109433 10 1.190
63s M63 x 1.5 48.4 115 45.6 59.4 15.0 75.0 0.6 ... 1.6 2.00 ... 2.50 PVC23 109434 17 1.390

E10 63 M63 x 1.5 54.0 115 54.6 65.9 15.0 80.0 0.6 ... 1.6 2.00 ... 2.50 PVC25 109435 10 1.410
75s M75 x 1.5 60.2 140 59.0 72.0 15.0 90.0 0.6 ... 1.6 2.00 ... 2.50 PVC28 109436 17 2.090
75 M75 x 1.5 64.2 140 66.7 78.4 15.0 100.0 0.6 ... 1.6 2.50 ... 3.00 PVC30 109437 17 2.540
Note Other sizes and threads available on request.
E10 Cable dimension A refers to the maximum diameter over the conductors after removal of the inner cable sheath.

E10
662 Installation Equipment and Accessories 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E10_KP_2016_en.book Seite 663 Donnerstag, 24. März 2016 12:01 12

Cable Gland for all Types of Armoured Cables (SWA/AWA, Wire-Braid, Tape)
(Steel and Aluminium) with Compound Barrier
Series PX2K

E10
Selection Table
Gland Dimensions [mm] Armour wire thickness PVC- Art. no. PS Weight
size shroud
Thread Inner Max. Outer Thread Across Grooved Plain cone
size C sheath
A
no. of
cores
sheath
B
length
E
corners
D
cone E10
max. min. max. kg
NPT, nickel-plated brass
20s/16 NPT 1/2" 11.7 11 6.1 13.1 19.9 30.5 0.3 ... 1.0 0.80 ... 1.25 PVC06 246360 10 0.240
E10
20 NPT 1/2" 12.9 11 12.5 20.9 19.9 30.5 0.4 ... 1.0 0.80 ... 1.25 PVC06 246361 10 0.240
25 NPT 3/4" 17.9 21 18.2 26.2 20.2 37.5 0.4 ... 1.2 1.25 ... 1.60 PVC09 246362 10 0.370
32 NPT 1" 23.9 38 23.7 33.9 25.0 46.0 0.4 ... 1.2 1.60 ... 2.00 PVC11 246363 10 0.570
40 NPT 1 1/4" 30.3 59 27.9 40.4 25.6 55.0 0.4 ... 1.6 1.60 ... 2.00 PVC15 246364 10 0.800 E10
50s NPT 1 1/2" 36.9 89 35.2 46.7 26.1 60.0 0.4 ... 1.6 2.00 ... 2.50 PVC18 246365 10 0.900
50 NPT 2" 41.3 89 40.4 53.0 26.9 70.0 0.6 ... 1.6 2.00 ... 2.50 PVC21 246366 10 1.190
63s NPT 2" 48.4 115 45.6 59.4 26.9 75.0 0.6 ... 1.6 2.00 ... 2.50 PVC23 246367 10 1.390
63 NPT 2 1/2" 54.0 115 54.6 65.8 39.9 80.0 0.6 ... 1.6 2.00 ... 2.50 PVC25 246368 10 1.410 E10
75s NPT 2 1/2" 60.2 140 59.0 72.0 39.9 90.0 0.6 ... 1.6 2.00 ... 2.50 PVC28 246369 10 2.090
75 NPT 3" 64.2 140 66.7 78.4 41.5 100.0 0.6 ... 1.6 2.50 ... 3.00 PVC30 246370 10 2.540
Note Other sizes and threads available on request.
Cable dimension A refers to the maximum diameter over the conductors after removal of the inner cable sheath. E10
Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas, dust and mining IECEx SIR 13.0027X E10
Ex d IIC Gb, Ex e IIC Gb, Ex nR IIC Gc
Ex ta IIIC Da
IECEx SIM 14.0008X

Europe (ATEX)
Ex d I Mb, Ex e I Mb
E10
Gas, dust and mining SIRA 13 ATEX 1072X
E II 2 G Ex d IIC Gb, E II 2 G Ex e IIC Gb
E II 1 D Ex ta IIIC Da
E I M 2 Ex d I Mb, E I M 2 Ex e I Mb E10
SIRA 13 ATEX 4078X
E II 3 G Ex nR IIC Gc
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), China (China-Ex), India (PESO), Canada (CSA),
Kazakhstan (TR), Columbia (COL), Korea (KCs), Russia (TR), Belarus (TR) E10
Ship approval DNV, LRS, ABS
Ambient temperature -60 ... +85 °C
Degree of protection IP66, IP67, IP68
Material
Cable gland Brass nickel-plated E10
(Other materials available on request)
Seal SOLO LSF
Version BS 6121, IEC/EN 62444

E10

E10

E10
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Installation Equipment and Accessories 663
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E10_KP_2016_en.book Seite 664 Donnerstag, 24. März 2016 12:01 12

Cable Gland for all Types of Armoured Cables (SWA/AWA, Wire-Braid, Tape)
(Steel and Aluminium) with Compound Barrier (RapidEx)
Series PX2K REX

E10
> RapidEx liquid pour sealing system
– Enhances reliability
– Reduces installation times, cost and risk
E10 > Multi-functional holder for the armouring
> Integral protected deluge seal
> Controlled outer load retention seal
Unique OSTG prevents overtightening
E10 >

> Globally marked, IECEx, ATEX and cCSAus


> EMC-tested

E10
Series PX2K REX E10

17683E00

WebCode PX2KB ATEX / IECEx

E10 Zone
For use in
0 1
x
2
x
20 21
x
22
x

E10

E10
17671E00

Selection Table

E10 Gland
size
Dimensions [mm]
Thread Inner Max. Outer Thread Across
Armour wire thickness
Grooved Plain cone
PVC-
shroud
Art. no. PS Weight

size C sheath no. of sheath length corners cone


A cores B E D
max. min. max. kg

E10 Metric, nickel-plated brass


20s/16 M20 x 1.5 11.7 11 6.1 13.1 15.0 30.5 0.3 ... 1.0 0.80 ... 1.25 PVC06 246648 10 0.240
20 M20 x 1.5 12.9 11 12.5 20.9 15.0 30.5 0.4 ... 1.0 0.80 ... 1.25 PVC06 246649 10 0.230
25 M25 x 1.5 17.9 21 18.2 26.2 15.0 37.5 0.4 ... 1.2 1.25 ... 1.60 PVC09 246650 10 0.370
E10 32 M32 x 1.5 23.9 38 23.7 33.9 15.0 46.0 0.4 ... 1.2 1.60 ... 2.00 PVC11 246651 10 0.570
40 M40 x 1.5 30.3 59 27.9 40.4 15.0 55.0 0.4 ... 1.6 1.60 ... 2.00 PVC15 246652 10 0.800
50s M50 x 1.5 36.9 89 35.2 46.7 15.0 60.0 0.4 ... 1.6 2.00 ... 2.50 PVC18 246653 10 0.900
50 M50 x 1.5 41.3 89 40.4 53.0 15.0 70.0 0.6 ... 1.6 2.00 ... 2.50 PVC21 246654 10 1.190
E10 63s M63 x 1.5 48.4 115 45.6 59.4 15.0 75.0 0.6 ... 1.6 2.00 ... 2.50 PVC23 246655 10 1.390
63 M63 x 1.5 54.0 115 54.6 65.8 15.0 80.0 0.6 ... 1.6 2.00 ... 2.50 PVC25 246656 10 1.410
75s M75 x 1.5 60.2 140 59.0 72.0 15.0 90.0 0.6 ... 1.6 2.00 ... 2.50 PVC28 246657 10 2.090

E10 75 M75 x 1.5 64.2 140 66.7 78.4 15.0 100.0 0.6 ... 1.6 2.50 ... 3.00 PVC30 246658 10 2.540
Note Other sizes and threads available on request.
Cable dimension A refers to the maximum diameter over the conductors after removal of the inner cable sheath.

E10

E10
664 Installation Equipment and Accessories 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E10_KP_2016_en.book Seite 665 Donnerstag, 24. März 2016 12:01 12

Cable Gland for all Types of Armoured Cables (SWA/AWA, Wire-Braid, Tape)
(Steel and Aluminium) with Compound Barrier (RapidEx)
Series PX2K REX

E10
Selection Table
Gland Dimensions [mm] Armour wire thickness PVC- Art. no. PS Weight
size shroud
Thread Inner Max. Outer Thread Across Grooved Plain cone
size C sheath
A
no. of
cores
sheath
B
length
E
corners
D
cone E10
max. min. max. kg
NPT, nickel-plated brass
20s/16 NPT 1/2" 11.7 11 6.1 13.1 19.9 30.5 0.3 ... 1.0 0.80 ... 1.25 PVC06 246659 10 0.240
E10
20 NPT 1/2" 12.9 11 12.5 20.9 19.9 30.5 0.4 ... 1.0 0.80 ... 1.25 PVC06 246660 10 0.230
25 NPT 3/4" 17.9 21 18.2 26.2 20.2 37.5 0.4 ... 1.2 1.25 ... 1.60 PVC09 246661 10 0.370
32 NPT 1" 23.9 38 23.7 33.9 25.0 46.0 0.4 ... 1.2 1.60 ... 2.00 PVC11 246662 10 0.570
40 NPT 1 1/4" 30.3 59 27.9 40.4 25.6 55.0 0.4 ... 1.6 1.60 ... 2.00 PVC15 246663 10 0.800 E10
50s NPT 1 1/2" 36.9 89 35.2 46.7 26.1 60.0 0.4 ... 1.6 2.00 ... 2.50 PVC18 246664 10 0.900
50 NPT 2" 41.3 89 40.4 53.0 26.9 70.0 0.6 ... 1.6 2.00 ... 2.50 PVC21 246665 10 1.190
63s NPT 2" 48.4 115 45.6 59.4 26.9 75.0 0.6 ... 1.6 2.00 ... 2.50 PVC23 246666 10 1.390
63 NPT 2 1/2" 54.0 115 54.6 65.8 39.9 80.0 0.6 ... 1.6 2.00 ... 2.50 PVC25 246667 10 1.410 E10
75s NPT 2 1/2" 60.2 140 59.0 72.0 39.9 90.0 0.6 ... 1.6 2.00 ... 2.50 PVC28 246668 10 2.090
75 NPT 3" 64.2 140 66.7 78.4 41.5 100.0 0.6 ... 1.6 2.50 ... 3.00 PVC30 246669 10 2.540
Note Other sizes and threads available on request.
Cable dimension A refers to the maximum diameter over the conductors after removal of the inner cable sheath. E10
Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas, dust and mining IECEx SIR 13.0027X E10
Ex d IIC Gb, Ex e IIC Gb, Ex nR IIC Gc
Ex ta IIIC Da
IECEx SIM 14.0008X
Ex d I Mb, Ex e I Mb
Europe (ATEX) E10
Gas, dust and mining SIRA 13 ATEX 1072X
E II 2 G Ex d IIC Gb, E II 2 G Ex e IIC Gb
E II 1 D Ex ta IIIC Da
E I M 2 Ex d I Mb, E I M 2 Ex e I Mb
SIRA 13 ATEX 4078X E10
E II 3 G Ex nR IIC Gc
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), China (China-Ex), India (PESO), Canada (CSA),
Kazakhstan (TR), Columbia (COL), Korea (KCs), Russia (TR), Belarus (TR)
Ship approval DNV, LRS, ABS E10
Ambient temperature -60 ... +85 °C
Degree of protection IP66, IP67, IP68
Material
Cable gland Brass nickel-plated

Seal
(Other materials available on request)
SOLO LSF
E10
Version BS 6121, IEC/EN 62444

E10

E10

E10
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Installation Equipment and Accessories 665
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
PXSS2K_CableGlands_KP00_III_en.fm Seite 666 Montag, 4. April 2016 12:28 12

Cable Gland for all Types of Unarmoured Cables as well as


Wire-Braid-Armoured Cables with Compound Barrier
Series PXSS2K

E10
> Superior levels of cable retention
> Outer cable sheath sealed with
a flameproof displacement seal
E10 > Compound barrier type flameproof seal
> Designed to prevent coldflow
> Integral protected deluge seal
(version with double seal)
E10
> Globally marked, IECEx, ATEX,
UL and cCSAus

E10
Series PXSS2K E10

15792E00

WebCode PXSS2KA ATEX / IECEx

E10 Zone
For use in
0 1
x
2
x
20 21
x
22
x

E10

E10
07597E00

Selection Table
E10 Gland Dimensions [mm] PVC- Art. no. PS Weight
size shroud
Thread Internal Max. no. Outer sheath Across Thread
size C diameter A of cores B corners D length E
min. max. kg

E10 Metric, nickel-plated brass


20s/16 M20 x 1.5 8.6 11 3.1 8.6 30.0 15.0 PVC06 109439 10 0.200
20s M20 x 1.5 11.7 11 6.1 11.7 30.0 15.0 PVC06 109440 10 0.200
20 M20 x 1.5 12.9 11 6.5 14.0 30.0 15.0 PVC06 109441 10 0.200
E10 25 M25 x 1.5 17.9 21 11.1 20.0 36.0 15.0 PVC09 109442 10 0.329
32 M32 x 1.5 23.9 38 17.0 26.3 41.0 15.0 PVC10 109443 10 0.390
40 M40 x 1.5 30.3 59 22.0 32.1 50.0 15.0 PVC13 109444 10 0.559

E10 50s M50 x 1.5 36.9 89 29.5 38.2 55.0 15.0 PVC15 109445 10 0.660
50 M50 x 1.5 41.3 89 35.6 44.0 60.0 15.0 PVC18 109446 10 0.730
63s M63 x 1.5 48.4 115 40.1 49.9 70.1 15.0 PVC21 109447 10 1.069
63 M63 x 1.5 54.0 115 47.2 55.9 75.0 15.0 PVC23 109448 10 1.059
E10 75s M75 x 1.5 60.2 140 52.8 61.9 80.0 15.0 PVC25 109449 10 1.299
75 M75 x 1.5 64.2 140 59.1 67.9 85.0 15.0 PVC27 109450 10 1.299
Note Other sizes and threads available on request.
Cable dimension A refers to the maximum diameter over the conductors after removal of the inner cable sheath.
E10

E10
666 Installation Equipment and Accessories 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
PXSS2K_CableGlands_KP00_III_en.fm Seite 667 Montag, 4. April 2016 12:28 12

Cable Gland for all Types of Unarmoured Cables as well as


Wire-Braid-Armoured Cables with Compound Barrier
Series PXSS2K

E10
Selection Table
Gland Dimensions [mm] PVC- Art. no. PS Weight
size shroud
Thread Internal Max. no. Outer sheath Across Thread
size C diameter A of cores B corners D length E E10
min. max. kg
NPT, nickel-plated brass
20s/16 NPT 1/2" 8.6 11 3.1 8.6 30.0 19.9 PVC06 246336 10 0.200
20 NPT 1/2" 12.9 11 6.5 14.0 30.0 19.9 PVC06 246337 10 0.200
E10
25 NPT 3/4" 17.9 21 11.1 20.0 36.0 20.2 PVC09 246338 10 0.200
32 NPT 1" 23.9 38 17.0 26.3 41.0 25.0 PVC10 246339 10 0.329
40 NPT 1 1/4" 30.3 59 22.0 32.1 50.0 25.6 PVC13 246340 10 0.390 E10
50s NPT 1 1/2" 36.9 89 29.5 38.2 55.0 26.1 PVC15 246341 10 0.559
50 NPT 2" 41.3 89 35.6 44.0 60.0 26.9 PVC18 246342 10 0.730
63s NPT 2" 48.4 115 40.1 49.9 70.1 26.9 PVC21 246343 10 1.069
63 NPT 2 1/2" 54.0 115 47.2 55.9 75.0 39.9 PVC23 246344 10 1.059 E10
75s NPT 2 1/2" 60.2 140 52.8 61.9 80.0 39.9 PVC25 246345 10 1.299
75 NPT 3" 64.2 140 59.1 67.9 85.0 41.5 PVC27 246346 10 1.299
Note Other sizes and threads available on request.
Cable dimension A refers to the maximum diameter over the conductors after removal of the inner cable sheath.
E10
Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas, dust and mining IECEx SIR 13.0027X
E10
Ex d IIC Gb, Ex e IIC Gb, Ex nR IIC Gc
Ex ta IIIC Da
IECEx SIM 14.0008X

Europe (ATEX)
Ex d I Mb, Ex e I Mb
E10
Gas, dust and mining SIRA 13 ATEX 1072X
E II 2 G Ex d IIC Gb, E II 2 G Ex e IIC Gb
E II 1 D Ex ta IIIC Da
E I M 2 Ex d I Mb, E I M 2 Ex e I Mb E10
SIRA 13 ATEX 4078X
E II 3 G Ex nR IIC Gc
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), China (China-Ex), India (PESO), Canada (CSA),
Kazakhstan (TR), Columbia (COL), Korea (KCs), North America (UL), Russia (TR), Belarus (TR) E10
Ship approval DNV, LRS, ABS
Ambient temperature -60 ... +85 °C
Degree of protection IP66, IP67, IP68
Material
Cable gland Brass nickel-plated E10
(other materials available on request)
Seal SOLO LSF
Version BS 6121, IEC/EN 62444

E10

E10

E10
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Installation Equipment and Accessories 667
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
PXSS2K_REX_CableGlands_KP00_III_en.fm Seite 668 Montag, 4. April 2016 1:08 13

Cable Gland for all Types of Unarmoured Cables as well as


Wire-Braid-Armoured Cables with Compound Barrier (RapidEx)
Series PXSS2K REX

E10
> RapidEx liquid pour sealing system
– Enhances reliability
– Reduces installation times, cost and risk
E10 > Superior levels of cable retention
> Outer cable sheath sealed with
a flameproof displacement seal
Designed to prevent coldflow
E10
>

> Integral protected deluge seal


> Globally marked, IECEx, ATEX and cCSAus

E10
Series PXSS2K REX E10

17684E00

WebCode PXSS2KB ATEX / IECEx

E10 Zone
For use in
0 1
x
2
x
20 21
x
22
x

E10

E10
17674E00

Selection Table
E10 Gland Dimensions [mm] PVC- Art. no. PS Weight
size shroud
Thread Internal Max. no. Outer sheath Across Thread
size C diameter A of cores B corners D length E
min. max. kg

E10 Metric, nickel-plated brass


20s/16 M20 x 1.5 8.6 11 3.1 8.6 30.0 15.0 PVC06 246604 10 0.200
20 M20 x 1.5 12.9 11 6.5 14.0 30.0 15.0 PVC06 246605 10 0.200
25 M25 x 1.5 17.9 21 11.1 20.0 36.0 15.0 PVC09 246606 10 0.329
E10 32 M32 x 1.5 23.9 38 17.0 26.3 41.0 15.0 PVC10 246607 10 0.390
40 M40 x 1.5 30.3 59 22.0 32.1 50.0 15.0 PVC13 246608 10 0.559
50s M50 x 1.5 36.9 89 29.5 38.2 55.0 15.0 PVC15 246609 10 0.660

E10 50 M50 x 1.5 41.3 89 35.6 44.0 60.0 15.0 PVC18 246610 10 0.730
63s M63 x 1.5 48.4 115 40.1 49.9 70.1 15.0 PVC21 246611 10 1.069
63 M63 x 1.5 54.0 115 47.2 55.9 75.0 15.0 PVC23 246612 10 1.059
75s M75 x 1.5 60.2 140 52.8 61.9 80.0 15.0 PVC25 246613 10 1.299
E10 75 M75 x 1.5 64.2 140 59.1 67.9 85.0 15.0 PVC27 246614 10 1.299
Note Other sizes and threads available on request.
Cable dimension A refers to the maximum diameter over the conductors after removal of the inner cable sheath.

E10

E10
668 Installation Equipment and Accessories 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
PXSS2K_REX_CableGlands_KP00_III_en.fm Seite 669 Montag, 4. April 2016 1:08 13

Cable Gland for all Types of Unarmoured Cables as well as


Wire-Braid-Armoured Cables with Compound Barrier (RapidEx)
Series PXSS2K REX

E10
Selection Table
Gland Dimensions [mm] PVC- Art. no. PS Weight
size shroud
Thread Internal Max. no. Outer sheath Across Thread
size C diameter A of cores B corners D length E E10
min. max. kg
NPT, nickel-plated brass
20s/16 NPT 1/2" 8.6 11 3.1 8.6 30.0 19.9 PVC06 246615 10 0.200
20 NPT 1/2" 12.9 11 6.5 14.0 30.0 19.9 PVC06 246616 10 0.200
E10
25 NPT 3/4" 17.9 21 11.1 20.0 36.0 20.2 PVC09 246617 10 0.329
32 NPT 1" 23.9 38 17.0 26.3 41.0 25.0 PVC10 246618 10 0.390
40 NPT 1 1/4" 30.3 59 22.0 32.1 50.0 25.6 PVC13 246619 10 0.559 E10
50s NPT 1 1/2" 36.9 89 29.5 38.2 55.0 26.1 PVC15 246620 10 0.660
50 NPT 2" 41.3 89 35.6 44.0 60.0 26.9 PVC18 246621 10 0.730
63s NPT 2" 48.4 115 40.1 49.9 70.1 26.9 PVC21 246622 10 1.069
63 NPT 2 1/2" 54.0 115 47.2 55.9 75.0 39.9 PVC23 246623 10 1.059 E10
75s NPT 2 1/2" 60.2 140 52.8 61.9 80.0 39.9 PVC25 246624 10 1.299
75 NPT 3" 64.2 140 59.1 67.9 85.0 41.5 PVC27 246625 10 1.299
Note Other sizes and threads available on request.
Cable dimension A refers to the maximum diameter over the conductors after removal of the inner cable sheath.
E10
Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas, dust and mining IECEx SIR 13.0027X
E10
Ex d IIC Gb, Ex e IIC Gb, Ex nR IIC Gc
Ex ta IIIC Da
IECEx SIM 14.0008X

Europe (ATEX)
Ex d I Mb, Ex e I Mb
E10
Gas, dust and mining SIRA 13 ATEX 1072X
E II 2 G Ex d IIC Gb, E II 2 G Ex e IIC Gb
E II 1 D Ex ta IIIC Da
E I M 2 Ex d I Mb, E I M 2 Ex e I Mb E10
SIRA 13 ATEX 4078X
E II 3 G Ex nR IIC Gc
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), China (China-Ex), India (PESO), Canada (CSA),
Kazakhstan (TR), Columbia (COL), Korea (KCs), Russia (TR), Belarus (TR) E10
Ship approval DNV, LRS, ABS
Ambient temperature -60 ...+85 °C
Degree of protection IP66, IP67, IP68
Material
Cable gland Brass nickel-plated E10
(other materials available on request)
Seal SOLO LSF
Version BS 6121, IEC/EN 62444

E10

E10

E10
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Installation Equipment and Accessories 669
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E10_KP_2016_en.book Seite 670 Donnerstag, 24. März 2016 12:01 12

Cable Gland for all Types of Armoured Cables


(SWA/AWA, Wire-Braid, Tape) (Steel and Aluminium)
Series TE1FU

E10
> Cable gland made of stainless steel
> Multi-functional holder for the armouring
Outer cable sheath sealed with
E10
>
a flameproof displacement seal
> Controlled outer load retention seal
> Unique OSTG prevents overtightening
E10 > Designed to prevent cold flow
> Globally marked, IECEx, ATEX and cCSAus
> EMC-tested

E10
Series TE1FU E10

17686E00

WebCode TE1FUA ATEX / IECEx

E10 Zone
For use in
0 1
x
2
x
20 21
x
22
x

E10

E10
07598E00

Selection Table
Gland Dimensions [mm] Armour wire thickness PVC- Art. no. PS Weight
size shroud
Thread Cable diameter Thread Across Grooved Plain cone
E10 size C A length E corners D cone
min. max. kg
Metric, stainless steel
20s/16 M20 x 1.5 6.1 13.1 15.0 24.0 0.3 ... 1.0 0.80 ... 1.25 PVC04 243493◄ 10 0.150

E10 20s M20 x 1.5 9.5 15.9 15.0 24.0 0.3 ... 1.0 0.80 ... 1.25 PVC04 243494◄ 10 0.150
20 M20 x 1.5 12.5 20.9 15.0 30.5 0.4 ... 1.0 0.80 ... 1.25 PVC06 243495◄ 10 0.230
25s M25 x 1.5 14.0 22.0 15.0 37.5 0.4 ... 1.2 1.25 ... 1.60 PVC09 243496◄ 10 0.340
25 M25 x 1.5 18.2 26.2 15.0 37.5 0.4 ... 1.2 1.25 ... 1.60 PVC09 243497◄ 10 0.340
E10 32 M32 x 1.5 23.7 33.9 15.0 46.0 0.4 ... 1.2 1.60 ... 2.00 PVC11 243498◄ 10 0.550
40 M40 x 1.5 27.9 40.4 15.0 55.0 0.4 ... 1.6 1.60 ... 2.00 PVC15 243499 10 0.790
50s M50 x 1.5 35.2 46.7 15.0 60.0 0.4 ... 1.6 2.00 ... 2.50 PVC18 243500 10 1.000
50 M50 x 1.5 40.4 53.0 15.0 70.1 0.6 ... 1.6 2.00 ... 2.50 PVC21 10 1.370
E10
243501
63s M63 x 1.5 45.6 59.4 15.0 75.0 0.6 ... 1.6 2.00 ... 2.50 PVC23 243502 10 1.500
63 M63 x 1.5 54.6 65.8 15.0 80.0 0.6 ... 1.6 2.00 ... 2.50 PVC25 243503 10 1.560
75s M75 x 1.5 59.0 72.0 15.0 90.0 0.6 ... 1.6 2.00 ... 2.50 PVC28 246297 10 2.450

E10 75 M75 x 1.5 66.7 78.4 15.0 100.0 0.6 ... 1.6 2.50 ... 3.00 PVC30 246298 10 3.150
Note Other sizes and threads available on request.

E10

E10
670 Installation Equipment and Accessories 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E10_KP_2016_en.book Seite 671 Donnerstag, 24. März 2016 12:01 12

Cable Gland for all Types of Armoured Cables


(SWA/AWA, Wire-Braid, Tape) (Steel and Aluminium)
Series TE1FU

E10
Selection Table
Gland Dimensions [mm] Armour wire thickness PVC- Art. no. PS Weight
size shroud
Thread Cable diameter Thread Across Grooved Plain cone
size C A length E corners D cone E10
min. max. kg
NPT, stainless steel
20s/16 NPT 1/2" 6.1 13.1 19.9 24.0 0.3 ... 1.0 0.80 ... 1.25 PVC04 246299◄ 10 0.150
20 NPT 1/2" 12.5 20.0 19.9 30.5 0.4 ... 1.0 0.80 ... 1.25 PVC06 246300◄ 10 0.230 E10
25 NPT 3/4" 18.2 26.2 20.2 37.5 0.4 ... 1.2 1.25 ... 1.60 PVC09 246301◄ 10 0.340
32 NPT 1" 23.7 33.9 25.0 46.0 0.4 ... 1.2 1.60 ... 2.00 PVC11 246302◄ 10 0.550
40 NPT 1 1/4" 27.9 40.4 25.6 55.0 0.4 ... 1.6 1.60 ... 2.00 PVC15 246303 10 0.790
50s NPT 1 1/2" 35.2 46.7 26.1 60.0 0.4 ... 1.6 2.00 ... 2.50 PVC18 246304 10 1.000
E10
50 NPT 2" 40.4 53.0 26.9 70.1 0.6 ... 1.6 2.00 ... 2.50 PVC21 246305 10 1.370
63s NPT 2" 45.6 59.4 26.9 75.0 0.6 ... 1.6 2.00 ... 2.50 PVC23 246306 10 1.500
63 NPT 2 1/2" 54.6 65.8 39.9 80.0 0.6 ... 1.6 2.00 ... 2.50 PVC25 246307 10 1.560
E10
75s NPT 2 1/2" 59.0 72.0 39.9 90.0 0.6 ... 1.6 2.00 ... 2.50 PVC28 246308 10 2.450
75 NPT 3" 66.7 78.4 41.5 100.0 0.6 ... 1.6 2.50 ... 3.00 PVC30 246309 10 3.150
Note Other sizes and threads available on request.

Technical Data
E10
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas, dust and mining IECEx SIR 13.0028X
Ex d IIC Gb, Ex e IIC Gb, Ex nR IIC Gc
Ex ta IIIC Da E10
IECEx SIM 14.0007X
Ex d I Mb, Ex e I Mb
Europe (ATEX)
Gas, dust and mining SIRA 13 ATEX 1073X
E II 2 G Ex d IIC Gb, E II 2 G Ex e IIC Gb E10
E II 1 D Ex ta IIIC Da
E I M 2 Ex d I Mb, E I M 2 Ex e I Mb
SIRA 13 ATEX 4079X

Certifications and certificates


E II 3 G Ex nR IIC Gc
E10
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), China (China-Ex), India (PESO), Kazakhstan (TR),
Columbia (COL), Korea (KCs), Russia (TR), Belarus (TR)
Ship approval DNV, LRS, ABS
Ambient temperature -60 ... +130 °C
Degree of protection IP66, IP67, IP68 E10
Material
Cable gland Stainless steel
(Other materials available on request)
Seal SOLO LSF
Version BS 6121, IEC/EN 62444 E10

E10

E10

E10
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Installation Equipment and Accessories 671
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E10_KP_2016_en.book Seite 672 Donnerstag, 24. März 2016 12:01 12

Accessories and Spare Parts for CMP Cable Glands


PVC-Shroud

E10
PVC-Shroud E10

Accessories and Spare Parts


Designation Figure Designation Art. no. PS Weight
kg
E10 PVC-shroud PVC04 109076◄ 18 0.017
PVC05 109077◄ 18 0.018
00024E00

PVC06 109078◄ 18 0.024

E10 PVC09 109080◄ 18 0.033


PVC10 109081◄ 18 0.035
PVC11 109082◄ 18 0.040
PVC13 109104 18 0.001
E10 PVC15 109084◄ 18 0.070
PVC17 109091 18 0.001
PVC18 109085◄ 18 0.075

E10 PVC20 109093 18 0.001


PVC21 109086◄ 18 0.230
PVC22 109087 18 0.086
PVC23 109094 18 0.117
E10 PVC24 109095 18 0.001
PVC25 109096 18 0.158
PVC26 109097 18 0.010

E10 PVC28 109099 18 0.460


PVC30 109101 18 0.400
PVC31 109102 18 1.000
PVC32 109103 18 0.300
E10 Note The above listed PVC- shrouds are used to minimise the risk of dirt or foreign substances gathering
on the cable gland body, and/or point of cable to cable gland interface.
For assignment of the PVC-shrouds refer to the selection table of the CMP cable glands

E10

E10

E10

E10

E10

E10
672 Installation Equipment and Accessories 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E10_KP_2016_en.book Seite 673 Donnerstag, 24. März 2016 12:01 12

Breather
Series 8162

E10
> Explosion protection type “increased safety“
> For ventilation and draining Ex e enclosures
Degree of protection max. IP65
E10
>

E10

E10
Series 8162 E10

01886E00

WebCode 8162A
E10

ATEX / IECEx NEC 500


Class I Class II Class III E10
Zone 0 1 2 20 21 22 Division 1 2 1 2 1 2
For use in x x x x For use in x

Selection Table E10


Version Locknut Thread size Packaging unit Art. no. PS Weight
pieces kg
Breather made of with locknut M25 x 1.5 1 138578 15 0.020
plastic Series 8162
20 138580◄ 15 0.400 E10
Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx PTB 06.0028 E10
Ex e IIC Gb
Ex tb IIIC Db
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust PTB 01 ATEX 1018
E II 2 G Ex e IIC Gb E10
E II 2 D Ex tb IIIC Db
Certifications and certificates
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Canada (CSA), Kazakhstan (TR), Russia (TR), Serbia (SRPS), USA (FM, UL),
Belarus (TR)
Degree of protection when installed in enclosure side: E10
IP64 for lateral mounting
IP65 for vertical mounting downwards
Material
Breather polyamide
Mounting only permitted in enclosures with through hole E10

E10

E10
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Installation Equipment and Accessories 673
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E10_KP_2016_en.book Seite 674 Donnerstag, 24. März 2016 12:01 12

Breather
Series 8162

E10
Operating Mode
Explanation of the breather operating mode

E10

E10

E10 09141T00

Temperature-related pressure differences between the inside of the enclosure (P1) and the atmosphere around the enclosure (P2)
are safely balanced by the breather. This limits to the minimum condensation of water in the enclosure.

E10 Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm) - Subject to Alterations


SW 29 SW 30
M 25 x 1,5

E10
Ø 32,50

2
9

E10 37
14,50

12061E00

E10

E10

E10

E10

E10

E10

E10
674 Installation Equipment and Accessories 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E10_KP_2016_en.book Seite 675 Donnerstag, 24. März 2016 12:01 12

Stopping Plugs
Series 8290/3

E10
> For Ex e enclosures
> Self-loosening protection

E10

E10

E10
Series 8290/3 E10

10041E00

WebCode 8290A ATEX / IECEx


Zone
For use in
0 1
x
2
x
20 21
x
22
x
E10
Selection Table
Version Thread size Packaging unit Order number Art. no. PS Weight
pieces kg E10
M16 x 1.5 100 8290/3-M16 143556◄ 18 0.300
M20 x 1.5 100 8290/3-M20 143543◄ 18 0.500
M25 x 1.5 100 8290/3-M25 143544◄ 18 0.700
M32 x 1.5 50 8290/3-M32 18 0.600
E10
143562◄
01519E00
M40 x 1.5 30 8290/3-M40 143557◄ 18 0.480
M50 x 1.5 30 8290/3-M50 143558◄ 18 0.780
M63 x 1.5 30 8290/3-M63 143559◄ 18 1.680

Technical Data
Explosion protection
E10
Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx PTB 05.0013
Ex e IIC Gb

Europe (ATEX)
Ex tb IIIC Db E10
Gas and dust PTB 99 ATEX 3133
E II 2 G Ex e IIC Gb
E II 2 D Ex tb IIIC Db
Certifications and certificates E10
Certificates IECEx, ATEX, Brazil (INMETRO), India (PESO), Kazakhstan (TR), Korea (KCs), Russia (TR),
Serbia (SRPS), Belarus (TR)
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature -60 ... +80 °C
Mechanical data E10
Degree of protection IP66 acc. IEC/EN 60529

Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm) - Subject to Alterations


h2
h1
d M
M16 x 1.5
d
22
h1
11
h2
17.5
SW1
20
SW2
8
E10
M20 x 1.5 26 11 18.2 24 10
M25 x 1.5 31 10.5 18 29 10
SW1
SW2

M32 x 1.5 38 11.2 18 36 10 E10


M

M40 x 1.5 51 14 22 46 10
M50 x 1.5 61 14 23.5 55 10
2
04710E00 M63 x 1.5 75 14 24.5 68 10
E10
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Installation Equipment and Accessories 675
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E10_KP_2016_en.book Seite 676 Donnerstag, 24. März 2016 12:01 12

Stopping Plugs made of Metal


Series 8292

E10
> For Ex e and Ex d enclosures
> Versions
– Metric
E10 – NPT
> Thread sizes
– M16 ... M100
– 3/8" ... 4" NPT
E10

E10
Series 8292 E10

14501E00

WebCode 8292A ATEX / IECEx

E10 Zone
For use in
0 1
x
2
x
20 21
x
22
x

Technical Data

E10 Explosion protection


Global (IECEx)
Gas and dust IECEx SIR 10.0160 X
Ex d IIC
Ex e II
Ex d I
E10 Ex e I
Ex tD A21 IP6X
Europe (ATEX)
Gas and dust Sira 10 ATEX 1313 X
E II 2 G Ex d IIC
E10 E II 2 G Ex e II
E II 2 G Ex d I
E II 2 G Ex e I
E II 2 D Ex tD A21 IP6X
Certifications and certificates
E10 Certificates IECEx, ATEX
Operation temperature -60 ... +200 °C
Degree of protection IP66
Material Brass, nickel-plated brass, stainless steel (316L)

E10

E10

E10

E10

E10
676 Installation Equipment and Accessories 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E10_KP_2016_en.book Seite 677 Donnerstag, 24. März 2016 12:01 12

Stopping Plugs made of Metal


Series 8292

E10
Selection Table
Version Thread size Dimensions [mm] Order number Art. no. PS Weight
B D L A/F kg
Stopping plug,
NPT,
3/8" NPT 20 17 15 10 8292/11-BS-3/8" NPT 210557◄ 18 0.150 E10
1/2" NPT 25 22 20 10 8292/11-BS-1/2" NPT 210558◄ 18 0.100
hexagon socket,
brass 3/4" NPT 25 27 26 10 8292/11-BS-3/4" NPT 210559◄ 18 0.125
1" NPT 30 34 16 10 8292/11-BS-1" NPT 210560◄ 18 0.150
1 1/4" NPT 30 42 26 10 8292/11-BS-1 1/4" NPT 210561◄ 18 0.150 E10
1 1/2" NPT 31 49 26 10 8292/11-BS-1 1/2" NPT 210562◄ 18 0.150
2" NPT 32 61 27 14 8292/11-BS-2" NPT 210563◄ 18 0.200
14491E00
2 1/2" NPT 45 73 39 14 8292/11-BS-2 1/2" NPT 210564◄ 18 0.200
3" NPT 46 89 39 14 8292/11-BS-3" NPT 210565◄ 18 0.250
E10
3 1/2" NPT 48 102 42 14 8292/11-BS-3 1/2" NPT 210566◄ 18 0.275
4" NPT 49 115 43 14 8292/11-BS-4" NPT 210567◄ 18 0.300
Stopping plug, 3/8" NPT 20 17 15 10 8292/11-BN-3/8" NPT 210568 18 0.150
NPT,
hexagon socket,
1/2" NPT
3/4" NPT
25
25
22
27
20
20
10
10
8292/11-BN-1/2" NPT
8292/11-BN-3/4" NPT
210569◄
210570◄
18
18
0.100
0.125
E10
nickel-plated brass
1" NPT 30 34 25 10 8292/11-BN-1" NPT 210571◄ 18 0.150
1 1/4" NPT 30 42 26 10 8292/11-BN-1 1/4" NPT 210572◄ 18 0.150
1 1/2" NPT 31 49 26 10 18 0.150
E10
8292/11-BN-1 1/2" NPT 210573◄
2" NPT 32 61 27 14 8292/11-BN-2" NPT 210574◄ 18 0.200
14529E00
2 1/2" NPT 45 73 39 14 8292/11-BN-2 1/2" NPT 210575◄ 18 0.200
3" NPT 46 89 42 14 8292/11-BN-3" NPT 210576◄ 18 0.250
3 1/2" NPT 48 102 43 14 8292/11-BN-3 1/2" NPT 18 0.275
E10
210577◄
4" NPT 49 115 43 14 8292/11-BN-4" NPT 210578◄ 18 0.300
Stopping plug, 3/8" NPT 20 17 15 10 8292/11-SS-3/8" NPT 210579◄ 18 0.150
NPT, 1/2" NPT 25 22 20 10 8292/11-SS-1/2" NPT 210580◄ 18 0.100
hexagon socket,
stainless steel 3/4" NPT 25 27 20 10 8292/11-SS-3/4" NPT 210581◄ 18 0.125
1" NPT 30 34 25 10 8292/11-SS-1" NPT 210582◄ 18 0.150 E10
1 1/4" NPT 30 42 26 10 8292/11-SS-1 1/4" NPT 210583◄ 18 0.150
1 1/2" NPT 31 49 26 10 8292/11-SS-1 1/2" NPT 210584◄ 18 0.150
2" NPT 32 61 27 14 8292/11-SS-2" NPT 210585◄ 18 0.200
14529E00
2 1/2" NPT 45 73 40 14 8292/11-SS-2 1/2" NPT 210586◄ 18 0.200 E10
3" NPT 46 89 42 14 8292/11-SS-3" NPT 210587◄ 18 0.250
3 1/2" NPT 48 102 42 14 8292/11-SS-3 1/2" NPT 210588◄ 18 0.275
4" NPT 49 115 46 14 8292/11-SS-4" NPT 210589◄ 18 0.300
E10
Selection Table
Version Thread size Dimensions [mm] Order number Art. no. PS Weight
B D L A/F kg
Stopping plug, M20 x 1.5 20.8 27.3 15.3 10 18 0.075
E10
8292/13-BN-M20x1,5 210650◄
metric,
hexagon socket,
nickel-plated brass

E10
14482E00

E10

E10
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Installation Equipment and Accessories 677
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E10_KP_2016_en.book Seite 678 Donnerstag, 24. März 2016 12:01 12

Stopping Plugs made of Metal


Series 8292

E10
Selection Table
Version Thread size Dimensions [mm] Order number Art. no. PS Weight
B D b d L E A/F kg
E10 Stopping plug,
metric,
M16 x 1.5 24 22 22 11 15 24 22 8292/12-BS-M16x1,5 210590 18 0.050
M20 x 1.5 24 24 22 15 15 26 24 8292/12-BS-M20x1,5 210591 18 0.075
hexagon head,
brass M25 x 1.5 24 30 22 20 15 33 30 8292/12-BS-M25x1,5 210592 18 0.075
M32 x 1.5 24 40 19 27 15 40 36 8292/12-BS-M32x1,5 210593 18 0.100

E10 M40 x 1.5 24 46 19 35 15 50 46 8292/12-BS-M40x1,5 210594 18 0.150


M50 x 1.5 24 55 19 43 15 59 55 8292/12-BS-M50x1,5 210595 18 0.175
M63 x 1.5 24 70 19 55 15 76 70 8292/12-BS-M63x1,5 210596 18 0.250
16604E00

M75 x 1.5 24 80 19 70 15 86 80 8292/12-BS-M75x1,5 210597 18 0.300

E10 Stopping plug,


metric / NPT,
M16 x 1.5 24 22 22 11 15 24 22 8292/12-BN-M16x1,5 210598◄ 18 0.050
M20 x 1.5 24 24 22 15 15 26 24 8292/12-BN-M20x1,5 210599◄ 18 0.075
hexagon head,
nickel-plated M24 x 1.5 24 30 18 20 15 33 30 8292/12-BN-M24x1,5 210600◄ 18 0.075
brass M25 x 1.5 24 30 22 20 15 33 30 8292/12-BN-M25x1,5 210601◄ 18 0.075

E10 M32 x 1.5


M33 x 1.5
24
24
40
36
19
18
27
27
15
15
40
39
36
36
8292/12-BN-M32x1,5
8292/12-BN-M33x1,5
210602◄
210603◄
18
18
0.100
0.100
M40 x 1.5 24 46 19 35 15 50 46 8292/12-BN-M40x1,5 210604◄ 18 0.150
11158E00 M42 x 1.5 24 46 20 35 15 50 46 8292/12-BN-M42x1,5 210605◄ 18 0.150

E10 M48 x 1.5 24 54 18 41 15 60 55 18 0.175


8292/12-BN-M48x1,5 210606◄
M50 x 1.5 24 55 19 43 15 59 55 8292/12-BN-M50x1,5 210607◄ 18 0.175
M56 x 1.5 24 59 19 48 15 65 60 8292/12-BN-M56x1,5 210608◄ 18 0.200
M63 x 1.5 24 70 19 55 15 76 70 8292/12-BN-M63x1,5 210609◄ 18 0.250
M75 x 1.5 24 80 19 70 15 86 80 8292/12-BN-M75x1,5 18 0.300
E10
210610◄
M90 x 2 24 95 19 83 15 103 95 8292/12-BN-M90x2 210611 18 0.350
M100 x 2 24 108 19 93 15 117 108 8292/12-BN-M100x2 210612◄ 18 0.400
3/8" NPT 24 19 –– –– 15 20 19 8292/12-BN-3/8" NPT 210628 18 0.150
1/2" NPT 29 24 26 13 20 26 24 8292/12-BN-1/2" NPT 210629◄ 18 0.100
E10 3/4" NPT 30 30 27 18 15 33 30 8292/12-BN-3/4" NPT 210630◄ 18 0.125
1" NPT 34 36 31 24 16 39 36 8292/12-BN-1" NPT 210631◄ 18 0.150
1 1/4" NPT 35 55 30 28 17 59 55 8292/12-BN-1 1/4" NPT 210632 18 0.150
1 1/2" NPT 35 46 30 34 17 50 46 8292/12-BN-1 1/2" NPT 210633◄ 18 0.150
E10 2" NPT 36 65 31 46 27 70 65 8292/12-BN-2" NPT 210634◄ 18 0.200
2 1/2" NPT 49 80 44 57 40 86 80 8292/12-BN-2 1/2" NPT 210635◄ 18 0.200
3" NPT 51 98 46 72 25 107 99 8292/12-BN-3" NPT 210636◄ 18 0.250
3 1/2" NPT 52 108 47 84 37 117 108 8292/12-BN-3 1/2" NPT 210637◄ 18 0.275
E10 4" NPT 53 127 48 97 45 137 127 8292/12-BN-4" NPT 210638◄ 18 0.300
Stopping plug, M16 x 1.5 24 22 –– –– 15 24 22 8292/12-SS-M16x1,5 210613◄ 18 0.050
metric, M20 x 1.5 24 24 –– –– 15 26 24 8292/12-SS-M20x1,5 210614◄ 18 0.075
hexagon head,
stainless steel M24 x 1.5 24 30 –– –– 15 33 30 8292/12-SS-M24x1,5 210615 18 0.075
E10 M25 x 1.5 24 30 –– –– 15 33 30 8292/12-SS-M25x1,5 210616◄ 18 0.075
M32 x 1.5 24 40 –– –– 15 40 36 8292/12-SS-M32x1,5 210617◄ 18 0.100
M40 x 1.5 24 46 –– –– 15 50 46 8292/12-SS-M40x1,5 210619◄ 18 0.150
M50 x 1.5 24 55 –– –– 15 59 55 8292/12-SS-M50x1,5 210622◄ 18 0.175
E10
11158E00

M56 x 1.5 24 59 –– –– 15 65 60 8292/12-SS-M56x1,5 210623 18 0.200


M63 x 1.5 24 70 –– –– 15 76 70 8292/12-SS-M63x1,5 210624◄ 18 0.250
M75 x 1.5 24 80 –– –– 15 86 80 8292/12-SS-M75x1,5 210625◄ 18 0.300
M90 x 2 24 95 –– –– 15 103 95 8292/12-SS-M90x2 210626◄ 18 0.350
E10 M100 x 2 24 108 –– –– 15 117 108 8292/12-SS-M100x2 210627◄ 18 0.400

E10
678 Installation Equipment and Accessories 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E10_KP_2016_en.book Seite 679 Donnerstag, 24. März 2016 12:01 12

Stopping Plugs made of Metal


Series 8292

E10
Dimensional Drawings (All Dimensions in mm) - Subject to Alterations
Note: for the dimensions, see selection table
B
L
øD
B
L E10

E10
A

øD
M
ød

E
ød

SW
E10
b
b SW
4
5
14748E00 14750E00

Stopping plug 8292/11 Stopping plug 8292/12

E10
M20 x 1,5

E10

5,50 15,30 SW10


20,80 ø 27,30
14750E00
E10
Stopping plug 8292/13

E10

E10

E10

E10

E10

E10

E10
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Installation Equipment and Accessories 679
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E10_KP_2016_en.book Seite 680 Donnerstag, 24. März 2016 12:01 12

Locknuts, Flat Gaskets

E10
E10

Selection Table
Version Internal thread d Dimensions [mm] Delivery lot *) Art. no. PS Weight

E10 A/F F A
pieces kg
Hexagon nut, M12 x 1.5 15 18 3 100 241518 18 0.220
metric
brass, nickel plated M16 x 1.5 19 22 3 100 241519 18 0.290

E10 M20 x 1.5 24 27 3 100 241520 18 0.480


M25 x 1.5 29 32 3.5 100 241561 18 0.720
M32 x 1.5 36 40 4 50 241562 18 0.545
M40 x 1.5 46 51 4.5 50 241563 18 1.030
E10 00608E00
M50 x 1.5 55 61 5 25 241564 18 0.680
M63 x 1.5 70 78 5.5 10 241565 18 0.499

E10
Selection Table
Version for nominal size Dimensions [mm] Delivery lot *) Art. no. PS Weight
d1 d2 S
E10 pieces kg
Flat gaskets M12 12 16 2 50 240244 19 0.050
EPDM
100 240245 19 0.050
M16 16 20 2 50 222363 19 0.002
E10 100 222370 19 0.200
M20 19 24 2 50 222364 19 0.002

00648E00
100 222371 19 0.200

E10 M25 24 29 2 50 222365 19 0.001


100 222372 19 0.200
M32 31 36 2 50 222366 19 0.002
100 222373 19 0.200
E10 M40 39 46 2 50 222367 19 0.002
100 222374 19 0.200
M50 48 56 2 50 222368 19 0.002

E10 04545E00
100 222375 19 0.200
M63 61 69 2 50 222369 19 0.002
100 222376 19 0.250
*) Purchase order quantity in [pieces], the delivery quantity is automatically rounded to the delivery lot.
E10

E10

E10

E10
680 Installation Equipment and Accessories 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E10_KP_2016_en.book Seite 681 Donnerstag, 24. März 2016 12:01 12

Adaptors made of Metal


Series 8293

E10
> Numerous versions
– Enlargement
– Reducer
– Adaptors E10

E10

E10
Series 8293 E10

14494E00

WebCode 8293A ATEX / IECEx


Zone
For use in
0 1
x
2
x
20 21
x
22
x
E10

Technical Data
Explosion protection
Global (IECEx)
E10
Gas and dust IECEx SIR 10.0160 X
Ex d IIC
Ex e II
Ex tD A21 IP6X
Europe (ATEX) E10
Gas and dust Sira 10 ATEX 1313 X
E II 2 G Ex d IIC
E II 2 G Ex e II
E II 2 D Ex tD A21 IP6X
Certifications and certificates E10
Certificates IECEx, ATEX
Operation temperature -60 ... +200 °C
Degree of protection IP66
Material Brass, nickel-plated brass, stainless steel (316L)
E10

E10

E10

E10

E10

E10
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Installation Equipment and Accessories 681
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E10_KP_2016_en.book Seite 682 Donnerstag, 24. März 2016 12:01 12

Adaptors made of Metal


Series 8293

E10
Selection Table
Version Male Female Dimensions [mm] Order number Art. no. PS Weight
thread O thread I

E10 D L B A/F E Type


kg

Extension M16 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 24 15 35 24 26 Form B 8293/11-BS- 210292◄ 18 0.050


OM16x1,5-IM20x1,5
metric / metric
brass M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 29 15 35 30 32 Form B 18 0.075
E10
8293/11-BS- 210293◄
OM20x1,5-IM25x1,5
M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 36 15 35 36 39 Form B 8293/11-BS- 210199 18 0.075
OM25x1,5-IM32x1,5
M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 45 15 35 46 50 Form B 8293/11-BS- 210200◄ 18 0.100
OM32x1,5-IM40x1,5

E10 13614E00 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 55 15 35 55 59 Form B 8293/11-BS-


OM40x1,5-IM50x1,5
210281◄ 18 0.150

M50 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 69 15 35 70 78 Form B 8293/11-BS- 210282 18 0.175


øD
O

E
I

OM50x1,5-IM63x1,5

L M63 x 1.5 M75 x 1.5 79 15 35 79 85 Form B 8293/11-BS- 210283 18 0.250

E10 B SW OM63x1,5-IM75x1,5
14827E00
Form B
Extension M16 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 25 15 35 24 26 Form B 8293/11-BN- 210462◄ 18 0.050
OM16x1,5-IM20x1,5
metric / metric
nickel-plated brass M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 29 15 35 30 32 Form B 8293/11-BN- 210463◄ 18 0.075
E10 OM20x1,5-IM25x1,5
M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 36 15 35 36 39 Form B 8293/11-BN- 210309◄ 18 0.075
OM25x1,5-IM32x1,5
M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 45 15 35 46 50 Form B 8293/11-BN- 210310◄ 18 0.100
OM32x1,5-IM40x1,5

E10 14498E00 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 55 15 35 55 59 Form B 8293/11-BN-


OM40x1,5-IM50x1,5
210311 18 0.150

M50 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 69 15 35 70 78 Form B 8293/11-BN- 210312 18 0.175


øD
O

E
I

OM50x1,5-IM63x1,5

L M63 x 1.5 M75 x 1.5 79 15 35 79 52 Form B 8293/11-BN- 210313 18 0.250


OM63x1,5-IM75x1,5
E10
B SW
14827E00
Form B
Extension M16 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 24 15 35 24 26 Form B 8293/11-SS- 210326◄ 18 0.050
OM16x1,5-IM20x1,5
metric / metric
stainless steel M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 29 15 35 30 32 Form B 8293/11-SS- 210327◄ 18 0.075

E10
OM20x1,5-IM25x1,5
M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 36 15 35 36 39 Form B 8293/11-SS- 210328◄ 18 0.075
OM25x1,5-IM32x1,5
M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 45 15 35 46 50 Form B 8293/11-SS- 210329◄ 18 0.100
OM32x1,5-IM40x1,5

E10 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 55 15 35 55 59 Form B 18 0.150


14498E00 8293/11-SS- 210330
OM40x1,5-IM50x1,5
M50 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 69 15 35 70 76 Form B 8293/11-SS- 210331◄ 18 0.175
øD
O

E
I

OM50x1,5-IM63x1,5

L M63 x 1.5 M75 x 1.5 79 15 35 79 85 Form B 8293/11-SS- 210332 18 0.250


B SW OM63x1,5-IM75x1,5

E10 Form B
14827E00

E10

E10

E10
682 Installation Equipment and Accessories 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E10_KP_2016_en.book Seite 683 Donnerstag, 24. März 2016 12:01 12

Adaptors made of Metal


Series 8293

E10
Selection Table
Version Male Female Dimensions [mm] Order number Art. no. PS Weight
thread O thread I
D L B A/F E Type
kg E10
Adaptor metric / NPT brass M16 x 1.5 1/2" NPT 24 15 35 24 26 Form B 8293/11-BS- 210425 18 0.050
OM16x1,5-I
1/2"NPT
M20 x 1.5 3/8" NPT 24 15 24 24 26 Form A 8293/11-BS- 210426◄ 18 0.075
OM20x1,5-I

M20 x 1.5 1/2" NPT 24 15 35 24 26 Form B


3/8"NPT
8293/11-BS- 210427 18 0.075
E10
OM20x1,5-I
01550E00
1/2"NPT
M25 x 1.5 1/2" NPT 30 15 24 30 32 Form A 8293/11-BS- 210428◄ 18 0.075
OM25x1,5-I
1/2"NPT
E10
øD
O

E
I

M25 x 1.5 3/4" NPT 30 15 35 30 32 Form B 8293/11-BS- 210429 18 0.075


OM25x1,5-I
L
SW
3/4"NPT
B
14828E00
M25 x 1.5 1" NPT 39 15 35 41 44 Form B 8293/11-BS- 210430 18 0.075
OM25x1,5-I
Form A
1"NPT
M32 x 1.5 3/4" NPT 36 15 24 36 39 Form A 8293/11-BS-
OM32x1,5-I
210431◄ 18 0.100
E10
øD
O

E
I

3/4"NPT
M32 x 1.5 1" NPT 39 15 35 41 44 Form B 8293/11-BS- 210432 18 0.100
L OM32x1,5-I
B SW 1"NPT
14827E00
M40 x 1.5 1" NPT 46 15 24 46 50 Form A 8293/11-BS- 210433 18 0.150
E10
Form B OM40x1,5-I
1"NPT
M50 x 1.5 1 1/4" NPT 55 15 25 55 59 Form A 8293/11-BS- 210434◄ 18 0.175
OM50x1,5-I
1 1/4"NPT
M63 x 1.5 1 1/2" NPT 70 15 25 70 76 Form A 8293/11-BS- 210435◄ 18 0.250

E10
OM63x1,5-I
1 1/2"NPT
M75 x 1.5 2" NPT 80 15 25 80 86 Form A 8293/11-BS- 210436 18 0.300
OM75x1,5-I
2"NPT
Adaptor M16 x 1.5 1/2" NPT 24 15 35 24 26 Form B 8293/11-BN- 210261 18 0.050
OM16x1,5-I
metric / NPT
nickel-plated brass
M20 x 1.5 3/8" NPT 24 15 24 24 26 Form A
1/2"NPT
8293/11-BN- 210262◄ 18 0.075
E10
OM20x1,5-I
3/8"NPT
M20 x 1.5 1/2" NPT 24 15 35 24 26 Form B 8293/11-BN- 210263 18 0.075
OM20x1,5-I
1/2"NPT
M25 x 1.5 1/2" NPT 30 15 24 30 32 Form A 8293/11-BN-
OM25x1,5-I
210264◄ 18 0.075 E10
14509E00
1/2"NPT
M25 x 1.5 3/4" NPT 30 15 35 30 32 Form B 8293/11-BN- 210265◄ 18 0.075
OM25x1,5-I
øD
O

3/4"NPT
E
I

L
SW
M25 x 1.5 1" NPT 39 15 35 41 44 Form B 8293/11-BN-
OM25x1,5-I
210266 18 0.075
E10
B 1"NPT
14828E00
M32 x 1.5 3/4" NPT 36 15 24 36 39 Form A 8293/11-BN- 210267◄ 18 0.100
Form A OM32x1,5-I
3/4"NPT
M32 x 1.5 1" NPT 39 15 35 41 44 Form B 8293/11-BN- 210268 18 0.100
E10
øD
O

OM32x1,5-I
I

1"NPT
L M40 x 1.5 1" NPT 46 15 24 46 50 Form A 8293/11-BN- 210269◄ 18 0.150
B SW OM40x1,5-I
14827E00 1"NPT
Form B M50 x 1.5 1 1/4" NPT 55 15 25 55 59 Form A 8293/11-BN- 210270◄ 18 0.175

E10
OM50x1,5-I
1 1/4"NPT
M63 x 1.5 1 1/2" NPT 70 15 25 70 76 Form A 8293/11-BN- 210271◄ 18 0.250
OM63x1,5-I
1 1/2"NPT
M75 x 1.5 2" NPT 80 15 25 80 86 Form A 8293/11-BN- 210272◄ 18 0.300
OM75x1,5-I

M90 x 2 1 1/2" NPT 100 16 30 100 108 Form A


2"NPT
8293/11-BN- 210273◄ 18 0.350
E10
OM90x2-I
1 1/2"NPT
M100 x 2 3" NPT 109 20 30 110 119 Form A 8293/11-BN- 210274◄ 18 0.400
OM100x2-I
3"NPT
E10
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Installation Equipment and Accessories 683
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E10_KP_2016_en.book Seite 684 Donnerstag, 24. März 2016 12:01 12

Adaptors made of Metal


Series 8293

E10
Selection Table
Version Male Female Dimensions [mm] Order number Art. no. PS Weight
thread O thread I
D L B A/F E Type
E10 kg
Adaptor M20 x 1.5 3/8" NPT 24 15 24 24 26 Form A 8293/11-SS- 210275◄ 18 0.075
OM20x1,5-I
metric / NPT 3/8"NPT
stainless steel
M25 x 1.5 1/2" NPT 29 15 24 30 32 Form A 8293/11-SS- 210276◄ 18 0.075
OM25x1,5-I
E10 M32 x 1.5 3/4" NPT 36 15 24 36 39 Form A
1/2"NPT
8293/11-SS- 210277◄ 18 0.100
OM32x1,5-I
3/4"NPT
M40 x 1.5 1" NPT 46 15 24 46 50 Form A 8293/11-SS- 210278◄ 18 0.150
OM40x1,5-I
14509E00
1"NPT
E10 M50 x 1.5 1 1/4" NPT 55 15 25 55 59 Form A 8293/11-SS-
OM50x1,5-I
210279◄ 18 0.175
øD
O

1 1/4"NPT
E
I

M63 x 1.5 1 1/2" NPT 70 15 25 70 76 Form A 8293/11-SS- 210280 18 0.250


L OM63x1,5-I
B SW 1 1/2"NPT

E10 M75 x 1.5 2" NPT 80 15 25 80 86 Form A 8293/11-SS- 18 0.300


14828E00
210291
Form A OM75x1,5-I
2"NPT
Adaptor 3/8" NPT M10 x 1.5 24 15 24 24 26 Form A 8293/11-BS- 210344◄ 18 0.150
OM3/8"NPTx
NPT / metric M10x1,5
brass
1/2" NPT M10 x 1.5 24 20 29 24 26 Form A 8293/11-BS- 210345◄ 18 0.100
E10 OM1/2"NPTx
M10x1,5
3/4" NPT M16 x 1.5 30 20 30 30 32 Form A 8293/11-BS- 210346 18 0.125
OM3/4"NPTx
M16x1,5
3/4" NPT M20 x 1.5 30 20 30 30 32 Form A 8293/11-BS- 210347◄ 18 0.125

E10
OM3/4"NPTx
01550E00
M20x1,5
1" NPT M20 x 1.5 36 25 34 36 39 Form A 8293/11-BS- 210348 18 0.150
OM1"NPTx
øD
O

M20x1,5
I

1" NPT M25 x 1.5 36 25 34 36 39 Form A 8293/11-BS- 210349 18 0.150


L OM1"NPTx
E10
SW
B M25x1,5
14828E00
1 1/4" NPT M32 x 1.5 46 26 36 46 50 Form A 8293/11-BS- 210350◄ 18 0.150
Form A OM1 1/4"NPTx
M32x1,5
1 1/2" NPT M32 x 1.5 50 26 35 50 54 Form A 8293/11-BS- 210294◄ 18 0.150
O1 1/2"NPTxI
M32x1,5
E10 2" NPT M50 x 1.5 65 27 36 65 70 Form A 8293/11-BS-
OM2"NPTx
210295◄ 18 0.200
M50x1,5
Adaptor 3/8" NPT M10 x 1.5 24 15 24 24 26 Form A 8293/11-BN- 210296◄ 18 0.150
OM3/8"NPTx
NPT / metric M10x1,5
nickel-plated brass
E10 1/2" NPT M10 x 1.5 24 20 29 24 26 Form A 8293/11-BN-
OM1/2"NPTx
210297◄ 18 0.100
M10x1,5
3/4" NPT M16 x 1.5 30 21 30 30 32 Form A 8293/11-BN- 210298 18 0.125
OM3/4"NPTx
M16x1,5
3/4" NPT M20 x 1.5 30 21 30 30 32 Form A 8293/11-BN- 210299◄ 18 0.125
E10 14509E00
OM3/4"NPTx
M20x1,5
1" NPT M20 x 1.5 36 25 34 36 39 Form A 8293/11-BN- 210300◄ 18 0.150
OM1"NPTx
øD
O

M20x1,5
E
I

1" NPT M25 x 1.5 36 25 34 36 39 Form A 8293/11-BN- 210301◄ 18 0.150

E10
L OM1"NPTx
B SW M25x1,5
14828E00
1 1/4" NPT M32 x 1.5 46 26 36 46 50 Form A 8293/11-BN- 210302◄ 18 0.150
Form A OM1 1/4"NPTx
M32x1,5
1 1/2" NPT M32 x 1.5 50 26 35 50 54 Form A 8293/11-BN- 210303◄ 18 0.150
OM1 1/2"NPTx
E10 2" NPT M50 x 1.5 65 27 36 65 70 Form A
M32x1,5
8293/11-BN- 210304◄ 18 0.200
OM2"NPTx
M50x1,5

E10
684 Installation Equipment and Accessories 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Kapitel_E10_KP_2016_en.book Seite 685 Donnerstag, 24. März 2016 12:01 12

Adaptors made of Metal


Series 8293

E10
Selection Table
Version Male Female Dimensions [mm] Order number Art. no. PS Weight
thread O thread I
D L B A/F E Type kg
Reduction
metric / metric
M20 x 1.5 M16 x 1.5 24 15 24 24 26 Form A 8293/11-BS-
OM20x1,5-IM16x1,5
210284◄ 18 0.075
E10
brass M25 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 30 15 24 30 32 Form A 8293/11-BS- 210285◄ 18 0.075
OM25x1,5-IM20x1,5
M32 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 36 15 24 36 39 Form A 8293/11-BS- 210286◄ 18 0.100
OM32x1,5-IM25x1,5
M40 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 46 15 24 46 50 Form A 18 0.150
E10
8293/11-BS- 210287◄
OM40x1,5-IM32x1,5
M50 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 55 15 24 55 59 Form A 8293/11-BS- 210288◄ 18 0.175
OM50x1,5-IM32x1,5
01550E00 M50 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 55 15 24 55 59 Form A 8293/11-BS- 210289 18 0.175
OM50x1,5-IM40x1,5
M63 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 70 15 25 70 76 Form A 8293/11-BS- 210290◄ 18 0.250
OM63x1,5-IM32x1,5
E10
øD
O

E
I

M63 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 70 15 25 70 76 Form A 8293/11-BS- 210305 18 0.250


L
OM63x1,5-IM40x1,5
B SW M63 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 70 15 25 70 76 Form A 8293/11-BS- 210306 18 0.250
14828E00
OM63x1,5-IM50x1,5
Form A M90 x 1.5 M75 x 1.5 100 20 30 100 108 Form A 8293/11-BS- 210308 18 0.350

Reduction M20 x 1.5 M16 x 1.5 24 15 24 24 26 Form A


OM90x1,5-IM75x1,5
8293/11-BN- 210314◄ 18 0.075 E10
OM20x1,5-IM16x1,5
metric / metric
nickel-plated brass M25 x 1.5 M16 x 1.5 30 15 24 30 32 Form A 8293/11-BN- 210457 18 0.075
OM25x1,5-IM16x1,5
M25 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 30 15 24 30 32 Form A 8293/11-BN- 210315◄ 18 0.075
OM25x1,5-IM20x1,5
M32 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 36 15 24 36 39 Form A 8293/11-BN-
OM32x1,5-IM20x1,5
210316◄ 18 0.100 E10
M32 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 36 15 24 36 39 Form A 8293/11-BN- 210317◄ 18 0.100
OM32x1,5-IM25x1,5
14509E00 M33 x 1.5 M24 x 1.5 36 15 24 36 39 Form A 8293/11-BN- 210458◄ 18 0.100
OM33x1,5-IM24x1,5
M40 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 46 15 24 46 50 Form A 8293/11-BN-
OM40x1,5-IM32x1,5
210318◄ 18 0.150 E10
øD
O

E
I

M48 x 1.5 M42 x 1.5 55 15 35 55 59 Form B 8293/11-BN- 210459◄ 18 0.175


OM48x1,5-IM42x1,5
L
B SW M50 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 55 15 24 55 59 Form A 8293/11-BN- 210319◄ 18 0.175
14828E00
OM50x1,5-IM32x1,5
Form A M50 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 55 15 24 55 59 Form A 8293/11-BN-
OM50x1,5-IM40x1,5
210320◄ 18 0.175
E10
M56 x 1.5 M42 x 1.5 65 15 25 65 70 Form A 8293/11-BN- 210460◄ 18 0.200
OM56x1,5-IM42x1,5
øD
O

E
I

M56 x 1.5 M48 x 1.5 65 15 25 65 70 Form A 8293/11-BN- 210461◄ 18 0.200


L OM56x1,5-IM48x1,5

E10
B SW M63 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 70 15 25 70 76 Form A 8293/11-BN- 210321 18 0.250
14827E00 OM63x1,5-IM32x1,5
Form B M63 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 70 15 25 70 76 Form A 8293/11-BN- 210322◄ 18 0.250
OM63x1,5-IM40x1,5
M63 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 70 15 25 70 76 Form A 8293/11-BN- 210323◄ 18 0.250
OM63x1,5-IM50x1,5
M75 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 79 15 25 79 85 Form A 8293/11-BN- 210324◄ 18 0.300

M90 x 1.5 M75 x 1.5 100 20 30 100 108 Form A


OM75x1,5-IM63x1,5
8293/11-BN- 210325 18 0.350
E10
OM90x1,5-IM75x1,5
Reduction M20 x 1.5 M16 x 1.5 24 15 24 24 26 Form A 8293/11-SS- 210333◄ 18 0.075
OM20x1,5-IM16x1,5
metric / metric
stainless steel M25 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 30 15 24 30 32 Form A 8293/11-SS- 210334◄ 18 0.075

E10
OM25x1,5-IM20x1,5
M32 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 36 15 24 36 39 Form A 8293/11-SS- 210335◄ 18 0.100
OM32x1,5-IM25x1,5
M40 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 46 15 24 46 50 Form A 8293/11-SS- 210336◄ 18 0.120
OM40x1,5-IM32x1,5
M50 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 55 15 24 55 59 Form A 8293/11-SS- 210337◄ 18 0.175
OM50x1,5-IM32x1,5
14509E00 M50 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 55 15 24 55 59 Form A 8293/11-SS-
OM50x1,5-IM40x1,5
210338 18 0.175 E10
M63 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 70 15 25 70 76 Form A 8293/11-SS- 210339◄ 18 0.250
OM63x1,5-IM32x1,5
øD
O

E
I

M63 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 70 15 25 70 76 Form A 8293/11-SS- 210340 18 0.250


OM63x1,5-IM40x1,5

E10
L
B SW M63 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 70 15 25 70 76 Form A 8293/11-SS- 210341 18 0.250
14828E00
OM63x1,5-IM50x1,5
Form A M75 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 79 15 25 79 85 Form A 8293/11-SS- 210342◄ 18 0.300
OM75x1,5-IM63x1,5
M90 x 1.5 M75 x 1.5 100 20 30 100 108 Form A 8293/11-SS- 210343◄ 18 0.350
OM90x1,5-IM75x1,5

E10
2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Installation Equipment and Accessories 685
◄ Preferred products – in stock or available at short notice
Seite686bis701_Typverzeichnis_Adressen_KP_2016_en.book Seite 686 Dienstag, 29. März 2016 7:50 07

Contents

Type Index
Type Description Page
50.
502 Ex . . . . . . . Cable Reel SolConeX Zones 1, 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E3/427

60..
6001. . . . . . . . . Linear Luminaire for Fluorescent Lamps made of Polyester Resin 18, 36, 58 W. . . . E2/268
6002. . . . . . . . . Linear Luminaire with LED made of Polyester Resin 28, 52 W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E2/282
6006. . . . . . . . . Emergency Luminaire for Fluorescent Lamps for Central Battery Units 35, 58 W . . . E2/271
6009. . . . . . . . . Emergency Luminaire for Fluorescent Lamps made of Polyester Resin 18, 36 W . . E2/274
6010. . . . . . . . . Linear Luminaire Sheet Steel for Fluorescent Lamps 18, 36 W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E2/297
6012. . . . . . . . . Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamps, made of Polyester Resin or Stainless Steel,
Pendant Light Fitting, Wall Mounted Luminaire, Recessed Light Fitting . . . . . . . . . . E2/305
6014. . . . . . . . . Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamps, made of Polyester Resin or Stainless Steel,
Pendant Light Fitting, Wall Mounted Luminaire,Recessed Light Fitting . . . . . . . . . . . E2/308
6036. . . . . . . . . Tubular Light Fitting with LED, made of Polycarbonate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E2/322
6039. . . . . . . . . Tubular Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamps, LED, made of Polycarbonate . . . . . . . E2/325
6050. . . . . . . . . Pendant Light Fittings for Discharge Lamps up to 500 W,
Energy Saving Lamps up to 23 W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E2/329

61..
6100. . . . . . . . . Compact Light Fittings made of Polyester Resin for Fluorescent Lamps 8 W . . . . . . E2/317
6108. . . . . . . . . Compact Emergency Light Fittings made of Polyester Resin for
Fluorescent Lamps 8 W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E2/319
6121. . . . . . . . . Floodlights made of Cast Aluminium for Discharge Lamps up to max. 400 W. . . . . . E2/340
6122. . . . . . . . . Tank Inspection Lamps for Halogen Lamps up to 100 W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E2/353
6140. . . . . . . . . Hand Lamps with Batteries, Zone 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E2/358
6141. . . . . . . . . Hand Lamps for Alkaline Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E2/360

686 Type Index 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en


Seite686bis701_Typverzeichnis_Adressen_KP_2016_en.book Seite 687 Dienstag, 29. März 2016 7:50 07

Contents

Type Description Page


61..
6148 . . . . . . . . . Portable Lamp with LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E2/362
6149/2 . . . . . . . Inspection Light LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E2/367
6161 . . . . . . . . . Flashing Beacon and Continuous Beacon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E5/548
6162 . . . . . . . . . Signal Beacon - LED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E5/551

63..
6388 . . . . . . . . . Bulkhead Light Fittings for Incandescent Lamps up to 100 W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E2/327

64..
6401 . . . . . . . . . Linear Luminaire for Fluorescent Lamps made of Polyester Resing 18, 36 58 W . . . E2/276
6402 . . . . . . . . . Linear Luminaire with LED made of Polyester Resing 28, 52 W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E2/284
6409 . . . . . . . . . Emergency Luminaire for Fluorescent Lamps made of Polyester Resin
18, 36 58 W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E2/279
6412 . . . . . . . . . Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamps, made of Polyester Resin or Stainless Steel,
Pendant Light Fitting, Wall Mounted Luminaire,Recessed Light Fitting . . . . . . . . . . . E2/311
6414 . . . . . . . . . Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamps, made of Polyester Resin or Stainless Steel,
Pendant Light Fitting, Wall Mounted Luminaire, Recessed Light Fitting. . . . . . . . . . . E2/314
6470/2 . . . . . . . Pendant Light Fittings, IEC Version, with LED, for Discharge Lamps
up to max. 400 W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E2/333
6470/5 . . . . . . . Pendant Light Fittings, with LED, for Discharge Lamps up to max. 80 W. . . . . . . . . . E2/337

65..
6500 . . . . . . . . . Compact Light Fittings made of Polyeser Resin for Fluorescent Lamps 8 W . . . . . . . E2/317
6508 . . . . . . . . . Compact Emergency Light Fittings made of Polyester Resin
for Fluorescent Lamps 8 W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E2/319
6521/4 . . . . . . . Floodlights made of Stainless Steel for Discharge Lamps up to max. 600 W. . . . . . . E2/343
6521/5 . . . . . . . Floodlights made of Stainless Steel for Discharge Lamps up to max. 600 W. . . . . . . E2/345
6525 . . . . . . . . . Floodlights made of Stainless Steel for Polyester Resing for
Discharge Lamps up to max. 210 W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E2/350

66..
6600 . . . . . . . . . Linear Luminaire for Fluorescent Lamps made of Polyester Resin 18, 36, 58 W . . . . E2/290
6608/3 . . . . . . . Emergency Luminaire for Fluorescent Lamps ECOLUX Economy -
made of Polyester Resin 18, 36 W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E2/292
6608/5 . . . . . . . Emergency Luminaire for Fluorescent Lamps ECOLUX
made of Polyester Resin 18, 36 W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E2/293
6610 . . . . . . . . . Linear Luminaire Sheet Steel for Fluorescent Lamps 18, 36 W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E2/299

67..
6788 . . . . . . . . . Bulkhead Light Fittings for Halogen Lamps up to 150 W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E2/327

71..
7145 . . . . . . . . . WirelessHART Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A6/150
7145/5 . . . . . . . WLAN Access Point - Zone 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A6/148

2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Type Index 687


Seite686bis701_Typverzeichnis_Adressen_KP_2016_en.book Seite 688 Dienstag, 29. März 2016 7:50 07

Contents

Type Description Page


80..
8003. . . . . . . . . Control Buttons/ Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E4/464
8003. . . . . . . . . Accessories and Spare Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E4/475
8013. . . . . . . . . LED Diode Indicating Lamps for Panel Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E4/471
8013. . . . . . . . . Accessories and Spare Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E4/475
8018. . . . . . . . . LED Illuminated Pushbutton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E4/473
8018. . . . . . . . . Accessories and Spare Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E4/475
8030. . . . . . . . . see 8040 Installation Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E4/482
8040. . . . . . . . . Control Device System ConSig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E4/479
8040. . . . . . . . . Control Device System NEC ConSig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E4/488
8040. . . . . . . . . Radio Control Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E4/495
8040. . . . . . . . . Installation Switches made of Moulded Plastic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E3/382
8060. . . . . . . . . Position Switches acc. EN 50047 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E4/458
8064. . . . . . . . . Micro Limit Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E4/442
8070. . . . . . . . . Position Switches acc. EN 50047 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E4/461
8074. . . . . . . . . Position Switches acc. EN 50041 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E4/447
8074. . . . . . . . . Radio Position Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E4/452

81..
8102. . . . . . . . . Junction Boxes made of Polyester Resin with 4 Sheath Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E3/384
8118. . . . . . . . . Junction Boxes made of Polyester Resin with 4 ... 8 Sheath Terminals. . . . . . . . . . . E3/386
8118. . . . . . . . . Terminal Boxes Made of Polyester Resin for Terminal Blocks up to 4 mm². . . . . . . . E3/388
8118. . . . . . . . . Terminal Boxes made of Polyester Resin for WAGO 773 Push-Wire Connectors. . . E3/390
8125/5071 . . . . Grounding Systems/Monitoring Devices for Barrels and Tank Containers
up to SIL 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E4/508
8146. . . . . . . . . Control Stations made of Poyester Resin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E4/498
8146. . . . . . . . . Lighting and Heating Panels made of Polyester Resin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E8/616
8146. . . . . . . . . Overview Module Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E8/614
8146/5-V37 . . . Safety Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E7/596
8146. . . . . . . . . Terminal Boxes made of Polyester Resin for Terminals Blocks up to 240 mm². . . . . E3/393
8146/5075 . . . . Grounding Monitoring Devices for Barrels and Tank Containers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E4/508
8146/5-V27 . . . Motor Protection Circuit Breaker. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E7/603
8150. . . . . . . . . Control Stations made of Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E4/503
8150/5-V37 . . . Safety Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E7/596
8150. . . . . . . . . Standard Enclosure for Remote I/O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4/113
8150. . . . . . . . . Terminal Boxes made of Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E3/399
8161. . . . . . . . . Cable Glands Ex e made of Moulded Plastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E10/632
8162. . . . . . . . . Breather made of Moulded Plastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E10/673
8186. . . . . . . . . Optical Fibre Splice Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E3/436
8187. . . . . . . . . Ethernet Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E3/438

688 Type Index 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en


Seite686bis701_Typverzeichnis_Adressen_KP_2016_en.book Seite 689 Dienstag, 29. März 2016 7:50 07

Contents

Type Description Page


82..
8220 . . . . . . . . . Overview Flameproof Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E8/614
8220 . . . . . . . . . Standard Motor Starters Ex d IIC made of Sheet Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E7/610
8250 . . . . . . . . . Empty Enlcosure made of Aluminium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E3/408
8252/1 . . . . . . . Terminal Boxes Ex d made of Aluminium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E3/406
8264 . . . . . . . . . Lighting and Heating Panels, made of Light Metal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E8/619
8264 . . . . . . . . . Standard Motor Starters Ex d IIB, made of Light Metal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E7/608
8264 . . . . . . . . . Overview CUBEx System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E8/614
8265 . . . . . . . . . Ex d Enclosures made of Light Metal "Flameproof Encapsulation" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E9/626
8265 . . . . . . . . . UPS Uninterrupted Power Supply - Ex UPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E8/621
8265 . . . . . . . . . WLAN Access Point - Zone 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A6/146
8290 . . . . . . . . . Stopping Plugs made of Moulded Plastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E10/675
8292 . . . . . . . . . Stopping Plugs made of Metal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E10/676
8293 . . . . . . . . . Adapter made of Metal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E10/681

84..
8485 . . . . . . . . . Grounding Monitoring Devices for Road Tankers or Rail Cars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E4/511
8491 . . . . . . . . . Signal Horn, 105 dB (A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E5/542
8494 . . . . . . . . . Loudspeaker - 25 or 15 W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E5/538

85..
8527 . . . . . . . . . see 8146/5-V27. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E7/603
8537 . . . . . . . . . see 8146 / 8150 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E7/596
8570 . . . . . . . . . 16 A Switch Sockets and Plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E3/413
8570/16 . . . . . . 16 A Coupler Sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E3/428
8571 . . . . . . . . . 32 A Switch Sockets and Plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E3/417
8571/16 . . . . . . 32 A Coupler Sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E3/428
8575/14 . . . . . . 16 A Coupler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E3/426
8575 . . . . . . . . . 16 A Switch Sockets and Plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E3/411
8579 . . . . . . . . . 63 A Switch Sockets and Plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E3/420
8581 . . . . . . . . . 125 A Switch Sockets and Plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E3/423
8591/1 . . . . . . . Ex Plug Connector miniCLIX, 4-pole. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E3/430
8591/2 . . . . . . . Ex Plug Connector miniCLIX, 6-pole. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E3/433
8591/4 . . . . . . . Ex Plug Connector miniCLIX, 4P + PE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E3/430

90..
9001 . . . . . . . . . Single-Channel Safety Barriers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2/9
9002 . . . . . . . . . Dual-Channel Safety Barriers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2/10
9004 . . . . . . . . . Safety Barriers with Electronic Current Limitaion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2/12

91..
9143 . . . . . . . . . Ex i Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3/20
9146 . . . . . . . . . Frequency Transmitter - Ex i. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3/22
9147 . . . . . . . . . Vibration Transducer Supply Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3/24
9160 . . . . . . . . . Transmitter Supply Unit - Ex i . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3/26
9160 . . . . . . . . . Transmitter Supply Unit - Non-Ex i . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3/66

2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Type Index 689


Seite686bis701_Typverzeichnis_Adressen_KP_2016_en.book Seite 690 Dienstag, 29. März 2016 7:50 07

Contents

Type Description Page


91..
9162. . . . . . . . . Transmitter Supply Unit with Limit Value - Ex i. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3/29
9162. . . . . . . . . Transmitter Supply Unit with Limit Value - Non-Ex i . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3/68
9163. . . . . . . . . Isolating Repeater HART Input. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3/31
9164. . . . . . . . . mA-Isolating Repeater - Ex i. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3/33
9165. . . . . . . . . Isolating Repeater - Ex i . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3/35
9165. . . . . . . . . Isolating Repeater - Non-Ex i . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3/70
9167. . . . . . . . . Isolating Repeater Loop Powered . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3/37
9170. . . . . . . . . Switching Repeater. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3/39
9172. . . . . . . . . I.S. Relay Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3/41
9172. . . . . . . . . Relay Module - Non-Ex i. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3/71
9174. . . . . . . . . Electronic Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3/43
9175. . . . . . . . . Binary Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3/45
9176. . . . . . . . . Binary Output without Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3/47
9180. . . . . . . . . Resistance Isolator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3/49
9182. . . . . . . . . Temperature Transmitter - Ex i . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3/51
9182. . . . . . . . . Temperature Transmitter - Non-Ex i . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3/72
9185. . . . . . . . . Fieldbus Isolating Repeater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3/53
9186. . . . . . . . . Fibre Optics Fieldbus Isolating Repeater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3/55
9192. . . . . . . . . HART-Multiplexer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3/57
9193. . . . . . . . . Supply Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3/59
9194. . . . . . . . . pac-Bus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3/60
9195. . . . . . . . . pac-Carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3/62
9196. . . . . . . . . HART Termination Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3/64

94..
9410/34 . . . . . . Zone 2 Ex n Field Device Coupler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A5/137
9411/11 . . . . . . Zone 1 Ex e Field Device Coupler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A5/132
9411/21 . . . . . . Zone 1 Ex i Field Device Coupler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A5/130
9411/24 . . . . . . Zone 2 Ex i Field Device Coupler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A5/135
9412. . . . . . . . . Fieldbus Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A5/124
9413/21 . . . . . . Digital I/O Coupler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A5/134
9415. . . . . . . . . Diagnosis Communication Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A5/125
9418. . . . . . . . . Fieldbus Terminator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A5/139
9419. . . . . . . . . bus-Carrier for Fieldbus Power Supply Series 9412. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A5/126
9419. . . . . . . . . bus-Carrier, Yokogawa ALF111 version. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A5/128
9440/15 . . . . . . CPU & Power Module for Zone 2 / Div. 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4/79
9440/22 . . . . . . CPU & Power Module for Zone 1 / Div. 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4/78
9441/12 . . . . . . Ethernet CPU-Module & Power Module for Zone 1 / Div. 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4/80
9441/15 . . . . . . Ethernet CPU-Module & Power Module for Zone 2 / Div. 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4/82
9444/12 . . . . . . Ethernet CPU-Module & Power Module for Zone 1 / Div. 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4/80
9444/15 . . . . . . Ethernet CPU-Module & Power Module for Zone 2 / Div. 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4/82
9466/15 . . . . . . Analog Output Module HART Ex n Outputs, 8 Channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4/88
9468/32 . . . . . . Analog Universal Module HART for Zone 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4/84
9468/33 . . . . . . Analog Universal Module HART for Zone 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4/86

690 Type Index 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en


Seite686bis701_Typverzeichnis_Adressen_KP_2016_en.book Seite 691 Dienstag, 29. März 2016 7:50 07

Contents

Type Description Page


94..
9470/32 . . . . . . Digital Input Output Module for Zone 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4/90
9470/33 . . . . . . Digital Input Output Module for Zone 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4/92
9471/35 . . . . . . Digital Input Output Module NAMUR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4/94
9472/35 . . . . . . Digital Input Output Module 24 V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4/96
9475/32-04-.2. . Digital Output Module 4 Channels for Zone 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4/100
9475/32-04-72 . Digital Output Module 4 Channels for Zone 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4/98
9475/32-08-.2. . Digital Output Module 8 Channels for Zone 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4/102
9475/33-08-.0. . Digital Output Module 8 Channels for Zone 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4/104
9477/12 . . . . . . Digital Output Module Relay for Zone 1 / Div. 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4/106
9478 . . . . . . . . . Digital Output Module Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4/107
9482/32 . . . . . . Temperature Input Module for Zone 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4/108
9482/33 . . . . . . Temperature Input Module for Zone 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4/110
9490 . . . . . . . . . Sockets for CPU & Power Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4/78
9490 . . . . . . . . . Sockets for Digital Output Module Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4/106
9494 . . . . . . . . . BusRail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4/112

97..
9721/13-11-14 . Media Converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4/116
9730 . . . . . . . . . HFisolator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A6/143
9731 . . . . . . . . . Coax Bushing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A6/144

ABC.

A..
A2F . . . . . . . . . CMP Cable Glands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E10/644
A2FFC . . . . . . . CMP Cable Glands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E10/646
A2FRC . . . . . . . CMP Cable Glands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E10/648

C..
CHLITE . . . . . . TD/PM Circle & H Identification Lighting System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E2/373
CMP . . . . . . . . . Cable Glands
A2F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E10/644
A2FFC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E10/646
A2FRC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E10/648
CWe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E10/652
CXe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E10/654
C2K . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E10/650
E1FU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E10/658
E1FW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E10/656
E1FX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E10/660
PX2K . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E10/662
PX2K REX. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E10/664
PXSS2K . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E10/666
PXSS2K REX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E10/658
TE1FU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E10/670
T3CDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E10/642

2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Type Index 691


Seite686bis701_Typverzeichnis_Adressen_KP_2016_en.book Seite 692 Dienstag, 29. März 2016 7:50 07

Contents

Type Description Page


C..
CWe. . . . . . . . . CMP Cable Glands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E10/652
CXe . . . . . . . . . CMP Cable Glands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E10/654
C2K . . . . . . . . . CMP Cable Glands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E10/650

E..
E1FU . . . . . . . . CMP Cable Glands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E10/658
E1FW. . . . . . . . CMP Cable Glands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E10/656
E1FX . . . . . . . . CMP Cable Glands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E10/660
EC-710 . . . . . . Compact Colour Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A8/246
EC-740-AFZ . . Zoom Camera. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A8/249
EC-740-PTZ . . Zoom Camera with Pan/Tilt Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A8/251
EC-750 . . . . . . DOME Kamera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A8/254
EC-800-PTT . . Thermal Imaging Camera with Pan/Tilt Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A8/256
EC-800-TIC . . . Thermal Imaging Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A8/258
ET-200. . . . . . . SERIES 200 - Operator Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A7/223
ET-300. . . . . . . SERIES 300 - Operator Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A7/215
ET-400. . . . . . . SERIES 400 - Panel PCs / Full Clients. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A7/195
ET-500. . . . . . . SERIES 500 - Thin Client . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A7/175
ET-600. . . . . . . SERIES 600 - KVM Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A7/159
ET-65/-75/-125 FALCON SERIES - Operator Interfaces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A7/229

F..
FD40IS . . . . . . LED Visual Flashing Signal, Intrinsically Safe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E5/555
FL6S . . . . . . . . Yodalex Super Series, GRP Flameproof Visual Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E5/518
FL60 . . . . . . . . Audible and Visual Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E5/523
FX15 . . . . . . . . GRP Explosion Proof Visual Signal 5 Joule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E5/544
............. Flat Gaskets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E10/680

G..
G053/1. . . . . . . Radio Receiver and Radio Repeater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E4/455

H..
HSG. . . . . . . . . Enclosures for HMI-Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A7/236
HSK-K-MZ . . . . Cable Glands with Strain Relief Ex e made of Plastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E10/641
HSK-MZ. . . . . . Cable Glands made of Brass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E10/640

I..
ISview ....... Video Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A8/263
IT-400 ....... SERIES 400-IT - Safe Area (Non-Ex). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A7/209
IT-500 ....... SERIES 500-IT - Safe Area (Non-Ex). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A7/189
IT-600 ....... SERIES 600-IT - Safe Area (Non-Ex). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A7/169

L..
. . . . . . . . . . . . . Locknuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E10/680
L148. . . . . . . . . Portable Lamp with Lead-Fleece Battery, Industrial Design. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E2/364
L610. . . . . . . . . Linear Luminaire Sheet Steel for Fluorescent Lamps 18, 36 W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E2/301

692 Type Index 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en


Seite686bis701_Typverzeichnis_Adressen_KP_2016_en.book Seite 693 Dienstag, 29. März 2016 7:50 07

Contents

Type Description Page


M..
MCP . . . . . . . . . Manual Call Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E5/572
Monitor . . . . . . . Monitor 7“ Ex d analogue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A8/260
MT-200. . . . . . . SERIES 200 - Operator Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A7/223
MT-300. . . . . . . SERIES 300 - Operator Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A7/215
MT-400. . . . . . . SERIES 400 - Panel PCs / Full Clients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A7/195
MT-500. . . . . . . SERIES 500 - Thin Client . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A7/175
MT-600. . . . . . . SERIES 600 - KVM Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A7/159
MT-65. . . . . . . . FALCON SERIES - Operator Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A7/233

P..
PVC . . . . . . . . . PVC-Shroud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E10/672
PX2K . . . . . . . . CMP Cable Glands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E10/662
PX2K REX . . . . CMP Cable Glands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E10/664
PXSS2K . . . . . . CMP Cable Glands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E10/666
PXSS2K REX. . CMP Cable Glands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E10/668

S..
SD40IS. . . . . . . LED Visual Status Signal, Intrinsically Safe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E5/555
SeeTec. . . . . . . Video Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A8/264

T..
TEF xxxx . . . . . TRANBERG Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E6/578
TEF 1058 . . . . . Capillary Tube Thermostat - Wall Mounted. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E6/586
TEF 1058 . . . . . Junction Box for Heat Tracing - Pipe Mounted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E6/580
TEF 1058 . . . . . Junction Box for Heat Tracing - Wall Mounted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E6/582
TEF 1058 . . . . . Marshalling Box for Heat Tracing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E6/584
TEF 1060 . . . . . Enclosure System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E3/404
TEF 2430 . . . . . LED Obstruction Light, Low Intensity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E5/558
TEF 2430 . . . . . Perimeter Light LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E2/376
TEF 2430 . . . . . Signal Beacon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E5/560
TEF 2440 . . . . . Signal Beacon - Zone 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E5/562
TEF 2460 . . . . . Perimeter Light - LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E5/565
TEF 2460 . . . . . Obstruction Light LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E5/564
TEF 2850 . . . . . Navigation Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E5/566
TEF 4500 . . . . . Control Device Commander Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E2/378
TEF 502392 . . . Ambient Air Thermostat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E6/585
TEF 5029 . . . . . Glass Tape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E6/593
TEF 7000 . . . . . Pipe Strap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E6/593
TEF 7210 . . . . . Cladding Protector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E6/592
TEF 7211 . . . . . Flange Crossing Protector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E6/592
TEF 9177 . . . . . Connection Kit for Heat Tracing Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E6/592

2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Type Index 693


Seite686bis701_Typverzeichnis_Adressen_KP_2016_en.book Seite 694 Dienstag, 29. März 2016 7:50 07

Contents

Type Description Page


T..
TEF 9206. . . . . Enclosure Heater with Junction Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E6/588
TEF 9207. . . . . Enclosure Heater with Junction Box and Thermostat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E6/590
TEF 9964. . . . . Xenon Helideck Floodlight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E2/370
TEF 9967. . . . . Windsock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E5/568
TEF 9968. . . . . Windsock Illuminated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E5/570
TEF 9970. . . . . Helideck Floodlight LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E2/371
TE1FU . . . . . . . CMP Cable Glands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E10/670
T3CDS. . . . . . . CMP Cable Glands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E10/642

Y..
YA11 . . . . . . . . Sounder - 100 dB(A) - Hazardous Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E5/532
YA6S . . . . . . . . Yodalex Super Series, GRP Flameproof Audible Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E5/518
YA60 . . . . . . . . Sounder, 110 dB (A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E5/523
YA90 . . . . . . . . Sounder, 115 dB (A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E5/534
YL4IS. . . . . . . . Intrinsically Safe Combination Signal -100 dB(A) / LED Beacon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E5/527
YL5IS. . . . . . . . Intrinsically Safe Combination Signal -105 dB(A) / LED Beacon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E5/527
YL6S . . . . . . . . Yodalex Super Series, GRP Flameproof Combination Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E5/518
YL60 . . . . . . . . Sounder / Strobe, Combination - 110 dB(A) / 5 Joule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E5/523
YO3IS . . . . . . . Intrinsically Safe Sounder, 100 dB(A). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E5/527
YO4IS . . . . . . . Intrinsically Safe Sounder, 100 dB(A) Modular. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E5/527
YO5IS . . . . . . . Intrinsically Safe Sounder, 105 dB(A). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E5/527

694 Type Index 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en


Seite686bis701_Typverzeichnis_Adressen_KP_2016_en.book Seite 695 Dienstag, 29. März 2016 7:50 07

Contents

2015-10-01·KP00·III·en Type Index 695


Seite686bis701_Typverzeichnis_Adressen_KP_2016_en.book Seite 696 Dienstag, 29. März 2016 7:50 07

Sales Organisation / International

EUROPA / MITTLERER OSTEN / AFRIKA


EUROPE / MIDDLE EAST / AFRICA

Deutschland / Germany Ägypten / Egypt Bulgarien / Bulgaria


R. STAHL Schaltgeräte GmbH EAGLE CO. (S.A.E.) Bright Engineering Ltd.
Vertriebsbüro Nord 23, Fawzy Moaaz Str. 133 Tsarigradsko Shosse blvd.
Heidenkampsweg 100 ALEXANDRIA 432 BIC-IZOT, floor 6, office 616a
20097 HAMBURG T +20 3 42570-11 1784 SOFIA
T +49 40 736 054-0 F +20 3 42570-61 T +359 52 511 213
F +49 40 736 054-54 eagle.co@tedata.net.eg F +359 52 501 707
info.nord@stahl.de office@bright-eng.com
Armenien / Armenia
www.stahl.de www.bright-eng.com
PETRO ARIKE
TRADING COMPANY Dänemark / Denmark
R. STAHL Schaltgeräte GmbH
Vertriebsbüro Süd Unit 318, 26/1 Erebuni Plaza MAX FODGAARD A/S
Am Bahnhof 30 Vazgen Sargsyan St. Sydholmen 10
74638 WALDENBURG 0010 YEREVAN 2650 HVIDOVRE
T +49 7942 943-0 T +374 11 703 404, 705 404 T +45 70 261 700
F +49 7942 943-1777 C +374 95 013 404 F +45 70 263 110
info.sued@stahl.de F +374 11 704 404 max@fodgaard.dk
www.stahl.de a.amosyan@petroarike.com www.fodgaard.dk
Aserbaidschan / Azerbaijan Estland / Estonia
R. STAHL Schaltgeräte GmbH ATENAU LTD. UAB "Automatikos Sistemų Inžinerija"
Vertriebsbüro West 27, Heydar Aliyev avenue, Basanavičiaus 9-17
Adolf-Grimme-Allee 8 KHIRDALAN AZ0100 LT-89212 MAŽEIKIAI
50829 KÖLN-OSSENDORF T +994 12 3424 468 T +370 61 245 003
T +49 221 76806-1400 F +994 12 4470 889 info@ase-lt.lt
F +49 7942 943 404450 office@atenau-ltd.com www.ase-lt.lt
info.west@stahl.de www.atenau-ltd.com
www.stahl.de Finnland / Finland
Belgien / Belgium EX-TEKNIIKKA OY
R. STAHL HMI Systems GmbH STAHL N.V. Vellamonkatu 30 B
Adolf-Grimme-Allee 8 Sint Gillislaan 6, Bus 3 00550 HELSINKI
50829 KÖLN-OSSENDORF 9200 SINT T +358 207 92079-0
T +49 221 76 80 6-1000 GILLIS-DENDERMONDE F +358 207 92079-1
F +49 221 76 80 6-4100 T +32 52 2113-51 ilkka.kilpelainen@extekniikka.fi
office@stahl-hmi.de F +32 52 2113-47 www.extekniikka.fi
www.stahl-hmi.de info@stahl.be
Frankreich / France
www.stahl.be
R. STAHL France SAS
R. STAHL Camera Systems GmbH
Bosnien und Herzegowina / Zl Courtine - Avignon
Adolf-Grimme-Allee 8
Bosnia and Herzegowina 30, rue des 4 Gendarmes d‘Ouvéa
50829 KÖLN-OSSENDORF
KOLEKTOR SISTEH d.o.o. 84000 AVIGNON
T +49 221 76 80 6-1200
Šlandrova ulica 10 T +33 4 32 40 46 46
F +49 221 76 80 6-4200
info@stahl-camera.de 1231 LJUBLJANA F +33 4 32 40 46 47
SLOVENIA info@stahl.fr
www.stahl-camera.de
T +386 5 37206-50 www.stahl.fr
F +386 5 37206-60
sisteh@kolektor.com
www.kolektoravtomatizacija.com

696 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
Seite686bis701_Typverzeichnis_Adressen_KP_2016_en.book Seite 697 Dienstag, 29. März 2016 7:50 07

Sales Organisation / International

Georgien / Georgia Lettland / Latvia Norwegen / Norway


Insta LLC UAB "Automatikos Sistemų Inžinerija" STAHL-Syberg AS
8 Zakariadze Str. Basanavičiaus 9-17 Luhrtoppen 2
0177 TBILISI LT-89212 MAŽEIKIAI 1470 LØRENSKOG
T +995 32 220 2020/123 T +370 61 245 003 T +47 24 08441-0
F +995 32 220 2022 info@ase-lt.lt F +47 24 08441-1
sales@insta.ge www.ase-lt.lt mail@stahl-syberg.no
www.insta.ge www.stahl-syberg.no
Litauen / Lithuania
Griechenland / Greece UAB "Automatikos Sistemų Inžinerija" Tranberg A.S.
ADICON Basanavičiaus 9-17 Strandsvingen 6, P. O. Box 8033
6 Selefkou LT-89212 MAŽEIKIAI 4068 STAVANGER
13676 THRAKOMAKEDONES/ATHENS T +370 61 245 003 T +47 51 5789-00
T +30 210 243-3383 info@ase-lt.lt F +47 51 5789-50
F +30 210 243-5073 www.ase-lt.lt info@tranberg.com
tsakarelos@tee.gr www.tranberg.com
Mazedonien / Macedonia
www.adicon.gr
KEYING d.o.o. Österreich / Austria
Großbritannien / Great Britain Vuka Karadžica 79 R. STAHL Nissl GmbH
R. STAHL LTD. 23300 KIKINDA / Jochen-Rindt-Str. 41
Unit 11 Maybrook Business Park SERBIEN AND MONTENEGRO 1230 WIEN
Maybrook Road T +381 230 439 519 T +43 1 6163 929-0
MINWORTH F +381 230 401 790 F +43 1 6163 929-22
BIRMINGHAM B76 1AL keying@keying.co.rs office@rstahl-nissl.at
T +44 121 76764-00 www.rstahl-nissl.at
Namibia
F +44 121 76764-90
info@rstahl.co.uk Seahorse Technology Polen / Poland
www.rstahl.co.uk Ferdinand van Dijk ASE-Automatic Systems
41 Hebenstreit Street Engineeringul. Narwicka 6
Italien / Italy PO Box 11800 80557 GDANSK
R. STAHL s.r.l. socio unico WINDHOEK T +48 58 5207 720
Via Grandi 27 T +26 4 61 261 460 F +48 58 3464 344
20068 PESCHIERA F +26 4 61 264 704 stahl@ase.com.pl
BORROMEO (MI) rooibok@kpnmail.nl www.ase.com.pl
T +39 02 5530 8024
Niederlande / Netherlands Portugal
F +39 02 5165 0680
info@stahl.it ELECTROMACH B.V. Industrías STAHL, SA - Sucursal
www.stahl.it Jan Tinbergenstraat 193 em Portugal Taguspark-Edifficio Núcleo
7559 SP HENGELO Central, Sala 283
Kasachstan / Kazakhstan T +31 74 2472 472 2740-122 OERIAS
Universal Project Network LLP F +31 74 2435 925 T +351 21 414 531-5
Bostandyk district info@electromach.nl F +351 21 414 531-7
Baisheshek str., house 4, www.electromach.com stahl@stahl.pt
050040 ALMATY www.stahl.es
Nigeria
T +7 727 264 55 96
info_universal@eit.kz ESACO PTY. LTD. Rumänien / Romania
www.eit.kz P. O. Box 3095 EXPROOF SOLUTIONS SRL
1610 EDENVALE/RSA Calea Grivitei Nr. 228, Bl.4, Sc. D,
Kroatien / Croatia T +27 87 940 1677 Et. 1, Ap. 8, Sector 1
Ex-OPREMA d.o.o. F +27 87 940 1678 010763 BUCURESTI
Fallerovo šetalište 22 rpanis@esaco.co.za T +40 735 248 878
10000 ZAGREB doina.lacatusu@exproof.ro
F +385 1 5616 110
F +385 1 5606 185
info@ex-oprema.hr

2015-10-01·KP00·III·en 697
Seite686bis701_Typverzeichnis_Adressen_KP_2016_en.book Seite 698 Dienstag, 29. März 2016 7:50 07

Sales Organisation / International

EUROPA / MITTLERER OSTEN / AFRIKA


EUROPE / MIDDLE EAST / AFRICA

Russland / Russia Slowenien / Slovenia Turkmenistan


OOO R. STAHL KOLEKTOR SISTEH d.o.o. Asia Caspian Engineering Co.
Office 609, build. 21/1 Šlandrova ulica 10 10 yyl Abadancylyk Ave., 137
Zvyozdnyi boulevard 1231 LJUBLJANA 744028 ASHGABAT
129085 MOSKAU SLOVENIA T +993-12-48-13-16
T +7 495 6150 473 T +386 5 37206-50 nkapoor@acecogrp.com
F +7 495 6163 252 F +386 5 37206-60 www.acecogrp.com
info@stahl.ru.com sisteh@kolektor.com
Ukraine
http://www.stahl.ru.com www.kolektoravtomatizacija.com
Private Joint Stock Company "DEG"
Schweden / Sweden Spanien / Spain 14 office
R. STAHL SVENSKA AB INDUSTRIAS STAHL S.A. 3, Peschanaya str.
Bagspännarvägan 14 Poligono Industrial 69089 ZAPOROZHYE
17568 JÄRFÄLLA Aragoneses, 2 Acceso 10 T +380 62 954 36 40
T +46 8 3891-00 28108 ALCOBENDAS (MADRID) T +380 62 382 84 12
F +46 8 3891-98 T +34 916 615 500 M +380 50 347 96 24
info@rstahl.se F +34 916 612 783 deg@deg.com.ua
stahl@stahl.es www.deg.com.ua
Schweiz / Switzerland
www.stahl.es
R. STAHL Schweiz AG Ungarn / Hungary
Brüelstraße 26 Südafrika / South Africa STAHL Magyarország Kft
4312 MAGDEN ESACO PTY. LTD. 17. Maglódi Str., C/I/107
T +41 618 5540-60 P. O. Box 3095 1106 BUDAPEST
F +41 618 5540-80 1610 EDENVALE T +36 1 433 336-0
info@stahl-schweiz.ch T +27 11 608 3120 F +36 1 433 336-1
www.stahl-schweiz.ch F +27 86 559 2442 rstahl@rstahl.hu
rpanis@esaco.co.za www.rstahl.hu
Serbien und Montenegro /
Serbia and Montenegro Tschechische Republik / Usbekistan / Uzbekistan
KEYING d.o.o Czech Republic OOO "INKOMKONSALTING"
Vuka Karadžica 79 EX-TECHNIK spol. s.r.o. Mavlyanova str. 48
23300 KIKINDA Na Peconce 1903/21 TASHKENT 100084
T +381 230 439 519 710 00 OSTRAVA T+998 71 235-18-91
F +381 230 401 790 T +420 596 2425-48 F+998 71 234-13-06
keying@keying.co.rs F +420 596 2425-51 emersonuz@inbox.uz
technik@ex-technik.cz
Slowakei / Slovakia Weißrussland / Belarus
www.ex-technik.cz
EX-TECHNIK spol. s.r.o. ZAO EXIMELEKTRO
Na Peconce 1903/21 Türkei / Turkey Ribalko Str. 26-110
710 00 OSTRAVA/CZECH REPUBLIC PO-EM Elektrik Malzemeleri Paz. Dan. ve 220033 MINSK
T +420 596 2425-48 Eg. Tic. Ltd. Sti. T +375 17 2105 390
F +420 596 2425-51 Nasuh Akar Mah. 1403 Sokak No: 10/3 F +375 17 2984 411 (22)
technik@ex-technik.cz 06550 CANKAYA, ANKARA exstahl@mail.ru
www.ex-technik.cz T +90 312 287 88 55
F +90 312 287 88 54
info@po-em.com.tr
www.po-em.com.tr

698 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
Seite686bis701_Typverzeichnis_Adressen_KP_2016_en.book Seite 699 Dienstag, 29. März 2016 7:50 07

Sales Organisation / International

AMERIKA / AMERICA

Argentinien / Argentina Curaçao Panama


NAKASE S.R.L. C.S.T, N.V. Syncflow Corporation, S.A.
Calle 49 N° 5764 Construcciones & Servicios Tiniacos AEROPUERTO COMMERCIAL PARK
(B1653AOX) VILLA BALLESTER WILLEMSTAD/CURAÇAO Local 5
PROV. BUENOS AIRES T +599 9 514 67 00 Urb. Don Bosco
T +54 11 4768 4242 ext. 122 info@cst-nv.com (Via Tocúmen, frente Tzanetatos)
F +54 11 4768 4849 ext. 111 CIUDAD DE PANAMÁ
Kanada / Canada
ccasuscelli@nakase.com.ar T +507 836 5097
R. STAHL LTD. sales@syncflow.co
Aruba 7003-56th Avenue
C.S.T, N.V. EDMONTON, ALBERTA T6B 3L2 Peru
Construcciones & Servicios Tiniacos T +1 877 416 4302 DIPROSOL PERÚ S.A.C.
WILLEMSTAD/CURAÇAO F +1 780 489 5525 Av. Velasco Astete 2371
T +599 9 514 67 00 info-edmonton@rstahl.com SANTIAGO DE SURCO LIMA
info@cst-nv.com www.rstahl.com T +51 1 27527-65
F +51 1 27527-76
Bonaire Kolumbien / Columbia
ventas@diprosol.com.pe
C.S.T, N.V. Colsein Ltda. www.diprosol.com.pe
Construcciones & Servicios Tiniacos Parque Industrial Gran Sabana,
WILLEMSTAD/CURAÇAO Edificio 32 USA
T +599 9 514 67 00 TOCANCIPA, CUN 251017 R. STAHL Inc.
info@cst-nv.com T +57 1 519 0967 13259 N. Promenade Blvd.
info@colsein.com.co STAFFORD, TX 77477
Brasilien / Brazil
www.colsein.com.co T +1 800-782-4357
steute do Brasil sales@rstahl.com
Rua Badejo, 38 Kuba / Cuba
www.rstahl.com
13280-000 VINHEDO - SP Fondon Redes y Fluidos, S.L.
T +55 19 3836 2414 (División Cuba)
F +55 19 3836 2404 Calle 44 No. 309 e/ 3ra y 5ta
info@steute.com.br MIRAMAR PLAYA
www.steute.com.br LA HABANA
T +537 204 2627
Chile
fondon@fondon.co.cu
INGENIERIA DESIMAT LTDA.
Av. Puerto Vespucio 9670 Mexiko / Mexico
9061072 PUDAHUEL SANTIAGO ISEL Implementos y
T +56 2 747 015-2 Servicios Electrónicos S.A. de C.V.
F +56 2 747 015-3 Via Lopez Mateos No. 128,
gdesimat@entelchile.net Col. Jocarandas,
www.desimat.com TLALNEPANTLA 54050
T +52 55 5398 8088
F +52 55 5397 3985
isel2@prodigy.net.mx
www.isel.com.mx

2015-10-01·KP00·III·en 699
Seite686bis701_Typverzeichnis_Adressen_KP_2016_en.book Seite 700 Dienstag, 29. März 2016 7:50 07

Sales Organisation / International

ASIEN / ASIA

Abu Dhabi Iran Pakistan


SWITCHGEAR T. B. N. Co. Ltd MAPLE PAKISTAN (PVT.) LTD.
R. STAHL MIDDLE EAST FZE Apt. 3, No. 2, Eslamieh Alley FL-42, Block B, Gulshan-e-Jamal
P. O. Box 17784 Eslamieh St., Keynejad St., Rashid Minhas Road
Jebel Ali Free Zone Yakhchal Ave., Gholhak KARACHI
DUBAI/VAE TEHERAN – 19417 T +92 2 1460 2155
T +971 4 8066 400 T +9821 22631971-4 F +92 2 1457 5460
F +971 4 8834 685 F +9821 22631970 pervez@maple.com.pk
info@stahl.ae info@tbnco.com www.maple.com.pk
www.stahl.ae www.tbnco.com
Katar / Qatar
Japan Petroleum Technology Co. W.L.L.
Abu Dhabi
AUTOMATION R. STAHL K.K. Co. Ltd. P.O. Box 16069, 8th Floor,
Trizac Abu Dhabi Shinyurigaoka City Building 3F Toyota Tower
P.O. Box 4434 1-1-1 Manpukuji, Asao-Ku Airport Road
ABU DHABI KAWASAKI-SHI, DOHA
T +971 2 6330 552 KANAGAWA 215 0004 T +974 444 19 603
F +971 2 6330 557 T +81 44 9592 612 F +974 444 19 604
trizac@emirates.net.ae F +81 44 9592 605 biswadeep@petrotec.com.qa &
sakae-nishimine@stahl.jp nitins@pertrotec.com.qa &
Australien / Australia latha@petrotec.com.qa
Kuwait
R. STAHL Australia Pty. Ltd. www.petrotec.com.qa
Unit 1/91-95 Montague Street Rezayat Trading Company
P.O. Box 106 SAFAT 13002 Saudi Arabien / Saudi Arabia
WOLLONGONG, NSW 2500
T +61 2 4254 4777 T +965 24816 838 SWITCHGEAR
F +61 3 9429 1075 F +965 24831 030 Ali Zaid Al-Quraishi & Partners Electrical
info@stahl.com.au kmoryani@rezayatkwt.com Services of SA (AQESA) Al-Quraishi Cen-
www.stahl.com.au & yogesh@rezayatkwt.com ter, King Khalid Street, PO Box 7386,
www.rezayatkwt.com DAMMAM 31462
Bahrain T +966 3 835 1155
Malaisien / Malaysia
Universal Electro F +966 3 835 2618 / 835 2284
Engineering Co. (UNEECO) R. STAHL Engineering & bashara@aqesa.com
PO Box 728 Manufacturing SDN. BHD. www.aqesa.com
MANAMA Level 7, Oasis Wing, Brunsfield
T +973 1782 6644 Oasis Tower 3, No.2, Jalan PJU AUTOMATION
F +973 1782 7090 1A/7A, Oasis Square, Arabian Technical Trading
uneeco@uneeco.com Oasis Damansara, Est. (ATTEST)
www.uneeco.com Petaling Jaya 47302 Selangor PO Box 8415,
T +603-7848 5850/5851/5852 DAMMAM 31482
China F +603-7848 5818 T +966 3 834 1924
R. STAHL EX-PROOF CO. LTD. office@stahl.my F +966 3 834 2071
(Shanghai) sheriff@attest.com.sa
Neuseeland / New Zealand
Unit D, 9th Floor, Bldg. No. 4 www.attest.com.sa
889 Yishan Road ELECTROPAR Limited
SHANGHAI 200233 P. O. Box 58623 Singapur / Singapore
T +86 21 6485-0011 GREENMOUNT, AUCKLAND 2141 R. STAHL PTE LTD.
F +86 21 6485-2954 T +64 9 2742 000 10 Jalan Kilang #08-01
benjamin@rstahl.com.cn F +64 9 2742 001 Sime Darby Enterprise Centre
mikeb@electropar.co.nz SINGAPORE 159410
Indien / India www.electropar.co.nz T +65 6271 9595
R. STAHL (P) LTD. F +65 6377 0111
Oman
Plot No. 5 | Malrosapuram Road rstahl@singnet.com.sg
Sengundram Indl Area | Maraimalai Nagar Al Hassan Group of Companies
P.O. Box 1948, Postal Code 112 www.rstahl.com.sg
KANCHEEPURAM DT603 209
T +91 98 4097 3454 RUWI
sales@rstahl.net T +968 248 10575
F +968 248 10287
karthikeyan.s@al-hassan.com &
navin.mk@al-hassan.com
www.al-hassan.com

700 2015-10-01·KP00·III·en
Seite686bis701_Typverzeichnis_Adressen_KP_2016_en.book Seite 701 Dienstag, 29. März 2016 7:50 07

Sales Organisation / International

Südkorea / South Korea Taiwan VAE / UAE


R. STAHL CO. LTD. Wan Jiun Technology Co., Ltd. R. STAHL MIDDLE EAST FZE
Suite 1108, Kolon Digital Tower 1 11F, No.896, Jinguo Road P. O. Box 17784
4 gil 25 Sungsoo-il-ro, LUZHU TOWNSHIP Jebel Ali Free Zone
Sungdong-gu TAOYUAN COUNTY 338 DUBAI
SEOUL 133-827 T +886 0800 291 066 T +971 4 8066 400
T +82 2 4708 877 T +886 3 316 1585 F +971 4 8834 685
F +82 2 4718 285 F +886 3 316 0823 info@stahl.ae
sales@stahl.co.kr wanjiun@ex.com.tw www.stahl.ae
www.stahl.co.kr www.ex.com.tw
2015-11-12

2015-10-01·KP00·III·en 701
R. STAHL:
YOUR GLOBAL
PARTNER

FOR THE SAFETY OF YOUR


EMPLOYEES AND YOUR GLOBAL
PROJECTS

We are at your service around


the globe: with seven production
sites, subsidiaries in 24 countries
and 60 agencies. Our international
employees understand your
needs and offer you R. STAHL
quality – no matter where you
need it.

Thanks to this global presence,


we realise international joint
projects that include customers,
planners, installation companies
and operators from various
countries. And we take care of
the needs of everyone involved in
the project – right on-site. At the
same time we ensure compliance
with the various legal stipulations
relevant for each project since
we have international certifica-
tions and approvals available
worldwide.

OUR
PRODUCTION SITES :

R. STAHL

Headquarters Subsidiary
Production site Agency

Germany – Waldenburg Germany – Weimar Germany – Cologne


ne Netherlands Norway India Malaysia USA
CONDENSED CATALOGUE 2016
ID 249140 | 03/2016 / EN | Printed in Germany

CONDENSED CATALOGUE 2016


R. STAHL • Automation • Operating • Monitoring
Am Bahnhof 30 • Lighting • Alarms • Signalling
74638 Waldenburg, Germany
T +49 7942 943-0 • Installation • Control • Distribution
F +49 7942 943-4333 • Systems • Applications
r-stahl.com

Vous aimerez peut-être aussi